A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi,
algae and cyanobacteria
Edited by
ARVE ELVEBAKK and PÅL PRESTRUD
NORSK POLARINSTITUTT
OSLO 1996
Cover: Arctic dandelion (Taraxacum arcticum), Sveagruva, Svalbard. The arctic dandelion can be found as
scattered occurrences throughout most parts of Svalbard. Photograph: Arve Elvebakk.
EDITORIAL BOARD
PUBLISHER
Editor-in-Chief: Pål Prestrud, Director of Research
Norsk PolarinstilUU (Norwegian Polar Institute),
Scientific Editors: Fridtjof Mehlum, Ouo Salvigsen,
Middelthuns gate 29, Postboks 5072 Majorstua,
and Tony Vinje
N-0301 Oslo, Norway
MANAGING EDITOR
SUBSCRIPTIONS
Mary Hustad, M.A.
Skrifter is issued irregularly and priced at the time of
ISBN 82-7666-094-0
bookslore or direct from Norsk Polarinstitutt.
public ation Orders may be placed through your
.
Printed December 1996
Printed in Great Britain by Page Bros, Norwich
Contents
Inlroduction.Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud, P. ...................., .......... , ." ........, ......., ." ..... 5
Part 1. Elven, R. & Elvebakk, A: Vascular PIanIs
.
. ..
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
, ....... , .............. , ............ , 9
Part 2.Frisvoll, A.A. & Elvebakk, A.: Bryophyles ... .., , , , ........, .. , ........., ..................., . 57
.
Part 3.Gulden, G. & Torkelsen, A.-E.: Fungi I. Basidiomycola: Agaricales,
Gasleromycetales, Aphyllophorales, Exobasidiales and Tremellales
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
, ...., .........., ........ 17 3
Part 4. Elvebakk, A" Gjærum, li. & Sivertsen, S.: Fungi Il. Myxomycota, Oomycola,
Chytidriomycota, Zygomycola. Ascomycota, Deutromycola, Basidiomycota:
Uredinales and Ustilaginales
.
.
..
.
.
, .,." " ... "
,.. " ." ................., .. , ............. 207
Part 5.Aistrup, V. & Elvebakk, A.: Fungi Ill. Lichenicolous fungi
Part 6. Elvebakk, A & Hertel, Ii.: Lichens
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.� .
261
, ................................. ,......... . ..........271
Part 7.Hans('n, J.R. & Jelllleborg, L.H.: Benthic marine algae and cyanobacteria ..
Part 8. Hasle, G.R. & Helium von Quillfeldl, C.: Marine microalgae
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
, ..... , , "
.......... 361
.., ................................. 375
Part 9.Skulberg. O.M.: Terreslrial and Iimnic algae and cyanobacleria .
.
.
.
, ........, ., ...... , ............ 3 83
Introduction
ARVE ELVEBAKK and PÅL PRESTRUD, EDITORS
This is the first attempt to present a survey of all Svalbard species of plants, algae and fungi (inc1uding
lichens), and cyanobacteria since the presentation by Lindblom
(1840) who Iisted 223 accepted species in
2885 species, which must
addition to some taxa that were considered critical. This catalogue now inc1udes
be considered a high number for a relatively small area situated in the northem part of the Arctic.
The compilation of this catalogue was initiated by the Norwegian Polar Institute in 1987 as part of the
Institute' s environmental impact studies on Svalbard (MUPS, Miljøundersøkelser på Svalbard). Much more
time was needed and many more systematic problems were encountered than first anticipated. Much liter
ature that is not easily available had to be reviewed, and many reports of Svalbard species are found in stud
ies primarily dealing with other geographical areas or in monographs or revisions. Because of the widely
scattered reports of Svalbard species, there are certainly a number of records that are missing from this cat
alogue. Notes on supplements or corrections from readers to the authors or editors will be appreciated.
The aim of this catalogue has been to critically review the present literature. A large number of system
atical or identification problems have been encountered that cannot be solved without revision of herbarium
material. This is normally outside the scope of this publication, but quite a large number of herbarium col
lections have been revised, especially for the parts on vascular plants, bryophytes and basidiomycetes.
However, a large number of critical reports have been evaluated without the study of herbarium collections.
Many such reports have been treated as exc1uded taxa, and the lists of exc1uded taxa include severaI hun
dred species. These evaluations have been based on the authors' knowledge of arctic flora, and some of the
parts have been more critical than others.
Many of the collaborating authors have also inc1uded own unpublished information or information sup
plied by colleagues. In this catalogue 131 species are reported as new to Svalbard, the majority among
basidiomycetes and marine algae. A large number of new loca\ities are also referred to and one new moss
(Plagiothecium svalbardelJsis Frisv.) is described.
Even at the highest taxonomic leve! among groups previously treated as botany, there is no consensus as
to definitions and nomenclature. For definitions of the kingdoms and divisions we have chosen to follow
the system used in the textbook Bialagy of Plmus by Raven et al.
(1992, Worth Publ.), with the exception
that we treat bryophytes as one division. In this system only vascular plants and bryophytes are considered
as plants. The name algae is used collectively for a number of unrelated divisions w ithin the kingdom
Protista. The group of bacteria now ca lied Cyanobacteria have previously been called bitte-green algae;
these are still often informally referred to as algae but have been treated here as cyanobacteria. Lichens are
systematically treated as fungi. FOUT species of basidiolichens within the genus Omphalina have been
treated both in Part 6 with lichens and in Part 3 wlth basidiomycetes. The heterotrophic protists
Myxomycota, Oomycota and Chytridiomycota have informally been included among Fungi Il in the title of
Part 4.
The catalogue consists of nine parts:
Part I Elven, R. & Elvebakk, A.: Vascular Plants
Part
2 Frisvoll, A.A. & Elvebakk, A.: Bryophytes
Part 3 Gulden,
G.
&
Torkelsen,
A.-E,:
Fungi
l.
Basidiomycota:
Agaricales,
Gasteromycetales.
Aphyllophorales. Exobasidiales, and Tremellales
Part
4 Elvebakk, A., Gjærum, H. & Sivertsen, S.: Fungi IL Myxomycota, Oomycota, Chytidriomycora,
Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Deutromycota and Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales
Part 5 Aistrup, V. & Elvebakk, A: Fungi 111. Lichenicolous fungi
Part 6 Elvebakk, A. & Hertel, H.: Lichens
Part 7 Hansen, J.R. & Jenneborg, L.H.: Benthic marine algae and cyanobacteria
Part
8 Hasle, G.R. & Helium von Quillfe\dt, c': Marine microalgae
Part 9 Skulberg, O.M.: Terrestrial and Iimnic algae and cyanobacteria
6
A. ELVEBAKK & P. PRESTRUD
Parts 5 and 7-9 have been defined ecologically whereas the others have been defined systematically.
SystematicaJly the lichenicolous fungi belong to part 4. Many divisions of algae and fungi have been included
in severaI parts of the catalogue. We therefore present the table below showing the number of taxa determined
to species level in each division that each part of the catalogue has accepted, and also the total number of
species in all divisions.
Part
2
Division
Anthophyta
Pterophyta
Sphenophyta
Lycophyta
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sum
9
165
4
3
I
373
Bryophyta
Basidiomycota
175
Ascomycota
Deuteromycota
Zygomycota
Chytridiomycota
Oomycota
Myxomycota
25
226
102
28
3
2
3
50
10
(4)
593
Chrysophyta
l
Phaeophyta
60
Rhodophyta
59
Cryptophyta
Dinophyta
Euglenophyta
Chlorophyta
38
118
430
165
4
3
1
373
200
869
112
28
3
2
3
549
60
4
8
4
250
60
7
66
6
296
68
4
73
766
5
2885
131
l
3
58
2
8
Charophyta
Zoomastigophora
4
5
Total:
New to Svalbard:
173
373
6
175
46
389
8
60
5
593
5
163
29
193
27
Because of the high number of species there is a need for a synopsis. All parts except 5. 7, 8 and 9 start with
a list of species that includes Ecosysfem Componenf Values (see below). The Ecosystem Component Values
list attempts to give a broad impression of the occurrence and ecology of the species. It also indicates which
speeies have been commented and which have not. The values are very tentative in man y cases; many will cer
tainly deserve a different value after increased exploration of Svalbard, and many values are still laeking. It is
hoped that these summaries in general will prove useful, in spite of the uncertainty of a large number of the
value assignments. Some contributions only use some of the Ecosystem Component Values. The values of
rarity are defined slightly differently for the vascular plants than for the other gro ups because of a much more
intense collection activity. For the other parts it is practically impossible to use Ecosystem component
values.
The values of phytogeography refer to total distribution patterns and/or Svalbard patterns. A very rare
speeies on Svalbard is phytogeographically interesting and has a high value although it may otherwise be a
widespread speeies elsewhere. A Svalbard endemie has a high value although it may be widespread on
Svalbard. No values are indicated in cases where no information exists or in cases where the information is toa
scarce or uncertain.
Biodiversity is a keystone in the structure and function of our ecosystems. The importance of biodiversity
in ecological management has been galning increasing attention both at national and international leveIs. In
this context it is essential that the present knowledge be reviewed and further studies be initiated. Although this
catalogue is primarily a response to the former task; it is hoped that the major gaps revealed here in the state
of-the-art of Svalbard biodiversity will prove valuable in stimulating further studies.
Definition of Ecosystem Component Values:
R
Rarity (on Svalbard)
3 = Very rare
2
Rare
l = Scattered or common, at least locally
p
Phytogeographical importance
3 = Strongly disjunct or described from Svalbard and not yet known elsewhere
2 = Belonging to a phytogeographical element of special interest on Svalbard
l = More or less widespread
E
Ecological indicator value
3 = Very high (specialised, stenoic)
2 = Intermediate
l = Low (euryoic)
A
Local abundance
3 = Dominant, in places more than 50% cover in its habitats
2 = Subdominant, 20-50% cover
1= Sparse
I"
lmportance
10
vertebrate animals
3 = Important as a highly preferred fodder plant
2 = Of secondary importance
I = Of no importance
Arve Elvebakk. Institule o/ Biology alld Geology, Universil)' o/Tromsø, N-7037 TromsØ, Norway
Pål Prestrud. Norwegian Polar Institute, p.a. Box 5072, N-030I Oslo, Norway
Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyano
bacteria
A.
Part l. Vascular plants
REIDAR ELVEN and ARVE ELVEBAKK
Elven, R. & Elvebakk, A.
1996:
Part L Vaseular plants. Pp.
9-55
in Elvebakk, A. & Prestrud. P.
(ed,. ) :
A catalogue of Svalbard plant>, fungi, algae, and cyanobaeteria, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198,
An annotated list of vascular plants from Svalbard is presented, including
173 speeies.
Of these, six speeies
are s table aliens and two speeies arc seashore plants only with ephemeral oecurrences. Six of the speeies
are reprcsented by two subspecies on Svalbard. In addition,
include
21
taxa of frequently introduccd plants and
41
13
hybrids are aceepted and separate lists
excluded taxa. A table includes information on
rarity, local abundance, eeological indicator value, and importance in phytogeography and as food source
for higher animals. Thc comments conccntrate on taxonomical and nomenclatural problems and on recently
discovered taxa.
Reidar Elven. Botanical Garden and Museum, Universiry of Oslo. Trondheimsvn, 23 B. N.()562 Oslo.
Norway; Arve Elvebakk. Institute ofBiology and Geology, University of Tromsø. N-9037 Tromsø. Norway.
Contents
Introduction .
There is a mounting floristie literature from
Svalbard,
"
. "
"
, . "
, ."", , , . , . , , , , , , , , . , , , , , , , . . , ,"o
Accepted taxa of stable (native and introduced)
plants.
, ,, , , ",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.. ,,..,,,,
12
Notes" . ... "" ..,,,,, .............. " ..",, ..................
16
"
". .
"
"
,
.
Ephemeral (introduced) taxa ..
.
Excluded taxa ... . . . ..
. """ .......... "" ..,
. ,,,,,,,,,,,.. ,,,, ................. , ...
Synonyms . . ..
, .......... """" ..... , .... , .........., .. ",,:.
comprehcnsively
(1973, 1979, 1989)
9
cited
and Elvebakk
by
Kleppa
(1989),
bard plants have, however, been made in taxo
44.
44
nomical studies not included in the Norwegian
bibliographies,
Floras of Svalbard vascular plants have been
49
(1964, 1979, 1996),
.. " "", .. " .. ".""""".""".
51
published by Rønning
Referenccs """ .. ,,,,,,,,, ...... ,,,, ... ,,,,,,,,,,,, ".......
51
comprehensive sources are Tutin et al.
Acknowledgements
""
Many
important references to and evaluations of Sval
1980, 1993)
and Bulten & Fries
(1986).
Other
(1964-
F10ristic
surveys of other arctic areas are given La. by
Introduction
(1960-1987), HuIten (1968),
(1978) and Porsild & Cody (1980).
Tolmachev
The present catalogue of Svalbard vascular plants
et al.
is based on tie Id experiences by the authors and
important source
others, on a survey of the Svalbard collections
and distribution.
Bikher
All are
on taxonomy, nomenclature
in the herbaria of the Botanical Museum, the
Although the Svalbard taxa of vascular plants
University of Oslo (O), the Royal Norwegian
are comparatively well known, there are only
Society of Sciences, the University of Trondheim
a few modem biosystematic studies, Taxonomic
(TRB), TromSØ Museum (TRaM), on a study of
problems remain in severaI genera, especially
a few type specimens (of Draba spp,) in London
in
(BM, KL Stockholm (S), and Uppsala (UPS),
Poa,
and on published records. Important collections
Ranunculus, Critical taxonomic studies have been
Cerastium,
Draba,
Potentilla,
Eriophorum,
Puccinelfia,
Festuca,
Saxifraga,
and
from Svalbard are deposited in various herbaria
outside the scope of the present work, In cascs of
outside Norway, Examination of these and of the
taxonomic controversy, the present survey indi
type collections of severai species is needed for a
cates problems rather than aiming to solve them.
complete enumeration, but this was outside the
There is also a lack of consensus as to nomencla
scope of the present work, The names of herbaria
ture. Some discrepancies exist between species
are abbreviated according to H.olmgren et al.
concepts applied by European and North Ameri
(1990),
can botanists. Mort: serious, however, are the
9
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
10
'eastern'
and Pyramiden, Tishkov (1985) reponed on the
European taxonomy. For some time Soviet bot
establishment of introduced plants but did not
anists applied a very narrow, aften geographically
give a list of species. A list of introduced species
based, species concept (see i.a. Kornarov 1934
at Barentsburg recorded during the last deeade
1964). This resulted in a description of species
has kindly been made available to us by A,A.
which was based on local variation only and did
Tishkov. This list mainly includes species that
divergencies
between
'western'
and
not merit specific rank in other areas. Political
had also been formerly found in the Norwegian
boundarics made it difficult to study type col
settlements
lections fundamental to the application of names
Barentsburg in 1993 confirm ed the presence of
of many arctic plants. In same genera. therefore,
numerous introduced speeies (Elven unpubL) and
the same species has been described under dif
added severai to the list of Tishkov.
on
Spitsbergen.
A
VISJt
to
ferent names in various parts of the Arctic (and
Introduced species which are able to persist,
sometimes under severai names in the Russian
and/or rcproduce regularly, are included in the
parts). A comparative study of type material
main list and are commented upon in the notes.
deposited in herbaria throughout the northern
A separate list is included of species which are
consistent
frequently introduced but seem dependent upon
nornenclature and species concept can be attained.
regular introduction (see section "EphemeraI
hemisphere
is
needed
before
a
The cooperation within the planned Pan-Arctic
(introduced)
Flora Project will hopefully contribute much to
Norwegian settlement. Longyearbyen, only 1-3
solving such problems.
anthropochores are known to be persisting. The
We have followed the species concept of recent
taxa"
below).
In
the
main
situation is different in the Russian settlements of
studies where these agree with our observations
Barentsburg and Pyramiden, where the use of
from Svalbard. Sources on nornenclature have
livestock is cornparable to the situation at Long
been cited in cases where there is no consensus,
yearbyen and NY-Ålesund many years ago, and
and recent synonyms, cornprising all names used
land reclamation is different from that in the
by Rønning (1979,1996) and Tutin et al. (1964
Norwegian settlements. Many anthropochorous
1980, 1993), have been included in a separate list
species are reported to produee seeds in the Rus
of synonyms (see section "Synonyms" below).
sian
The nomenclature used in the Norwegian national
observations 1993). Their persistenee is, however,
standard flora (Lid & Lid 1994,also including the
not known, The situation at Bjørnøya is also
settlements
(Tishkov pers.
eomm.,
own
arctic areas) is, with few exceptions, the same as
different from that at Longyearbyen and :-.ly-Åle
adopted here. Slightly different use of author
sund. Here Engelskjøn (1986a) reported the pres
citations and speiling has not been recorded.
ence of a few more or less stable anthropochores
The main list includes all species known to have
in 1983.
stable occurrences on Svalbard. Most are native,
Readers are referred to the Svalbard flora
and all native species published from Svalbard
(Rønning 1996) and the rich literature on dis
com
tribution and ecology. Pteridophytes and mono
prehensive Svalbard flora by Resvoll-Holmsen
since
the
publishing year
of
the
first
cotyledons were mapped by Rønning (1972), and
(1927) have been considered. A separate anno
14 selected species by Engelskjøn (1986b). About
tated list of excIuded taxa is incIuded (see section
80 more or less thermophilous and rare species
"ExcIuded taxa" below).
were mapped by Elvebakk (1989). There are also
A considerable number of introduced species
some local floristical studies. The most important
have been recorded from the settlements of Long
of these cover Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn& Schweit
yearbyen
zer
and
Ny-Ålesund
by
Høeg &
Lid
1970:
Engelskjøn
1986a), Sørkapp
Land
(1929), Hadac (1941) and Sunding (1961, 1966),
(DubieI 1985, 1990; Kuc& Dubiel 1995 including
from Moskushavn by Badac (1944), and from
the entire Hornsund area), the Van Mijenfjorden
Pyramiden by Schweitzer (1966). Seven of these
area (Engelskjøn et aL 1972), the area east and
were included by Rønning (1979). Presurnably
north of Longyearbyen (Badac 1944), Gipsdalen
based on these sources, a number of records have
in the Isfjorden area (Elven et al. 1990), Edgeøya
been included in the maps of Hulten & Fries
(Neilson 1970), parts of Barentsøya (Bofmann
(1986), mostly without any indication of anthro
1968), and Nordaustlandet (Scholander 1934;
pochory and ephemeral occurrence.
Neilson 1968). Accordingly, detailed information
From the Russian settlements of Barentsburg
on distribution and eeology is generally not
A catalogue of Soalbard plmlls, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
included here. The ootes concentrate on taxo
11
triglumis s.str.), Potencilla x insularis (instead of
nomical and nomenclaturaJ problems and com
P. rubricaulis and P. pedersenii), Salix arctica
ments on recently discovered taxa.
(instead of S. glauca subsp. callicarpaea), and
The present enumeration of native Svalbard
vascular plants and stable aliens includes
173
Silene
uralensis
(instead
of
S.
wahlbergellai
Melandrium apetalum).
speeies, six among them with two subspecies. Of
these taxa six are considered to be established
aliens, and two are seashore plants only with
ephemeral occurrences.
accepted. In addition
21 taxa of frequently intro
duced plants are listed (see section "EphemeraI
(introduced) taxa" below).
This study of the Svalbard vascular flora to ok
severai years and was prepared paraBel to the
Norwegian standard flora (Lid & Lid
1994) of
which one of the authors, R. Elven, was editor.
The results of these studies were first published
by Elven in Lid & Lid
mentation is partly included in the present survey.
(l994):
Carex
marina
subsp.
instead of C. amblyrhyncha,
instead of D.
choice of one value over another has be en quite
tentative in many cases, but still we hope that this
table will be of use to aur readers. The following
values are used:
pelligera,
Definitions
R
pseudolagopina
Rarity
Very rare. 1-4 localities known at present
3
2
Dupontia fisheri
Rare. 5-25 localities known at present
and Carex misandra
instead of C. fuliginosa subsp. misandra. Com
pared with the until recently most complete
surveys, Rønning
by so-called Ecosystem Component Values. The
Cakile maritima
subsp. islandiea instead of C. maritima subsp.
aretica,
As a synopsis we have arranged a list of speeies
indieating their status in the Svalbard eco system
(1994), but the docu
A few name changes have been made here a s
compared to L i d & Lid
Ecosystem Component Values
Thirteen hybrids are
(1979) and Tutin et al. (1964-
Seattered or common (at least loeally)
p Phylogeographical irnportance
3
Endemie or highly disjunct
2
Belonging to a phytogeographical element of
=
=
1980), the additions are nine species/subspecies:
special interest in Sval bard
Botryehium boreale and Pucdnellia angustata
More or less widespread
subsp. palibinii (also published by Elvebakk et al.
1994), andAtriplexcfprostrata (Bjørnøya), Carex
E
gladalis (NW Spitsbergen), Carex krausei (W.
Spitsbergen, Elven et al. in press), Equisetum
arvmse subsp. arvense (introduced, West Spits
bergen), Festuca edlundiae (see Aiken et al.
1995),
native,
Festuca rubra subsp. rubra (as probably
West Spitsbergen), and P.
aretica x corymbosa, D. eorymbosa x micro
Rammeulus ajfinis
x
x
A
Very high (specialised. stenoie)
=
Intermediatc
=
Low (euryoic)
Loml ablmdance
3
2
Dominant.
rubra subsp. aretiea,
sulphureus, R. nivalis
x
50% cover
Subdominant. 20-50% cover
capillaris
(Bjørnøya), and the following hybrids: Draba
petala, Festuca hyperborea
Ecological indicator oalue
3
2
l
Sparsc
I 9 lmportanGe
3
2
1
10
animals (oertebrates)
=
Highly preferred fodder plant
=
Of secondary importance
Of no importance
pygmaeus, R. pygmaeus x sulphureus, and Sax
rivularis . The re-evaluation
Comments to the following species list: A dash
of previous reports resulted in the following
is written where no or only uncertain information
revisions: the Spitsbergen material of Ranuneulus
exists. As the vascular flora is very different on
hyperboreus is identified as subsp. arnelli. the
Bjørnøya from that of the main archipelago, pres
ifraga hyperborea
x
hyperboreus
ence on one and/or the other is indicated by BiS
(revision made by Nilsson, Flora Nordiea in
(occurring on both Bjørnøya and the Spitsbergen
Carex aquatilis subsp. stans
islands), B (occurring on Bjørnøya alone), or S
Bjørnøya
prep.),
material
as
subsp.
x
sub
spathacea (instead of parts of C. bigelowii), Des
ehampsia
borealis
(instead of D.
brevifolia),
Juneus triglumis subsp. albescens (instead of J.
(occurring on Spitsbergen and the neighbouring
islands). The numbers in brackets refer to notes
to the speeies in question.
12
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
Accepted taxa of stable (native and introduced) plants
Ecosystern Cornponent Values
Scientific and Norwegian narnes
Aehillea millefolium L. - Ryllik
Alehemilla glomerulans Bus.
Kjeldernarikåpe
P
3
3
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
l
l
S
2
3
3
2
2
S
A/opecurus boY('alis Trin. - Polarreverurnpe
Arabis alpina L.
2
2
1
2
Fjellskrinneblorn
Aretagrostis latifolla (R. Br.) Griseb.
Russegras
Aretophila fulva (Trin.) N.J. Anderss.
Hengjegras
Arenaria humifusa WahJenb. - Dvergarve
A. pseudofrigida (Ostenf.
Amica angustifolia
& Dahl) Juz. - KaJkarvc
:"\1. Vahl
2
3
3
2
Fjellsolblorn
Atriplex cf pro,Hrata Bouch. ex De.
TangrneIde
Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. - Vinterkarse
Dvergbjørk
Betula nana L. coll.
Bistorta vivipara (L.)S.F. Gray - Harerug
l
Botrychium boreale Milde ... Fjellrnarinøkkel
3
B. lunaria (L.)Sw. - Marinøkkel
:<
Braya purpurascens (R. BL) Bunge - Purpurkarse
1
3
2
3
Cakile maritimaScop. subsp. islandica (Gand.) Elven - Ishavsreddik
Calamagrostis stricta (Tirnrn.)
Koeler -Srnårøyrkvein
Campanula rotundifo!ia L. subsp. giesekiana (Vest)
Witasek -
A
R
3
3
2
2
2
E
3
3
3
3
2
B!S
l
S
l
B
3
BS
l
(1)
(2)
BS
l
3
Notes
S
2
(3)
BS
S
S
S
B
.3
I
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
BS
S
S
(8)
S
l
2
3
S
BS
S
.3
( 9)
(10)
Arktisk blåklokke
2
C uniflora L - HøgfjeUsklokke
Cardamine bellidij(Jlia
L
C pratens!" L subsp. polemollioides Rouy
I
Polarkarse
Carex aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp. stans (Drejer) Hult. - Tundrastorr
C aquatilis subsp. staIIs x subspathacea
C eapillaris L. ,. str. - Hårstorr
eglacialis \-1ack.
2
Høgfjellskarse
Rabbestorr
C glareosa Wahlenb. Grusstorr
C. krausei Boeck. - Islandsstorr
C lachenalii Schkuhr - Rypestorr
3
3
3
3
2
3
l
C. lidii Hadac
C marina Dewey subsp. pseudolagopina (Th.Sør.) Bacher
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
S
S
2
BS
S
(Il )
S
S
( 12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
S
(ISa)
.3
S
3
3
2
2
2
S
2
2
2
S
( 16)
:<
:1
2
2?
S
(15)
2
2
2
2
2
2
S
2
2
2?
3
2
2
(17)
S
BS
Buttstorr
C maritima Gunn. coll. - Bogestorr
emisandra R. BL
Dubbestorr
C nardina Fr. Skjeggstorr
C. paralleIa (Læst.) Sornmerf.
C. rupestris All.
C. saxatilis L.
Srnabtorr
Bergstorr
Blankstorr
l
I
C. subspathacea Wormskj. - Ishavsstorr
C. ursina Dewey
Cassiope hypnoides
Isbjønnstorr
(L) D. Don
2
Moselyng
C. tetragona (L.) D. Don - Kantlyng
Cerastium alpinum
L mil.
C. arcticum Lange eol1.
C. arcticum
x
3
Fjellarve
3
3
2
2
2
2
Polararve
Chrysosplenium tetrandrum (N. Lund)
L eoll.
.3
Th. Fr.
Dvcrgrnaigull
Polarskjørbuksurt
2
2
2
2
2
2
S
S
S
BS
S
2
S
S
I
2
2
S
3
l
3
regelii
Cochlearia groenlandiea
:2
Snøarve
C. ceraslOides (L.) Britton - Brearve
C. regelii Ostenf.
2
2
2
2
:1
3
2
2
l
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
2
3
B
(21)
(20)
(19 )
(22)
BS
(18)
S
.3
l
BS
S
BS
3
BS
(23)
13
A ealalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and eyanobaeteria
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
Cystopteris fragilis (L) Bernh. var. diekieana (R.Sim) Moore Berglok
Deschampsia alpina (L) Roem. & Schultes Fjellhunke
D. borealis (Trautv.) Roshev. - Tundrabunke
D. cespilosa (L.) Beauv. -Sølvhunke
Draba alpina L - Gullrublom
D. a/pina x subeapi/ata
D. areliea J. Vahl Mjølrublom
D. are/iea x corymbosa
D. corymbosa R. Br. ex De. - Puterublom
D. corymbosa x micropetala
D. daurica DC. Skredruhlom
D. jladnizensis Wulf. Alperuhlom
D. laclea Adams Lapprublom
D. laelea x oxycarpa
D. micrope/a/a Hook. - Polarruhlom
D. nivalis Liljebl.- Snørublom
D. nomegica Gunn. Bergrublom
D. oxycarpaSommerf. - Bleikruhlom
D. pauciflora R. Br. Tundrarublom
D. subcapitalaSimm. Halvkulerublom
Dryas octopetala L. Reinrose
Dupontia l/sheri R. Br. Tundragras
D. psi/osantha (Rupr.) Griseh.-Sprikjetundragras
Empe/rum nigrum L subsp. hermaphrodilllm (Hagerup) Bocher-
3
1
3
1
3
3
I
2
I
3
I
p
E
A
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
3
2?
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
S
BS
S
BS
BS
S
2
S
l
I
2
2
BiS
2
2
S
S
S
2
2
S
S
2
3
2
1
3
2
(24)
(26)
(27)
(25)
(28)
(33)
(30)
(33)
(28)
(33)
(31)
S
S
2
2
2
3
Notes
S
(32)
(33)
(29)
S
BS
2
BS
S
1
3
:3
3
2
(28)
(29)
S
3
3
2
2
S
S
BS
(34)
(35)
(35)
S
Fjellkrekling
Equise/um aruense L suhsp. arvense Vanleg åkersnelle
E. aruense L suhsp. boreale (Bong.) A. L(Sve - Polarsnelle
E. scirpoides Michx. Dvergsnelle
E. variegarum Schleich. ex Weh. & Mohr Fjellsnelle
Erigeroll hum;lis R.e. Graham Svarthakkestjerne
E. unijlorus L. suhsp. eriocephalus (J. Vahl) Cronq.- Ullbakkestjerne
Eriophorum angustifolium Honck. subsp. triste (Th. Fr.) Hult.-Svartull
E. angustifolium subsp. triste x scheuchzeri
E. scheuehzeri Hoppe SnØull
Euphrasia frigida Pugsley Fjellaugnetrøst
Eu/rema ulwartlsii R. Br. Polarreddik
Festum baffinensis Polunin Hårsvingel
F. brachyphylla Sehultes Bergsvingel
F. edlundiaeS. Aiken. Consaul & Lelkovitch
F. h yperborea Holmen Polarsvingel
F. hyperborea x rubra suhsp. are/iea
F. rubra L. sub,p. are/iea (Hack.) Govor. Arktisk raudsvingcl
Van leg raudsvingel
F. rubra L. suhsp. rubra
F. vivipara (L.)Sm. Geitsvingel
Genlianel/a tenelia (Rottb.) Borner Småsøte
Hierochloe a/pina (Willd.) Roem. & Schultes Fjellmarigras
Hippuris vulgaris L. Hesterumpe
Honkenya pep/oides (L.) Ehrh. suhsp. diflusa (Hornem.) A. Love
1
3
3
I
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
I
3
2
2
3
2
2
2
BS
(36)
(36)
BS
BS
S
S
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
S
S
2
S
S
2
3
1
3
1
2
2
3
1
3'1
2
3
3
:3
l
2
3
2
3
3
3
(37)
S
S
:3
2
3
S
S
2
3
2
2
2
2
S
3
S
2
S
3
2
3
BS
S
2
BS
(3R)
(39)
(39)
(39)
(40)
(41)
(41)
(42)
S
2
2
2
2
2
S
B
S
(43)
S
(44)
-Strand arve
2
Huperzia se/ago (L.) Bernh. exSchrank & Mart. suhsp. arclica
(Grossh.)
A. &
D. Love
Polarlusegras
Juneus arclicus Willd. Finnmarkssiv
J. biglumis L. Tvillingsiv
3
1
2
3
2
S
2
BS
14
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
J. castaneus Sm.
Kastanjesiv
1. triglumis L. subsp. albeseens (Lange) Hult.
Tundrasiv
Myrtust
Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.) Mack.
Bogefrytle
-
L. areUlllaSw. subsp. confusa (Lindeb.) Blytt
Vardefrytle
Reinfrytle
L. wahlenbergii Rupr.
Mertensia maritima (L) S.F. Gray
0stersurt
3
3
S
2
S
3
3
3
S
l
2
l
l
2
3
BS
2
(46)
2
2
2
3
BS ?
(47)
I
I
2
3
3
B?S
(47)
2
2
3
2
2
Putearve
3?
S
3
2
S
2
:2
S
I
3
2
2
:2
l
(49)
S
(50)
S
l
I
2
3
3
1
2
2
3
3
I
2
S
2
S
2
Lodnemyrklegg
P. lanata Cham. & Schlecht. subsp. dasyantha (Trautv.) Hult.
3
3
(48)
S
Oxyria digyna (L) Hill - Fjellsyre
-
( 45)
S
Papaper dahlianum Nordh. -Svalbardvalmue
Pedieularis hirsuta L.
Notes
2
M. ruhella (Wahlenb.) Hiem - Nålearve
M. s/ricta (Sw.) Hiem - Grannarve
BS
i
2
Minuarlia biflora (L.)Schinz & ThelL - Tuvearve
M. rossii (R. Br. ex Richardson) Graebn.
A
3
Luzula arctiea Blytt -Snøfrytle
L. areuataSw. subsp. areuafa
E
2
Dvergsyre
Koenigia islandiea L
p
BS
BS
(51)
- LJllmyrklegg
Petasiles frigidus (L) Fr. - Fjellpestrot
2
Phippsia algida S
( oL) R. Br. -Snøgras
P. concinna (Th. Fr.) Lindeb. -Sprikjesnøgras
:2
l
S
2
2
BS
:2
2
BS
Pleuropogon sabinii R. Br. -Sabinegras
2
2
3
Poa abbreviata R. Br. - Puterapp
l
:2
3
P. alpina L. var. alpina - Fjellrapp, seminiferous type
3
2
3
l
2
3
3
2
3
S
3
2
3
3
S
S
1
S
S
P. alpina L. var. vivipara L.
Fjellrapp. viviparous type
S
2
P. aretiea R. Br. - Jervrapp, seminiferous type
l
P. are/iea R. Br.
l
2
1
2
2
2
3
l
3
2
2
2
3
l
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
Jervrapp. viviparous type
P. are/iea R. Br. subsp. eesp/tans (Sirnm.) Nannf. - Tuverapp
P. glauea J. Vahl - Blårapp
l
1
2
P. hartzii Gand. -Strirapp
P. pratensis L. subsp. alpigena (Fr.) Hiit. Seterrapp. seminiferous type
P. pratensis L. subsp. alpigena (Fr.) Hiit.
Seterrapp. viviparous type
Polarflokk
Polemonium boreale Adams
Poten tilla chamissonis Hult. - Flogmure
P crantzii (Cr.) G. Beck ex Fritsch
2
Flekkmure
2
2
3
2
S
BS
(52)
BS
(52)
BS
S
(53)
(53)
(53)
(54)
(55)
(56)
(56)
S
2
S
S
2
S
2
S
(59)
(57)
(58)
(60)
2
2
2
3
3
2
3
3
P. pulehella R. Br. - Tuvemure
2
3
3
:2
S
(61)
Puednellia angusfata (R. Br.) Rand & Redf. subsp. angllstata
2
2
3
3
S
(62)
3
3
3
S
(62)
B
(63)
P. hyparefica Malte - Raggmure
P.
X
insularisSojak -Svalbardmure
P. nivea L. subsp. subquinata (Lange) Hult. -Svalbardsnømure
S
Polarsaltgras
P. angustata (R. BL) Rand & Redf. subsp. palibinii (Th.Sør.) Tzvelev
Kjeldesaltgras
P. capilIaris (Liljebl.) Jansen
Taresaltgras
3
2
3
I
P. phryganodes (Trin.) Scribn. & Merr. coll. - Teppesaltgras
l
I
3
3
P. S/JalbardellSis Rønning
3
3
3
P. vahliana (Liebm.)Scribn. & Merr. - Fimbulgras
2
2
X Pucciphippsia vaeillans (Th. Fr.) Tzvelev -Svalbardgras
3
2
2
3
Ranunculus affinis R. Br.
R. affinis
x
Svalbardsaltgras
Fliksoleie
slllphureus
R. glacialis L. - Issoleie
2
BS
I
S
2
S
l
S
(66)
(67)
(71)
2
S
2
3
S
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(64)
(65)
S
3
R. hyperboreus Rottb. subsp. arnelliiScheutz - Tundrasoleic
R. hyperboreus Rottb. subsp. hyperboreus -Setersoleie
2
2?
S
B
(69)
(69)
15
A eatalogue of Svalbard plmus, fung!, algae and eyanobaeteria
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
A
BIS
R. lapponicus L. - Lappsoleie
1
2
2
2
S
R. nivalis L.
1
1
2
2
S
2
3
2
2
Snøsoleie
pygmaeus
3
R. pallasiiSchlecht. - Glinsesoleie
2
R. pygmaeus Wahlenb.
1
2
3
2
R. nivalis
x
R. pygmaeus
R.
x
x
Dvergsoleie
sulphureus
speIsbergensis (Nath.) Hadac -Svalbardsoleie
R. sulphureusSol.
Polarsoleie
R. wilanderi (Nath.)
A. & D. Love - Wilandersoleie
A. & D. Love
Rhodiola rosea L. subsp. arcliea (A. Boriss.)
S
Notes
(71)
S
BS
3
3
2
1
2
l
2
2
3
3
2
1
l
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
S
(71)
S
(70)
BS
S
(68)
BS
Arktisrosenrot
Rubus chamaemorus L.
Molte
Rumex acelOsa L. coU. - Engsyre
3
Sagina cespilosa (J. Vahl) Lange -Stuttarve
3
S. nivalis (Lindbl.) Fr.
Salix areliea Pallas
S. herbacea L.
S. herbaeea
Jøkularve
Tundravier
Musøyre
polaris
x
S. poiaris Wahlenb.
S. relleulala L.
l
I
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
l
l
2
Rynkevier
Fjelltistel
3
Saxifraga aizoides L. coll.
Gulsildre
1
l
Knoppsildre
S. cemua L.
S. ee'pltosa L. coll.
Tuvesildre
S. flageIlarisSternb. & Willd. subsp. plalysepala (Trautv.) A.E. Porsild
(72)
S
I
Saussurea alpina (L.) De.
BS'J
3
3
Polarvier
S
3
2
BS
S
2
2
BS
2
I
2
BS
1
3
3
BS
2
I
3
l
2
1
l
3
3
1
1
3
2
2
2
(74)
BS
S
3
(73)
BS
(75)
(76)
BS
BS
S
(77)
(78)
Trådsildre
S. foliolosa R. Br.
S. hirculus L. coll.
S. nivalis L.
x
Polarsildre
3
rivularis
Snøsildre
S. opposilifolia L. coU.
S. rivularis L.
Stivsildre
Myrsildre
S. hyperborea R. Br.
S. hyperborea
2
I
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Grynsildre
S. hieracifolia Waldst. & Kil.
Raudsildre
2
Grannsildre
Sibbaldia proeumbens L.
Trefingerurt
S. fureata Rafin. subsp. fureata
S. uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq.
Stellar!a humifusa Rottb.
S. iongipes Goldie coll.
2
2
BS
3
3
BS
(81)
2
l
BS
(80)
l
I
2
3
3
3
l
l
2
2
2
2
l
Polarblindurt
2
2
l
3
3
2
I
Snøstjerneblom
l
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
3
Vaccinium uliginosum L. subsp. microphyllum Lange - Pohublokkebær
3
3
Dverglodnebregne
3
2
Taraxacum arcticum (Trautv.) Dahlst.
T. brachyceras Dahls!.
Polarløvetann
T. cymbifolium H. Lindb. ex Dahls!.
Tofteldia pl/Silla (Michx.) Pers.
Bjørnøyløvetann
Bjønnbrodd
Trisetum spicatum (L.) K. Richter
Woodsia giabella R. Br.
Arktisløvetann
(80)
I
3
Ishavsstjerneblom
(80)
S
l
l
Polarjonsokblom
(79)
l
3
Fjellsmelle
Silene aeaulis (L.) Jacq.
I
I
Svalbardsildre
S. lenuis (Wahlenb.) H. Sm.
I
BS
S
l
Bekkesildre
S. svalbardensis 0vstedal
BS
S
Svartaks
S
S
BS
S
2
S
(83)
BS
2
S
I
S
3
l
S
3
2
B
2
I
S
3
3
S
S
3
(82)
BS
S
(84)
(85)
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
16
(6) Barbarea vu/garis R. Br.
Notes
Introduced, but occurring in Barentsburg in large
amounts in 1993 and 1996, well established and
(1) Achillea millefolium
evidently reproducing by seeds (Elven unpubl.).
L.
Introduced, established at Barentsburg (Tishkov
pers. comm.), seen as late as 1993 and 1996 and
possibly reproducing by seed (Elven unpubl.).
It is not known to which of the two subspecies,
subsp. vulgaris or subsp. arcuata (Opiz ex J. &
C. Presl) Simonk., the Svalbard plants belong.
(7) Belula nana
(2) Alchemilla glomerulans Bus.
L.
coll.
The Svalbard material differs from alpine Scandi
Alchemilla vulgaris L. coll., as applied by Røn
navian material in occurrence of glands on young
ning (1979), includes severaI introduced agamo
twigs and in more rhomboid and deeply dentate
species. The only speeies of the genus presumed
leaves, Plants with rhomboid leaves have pre
to be stable today is A. glomerulans, reported
from Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn (1986a), but severai
viously been reported from Svalbard as f. fia
bellifolia
Hook
by
Asplund
(1918),
These
years old individuals of A. subcrenata Bus. were
features, and especially the presenee of glands,
seen at Barentsburg in 1993 (Elven unpubl.) and
may indicate that the Svalbard plants belong to
1996 (Brosø unpubl.).
the widespread arctic subarctic hybrid complex
between B. lIaIla and the American B. glandulosa
Michx, In Russia this complex is treated as a
(3) Arctagroslis latifolja (R. Br.) Griseb.
separate speeies, B. tundrarum Perf. (see Tol
Dahl & Hadac (1946) described var. hirta from
in the Russian Arctic. However, some Russian
Kapp Wijk, Isfjorden area, probably of small
taxonomic importance.
(4) Arnica angustifolia
machev 1966), distributed north of B. nana s. str.
botanists (B, A. Yurtsev, pers. comm.) consider
the glands to be of little taxonomic importance.
M. Vahl
(8) Botrychium boreale Milde
Both Svalbard and northern Scandinavian plants
Found in 1981 at the warm springs of Bock
belong to the widely distributed subsp. al/gu
fjorden, as one speeimen intermingled in a popu
stifolia (Downie 1988). Previously reported as A.
lation of B. lunaria that was discovered there a
alpina (an invalid name for this taxon, see Downie
few years before. It was also collected in 1990 in
1988) and considered to be endemie to the North
Andree Land between Wijdefjorden and Wood
Atlantic area.
fjorden. See Elvebakk et al. (1994).
(5) Atriplex cf prosIrala Bouch.
ex
De.
Found by Lundberg in 1991 as a single, sterile
speeimen
deter
Collected once in 1939 at Deltaneset in the Isfjor
mination is uncertain, since braeteoles and mature
den area (Hadac 1942, 1944) as C. maritima. The
fmits are needed for a safe identification; the
diaspore has probably reached the area by ocean
plant may also belong to A. longipes Drej. (subsp.
currents. This annual plant is not able to repro
praecox
on
Bjørnøya
(Hiilph.)
(UME).
Turess.) .
The
(9) Cakile maritima Scop. subsp. islandiea
(Gand.) Elven
Both
taxa
are
duee in the Arctic (Elven & Gjelsås 1981). The
obviously unable to reproduce in the Arctic
northemmost reproducing populations are found
proper. The northernmost reproducing popu
in the transition zone between boreal areas and
lations are found on the coasts of Finnmark.
the Arctic at Varangerhalvøya Peninsula, north
northern Norway and the R ybachi Peninsula,
em Norway. The material was reported as C.
Russia. The plant has probably reached Bjørnøya
aretiea Pobed. by Elven & Gjelsås (1981), but this
by ocean currents.
taxon is closely related to and not reproductively
A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
isolated from C. maritima and is probably best
considered as a subspecies.
17
(IS) Carex glareosa Wahlenb. and Carex
marina Dewey subsp. pseudolagopina (Th.
Sør.) B6cher
(10) Campanula rotundifolia
giesekiana (Vest) Witasek
L. subsp.
The single known Svalbard population, at Coles
native, occurring in intact vegetation (Engelskjøn
& Spjelkavik pers. comm.). It is, however, situ
ated in an area heavily influenced by human activi
ties during a long time. The diploid chromosome
=
Svalbard context: C. amblyrhyncha V. Krecz.
(described in 1935, based on material from the
dalen in the Isfjorden area, is large and probably
number (2n
Three names have been in use in this group in a
34, Flovik 1940) separates it from
C. rotundifolia s. str. (subsp. rotundifolia), cf.
also Laane (1968) and Croff in Engelskjøn (1979).
Sayan
Mountains
in
C
Asia),
C.
glareosa
Wahlenb. (described in 1803, based on material
from Finnmark, northern Norway and the Both
nian Bay, northern Sweden), and C.
marina
Dewey (described in 1836, based on material from
the "Arctic Coast", i.e. the Canadian Arctic), see
Halliday & Chater (1969a; 1969b). Only two taxa
(speeies) are present in Svalbard.
The confusion has its main origin in mis
applications of the name C. marina. Halliday &
Chater (1969b) have convincingly shown that the
(11) Carex aquatilis
Wahlenb. subsp.
stans
(Drejer) Hult.
type of C. marina belongs to thc same species as
the type of C. amblyrhyncha (or "amblyorhyn
cha"), and that this traditionally accepted name
The only confirmed Svalbard population is situ
for one of the Svalbard taxa therefore is prcdated
ated at Forkdalen, Wijdefjorden. Most reports of
by C. marina. Carex marina is only known from
C. aquatilis coll. from Svalbard, and all reports of
a few places in mires in the c1imatically favourable
the related C. bigelowii, refer as far as herbarium
areas of inner Isfjorden and has recently also been
speeimens are available to large-grown speeimens
reportcd from Germaniahalvøya at Liefdefjorden
of C. subspathacea (cf. the preliminary deter
(Thannheiser
mination by Engelskjøn et al. 1972, Engelskjøn
belongs to the northern subsp. pseudolagopina,
1992).
The
Svalbard
material
unpubl., and Elven unpubl.). A recent collection
as demonstrated by Bikher (1952) in his revision
from southern Spitsbergen (DubieI1985) has also
of thc group. The recombination under C. marina
been redetermined as C. subspathacea (Dubiel
was made by Bocher in
1990).
(1969b).
Halliday
&
Chater
The name C. marina has, however. for a lang
time been applied for parts of the seashore speeies
C. glareosa, e.g. by Hadac (1942, 1944) which
(12) Carex aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp. stans
(Drejer) Hult. X subspathacea Wormskj.
reported Carex marina from Svalbard and thought
Collections referred to as C. bigelowii from Fork
Rønning
dalen have be en redetermined as this hybrid
(Engelskjøn in O).
that this species replaced
(1972)
considered
C.
C.
glareosa here.
glareosa
var.
amphigena (see below), a name used for some
Svalbard plants, to be a synonym of C. marina.
However. in the herbarium materials from Sval
bard the name C. marina has been applied mainly
(13) Carex capillaris
L. s. str.
Only known from the warm springs area at Bock
fjorden (Rønning 1961). A report from For
landssundet (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz
1982) is erroneous (Gugnacka pers. comm.).
to the clearly different C. lachenalii.
The material referred to by Wahlenberg (1803)
in the original description of C. glareosa differs
in shape of utriculus from both the more southern,
the western and the arctic materials, as shown by
Halliday & Chater (1986a). The major parts of
the material, including the Svalbard plants, have
(14) Carex glacialis
Mack.
therefore been placed in a var. amphigena Fernald
(described in 1906 on material from Quebec),
Recently found at several localities in the Kongs
either under C. glareosa or more often under C.
fjorden-Engelskbukta area (Elvebakk 1989).
marina. Halliday & Chater (1969a) demonstrated
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
18
that there is a continuous transition from the
quantitative features only (being smaller in all
narrow-Hfruited" type of C. glareosa found in the
parts), but may deserve a subspecific status.
Baltic, in northernmost Norway and in the White
Sea area to the more broad-"fruited" type found
in western Scandinavia, the Arctic proper, Green
land and eastern North America. They also chose
The Cerastium alpinum-arcticum complex
(notes 18 -21)
to select an illustration of a more broad-"fruited"'
type,
referred to by
Wahlenberg
(1803),
as
lectotype, as the description of Wahlenberg does
not agree with the herbarium speeimens he
referred to. There seems to be no reason for
separating C. glareosa into two speeies (or sub
speeies), and in any case, the name C. marina
does not apply to any of the types.
The conect names for the two Svalbard species
are therefore C. glareosa Wahlenb. for the sea
shore plant and C. marina Dewey subsp. pseudo
lagopina
(Th.
Sør.) B6cher for the rare mire
plant.
The polymorphic Cerastium alpinum-arcticum
complex consists of numerous taxa inhabiting the
Arctic and mid-Iatitude mountain ranges. It has
a center of variation around the North Atlantic.
At least six taxa are published from Svalbard
(Tolmachev
1930, Hulten 1956,
Bi:icher 1977): C.
alpinum L. subsp. lanatum (Lam.) Aschers. &
Graebn., C. arcticum Lange var. vestitum Hult.,
var. procerum Hult. and var. sordidum Hult., C.
hyperboreum Tolm., and C. regelii Ostenf. The
delimitation of species, and the degree and cause
of subspecific variation, is disputed, as seen from
the divergent treatments by
B6cher
(15a) Carex krausei Boeck.
Recently
(1996)
found in a single locality in the
Isfjorden area (Elven et al. in press). The occur
rence in Spitsbergen is very isolated; the species
is otherwise found north to the Scoresbysund
area in E. Greenland and the northernmost Ural
mountains. The Svalbard plants belong to subsp.
porsildiana (Polunin)
A.
& D. L6ve.
(1977),
Hulten
(1956),
and JonselI (in prep.,
Flora
Nordica). Hulten treated the complex as a case
of ongoing circumpolar hybridisation and intro
gression, with severai varieties interpreted to be
of a fairly recent hybridogenous origin. Bi:icher
treated it as an old polyploid complex, and Jonsell
tends to agree with Bocher.
In our opinion, three taxa at level of species
can be recognised in Svalbard. Each of these
is variable, to some degree, but probably not
deserving a subspecific division within Svalbard.
(16) Carex lidii Hadac
In addition, some hybridisation ocems.
Described as C. lidii by Hadac
Vindodden
in the
reported (Neilson
Isfjorden
1970)
(1942,1944) from
area,
and later
and collected from sev
A summary of the ongoing studies of the North
Atlantic variation in the complex is presented by
Hagen et al.
(1995).
eral other localities. Carex lidii has previously
been considered as the hybrid C. maritima paral
leIa. It forms large stands, sometimes in absence
of one or both the puta tive parental species. Seeds
have not been found. 0vstedal & Haaland
(1996)
argue convincingly against the proposed hybrid
origin and tentatively accept C. lidii either as a
separate species, closely related to C. maritima,
or as an old hybrid between C. maritima and a
now extinct (or undiscovered) speeies in Svalbard.
(18) Cerastium regelii Ostenf.
Cerastium regelii is a distinet speeies, differing
from the other Cerastium species in e.g. a more
contracted growth, round and glabrescent leaves,
and by producing bulbils in the shoot apices.
The main way of propagation is by these bulbils.
Flowering commenccs in late summer, but mature
seeds have never been found in northern arctic
populations (Heide et al.
(17) Carex maritima Gunn. coll.
1990),
probably due to
the late flowering. Recently, C. regelii has been
found to be conspecific with C. fenisejense Hult.,
Arctic plants have been treated as subsp. setina
a more southern plant without bulbils, flowering
(Christ) Egorova or as C. setina (Christ) V. Kreez.
early in the season and reproducing by seed. The
The Svalbard plants belong to this type. They
shift between production of bulbils and flowering
differ from the majority of Scandinavian plants in
was shown to be governed by day length and
A
catalogue o[ Svalbard plants, [ungi, algae and cyanobaCleria
speetrai eharaeteristics (Heide et al. 1990). The
19
later regarded C. hyperboreum Tolm. as a syn
name C. regelii has priority. The speeies is octo
onym
ploid (2n
delimitation is disputed, as is the nomenclature.
=
72) both in Svalbard (Engelskjøn
of
C.
arcticum
Lange.
Their
specific
1979) and elsewhere (Love & Love 1975). The
In the most recent survey, JonselI (in prep., Flora
amphi-Atlantic parts of the speeies are often
Nordiea) argues for a broad species concept.
considered
as
a
separate
subspecies,
subsp.
cespitosum (Malmgr.) Tolm.
Chromosome counts of C. arcticum from the
North Atlantic area (keiand, Bjørnøya, Scan
dinavia) resulted in the dodecaploid number 2n
108 (Brett 1953, 1955,
(19) Cerastium arcticum
Lange
x regelii
Ostenf.
Love
& Love 1956,
Jørgensen et a1. 1958, Engelskjøn 1979, Hagen &
Sæther 1993). No counts have been made, as far
There is good morphological evidence for the
existenee of the hybrid C. arcticum x regelii in
Svalbard. The hybrid was not recognised by Røn
ning (1979), but has been reported by Høeg (1968)
and Kue & Dubiel (1995) from Hornsund, by
Engelskjøn (1986a) from Bjørnøya, by Dubiel
(1990) from Sørkapp Land, and we have identified
it as frequent in severai parts of Svalbard, aften
mixed with one or both of the putative parent
speeies (Elven & Elvebakk unpubl.). The report
of the hybrid C. alpinum x regelii by Tolmaehev
as we know, on material from Spitsbergen and
the eastern Svalbard islands. From neighbouring
arctic areas both the dodecaploid num ber (north
ern Greenland, Holmen 1952 and Jørgensen et
a1. 1958), and the hexaploid n umber 2n
=
54
(Greenland , Bocher & Larsen 1950; the Russian
Arctic, Sokolovskaya & Strelkova 1960) have
been reported. Love & Love (1975) referred the
hexaploid plants to C. hyperboreum Tolm., with
out further documentation.
The diagnostic characters are combined in a
(1930) may weU refer to the same combination,
different way in North Atlantic and arctic popu
possibly also the var. sordidum of C. arcticum
lations of C. arcticum (Bagen & Sæther 1993;
described by Hulten (1956). The hybrid differs
Schjøll 1995). The kelandic and Scandinavian
from C. regelii in more elongated and pubescent
plants are characterised by densely tufted growth,
kavcs and in a profuse ftowering from earl y in
short and broad leaves, a scattered indumentum
the season. In view of the late and infrequent
of fairly short, few-celled hairs, braeteoles with
flowering of C. regelii, the occurrence of this
out a scarious border, a rounded calyx, and a
hybrid is remarkable and an experimental study
rugose seed surface. They are mainly plants of late
of Svalbard populations would be interesting.
snowbeds (Scandinavia) and lava fields (keIand),
on circumneutral to alkaline soils. The Spits
bergen and Greenland plants are characterised
(20) Cerastium arcticum Lange colL
What traditionally has been named C. arcticum
Lange probably represents the most problematie
group of taxa in the C alpinum-arcticum com
plex (see references above). Cerastium arcticum
coll. is amphi-Atlantic, distributed in the northern
parts of the British Isles, the Fennoscandian
mountain range, Iceland, the eastern Canadian
Arctic, Greenland, the Norwegian arctic islands,
and the northwestern
Russian arctic islands.
Three species have been described within C. arc
ticum coU.: C. arcticum Lange s. str., typified by
material from Upernavik in western Greenland
(Bulten 1956),
C.
nigrescens (H.C. Watson)
by more apen growth, larger and more narrow
leaves, a usually dense indumentum of long but
few-celled hairs, bracteoles of ten with a scarious
border, a less rounded calyx, and an acutely
tubereulate seed surface. They are mainly plants
of apen habitats, but not of late snowbeds (where
they are replaced by C. regelii) , on both acidic
and alkaline soils. The deviating morphological
features of the Greenland and Spitsbergen plants
(except for the number of cells in the hairs), as
well as the habitat preferences, are shared with
Scandinavian C. alpinum and partly with Green
land C.
alpinum.
This probably explains the
numerous (and mostly erroneous) reports of C.
Edmondst. ex H.C. Watson (C. edmondstonii
alpinum from Svalbard, see
(ILC. Watson) Murb. & OstenL), a serpen
Iiminary genetie investigations by iso-enzyme
note
(21).
Pre
tinicolous plant from Shetland, and C. hyper
electrophoresis (Hagen & Sæther 1993, Schjøll
boreum Tolm., typified by material from Svalbard
1995) showed Greenland and Spitsbergen popu
(Tolmachev 1930). Bowever, Tolmachev (1971)
lations of C. arcticum to be widely different from
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
20
southern Scandinavian and Icelandic populations
both of C. alp/num and of C. arCI/cum.
The southern (southern Scandinavia, Iceland)
and the northern pJants (Greenland, Spitsbergen)
obviously belong to different taxa, at level of
subspecies or species. The material selected by
Hulten (1956) as a type of
C.
arcticum Lange
(from Upernavik in western Greenland, UPS,
W6jcicki 1987; Swit;s 1988; van der Knaap 1985,
1988). The distribution reported by Rønning
(1964, 1979) is aJso too wide.
An octoploid chromosome number (2n
72)
=
is reported in C. alp/num from all parts of its
distribution range (Brett 1950, 1952; Bocher &
Larsen 1950; Love & Love 1956; Hedberg 1967;
Engelskjøn 1979; Hagen & Sæther 1993), until
selected by Hutten 1956), belongs to the northern
recently not including Svalbard. A single dode
type (Schjøll 1995), and the later name C. hyper
caploid count (2n
boreum Tolm. is therefore superfluous in any
a morphologically well-defined C. alp/num from
case. The southern type, including the Scandi
southern Norway (Hagen & Sæther 1993).
108) was recently made from
navian material, must be compared (morpho
Dubiel (1990) reported C alp/num (as subsp.
logically and genetically) with British material
lanatum) from Sørkapp Land. The material (seen
before final naming, because both the available
names at level of species
(C.
nigrescens and C.
by us) corresponds morphologically to
C.
alpinum
as recognised elsewhere in the Arctic, and the
edmondstonii) are based on the British serpentinc
identification is supported by the chromosome
plants.
count of 2n
Another model may be that the entire complex,
72 (Dubiel 1990). Kuc & Dubiel
(1995) report the species (as subsp. lana/a) as
including C. arcticum s. lat. and both Scandi
locally
navian and arctic
alp/num (see note 21), has a
Hornsund. Morphologically similar plants were
C.
frequent
in
a
small
area
south
of
complicated polyphyletic origin involving severai
found in a few places along the western coast
ploidy leveJs. They may be considered as severaJ
of Spitsbergen northwards to Magdalenefjorden,
entities (subsp.) within a very widely defined C.
and in the Isfjorden area (Elven unpubl.).
alpinU/n. In view of these unsolved problems, a
division of the Svalbard material of
C.
arcticum
into severai subspecific taxa (as done by Hulten
1956 and partly by Bocher 1977) is premature.
Based on morphological evidence alone exten
alp/num and C. arct/cum (see e.g. Hulten
1956). This has not yet been clarified by chromo
somal evidence. There is one intermediate chro
mosome
number
of
2n
=
90
from
southern
Norway (Engelskjøn 1979), and also combined
morphological and iso-enzyme electrophoretic
evidence for hybridisation
(Hagen
alpinum have been
1956).
Hulten
and
subsequent
authors
have
referred the arctic plants to a subsp. lanatum
sive hybridisation has been postulated between
C.
Three subspecies of C
recognised from the North Atlantic area (Bulten
& Sæther
(Lam.) Aschers. & Graebn. This subspecies was,
however, described from C Europe and has a
relatively thermophilous, montane to low alpine
distribution in C Europe and in Fennoscandia.
Similar biotypes also occur in Iceland and in
southernmost Greenland. They differ from the
truly arctic representative, named as subsp. lan
atum in severai features:
Cl
dense indumentum
of soft. white hairs, short and ovate to broadly
1993). Hybrid strains are to be expected in West
lanceolate, subobtuse leaves, and comparatively
Spitsbergen, but have not yet been confirmed.
small flowers. The northern arctic plants are
coarser, have a coarse indumentum of stiff, grey
ish hairs. long and narrowly lanceolate. acute
leaves, and comparatively large flowers.
(21) Cerastium alpinum L. eall.
The presence of
alpinum in Svalbard has been
C.
disputed. The characters used for separating the
arctic strains of C. alpinum and C. arCI/cum in
the floras are ambiguous. and most examined
specimens from Svalbard labelled as
clearly belong to
C.
C.
alpinum
arcticum as defined above
This
northern arctic representative replaces subsp.lan
atum s. str. in northern Greenland as it does on
Jan Mayen and in Svalbard (Elven unpubl.). In a
morphological analysis northern arctic
C.
alp/num
(from severaI sites in western Greenland) was as
distinct from Scandinavian C. alp/num as it was
from southern and northern
C.
arcticum (Schjøll
(note 20). Most or all published reports of C.
1995). The superficial similarity of the southern
alpinum probably
and northern representatives may represent par
Srodon
1960;
refer to
Sunding
Thannheiser 1972;
C
1962;
Tishkov
arcticum (i.a.
Hofmann
1985;
Godzik
&
allel evolution of the 'Ianate' feature, and the
&
subspecific name should be avoided for arctic
A
cata/ogue of Svalbard p/anIs, fungi. a/gae and cyanobacteria
21
populations. The arctic type probably deserves
1990, Galteland et al. 1995, own experiences), but
rank of subspecies, HC. alpinum L. (ssp.)", but
no subspecific division has yet been attempted.
as far as we know no published name is available.
(22)
Cerastium cerastoides
Only
known
from
(24) Cystopreris fragilis (L.)
dickieana (R. Sim) Moore
(L.) Britton
Bjørnøya
(Engelskjøn
&
Bernh.
var.
The Svalbard plants of C. fragilis have rugose
Schweitzer 1970, Engelskjøn 1986a). A report
spores (as opposite to echinate), a partly distinct
from Forlandssundet, West Spitsbergen (Gugn
leaf morphology, and they have usually been
acka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982) has proved to
referred to subsp. dickieana (R. Sim) Hyl. (or C.
be erroneous (rev. Elvebakk).
dickieana R. Sim). The spore ornamentation is
the only distinctive feature in common between
the plants from different areas placed in C. dick
(23) Cochlearia groenlandiea
ieana. It is not consistently associated with any
L. coB.
In the Arctic only diploid chromosome numbers
14 (base number
are known in Coehlearia, 2n
7) on Bjørnøya, in Svalbard, Iceland, Greenland,
in the American Arctic and in northeastern Asia,
12 (base number 6) in Iceland (Nordal
and 2n
& Laane 1990). These diploids (x
6, 7) are
now placed in C. groenlandiea L. (including C.
fenesrrala R. BL). Taxa with base number x
=
7
were placed by Love & Love (1975, 1976) in a
separate genus, Cochleariopsis
A.
& D. Love.
other morphological features. and similar leaf
types as found in the Svalbard plants are found
in Icelandic specimens with echinate spores. The
spore ornamentation may be a more or less spu
rious feature determined by a single or a few
genes, and it is questionable if the plants with
rugose spores deserve any taxonomic rank (see
e.g. Haufter et al. 1993). At present, however, we
follow Berg (1992) in describing them at variety
level.
No morphological or physiologicaJ characters are
found to separate the 2n
14 and 2n
=
12 bio
types in Iceland (Nordal & Laane 1990), and
there is evidence indicating that the base number
of x
the 2 n
The Deschampsia
25-27)
cespitosa
complex (nates
7 has originated by primary tetrasomy in
=
12 plants (see GiIl 1973). There is there
The D. cespitosa compJex is taxonomically intri
fore no reason to separate these taxa in two
cate within its circumpolar area. From the north
genera. In accordance with NordaJ et al. (1986)
ern
the diploid arctic plants are recorded here as C.
Tolmachev
groenlandiea .
species: D. a/pilla (L) Roem. & Schultes north to
All previous reports from Svalbard
of
parts of the Russian
(1964)
recorded
Arctic
Tzvelev in
three indigenous
C.
Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa and D. borealis (Trautv.)
ojficinaiis L., C. arctiea Schlecht., C. fenestrata
Roshev. and D. brevifoUa R. Br. north to north
R. Br., and C. angliea L., i.a. by Rønning (1964,
ern Novaja ?.. emlja. The latter taxon was not
1979), probably refer to C.
accepted for the European Arctic by Tzvelev
groenlandiea.
In
modern opinion (see Nordal et al. 1986, Nordal
(1984).
& Stabbetorp 1990), C. officinalis s. lat. includes
Canadian Arctic and in Greenland, Porsild (1957)
only tetraploid biotypes (2n
mosome number x
24) with base chro
and
From
Porsild
the
&
northeastern
Cody
(1980)
parts of
reported
the
three
6, and is distributed in
indigenous species: D. a/pina in southern Green
northwestern Europe north to northern Norway
land and Labrador, D. brevifolia in the northern
and northern mainJand Russia. Cochlearia angliea
parts, and D. pumila (Trin.) Ostenf. in central
has proved to be octoploid (2n
and northern parts, but not in northernmost
48) with the
same base num ber and is (as far as known) rest ri c
Greenland. In addition D. cespitosa (L.) Beauv.
ted to western Europe northwards to Denmark
s. str. occurs as an introduction in most arctic
and the British Isles.
areas.
A large eco-geographical variation exists in C.
Tzvelev (1984) treated the variation within the
ojficinalis, now divided into severai subspecies
former U.S.S.R. area as 17 subspecies of a poly
(Nordal & Stabbetorp 1990). A similar variation
morphic D. cespitosa. among them subsp. a/pina
is observed in C. groen/andica (Nordal & Laane
(L.) Tzvelev, subsp. borealis (Trautv.)
A.
& D.
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
22
brevifolia (R. Br.) Tzvelev, subsp.
eespitosa, subsp. glauea (Bartm.) Hartm., and
subsp. paramushirensis (Honda) Tzvelev (
D.
paramushirensis Honda and D. pumila (Trin.)
In the beginning of this century the taxon was
Love, subsp.
=
D. eespitosa (as opposed to D.
alpina). Bada': (1942) interpreted it as D. bre
vifoUa (D. cespitosa subsp. brevifolia, described
considered as
from Melville Island in the Canadian Arctic), a
Ostenf.).
The Svalbard material belongs to three rec
ognizable taxa, only one of which is problematic
with respect to nomenclature, viz.
D. borealis
view accepted e.g. by Rønning (1964, 1979) and
D. are
tica (Spreng.) Merr. as a synonym. However, as
by Clarke (1980). Tzvelev (1984) treated
below. The taxa are well separated, morpho
demonstrated by Porsild (1957), Porsild & Cody
logically and ecologically, and are here regarded
(1980), and MeLachlan et al. (1989)
as spedes.
is quite different from the Svalbard taxon. being
D. brevifolia
densely tufted with short, stout leaves, short and
stiffty
(25) Deschampsia cespitosa (L.) Beauv.
The seminiferous
D. eespitosa is introduced and
persists at least in Barentsburg (Tishkov pers.
comm., Elven unpubl.) and probably also on
Bjørnøya (EngeJskjøn & Schweitzer 1970, Eng
elskjøn 1986a). From other areas it is known to
be mostly diploid (2n
26, Engelskjøn 1979).
=
(26) Deschampsia a/pina (L.) Roemer &
Schultes
The pseudoviviparous
D. alpina is common all
over the islands and is morphologically fairly uni
form and well separated from
D. eespitosa. Des
ehampsia alpina is amphi-Atlantic, may have
arisen from D. eespitosa or from hybrid(s)
between D. cespitosa and other arctic taxa, and
may therefore have a polyphyletic origin. The
Svalbard plants are polyploid (2n
=
39-50, Flovik
1938, Engelskjøn 1979).
erect
eulms.
and a
contracted,
short
branched panicle with distinetly bronze or purple
coloured
spikelets.
Porsild
&
Cody
(1980)
reported the habitats as "hummocky and frost
heaved rather wet soils, and oecasionally in turfy
places in tundra".
Another species to consider is
D. pumila. It
was originally described from Kamtehatka. and
the name was treated by Tzvelev (1984) and
MeLachlan et al. (1989) as a synonym of D.
paramushirensis (D. eespitosa subsp. paramu
shirensis), originally deseribed from the Kuril
Islands. It was reported by Porsild (1957) as
endemie in the eastern American Arctic (in spite
of it originally being described from Asia!), by
Tzvelev (1984) as an endemic of northeastern
Asia, and by Porsild & Cody (1980) as high
arctic cireumpolar. The Canadian plant was also
described as a stoloniferous seashore plant. More
over, a tetraploid chromosome number (2n
was reported in
=
42)
D. pwnila from northeastern Asia
(Zhukova et al. 1973). We leave this confusion
out of consideration as the Svalbard material does
(27) Deschampsia borealis (Trautv. )
Roshev.
This seminiferous species is morphologically dis
tinct in Svalbard, but has partly been overlooked
in the field and to a large extent confused with
the pseudoviviparous
D. alpina in the herbarium.
Desehampsia borealis is a tussock grass of shallaw
not mateh either of the very different descriptions
by Tzvelev (1984), MeLachlan et al (1989), and
Porsild & Cody (1980).
Tzvelev (1984) treated D. cespitosa subsp.
glauca (D. glauca Hartm.) as an arctic taxon and
as a mainly European Russian parallel to the
D. eespitosa subsp. borealis. As
D. glauca originally was described from forest
mainly Siberian
mires and wet, silt y sedimentation fiats, mainly
river valleys of Scandinavia, is a distinctly boreal
on calcareous substrates. The plants are loosely
taxon, and is widely different from anything seen
tufted, composed of stift but very narrow (can
in arctic materials in numerous morphological
volute) leaves, 1/4-1/2 the length of mature culms.
features, it is here left out of consideration. In
The stems are slender, carrying an open panicle
our opinion, Tzvelev's "subsp.
with whitish to pale yellow spikelets. It fiowers
within a more widely defined
toa late in the season to produce fruits regularly.
A diploid chromosome number (2n
elskjøn
material.
unpubl.)
is
known
=
from
glauca" belongs
D. borealis.
The last candidate to be considered in Svalbard
D. borealis, originally described from the
26, Eng
is
Svalbard
Taimyr Peninsula and reponed from the entire
Russian Arctic and from North America by
A
catalogue ol Svalbard plants, lungi, algae and cvanobacteria
23
Tzve1ev (1984), but not accepted by American
Akeroyd (1993), is a superfiuous name as the
authors. It was characterised by Tzvelev as a plant
available material. including the type specimens,
of "mossy, sandy and stony tundras, riverside
refers to other yellow-fiowered species (mainly
sand and pebbles". The Svalbard plants match
D. corymbosa R. Br. ex
the description, and D. borealis was reported as
description fits within the limits of the poly
diploid (Tzvelev 1984). We tentatively accept this
morphic D. corymbosa as understood today.
name for the native, seminiferous Svalbard taxon.
De.),
and the original
(B) Draba glacialis Adams, accepted for Sval
bard by Walters (1964), probably represents a
distinct taxon of the D. alpin a complex in the
Draba (notes 28-33)
Russian Arctic westwards to Kolgujev and the
Kanin Peninsula. In Svalbard the name has only
been
The genus Draba is one of the most species-rich
applied
to
other
yellow-fiowered
taxa
(especially to D. corymbosa).
(C) Draba gredinii E.
vascular plant genera in the Arctic. There is an
Ekm., accepted by
excess of names in use because many studies
Walters (1964) and Walters & Akeroyd (1993),
are based on geographically limited material, on
is conspecific with D. oxycarpa Sommerf.
environmentally modified or otherwise dubious
(D) The name Draba oblongata R.
Br. ex
De.,
characters, and partly on herbarium specimens in
accepted as applicable to
poor
a
species by Walters (1964), Tolmachev (1975), and
narrower species concept was previously more
by R jnning (1964, 1979), was found by Mulligan
or
juvenile
conditions.
Moreover,
of ten applied than what is usually done today.
The morphological and genetical pattern of
a
yellow-ftowered
(1974) to refer to the quite different, white
ftowered D.
variation is very complicated in the circumpolar
Ekm.)
area, evidently due to local differentiation and
complex.
arctiea
Bacher,
in
subsp.
the
D.
groenlandiea
(E.
arctica-cinerea
species evolution, different ploidy leveis, some
(E) Both species of the D. micropetala complex
hybridisation, and inferred multiple origins of
have to change their names as compared to Røn
severai polyploids (Brochmann et al.
ning (1979). The valid names of D. micropetala
1992a,
1992b, 1992c, 1993).
and D. adamsii as used by Rønning are D. pau
In recent years an extensive genetic and cyto
ciflora R. Br., and D. micropetala Hook., respect
logical study of Scandinavian and Svalbard Draba
ively, following the treatment by Tolmachev
(Brochmann 1993, Brochmann& Elven 1992, and
(1975).
Brochmann et al. 1992a, 1992b, 1992c, 1993),
respondence between American and
combined with
authors that these two names, both appli ca ble
limited morphological
studies
It is symptomatic of the lack of cor
Russian
(Brochmann 1992), has clarified the limitation of
also to American plants, are left entirely out
many species in these areas. The nomenclature
of consideration in the latest survey of North
is, however, still confused at a circumpolar scale.
American crucifers (Rollins 1993).
(F) The Svalbard material of D. cinerea Adams,
There is little correspondence in the application
of names among the treatments of the western
as
European, American and the Russian arctic
Akeroyd (1993), and by Rønning (1964, 1979).
materials. Compare our survey with Mulligan
has proved to belong to another, morphologically
(1976) and Rollins (1993). We are generally more
and chromosomally more or less uniform species,
accepted
by
Walters
(1964),
Walters &
in agreement with Russian authors (e.g. Tol
D. arctiea J. Vahl, a conclusion reached already
machev 1975).
by Bacher (1966), and followed by Engelskjøn
The species concept used here is the same as in
(1979).
Lid& Lid (1994) and followed by Rønning (1996),
but differs from Rønning (1979) and the Flora
Europaea treatments (Walters 1964, Walters &
Akeroyd 1993) in severai aspects. Our new treat
(28) The Draba a/pina complex
ment will be explained below for all species and
The
complexes of related species, but first summarised
flowered species with broad, bright or pale yellow
in the following points (A-F):
petals, subacute to aeute leaves with a mixed,
(A)
Draba
alpina
complex
consists
of
yellow
Ekm.,
mostly short indument of simple, forked and
(1964) and Walters &
short-stalked stellate hairs, and ovate to broadly
kjellmannii
accepted by Walters
D.
Lid
ex
E.
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
24
elliptic, glabrolls or hairy siliclllae. The complex
specimens in her original description. The pres
has a circllmpolar distriblltion and incllldes sev
ence of the species in Svalbard was, however,
eral taxa at the level of species. Three distinct
not unambigllously recognised llntil the 1960's
species are present in Svalbard: D. alpina, D.
(Rønning 1961 and Svedberg 1961). Rønning
corymbosa, and D. oxycarpa.
(1961) fOllnd it to be widely distributed on Spits
Draba alpina is decaploid (2n
80, Brochmann
bergen and neighbouring islands. Later, a review
et al. 1993) with comparatively small, half-open
of the herbarium material has proved that D.
flowers, narrowly obovate and non-overlapping
oxycarpa is the most widespread species of the D.
petals, more narrowly elliptic siliclllae than the
a/pina complex in Spitsbergen and neighbouring
other two, and comparatively small, brown seeds.
islands.
The siliclliae are glabrous in mainland Scan
Engelskjøn & Schweitzer (1970) reported only
dinavia and most aften in Svalbard. but elsewhere
D. alpina from Bjørnøya, but at that time they
in the Arctic there are poplliations with siliculae
used this name in its previous wide sense, includ
carrying scattered hairs both marginally and on
ing D. oxycarpa. Most of the material from Bjørn
the valves. Much of the Bjørnøya material is of
øya c!early belongs to D. a/pina. However, a few
this type. The variation in silicula indumentum
specimens differ in larger petals and in siliculae
has caused confusion in the determination of Sval
which are hairy on the seam (see Engelskjøn &
bard collections and is responsible for at least one
Schweitzer 1970, figs. Se, d. 6f, g). These belong
superftuous name in the complex. Draba alpina
to D. oxycarpa, and the species is hereby con
is probably mainly autogamaus.
firmed from Bjørnøya.
Draba oxycarpa is octoploid (2n
64, Broch
The applications of the name D. a/pina in other
mann et al. 1993) with larger, open flowers,
arctic areas are ambiguous. Love & Love (1975)
::
broadly obovate and overlapping petals, ovate to
referred
elliptic siliculae, and comparatively large, black
(otherwise characteristic of D. oxycarpa) to D.
ish seeds. The siliculae are usually glabrous on
a/pina L Most of these counts originate from
the valves, but with small marginal cilia. The
within the known distribution of D. oxycarpa
species is probably partly allogamous (i.e.
(eastern Greenland, Svalbard, Scandinavia and
a
all
octoploid chromosome
numbers
"mixed mater" in the sense of Brochmann 1993).
probably Novaja Lemlja) and presurnably refer
Other characters commonly used to discri
to that species. A few octoploid numbers originate
minate between D. a/pina and D. oxycarpa, e.g.
from the Russian and American Arctic (Mulligan
petal colour and indumentllm of scapes and pedi
1976). These may refer to other octoploid species
cels, vary within both species. Brochmann et al.
(yellow- or white-flowered) or to D. oxycarpa,
(1993) demonstrated that D. oxycarpa and D.
which may have a wider distribution than recog
alpin a , in spite of being morphologically similar,
nised today. Decaploid chromosome numbers
are genetically very different and probably have
(otherwise characteristic
different polyploid origins.
referred by Love & Love (1975) to D. micro
Until recently, D. gredinii E. Ekm. has been
of
D.
alpina)
were
peta/a. as they seem to have llsed this name for
accepted as name on the arctic part of the
what is considered D. a/pina by almost all other
complex,
allthors (and in contradiction with the types).
following its description by Ekman
(1933). Bretten (1973) found D. gredinii to be
These counts originate from Scandinavia, Sval
conspecific
Sommerf.,
bard and Alaska, i.e. confirmed areas of D. alpina
described from Svalbard a century earher (Som
as used by other authors. As both D. a/pina and
with
D.
oxycarpa
merfelt 1833), and also reported from southern
D. oxycarpa are typified on Scandinavian and
Norwegian mountains in the original description.
Svalbard material, the Scandinavian applications
This name clearly predates D. gredinii (and also
have priority, i.e. D. alpina for the decaploid, D.
predates D. oxycarpa Boi5S., first used in 1849
oxycarpa for the octoploid. Draba a/pina is not
for a Syrian species of a quite different part of
yet formally lectotypified, but the most relevant
the genus). Brochmann et al. (1992a, 1993) have
Linnaean material (LINN 823.5) is confirmed as
compared southern
Svalbard
belonging to the species as accepted today (Elven
populations of D. oxycarpa genetically and place
unpubl.). Material for unambiguous lectotyp
Norwegian
and
them unambiguously within the same species.
ification of D. oxycarpa is available in O (Elven
Ekman (1933) described D. gredinii from eastern
unpllbl. ).
Greenland , but she also referred to some Svalbard
Draba corymbosa R. Br. ex De. is 16-18-ploid
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
(2n
=
128 in Svalbard, Bocher 1966, Brochmann
et al. 1993; 2n
25
and on an investigation of herbarium specimens
144 in the American Arctic,
from these areas and from arctic Russia) the
Mulligan 1974, 1976). The species is highly vari
polymorphic pattern of variation is best treated
able and probably polyphyletic, with D. alpina
as one species with a circumpolar distribution.
and severai white-flowered species at lower ploidy
This also corresponds with the results of Broch
leveIs in its parentage (Brochmann et al. 1992a,
mann et al. (1992a. 1992b, 1993) as to a probably
1992b).
complex polyphyletic origin of the 16-18-ploids.
The species is usually characterised by a coarse
As to the nomenclature, the uncertainties may
indumentum of long cilia, forked and stellate
be ascribed to Ekman's (1931) treatment of the
hairs on leaves, scapes and pedicels, large, open
variability of the species, especially within Green
flowers with sepals distinctly saccate at base,
land, but also with reference to Svalbard plants.
bright yellow and broadly obovate petals, and
Ekman (1931) indicated that the type collection
large siliculae with a coarse indumentum, distinct
of D. corymbosa (BM) was a Cochlearia and the
styles, and comparatively large, brown seeds.
same as the type of C. fenestrata R. Br. Her
However, Brochmann (pers. comm.) has found
rejection of this name is no longer mandatory
16-ploid plants lacking most of the distinctive
under the Code, and it is also irrelevant as there
characters separating D.
are two unambiguous collections of D. corymbosa
corymbosa from D.
alpina. A varied parentage may be responsible
annotated by R. Brown and available in BM, one
for the large variation found, and partly for the
obviously mislabelled as Cochlearia fenestrata,
multitude of names in use in different parts of the
and another labelIed D. corymbosa and chosen
Arctic.
by Mulligan as lectotype. She also doubted the
Draba corymbosa was described 1819/1821 on
validity of the name D. macrocarpa, as no type
Amerkan material (type in BM, contirrned as D.
material was available. Ekman (1931), when
corymbosa
Elven
treating the Svalbard plants, described them
unpubl.). The following other names are here
partly as D. bel/ii var. svalbardensis E. Ekm.,
considered as synonyms of this polymorphic
more compact than the type variety, and partly
in
the
present
sense
by
species: D. macrocarpa Adams (described 1834),
as a new species, D. kjellmannii. The treatment
D. bellii Holm (described 1907), and partly D.
by Ekman (1931), accepting D. kjellmannii at
kjellmannii Lid ex E. Ekm. (described 1931). The
species leve!, was followed by Walters (1964),
synonymy between D. corymbosa, D. bellii and
Love & Love (1975), Tolmachev (1975), and
D. macrocarpa is also accepted by Rollins (1993).
Walters & Akeroyd (1993).
The valid name of the taxon has been uncertain
The treatment by Ekman (1931) was not dis
until recently, as seen from the treatment by
cussed by Mulligan (1974) who rightly accepted
name
D.
corymbosa for
Walters (1964), where the two most recent names,
the
D. bellii and D. kjellmannii, were applied for two
material as it is unambiguous and predates all
the
American
different Svalbard species, and where no ref
other available names.
erence was given to the two older names. Besides,
The name D. kjellmannii should, in any case,
the name D. corymbosa is consistently in use in
be rejected as superfluous. The type material (S),
America (see e.g. Mulligan 1974, 1976), and D.
from Novaja Zemlja, is heterogeneous and no
macrocarpa more or less consistently in Russia
single element is yet selected as a lectotype. The
(see e.g. Tolmachev 1975). Walters & Akeroyd
major parts belong to D. corymbosa in the present
(1993), however, accepted
replacing
D.
bellii,
but
D.
corymbosa as
still considered
D.
kjellmannii as a separate species. Two major
sense, some specimens belong to D. oxycarpa,
and some may belong to D. a/pina and/or D.
glacialis (Elven unpubl.).
problems exist in species concepts and nomencla
Walters (1964) reported D. glacialis Adams
ture: (1) should the material from different parts
(described in 1817 on Russian arctic material)
of the Arctic be treated within one polymorphic
from Svalbard, northern Norway and the Russian
species or separated into severai species, and (2)
Arctic. In Svalbard the name D. glacialis Adams
what names are validly published?
As to the tirst problem, no thorough study has
has been applied mainly to material of
corymbosa.
One
exception
is
the
D.
material
been made of the entire arctic material. However,
referred to by Godzik & W6jcicki (1987), belong
in our opinion (based on tield experiences in
ing to D. oxycarpa in the present opinion (det.
Svalbard, Greenland and the Canadian Arctic
R.Elven, O). The abundant Novaja
Zemlja
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
26
48 and 32 represent
material named as D. glacialis. and corresponding
chromosome numbers 2n
with the diagnosis. is distinctive and probably
the lowest ploidy leveIs known in northern Euro
belongs to another representative (speeies) of the
pean yellow-flowered Draba and separate these
group. This conclusion was also reached by
two speeies from the 8-16(-IS)-ploid species of
Tolmachev (1975) who found that the Novaja
the D. alpina complex.
Zemlja type was widely distributed in the Russian
Draba micropetala and D. paucijlora are con
and Siberian Arctic, but not yet detected in Sval
centrated to the coldest parts of the Arctic, and
bard. The inconsistent treatment of the Svalbard
both are frequent on Spitsbergen and surrounding
material has been maintained by a confusion
islands. The prevailing confusion both between
between the names D. glacialis Adams and D.
these two taxa and between the D. micropetala
alpina L. var. glacialis Ostenf., the latter based
and D. alpina groups (in Svalbard and elsewhere)
on a different (American) type and referring to
is at least partly due to the absence of some of
D. corymbosa (see Ekman 1931). The conclusion
the distinctive characters in much of the available
is that both D. glacialis and D. alpina var. glacialis
herbarium collections.
are superfluous names for Svalbard plants.
teristic indument, much coarser than in any other
However,
the
charac
Nordie Draba and also separating the two species
weU, is present in all collections, but has largely
been overlooked. As the nornenclature is equally
(29) The Draba micropetala complex
confused, a survey and tentative evaluation of the
The D. micropetala complex is a distinct, weU
alternatives is given below.
delimited species-group containing yellow-flow
The earliest name applied in the group is D.
ered taxa with short and narrow petals (and prob
oblongata R. Br. ex De. (described in 1819/1821,
ably predominantly autogamous flowers), leaves
based on North American material). It was still
with an obtuse to rounded apex, a coarse indu
applied for the collective group by Walters (1964)
ment of simple, forked and/or long-stalked stel
and for our D. micropetala by Rønning (1964) and
late
to
Tolmachev (1975). This is erroneous according
obovate, more or less hairy siliculae with a very
to Mulligan (1974), as the type material of D.
(or
"crueiform")
hairs,
and
elliptic
short or undeveloped st yle. The complex has an
oblongata belongs to a taxon in the white-flowered
arctic circumpolar distribution and probably con
and very distantly related D. arctica-cinerea
tains at least three taxa at speeies level, two of
complex. Mulligan's conclusion was confirmed by
them widely distributed in Svalbard.
a renewed study of the type
Our D. micropetala, i.e. the taxon named "D.
(K,
Elven unpubl.).
Draba micropetala Hook. was described in
adamsii" by Rønning (1979), is characterised by
1825. based on North American material. Mul
obtuse to rounded leaves with a coarse indument,
ligan (1974) concluded that "D. micropetala is a
marginaUy of long-stalked stellate or cruciform
later synonym of D. alpina L. , without further
hairs, pale yellow petals, a distinctly elongating
documentation. This conclusion is in disagree
"
infrutescence, and elliptic siliculae with a distinet
ment with most earlier and later investigations of
indument. It is mainly a plant of open, unstable.
the arctic Drabas and with the available type
gravelly habitats (Brochmann & Elven 1992), and
material.
is hexaploid (2n
=
48, Brochmann et al. 1993).
Most
authors,
including
Rønning
(1979), have followed Ekman (1931) in applying
Our D. pauciflora, i.e. the taxon named "D.
this name to our D. pauciflora, but this is also
micropetala" by Rønning (1979), is characterised
erroneous. Tolmachev (1975) argued that Ekman
by more acute leaves with a similarly coarse indu
had misinterpreted Hooker's original diagnosis of
ment, but marginally mainly with long cilia and/
D. micropetala. Tolmachev (1975) still accepted
or forked hairs, by dark yellow petals, a fru
the name D. oblongata for the species in question
tescence that does not elongate, obovate, gla
and listed D. micropetala as a synonym. When
brous or subglabrous siliculae, and a distinet
the name D. oblongata now has to be abandoned,
reddish or brownish colour of sepals and siliculae
D. micropetala Hook. remains as probably the
and partly of leaves. It is a plant usually growing
oldest valid name for this species. Available type
in dense moss carpets (moss tundra) and on the
material
rim of soil polygons (Brochmann & Elven 1992).
responds exactly with our usage (Elven unpubl.)
(K,
from the Canadian Arctic) COf
Draba paucijlora has a tetraploid chromosome
and Mulligan has also selected a lectotype. Even if
32, Brochmann et al. 1993). The
this speeies is originally described from Ameriea,
number (2n
=
A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
27
and probably is widespread there, both it and its
been reported from Svalbard: D. arctiea J. Vahl,
name have been neglected by the latest American
D. eana Rydberg, D. cinerea Adams, and D.
authors (see Rollins 1993),
groenlandiea E. Ekm. Walters (1964), Rønning
Draba adamsii Ledeb. was described in 1842
(1964, 1979), and Walters & Akeroyd (1993)
on Russian material. The name, lang forgotten,
included only D. cinerea from the islands, but
was reintroduced by Tolmachev (1932), as appli
indicated D. aretiea as a possible synonym.
cable to plants corresponding to aur D. pauei
In her revision of the Greenland material of
flora. Mulligan (1974) accepted it as the valid
the D. cinerea complex, Ekman recognised five
name
of
what earlier
had been named
D.
taxa (Ekman 1929), but at that time not yet D.
oblongata in North Arnerica, and it has since been
arctiea. As suggested by her identifications, her
applied to all North American plants. as Mulligan
concepts of the taxa within the group changed
(1976) accepted only one American species of the
during her study period. In her early years she
D. micropetala complex. The name has, by some
applied a wide concept of D. cinerea, later she
kind of "diffusion", later been applied to our D.
separated the northern parts of the material and
micropetala, both in North America,lGreenland
divided it into (at least) five taxa, D. aretiea, D.
and Svalbard, as Ekman's use of "D. m/eropetala"
groenlandiea s. str., D. groenlandiea var. areto
for the other species of the group has prevailed.
gena E. Ekm. D. ostenfeldii E. Ekm. s. str., and
There are at least four reasons for believing
D. ostenfeldii var. ovibovina E. Ekm., based on
.
that this traditional North American-Greenland
a more narrow species concept than applied by
and Norwegian application of the name D. adam
later authors.
sil is erroneous: (1) the probable identity of
In a thorough morphological and cytological
Ledebour's D. adamsii with our D. paueiflora
survey of the Greenland (and partly the Svalbard)
(demonstrated by Tolmachev 1975); (2) the cor
taxa of the group, B6cher (1966) separated the
respondence of Mulligan's (1974) illustration of
hexaploid (2n
D. adamsii with our D. paueiflora; (3) the reports
and found D. aret/ca to contain three subspecific
of American plants named as D. adamsii as being
taxa, the octoploid (2n
tetraploid (2n
(E. Ekm.) B6cher and the decaploids (2n
32, Mulligan 1974, 1976, Rollins
48) D. cinerea from D. aret/ca
64) subsp. groenlandiea
=
80)
1993), which corresponds with our D. pauciflora,
subsp. arctiea and subsp. ostenfeldii (E. Ekm.)
but not with our D. micropetala; and (4) the
B6cher. He accepted ovibovina as a variety of
presence of not only one, but three species (D.
subsp. ostenfeldii, and he discussed the octoploid
micropetala, D. pauciflora and a probably unde
(2n
scribed species) in the complex in the Canadian
var. aretogena) as a northern arctic counterpart
Arctic (Hansen & Elvebakk in prep.).
of the mostly North Atlantic and southern to
=
64) D. aretogena E. Ekm. (D. groenlandiea
Furthermore, the name D. adamsii is predated
middle arctic D. norvegiea. We agree with the
by D. pauciflora R. Br., described in 1824 on
views ofB6cher (1966), with one small exception.
material from the Canadian Arctic. A type col
The Svalbard material is fairly homogeneous,
lection is deposited in K, but was not available
even if varying in leaf indumentum (with only
for study in 1995. The name was considered a
stellate or a mixture of stellate and simple hairs).
nomen obscurum by Ekman (1931), partly due to
This variation remains to be studied. It differs
lack of a type material for study then, but mostly
considerably from D. einerea as seen in Fenno
due to her presumed misinterpretation of D.
scandia and in southern Greenland, both in mor
micropetala Hook. Mulligan (1974) did not con
phology (seeB6cher 1966) and in being decaploid
sider this name in his acceptance of D. adamsii.
(severai Svalbard counts referred to by B6cher
Tolmachev
1966 and Engelskjøn 1979). Brochmann et al.
(1975)
accepted
the
name
D.
paueiflora for plants corresponding to our D.
(1992a) found D. arctiea and D. cinerea to be
paueiflora in the treatment of the Russian Arctic
genetically related, but clearly different, and they
Draba, and we follow his treatment here.
indicated that D. arctiea could have arisen by
The final evaluation of the taxa has to await a
renewed study of a large, circumpolar material.
hybridisation
cinerea and
and
a
polyploidisation
diploid
species.
from
D.
The original
description of Draba arctiea is based on material
(30) D raba arctiea J. Vahl
Four taxa of the Draba cinerea complex have
from Bellsund in Svalbard (in S. lectotypified
by B6cher 1966) and this species is at present
accepted by us as the only representative of the
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
28
D. cinerea complex in Svalbard. Bocher (1966)
unpubl.). A clarification of this issue must, how
also reported D. arctica subsp. ostenfeldii from
ever, await the ongoing lectotypifieation of Lin
Svalbard, but in our opinion, the depauperate
naean names (see JonselI & Jarvis 1994). Until
specimens determined as this subspecies should
this is done, we apply the name currently in use
be considered within the wide and modificative
on European Arctic material.
range of variation of D. arctica subsp. arctiea.
From the variation found in indumentum in D.
arctica s.l., the octoploid might also occur in
Svalbard. Hs oldest name would then be D.
oblongata R. Br. ex De., syn.: D. groenlandiea
E. Ekm.
(32)
Draba laetea Adams
Draba laetea is a hexaploid (2n
=
48, Knaben
1966, Brochmann et al. 1993), but is closely
related to and has probably originated poly
phyletically from combinations of the diploids
D. jladnizensis Wulf., D. nivalis Liljebl. and D.
(31)
Draba daurica De.
subcapitata Simm. (Brochmann et al. 1992b).
The Svalbard material of D. daurica is distinct
from D. arctica and D. nOrllegica. It is octoploid
(2n
=
64), vs. decaploid (2n
and hexaploid (2n
=
80) in D. arctica
48) in D. norvegica. Clear
genetical differences between the three species
were demonstrated by Brochmann et al. (1992a).
Morphologically, it differs from D. norvegica e.g.
in an indumentum mainly of short, stellate hairs
in all vegetative parts, from D. arctica e.g. in
glabrous or subglabrous siliculae. A certain vari
ation is observed in petal colour. A variety with
pale yellow ftowers is found in the Pyramiden
area and possibly elsewhere.
Draba laetea is usually reported with glabrous
scapes (Knaben 1966). Scapes with some hairs
are frequent in arctic strains and also in northern
Norwegian middle- and high-alpine sites (Eng
elskjøn pers. comm.). Such plants have very often
been interpreted as hybrids. A variability is, how
ever, to be expected if the proposed heterogenous
parentage is correet. Reports of tetraploid chro
mosome numbers within the closely related D.
jladnizensis and of diploid numbers within D.
lactea (see e.g. Rollins 1993) may indicate prob
lems in a consistent separation of these taxa on a
circumpolar scale.
The valid name of the taxon is disputed. Draba
daurica (described 1825) is based on material
from Asia, and this name is prevalent in Norweg
(33)
Draba h yb r ids
ian and Russian literature. Another alternative is
Brochmann et al. (1992c, 1993) proved by exper
the earlier name D. glabella Pursh (described
imental hybridisation that most Nordic Draba
1814), based on American materiaL and uni
species are able to cross and that hybridisation
formly used for North American and Greenland
may result in partly fertile progeny in spite of
plants. A study of numerous Asian collections
differences in ploidy level. In the Arctic, hybrid
named as D. daurica and American ones named
isation in Draba is generally hampered by lack of
as D. glabeIla (in K) revealed no differences of
pollinators (insects) and by the prevailing autoga
significancc and the two names most probably
my in many small-ftowered species (Brochmann
refer to a single species. A third alternative, D.
& Elven 1992). The main candidates for hybrid
mageIlaniea Lam. (described 1786), is less rele
isation are therefore large-ftowered species, e.g.
vant, even if this name has been used extensively
D. arctiea, D. corymbosa, D. lactea, and D. oxy
for
carpa, while small-ftowered ones may function as
northern
plants.
It
was
described
from
southernmost South America, and this is a species
male parents.
related to D. daurica, but distinct from all north
Many Draba hybrid combinations are reported
ern plants in e.g. indumentum (Elven unpubl.).
from Svalbard. An initial study of the herbarium
The Linnaean name D. hirta has priority over
material proved that most hybrid reports are
both D. dau rica and D. glabeIla (and the more
based on juvenile and/or badly preserved material
"distant" D. magellanica Lam.), and it may be
which is difficult or impossible to interpret. All
valid if it is based partly or entirely on material
published
now placed within D. daurica. The Linnaean
especially the reports by Asplund (1918) of D.
material may eontain elements (LINN 823.12)
alpina
suitable for an unambiguous typification (Elven
X lactea from Colesbukta and Longyeardalen.
x
hybrid
reports
ne ed
confirmation,
oblongata from Templet and of D. a/pina
A catalogae of Svalbard plants, fangi, algae and cyanobacteria
Only hybrid combinations based on a few field
29
able, e.g. with respect to leaf form and dimen
speeimens investigated experimentally, on speci
sions, leaf indumentum, and f10wer size and
mens seen by ourselves in the field, or on well
colour. Severai taxa at the leve! of variety, sub
developed, determinable herbarium material, are
speeies, and sometimes speeies, have been pro
included in the list.
posed. Rønning (1996) accepted two subspecies,
Severai hybrids involving species of the D. alp
subsp. octopetala and subsp. punctata (Juz.) Hult.
ina complex have been identified. The com
(D. punctata Juz.), the latter characterised mostly
binations D. alpina x subcapitata, D. laetea x
by large upper leaf surface glands.
oxycarpa, and D. aretiea x eorymbosa are based
No thorough morphological or genetical study
on available collections in good condition, and
of Svalbard material have yet been undertaken.
are plausible. Draba alpina x subeapitata was
A very preliminary study of herbarium speeimens
reported from Gipsvika by Asplund (1918), deter
(O) did not reveal any certain material of the
mined by E. Ekman, and was refound in the area
punctata type, but the distinguishing features are
in 1986 (TROM). Draba laetea
mainly lost in preservation. Dr. B.A. Yurtsev
x
oxycarpa has
been collected at severai sites and may also be
(pers. comm.), however, claims from field studies
the basis of reports of D. alpina x laetea (see
in Svalbard in 1995 that the variation spans from
Excluded taxa, Chap. 4). A sterile, natural Fl
D. octopetala to D. punctata as these speeies are
hybrid of D. laetea
understood by Russian botanists.
x
oxyearpa, originating from
Gipsdalen in the Isfjorden area, was cultivated
and shown to be identical to experimental hybrids
of this combination (Brochmann et al. 1992c,
1993). Draba arctiea x corymbosa, see below.
The minute fiowers of the speeies of the D.
(35) Dupontia fisheri R. Br.
psilosantha (Rupr.) Griseb.
and
D.
micropetala group are supposed to favour autoga
Tzvelev (1984) treated this genus as monotypic,
my
i.e. as consisting of one speeies, D. fisheri R.
and
partly
prevent
hybridisation,
both
between these two and with other species. How
Br.. with three subspecies at different 1evels of
ever, a plant intermediate between D. miero
polyploidy, all of them widely distributed in the
petala and D. corymbosa, probably with aborting
Eurasian and American Arctic: subsp. fisheri
siliculae, has been collected in the Isfjorden area,
(probably dodecaploid. 2n
and a veryprobable, intermediate hybrid D. micro
ligera (Rupr.) Tzvelev (octoploid, 2n
petala
pauciflora with aborting siliculae has
X
been seen from northeastern Greenland (O).
=
c. 132), subsp. pel
c. 88),
and subsp. psilosantha (Rupr.) Hult. (tetraploid,
2n
=
c. 44).
Draba arctiea does not seem to hybridise fre
Lipkin (1983), however, identified D.fisheri R.
quently with other speeies, in spite of its large
Br. with the octoploid cytotype, and Tzvelev's
ftowers.
subsp. pelligera therefore has to be replaced by
Hybrids
with
D.
eorymbosa
have,
however, been found in a mixed popuJation in
subsp.
Gipsdalen (Brochmann et al. 1992c, 1993) and in
(Tzvelev's subsp.jisheri) is, according to Dr. D.F.
fisheri.
The
dodecaploid
cytotype
the Sassendalen area, and they probably also
Murray (pers. comm.), unnarned and will most
occur elsewhere. Natural hybrids from Gipsdalen
likely remain so.
corresponded morphologically and genetically
Tzvelev reported his "subsp. fisheri'· (the un
with experimentally produced ones (Brochmann
named dodecaploid) from Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa
.
et al. 1992c); they were 14-ploid, fertile, inter
and Novaja Zemlja, but as far as we know it does
preted as later generation hybrids, and back
not occur in Svalbard. The two others are both
crossing with D. corymbosa was indicated at the
widely distributed in Svalbard. Both chromosome
site (Brochmann et al. 1992c).
numbers are documented from Svalbard (Eng
elskjøn 1979), based on plants clearly belonging
to the two taxa.
(34) Dryas octopetala
L.
Intermediates have been reported (McLachlan
et al. 1989), but Dahl (1937) was of the opinion
This is one of the most widely distributed species
that the taxa are easily separated late in the grow
on the islands, with the notable exception of
ing season. We share this opinion; in Svalbard
Bjørnøya,
Spitsbergen and the
the taxa are distinct with respect to morphology
polar desert areas. It is also morphologically vari
and ecological preferences. Based on the Svalbard
southernmost
R. EL VEN & A. EL VEBAKK
30
pattern of variation they should be treated as
separate speeies. Dupontia fisheri (sensu Lipkin,
The Festuca brachyphylla complex (notes
38-39)
not Tzvelev) is a plant of shallow. firm marshes
and sedimentation areas; D. psilosantha is a plant
of wet, deep marshes and salt marshes. Both taxa
Until 1934 all the tussock-forming, seminiferous
are wideJy distributed on the Spitsbergen islands,
Festuca plants in Svalbard were considered as
D. psilosantha also on Bjørnøya.
belonging to a broadly defined F, ouina L. The
The descriptions and illustrations of D. fisheri
material has later been referred to four speeies
and D. psilosantha were interchanged by Rønning
(e.g. by Scholander 1934, Holmen 1957, Rønning
(1964, 1979).
1961, 1979, Frederiksen 1977, and Aikens et al.
1995), none of them corresponding to F. ouina L.
s. str., and here referred to as the F. brachyphylla
(36) Equisetum arvense
complex.
L. coU.
Previously reported from Svalbard as E. aruense
var. boreale by Hadac (1944) and recognised as a
subspecies by Love & Love (1975). The taxon
(38) Festuca baffinensis Polunin
was not recognised by Tutin (1964a, 1993) and
A distinet species with erect, pubescent culms,
not included by Rønning (1979) from Svalbard.
dark violet spikelets, and 2n
Øllgaard (in prep., Flora Nordiea) recognised it
(Engelskjøn 1979). It has proved uniform and
=
28 chromosomes
as a subspecies and report ed it from Svalbard. It
easily recognizable in Svalbard, after it was recog
is a comparatively distinct arctic-alpine race and
nised there by Rønning (1961), and is confined to
in our opinion the only race of E. aruense indigen
calcareous substrates.
ous to the archipeJago. Rønning (1996) divided
the indigenous material in a subsp. alpestre (Wah
ning. Both types are within our concept of subsp.
(39) Festuca brachyphylla Schultes, F.
hyperbarea Holmen and F. edlundiae
boreale, but the assignment of parts of the Sval
Aiken et aL
lenb.) Rønning and a subsp. riparium (Fr.) Røn
bard material to Fries' ripar/um is uncertain
(subsp. alpestre is recognised as a synonym of
subsp. boreale). The introduced subsp. aruense
was found as established in Longyearbyen in 1992
(Elven unpubl.).
Based on the studies by Holmen (1952, 1957),
Rønning (1961) divided the remaining material of
the group almost equally between F. brachyphylla
and F, hyperborea. Rønning (1972) mapped the
distribution of the two species in Svalbard.
In a revision of the Greenland material, Fre
(37) Eriophorum angustifolium Honck.
subsp. triste (Th. Fr.) Hult. x scheuchzeri
Hoppe
deriksen (1977) maintained Holmen's division
and emended the description of F. hyperborea.
In the opinion of e,g. Frederiksen (1977) and
Bocher et al. (1978), F. brachyphylla is a species
First described from Greenland by Sørensen
of dry heath-like vegetation whereas F. hyper
(1933), who also reported it from Spitsbergen, but
borea is more typical of snowbeds and damp soil
without any locality information. It was reported
polygons. Whereas F. brachyphylla is widely dis
from lower Sassendalen by Hadac (1944), and
tributed from northern mountains into the Arctic,
severai populations have later been found in the
F. hyperborea is mainly a speeies of the northern
Dickson Land area in 1990 and in the Kongs
Arctic.
Festuca brachyphylla has been reported as hexa
fjorden area in 1993 (Elven unpubl.).
The plants occur in distinct, often extensive
stands
in
shallow
marshes
on
calcareous
ploid (2n
=
42, Holmen 1952 and Frederiksen
1977), and F. hyperborea as tetraploid (2n
28,
substrates, sometimes together with the proposed
see Rønning 1961, Frederiksen 1977). Only the
parents, but more of ten alone. The Dickson Land
tetraploid num ber has been recorded in Svalbard
and Kongsfjorden specimens had well-developed
material (three counts only, Flovik 1938, Holmen
anthers with morphologically good pollen, and a
in Rønning 1961, and Engelskjøn 1979). In a
further study is needed of this tentative (and for
revision of the material in O and TROM
taxonomie reasons less probable) hybrid.
elskjøn (unpubl.) found it to be homogeneous
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
and to correspond with F. hyperborea, as
expected from the chromosome counts.
Our preliminary survey of the material and field
observations indicate that a renewed study should
be made. Three morphological types seem to be
present.
A collection from Adventdalen, originally
described as F. supina Schur (Hadac 1944), was
c1assified as F. brachyphylla by RØnning (1961).
It corresponds very well with the southern, tall
growing type of F. brachyphylla as recognised by
Greenland authors and is accepted here. Similar
plants were collected in 1992 and 1996 in the
Longbyen area (Elven unpubl.), but have not yet
been studied further.
The low-growing material can be separated in
two morphological and ecological types: (1) A
distinctly glaucous type with stiff and curved
leaves, short and diverging to prostrate sterns,
and panic1es of a few pale spikelets, growing on
dry gravel ridges and shore terraces; and (2) A
less or not glaucous type with more slender, erect
leaves and stems and more numerous, dark
coloured spikelets, growing in snowbeds and
damp hummocky tundra. The types do not differ
appreciably in length of glumes, lemmas, nor
awns, i.e. characters separating F. brachyphylla
and F. hyperborea according to Holmen (1952)
and Frederiksen (1977). The voucher specimens
that were the basis for the tetraploid chromosome
numbers reported by Flovik (1938) and Eng
elskjøn (1979) resemble type (1) and originate
from gravelly habitats (Engelskjøn pers. comm.).
Aiken et al. (1995) separated Holmen's F. hyp
erborea into two species, F. hyperborea s. str. and
F. edlundiae. The two species are separated both
morphologically and genetically. Festuca hyp
erborea, in the sense of Aiken et al., seems to
correspond to our type (2) while their F. edlundiae
seems to correspond to our type (1). They also
mapped both F. edlundiae and F. hyperborea for
Spitsbergen. We therefore accept the new species
for Svalbard. Its distribution and ecology is
unknown unti! further investigations are made,
but if the correspondence between the Aiken
species and our types holds it is widespread.
(40) Festuca hyperborea Holmen
L. subsp. arctiea (Hack.) Govor.
x
rubra
A large collection from Ytre Norskøya (O, TRH,
collected in 1928 by O.A. Høeg) combines the
31
tufted growth and partly intravaginal shoots, the
short and obtuse leaves, and the dark violet and
glaucous lemmas of F. hyperborea s.l. with the
subterranean runners and white-hirsute lem mas
of F. rubm subsp. arctiea. Over the years this
material has variously been named and renamed
as F. brevifolia, F. arenaria, and F. rubm var.
mutica. This is the first report of the hybrid from
Svalbard. It is uncertain which of the two species,
F. edlundiae or F. hyperborea s. str., participate
in this hybrid, but its morphology suggests the
first one.
(41) Festuca rubra L. coll.
The indigenous and common Svalbard Festuca
is characterised by densely white-hirsute
and short-awned or awnless lemmas. It has vari
ously been treated as F. rubra var. mutica Hartm.
F. rubm var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fr., F. rich
ardsonii Hook., F. cryophila V. Krecz. & Bobr.,
and F. rubra L. subsp. cryophila (V. Krecz. &
Bobr.) Hult. Tzvelev (1984) listed most of these
as synonyms of F. rubra L. subsp. arctiea (Hack.)
Govor. Rønning (1996) accepted it at rank of
species (as F. cryophila). In view of the almost
continuous transition towards F. rubm s. str. in
the Scandinavian mountains, we choose to accept
it at rank of subspecies. For Festuca rubra var.
arenaria, see ExeIuded taxa, Chap. 4.
The more southern and tall-growing F. rubra
subsp. rubra, with awned and glabrous or sparsely
grey-hirsute lemmas. has been introduced at some
settlements and trapper's cabins and is persistent,
at least in Longyearbyen and Barentsburg.
Recently this type has also been found in two
sites comparatively far from settlements: on a
southfacing, rocky slope in GrØnfjorden (O, col
lected in 1965), and in a bird eIiff meadow in
Kongsfjorden (O, collected in 1993). The sub
species might be indigenous in favourable local
habitats along the west coast of Spitsbergen. In
other arctic areas the subspecies is indigenous at
least north to southern Greenland (O).
rubm
,
(42) Festuca vivipara (L.) Sm.
The Scandinavian and Bjørnøya plants of this
pseudoviviparous taxon are tri- and tetraploid
(2n 21 and 28, Engelskjøn 1979 and Salvesen
1986), whereas a material from Spitsbergen is
heptaploid (2n 49. Flovik 1938). On the main
land and elsewhere different types with glabrous
=
=
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
32
(var.
"glabra")
and
hirsute
lemmas
(var.
"hirsuta") are found, cf. Frederiksen (1981) and
Salvesen (1986). In Spitsbergen the type with
glabrous lemmas predominates while the hirsute
type prevails on Bjørnøya (and e.g. on Jan
Mayen).
An origin from the seminiferous F. ovina s. str.
is proposed for the mainland plants (see Salvesen
1986), while arctic plants are proposed to have a
different origin from some other seminiferous
arctic
species
of the
ovina-brachyphylla
F.
(46) Koenigia islandiea
L.
Slightly deviating morphology has been reported
in arctic populations (Hadac 1942, 1944). and
they have been described as var. aretiea Hadac.
The taxon was given rank as a species, K. hadacii,
by Love & Love (1976), but the only diagnostic
features given were smaU er flowers and fruits.
The European material is tetraploid (2n
diploid number (2n
=
28). A
14) of very uncertain origin
is reported for K. hadacii (Love & Love 1975).
groups. The Svalbard material is different from
all taxa of the F. brachyphylla group occurring on
the
islands
and,
with
one
exception,
mor
(47) Luzula areuata Sw.
coll.
Intermediates between subsp. arcuata and subsp.
phologically homogeneous.
The exception is a type with hirsute lemmas
confusa (Lindeb.) Blytt are cornmon in many
found in the Pyramiden area in Isfjorden and also
areas within their range and justify the separation
differing from the other material in less tufted
of these taxa at subspecific rather than specific
growth and taller culms. They have tentatively
leve!. Subsp. arcuata is apparently the only taxon
been named as F. vivipara var. "hirsuta". but
present on Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a) and is
might possibly represent the hybrid F.
dominant on Jan Mayen (Lid 1964), whereas
rubra
subsp. arctiea xvivipara. This pseudoviviparous
subsp. confusa is dominant on Spitsbergen and
hybrid, which seem to be identical with what has
neighbouring islands. Intennediates have been
previously been called F. rubra f. prolifera (Piper)
found in severai places on the west coast of Spits
Hyl. or F. prolifera (Piper) Fern., has chro
bergen from Sørkapp Land (Dubiel 1990) north
mosome numbers intermediate between F. rubra
to Krossfjorden. Recently Kuc & Dubiel (1995)
and F. vivipara (see Salvesen 1986).
reported
subsp.
arcuata
from
one
site
in
Hornsund.
(43) Honkenya pep/oides
(L.) Ehrh.
(48) Mertensia maritima
The Svalbard material has been referred to the
northern subsp. diffusa (Hornem.)
(44) Huperzia se/ago
A.
Love.
(L.) Bernh.
Occurs only as subsp. arctiea (Grossh.)
Reported
from
Svalbard as
& D.
Love in Svalbard.
the
weakly
dif
ferentiated var. tenelIa Th. Fr.
(49) Minuartia rossii (R.
A.
(L.) S.F. Gray
Br.) Graebn.
An often overlooked species which is related to
the more southern M. strieta (Sw.) Hiern. but
differs e.g. in its main reproduction by bulbils, a
(45) Juneus triglumis
L. subsp.
albeseens
(Lange) Hult.
Rønning (1972) was of the opinion that the Sval
bard material belongs to the Eurasiatic subsp.
triglumis. In our opinion the Svalbard plants differ
consistently from mainland European material
and correspond to subsp. albescens (Lange) Hult.,
an arctic taxon known from Greenland and North
much more tufted growth, shorter, curved Ieaves,
and much shorter pedicels. In the type area (by
the Bering Strait) and in the Canadian Arctic M.
rossli is normally found flowering whereas most
of the material from the North Atlantic area
reproduces by bulbils alone. The species has
recently been observed flowering and setting seed
in the Kongsfjorden and Isfjorden areas (Elven
unpubl.).
America and often considered as a separate
species, J. albescens (Lange) Fern. Mapped by
Rønning (1972) and Elvebakk (1989) and con
fined to the warmest, central parts of Spitsbergen.
(50) Minuartia rubella
(Wahlenb.) Hiern
The nominal type is characterised by glandular
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
33
hairs on pedicels and sepals and is common in
of Papaver in the Arctic is, however, still very
Svalbard. A glabrous type has been described as
insufficientJy known.
M. propinqua (Richards.) House and is found
scattered in Svalbard. It probably represents only
a minor variation as intermediates with a few
Poa (notes 52-56)
glandular hairs are frequent.
The Svalbard species of Poa belong to three main
groups:
the
rhizomatous
P.
arctica-pratensis
group, the tussock-forming P. abbreviata-glauca
(51) Papaver dahlianum Nordh.
group, and to P. alpina. All three are charac
Northern Papaver species of the Scapiftora group
terised by proved or inferred occurrence of aga
have been found to be very polymorphic, and
mospermy (asexuaJ seed production). In the P.
are recognised as many subspecific or sometimes
arctica-pratensis group and in P. alpina both semi
specific taxa, cf. the treatment of the P. radicatum
niferous and pseudoviviparous types are found
group by Knaben (1959). A similar polymorphy
within each species. Hybridisation may play a
was suggested in P. dahlianum (Knaben 1959),
certain
but no thorough investigation has been under
especially in the origin of the aga mosperrnous and
taken. There is an evident variability among
pseudoviviparous taxa.
role
in
the
observed
variation,
and
plants from the major parts of the Spitsbergen
islands,
from
southwestern
Spitsbergen
and
Bjørnøya, and from mainland Norway (Nilsson
in prep., Flora Nordica). Love (1955) divided the
Spitsbergen plants in two separate varieties (var.
spitzbergensis
A.
Love and var. hadacianum
A.
Love), as separate from the plants of mainland
Norway (var. dahlianum). '{be morphological cri
teria for this treatment have not been c1arified.
The relations between P. dahlianum and the
North Atlantic P. radicatum have been disputed.
Knaben (1959) kept them weU apart (at species
level) while Randel (1974) reduced P. dahlianum
to a subspecies, P. radicatum subsp. dahlianum
(Nordh.)
Rande!.
Ongoing
genetical
investi
(52) Poa a/pina L.
The pseudoviviparous type is usually named var.
vivipara L., but as demonstrated in severai studies
(Schwarzenbach 1956, Bachmann 1980, Heide
1989, Iversen 1992) pseudovivipary may be c1i
matically induced and is of only 51ight taxonomic
importance. The pseudoviviparous type is com
mon all over Svalbard. The seminiferous type
has been found in a warm site at Sassendalen
(TROM) and near the warm springs at Bock
fjorden (Rønning 1961, 1972). It has aJso been
introduced, e.g. to Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a).
gations (Solstad in prep.) indicate that P. dah
lianum is very distinct from a more c10sely related
group of the species P. alpinum (C Europe), P.
radicatum Rottb., and P. lapponicum.
Papaver dahlianum is different from P. polare
(53) Poa arctiea R. Br.
The
P.
arctiea complex is polymorphic and
mainly, or perhaps entirely, apomictic. Severai
Tolm. (Love & Love 1975, ToJmachev 1975,
taxa have been reported from Svalbard. The
Randel 1974, Engelskjøn 1990). The type of P.
revision by Nannfeldt (1940) demonstrated that
polare from Vaigatch (LE) belongs within P. lap
the variability in southern Norway alJowed the
ponicum col!.
(according to Engelskjøn pers.
distinction of three subspecies, and that at least
comm.). These taxa have, however, been much
three other subspecies could be recognised within
heterogeneous
northern
Scandinavian
confused. Tolmachev (1975) mapped all Papaver
the
on Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa as P. polare, but a com
material. One morphological subspecies has also
parison with a large material collected in these
been recognised in the Svalbard material (subsp.
islands in 1991 by A.-M. Odasz showed them to
cespitans), discussed by Flovik (1938). Apart from
be identical with Svalbard P. dahlianum. Accord
this contribution, the Svalbard material has not
ing to Randel (1974), the species is distributed
been thoroughly studied.
in northern Canada, Greenland and the Taimyr
The Svalbard material may provisionally be
peninsula, Siberia in addition to Svalbard and
separated in two broad groups: extensiveJy fhi
northernmost mainland Norway. The taxonomy
zomatous plants with open panicles and small
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
34
spikelets
(P. aretiea
"s. str."), occurring almost
equally frequent as seminiferous and pseudo
viviparous (var.
Poa glauea
subsp.
conferta may be
the end-point
of this continuous variation.
(Malmg.) Schol.), and
vivipara
tufted, coarser plants with more contracted pan
(P. aretiea subsp. eespi
tans), occurring mainly or entirely as seminiferous
(see below). Poa arctiea was originally described
kles and larger spikelets
from the Canadian Arctic (in 1824), and it is
unknown to which part of the variation the type
material (probably in BM or
K)
belongs.
Tzvelev (1984) treated subsp.
separate species,
cespitans
P. tolmatehewii
as a
Roshev. , and
considered it to be of a hybridogenous origin
(P.
arctiea x glauea). He also suggested that the name
P. jilipes Lange might have priority. Subsp. ces
pitans is separated from the main parts of the P.
are/iea complex by a lower chromosome number
(2n
=
56,
see
Flovik
viviparous plants,
1938).
Some
pseudo
earlier considered hybrids,
are very similar to subsp.
cespitalls
in other re
spects and also similar to the pseudoviviparous
P. arctiea
lindebergii
subsp.
considered
by
strieta
Tzvelev).
authors
as
x
hartzii by Edmondson (1980) and
McLachlan et al. (1989), and presumed to be the
hybrid
P. abbreviata
glauca
as indicated by other authors. The plant
x
glauea,
or
P. arctiea
x
is, however, seminiferous, occurs independently
of the proposed parents (especially
P. glauea),
and is best treated as a speeies. It may be an
apomict. and if it has a hybridogenous origin, the
combination
P. abbreviata
x
glauea
is the most
plausible for morphological reasons.
(56) Paa pratensis L. subsp. alpigena (Fr.)
Hiit.
The
Poa pratensis
complex is largely apomictic
and morphologically very variable. The main enti
however,
ties are now often treated as subspecies. Subsp.
endemie
of southern Norwegian mountains. Such pseudo
viviparous plants of a subsp.
Treated as P.
(P.
(Lindeb.) Nannf.
The latter is,
Nordic
(55) Paa hartzii Gand.
cespitans
affinity
pratellsis
may have been introduced in Svalbard,
but no convincing material has been seen. The
numerous collections referred to this subspecies
alpigena which obviously
occurs
may be the origin of the surprising report of
belong to subsp.
the supposed Norwegian endemic
both as indigenous and introduced. The tall
P. lindebergii
from northeastern Siberia (Tzvelev 1984).
grown introduced types found in and around
The problems in this complex is further com
arctiea s.
lat. and
P. pratensis s.
settlements are seminiferous, whereas both semi
P.
niferous and pseudoviviparous types are common
lat. Severai Sval
among the indigenous types. The race described
plicated by reported hybridisation between
bard collections have been tentatively determined
as var.
to such hybrids in the herbaria, but our revision
sidered as subsp.
did not reveal any convincing specimens.
is weakly differentiated and probably represents
eolpodea
Th. Fr.. by Tzvelev (1984) con
.colpodea
(Th. Fr.) Tzvelev,
only a more or less accidentally described part of
the total variation. Some pseudoviviparous forms
of P. pratensis may be difficult to separate from
P. aretka and may be of hybridogenous origin.
(54) Paa glauca J. Vahl
Frequent in central parts of Spitsbergen. The
Svalbard material has been reported as belonging
to the poorly understood subsp.
eonferta
(Blytt)
The Poten tilla nivea complex (notes 57-59)
Holrnb. (Hadac 1944). The chromosome numbers
of mainland plants are 2n
==
44-56 (based on more
than 20 collections, Synnestvedt in Engelskjøn
1979),
whereas the numbers
2n
==
7G--72
are
The complex is circumpolar, tempe rate to arctic,
possibly with partially apomictic seed production,
known from Svalbard (Flovik 1938). The infra
and
specific variation of the species is poorly known,
revision. In a series of papers Sojåk (1985, 1986,
in
need
of
a
world-wide
biosystematic
but Pålsson (1986) has demonstrated an even
1987,1989) clarified some taxa, but applied a very
transition, both in morphological features and
narrow
from low to high chromosome numbers, from
descriptions of a large number of 'new' speeies
speeies
concept.
This
resulted
in
Scandinavian
and in renaming of most of the species tra
navian
ditionally recognised from Svalbard. His revision
P. nemoralis L. through Scandi
P. glauca to Icelandic and arctic P. glauca.
A catalogue ot Svalbard planIS, tungi, algae and cyanobacleria
35
of the Svalbard Potentilla material in O is not
improbable origin is as a stabilised progeny from
convincing to us. We have therefore decided
the hybrid P. erantzii
mainly to follow the traditional appJication of
typified on Greenland material and is elsewhere
names, but with references to the alternatives
known only from Svalbard, northeasternmost
proposed by Sojåk.
X
nivea subsp. nivea. It was
Norway and the Kola Peninsula. In spite of a
Rønning (1964, 1979, 1996) recognised3-4taxa
of the P. nivea complex in Svalbard: P. ehamis
possible hybridogenous origin,
we choose
to
regard it as a distinct taxon as it has a distribution
sonis Hult., P. nivea L. subsp. subquinata (Lange)
quite separate from at least one of the tentative
Hult., and P. rubrieaulis Lehm., ineluding the
parents (P. nivea subsp. nivea).
poorly defined P. pedersenii (Rydb. ) Ostenf. It is
also necessary to take into account the recently
described P. lyngei Jurtz. & Sojåk, the less elosely
related P. erantzii (Cr.) G. Beck ex Fritsch. P.
(58) Potentilla chamissonis
Hult.
multifida L. (see section Excluded taxa) , P. pul
The Svalbard material of P. ehamissonis cor
ehella R. Br., and P. hyparetiea Malte, and some
responds weU with the northern Fennoscandian
other taxa described by Sojak, as there are indi
material, in indumentum and in the more or less
cations of evolution of hybridogenous, possibly
regularly ternate leaves. In the species concept of
agamospermic taxa throughout large parts of the
Sojak (1989) the name P. ehamissonis should be
genus.
restricted to such plants with ternate leaves, and
All Svalbard Potentillas are found in south
facing
eliffs,
scree
and
manured
bird
eliff
meadows, even if two of them (P. hyparetiea and
P.
pulchella) have their major occurrences in
the plant should be renamed as P. prostrata subsp.
ehamissonis (Hult.)
Sojak. Plants with digitate
leaves, earHer placed in P.
ehamissonis, are
placed in other speeies by Sojak. Other authors
other habitats. Very often severaI taxa are found
(e.g. Rønning 1996) indicate an affinity with the
growing
North American P. hookeriana Lehm.
together
in
mixed
populations.
In
facultative apomicts this would favour hybrid
isation, especially as all taxa are large-flowered
and probably insect-pollinated.
The majority of the Svalbard material of the P.
nivea complex can be separated in twa closely
related speeies: P. nivea and P. chamissonis.
(59) Potentilla X insularis Sojak (Potentilla
chamissonis X pulehella)
Plants generally resembling P. ehamissonis and
Potentilla nivea is mainly characterised by petioles
P. nivea, but with regularly digitate or pinnate
covered by short, ftoccose hairs, while P. chamis
leaves (i.e. with a short distance between the 1
sOllis is characterised by long, straight hairs on
210wermost leaftets and the three others), and a
the petioJe (but of ten mixed with same short,
denser, more silky indumentum, were placed by
ftoccose hairs).
Sojåk (1986) in other species and interpreted to
have their origin in hybrids between speeies with
ternate (section Niveae) and pinnate leaves (sec
(57) Poten tilla nivea L.
(Lange) Hult.
subsp.
subquinata
tion
Multifidae).
described
20-30
Sojåk
speeies
(1986) mentioned
of
such
or
presumed
hybridogenous origins on a worldwide base.
The Svalbard material of P. nivea is alleged (e.g.
Rønning (1961) reported the occurrence in
RØnning 1996) to belong to subsp. subquinata
Svalbard of such plants with the general appear
with digitate leaves as compared with regularly
ance of P.
ternate leaves in the mainland subsp. nivea. How
slightly pinnate leaves and with long. soft indu
ehamissonis, but with digitate or
ever, ternate leaves are also common in Svalbard
menturn on the lower leaf surface. He identified
plants. It was recognised at species level, as P.
them with P. rubrieaulis Lehm., at that time
subquinata (Lange) Rydb., by Sojåk (1986) who
considered to be widely distributed in Greenland
considered it to have its origin in the hybrid P.
and the Canadian Arctic. He also mentioned P.
nivea subsp. nivea x pu/chella (or rather P. pro
pedersenii (Rydb.) Ostenf. from Svalbard, as
strata Rottb. subsp. floeeosa Sojåk x pulehella in
most probably a northern arctic variety (var. are
the nomenelature of Sojåk 1989). This hypothesis
tica Simm.) of P. rubrieaulis. Thus P. rubrieaulis
of origin is strongly doubted by us. An equally
was recognised from Svalbard and ineluded in the
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
36
standard floras, like Rønning
and Ball et al.
Sojåk
(1964, 1979, 1996)
(1986) described a new speeies, P. insu
laris Sojak, to include those parts of the Svalbard
(1968).
(1961) in his
material previously placed in P. rubricaulis and
original report of P. rubricaulis from Svalbard
P. pedersenii, and which did not belong to P.
The collections cited by Rønning
have been re-examined by Sojak and by us. We
chamissonis or P. pulchel/a s. lat. It was typified
found them to be heterogeneous, including speci
on material from "Sassenbay" ,
mens of tall-growing P. pulehella , some specimens
(28/8 1908, leg. H. Resvoll-Dieset, O), in the
of P. chamissonis, and specimens differing from
inner
Isfjorden area.
Hyperithatten
The material
combines
(1961 and
characters from P. chamissonis and P. pulche/la
later) are based on this mixture. His illustration
and can be interpreted as representing a possibly
both. The descriptions of Rønning
of "P. rubricaulis" (Rønning
1964, 1979, ] 996) is
apomictic, seed-producing taxon arisen by hybrid
(1986) proposed an origin of his P.
obviously based on a tall-growing P. pulehella
isation. Sojak
with distinctly pinnate leaves, while his illus
insularis from the hybrid P. chamissonis
clearly intermediate between P. chamissonis and
x
lyngel.
Potentilla lyngei Jurtz. & Sojak was described
tration of "P. chamissonis" is based on a plant
in 1984 on material from Novaja Zemlja (Yurtsev
"P.
& Sojak in Yurtsev
1984). It was reported from
rubricaulis"). This has not facilitated morphotype
Svalbard by Yurtsev
(l 984),
identification within one of the difficult vascular
communication by J. Sojåk" (Yurtsev in lit.),
P.
pulehella
(i.e.
corresponding
to
his
"according to written
and reported to have a disjunct amphi-Atlantic
plant genera in Svalbard.
As in severai other Svalbard taxa, the problem
distribution from Novaja Zemlja through Sval
is two-fold: the morphological evaluation of the
bard to northeast Greenland, in Greenland as a
material and the application of names. In the
subsp. spissum Sojak (Yurtsev in lit.). The single
opinion of more recent American authors (e.g.
known Svalbard specimen is one of four on a
1980) and of Sojak (1986), P.
sheet, collected in a known mixed population of
Porsild & Cody
rubricaulis is an American species, ranging from
P. chamissonis, P. pulehella, and P.
Alaska eastwards to eastern Greenland, but not
at "Sassenbay" , Gipshuken
reaching Svalbard. Sojak
(1986) interpreted P.
Resvoll-Dieset,
x
insularis,
(19/7 1908, leg. H.
O) in the Isfjorden area.
Resvoll
rubricaulis as originating from hybrid(s) between
Dieset made the following note on the label (our
P. arenosa (Turcz.) Juz. (P. hookeriana auet.
translation):
non Lehm.), a species widely distributed from
between P. pulehella and nilJea f. subquinata".
"Probably an intermediate
form
northeastern Russia through Siberia and North
The three other specimens were determined b y
Ameriea, but lacking in the North Atlantic area,
Sojak t o P .
and the American and northeast Asian P. bimun
determination
dorum Sojak. Both parents and the hybrid have,
chamissonis than with P. nivea). The fourth speci
x
insularis, and w e agree with this
(i.e.
rather
a
hybrid
with P.
(1986), boreal to southern
men does not, in our opinion, differ much from
arctic distributions. According to these studies P.
the three others and is in addition composed
according to Sojåk
rubricaulis should be excluded from the flora of
of rearranged, loose leaves and stems that may
Svalbard. The same is the case with P. hookeriana
belong to different plants. Until a comprehensive
(1989) and
study of the variation within P. pulchel/a and P.
Lehm. s. str., considered by Sojak
North American authors to be a species of western
x
North Ameriea.
lyngei as a distinet taxonomic entity in a Svalbard
North American authors, such as Porsild &
Cody
(1980), include P. pedersenii as arctic forms
of P. rubricaulis. It is thus distributed through the
American Arctic east to Greenland. Sojak
(1986)
insularis is undertaken, we hesitate to accept P.
context. The Greenland material of P. lyngei
subsp. spissum (in
O) is
also of the same general
type.
Nilsson (pers. comm.) studied parts of the
considered it as a distinct species of a hybrido
material in
genous origin, from P. pulehella s. lat. on ane
morphologically distinct types, all more or less
1993 and found it to consist of severai
side and either P. chamissonis or the American
intermediate between P. chamissonis and P. pul
northern arctic P. vahliana Lehm. on the other.
chella. Engelskjøn (pers. comm.) also noted a
He described its distribution as ranging from the
considerable phenotypic plasticity in specimens
Canadian Arctic eastwards to western and north
growing in stabilised screes below the mountain
ern Greenland. Consequently, this species should
Templet in the "Sassenbay" area.
also be excluded from the flora of Svalbard.
An investigation in
1996 (Elven et al. unpubl.)
A
catalogue of Svalbard p/anis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
37
of the majority of known localities of P. insularis
leaves as P. crantzii s. str., while those with ter
in Svalbard revealed a large morphologieal vari
nate leaves were considered to belong to P. gelida
ation, always with c1ear features in common with
CA. Meyer and those with variation in the num
P. pulchella but with variation in the direetion of
ber of leafiets to be hybrids between the two (P.
either P. chamissonis or P. nivea. It was also
x scandica Sojåk) or between P. crantzii and P.
usually found in company with one of these
hyparctica (P. x protea Sojåk). The last hybrid
speeies. In the type locality, Hyperitthatten, it
was reported by Sojak (1985) in the scanty
oeeurs together with P. chamissonis and P. pul
material of P. crantzii from Jan Mayen, in spite
chella. but in the absenee of P. nivea. In the
of the lack of records of the other tentative parent
loeality report ed for P. lyngei, Gipshuken, P.
(P. hyparctica) from that island.
insularis is also found with P. chamissonis and P.
In our opinion all the Svalbard and Jan Mayen
pulehella, but without P. nivea. Morphologically
material belongs to P. crantzii s. str., irrespective
varying hybrid swarms were observed in some
of some variation in number of leafiets. Hybrids
localities .
with P. hyparctica may occur in Svalbard, but no
The conclusion reaehed here is that smaller
convincing specimens have yet been found.
parts of the Svalbard material whieh previously
has been determined as P. rubricaulis and P.
pedersenii belong to P. pulchella and P. chamis
sonis, whereas the remaining majority represents
a series of intermediates between P. chamissonis
and P. pulchella. These plants occur in cliffs and
seree slopes, of ten as obviously seed-reprodueing
populations, but mostly in company with both P.
chamissonis and P. pulehella. The plants vary
from site to sile, sometimes being doser to P.
chamissonis with ternate and digitate leaves and
a sparse indumentum, sometimes doser to P.
pulehella with slightly pinnate leaves and a denser
indumentum. The plants approaching P. chamis
sonis were assigned to P. x insularis by Sojak
(1986), those approaching P.
pulehella were
assigned to P. lyngei by Sojak (in herb.) and
Yurtsev & Sojak (in Yurtsev 1984). They are at
present
best interpreted
as
a possibly
apo
mietically reproducing and locally arisen (poly
topie)
hybridogenous
species
swarm.
Its
distribution is at present uncertain; it oceurs scat
tered in warmer fjord areas of Spitsbergen. How
ever, a northeastern Greenland sheet accidentally
plaeed among the Svalbard plants (in
O)
was by
Sojak determined as P. x insularis. It P. lyngei
is induded, the "species" has an amphi-Atlantie,
arctic distribution (and the name P. lynget will
have prior ity before P. x insularis).
(60) Potentilla crantzii (Cr.) G. Beck ex
Fritsch
The Svalbard and Jan Mayen material of P.
(61) Potentilla pulehella R. Br.
Whereas the taxa within the P. nivea complex
and P. crantzii are regularly associated with warm
slopes, cliffs, scree and bird e1iff meadows, P.
pulehella also often grows as the only Potentilla
on dry ridges and deposits of siltY alkaline soils,
associated with Puccinellia angustata and Poa
abbreviata. In such sites only a small amount of
variation is found. Most plants
are
villous,
whereas some populations on dry shore terraces
in the Isfjorden area con sist of very distinctive,
small and glabrescent plants. These have ten
tatively been considered as a "Sassen morpho
type", but have not yer been sufficiently studied
or taxonomically recognised. The deviating "mor
photypes", both the glabrescent gravel shore ter
race type and a distinet dwarfish silt terrace type,
keep their morphological features in comparative
cultivation (Elven et al. unpubl.). The genetical
base of the variation is yet unknown.
The scree and bird cliff populations, where
P. pulehella usually grows together with other
species of Poten tilla are also varied. Tall-growing
,
plants have been mistaken for "P. rubricaulis",
see note (59), and some back-crossing from
hybrids is suggested.
(62) Pucdnellia angustata (R. Br.) Rand &
Redf. coU.
Tzvelev (1984) induded severai taxa previously
described at specific levet in a widely defined P.
crantzii is homogeneous, except for some vari
angustata. Three taxa are found in Svalbard, two
ation in the number of leafiets. Sojak (1985),
of them previously reeognised at species leve!.
however, recognised only the plants with digitate
The major part of the herbarium material belongs
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
38
to subsp. angustata, which is growing in a wide
Love & Love (1975) treated the entities on
range of open, often base- and nutrient-rich habi
different ploidy levels as separate species (within
tats. A decumbent and lax plant deseribed as var.
the genus Phippsia) and reserved the name
decumbens E. Jørgensen is sometimes found on
Phippsia phryganodes (Trin.) A. & D. Love (Puc
siltY shore terraces and river-banks. It is known
cinellia phryganodes) for the diploid Beringian
only from eastern Greenland and Spitsbergen.
plant. The triploid was named Phippsia neoarctica
A deviating plant was found on two separate
A.
& D. Love), while the common tetraploid
oeeasions on dry ealcareous soil near the warm
Svalbard plant was named Phippsia vilfoidea
springs in Bockfjorden. by Elvebakk and by
(Anderss.)
Thannheiser
(Anderss.)
(Elvebakk et al. 1994). Similar
A.
A.
& D. Love (Puccinellia vilfoidea
& D. Love). However, one popu
plants were found in 1996 in the Pyramiden area
lation of the morphologicaljanatomieal "Green
(Thannheiser pers. comm.). They correspond
land type" (i.e. corresponding to the triploid
fairly well with P. angustata subsp. palibinii (Th.
leve!) has been found at Biscayerhuken. northern
Sør.) Tzvelev (P. palibinii Th. Sør.). The plants
Spitsbergen (revised in the herbarium by Sør
differ from subsp. angustata e.g. in almost smooth
ensen in
panicJe branehes. Jemmas almost without apical
AIthough no cytological data are available, this
1952,
reported
by Rønning 1962).
ciliae and fringes, and an open and much more
population may belong to P.
lax panicle. The taxon is e1sewhere only known
present we prefer to treat the material as P.
from Zemlja Frantsa-Josifa and Novaja Zemlja.
neoarctica. At
phryganodes in a wide sense, possibly with severai
subspecies, as the correspondenee between ploidy
levels and morphologieal and anatomical features
(63) Pucdnellia capillaris (LiljebL) Jansen
Engelskjøn & Schweitzer (1970) and Engelskjøn
(1986a) recognised only one species of the genus,
P. phryganodes, on Bjørnøya. Among the col
leetions made by Engelskjøn in 1967 and 1983
at a eireumpolar scale is still tentative. This treat
ment is in accordance with Tzvelev (1984).
(65) Puccinel/ia svalbardensis Rønning
First reported as P. tenelIa (Lange) Holmberg by
some contain a mixture of P. capillaris with culms
Dahl & Hadac (1946) based on colleetions from
and P. phryganodes only with stolons, and two are
the Dicksonfjorden and Kongsfjorden
entirely P. capiflaris, with well-developed pollen.
Later Rønning (1962) revised the former eol
The collections were made on the shore terrace
leetion as P. angustata and described the latter as
areas.
on the north eoast of the island (Nordkapp and
P. svalbardensis Rønning (Rønning 1962, 1971).
Kobbebukta) and landwards from the south
Rønning (1972) added one loeality of P. sval
eastern eoast at Røedvika, up to 30 m a.s.l. The
bardensis from the
material belongs to the northem type previously
material differs from other Svalbard Puccinellia
recognised as P. coarctara Fem. & Weath. Its
species, but was considered by Hughes & Halliday
Wijdefjorden
area.
The
status on Bjørnøya is presently being studied by
(1980) to be doubtfully distinct from the almost
Engelskjøn & Elven (in prep.).
cireumpolar P. reneIla s. lat. The Svalbard plant
is, however, hexaploid (2n
(64) Pucdnellia phryganodes (Trin.)
diploid (2n
Scribn. & Merr. coU.
Novaja Zemlja plants are tetraploid (2n
=
28)
from northem Fennoseandia and
Greenland triploid (2n
=
21). The eytotypes are
also separated by morphologieal and anatomical
features (Sørensen 1953). Flowering is rare in
Fennoseandian
plants,
frequent
in
Svalbard
plants, but development of seeds has not been
proved. The plants reproduee by fragmented sto
lons dispersed by ocean eurrents and possibly by
birds.
42, Rønning 1961),
=
14, Love & Love 1975) or to belong
to the otherwise hexaploid P. capillaris gro up
A polyploid eomplex in whieh the Svalbard and
and plants
=
whereas P. renelIa has variously been reported as
(Tzve!ev 1984) from which the Svalbard plant is
c\early different. Pending further investigations
we accept the speeies. A report of P. svalbardensis
from Forlandssundet (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Nory
skiewiez 1982) proved to be X Pucciphippsia vac
illans (rev. A. Elvebakk). At present the species
is only known from Spitsbergen.
(66) X Pucdphippsia vaeillans (Th. Fr.)
Tzvelev
This probably hybridogenous taxon is reported
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungt, algae and cyanobacteria
39
from Svalbard and from both the Canadian and
geneous. The latter, R. wilan deri, is found in
Russian Arctic. It occurs seattered over most of
damp moss tundra and is separated by a different
the Spitsbergen archipelago. Hedberg (1962) dis
leaf form, short (c. 0.2 mm) marginal hairs and
eussed severaI alternatives as to the origin of
different fmits. These morphological differences
Canadian plants and regarded them finally as a
are
hybrid between Phippsia algida and Puccinellia
Hesselman (1900) who diseussed and illustrated
vahliana.
He
coneIuded
that
the
Svalbard
also
in
accordance
with
Andersson
&
these two taxa.
material was of the same origin. This inter
Tutin (1964b) treated R. affinis (with R. auri
pretation was accepted by Tzvelev (1984). Scho
eomus var. glabratus Lynge as a synonym) and R.
lander
possible
pedatifidus as fairly well-separated taxa, including
hybridogenous origins of the Svalbard plants and
(1934)
diseussed
the former in the R. auricomus group but not the
found Phippsia concinna
latter. Tolmachev (1971) listed both R. pedatifidus
x
severaI
Puccinellia vahliana
to be the most probable.
After
comparing
and R. wilanderi as synonyms of R. affinis. Bocher
Svalbard
material
with
et al. (1978) treated R. pedalifidus and R. affinis
material collected by Elvebakk in Canada in 1989
as synonyms, and R. wilanderi as possibly one of
(TROM), we agree with Scholander that the Sval
three agamospecies within the complex. Jalas &
bard material resembles the hybrid Phippsia con
Suominen (1989) included R. pedatifidus in a
the
widely defined R. affinis, but excluded R. wilan
Canadian material inspected by us most probably
deri. Rønning (1979) listed R. pedatifidus from
has a Phippsia algida
severai localities in Svalbard, and in addition
cinna
x
Puccinellia
vahliana,
x
whereas
Puccinellia vahliana
origin. Catabrosa concinna Th. Fr. subsp. vac
listed R. aurieomus var. glabratus and/or R. ped
illans Th. Fr. was described from Svalbard (Fries
atifidus var. wilanderi as uncertain in Svalbard.
1869a), and the name therefore belongs to the
Tutin & Akeroyd (1993) induded the Svalbard
Svalbard plant, whereas the Canadian plant prob
plants in R. affinis, and excluded R. pedatifidus
ably is unnamed.
Sm. from the European flora.
A triploid chromosome number (2n "" 21) is
reported from Canada (Hedberg 1962), and the
Canadian hybrid is considered to be sterile. The
Svalbard plants form large populations and often
occur in absenee of one or both of the proposed
parents.
Investigated
plants
have
shrunken
(67) Ranunculus affinis Sm.
We agree with Lid in placing the majority of the
anthers and no mature seeds have been found. It
Svalbard plants in the arctic R. affinis R. Br.
is difficult to understand how this plant, laeking
complex rather than in the R. aurieomus L. com
means of vegetative propagation, is able to form
plex, widespread in mainland Fennoscandia. The
populations, and further studies are needed.
R. auricomus complex is almost entirely apomictic
with differentiation into an abundancy of local
agamospecies. The reproductive systems in the
The Ranunculus affinis-auricomus complex
(notes 67-68)
R. affinis complex are unknown. There are no
modem studies of the complex, and as seen from
the citations above, there is an abundance of
synonyms in the literature. The name R. affinis is
J. Lid (unpublished notes, Bot. Mus., Univ. Oslo)
used collectively for the complex in most arctic
studied the material of the R. affinis-R. auricomus
areas, and this approach is also followed here,
complex in Svalbard in the 1930's. He stated that
especially as the name R. pedatifidus may be
there are two speeies present, a rather widespread
based on material from Central Asia and is
R. affinis (later usually called R. pedatifidus Sm.
ambiguous in an arctic context. R anuneulus affinis
in Svalbard contexts) in western and central parts
may have to be replaced by an earlier synonym,
of Spitsbergen, and a second, local speeies, R.
R. aretieus Richards. (S. Ericsson, pers. comm.).
wilanderi. The former is a comparatively tall
growing plant of eIiff and bird eIiff meadows, has
A tetraploid chromosome number (2n
32)
has recently been counted on Svalbard material of
long (c. 1.0 mm) and soft marginal hairs on the
R. affinis (Engelskjøn pers. comm.). This number
leaves and long, distinetly curved beaks on the
has been reported repeatedly in both the R. affinis
nutlets. The Svalbard material is fairly homo
and R. aurieomus complexes.
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
40
The valid name of the species may be R. arctic us
Richards. (Nilsson in prep., Flora Nordica).
(70) Ranunculus X spetsbergensis
Hadac
(Nath.)
The taxon is considered to have its origin in the
hybrid R. lapponicus
x
pal/asU and is known only
with vegetative propagation. In Svalbard it is
(68)
Ranunculus wilanderi
(Nath.) A.
&
D. Love
morphologically and ecologically distinct. In gen
eral its biology is that of an autonomous species,
and its distribution is distinctly different from one
The plant has only been found at Kapp Thordsen
of hs proposed parents (R. pallasii), which is very
in the
rare. Rønning (1971) considered it as a Svalbard
Isfjorden
area and was described by
Nathorst (1883) as R. affinis f. wilanderi.
endemic, but it is now recorded from severai
The fairly extensive discussion about this taxon
localities in Siberia and Canada (Tolmachev 1971,
has been based on the small original collection by
Cody et al. 1988). It was first described as R.
Nathorst. The locality was revisited and tho
pal/asii var. minimus Rupr. from Kolgujev in 1846
roughly investigated in 1992, and a single, but
(see Tolmachev 1971) and later as R. pal/asii var.
fairly extensive stand was found in a damp, deep
spetsbergensis by Nathorst (1883). The occurrence
moss tundra beneath a dry bird eliff meadow
in Svalbard has been described by Hadac (1942,
where typical R.
1944).
affinis was growing (Elven
unpubl.). The evaluation here is therefore based
on a more extensive material than previously
available, and also on comparison of live plants
of both R. affinis and R. wilanderi (Botanical
Garden, Oslo).
In view of its location, elose to a large popu
lation of R. affinis, but in a different habitat, the
plant might be considered to be a local (ecotypic)
race. However, the morphological differences are
considered (by Nilsson in prep., Flora Nordica,
and S. Ericsson pers. comm.) to be of an order
deserving separation at the rank of species. A few
plants growing mixed with R. affinis also proved
consistently
different
from
this
(Elven pers.
observ. 1996). Both Nilsson and Ericsson also
considered R. wilanderi to be more elosely related
to the R. auricomus complex than to the R. affinis
complex. Ranunculus wilanderi is therefore he re
accepted as the only native "species" of the R.
auricomus complex known in Svalbard.
(71) Ranunculus
hybrids
The hybrid R. nivalis L. x pygmaeus Wahlenb.
has been found with certainty at one site in the
Van Mijenfjorden area (O). It is seed-sterile and
weU known from the Fennoscandian mountains.
A fairly certain hybrid, morphologically inter
mediate between R. pygmaeus Wahlenb. and R.
sulphureus Sol., has been found at Bjondalen
in the Isfjorden area (in 1985 by Engelskjøn &
Brochmann, O and TROM).
A single stand of a plant identified by Nilsson
(in prep., Flora Nordica) as the hybrid R. affinis
Sm.
x
sulphureus Sol. was found in 1992 below
a heavily manured bird eliff on Kapp Thordsen
in the Isfjord area (Elven, O). It was growing
with the putative parents. The hybrid has, as far
as we know, not been reported previously, except
by Lid & Lid (1994). It is, however, only ten
tatively ineluded by us as a better understanding
of the reproductive system of the proposed par
(69)
Ranunculus hyperboreus
Rottb. coll.
According to Nilsson (in prep., Flora Nordiea)
ents should be achieved before such an improb
able hybrid is fully accepted.
the Spitsbergen and Bjørnøya materials differ.
The material from Spitsbergen and neighbouring
islands belongs to the mainly arctic subsp. amellii
Scheutz
(subsp. samojedorum
(Rupr.) Hult.)
together with the Jan Mayen material. whereas
(72) Rumex acetosa L.
coll.
An introduction, at present only known from two
the Bjørnøya material and at least the majority
localities on Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a), but
of the mainland Fennoscandian material belongs
reported as stable. The available material is sterile
to the mainly boreal subsp. hyperboreus.
and difficult to determine to subspecies.
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
(73) Salix arctiea Pallas
41
and Wijdefjorden areas, although Rønning (1979)
The species is only known from two very small
populations in Svalbard. A single individual near
the airstrip at NY-Ålesund in the Kongsfjorden
area has become extinct, probably due to grazing
by the recently introduced reindeer, whereas a
few plants are located in the upper middle part
of Adventdalen east of Longyearbyen. At the
latter locality the plants are threatened by fiuvial
erosion and human traffic. Their extreme rarity
only indicated Bjørnøya. Dubiel (1990) and Kuc
& Dubie! (1995) considered the majority of Salix
collections from Sørkapp Land as belonging to S.
herbacea x polaris. A Fennoscandian population
of the hybrid was found to be tetraploid (2n
76, Borgen & Elven 1983). Tentative hybrids
produee well-formed seeds. The hybrids may
reproduce independently of the diploid and hex
aploid parents and behave as a separate species.
has prevented collection, and only a few twigs
have been available for study. On ly male plants
are known from Svalbard,
and no fiowering
material has been collected.
The shrubs were reported by Hulten (1964) as
(75) Saussurea alpina (L.) De.
Only found near a trapper's cabin at Storvika
between Bellsund and Hornsund, southwestern
S. glauca L. subsp. callicarpaea (Trautv.) Bocher
Spitsbergen (Rønning 1961). The plant may have
(S. callicarpaea Trautv.) and accepted as such by
been introduced, but has been observed during
Rønning (1979). A revision of the North Atlantic
the last decade and seems to be established.
taxa of the S. glauca complex (Palsson & Elven
in prep., Flora Nordica) indicates that S. cal
licarpaea is a boreal American taxon reaching
north and east to southern Greenland only, and
that the plants on the Faeroes, in leeland and
Spitsbergen previously named as S. callicarpaea
belong to the widespread and polymorphic S.
arctiea, cornmon e.g. in Greenland.
For phytogeographical reasons S. arctica is a
more probable identification of the Svalbard
plants than either S. glauca or S. callicarpaea.
Their final identity will, however, remain uncon
(76) Saxifraga aizoides L.
The Svalbard plants differ consistently from the
F ennoscandian ones with a more compact growth,
shorter petals, and more glaucous leaves. Colour
variability, cornmon in Fennoscandian moun
tains, does not seem to be present in Svalbard.
According to Nilsson (pers. comm.) they cor
respond more to the Alpine than to the Fenno
scandian type. A further study is needed before
any taxonomic conclusion can be reached.
firmed until a better material is available for
study. The origin of the Svalbard plants is prob
lematic. The persisting dones may be relicts from
a time with more favourable c1imate. In favor of
this hypothesis is the occurrence of material from
Bellsund (O) of a possible hybrid between S.
polaris and a species of the S. arctica-glauca
group. The plant differs from S. arctica in more
rounded, smaller, thinner and less hairy leaves,
from S. polaris in oblong, hairy leaves and much
thicker branches. However, the plant must be
refound and more material collected before this
hybrid can be accepted from Svalbard.
(77) Saxifraga cespitosa L.
A
very
polymorphic
species.
Hadac
(1944)
described six varieties and forms from Svalbard
and reported
on intermediates
between
the
varieties alba, (with three forms, possible eco
morphs), aurea and apetala. Rønning (1996) sep
arated the material in two species, S. cespitosa
and a new species proposed to cover Hadac's var.
aurea, and he recognised a var. apetala within his
new species.
The position of these specific and subspecific
taxa, also including a var. uniflora (R. Br.) Simm.
(74) Salix herbacea L. X polaris Wahlenb.
(S. uniflora R. Br.) is dubious. Morphotypes with
small fiowers and narrow, erect yellow petals
Intermediate in leaf margin (basally dentate) and
(Hadac's var. aurea, Rønning's new species) and
fruit indumentum. Known from severai sites on
types with large fiowers and broad, spreading
Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986a, map 21). Reported
white petals have been found mixed in severai
from Sørkapp Land by Lid (1925) and later found
populations, and the variation may have a quite
at severai sites along the western coast of Spits
simple genetical explanation. The variation has
bergen north to Danskeøya and in the Isfjorden
also been found to
be
continuous
in many
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
42
populations. The same morphological variation
tative hybrid growing with both parents (also
has also been found in other areas, i.e. local
counted) in NY-Ålesund in the Kongsfjorden area
stands of yellow-flowered. narrow-petalled plants
(Borgen & Elven 1983). Other morphological
within normal white-flowered populations (see
intermediates have been found, together with 5.
hyperborea, at one locality in Krossfjorden. The
e.g. Elven et al. 1980).
A formal taxonomic treatment should include
hybrid may be widespread.
material from a larger geographical area and
should
be
based
on
experimental
studies,
especially on crossing experiments. We therefore
do not accept the separation proposed by Rønning
(81) Saxifraga OPPOSilifolia
L.
cou.
(1996). Ongoing genetic studies (see Tollefsrud
Two distinct morphotypes with deviant ecological
et al. 1995) indicate that the variation in flower
preferences have been reported (see i.a. Craw
shape and colour is taxonomically entirely insig
ford et al. 1993). In less exposed, damp habitats
nificant.
a prostrate type is found with long, slender
branches and distant leaves usually with marginal
(78) Saxifraga fiageIlaris Sternb. subsp.
platysepala (Trautv.) A.E. Porsild
The arctic taxon present in Svalbard is tetraploid
(2n
=
32), as opposed to the more southern and
diploid subsp. fiagellaris (2n
=
16). It may merit
rank as a separate species, 5. platysepala (Trautv.)
Tolm. (see e.g. Rønning 1996).
cilia. This type probably corresponds with the
majority of Scandinavian mountain plants. On
dry, wind-exposed ridges there is a compact, cush
ion-forming type with dense, overlapping leaves
entirely or mostly without cilia. This type is also
reported from the northern Scandinavian moun
tains (Nilsson 1986). It may eorrespond with what
is recognised as a separate, closely related taxon,
5. pulvinata Small (5. oppositifolia subsp. smal
liana (Engler & Irmscher) Hult.), in the American
(79) Saxifraga hirculus
L.
Arctic induding Greenland. The name pulvinata
coU.
The arctic type found in Svalbard is small
growing, forming dense cushions and usually with
only one ftower per stem. It differs considerably
from the lowland European type and has some
times been distinguished, together with the lce
landic
and
(Engler)
Alpine
plants,
as subsp.
alpina
Å. Love.
was published at speeies leve! in 1901. The types
also differ in floral morphology. Rønning (1996)
accepted the types at subspecific leve!, first
described in a Svalbard context as forms by And
ersson & Hesselman (1900). The prostrate type
was named as
subsp.
reptans
(Anderss.
&
Hesseim. ) Rønning, probably eorresponding with
what should be named subsp. oppositifolia, and
the pulvinate type as subsp. pulvinata (Anderss.
(80) Saxifraga hyperborea
rioularis L.
R. Br.
and S.
and the relation between the Svalbard and arctic
The two species are separated cytologically (5.
hyperborea diploid with 2n
& Hesselm.jSmall) Rønning. Both the priority of
the names (Small's or Andersson & Hesselman's)
American types are still unsolved questions.
26, 5. rivularis
A recent loeal investigation in the Ny Ålesund
52, both counted on Svalbard
area, Svalbard (Brysting et al. 1996) revealed that
material). The morphological differences are,
no other morphologieal feature was correlated
however, small, and 5. hyperborea is at least
with growth form, that the pollen grains were of
tetraploid with 2n
=
one of the parents of the polyploid 5. rivularis
one size (differenees often indicative of dif
(Brochmann pers. comm.). 5axifraga hyperborea
ferences in ploidy level), and that intermediates
differs mainly in lacking subterranean runners
had
and in having petals nearly double the length of
hybridization. Their condusion was that the vari
the sepals. Pigmentation is often used in sep
ation in growth form was dinal and not worthy
arating them, but both may have a distinctly pur
of taxonomic recognition.
plish pigmentation.
well-developed
pollen
not
indieative
of
From mainland northern Europe only the dip
Hybridisation between the two species has been
loid chromosome number (2n
26) is known,
documented. The expected intermediate chro
corresponding with 5. oppositifolia s. str. A single
mosome num ber of 2n
count of a Svalbard plant revealed a tetraploid
39 was found in a ten-
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
number (2n
=
52, Flovik 1940). It is not known
from which of the two morphotypes the count
originates.
43
is appropriate, even if it may originally have
appeared as a hybrid.
Tetraploid numbers are elsewhere
reported from the American Arctic including
Greenland (LOve & Love 1975) and are associated
with S. pulvinata.
(83) Silene uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq.
A complex which until recently was treated as
one species in Fennoscandia and Svalbard (Mel
(82) Saxifraga sualbardensis D.D. 0vstedal
This
comparatively
recently
described
taxon
(0vstedal 1975) is found to be common in Sval
bard. It may be an endemic as no similar plants
are found in the extensive collections from other
arctic areas in O, TRH and TROM. The plants
are morphologically homogeneous, characterised
by half-open ftowers with irregular numbers, posi
tions and development stages of petals and sepal5,
by petals with a purplish pigmentation, and by
subterranean runners. Seeds are produced only
rarely (Brochmann pers. comm.), and S. sval
bardensis mostly reproduces by bul bils and locally
by runnen;. The plants are confined to deep, wet
moss tundra.
Saxifraga svalbardensis has been interpreted as
originating from a hybrid between S. cernua and
either S. hyperborea or S. rivularis. In the latter
case it may have the same parentage as S.
x
opdalensis Blytt, described from mountains in
andrium apetalum Fenzl or Silene wahlbergella
Chowdh.) and another in the Urals (S. uralensis).
Bocquet (1969) found a continuity in the variation
between S. uralensis and S.
wahlbergella that
justified a treatment at subspecific \eve\.
At
species level the name S. uralensis has priority,
and Bocquet (1969) recognised three subspecies
in the European area: subsp. uralensis in the
Urals, subsp. apetala (L.) Bocq. in Fennoscandia,
and subsp. arctiea (Th. Fr.) Bocq. in the Arctic
including Svalbard. Kurtto (in prep., Flora Nord
iea) found the differences between the plants in
the Urals and the Arctic toa insignificant to merit
separation even at level of subspecies, whereas
the differences between these and the Scandi
navian plants were of an order corresponding to
separation as distinet species. This treatment is
folJowed here. The arctic-boreal species group of
S. uralensis , S. wahlbergella , S. furcata and aJlies
is very distinct and may well deserve separation
in a distinet genus, Gastrolychnis.
southern Norway, but differing from S. sval
bardensis in being low-growing, with white, open,
and regular ftowers, in laeking runners, and in
being an ecological specialist of irrigated gravel
fIats. One chromosome count in S. svalbardensis
(Borgen & Elven 1983) also resulted in a slightly
higher number (2n
S.
x
=
opdalensis (2n
ca
64) than usually found in
48-50, Engelskjøn 1979).
The S. cf. svalbardensis tentatively reported by
Rune (1988) from a serpentine bedrock area in
northern Scandinavia is probably another S. cer
nua
x
rivularis hybrid, as the illustration shows it
to differ considerably from Svalbard S.
sval
bardensis. Such putative hybrids are known from
severai parts of southern and northern Scan
dinavia.
Recent
genetic
studies
by
Brochmann
(unpubl.) confirm a probable origin from S. cer
nua and S. riuularis. The morphological features
combine runners characteristic of S. riuularis and
purplish pigmentation. Its homogeneous appear
(84) Stellaria longipes Goldie coll.
A very
complicated arctic/bore al
aggregate,
urgently in need of a world-wide revisjon. Accord
ing to Hulten (1943) and Chater & Heywood
(1964) there are three speeies in Svalbard: S.
ciliatisepala Trautv., S. crassipes HulL, and S.
longipes Goldie s. str. Rønning (1979) recognised
only S. crassipes, whereas Chater & Heywood
(1993) excluded S. ciliatisepala, but reported S.
crassipes and S. longipes s. str. from the islands.
According to studies in Canada, Norway (includ
ing Svalbard) and Russia (Chinnappa 1985, Often
1989) there are no reliable morphological charac
ters separating these species, and they are at
present best treated as parts of a polymorphic S.
longipes Goldie. Further studies may, however,
reveal severai taxa in Svalbard.
by se ed (at least as well as one of its putative
(85) Vaccinium uliginosum L. subsp.
microphyllum Lange
parents, S. cemua), indicates that rank of species
The Svalbard material is probably diploid (one
ance over large areas, and its ability to reproduce
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
44
count of 2n
24 from the Isfjorden area, Flovik
1940), as most investigated materials from the
Arctic and from northern alpine areas. The
diploid is usually separated from the tetraploid
southern taxon as subspecies or species
therioides
Bigel.).
(V.
gaul
The Fennoscandian alpine
Rumex acetosella L. subsp. acetosella--Småsyre
(LR)
R. longi/olius DC.-Høymol (LR)
Sinapis arvensis L. -Åkersennep (R)
Stellaria media (L.) Vill.-Vassarve (NR)
Taraxacum spp.-Ugrasløvetann (R)
plants resemble the same taxon, as proposed by
Thlaspi arvense L.-Pengeurt (R)
Nilsson (1986), but the few chromosome counts
Tri/otium repens L.-Kvitkløver (R).
from Fennoscandian
mountains
have yielded
tetraploid numbers (Engelskjøn 1979; Borgen &
Elven 1983). The taxon has only been found a few
times in central parts of Spitsbergen (Elvebakk
Excluded taxa
1989).
Alchemilla vulgaris L.
Ephemeral (introduced) taxa
Used by Rønning (1979) and other authors t o
indicate severai introduced Alchemilla taxa. See
note (2).
A large number of taxa have been found intro
duced in the settlements and near trappers' cabins
(see references in the lntroduction). Taxa Iisted
below have been found severai times and may
still be introduced regularly or be more or less
permanent in the vicinity of the Russian settle
ments (R_ according to information from Bar
Braya alpina Sternb. & Hoppe
Previously considered, i.e. by Triloff (l943), to
include also B. purpurascens and other speeies.
Svalbard records refer to B. purpurascens.
entsburg by Tishkov pers. comm., and from a
visit in 1993), more infrequently in Longyearbyen
(L') or on Bjørnøya (B, according to Engelskjøn
1986a), and very rarely and not recently in Ny
Carex bigelowii Torr.
Reported from a few localities by severai authors
Ålesund (N):
and mapped by Rønning (1972). Some reports
Alchemilla subcrenata Bus.-Engmarikåpe (B)
nised it from Adventpynten. The available her
Agroslis capillaris L.-Engkvein (B)
CapseIla bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic.-Gjetartaske
(R)
Chamomilla suaveolens
balderbrå
(Pursh)
Rydb.-Tun
(N)
were revised by Asplund (1918) who only recog
barium specimens have later proved to be non
littoral forms of C. subspathacea, and we have
not seen any proper C. bigelowii collections from
Svalbard. See also notes (11) and (12).
Chenopodium album L. coll.-Meldestokk (R)
Fallopia
convolvulus
(L.)
A.
Love-Vinde
slirekne (R)
Galeopsis cf. telrahit L.-Kvassdå (R)
mens determined to subsp. subpolaris (Pobed.)
Rauschert - Nordleg strandbalderbrå - and
phaeocephala
X
subspathacea
Wormskj.
Matricaria maritim a L. coll. (LNR, fertile speci
subsp.
Carex bigelowii Tor r .
(Rupr.)
Rauschert
Finnmarksbalderbrå)
Poa annua L.-Tunrapp (R)
Hjelmqvist & Nyholm (1947) reported this hybrid
from the area near Longyearbyen Airport. The
collection (probably in a Swedish herbarium) has
not been reexamined but is tentatively included
in C. subspathacea based on the erroneous reports
of other C. bigelowii collections from Svalbard.
Polygonum aviculare L. (mostly var. boreale
Lange)-Tungras (L)
Ranunculus acris L. coll.-Engsoleie (R)
Carex hepburnii Boott
R. auricomus L. coll.-Nyresoleie (R)
Much of the Svalbard material of C. nardina Fr.
R. repens L.-Krypsoleie (R)
in the herbaria has been named C. hepburnii.
Raphanus raphanistrum L.-Åkerreddik (R)
This is a more tall-growing and poorly defined
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
45
taxon from western North America, which is not
Hadac (1946) from Longyeardalen are probably
recognised by most arctic fioras.
referrable to D.
laetea X oxycarpa, as these
authors used the name D. alpin a collectively.
The hybrids D. alpina X lactea and D. laetea
Cerastium alpinum L. X regelii Ostenf.
X oxycarpa, produced by experimental crossings
Reported from Svalbard by Tolmachev (1930),
and cited by e.g. Triloff (1943), but the material
probably belongs to C. arcticum
x
regelii. See
note (19).
(Brochmann et al. 1993), are difficult to separate
morphologically, and both combinations prob
ably occur on Svalbard. The speeimens inspected,
however, have marginal hairs on the siliculae,
suggesting D. oxycarpa as the other parent (Elven
unpubl.). See note (33).
Cerastium hyperboreum Tolm.
Described from Svalbard by Tolmachev (1930),
but by us at present included in C. arcticwn s. str.
See note (20).
Draba arctica J. Vahl subsp. ostenfeldii (E.
Ekm.) Bocher
One collection from Longyearbyen was referred
to this subspecies by Boeher (1966). The sub
speeies differs from subsp. arctiea in quantitative
Cochlearia anglica L.
eharacters only, easily modified by the environ
Reported e.g. by Rønning (1979) as C. officinalis
ment, and on ly ane taxon of the group is here
var. anglica (L.) Alet. This is a southern plant
accepted from Svalbard. See note (30).
not found in the Arctic, and the material belongs
to C. groenlandica. See note (23).
Draba cana Rydberg
Listed from Svalbard by Mulligan (1971). He
Cochlearia officinalis L.
treated this species as a close relative of D. arctica,
Frequently reported in a collective sense, but all
Svalbard material is at present regarded as C.
groenlandica. See note (23).
not of D. daurica/norvegica. He was also of the
opinion that D. arctiea, described from Bellsund,
differed from D. cinerea, but he did not present
further opinions on the identity of D. arctica as
he did not recognise it from Canada. His report
probably refers to D. arctiea. See note (30).
Deschampsia brevifolia R. Br.
Confused with D. horealis . See note (27).
Draba cinerea Adams
Reported by numerous authors (e.g. Rønning
Deschampsia glauca Hartm.
1979). All reports refer to D. arclica, see note
Indicated by Hadac (1989) as the correet identi
(30).
fication of the Svalbard plants previously named
D. brevifolia and here treated as D. borealis see
•
note (27). However, Hartman's D. glauca is a
quite distinct and different plant from boreal
river-banks in Fennoscandia (described in 1820
from Jamtland) and possibly in northern Russia.
However, also Tzvelev (1984) seerned to identify
this plant as a northern Russian and Siberian
mountain and tundra taxon.
Draba glacialis Adams
Draba glacialis has been reeognised as a Svalbard
speeies during most of this eentury, most reeently
by Walters (1964), Love & Love (1975), Godzik
& W6jcicki (1987), and Walters & Akeroyd
(1993). The name has been in use for severai
Svalbard taxa, none of them eorresponding with
Adams' D. glacialis. See note (28).
Draba a/pina L. X laetea Adams
The reports by e.g. Asplund (1918) from Coles
bukta (determined by E. Ekman) and by Dahl &
Draba groenlandiea E. Ekm.
This taxon has been reported from Svalbard by
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
46
oblongata may in any case have to be rejected as
Ekman (1929), Neilson (1968 as D. arctica subsp.
groenlandiea (E. Ekm.) Bocher), and by E.
Ekman in O. As indicated in note (30) the earlier
it during a long period has been applied to taxa
speeies concept in this group was very narrow,
the D. cinerea-arctica group where the type
resulting both in a confusion concerning the sep
material belongs.
in the D. micropetala group, quite different from
aration of D. cinerea Adams from D. arctica J.
Vahl, and a description of severai species closely
D. aretica. Bocher
(1966) accepted D. groenlandica as a subspecies
of D. arctiea, but did not report this subspecies
related to or now incIuded in
from Svalbard. Reports from Svalbard are, wait
ing for further investigations, referred to D. are
liea subsp. arctica in the present concept, but see
note 30.
Equisetum arvense L. riparium (Fr.)
Rønning
Described by Rønning (1996) based on E. arvense
var. riparium Fr. In our concept this plant is
incIuded in E. arvense subsp. boreale (which
Rønning (1996) renarnes as E. arvense subsp.
alpeslre (Wahlenb.) Rønning).
Draba kjellmanii Lid ex E. Ekm.
Of the Svalbard material originally determined as
D. kjellmannii in O, about 75% belongs to D.
Festuca ovina L.
eorymbosa in the present concept, about 20% to
a leiocarp type of D. alpina on Bjørnøya and
Novaja Zemlja, and the remaining 5% to a
leiocarp type of the white-flowered D. norvegiea
(F. baffinensis,
F. brachyphylla, F. edlundiae and F. hyperborea),
from Bjørnøya. The name is probably to be
see notes 38-39. Festuca ovina was excIuded from
The name was previously used (e.g. by Resvoll
Holmsen 1927) in a collective sense for all small
grown, tufted fescues on Svalbard
referred (mainly) to D. corymbosa and is super
the Svalbard flora by Scholander (1934) and by
fluous. See note (28).
Hadac
(1944).
However,
it
was
recently
erroneously indicated from Svalbard by Hulten
& Fries (1986).
Draba magelIaniea Lam.
The name should be restricted to South American
plants (see note 31) but has frequently been used
for Svalbard plants, e.g. by Triloff (1943) who
refers both to D. hirta L. and D. magelIaniea. In
Festuca rubra L. var. arenaria (Osbeck)
Fr.
the herbarium the name has been used for
In the early parts of this century this name was
material of both D. aretica and D. daurica in the
applied for what now is considered as
present concept and it is usually impossible to
subsp. aretica (Hack.) Govor. in Svalbard. At
F. rubra
decide to which of the two speeies a literary record
present var. arenaria is variously considered a
refers.
more or less distinct variety, subspecies (subsp.
arenaria (Osbeck) Syme), or speeies (F. arenaria
Osbeck), but distributed on northwestern Euro
Draba oblongata R. Br. ex De.
pean sand dunes, not reaching the Arctic. KjeII
There are many references to D. oblongata in the
qvist (1964) gives the taxon specific rank because
Svalbard literature (e.g. Rønning 1964). Most
reports refer to D. mieropetala in our concept,
of its octoploid chromosome num ber
,
2n
56.
See note (41).
some probably also to D. paucijlora. As shown
by M ulligan (1974) the type collection of D.
oblongata does not represent a yellow-flowered
speeies, but corresponds to what later has been
Festuca supina Schur
D. groenlandiea E. Ekm. (D. arctica
Reported from Svalbard by Hadac (1942, 1944).
subsp. groenlandica). The priorities of the names
The speeies is central European (Tzvelev 1984),
named
applied to speeies in the D. cinerea-arctica group
are
still
uncertain.
However,
the name
D.
and the material collected by Hadac (O) belongs
to F. brachyphylla, see note (39).
A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Kobresia myosuroides
(Vill.) Fiori
47
Poa x herjedaliea H.
Sm.
Erroneously reported from Svalbard by Hulten
Numerous collections from Svalbard have been
& Fries (1986).
determined as this polymorphic taxon, believed
to be of hybrid origin (P. alpina L. X pratensis L.
coll., see Nannfeldt 1937). The material seems
Papaver nudicaule
mainly to belong to tall-grown (possibly manured)
L.
P. a/pina. Occurrence of this hybrid is, however,
Listed by severai authors, even as late as Triloff
to be expected.
(1943), in spite of Nordhagen's (1931) c1arification
as to the differences between the diploid P. nudi
caule (now considered restricted to Siberia) and
the polyploids in N European mountains and the
Potentilla kei/haui
Sommerf.
Arctic.All Svalbard records of P. nudicaule refer
Described from Svalbard (Vestspitsbergen, Som
to P. dahlianum.
merlelt 1833), but conspecific with P. pulehella
R.Br.
Papaver radicatum
Rottb.
Listed by Resvoll-Holmsen (1927), Scholander
Potentilla lyngei
Jurtz.
investigations,
&
Sojak
(1934), and Dahl (1937), but later authors con
Pending
sidered all Svalbard material as belonging to P.
described taxon (Yurtsev & Sojak in Yurtsev
dahlianum in the sense of Nordhagen (1931).
1984) is included in P.
further
x
this
recently
insularis Sojak.See note
(61).
Parrya nudicaulis
(L.) Regel
This species has been reported twice from Sval
Potentilla multifida
L.
bard, first from Sorgfjorden by Hooker (1828)
Recognised from Svalbard by Resvoll-Holmsen
and later from Krossfjorden by Mathey-Dupraz
(1927), Hadac (1944),and Hulten & Fries (1986).
(1912). The species was included for Svalbard by
based on a material collected by Nathorst at Kapp
Resvoll-Holmsen (1927). No herbarium speci
Thordsen in the Isfjorden area. The specimens (S
mens have been preserved. The report from
and UPS) were studied by J. Lid in the 1930's and
Krossfjorden probably refers to Arabis a/pina as
by Elven in 1995. Lid (unpubl. ) found them to
Parrya also often is white-tlowered. The Sorg
agree weU with P. multifida from other areas
fjorden record is enigmatic. The plant has been
and to differ significantly from all other Svalbard
searched for in vain as shown by Scholander
Potentilla. Rønning (1961) considered the Kapp
(1934) who did not exclude the report. However,
Thordsen plants as a form of P. pulehella, and
in accordance with Rønning (1979) we think the
the species was excluded from the Svalbard flora
Parrya report is best considered as erroneous.
by Rønning (1964,1979,1996). Elven (unpubL)
found the collected plants to correspond weU with
tall-grown bird diff P. pulehella.
Phippsia algida x concinna
Reported by Polunin (1945). As young specimens
of P. concinna easily are mistaken for hybrids this
Potentilia pedersenii
(Rydb.) Ostenf.
report is rejected. Tzvelev (1984) indicated that
lndicated for Svalbard by Rønning (1964. 1979)
the hybrid "in some Arctic regions ...i s found
as an obscure taxon induded in P. rubricaulis.
more commonly than the parental forms". This
Other authors have either followed Rønning and
is, however, not our experience from Svalbard or
induded the plant in P. rubricaulis (Porsild &
from a study of the arctic herbarium material.
Cody 1980) or restricted the name to an arctic
We have found no indication of hybridisation in
American taxon (Sojak 1986).
mature, well-developed material (but have seen
material is included in P. X insularis. See note
a lot of immature material difficult to determine)
(59).
.
The Svalbard
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
48
Saxifraga aurea (Hadac) Rønning
Potentilla rubrieaulis Lehm.
Reported from Svalbard by Rønning (1961) and
Described as species by Rønning (1996) to include
included by Rønning (1964, 1979, 1996) and by
yellow-ftowered plants of S. cespitosa (see note
Ball et al. (1968). The name was restricted to an
77). Not accepted by us.
American taxon by Porsild & Cody (1980), and
the Svalbard material is here interpreted as P. x
insularis. See note (59).
Silene furcata Rafin. subsp. angustiflora
(Rupr.) Walters
Puecinellia ten elia (Lange) Holmberg
Treated as Melandrium angustiflorum (Rupr.)
First published from the Kongsfjord and Isfjorden
areas by Dahl & Hadac (1946). This record was
accepted by Hughes & Halliday (1980) although
the material was described by Rønning (1962) as
Walp. by Rønning (1979), but this taxon is now
considered to be a more southern subspecies (or
species), with a few occurrences in Fennoscandia.
The Svalbard taxon is subsp. furcata.
a new and endemic species, P. sualbardensis, a
treatment which is followed here. See note (65).
Silene uralensis (Rupr.) Bocq. subsp.
apetala
Ranunculus aeris L. subsp. borealis
(Trautv.) Nyman
Reported by Rønning (1979) and others as Mel
Reported from Forlandssundet by Gugnacka
be a Fennoscandian taxon. The Svalbard and
Fiedor
Greenland subspecies is Silene uralensis subsp.
&
Noryskiewicz
(1982).
andrium apetalum, but this is now considered to
This
study
includes many species later found to be mis
uralensis. See note (83).
identified, and the report must be confirmed
before it can be accepted.
Stella ria borealis Bige!.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Rønning (1959) as
Ranuneulus sabinii R. Br.
Mapped from northern Svalbard by Hulten &
Fries (1986). In view of the considerable varia
bility of the widely distributed R. sulphureus, the
S. calycantha, but redetermined as S. humifusa
by Engelskjøn & Schweitzer (1970). It was still
mapped from Bjørnøya by Hulten & Fries (1986).
lack of material avaiIable for study, and the lack
of confirm ed reports from the area between
Greenland and Taimyr (Tolmachev 1971), the
report is rejected here.
Stellaria ciliatisepala Trautv.
Reported as S. edwardsii R. Br. by numerous
early authors, and later by Hulten (1943) and
Rhododendron lapponicum Wahlenb.
Chater & Heywood (1964), but is here included
in the S. longipes Goldie aggregate. See note (84).
Indicated from Bjørnøya by Fries (1869b), listed
by Resvoll-Holmsen (1927) and still indicated by
a question mark by Hulten & Fries (1986). How
ever, Rønning (1959) has convincingly argued
that the report was based on a misinterpretation
of
the
abbreviation
'Rhod.'
which
actually
referred to Rhodiola.
Stellaria crassipes Hult.
Reported by numerous authors,
but is here
included in the S. longipes Goldie aggregate. See
note (84).
Salix callicarpaea Trautv.
Taraxacum ceratophorum, (Ledeb.) De.
Previously reported from Svalbard (Hulten 1964,
Reported from the Hornsund area by Triloff
Rønning 1979), but the material most probably
(1943). The record refers to T. brachyceras (see
refers to S. arctiea Pallas. See note (73).
Kuc & DubieI1995).
A
cata/ogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacteria
Taraxacum nivale Lange
49
c. fenestrata R. Br.
Reported from the Hornsund area by Triloff
(1943). The reeord refers to T. aretieum (see Kue
& KubieI199S).
C. groenlandiea L.
=
e.
e. officinalis L. var. angliea (L.) Alef.
angliea L.
e.
e. offieinalis L. var. arctiea (Sehleeht.) Gel.
groenlandiea L. (but see note 23)
e. officinalis var. groenlandiea (L.) Gel.
e.
groenlandiea L.
Coehleariopsis groenlandiea (L.) A. & D. Love
Synonyms
X Pue
Colpodium vacillans (Th. FL) Polunin
The list includes as synonyms only names used in
reeent lite ra ture and
which may
eause mis
understandings. Different spelling forms are not
included.
=
A. borealis
Trin.
C. vahlianum (Liebm.) Nevski
Pueeinellia vah
=
liana (Liebm.) Seribn. & Merr.
Cystopteris diekieana R. Sim
C. fragilis (L.)
=
Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. subsp. diekieana
(Sim) Hyl.
Arenaria ciliata L. subsp. pseudofrigida Ostenf.
& Dahl.
A. pseudofrigida (Ostenf. & Dahl)
=
Juz.
Amiea alpina auet.
A. angustifolia M. Vahl
subsp. angustifolia
A. alpina auet. subsp. angustifolia (M. Vahl)
Maguire
A. angustifolia M. Vahl subsp.
angustifolia
A. prostrata Boueh.
Atriplex latifolia Wahlenb.
ex DC. subsp. prostrata
Calamagrostis
G.M.S.
negleeta
auet.
non
(Ehrh.)
C. strieta (Tirnm.) Koeler
Cakile arctiea Pobed.
C. maritima Seop. subsp.
islandiea (Gand.) Elven
Campanula gieseekiana Vest.
C. rOlundifolia
=
L. subsp. gieseekiana (Vest.) Witasek
Cardamine nymanii Gand.
C. pratensis L.
=
subsp. polemonioides Rouy
C. pratensis L. subsp. angustifolia (Hook.) O.E.
=
C. pratensis L. subsp. polemonioides
Rouy
Carex amblyrhyneha V. Kreez.
C. amphigena (Fern.) Maek.
=
=
C. marina Dew.
C. glareosa Wah
lenb.
C. fuliginosa Sehkuhr subsp. misandra (R. Br.)
Nyman.
C.
eiphippsia vacillans (Th. Fr.) Tzvelev
Bernh. var. diekieana (R. Sim) Moore
Alopeeurus alpinus Sm. non Vill.
Sehulz
=
Coehlearia groenlandiea L.
C. misandra R. Br.
marina auet.
non Dewey
=
C.
glareosa
Wahlenb.
C. setina (Christ) V. Kreez.
=
C. maritima Gunn.
subsp. setina (Christ) Egorova
C. stans Drej.
=
C. aquatilis Wahlenb. subsp.
Cerastium hyperboreum Tolm.
=
C. aretieum
Deschampsia brev/folia auet. non R. Br.
=
D.
borealis (Trautv.) Roshev.
eespitosa (L.) Beauv.
D.
Hooker f.
D.
=
subsp. alpina (L.)
D. alpina (L.) Roem. & Sehultes
glauea auet.
non Hartm.
D.
borealis
(Trautv.) Roshev.
Draba bellii Holm
D. eorymbosa R. Br. ex
=
De.
D. adamsii Ledeb.
D. paucifiora R. Br.
=
D. adamsii auet. non Ledeb.
D. mieroearpa
Hook. (non Rønning 1964, 1979)
D. einerea auet. non Adams
D. glabeIla Pursh.
=
D. aret/ca J. Vahl
D. daurica DC. (but see
note 31)
D. gredinii E. Ekm.
=
D. oxyearpa Sommerf.
D. groenlandiea auet. non E. Ekm.
D. arctiea
J.Vahl
D. kjellmannii Lid ex E. Ekm.
D. eorymbosa
R. Br. ex De. p.p.
D. maeroearpa Adams
=
D. eorymbosa R. Br.
ex De.
D. mieropetala sensu Rønning 1964, 1979, non
Hook.
=
D. paueiflora R. Br.
D. oblongata R. Br. ex DC
Draba arctiea J.
Vahl subsp. groenlandiea (E. Ekm.) Boeher.
D. oblongata auet. non R. Br. ex De.
=
D.
micropetala Hook. (non Rønning 1964, 1979)
Dupontia fisheri R. Br. subsp. pelligera (Rupr.)
Tzvelev
=
D. fisheri R. Br. s. str.
Hult.
=
D. psilosantha Rupr.
D. pelligera (Rupr.)
Lange
(but see note 23)
C. fragilis (L.) Bernh. var. diek
D. fisheri R. BL subsp. psilosantha (RUpL)
stans (Drej.) Hult.
Coehlearia arctiea Sehleeht.
=
ieana (Sim) Moore.
=
C. groenlandiea L.
A.
Love & Ritehie
=
D.
fisheri R. Br. S.str.
Empetrum hermaphroditum Hagerup
=
E. nig
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
50
rum L.
subsp. hermaphroditum (Hagerup)
Equisetum arvense L. subsp. alpestre (Wahlenb.)
Rønning
=
ale (Bong.)
Equisetum arven. e L. subsp. bore
Å.
E. arvense L. subsp. boreale (Bong.)
=
A
Love
eriocephalus
uniflorus L.
J.
Vahl
erioeephalus
subsp.
Erigeron
=
(J.
VahI)
Cronq.
Eriophorum triste (Th. FL)
A.
Love & Hadac
Hult.
cinellia
E. frigida Pugsley
=
Puc
=
F. rubra L.
subsp. arctica (Haek.) Govor.
F. riehardsonii Hook.
(Haek.) Govor.
F. rubra L.
=
subsp. arctiea (Haek.) Govor.
Cassiope
Harrimanella hypnoides (L.) Coville
hypnoides (L.) D. Don
Juncus albeseens (Lange) Fem.
=
J. triglumis L.
subsp. albescens (Lange) Hult.
K. islandica L.
& D. Love
var aretiea Hadac
Luzula confusa Lindeb.
=
L. areuata Sw. subsp.
confusa (Lindeb,) Blytt
Lycopodium selago L.
=
Huperzia selago (L.)
Bernh.
Melandrium affine J. Vahl
=
Silene fureata Raf.
M. angustiflorum (Rupr.) Walp.
=
Silene furcata
Raf. subsp. angustiflora (Rupr.) Walters
M. apetalum (L.) Fenzl
=
Silene uralensis (Rupr.)
Boeq. subsp. apetala (L) Fenzl
M. furcatum (Raf.) Hadac
=
radieatum Rottb,
Silene fureata Raf.
subsp. dahlianum
p, dahlianum Nordh.
(Nordh.) Randel
Pedieularis dasyantha (Trautv.) Hadac.
=
Pedi
cu/aris lanata Cham. & Sehleeht. subsp. dasy
antha (Trautv.) Hult.
Phippsia algida (Sol.) R. Br. subsp. concinna (Th.
Å.
Phippsia concinna (Th.
& D. LOve
FL) Lindeb.
P. angustata (R, Br.)
A.
& D. Love
=
Puccinellia
A.
P. svalbardensis (Rønning)
P. angustata subsp. palibinii (Th. Sør.)
A.
& D.
Puccinellia angustata subsp. palibinii
A. & D. Love
capillaris (Liljebl.) Jansen
=
A.
& D. LOve
=
Puccinellia
tenelia (Lange) Holmb.
P. vahliana (Liebm.)
A.
& D. Love
=
Puecinellia
P. pratensis L.
Poa a/pigena (Fr.) Lindem.
subsp. alpigena (Fr.) I-Hit.
P. arctiea R. Br. subsp.
=
stricta (Lindeb.) Nannf.
P. aretica R. Br.
subsp. cespitans (Simm. ) Nannf.
Bistorta vivipara (L.)
S.F. Gray
Potenti/la emarginata Pursh
P. hyparctiea Malte
P. hookeriana Lehm subsp. ehamissonis (Hult.)
P. chamissonis Hult.
Hult.
P. keilhaui Sommerf.
=
P. pulchella R. Br.
P. lyngei Jurtz. & Sojåk
(but see note
P.
x
insularis Sojåk
59)
P. nivea L. subsp. chamissonis (Hult.) Hiit.
=
P.
ehamissonis Hult.
P. pedersenii auet. non (Rydb.) Ostenf.
=
P. x
insularis Sojåk
P. prostrata Rottb. subsp. chamissonis (Hult.)
Sojåk
=
P. chamissonis Hult.
P. prostrata Rottb. subsp. jloccosa Sojåk
P.
nivea L. subsp. nivea
P. robbinsiana Oakes subsp. hyparctica (Malte)
D. Love
P. hyparctica Malte
P. rubrieaulis auet. non Lehm.
=
P.
insularis
x
Sojåk
P. subquinata (Lange) Rydb.
=
P. nivea L. subsp.
subquinata (Lange) Hult.
Puccinellia coarctata Fem. & Weath.
=
P. cap
illaris (Liljebl.) Jansen
P. palibinii Th. Sør.
=
P. angustata (R. Br.) Rand
& Redf. subsp. palibillii (Th. Sør.) Tzvelev
Ranuneulus pedatifidus auet. non Sm.
=
R. affinis
R. Br.
R. hyperboreus Rottb.
R. samojedorum Rupr.
Rhodiola aretica A. Boriss.
aretica (A. Boriss.)
A,
Sagina intermedia Fenzl
(Th. Sør.) Tzvelev
p, capillaris (Liljebl.)
& D. Love
Puecinellia svalbardensis Rønning
subsp. arnellii Seheutz
angustata (R. BL) Rand & Redf.
=
vilfoldea
subsp.
Polygonum viviparum L.
F. rubra L. subsp. arctica
=
F. rubra L. var. mutica Hartm.
A.
Puc
& D. Love
P. tolmatchewii Roshev.
Festuca cryophila Kreez. & Bobr.
Koenigia hadacii
A.
phryganodes
P. lindebergii Tzvelev
Euphrasia arctica auet. non Lange ex Rostrup
Love
& D. Love
vahliana (Liebm.) Seribn. & Merr.
E. angustifolium Honek. subsp. triste (Th. Fr.)
FL)
P. vilfoidea (Anderss.)
P. tenelIa (Lange)
Erigeron
Papaver
Å.
(Anderss.) Tzvelev
Love
Equisetum arvense L. subsp. riparium (Fr.) Røn
ning
P. phryganodes (Trin.)
cinellia phryganodes (Trin.) Seribn. & Merr.
Bacher.
Puecinellia
=
Saxifraga groenlandiea L.
=
R. rosea L. subsp.
& D. Love
S. nivalis (Lindb. ) Fr.
S. eespitosa L.
S. platysepala (Trautv.) Tolm.
=
S. jlagellaris
catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
A
Sternb. subsp. platysepala (Trautv.) A.E. Por
sild
Sedum arcticum (A. Boriss. ) Rønning
Rhodiola
rosea L. subsp. arctiea (A. Boriss.)
A.
& D.
Love
Rhodiola rosea L.
Engelskjøn & Schwe itzer
subsp. arctiea (A. Boriss.)
wahlbergella
A.
& D. Love
S.
Chowdh.
uralensis
(Rupr.) Bocq. subsp. apetala (L.) Bocq.
Stellaria calycantha (Ledeb.) Bong.
av Cysropteris fragilis, Blyl/ia
=
S. borealis
S. longipes Goldie coll.
V. uliginosum
Vaccinium gaultherioides Bigel.
populasjoner
Bikher, T,W. 1952: A study of the circumpolar Carex Heleon
astes
amblyrrhyncha complex, Acta Aretiea 5.1-32 + 1 pl.
Bikher. T.W. 1966: Experimental and eytological studies on
IX,
Some arctic and montane crucifers, Biol,
14.7,
Skr. Dan, Vid. Selsk,
1-4.
Bocher. T.W, 1977: Cerastium alpinum and C. arcticum, A
malure polyploid complex, BOl, Notiser 13 0. 303-309,
Bocher. T.W,
&
Larsen, K. 1950: Chromosome numbers of
147,6.
some arctic Or boreal flowering plants, Med. Grøn/.
1-
32,
Bigel.
Stellaria crassipes Hult.
i skandinaviske
50, 143-157.
Berg, R.Y. 1992: Sporevariasjon
planl spedes,
S. rosea (L.) Scop. subsp. arcticum (A. Boriss.)
Silene
Sl
L. subsp. microphyllum Lange
B6cher. T,W" Fredskild, B" Holmen, K.
& Jakobsen,
Grønlands flora, 3, reviderede udgave. P. Haase
K, 1978:
&
Søns
forlag. København,
Bocquet, G, 1969: Rcvisio Physolychnidum (Silene sec!. Phy
solychnis), Phanerog, Monogr, l, 1-341.
Borgen, L.
&
Elven, R, 1983: Chromosome numbers of Hower
ing plan Is from northern Norway and Svalbard, Nord. l. Bot,
3,301-306.
Brett, O,E. 1950: Chromosomc numbers of Cemstium spedes,
Nature
Acknowledgements
166, 446-447,
Brett. O.E. 1952: Basic chromosome numbers in the genus
Cemstiurn, Noture
170.
251-52.
Brett. O,E. 1953: Cerastium arcticum Lange, Nature
Many of the notes are based on unpublished information made
available by
C
Brochmann (Oslo), T. Engelskjøn (Tromsø).
S. Ericsson (Umeå), A. Hagen (Oslo).
O.
Schjøll
(Oslo),
T.
Sæther
b.
:-;i!sson (Uppsala),
(Oslo),
D.
Thannheiser
171,
527-
528.
Brett, O,E. 1955: Cyto-taxonomy of the genus Cerastium,
I.
Cytology, New PhYIOI, 54 , 138-148,
Bretten, S, 1973: Slekta Draba i Knutshø-Finshø-området pti
(Hamburg), and A.A. Tishkov (Moscow). The main editor of
Dovre. Sider ved dens systematikk og aU/økologi, Cand. real.
Flora Nordica. B. JonselI. has allowed us to eite information
Thesis, Univ, of Trondheim.
from unpublished manuscripts by R. Y. Berg (Oslo), B. Jon5ell
(Stockholm). A. Kurtto (Helsinki), J. Pålsson (Reykjavik),
b.
Nilsson, and S. Ericsson. Valuable comments to the manuscript
were made by
C
Brochmann and S. Sivertsen (Trondheim),
and by T. Engelskjøn, D.F. !Ylurray (FairbanksJ, and RA.
Yurtsev (St. Petersburg) which have be en very constructivc
referees improving it significantly. J. Wesenberg (Oslo) has
provided translations of Russian literature. The curators of the
herbaria BM. K,
0,
S, TRH, TROM. and UPS have kindly
made material and facilities available, Wc hereby acknowledge
this valuable help and offer our sincere thanks,
Brochmann,
C
1992: Pollen and seed morphology of Nordie
Draba (Brassieaecac): phylogenetic and ecological impli
cations, Nord,
Brochmann,
C
J.
BOl, 12,657-673,
1993: Reproductive strategies of diploid and
polyploid populations of arclic Draba (Brassieaecac ) , Pl,
Sys/. Evol, 185.55-83,
Brochmann, C.
&
Elven, R. 1992: Ecological and genetic 'On
sequences of polyploidy in arclie Draba (Brassicaceae), Evo/.
Trend, Plants
6,
111-124,
Brochmann, C" Soltis, D,E,
&
Soltis, P,S,
1992a:
Elec
trophorelic relationships and phylogeny of Nordic polyploids
in Draba (Brassicaceae), Plant Syst, Evol. 182,35-70.
Brochmann,
C,
Soltis. P,S,
&
Soltis, D,E, 1992b: Recurrent
formalion and polyphyly of Nordie polyploids in Draba (Bras·
sicaceac), Amer,
References
Brochmann,
C,
l,
Bot, 79,673-688,
Stedje. B,
&
Borgen, L. 1992c: Gene ftow
aCross ploidal levels in Draba (Brassicaceae), Evol, Trends
PlatllS 6, 125-134,
Aiken, S.G.. Consaul, L.L.
&
Lefkovitch, L.P. 1995: Festuca
edlundiae (Poaceae), a High Arctic. new spedes compared
enzymatically
and
speeies. Syst, Bot,
Andersson. G,
&
morphologically
20.
with similar
Festuca
374-392.
Hesselman. H, 1900: Bidrag till kannedomen
om Spetsbergens och Beeren Eilands karlviixtftora. 8ih,
Svenska Vet,-Akad, Handl.
Asplund, E,
1918:
26. llU,
Beitrage zur Kenntnis
Eisfjordgebietes. Arkiv Bot,
15, 14,
K.
1-88,
der Flora des
1-40,
Bachmann, M.A. 1980: Okologie und Breeding System bei Poa
alpina
L.
Pp,
L. &
Stcdje. B, 1993: Cross ing
relationships and chromosome numbers of Nordic popu·
lations of Draba (Brassicaceae), with emphasis on the D,
alpina complex, Nord.
l.
Bot, 13,121-47,
Brysting, A,K" Gabrielsen, T.M" Sørlibråten. O., Ytrehorn,
0, &
Brochmann,
C
1996: The Purple Saxifrage, Saxifraga
oppositifolia, in Svalbard: Two taxa or one? Polar Research
15,93-105.
Chater, A,O,
& Heywood.
V.H, 1964: SleIlaria
L.
Pp, 133-136
in Tut;n, T,G, et al. (eds,): Flora Europaea 1, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge,
Diss .. Ziirich,
Ball, P,W .. Pawlowski, B,
Brochmann, C .. Borgen,
&
Walters. S.M, 1968: Potentilla L.
36-47 in Tutin, T.G. et aL (eds,): Flora Europaea 11.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
Chaler, A,O,
&
Heywood, V.H, 1993: Stellaria L. Pp, 161-164
in Tutin, T,G, et al. (eds,): Hora Europaea 1. 2nd ed"
Cambridge University Press. Cambridge.
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
52
Chinnappa, c.c. 1985: Biosystematics of the Stellaria longipes
complex (Caryophyllaceae). Can. J. Cytol. Genet. 20 46-58.
,
of dislribm/on of Norwegian uasmlar plmus. Il. Alpine plants,
Tapir Publishers, Trondheim.
Clarke, G.C.S. 1980: Deschampsla Beallv. Pp. 225-227 i n
Engclskjøn, T, & Schweitzer, H.-J. 1970: Studies on the Rora
Tutin. TG. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea V . Cambridge
o f Bear Island (Bjørnøya). L Vaseular plants. Astarte 3, 1-
University Press, Cambridge.
36.
Cody, W.J" Blondeau. M. & Cayouette. J. 1988: Ranunc"l"s
Engelskjøn. T. Kramer, K. & Schweitzer, H.-J. 1972: Zur
t spilzbergensis (Nath.) Hadac, an addition to the flora of
Flora des Van Mijenfjorden-Gebietes (Spitsbergen) und
North America. Rhodora 90,27-36.
Crawford, R.M.M., Chapman, H.M., Ahhott. R.J. & Balfour,
J. 1993. Potential impact of dimatic warming on arctic veg
etation. Flora 188. 367-381.
Dahl, E. 1937: On the vascular plants of easlem Svalbard. Skr.
Svalb. Ishavet 75, I-50.
Dahl, E. & Hadac, E. 1946: EI bidrag til Spitsbergens flora.
Medd. Norges Svalb. Ishavs-unders. 63, l - I S.
Downie. S.R 1'!88: Morphologieal. cylological. and Ravonoid
variability of the Arnica angustifolia aggregate (Asteraeeae).
Can. J. Bol. 66. 24-39.
Dubiel, E. 1985: Vaseular plants of the NW part of Sorkappland
(Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk. Uniw. J agiel/. Prace Geogr. 63.
69-·83,
Dubicl, E. 1990: Vaseular plants of the NW Sorkapp Land
(Spitsbergen). Distribution and habitats. Zesz. Nauk. U"iw,
Jagieli. Prace Bot. 21, 7-33.
Edmondson, J,R. 1980: Poa L Pp. 159-167 m Tutin, T.G. et
al. (eds.): Flora Europaea V. Cambridge University Press.
Cambridge.
Ekman. E, 1929: Sludies in the genus Draba, IL Contribution
to the Draba Ilora of Greenland. Svensk BOl. Tidskr. 23,
483-495,
Ekman. E. 1931: Contribution tO the Draba flora of Greenland.
Ill. Some notes On the arctic, e,peeially the Greenland
Drabas of the ,eaion, Aizopsis and Chrysodraba DC, Suensk
BOl. Tidskr. 25,465-494.
Ekman, E. 1933: Contribution to Ihe Draha Rora of Greenland,
V. Draba crassif()/ia Grdham. Draba Gredini; nov. spee.
Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 27, 97-103.
Elvebakk. A. 1 91;9 : Biogeowaphical zones of Svalbard and
adjacent areas based on botanical C'riteria. Dr. scient. Thesi,.
Vniv. of Tromsø.
Elvebakk. A., Elven. R" Spjelkavik, S .. Thannheiscr, D. &
Schweitzer. H.-J. 1994: Botrvchium boreale and Puccinellia
angustala "p. palibinii new to Svalbard. Po/arf/okker! 18.
1 33--1 40 .
Elven, R. & Gjelsås, T 1981: Strandreddik (Cakile MilL) i
Norge. Blyuia 39. 87-106.
Elven, R., Løkken, S. & Aarhus, Aa, 1980: Nye karplanter i
Finse-Rolaen, Blyttia 38, 119-126.
Elven, R .. Eriksen. M.-B.. Elvebakk, A.. Johansen, B,E. &
EngcJskjøn. T, 1990: Gipsdalen, Central Svalbard; Flora,
vegetation and botanical vallles. In Brekke, B. & Hansson,
R. (eds.), Environmental atlas Gipsdalcn, Svalbard Vol. IL
Norsk Polarinst. Rapp. 61, 27-66.
Elven, R., Hansen. K,T. & Steen, S. W, in press: Carex krausei
Boeek., islandsstarr, ny for Svalbard, Blyttia 55.
Engelskjøn, T, 1979: Chromosome numbers in vaseular plants
from :\'orway. including Svalbard. Opera BOl. 52, 1-38.
EngelskjØn, T . 1986a: Eeo-geographical relations of the Bjørn
øya vascular flora, Svalbard. Polar Res. Il. s. 5, 79-127.
EngelskjØn, T. 1986b: Zonality of dimate and plant dislribution
in some arctic and amarelie regions. Norsk Polarinst. Rapp.
30. 1-49,
Engelskjøn, T. 1990. Papal1er. Pp. 82-84 in Gjærevoll, 0, Maps
Hopens. Norsk Polarin>/. Arb. 1970. 191-198.
Flovik, H. 1938: Cytologieal studies of arctic grasses. Heredilas
24, 265-375.
Flovik, H. 1940: Chromosome numbers and polyploidy within
the !lora of Spitzbergcn. Hereditas 26, 1430-1440.
Frederiksen. S. 1977: The Festum brachyphylla group in Green
land. Bot. Notiser /30. 269-277.
Frederiksen, S. 1981 : FestuCil u;uipara (Poaeeae) in the North
Atlantic area. Nord. J. BOl. /, 277-292.
Fries, TM. 1869a: Tillagg lill Spetsbergcns fanerogam!lora.
Of"ers. k, Vet.-Akad. Forh. 26, 121-/44.
Fries. TM. 1869b: Om Beeren-Islands fanerogam-vegctation.
0f"ers. k. Vet.-Akad, for/l. 26. 145-156.
GilL J.J.B. 1973: Cytogenetie studies in Cochlearia L (Cm
ciferae). The origins of C. olficinalis L. and C. micacea
Marshall. Genetiea 44. 217-234.
GOdzik, B. & W6jcicki, J.J
1987: Plantae vaseulares sval·
bardenses exsiccatae. Fase. I INo. 1 25). W. Szafer Institute
of Botany, Krak6w.
Gugnaeka-Fiedor. W . & Noryskiewiez. B 1982: Rosliny nue
zyniowe Zicmi Oskar" Il (Spitsbergen p61noeno-zaehodni).
Acta Uniw. Nicolai Copemici Bio!. 24 Nauki Mat.-Przyrod.
53,55 64 .
-
Hadac, E. 1941: The introdueed Rora of Spitsbergen. Medd.
Norges Svalb. Isillivs-unders, 49, 13-16.
Hadac. E. 1942: Notulae ad Horam Svalbardiae speetantes.
Stud, Bot, Cech. 5,1-5.
Hadac. E. 1944: Die Gefasspflanzen des "Sassengehieles"
Vestspitshergen. Norsk Polarinsl. Skr. 87. 1· 71,
Hudac, E, 1989: Note, on plant eommunities of Spitsbergen.
Folia GeobOl. Phytotax., Praha 24, 131-169,
Hagen, A. & Sæther. T 1993: En komparativ studie ap Cer
aslium alpinum L. og C. arcticum Lange, med vekt på var
iasjonen innen et omrade pa Dovrefjell. Cand. scient. Thesis,
Univ. of Oslo.
Hagen. A.. SchjØI!. 0" Brochmann. c., Elven, R., Norda!.
I. & Borgen. L. 19'!5: Genetie varialion in the polyploids
Cerastiufn alpinulIl and C. are/icum (Caryophyllaceae): mor
phology, isozymes and RAPDs, VIInt, Symp. IOBP Tromsø
Norway, Abstraets 42.
Galtcland. T.. Eriksen. A.B. & Norda!. I.
differcntiation in arctic CoeMear;a.
19'!5: Eeotypic
VI Inr. Symp.
IOBP
Tromsø Norway. Abstracts 40.
Halliday. G. & Chater, A.O. 1969a: Studies in the Carex
glareosa complex. l. Fruit-shape. Feddes Repert. 80, 77-92.
Halliday. G. & Chater. A,O. l'!6'!b: Carex marina Dewey, a n
earlier name f o r C. amblyorhyncha Kreez. reddes Repert. SO,
103-106.
HauHer, C.H., Moran. R.C & Windham, M,D. 1993: ( vs
topleris Bernhardi. Pp. 263-270 in Marin, N.R. (ed.): Hora
of Norlh Ameriea north of Mexico. Vol. 2. Oxford University
Press.
ew York.
Hedberg, O. I %2: The geneslS of Pucrinellia vadl/ans. Bot.
Ii'dsskr. 5 8, 157-167.
Hedberg, 0, 1%7: Chromosome numbers of vaseular plants
from arctic and subaretic North Ameriea, Arkiv Bol. 2.6.
309-326.
A calalogue of Svalbard pianIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
Heide, O. M. 1989: Environmental control of flowering and
viviparous proliferation in seminiferous and viviparous arctic
poplllations of two Poa spedes. Aret. Alp. Res. 21.305--315.
Heide, O. M., Pedersen, K. & Dahl, E. 199fJ: Environmental
control of flowering and morphology in the high-arctic Cer
as/ium regelii, and the taxonomic status of C. jeniseiense.
Nord.
J. Bot. lO, 141-147.
53
spedes.
A.
Cyotaxonomical
aspects;
B.
Expcrimental
studies. Opera Bot. 1,2 and 3,3.
Knaben. G. 1966: Cytotaxonomical studies in some Draba
spedes. Bot. Notiser 119,427-444.
Komarov. V.L. (ed.). 1934-1964: Flara URSS. 1 -3 0. Lenin
grad-Moseow.
Kue. M. & Dubiel. E. 1995: The vaseular plants ofthe Hornsund
Hjelmqvist, H. & Nyholm. E. 1947: Några anatomiska art
karaktiirer inom Carex gruppen Disligmalicae. Bal. Notiser
-
1947. 1-31.
area (SW Spitsbergen). Fragm. Hor. Geobot. 40, 797-824.
Laane, M.M. 1968: Cyto-eeologieal studies of Norwegian Cam
panula speeies. Bor. Tidsskr. 63.319-343.
Høeg, H.l. 1968: Karplanter fra Vestspitsbergen 1966. Norsk
Polarinst. Arb. 1966. 120-124.
Lid. J. 1925: Four new phanerogams from Svalbard (Spits
bergen). Nyt Mag. NalUrvid. 63.315-316.
Høeg. O.A. & Lid. J. 1929: Adventive plants in Spitsbergen.
K. Norske Vid. Selsk. Forh. I, 59. 176--178.
Lid. J. 1964: The flora of Jan Mayen. Norsk Pvlarinsl. Skr. 130.
1-107.
Hofmann, W. 1968. Geobotanische UnterslIchungen in S,Jdost
Spitzbergen 1960. Franz Steiner VerJag, Wiesbaden.
Lid. J. & Lid, O.T. 1994. Norsk jlora. 6 utgave ved R. Elven.
Det norske samlaget, Oslo.
Hofmann. W. & Thannheiser, D. 1972: F10ristische Neufunde
von Kross- und Kongsfjord, Spitzbergen. Polarforsehllng 42,
Lipkin. R. 1983: Systematies of the arctic gras, genus Oupontia
R. Br. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Alaska. Fairbanks, Alaska. 66 pp.
Love, A. 1955: Cytotaxonomical remarks on the lcelandic Papa
122-124.
Holmen. K. 1952: Cytological studies in the !lora of Peary Land.
North Greenland. Medd. Grønl. 128,5.
ver. Nytt ll·fag. Bot. 4,5-18.
Love,
Holmen. K. 1957: The vasclIlar plants of Peary Land, North
Greenland. Medd. Grøn/. 124.9.
l(;ve.
Holmgren. P.K.. Holmgren, S.H. & Barnet!. L.C 1990: 1ndex
Herbariorum. Part l: The Herbaria of the World. New York
A. & Love. D. 1956: Cytotaxonomical eonspectus of the
Icclandic Hora. Acta Hort; Gothob. 20. 65-291.
A. & Love, D. 1975: Cytolaxvnvmical atlas ol the arctic
flora. J. Cramer, Lehrc.
Love.
A. & Love. D. 1976: Nomenclatural notes on arctic
plants. Bot. Notiser 128
Botanical GHrden, New York.
Hooker, W.J. 1828: Botanical Hppendix. Pp. 385-388 in Parry,
W.E.: Narrative of an attempt to reaeh the North Pole in the
year 1827. London.
.
497-523.
Mathcy-Dupraz. A. 1912: Notes sur la flo re du Spitsberg. Bull.
Soc. NeuchOt. Sei. Nat. 39 . 49--63 .
McLachlan. K.I.. Aiken. S.G .. Lefkovitch, LP. & Edlund.
Hughes. W.E. & Hatliday, G. 1980: PlIccinellia ParI. Pp. 167169in Tutin. T.G. et al. (cds.): Flora Europaea V. Cambridge
University Press. Cambridge.
S.A. 1989: Grasscs of the Queen Elizabeth Islands. Can.
J.
Bot. 67, 2088-2105.
Mulligan. G.A. 1971: Cytotaxonomic studies of the dosely
Hulten. E. 1943: Stella ria longipes Goldie and its allies. Bot.
allied Draba eana, D. cinerea, and D. groenlandica in Canada
and Alaska. Can.
Notiser 64.251-270.
Hulten, E. 1956: The Cerastium a/pinum complex. A case of
J. Bol. 49, 89--93.
Mulligan. G.A. 1974: Confusion in the names of three Draba
worldwide introgressive hybridization. Svensk Bot. Tidskr.
spedes of the arctic: D. adamsii. D. oblongata. and D.
53. 203--228.
carymbosa. Can.
Hulten. E. 1964: Salix glauca subsp. calliearpaea in Spitsbergen.
J. Bot. 52, 791-793.
Mulligan, G.A. 1976: The genus Draba in Canada and Alaska:
key and slImmary. Can.
Svensk Bot, Tidskr. 58. 350.
Hulten. E. 1968. Flora of A/aska and neighboring terriwries.
J. Bol. 54. 1386--1393.
1'annfeldt, J.A. 1937: On Poa jemtlandiea (Almqv.) Richt.. its
distribution and possible origin. BOl. Notiser 19}7. 1-7.
Stanford University Press. Stanford.
Hulten, E. & Fries. M. 1986: Atlas of North European vaselllar
plants. Koeltz Scientific Books. Konigstein.
1'annfcldt. J.A. 1'140: On the polymorphy of Poa arctica R.
Br .. with special reference to its Scandinavian forms. Symb.
Iversen. A.P. 1992: En populasjollsbiologisk undersøkelse av
Poa alpina L Cand.scient. Thesis, Univ. of Oslo.
Bot. Upsal. 4,4. 1-86.
Nathorst. A.G. 1883: Nya bidrag till kiinnedomen om Spets
Ny"'
bergens kårlviixter, nch dess vaxtgcograliska fOrhåltanden.
Jørgensen. CA .. Sørensen, T. & Westergaard, M. 1958: The
Neilson. A.B. 1968: Vascular plant, from the northern part of
lalas. J. & Suominen. J. 1989: Alias jlorae europaeae. 8.
phaeaceae to Ranunculaceae. Helsinki.
flowcring plant' of Greenland. A taxonomical and cytological
survey. Biol. Skr. Dan. Vid. Selsk. 9,4. 1-172.
Nordaustlandet, Svalbard. Norsk Polarimt. Skr. 143, 1-62.
Neilson. A.B. 1970: Vascular plants of Edgeøya. Svalbard.
lonselI, B. & Jarvis, C 1994: Lectotypification of Linnean
spedes names in Flora Nordica vol. 1 (Lycopodiaceae-Papa
veraceae). Nord.
K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 20,6. 1-88.
J. Bal. 14,305-330.
Nor"k Polarins/. SÆr. 150, 1-71.
Nilsson.
6. 1986: Nordisk fjlill{iora. Bonniers. Uppsala.
Nordal, I. & Laane. M.M. 1990: Cytology and reproduction in
KjeIIqvist. E. 1964: Festum arenaria Osb.-a misinterprcted
speeie,. Bol. Notiser 117. 389--396.
arctic Cochlearia. Sommerfeltia 11.147-158.
Nordal, I. & Stabbetorp. O.E. 1990: Morphology and taxonomy
Kleppa. P. 1973: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 18/4-1964. Uni
of the genus Cochlearia (Brassicaccae) in Northern Sean
dina';a. Nord.
versitetsforlaget, Oslo-Bergen-Tromsø.
Kleppa. P. 1979: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1965-1975. Uni
J. Bol. 10,249--263.
1'ordal, 1.. Eriksen. A.B., Laane. M.M. & Solberg. Y. 1986:
Biogeographic and biosystematie studies in the genus Coch
versitetsbibl. i Oslo. Oslo.
Kleppa. P. 1989: Norsk botanisk bibliografi 1976--1985. Unt
learia in Northern Scandinavia. Acta Univ. Ups.. Symb. Bot.
Ups. 27 2 83--93.
versitetsbibL i Oslo. Oslo.
,
,
Knaben, G. 1959: On the evolution of the Radicatum group of
/>;ordhagen. R. 1931: Studien tiber die skandinavisehe Rassen
the Scapijlora Papavers as studied in 70 and 56 chromosome
des Papaver radicatttm Rottb. sowie einige mit densclben
-
R. ELVEN & A. ELVEBAKK
54
verwechselte neue Arten. Arb. Bergens Mus. Naturv. Rekke
Sørensen. T. 1953: A revision of the Greenland spedes of
Puccinellia ParI. with contributions lo our knowledge of the
2. l-50.
Øvstedal, 0.0. 1975: A neW Saxifraga from Svalbard. As/arte
arctic PuccineWa lIora in general. Medd. Grønl. 136, 3, 1179.
8.23-27.
Øv,tedal, 0.0. & Haaland. I.M. 1996: On the origins of Carex
x lidi! (Cyperaceae) from Spitzbergen. Symb. Bo/. Ups. 31, 3
,
Sojak, J. 1985: Some new northcrn hybrids i n Palentilla L.
Preslia 57. 263-266.
Sojåk, J. 1986: NOles on Potentilla. I. Hybridogenous spedes
69-74.
Often. A. 1989: Variasjon innen Stellaria longifolia Miihl. og
Stellaria longipes Galdie s. I. i Narge og pa Svalbard. Cand.
derived from intersectional hybrid, of sect. Nilleae x sec!.
Multifidae. Bot. Jahrb. SysI. 106, 145-210.
Sojåk, J. 1987: Notes on Potentil/a. IV. Classification of Wolfs
scient. Thesis, Univ. of Oslo.
Pålsson, J. 1986: The Poa glauca/nemoralis complex in I 'eland
and its response lO the environment. Ac/a Univ. Ups., Symb.
Bo/. Ups. 27,2,169-174.
group "Potentillae trichocarpae". Candollea 42, 491-500.
Sojåk. J. 1989: Notes on Potemilla (Rosaceae). VIII. P. nivea
L. agg. Candol/ea 44, 741-762.
Polunin, N. 1945: Plant lire in Kongsfjord, West Spitsbergen.
Sokolovskaya, A.P. & Strelkova. O.S. 1960: Geograficheskogo
rasprostranenie poliploidnykh vi dov rasleniy v evrasiatskoy
J. Ecol. 33,82-108.
Porsiid, A.E. 1957: lllustrated lIora of the Canadian Arctic
arktike. Bot. Zhurn. 45. 370--381.
Sommerfelt ,e. 1833: Bidrag lil Spitsbergens og Beeren-Eilands
Archipelago. Nal. Mus. Can., Bull. 146, 1-209.
Porsild, A.E. & Cody. W.J. 1980: Vascular plants of continental
Northwest Territories, Canada. Nat. Mus. Sei., Nat. Mus.
Ilora, efter herbarier medbragte af M. Keilhau. Mag. Natur
oid. 11, 232-52.
Srodon, A. 1960: Pollen speetra from Spitsbergen. Fol. Quart.
Canada, Ottawa.
Randel, U. 1974: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Sippenstruktur der
GaUung Papaver L. sectio Seapiflora Reichenb. (Papa
veraceae). Feddes Repert. 84,655-732.
3.1-17.
Sunding, P. 196L Noen plantefunn fra Svalbard sommeren
1960. Norsk Polar/ns/. Arb. 1%0. 125-129.
Resvoll-Holmsen, H. 1927: Svalbards flora med en del om dens
planteveks/ i nutid og fortid. J. W. Cappelens Forlag, Oslo.
Rønning. O.l. 1959: The vascular flora of Bear Island. Acta
Sunding, P. 1962: Høydegrenser for høyere planter på Svalbard.
Norsk Polarinst. Arb. 1%0,32-59.
Sunding, P. 1966: Plantefunn fra Vestspilsbergen sommeren
1964. Norsk Polarins/. Arb. 1%4, 149-154.
bor., Ser. A. 15. I-57.
Rønning, O.l. 1961: Some new contributions to the lIora of
Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst. Skr. 1 24, 1-·-20.
Svedberg, T. 1961: Om Draba gredinii E. Ekman på Svalbard.
Blyttia 19. 158-159.
Rønning, O.l. 1962: The Spitzbergen speeies of Colpodium
Swi s, F. 1988: Rosliny naczyniowe poludniowego wybrzeza
Trin., Pleuropogon R. Br. and Puecine/lia ParI. Skr. K.
Bellsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni). Pp. 289-296 in Jahn. A..
Norske Vid. Selsk. 1%1, 4. I-50.
Pereyma. J. & Szczepankiewicz-Szmyrka, A. (eds.): XV Sym
Rønning. O.l. 1964: Svalbards flora. Norsk Polarimt. Pol
Rønning, O.l. 1971: Synopsis of the lIora of Svalbard. Arb.
Wroclaw 1988,
Wydawn.
Uniw. Wrocl.,
Thannheiser.
D.
1992:
Vegclationskartierung
auf
der
Germaniahalvøya. S/uttgarter Geogr. Stud. 117 141-160.
Norsk Polarinst 1969, 80--93.
,
Rønning, O.l. 1972: The distribution of the vaseular cryptog.ms
and monocolyledons in Svalbard. Skr. K. Norske Vid. Selsk.
1972, 24, 1-63.
Tishkov. A.A. 1985: The ecosyslems of the west eoast of Spils
bergen. Polar Geogr. Geol. 9, 70-- 83.
Tollefsrud, M.M., Bachmann. K., Jakobsen. K.S. & Broch
Rønning, O.l. 1979: Svalbards flora. Annen reviderte u/gaue.
Norsk Polarins/. Polarhåndbok 1. Oslo.
mann, C. 1995: RAPO variation in an arctic-alpine, polyploid
inbreeder: Saxifraga cespitosa. V/1m. Symp. 10 BP Tromsø
Rønning. O.l. 1996: The flora of Svalbard. Norsk Polarinst.
Norway, Abstrac/s 57.
Tolmachev. A.I. 1930: Die Galtung Cerastium in der Flora von
Polarhåndbok JO. Oslo.
Rollins, R.e. 1993: The Crueiferae of Continental
orth
Ameriea. Stanford University Press, Stanford.
Spilzbergen. Skr. Svalb. Ishavet. 34, 1-8.
Tolmachev, A.I. 1932: Hora cen/ratno] chasti vostoehnogo
Rune. O. 1988: Serpcnlinfloran i Skandinavien. Blyltia 46, 43-
Tajmyra. Moscow.
Tolmachev, A.I. (ed,) 1960-- 1987: Flora Arctic" URSS. Editio
51
Salvesen, P.H. 1986: Festuca vivipara in Southem Norway.
infraspecific differentialion and systcmatic aflinities. Ae/a
Univ. Ups., Symb. Bo/. Ups. 27, 2. 155-167.
"Nauka", Moscow-Leningrad.
Tolmachev, A.I. (ed.) 1964: Flora Aretiea URSS. 11. Grami
neae. Editio "Nauka". Moscow-Leningrad.
Schjøll. O. 1995: Amfia/lantisk variasjon innen Cerastium
alpiuum L. og C. arctkum Lange. Cand. scient. Thesis. Univ.
of Oslo.
Tolmachev. A.l. (ed.) 1966. Flora Aretica URSS. V. Salicaeeae
Portulaeaceae. Editio "Nauka", Moscow-Leningrad.
Tolmachev, A.I. (cd.) 1971: Flora Arctiea URSS. VI. Caryo
Scholander, P.F. 1934: Vascular plants from northern Svalbard
with remarks on the vegetatlon in North-Easl Land. Skr.
Sva/bo Ishallet 62, 1-153.
hei einer gronlandischen Rasse von Poa alpina L. durch den
Lichl-
phyl/aceae-Ranuneulaceae. Editio "Nauka", Moscow-Lenin
grad.
Tolmachev, A.I. (ed.) 1975: Flora Aretiea URSS. VII. Pap
Schwarzenbach, F.H. 1956: Die Bceinllussung der Viviparie
jahreszeitlichcn
pozjum polarne,
Wroclaw.
arhdndbok J. Oslo.
und
Temperaturwcchsel.
Ber.
Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 66, 204-223.
Schweitzer, H.-J. 1966: Beilrage zur Flora Svalbards. Norsk
Polarimt. Arb. 1964, 139-148.
SØrensen, T. 1933: The vascular planl' of East Greenland from
7IQOO' 10 73°30' n. lat. Medd. Grønl. 101,3,1-177.
averaceae-Fabaceae. Edilio "Nauka", Moscow-Leningrad.
Triloff. E.G. 1943: Verbrcitung und Okologie der Gefass
pllanzcn im Gebiete des Hornsundes; ein Beitrag zur Vege
tationskunde Spitzbergens. Bot. Jahrb. 37. 259-360.
Tutin. T.G. 1964a: Equisetum L. Pp. t.-8 in Tutin. T.G. et
al. (eds.): Flora Europaea l. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
Tutin, T.G. 19Mb: Ranutlcu/us L. Pp. 223-238 in TUIin, T.G.
55
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
et al. (ed,.): Flora Europaea I. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
Tutin, T.G. 1993: Equiserum L Pp. 7-9 in Tutin, T.G. et al.
(ed,.): Flora Europaea I. 2nd ed. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
Tutin, TG. & Akcroyd. LR. 1993: Ranuneulus L Pp. 269
286 in Tutin, T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea l. 2nd ed.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Tut;n, T.G., Heywood, V.H.. Burges, N.A., Valentinc. D.H.,
Walters. S.M. & Webb, D.A. 1964-1980: Flora Europaea l·
V. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Tutin, T.G., Burges, N.A., Chater, A.O., Edmondson, J.R.,
Heywood, V.H., Moore, D.M., Valentine, D.H., Walters,
S.M. & Webb, D.A. 1993. Flora Europaea I. 2nd. ed. Cam
bridge University Press, Cambridge.
Tzvelev, N.N. 1984: Grasses oflheSoviel Union. l-li. Oxonian
Press, New Delhi, Calcutta.
van der Knaap, W.O. 1985: Human intluence on natural arctic
vegetation in the 17th century and dimatic change sincc A.D.
1600 in Northwest Spitsbergen: a palaeobotanical study. Aret.
Alp. Res. 17, 371-387.
van
der
Knaap,
W.O.
1988:
Brøggerhalvøya, Spitsbergen:
A
pollen
diagram
from
changes in vegetation and
environment from ca. 44D0 to ca. 800 BP. Aret. Alp. Res. 20,
1
1l6.
Wahlenberg, G. 1803: Inledning til Caricographien. Kungl. Vel.
Acad. Handl. 24, 138-169.
Walters, S.M. 1964: Draba L Pp. 307-312 in Tutin, T.G. et
al. (eds.): Flora Europaea . Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
Walters, S.M. & Akeroyd, J.R. 1993: Draba L. Pp. 372-377 in
Tutin, T.G. et al. (eds.): Flora Europaea l. 2nd ed. Cam
bridge University Press, Cambridge.
Yurtsev, B.A. 1984: Potemilla L Pp. 137-234 in Yurtsev, B.A.
(ed.): Flora Aretica URSS. IX, l. Droseraceae..Rosaceae.
Editio "Nauka", Leningrad.
Zhukova, P.G., Petrovskii, V.V. & Plieva, T.V. 1973: Khro·
mosomnye chisla i taksonomiya nekotorykh vidov rastenii
Sibiri i Darnego Vostoka. Bol. Zhum. 58, 1331-1342.
Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano
bacteria
A.
Part 2. Bryophytes
ARNE A. FRISVOLL and ARVE ELVEBAKK
&
Frisvoll. A. A.
Elvebakk. A.
1996:
Part
2.
Bryophytes. Pp.
57-172
in Elvebakk. A.
&
Prestrud. P.
(eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi. algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198.
Bryophytes were mentioned for the first time in the Svalbard literature in
history up to
1875 is thoroughly reviewed.
1675.
The early bryological
and the important later papers are presented, All known pa pers
and books with reports of bryophytes from Svalbard have bcen seanned for taxonomic and geographical
information. In all.
these,
190
563
bryophyte spedes (current names excluding synonyms) have been considered. Of
be erroneous, leaving a total of 373 accepted
288 mosses in 137 genera). One hundred and fifty (26 hepaties and 124 mosses)
have been shown or critically considered to
bryophytes (85 hepatics and
are accepted from Bjørnøya. and five of these are not known from the rest of Svalbard. Short or sometimes
more extensive comments are made on 315 accepted and all rejected spedes; the comments usually includc
all reported localitics with literature references. as weU as numerous unreported laealit;es based on own
herbarium material. Six spedes are reported from Svalbard for the first time. and Plagiothecium sval·
bardense is described as new. One hundred and one valid bryophyte names
varieties and
11 forms)
have been based on type material from Svalbard. and
(29 speeies. 3 subspecies. 58
18 of these are basionyms of
accepted spedes (Appendix l ) . Two exsiccates have appeared. viz. Muse; Spetsbergenses Exsiccati (Berg·
1875.
220 numbered spedmens) and Bryophyta Svalbardens;a exsiccata (Bednarek-Ochyra et al.
80 numbers). Numcrical and alphabetical lists. including some revisions. are given to both
(Appendix 2). Many of the considered Svalbard papers describe bryophyte vegetation. and a surve y o f all
communities whose names are based on nr include bryophytes. are provided (Appendix 3).
gren
1987,
with
with
Arne A. Frisvol/. Norwegian InstitU/e for Nature Research. TungasleIla
2,
N-7()()5 Trondheim, Norway;
Arve Elvebakk. Institute of Biology and Geology. Universiry of Tromsø. N-9037 TromsØ. Norway.
all
Contents
known
bryophytes.
literature references
Many
speeimens
to
of
Svalbard
rare
or
taxonomically difficult taxa reported by previous
Introduction . ................... ............................
.
List of accepted spedes . . . . . .....................
.
. .
.
.
.
.
Comments on accepted spedes ........ ..... . ..... ....
.
Comments on rejected spedes .
. . .
.
57
64
72
authors have been seen and revised. Because of
many erroneous identifications we have become
sceptical to reports of new taxa in papers of non
... . ... .. ... ..... . 120
.
.
.
taxonomic character. This is especially the case
.
Jan Mayen spede, reported from 'Svalbard' .. . .. 141
.
with names solely mentioned in tab les or lists
.
List of selected synonyms ... ....... .... ..... . . . ..... . 141
.
.
.
.
from vegetation analyses (see below). Therefore,
Acknowledgements . .. . ............. ....... ....... . .. ... 142
.
.
.
it was decided to exclude such dubious names and
References . . ..... . ... . . .... .. .. .... . ... .. . .. .. .. ... 143
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
consider them better to be confirmed through
future studies than to be erroneously accepted
Appendix 1. Bryophytes with type material from
Svalbard . . . . " .......................... " ...... 151
from Svalbard here. The aim has been to present
Appendix 2. Bryophyte Exsiccatae from Svalbard 154
a realistic list devoid of many questionable names.
.
Appendix 3. Bryophyte vegetation types
Bryophytes were mentioned from Svalbard for
(1675); but although he
12 vascular plants
and 3-4 algae (see also Heuglin 1874; Holm 1896),
described from Svalbard . ... .... .. . .... 166
.
.
. .
the first time by Martens
.
described and figured about
he only referred to bryophytes collectively two
Introduction
times (as "Mos-·Krauter"): "All the herbs and
mosses grow upon the grit and sand of the stones,
where the water falleth down, and on that side of
In this study we have checked and reconsidered
57
A. A. FRfSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
58
the hill which the east and north winds cannot
the shore about King's Bay and Mitre Cape [at
easily come at." (transl. in Martens 1855, 45,
the outermost northern side of Kongsfjordenj"
see Martens 1675). And regarding his 'Kraut als
(Scoresby 1820, 148 and footnote to Appendix V;
Mauer-Pfeffer' (Saxifraga oppositifolia) he stated
see also Brown 1820).
(same trans!., 51): "We found this herb on the
Hooker (1825) reported Bryum caespiticium
low lands of the English Haven, afterwards we
and Polytrichastrum alpinum (as Polytrichum)
found abundance of it amongst the mosses on the
without localities; the former species is not
26th of June [1671]." In Norges Svalbard- og
accepted here. The specimens were collected in
Ishavsundersøkelser (1942) there is a reference
1823.
to Martens (1675) and his name Englischer Hafen,
Hooker (1828) reported 18 mosses and 2 liver
which is given as an early name of the sound
worts. They were collected during W. E. Parry's
expedition in 1827, which tried to reach the North
Sørgattet between Danskøya and Spitsbergen.
Pole. The botanical material was therefore col
lected far to the north on Svalbard, viz. at Hecla
hamna
Bryological reports 1774-1875
in
Sorgfjorden,
Spitsbergen
NE
(15
mosses), and the islands Lågøya (2 mosses),
Waldenøya (4 mosses, L Iiverwort), Vesle Tavle
The first bryophytes from Svalbard (5 mosses, 2
øya (l moss) and Rossøya NW and N of Nord
liverworts) were reported by Phips (1777: 109),
austlandet. Rossøya is the northernmost island in
viz. Racomitrium lanuginosum (as Bryum hyp
Svalbard (80050'N), and from there he reported
noides), Polytrichum commune, Drepanocladus
aduncus (as Hypnum), Anthelia fulacea (as Jun
germannia), two sterile species of Bryum resem
bling Dillenius' (1741) Bryum trichodes læte
virens, [capitulis cernuis oblongis] and Bryum
hypnoides pendulum [sericeum, coma insigni
atro-rubente]' and one sterile species of Jun
germannia resembling Dillenius' (1741) Lichen
astrum ramosius, foliis trifidis. According to
six bryophytes, viz. Anastrophyllum minutum (as
Jungermannia), Drepanocladus aduncus (as Hyp
num), Hypnum cupressiforme, Pohlia cruda (as
Bryum), Polytrichastrum alpinum (as Polytri
chum septentrionale), and Racomitrium lanu
ginosum (as Trichostomum). In this paper
Hypnum cupressiforme is excluded from Sval
Lindberg (1883) the first Di1lenian phrase-name
Bjørnøya (20-23 August), the Sørkapp area (3
refers to Pohlia nutans, the second to Bryum
September) and Edgeøya SW (11-19 September),
alpinum, and the third to Plagiochila spinulosa.
Of the above species Polytrichum commune s.str.,
Bryum alp/num and Plagiochila spinulosa are not
mentioned two mosses from Edgeøya SW, viz.
bard.
Keilhau's (1831) expedition in 1827 visited
see below. In his interesting book of travel he
locality is given with regard to plants. The only
Hypnum cuspidatum (probably Calliergon rich
ardsonii) and Aulacomnium turgidum (as
Mnium). He also described wetland bryophyte
mentioned collecting sites are found in the animal
vegetation, see Appendix 3.
accepted
from
Svalbard.
Unfortunately.
no
catalogue, viz. Sjuøyane and "dem Gestade von
Sommerfelt (1833) named and published Keil
Smeerenbergs Hafen" (Phips 1777, 100, 105f.).
hau's entire plant collection. In all he listed 26
The bryophytes were collected in 1773 at the
mosses and 3 liverworts: Bjørnøya, 14 mosses, 1
northern part of Svalbard, perhaps at the last
liverwort; the Sørkapp area (Tokrossøya, 0yr
mentioned
landet, Sommerfeltbukta below Kistefjellet), 10
locality
on
Amsterdamøya
(Kuc
1973a; and maps with travel routes in Phips 1777).
The next
work induding bryophytes from
mosses,
l
liverwort;
Edgeøya
SW
("Stans
Forland") (Russian station by Habenichtbukta
Svalbard (Brown 1820) reported Racomitrium
and excursions especially across Grunnlinesletta),
lanuginosum (as Trichostomum), Bryum pseu
dotriquetrum (as B. vemricosum), Climacium
dendroides (as Hypnum), Dicranum spp.?,
Orthothecium rufescens? (as Hypnum), Pla
giomnium undulatum? (as Bryum ligulatum), and
Andreaea alpina (original question marks); the
16 mosses, 1 liverwort; and Spitsbergen (without
three last names are rejected by us. The plants
observation in a comment on Polytrichastrum a/
were collected in 1818 "in three or four visits to
p/num (as Polytrichum) (Frisvoll, trans!.): "As
exact locality (Frisvoll, trans!.): "It is stated that
the plants given from Vest-Spitsbergen are col
lected by captain Petersen in Tromsø at Keilhau's
request.", cf. Sommerfelt 1833,252),17 mosses,
2 liverworts. Sommerfelt also made the following
A
catalogue of Svalbard plan IS, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
59
evidence of the harshness of the climate it may
1839)". The rest of his material originated from
be pointed out, that among the bryophytes on ly
Swedish expeditions in 1858 (leg. A. E. Nor
this together with
Bryum caespiticium and Splach
num urceolatum [Hedw. Tetraplodon mnioides]
lists 22 localities whose current names are as
were found with sporophytes." We consider that
follows:
8
of his mosses
were
(included the above
denskii)ld) and 1861 (leg. A. J. Malmgren). He
erroneously reported
Bryum
Spitsbergen:
species).
(1)
southwestern
The first list of the bryophytes of Svalbard was
(5) Danskøya with (6) Kobbefjorden,
compiJed by Lindblom (1840), who included the
reports in the studies cited above, and in addition
Raudfjorden, (10) Sorgfjorden,
fjorden, and (12) Lovenberget.
names (Frisvoll, transl.: "Inventory of plants col
-
lected on Spitzbergen in the years 1838 and 1839"
by J. Vahl; his specimens originate from Bellsund
Magdalenefjorden,
see
Lindberg
(2)
1867
(7)
Amsterdamøya [with] (8) Smeerenburg, (9)
an unpublished manuscript with 42 bryophyte
and
part,
Isfjorden, (3) Kongsfjorden, (4) Krossfjorden,
(11) Lom
Hinlopenstretet: (13) Southern Vaigattøyane
and (14) Fosterøyane.
-
Nordaustlandet:
(15)
Wahlenbergfjorden,
(16) Russøyane [in] (17) Murchisonfjorden,
below). Lindblom's (1840) study includes 59
(18) Storsteinhalvøya with (19) Langgrunn
species names; as many as 17 of these are excluded
odden, (20) Lågøya, (21) Brennevinsfjorden,
here.Unfortunately, no localities were given. His
publication can be said to terminate the intro
and (22) Sjuøyane.
Lindberg never collected on Svalbard himself;
ductory period of bryological investigations in
his accurate observations regarding the state of
Svalbard (Kuc 1973a). Lindblom's (1840) bry
the herbarium material are informative (Lindberg
ophyte list was accurately reprinted by Beilsch
1867: 536, Frisvoll, trans!.):
mied (1842).
[M]ost of Svalbard's bryophyte species occur
Lindberg (1862) reported 4 liverworts and 46
solely as more or less undeveloped and frost
mosses without localities; according to Lindberg
bitten forms .... [T]hey suffer considerably
(1867), they were collected by Nordenskiold in
from the unfavourable climatic conditions,
1858 from (Frisvoll, transl.) "the southwestern
because usually the whole plant assurnes a
part without more information".
darker colour
Livesay (1870) collected 5 mosses and 2 liver
shade;
the
shoots
become
shorter, more branched and more compact;
worts at Klovningen 11 July 1869. and later in the
even the leaves ... become more imbricate,
summer two mosses from Tusenøyane SW of
shorter, more obtuse and also more erect or
Edgeøya.
adpressed and cucul1ate, and of ten als o ter
Heuglin (1874) reported 1 hepatic and 19
minally
whitish
and
pellucid
because
the
mosses; he mentioned no locahties for bryo
chloroplasts are frozen and ruined; the costa,
phytes, but according to the coUecting sites of
if excurrent as a long hair or point in weU
Isfjorden, severai
developed plants, is rarely excurrent here; the
localities in the southern and eastern parts of
leaf cells possess more sparse and less high
Spitsbergen, and Edgeøya. The material was co 1-
papillae on the cuticula and sometimes they
vascular plants, he
visited
become quite smooth; the seta and capsule
lected on expeditions in 1870 and 1871.
The breakthrough in the bryological explo
become shorter, thleker and more erect; the
ration of the archipelago was made by Lindberg
urn becomes shorter and more straight, the
(1867)
peristome teeth paler. smoother and more or
and
Berggren
(1875);
together
they
described 67 new taxa and reported numerous
less brittle, and sometimes they are missing
new species.
altogether;
Lindberg (1867) reported 158 species including
35 taxa new to science
(10
species, 1 subspecies
and 24 varieties. see Appendix 1 ); the descriptions
darker,
finally
more
the
calyptra
compressed
still more shaggy. .
and,
becomes
if
hairy,
; the spores become
smoother and sometimes smaUer. As regards
or diagnoses of 25 of the new taxa were reprinted
the sterile dioicous species, usually only female
by Milde (1868). Lindberg (1867) had restudied
organs are formed; the male seems therefore
Vahl's material reported by Lindblom (1840), and
to suffer most from the effect of the cold,
gave localities and a list of 19 species or varieties
so that the whole plant becomes completely
(Frisvoll, transl.) "only found by J. Vahl on Spits
sterile. Due to these circumstances, the deter
bergen (Bellsund 1838 and Magdalenefjorden
mination often takes much time and is done
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
60
with unusually great difficulty, sa that many of
Liefdefjorden,
the bryophytes in this account were studied at
(without more exact sites, perhaps i.a.
least six times before we [i.e.
Il considered the
the Archipelago and its bryophytes certainly
Hinlopenstretet
Berg
grenøya which is one of the many VaigattØyane
and is named
determinations completely reliable.
Berggren (1875) visited Svalbard in 1868, and
Lomfjorden,
(at
after him),
Depotodden),
Brennevinsfjorden
Castrenøya,
Nordkapp
(at
Chermsideøya) and Sjuøyane (of which only Par
impressed him deeply. He gives many exact obser
ryøya is mentioned by name). Also, material col
vations and enthusiastic passages regarding dif
lected in 1864 by A. J. Malmgren at Hornsund,
ferent topics; when describing the colours of arctic
Edlundfjellet at Spitsbergen E and Kvalpynten at
bryophytes the acute bryologist became lyrical (p.
Edgeøya was included. Many of Lindberg's (1867)
18):
reports based on material collected by Nor
Die Zellmembranen der Blatter und mitunter
denskiOld, Vahl and Malmgren were reviewed.
auch die Kapsein sind oft schon gelb, roth
He supplied extensive information on ftoristics
oder schwarz gefarbt. Diese Farbe zeigt ihre
and aut- and synecology, and his work will always
Klarheit am besten unter dem Mikroskop. Die
be an important source of information. Most of
und
the taxa reported by Berggren were distributed
Tetraplodon mnioides haben im frischen Zu
in an exsiccatum, see Appendix 2. See also the
stande eine tiet purpurbraune, die von Bryum
introduction to Appendix 3 regarding bryophyte
oeneum, B. aretieum und B. arehangelieum
vegetation types described from Svalbard.
Kapsel von
Splachnum
Wormskjoldii
eine hell orangegelbe Farbe. Die tiefschwarze
Farbe der Rasen ist besonders schon bei And
reæa Blyttii und Sareoscyphus Ehrharti var.
ferner bei
aretiet/s,
germannia polarts
Comments on later sources
Seligeria polaris, JlIn
und fung. divarieata var.
inet/rva. Die Blatter der beiden ersten sind
A century later Kuc (1973a) presented a review
unter dem
of the mosses of Svalbard; he included a survey
Beleuchtung
mosinroth.
Mikroskope bei durchfallender
orangegelb oder
Hvpnllm
dunkel kar
sarmentosum,
H.
re
of the history of bryological studies of the archi
pelago, and for the period 1875-1970 we refer to
volvens, H. badium und Cinclidium aretieum
his work (however. all the relevant publications
zeichnen
are also cited in the present paper). He listed most
sich
durch
ihre
purpurbraune,
Braehythecium salebrosum var. aretieum durch
previous literary records of mosses and presented
ihre hellgelbe glanzende, Orthothecium chry
detailed distribution maps of 119 species. Because
seum und strictum durch ihre goldgelbe Farbe
he did not distinguish between checked herbarium
B. Hypnum turge
material and literature referenees. many of his
seens , H. brevifolium, ist die orangegelbe Far
maps are high ly unreliable and ought not to have
bung
been published. Kuc (1973a) did not include
aus, und bei anderen,
kenntlich.
Bryum oeneum
Marsupella
=
z.
[Splaehnum
=
Aplodon,
B. ruti/ans, Sareoseyphus
aretiea,
var.
Jungermannia
=
=
Bjørnøya and the eastern islands Hopen, Kong
Karls Land and Kvitøya. His treatment includes
Loeskyp
265 speeies aeeepted by him and 46 species sup
num, Pseudocalliergon. Seorpidium or Warns
posed to be doubtfully correct or erroneously
lorfia, Braehythecium
determined, in all 311 speeies names.
Cephaloziella aretiea, Hypnum
Berggren
(1875)
=
B. turgidum.]
(187
The major papers on Svalbard hepatics are
mosses, 39 !iverworts), among them 32 taxa new
those of Watson (1922), Arnell (in ArnelI & Mår
to science, viz. 2 speeies, 25 varieties and 5 forms
tensson 1959) and Rejment-Grochowska (1967),
(see Appendix
l).
reported
226
speeies
He reported bryophytes from
the following localities visited by himseJf: Bjørn
øya,
Isfjorden
included
Grønfjorden,
Coles
which altogether list 77 accepted speeies.
Some of the speeies that were accepted by
Kue (1973a), Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) and
bukta, Adventfjorden and Nordfjorden, Prins
Rejment-Grochowska (1967) have been rejected
Karls Forland (southern point), St. Jonsfjorden,
here. For some genera this reevaluation was
Spitsbergen west facing
Kongsfjorden,
fjorden),
Danskøya
Prins Karls Forland.
(especially
Kobbe
Amsterdamøya (especially Smeeren
burg), Spitsbergen NW facing Amsterdamøya.
started by Frisvoll (1978d,
1981a) who listed
accepted species within Barbilophozia, Brachy
thecium,
Grimmia,
Hvgrohypnum,
Lophozia
subgen. Leioco[ea and Schislochilopsis, Mnium,
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
61
Plagiothedum, and Seligeria. Other basic sources
new primary data from areas outside the former
include monographs of the genera Encalypta
USSR, we have not accepted these speeies.
(Hortan 1983), Jungermannia (Vana 1973, 1974,
1975), Orthotrichum (Frisvoll & Lewinski 1981),
Pseudocalliergon (Hedenas 1992), Racomitrium
(Frisvoll 1983c), Sphagnum (Flatberg & Frisvoll
1984a), Sanionia (Hedenas 1989a), Scorpidium
and Hamatocaulis (Hedenas 1989b), and Tetra
plodon (Frisvoll 1978c).
The European bryophyte catalogues by Duell
(1983, 1984, 1985) list a number of species from
Sanio (1883, 1887) includes a few Svalbard
iocalities for species in Drepanocladus s.l., but
his taxonomy is quite impossible; he usually refers
to Berggren speeimens and is not considered
further.
In a paper by Hagen (1952), a num ber of rare
or southern species were reported as new to Sval
bard, and the publication has usually been con
sidered of dubious value. We have tried to trace
"Svalbard" that are lacking in all the studies cited
the reported specimens in the Norwegian herba
above and also in any k nown primary literature.
ria, but without success, and some of the most
Duell (pers. comm.) kindly informed us about
probable misidentifications have been excluded
some taxa that were erroneously listed from Sval
by previous authors as well as by us. Nevertheless,
bard in these papers. He included the island Jan
some speeies that were excluded as dubious
Mayen in Svalbard which is not in accordance
before (e.g. Barbilophozia barbata, Palustriella
with the political situation; in addition, Jan Mayen
decipiens, TortelIa lOrtuosa) have later been con
differs
greatly
phytogeographically
from
firmed from other localities on Svalbard. This
Svalbard. Based on a recent study of the bryo
exemplifles some of the difflculties met with when
phyte flora of Jan Mayen (Frisvoll 1983a), we
compiling a catalogue like this.
have traced 12 species names listed from "Sval
A special problem is represented by some recent
bard" by Duell which must refer to Jan Mayen
floristical or mainly ecological and phytosocio
only. As these species have never been reported
logical papers that include names of bryophytes
from Svalbard proper, they are not in our list of
not reported from Svalbard before, such as SeTe
rejected species but are incIuded in a separate
bryannyy et al. (1985), Karczmarz & Swi\!s (1988,
list. Duell (1992) treated Jan Mayen with Iceland;
1989a), Dubiel & Olech (1990: 44, 64: O m i
he corrected most of the errors but at the same
thotrichum (sic) pylaisii, Cinclidium rotundum
time unfortunately created new ones incIuding
(sic) as weU as C. subrotundum), Kobayashi et
erroneous statements and interpretations with
al. (1990) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, 1993),
regard to a preliminary version of our manuscript
with many new names appearing in Iists and
(quoted as "Elvebakk, A. & Frisvoll, A.A. 1992.
tables, but no noticc has been made that these
A catalogue of Svalbard plants and fungi. Part
species were new to Svalbard. Some of these
VIII. Bryophytes. 46 p. Manuscript."). The pres
records are quite umeliable and many have not
ence of the hepatic species on Jan Mayen, Bjør
been accepted here.
nøya and the rest of Svalbard is included by
reported Plagiothecium flexicaule,
Soderstrom (1995).
Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982, table 2) Distiehum
Some information on Svalbard bryophytes is
Acock
(1940,
table
6)
Gugnacka
(sic) tenuifolium, and Hadac (1989,163) Scapania
found in studies primarily dealing with other geo
oligochaeta; the names are unknown to us. Also
graphical areas. Steere (1978, in The Mosses of
confusions such as the following occur: Ort/l0
arctic Alaska) and Long (1985) and Murray (1987,
thecium
Orthotrichum) breutelii
(
=
pylaisii)
both in Illustrated mossflora of arctic North Amer
(Summerhayes & Elton 1928, 230, 241); Hylo
ica and Greenland) include Svalbard in the total
comium
distribution record of the species; however, the
(Polunin 1945, 98); Plagiomnium
Svalbard referenccs are aften taken from previous
thomsonii (Karczmarz & Swi\!s 1989a, 91); and
publications and bring no new information. The
Scapania
moss flora of arctic parts of the former USSR
Olech 1990, 67).
(
=
Hygrohypnum) palustre
Cephalozia
luridum)
Mnium)
?) bicuspidata (Dubiel &
(Abramova et al. 1961) has many referenccs to
We have tried to loan voucher speeimens rep
speeies from Bjørnøya and "Spitsbergen". Sev
resenting some of the reports, but this has been
eral of these species have not been traced in the
difficult in most cases. However, there has been
primary Svalbard literature by us, and as the
no time to search for and loan of all speeimens of
preface (translation supplied by the Norwegian
dubious but still highly interesting reports which
Polar Institute) does not indicate the inclusion of
should have been checked.
Many speeimens
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
62
reported by Arnell & Mårtensson (UPS), Berg
by Kuc (1973a). Only a few have been mentioned
gren (LD, S), Eurola (OULO), Frahm (priv.
here . Severai species are represented on Svalbard
herb.), Kue (KRAM) and Lindberg (H-SOL)
only by a taxon different from the type taxon
have been loaned and revised. Unfortunately,
(e.g. Racomitrium canescens ssp. latiJolium and
neither has it be en possible to undertake a full
Sphagnum jimbriatum ssp. concinnum). Some of
revision of our own specimens of many diffieult
these may deserve the rank of species. Until
genera (especially Brachythecium, Bryum. Dre
recently Plagiomnium medium ssp. curvatulum
panocladus s.l.. Dicranum, Lophozia, Pohlia,
was in this category; it was convincingly assigned
Polytrichum 5.1. and Scapania). About 7000 Sval
to speeific rank by Wyatt et al. (1993).
bard speeimens collected in 1973, 1974 and 1977
The small island Bjørnøya is situated halfway
between the Norwegian mainland and Spits
by A. A. Frisvoll are at TRH.
Eight students from the University of Trond
bergen, and could therefore be expected to house
heim participated in the international MAB pro
a number of more southem species. But the bryo
ject
(Man
and
the
where
the
phyte flora of the island is badly known, the only
localised
Biosphere),
to
sources are Sommerfelt (1833. material collected
Svalbard. Their theses (cand. real. and cand.
by B. M. Keilhau on a visit 20-28.8.1827), Berg
scient.) were not published, but facsimilied in
gren (1875, visit 1868), Watson (1922) who stud
about 50 copies and distributed to scientists and
ied specimens collected by Summerhayes & Elton
Norwegian
contribution
was
institutions. The theses include phytosociological
(1923, visit 13-23.6.1921), and Engelskjøn (19H6,
tables with a large number of bryophyte names,
visit 9-28.8.1983, his collection at TROM of ca.
most of which reter to common Svalbard bry0-
180 specimens has been studied by us). Of these
phytes; however. rare bryophytes are referred to
only Berggren devoted his study especially to
as weU as names which are excluded from the
bryophytes. He reported 13 species from Bjørn
Svalbard flora in the present paper. Because the
øya but not from the rest of Svalbard, viz. Brachy
theses cannot be regarded as published literature,
thecium
they are not taken into consideration in the com
Hypnum
ments on the species. They are referred to in
plicata,
glaciale,
Dichodontium
vaucheri,
Marsupella
Lescuraea
pellucidum,
incurvata,
condensata,
L.
Orthotrichum
0ritsland (1986) and included in the present list
alpestre, Pohlia wahlenbergii, Racomitrium sud
of references (see Brandshaug 1982; Brattbakk
eticum, Schistidium maritimum, Scorpidium scor
1979; Dahle 1983b; Elvebakk 1979; Hermansen
pioides,
1979; Herstad 19H1; Lund 1979; Olsen 1982). An
norvegica (Berggren 1875: 32, nomenclature of
unpublished thesis by Nilsen (1992) falls in the
this paper and only accepted species). Today this
same category.
Sphagnwn
lindbergii
and
Syntrichia
is true of five species (only two from Berggren's
Two species have been described from subfossil
list),
viz.
Kiaeria Jalcata,
Lescuraea
plicata,
Holocene sediments (Schimper 1870), see Appen
Pseudocalliergon
dix 1, cf. also Andersson (1910).
sudeticum and Sphagnum riparium. We accept 26
angustiJolium,
Racomitrium
hepatics and 124 mosses, in all 150 bryophytes
from Bjørnøya; they are marked (B) in the list
Nomenclature and number of speeies
of accepted species. A trained bryologist could
probably colleet many new speeies from Bjørn
øya. We have rejeeted the report of 10 liverworts
The nomenclature of the mosses is in accordance
and 18 mosses; they are included in the list of
with Frisvoll et al. (1995) which is mainly based
rejected species, although Bjørnøya is not always
on Corley et al. (1981), Corley & Crundwell
mentioned explicitly there.
(1991), Anderson et al. (1990), S6derstrCim, Hed
There are evident regional differences in the
enas & Hallingback (1992) and GroIle (1983).
bryophyte flora of Svalbard. There are most
The nomenclature of the Warnstorjia-Calliergon
species in the central fjord districts of Spitsbergen,
group follows Hedenas (1993) and species in the
and more speeies in western than in eastem parts
family Pottiaceae Zander (1993). A list of selected
of the archipelago. Aeeording to Philippi (1973:
synonyms
is
included.
Common
Norwegian
names folloVIi Frisvoll et al. (1995).
table 2) lH6 bryophytes were known from Kongs
fjorden, 174 from Hornsund and 112 from Edge
A number of subspecific taxa have been listed
øya NW/Barentsøya SW. Hofmann (1968) lists 20
in the literature and most of them were reviewed
bryophytes from Kvitøya. But, except for Bjørn
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
øya, we have not differentiated between various
63
hepatic species that have been reported from
islandslareas. This should be done in a revised
Svalbard. There are almost certainly more Sval
list.
bard species in some genera (e.g. Cephaloziella,
However,
some authors have published
alphabetical or systematical bryophyte lists pur
Lophozia s.l., Scapania), but on the other hand
ported to be complete from a study area. Some
we may have accepted a few erroneous reports.
have supplied their lists with taxonomical and/or
It appears that not more than 100 hepa ties grow
ecological notes (below marked T and
on Svalbard.
Musci only, h
with com
Brassard (1971a) summed up the known occur
prehensive comments). Not included here are
rence of mosses in the Canadian High Arctic or
=
Hepaticae only;
m
*
=
important works which at the same time comment
Queen Elizabeth Islands, ca. 75°N to 83°N. This
on
areas
area is considerably larger than Svalbard but has
(especially Berggren 1875, regarding Bjørnøya,
fewer mosses, in all he recognised 233 species. In
material
and localities from many
Spitsbergen and Nordaustlandet, and Arneli 1900
another paper Brassard (1976) added two species;
regarding eastern Svalbard). Areas and authors:
more have surely been discovered later, but the
Rornsund (Kuc 1963a*: m, TE; Rejment-Gro
figure points to the order of magnitude of the
Bellsund S (Rz tkowska
number of mosses in the area. We aceept 288
1988a: E), Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet (Boinska
mosses from Svalbard, and it is probable that
& Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986: E), 'Sassen Quarter'
more than 300 oceur there. So we estimate that
(Hadac 1946, see below), Kongsfjorden (AmelI
about 400 bryophyte species grow on Svalbard.
chowska 1967*: h,
TE),
& Mårtensson 1959*: TE). Edgeøya NW/Barents
The bryophytes can be referred to geographical
øya SW (Rofmann 1968; Philippi 1973*: TE;
elements, but it is not appropriate to follow up
Heinemeijer 1979), Kong Karls Land, Svenskøya
the matter here. The most interesting group is
(Hofmann
probably the circumpolar arctic element; Steere's
1968),
Kvitøya
(Hofmann
1968).
Otherwise, most of the geographical information
(1976) list inc1udes 67 species of which 48 are
about species has to be scanned from text and
recognised from Svalbard by us. Steere did not
tables and is more difficult of access.
know or recognise Plagiothecium berggrenianum,
The list of accepted species from Svalbard
Racomitrium panschii or Tetraplodon paradoxus,
includes 373 names, viz. 85 hepatics and 288
and Brassard (1971a, 1976) added Funaria arctiea,
mosses. aur list of rejected species now totals
Oreas martiana and Tetraplodon pallidus to the
190 names, viz. 45 hepatics and 145 mosses (not
element. And there are still more species with
counting synonyms)! The rarest mosses on Sval
such a distribution (perhaps as many as 100 more,
bard, viz. those then found 1-3 times, have been
cf. Steere 1978: 23). Severai recently deseribed
listed by Frisvoll & Blom (1993); the list includes
Schistidium species clearly belong here (Blom
14 liverworts and 21 mosses (35 species) found
1996).
once, \O liverworts and 15 mosses (25 species)
In the annotations the occurrence of accepted
found twice, and 6 liverworts and 11 mosses (17
species reported in the literature is usually men
species) found thrice, in all 77 rare species. A few
tioned in geographical order, from south (Bjørn
more rare species have been added in this paper.
øya) to north (Spitsbergen W to Nordaustlandet)
There are few recent surveys of bryophytes
and in the east (Spitsbergen E, Edgeøya, Barents
from middle and high arctic areas. Schuster &
øya and Kong Karls Land). The new localities are
Damsholt (1974) recognise 136 species in their
always listed in this geographical manner. The
study of the hepaticae of West Greenland from
literature reports of the rejected species are usu
66°N to nON (p. 15): "The only other areas in the
ally listed in chronological order.
Arctic at similarly high latitudes with a com
Much could be sa id about the locality names
parably rich and diversified hepatic flora are the
used in the literature. Some authors of older
north slope and coast of Aaska and (possibly)
works give no localities at all. On the basis of
oceanic Spitsbergen." With regard to Svalbard
written information from the expedition in ques
they attach importance to "the modifying but
tion we may, however, be able to map their routes
attenuated effect of the Gulf Stream". The small
and the harbours visited. aften the name of a
island Bjørnøya is situated at 74°30'N, and the
fjord is given; this is a popular but inexact identi
rest of Svalbard between ca. 76°3LY:N and 80050'N,
fication of a locality, because we are not always
which is far to the north compared with the treated
told
Greenland area. We accept only 85 of the 130
Berggren's (1875) Advent Bai, Kings Bai, Liefde
what part of
the
shore
is
considered.
64
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Bai, etc., are examples of such wide localisation.
But a terrestrial name may also embrace too large
an area. Lindberg (1862) lists speeies collected by
Nordenskiold in the "south-western part, without
Definitions
R
Rarity
3
more information" (Lindberg 1867, 538, Frisvoll,
=
Rare. ca. 3--15 localities known at present
2
transl.). Hadac (1946) uses the name 'Sassen
Scattered or common, at least locally
Quarter', which is not a name of the Sassen area
but of the whole district (450 km2) between
p
Phylog eographicalimportance
3
Sassendalen, Eskerdalen, Adventdalen, Advent
=
2
129; Norges Svalbard- og Ishavsundersøkelser
=
1942). The name is not in use today, but it is given
More or less widespread
E
Ec ologicalindicator value
Very high (specialised, stenoic)
3
tables (where exact sites are given).
We have compromised with regard to the exaet
ness of localities. The given distribution of rare
method' has been used for the more common
A
2
=
Intermediate
l
=
Low. euryoic
Locala b undance
3
Dominant. in places more than 50% cover in its
2
Subdominant, 20-50% cover
species. The following should be noted: Although
rarely stated, almost all information about bryo
habitats
Sparse
ph ytes in Hornsund is from the northern eoast.
At Nordfjorden in Isfjorden almost all reports
are from the eastern coast. The name 'Bellsund
S' is used about occurrences reported from the
nearby Lognedalsftya, Dyrstadflya, LyelIstranda
Belonging to a phytogeographical element of
special interest on Svalbard
by us when a name is included in his list of
speeies are usually quite detailed. while the 'fjord
Strongly disjunct or described from Svalbard
and not yet known elsewhere
fjorden and Sassenfjorden (Hadac 1944 and 1946,
bryophytes (Hadac 1946, 135f) but not in the
on Svalbard
Very rare
Importance to verte brateanimals
3
2
l
=
Important as a highly preferred fodder plant
=
Of secondary importance
=
Of no importance
and Calypsostranda between Recherehefjorden
and
Dunderbukta
on
the
southern
eoast of
The va1ues of phytogeography refer to total dis
Bellsund (Karezmarc & Swi s 1988, 1989a. 1990b;
tribution patterns and/or Svalbard patterns. A
Rz tkowska 1988a, b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a.
very
1993).
Plagiothecium svalbardense Frisv. is described
here as a new speeies, and Campylium arcticum,
C. protensum, Kiaeria falcata. Pseudocalliergion
angustifolium.
muticum
are
S.
holmenianum
reported
as
new
and
to
rare species
on
Svalbard
be
a
graphically interesting and has
although
it
may
is
phytogeo
a high value
widespread
species
elsewhere. A Svalbard endemic has a high value
although it may be widespread on Svalbard. No
sub
values are indicated in cases where no information
Svalbard.
exists or in cases where the information is toa
S.
Numerous previously unpublished localities are
searce or uncertain.
referred to. Authors are requested to make eom
ments about new Svalbard bryrophytes according
to the present list of accepted species and to
include specimens in a stated herbarium.
List of Accepted Speeies
Ecosystem Component Values
Species accepted also from Bjørnøya are marked
(B); Kiaeria falcata, Lescuraea plicata, Pseudo
Most species in the list have been assigned Eco
system Component Values. which in most cases
are
tentative.
The
list
includes
vernacular
calliergon angustifoliwn, Racomitrium sudeticum
and Sphagnum riparium are only known from
there and are marked (B!). The list inc\udes 85
Norwegian names (Frisvoll et al. 1995). An aster
he paties and 288 mosses, in all 373 bryophytes in
isk in the list indicates comments.
137 genera.
A eatalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
6S
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
p
(H
Abietinella abielina (Hedw,) Fleisch,
Granmose
Amblyodon dealbatus (Hedw,) Bruch & Sehimp. - Stakemose
2
3
3
Trådkrypmose (B)
Amphidium lapponieum (Hedw.) Schimp.
A
comments)
*
3
Aloina brevirostris (Hook. & Grev.) Kindb. - Småtøffe1mose
Amblystegium serpens (Hedw.) Schimp.
E
hepatics;
2
3
2
Fjellpolstermose
l
2
Anastrophyllum minuturn (Schreb.) Schust. - Tråddraugmose
1
2
2
3
Andreaea blyttii Schimp. - Bresotmose (B)
2
2
3
A. obovata Thed.
2
I
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
Felesotmose
lH
A. rupestris Hedw.
Bergsotmose
A. sparsifolia Zett.
Raspsotmose (B)
1
Feittmose
1
2
3
2
l
1H
1H
Aneura pinguis (L.) Dum.
Ranksnømose
Anthelia julacea (L.) Dum.
A. juratzkana (Limpr.) Trev.
1
Krypsnømose (B)
Aongstroemia longipes (Sommerf.) Bruch & Schimp. - Stiftmose
2
3
lH
2
2
1
2
1
3
Aplodon wormskioldii (Hornem,) Kindb, - Kadavermose (B)
1
I
3
Aretoa anderssonii Wich. - Sveipjøkulmose
2
3
3
1
2
3
2
A. fulvella (Dieks.) Bruch & Schimp,
Faksjøkulmose
Arnellia fennica (Gott.) Lindb. - Kragemose
2
2
2
Athalamia hyalina (Sommerf.) Hatt. - Navlemose
2
2
3
lH
1
Aulacomnium palustre (Hedw.) Schwaegr. - Myrfiltmose (B)
1
3
A. turgidum (Wahlenb. ) Schwaegr.
1
3
Fjellfiltmose (B)
Barbilophozia barbata (Schreb,) Loeske - Skogskjeggmose
3
B. hateheri (Evans) Loeske - Grynskjeggmose (B)
l
1H
1H
lH
B. lycopodioides (Wallr.) Loeske - Gåsefotskjeggmose (B)
B. quadriloba (Lindb.) Loeske - Kloskjeggmose
Stivkulemose (B)
3
Blasia pusilla L. - Flekkmose
Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum. - Piggtråd mose (B)
Blindia acuta (Hedw.) Bruch & Schimp. - Rødmesigmose (B)
1
Brachythecium collinum (C. Midt) Schimp. - Kryplundmose
3
B. coruscum I. Hag,
1
1
2
B. gladale Schimp. - Snølundmose (B)
1
2
3
1
lB
1
1
2
lB
I
2
2
2
3
2
l
3
3
B. refiexllm (Slarke) Schimp. - Sprikelundmose (B)
3
3
B. trachypodium (Brid.) Schimp. - Skortelundmose
2
l
2
2
2
3
l
l
Breidleria pratensis (Spruce) Loeske - Skrukkemose
2
I
Bryobrittonia longipes (Mitt.) Horton
3
3
Fjell-lundmose (B)
Tungemose
Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostrum (Hedw.) Chen
Raudfotmose
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
l
2
Bryum algovicum C. Mull. - Ribbevrangmose (B)
1
2
B, amblyodon C. Miill.
2
2
Nikkevrangmose
B. arcticum (R, Brown) Bruch & Schimp,
Krylvrangmose (B)
1
B. argenteum Hedw. - Sølvvrangmose
1
B. bimum (Schreb.) Turn.
2
Tvillingvrangmose (B)
B. calophyllum R. Brown - Holtannvrangmose
2
B. creberrimum Tayl.
3
B. cryophilum Mårt.
Brakkvrangmose
3
B. nitidulum Lindb. - Jøkulvrangmose (B)
1
B. pallens Anon, - Vinvrangmose (B)
2
1
3
2
Rosevrangmose (B)
3
3
2
3
B. pallescens Schwaegr. - Filtvrangmose (B)
B. pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Gaertn, et al. - Bekkevrangmose (B)
B. purpurascens (R. Brown) Bruch & Schimp.
Kjøttvrangmose
2
lB
3
2
Blakklundmose
B, turgidum (Hartm.) Kindb,
2
lH
2
B. kunzeana (Hiib.) K. MiiIL- Myrskjeggmose
Bartramia ithyphylla Brid.
lH
66
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
(H
B. ruti/ans Brid. - Skjørvrangmose (Bl
E
hepatics;
A
•
=
2
3
B. salinum Limpr. - Fjærevrangmose
B. subneodamense Kindb. - Sumpvrangmose
2
B. weigelii Spreng.
3
Kjeldevrangmose
2
3
B. wrightii Sull. & Lesq. - Blodvrangmose (Bl
3
3
Calliergon richardsonii (Mitt.) Kindb.
l
2
3
l
2
3
3
C. chrysophyllum (Brid.) J. Lange - Sigdstjernemose
3
3
3
C. longicuspis (Lindb. & H. Arn.) Hedenas - Polarstjernemose
3
3
C. polygamum (Schimp.) J. Lange & C. Jens.
1
l
C. protensum (Brid.) Kindb. - Skogstjememose
3
3
3
C. slel/atum (Hedw.) J. Lange & C. Jens.
l
l
2
3
3
Campylium arclicum Williams
C. bicuspidata (L.) Dum.
Strandstjememose (B)
Myrstjernemose (B)
Filtsåtemose
Catoscopium nigritum (Hedw.) Brid.
Cephalozia ambigua Mass.
Sumptjønnmose (B)
Tundrastjernemose
Campylopus schimperi Milde
Svartknoppmose (B)
Snøglefsemose (Bl
l
Broddglefsemose
3
Myrglefsemose
3
C. lunulifolia (Dum.) Dum.
2
CeralOdon antarcticus Card. - Polarvegmose
3
l
2
C. stygium Sw.
lB
Fjellgittermose (B)
Myrgittermose (B)
2
2
1
2
2
2
l
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Cladopodiella francisei (Hook.) Jørg. - Fjellsnutemose
3
3
Climacium dendroides (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr - Palmemose (B)
2
l
CneslTUm alpestre (Hiib.) Mogensen - Skortemyggmose
3
3
C. glaucescens (Lindb. & H. Am.) Mogensen & Steere
Conostomum tetragonum (Hedw.) Lindb.
Tundramyggmose
3
Hjelmmose (Bl
Coscinodon cribrosus (Hedw.) Spruce
Oldingmose
Cratoneuron filicinum (Hedw.) Spruce
Kalkmose (B)
Leppemose
3
3
3
3
3
2
l
l
3
l
3
2
2
C. lenellum (Bruch & Schimp.) Limpr. - Småskortemose (B)
2
2
Hinnetrollmose
2
Tuetrollmose
2
C. hymenophy/lum (Bruch & Schimp.) Holmen
Dichodonlium pellucidum (Hedw.) Schimp.
Sildremose (B)
Dicranel/a crispa (Hedw.) Schimp. - Rakgrøftemose
2
Sprikegrøftemose
2
D. palustris (Dicks.) E. Warb.
Kjeldegrøftemose
3
3
2
l
3
3
Kantgrøftemose (B)
Dicranoweisia erispula (Hedw.) Milde - Krusputemose (B)
l
Dicranum aculifolium (Lindb. & H. Am.) Weim.
2
Luggsigd
2
•
3
3
2
Grassigd
2
D. elongatum Schwaegr. - Såtesigd
D. fuscescens Sm. - Bergsigd (B)
IH
2
D. grevilleana (Brid.) Schimp.
Faksgrøfternase
I
l
2
Cyrtomnium hymenophylloides (Hiib.) 1'. Kop.
l
2
IH
Cynodontium strumiferum (Hedw.) Lindb. - Halsbyllskortemose
D. f1exicaule Brid. - Lyngsigd
IH
lB
2
D. anguslUm Lindb.
2
3
Cirriphyllum cirrosum (Schwaegr.) Grout - Fagerveikmose
D. varia (Hedw.) Schimp.
IH
2
C. subrotundum Lindb. - Rundgittermose
D. subulata (Hedw.) Schimp.
l
3
Fagergittermose
CrYPlocolea imbricata Schust.
lB
3
Ugrasvegmose (B)
Cinclidiwn arcticum (Bruch & Schimp.) Schimp.
C. latifolium Lindb.
3
lB
3
C. heterophyllus Kindb. - Buttvegmose
2
l
l
Cephaloziella arctiea Bryhn & Douin - Fjellpistremose (B)
C. uncinam Sehust. - Tundrapistremosc
2
l
2
C. pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb. - Storglefsemose
C. purpureus (Hedw.) Brid.
comments)
l
2
2
2
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
67
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
(H
D. laevidens Williams - Polarsigd (B)
p
=
2
D. majus Sm. - Blanksigd (B)
1
D. scoparium Hedw. - Ribbesigd (B)
2
D. spadiceum Zett. - Rørsigd (B)
1
1
D. tauricum Sapehin - Borksigd
3
3
Didymodon acutus (Brid.) K. Saito - Glanskurlemose (B)
2
E
hepatics;
2
A
*
=
2
3
D. fallax (Hedw.) Zand. - Vegkurlemose
3
3
3
D. johansenii (Williams) Crum - Nasekurlemose
3
3
3
1
D. tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa - Tungekurlemose
3
3
3
3
Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Dum. - Stripefoldmose (B)
3
3
D. taxifolium (Wahlenb.) Dum. - Bergfoldmose
2
1
2
Distichium capillaceum (Hedw.) Bruch & Schimp. - Puteplanmose (B)
1
1
2
2
2
3
D. inc/inatum (Hedw.) Bruch & Schimp. - Stridplanmose
Ditrichum crispatissimum (C. Miill.) Par. - Kjempebust (B)
lH
3
2
D. hagenii Philib. - Polarplanmose
lH
2
3
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
3
D. flexicaule (Schwaegr.) Hampe - Storbust (B)
Drepanoc/adus aduncus (Hedw.) Warnst. - Leirklo (B)
1
1
Encalypta affinis Hedw. f. - Ruklokkemose
3
3
E. alpina Sm. - Fjellklokkemose (B)
1
1
E. brevicollis (Bruch & Schimp.) Ångstr. - Glattklokkemose
3
3
3
l
2
E. brevipes Schljak. - Frostklokkemose
3
E. longicol/is Bruch - Sporeklokkemose
2
3
3
E. mutica I. Hag. - Buttklokkemose
3
2
3
E. procera Bruch - Trådklokkemose
2
E. rhaptocarpa Schwaegr. - Raudklokkemose (B)
2
1
Eurhynchium pulehelIum (Hedw.) Jenn. - Krypmoldmose
Fissidens adianthoides Hedw. - Sag lommemose
2
3
D. asperifolius (Mitt.) Crum et al. - Heikurlemose (B)
D. cylindricum (Hedw.) Grout - Rubust
comments)
3
3
2
F. arcticus Bryhn - Polarlommemose
2
F. osmundoides Hedw. - Stivlommemose
F. viridulus (Anon.) Wahlenb. - Leirlommemose
Funaria arctiea (Berggr.) Kindb. - Polarbråtemose
1
2
Grimmia affinis Hornsch. - Seterknausing
2
2
G. anodon Bruch & Schimp. - Vomknausing
2
G. donniana Sm. - Vardeknausing
3
1
G. elatior Bals. & De Not. - Krinsknausing
3
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
G. incurva Schwaegr. - Urdknausing
1
1
G. sessitana De Not. - Svaknausing
3
3
3
2
G. subsulcata Limpr. - Foldknausing
3
G. torquata Grev. - Krusknausing
2
l
Gymnocolea inflata (Huds.) Dum. - Torvdymose
2
2
3
lH
Gymnomitrion apiculatum (Schiffn.) K. Miill. - Broddåmemose
3
2
2
lH
1
1
3
3
lH
2
G. concinnatum (Lightf.) Corda - Rabbeåmemose (B)
G. corallioides Nees - Kølleåmemose (B)
1
3
2H
Hamatocaulis vernicosus (Mitt.) Hedenas - Alvemose
3
3
Haplomitrium hookeri (Sm.) Nees - Tussemose
3
3
lH
Harpanthus flotovianus (Nees) Nees - Kjeldesalmose
3
3
lH
3
H. scutatus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce - Kystsalmose (B)
3
Hennediella heimii (Hedw.) Zand. - Fjaeremose (B)
1
Hygrohypnum alpestre (Hedw.) Loeske - Svullbekkemose (B)
2
H. cochlearifolium (Vent.) Broth. - Skeibekkemose
2
3
3
lH
68
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
(H
p
=
H. luridum (Hedw.) Jenn. - Lurvbekkemose
2
l
H. oehraeeum (Wils.) Loeske - Klobekkemose (B)
3
3
H. polare (Lindb.) Loeske
Jøkulbekkemose (B)
Hyloeomium splendens (Hedw.) Schimp. - Elasjemose (B)
Hymenostylium reeurvirostrum (Hedw.) Dix.
Sprungemose
E
hepaties;
A
commenIs)
•
3
3
1
1
2
3
2
l
3
2
Hypnum bambergeri Schirnp. - Kloflette (B)
1
3
2
H. cal/iehroum Brid.
2
Dunflette
H. revolutum (Mitt.) Lindb. - Jøkulflette (B)
Il. vaucheri Lesq.
2
Gullflette (B)
2
3
l
Isopterygiopsis pulehella (Hedw.) Iwats. - Skorehlankmose (B)
Jungermannia contertissima Nees
1
Nyresleivmose
lB
1. po[aris Lindb. - Kalksleivmose (B)
l
1. sphaerocarpa Hook.
2
1
lB
2
1
IH
Hjulsleivmose
J. subelliptica (Kaa!.) Levier - Puslesleivmose
Kiaeria blyttii (Schimp.) Broth.
Bergfrostmose (B)
l
K. talcata (Hedw.) J. Hag. - Sigdlrostmose (B!)
K. glacialis (BerggL) r. Hag.
lB
3
3
Jøkulfrostmose (B)
2
2
3
3
3
K. starkei (Web. & Mohr) J. Hag. - Snøfrostmose (B)
3
3
3
1
Leptobryum pyritorme (Hedw.) Wils. - Pæremose
l
1
3
2
Lescuraea incurvata (Hedw.) Lawt. - Krokraspmose (B)
3
3
L. plicata (Web. & Mohr) Broth. - Slorraspmose (B!)
3
3
Messingmose (B)
Loeskypnum badium (Hartm.) Paul
Lophozia badensis (Gott.) Schiffn.
Dvergflik
l
2
l
3
2
lB
L. bicrenata (Hoffm.) Dum. - Aurflik
3
3
lB
L. gillmanii (Aust.) Schust.
2
2
lB
3
2
lB
Broddflik
L. grandiretis (Kaa!. ) Schiffn.
Blodflik
L. heteroeolpos (Hartm.) Howe - Piskflik
L. hyperarctica Schust.
L. latitolia Schust.
lB
lsflik
lB
Aksflik
3
IH
2
L. longidens (Lindb.) Macoun - Hornflik (B)
2
l
IH
L opacitolia Mey\.
2
2
lB
Blåflik
L pellucida Schust. - Kløftflik
L. perssonii Buch & S. Am.
Kalkflik
3
L polaris (Schust.) Schust. & Damsh. - Polarflik
L rutheana (Limpr.) Bowe - Praktflik
3
2
lB
2
3
lB
2
lB
3
3
lB
2
2
IH
L. slidetica (Hiib.) GroIle - Raudflik (B)
IH
L ventricosa (Dicks.) Dum. - Grokornflik (B)
L. wenzelii (Nees) Steph. - Skeiflik
lB
Marchantia alpestris (Nees) Burgeff - Fjelltvare (B)
3
3
M. polymorpha L. - Ugrastvare
Polarhutremose
2
3
3
2
1
Meesia triquetra (Richter) Ångstr. - Skruesvanemose (B)
l
3
2
M. uliginosa Hedw.
2
larlm.) Kaa!. - Trinnhutremose (B)
Nervesvanemose (B)
Mesoptychia sahlbergii (Lindb.) Evans
Midnattsolmose
Mielichhoteria elongata (Hook.) Nees & Hornsch.
Mnillm blyttii Bruch & Schimp.
Kopparkismose
Blåtornemose
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
1
M. spinosum (Voit) Schwaegr.
2
2
3
Molendoa tenuinervis Limpr. - Tetlmose (B)
3
3
3
Mylia taylorii (Hook.) S. Gray - Raudmuslingmose
3
3
SlrØtornemose
lB
IH
2
3
M. marginatum (Dicks.) P. Beauv. - Raudtornemose (B)
M. thomsonii Schimp.
lH
lB
Marsupella aretica (BerggL) Bryhn & Kaa\.
M. condensata (C.
*
Bergtornemose
lB
2
lB
*
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
69
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
(H
p
=
E
Myurella julacea (Schwaegr.) Schimp. - Skåltrinnmose (B)
1
M. tenerrima (Brid.) Lindb. - Spisstrinnmose
2
Nardia geoscyphus (De Not.) Lindb.
Skåltrappemose
Odontoschisma macounii (Aust.) Underw.
3
Fjellskovlmose
Oreas martiana (Hoppe & Hornsch.) Brid.
Alpemose
Orthothecium chryseon (Schwaegr.) Schimp.
O. intricatum (Hartm.) Schimp.
3
Gullhaustmose (B)
Sigdhaustmose
Lapphaustmose
O. lapponicum (Schimp.) C. Hartm.
O. strictum Lor. - Ravhaustmose (B)
comments)
l
3
lB
2
3
1
lH
2
3
2
1
2
3
2
1
1
Oncophorus virens (Hedw.) Brid. - Myrsprikemose (B)
O. wahlenbergii Brid. - Fjellsprikemose (B)
A
hepatics;'
3
1
2
1
3
3
2
3
1
1
3
2
O. obtusifotium Brid. - Buttbustehette
2
2
3
2
O. pallens Brid. - Gulltannbustehette
2
2
3
1
O. pellucidum Lindb. - Tuebustehette
2
Seterbustehette (B)
Orthotrichum alpestre Bruch & Schimp.
O. pylaisii Brid. - Fuglebustehette (B)
1
O. sordidum Sull. & Lesq. - Holtannbustehette
2
Pipereinsarmose (B)
Palustriella decipiens (De No!.) Ochyra
Peltolepis quadrata (Saut.) K. Miill.
Philonotis tomentelIa Mol.
Fjørtuffmose
Mørkleggmose
P. zieri (Hedw.) Lindb.
Raudkrylmosc
Bleikkrylmose (B)
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
3
1
1
3
2
2
2
lB
1
2
3
1
3
3
3
2
2
2
Plagiomnium curuatulum (Lindb.) Schljak. - Fjellfagermose
P. ellipticum (Bdd.) T. Kop.
Plagiothecium berggrenianum Frisv.
P. denticulatum (Bedw.) Sehimp.
P. sualbardense Frisv.
Nålepute-mose
2
Grasjamnemose
Flakjamnemose
Pogonatum denlatum (Brid.) Bdd.
P. umigerum (Bedw.) P. Beauv.
Pohlia andrewsii Shaw
3
1
1
l
Furumose
2
1
3
Fjellkrukkemose
2
2
2
Vegkrukkemose
P. cruda (Hedw.) Lindb.
l
Opalnikke (B)
Rørnikke
P. drummondii (C. Miill.) Andrews
Raudknoppnikke
(B)
Svanenikke
3
3
3
1
3
3
1
3
3
2
1
1
Vegnikke (B)
P. obtusifolia (Brid.) L. Koch
Snønikke (B)
P. proligera (Breid!.) H. Arn.
Trådknoppnikke
P. wahlenbergii (Web. & Mohr) Andrews - Kaldnikke (B)
2
l
1
2
2
3
2
1
Polytrichastrum alpinum (Hedw.) G.L. Sm. - Fjellbinnemose (B)
1
1
P. longisetum (Brid.) G.L. Sm.
3
3
Brembinnemose
P. sexangulare (Brid.) G.L. Sm. - Snøbinnemose (B)
Strandbjørnemose (B)
P. juniperinum Hedw.
Einerbjørnemose (B)
2
3
3
2
3
1
3
3
l
3
Polytrichum hyperboreum R. Brown - Aurbjørnemose
P. jensenii l. Hag.
2
2
Svartknoppnikke
P. filum (Schimp.) Mårt.
P. nulans (Hedw.) Lindb.
lB
3
2
Krokknoppnikke
P. crudoides (Sull. & Lesq.) Broth.
3
3
1
P. atropurpurea (Wahlenb.) B. Lindb. - Bruntann-nikke
P. elongata Hedw.
1
2
2
Hårmose (B)
Pleurocladula albescens (Book.) GroIle - Bremose (B)
Pleurozium schreberi (Brid.) Mitt.
1
1
2
Polarjamnemose
Plalydictya jungermannioides (Brid.) Crum
1
1
Sumpfagermose (B)
Plagiopus oederiana (Sw.) Crum & Anders.
2
3
Grannkjeldemose (B)
Plagiobryum demissum (Hook.) Lindb.
3
2
O. speciosum Nees - Duskbustehette
Paludella squarrosa (Hedw.) Bdd.
l
1
70
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
(H
P. piliferum Hedw.
P. strictum Brid.
P. swartzii Hartm.
E
hepatics;
Rabbebjørnemose
Filtbjørnemose
Pelsbjørnemose
A
•
=
3
3
1
2
3
2
2
comments)
2
Prasanlhus suecieus (Gott.) Lindb. - Rabbemose
1
3
1
1H
Preissia quadrata (Seop.) Nees - Skjøtmose (B)
1
2
2
1H
Pseudoealliergon angustifolium Hedenas - Snøgulmose (Bl)
3
P. breuifolium (Lindb.) Hedenas - Polargulmose (B)
1
P. trifarium (Web. & Mohr) Loeske - Navargulmose
2
3
2
P. turgescens (T. Jens.) Loeske - Kvapgulmose (B)
PseudoleskeeIla rupestris (Berggr. ) Hedenas & Soderstr.
P. teelOrum (Brid.) Broth.
3
Fjelltråklemose (B)
Klotraklemose (B)
2
Psilopilum caujfotium (Wils.) L Hag. - Småkomagmose
Pterigynandrum filiforme Hedw. - Reipmose
Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Hampe
2
l
2
1
2
2
2
l
2
1
l
2
2
2
2
2
2
P. laeuigatum (Wahlenb.) Lindb. - Storkomagmose
2
Bakkefrynse (B)
Racomilrium canescens (Hedw.) Brid. - Sandgråmose
R. ericoides (Brid.) Brid.
Fjørgråmose (B)
R. fasciculare (Hedw.) Brid.
Knippegråmose (B)
R. lanuginosum (Hedw.) Brid.
2
2
Heigråmose (B)
R. panschii (C. MOll.) Kindb.
Tundragråmose
3
1
2
3
2
3
3
3
Rhizomnium andrewsianum (Steere) T. Kop. - Polarrundmose
2
3
2
Rhytidiadelphus squarrosus (Hedw.) Warnst. - Engkransmose (B)
2
2
3
Saelania glaucescens (Hedw.) Broth. - Eirmose
l
Sanionia niualis Hedenas
2
2
2
2
2
2
S. orthothecioides (Lindb.) Loeske
Storbleikmose (B)
2H
2
l
R. sudetkum (Funek) Bruch & Schimp. - Setergramose (Bl)
Fjellbleikmose
2
2
1
l
S. uncinata (Hedw.) Loeske
Klobleikmose (B)
l
l
3
2
Sauteria alpina (Nees) Nees
Kratermose (B)
l
3
3
1H
Scapania calcicola (lI. Am. & J. Perss.) Ingham - Kalktvibladmose
3
S. eurta (Mart.) Dum. - Aurtvibladmose (B)
2
S. cuspiduligera (Nees) K. Mi.ill.
2
3
3
2
S. gymnostomophila KaaL
Spriketvibladmose (B)
Skortetvibladmose
3
2
IH
IH
Ul
2
Ul
S. hyperborea Jørg. - Bruntvibladmose (B)
2
1H
S. irrigua (Nees) Nees
1H
S. kaurinii Ryan - Hettetvibladmose
2
2
2
1H
S. mucronata Bueh - Broddtvibladmose
2
2
1H
S. obcordata (Berggr.) S. Arn.
Småtvibladmose (B)
2
Bogetvibladmose
2
Sumptvibladmose (B)
S. paludicola Loeske & K. Mi.ill.
1H
lH
3
2
1H
S. spitsbergens!s (Lindb.) K. MOlL - Piggtvibladmose
2
2
1H
S. subalpina (Lindenb.) Dum.
3
2
2
IH
3
3
Ul
3
3
S. paruifolia Warnst. - Bordtvibladmose
S. simmonsii Bryhn & Kaal.
S. t!mdrae (H. Arn.) Buch
Polartvibladmose
Tvillingtvibladmose
Tundratvibladmose
S. uliginosa (Lindenb.) Dum. - Kjeldetvibladmose
IH
1H
Sehistidiwn frigidum Blom - Reipblomstermose
S. frisuollianum Blom
Vorteblomstermose
S. grandirete Blom - Polarblomstermose
S. holmenianwn Steere & Brassard
Tundrablomstermose
S. maritimum (Turn.) Bruch & Schimp.
Saltblomstermose (B)
S. papi/loswn Culm. - Raudblomstermose
3
l
S. pulchrwn Blom - Glansblomstermose (B)
S. rlvu/are (Brid.) Podp. - Bekkeblomstermose (B)
3
3
A catalogue of Svalbard plams, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
71
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
(H
p
=
E
hepatics;
A
comments)
•
Rekkeblomstermose
S, submuticum Blom
S, tenerum (Zett,) Nyh,
Tradblomstermose
2
3
3
Seorpidium eossonii (Schimp,) Hedenas - Brunmakkmose (B)
2
2
3
S, revolvens (Anon,) Rubers - Raudmakkmose (B)
1
1
3
S, scorpioides (Hedw.) Limpr. - Stormakkmose (B)
1
3
3
2
S, umbrosum (ZetL) Blom
Klippeblomstermose
S, venetum Blom - Fjellblomstermose
Passblygmose
Seligeria diversifolia Lindb,
3
3
S. oelandica C. Jens. & Mede!. - Begerblygmose
3
3
3
S. polaris Berggr.
1
2
3
3
3
2
Polarblygmose
S. tristichoides Kindb.
Radblygmose
Sphagnum aongstroemii C. Hartm. - Fjelltorvmose
S. aretieum Flatb. & Frisv.
Polartorvmose
S. balticum (Russ.) C. Jens.
Svelttorvmose
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
S, fimbriatum Wils. & J. D. Hook. - Frynsetorvmose
S. girgensohnii Russ.
Grantorvmose
S. lindbergii Lindb.
Bjørnetorvmose (B)
S. obrusum WarnsL
Butt-torvmose
*
l
l
2
1
3
3
2
1
3
2
2
S. olafii Flatb.
Frosttorvmose
Skartorvmose (B l)
S. riparium Ångstr,
2
3
2
3
3
3
Spriketorvmose (B)
S. squarrosum Crome
S. teres (Schimp.) Ångstr. - Beitetorvmose
1
2
2
3
2
2
2
1
Tundratorvmose
2
3
2
1
Rosetorvmose
1
S. lundrae F1atb.
S. warnstorjii Russ.
2
Splaehnum vasculosum Hedw. - Knappmøkkmose (B)
3
Stegonia latifolia (Schwaegr.) Broth. - Knollmose
2
2
Grasmose (B)
Straminergon stramineum (Brid.) Hedenas
Syntrichia norvegiea Web. - Fjellharstjerne (B)
2
S. ruralis (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr - Puteharstjerne (B)
1
l
2
Tayloria aeuminata Hornsch. - Spisstrompetmose
2
2
3
T. lingulata (Dicks.) Lindb. - :'vIyrtrornpetrnose
2
Rustmose
Tetralophozia setiformis (Ehrh.) Schljak.
Tetraplodon blyttii Frisv, - Kuppellemenmose
l
1
3
3
3
3
3
l
l
2
3
T. paradoxus (R. Brown) I. Hag. - Blindlemenmose
2
2
3
Timmia austriaea Hedw. - Raudslirernose (B)
l
l
1
1
l
2
T. pallidus I. Hag.
T. bavarica Hess!.
Gull-Iemenrnose
Grottesliremose
T. comata Lindb. & H, Arn. - Grannsliremose
T. norvegica Zett.
3
1
2
2
2
l
T. sibirica Lindb. & H. Arn. - Tundrasliremose
2
SkjØrvrimose (B)
T. tortuosa (Hedw.) Limpr. - Putevrimose
2
1
1
2
3
2
2
1
2
Tomentypnum nitens (Hedw.) Loeske - Gullmose (B)
3
Tortlda cemua (Hlib.) Lindb. - Kryltustrnose
2
2
3
T. euryphylla Zand. - Setertustmose
2
2
2
T. laureri (Schultz) Lindb. - Nikketustmose
2
T. leucostorna (R. Brown) Hook. & Grev. - Krølltustmose (B)
2
T. ml/eronifalia Schwaegr. - Torntustmose
T. systy/ia (Schimp.) Lindb. - Hatt-tustrnose
Trichostomum areticum Kaal.
3
Tundrasvamose
T. crispulum Bruch - Kalksvamose
lH
1
Vortesliremose (B)
Tortella fragUis (Hook. & Wils.) Lirnpr.
2
2
2
T. mnioides (Hedw.) Bruch & Schirnp. - Fagerlemenmose (B)
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
72
Scientific and Norwegian names
Eeosystem Component Values
R
(H
3
Tritomaria exsectiformis (BreidL) Loeske - Stihoggtann
T. polita (Nees) Jørg. - Bekkehoggtann
T. quinquedentata (Huds.) Buch - Storhoggtann (B)
eomments)
3
I
3
2
2
W. fluitans (Hedw.) Loeske - Vassnøkkemose (B)
W. sarmentosa (Wahlenb.) Hedenas
A
*
lH
l
Vrangnøkkemose (B)
W. pseudoslraminea (C. Mi.il!.) Tuom. & T. Kop.
E
hepatics;
lB
T. scitula (TayL) Jørg. - Grottehoggtann
Voitia hyperborea Grev. & Amott Snabel mose
Warnstorfia exannula/a (Schimp.) Loeske
p
=
Pyttnøkkemose
3
l
I
3
Blodnøkkemose (B)
IH
I
3
3
2
2
2
IH
I
3
3
1
3
1
1
2
W. tundrae (H. Am.) Loeske - Hakenøkkemose (B)
& Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a), with
Comments on accepted speeies
reservation from Midterhuken at Bellsund (Eur
ola & Hakala 1977, as A . cf. serpens), Billefjorden
When nothing else is stated the eomments on
(Aeoek 1940: Table 5), Kongsfjorden (Brossard
distribution and eeology refer to Svalbard. The
et al. 1984: Table 1) and Edgeøya N (Heinemeijer
symbol
1979: Tabel 3). Lindberg's (1867) Hypnum eo[
o
before a name refers to the list of eom
ments on rejeeted species. The names are the
linum from Russøyane in Murehisonfjorden is A.
same as in Frisvoll et al. (1995), and synonyms
serpens (H-SOL). Colleeted at Sassenfjorden.
are not always presented here (cf. List of seleeted
Nordfjorden,
synonyms,and Wijk et aL 1959,1962,1964 ,1967,
Boekfjorden, Liefdefjorden
1969; Corley et aL 1981; Corley & Crundwell
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
Ekmanfjorden,
Krossfjorden,
and
Reinsdyrftya
1991; S6derstr6m, Hedenas & Hallingbaek 1992;
GroIle 1983).
Amphidium lapponicum (Hedw.) Schimp.
Aloina brevirostris (Hook. & Grev.) Kindb.
Reponed from severaI sites at Hornsund (Kue
1963a, 1964), one loeality
at
Adventfjorden
(Berggren 1875, as Tortu[a), Adventdalen (Fris
voll 1981a: 96), and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973).
Colleeted at Nordfjorden (below Tsehermakfjel
let) and Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund
S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz
1993),
near
Longyearbyen
(Frahm
1977),
Adventfjorden W, Kapp Thordsen and Lom
fjorden (Berggren 1875, as Amphoridium), and
Kongsfjorden (Wall 1979).
Sassenfjorden,
Also eolleeted at
Billefjorden,
Ekmanfjorden,
Krossfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.) and Frankenhalv
øya at Barentsøya (TRH, leg. R Hjelmstad).
Sometimes it grows on soil (Berggren 1875).
Amblyodon dealbatus (Brid.) Bruch &
Schimp.
Reported from Bohemanftya in Isfjorden (Koba
yashi et aL 1990: Table 7) and Regnardneset in
Krossfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d).
Anastrophyllum minutum (Schreb.) Schust.
Widespread and eommon. "Most of the eollected
material ean be referred to var. gran dis. . . ."
(Arnell & M artensson 1959, as Sphenolobus),
Amblystegium serpens (Hedw.) Schimp.
which has been shown to be a superftuous name
Reported from Bjørnøya (Dixon 1922; Summer
et al. 1977: Annotation 6-7); the name of the
hayes
Elton
1923:
227),
one
loeality
for the typical variety, var. minulum (Koponen
at
smaller taxon is var. weberi (Man.) Kartt. (Sod
Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund S (Karezmarz
erstr6m. Hedenas & Hallingbaek 1992; S6der
&
A
catalogue of Svalbard p/ams, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
73
strom, Karttunen & Hedenas 1992). See also °A.
"Andr. sparsifolia habet folia dissita, subsecunda,
cavjfotium.
acuta, cellulis multo minoribus minusque incras
satis et papillosis." (A. s. has more distant, sub
secund and acute Ieaves, and much smaller and
less incrassate and papillose cells.) Some of these
Andreaea blyttii Schimp.
A rare moss confined to extremely late snow beds
on quartzitic or granitic rocks, preferably in the
mountains. Known from Bjørnøya, Hornsund,
severai sites at Spitsbergen NW (Brøggerhalvøya,
Danskøya, Smeerenburgfjorden, Backfjorden,
Liefdefjorden), and Nordaustlandet (Brennevins
fjorden, Nordkapp on Chermsideøya, Parryøya)
(Elvebakk 1984: Fig. 2, the two dots in Vest
fjorden are misplaced and refer to the Bock
fjorden sites).
differences may prove to be important.The taxon
was called A. rupestris var. papillosa by Murray
(1987), but according to the synonym list (and
pers. comm. in litt.1993) its correct species name
will be A. sparsifolia. Nyholm (1969) treated it as
A. obovata var. papillosa, and the comment by
Murray (1987) indicates that it is in need of more
study: " .... I have treated var. papillosa as
doser to [A.] rupestris than to A. obovata, but
not without hesitation." (see also Soderstrom,
Hedenas & Hallingback 1992: Annotation 23).
For the present we reluctantly follow Murray's
(1987, 1988) opinion regarding synonyms of the
Andreaea obouata Thed.
taxon.
Scattered on Svalbard and characteristic of mod
erate pebble snowbeds on siliceous substrates.
Known from Varsolbukta in Bellsund; Bjørn
dalen, Longyearbyen and Dickson Land in Is
fjorden; and from about eight localities between
Brøggerhalvøya and Liefdefjorden at Spitsbergen
NW (Elvebakk 1984: Fig. 1).
Anthelia julacea (L.) Dum.
Old records of this species are not reliable (Phips
1774;
Lindberg
1867,
as
Jungermannia).
Reported by Berggren (1875, as Jungermannia)
from severai localities, but the material was
revised as A. juratzkana by Amell & Martensson
(1959). Rejment-Grochowska (1967) diseussed
Andreaea rupestris Hedw.
these species and reported two nearby localities
A common and variable species even when A.
of A. julacea from Ariekammen and Rotjesfjellet
sparsifolia is treated as a species (see Kuc 1963a
at the N side of Hornsund: "One tuft of this
and 1973a, regarding subordinate epithets). Berg
species was found with the sporangia fixed on
gren (1875) described the new A. papillosa var.
short staiks and hidden in the perianthium and
brevifolia
from
Bjørnøya:
"Entspricht
A.
the leaves at the tap of the stem." Karczmarz &
alpestris, unterscheidet sich jedoch von dieser Art
Swi s (1989a) reported it from Bellsund S. Cer
durch ihre grossen eckigen dickwandigen Zellen."
tain identification of the two Anthelia species
Murray (1987) reestablished A. alpestris (Thed.)
usually requires fertile material; regarding dif
Schimp. as a species, and reported it to be rare
ferences in sexuality, perianth and elater appear
in the American Arctic and common in Green
ance, see Schuster (1974). The elater structure is
land; it has not been reported from Svalbard,
an easily observed and reliable
where it nevertheless may occur.
characteristic, which perhaps should be checked
(?)
microscopic
in the reported Svalbard material (but see Steere
& Inoue 1978). Schuster (1983: 581, Fig. 64)
Andreaea sparsifolia Zett.
On Svalbard this species appears to be reasonably
presents a map and comments on the world dis
tribution of the two Anthelia species.
well separated from A. rupestris both morpho
logically and ecologically; A. rupestris is a saxico
lous species, whereas A. sparsifolia mainly grows
Anthelia juratzkana (Limpr.) Trev.
on finetextured soils between rocks and pebbles.
Common. "However, the speeies is considerably
Lindberg (1867) described A. papillosa from Sval
less important ecologically here than in the alpine
bard. In the diagnosis of the protologue he dis
belt of the Scandes:' (AmeIl & Mårtensson 1959).
tinguished between it and A. sparsifola as follows:
It is one of a very few Svalbard liverworts that
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
74
regularly produce sporophytes. See also A. fula
cea.
Arnellia fennica (Gott.) Lindb.
Reported from the NY-Ålesund area (Berggren
1875, as Southbya; not found again by Arnell &
Mårtensson
Aongstroemia longipes (Sommerf.) Bruch &
Schimp.
Reported from
Lognedalsflya at Bellsund S
(Swi\!s & Karczmarz 1991a), Chamberlindalen in
Recherchefjorden (Swi\!s & Karczmarz 1991b),
by Hoganasbreen E of Sveagruva in Van Mijen
1959),
Vestfjorddalen
(Frisvoll
1981a), and Barentsøya SW and Edgeøya NW
(Philippi 1973). Collected at Moskusdalen in Sas
sen (one shoot seen, L.B. Jacobsen pers. comm.),
the Kapp Wijk area in Nordfjorden, and Liefde
fjorden
(Wulffberget)
(Frisvoll
unpubl.).
In
Fennoscandia it is a strongly bicentric species.
fjorden (Persson 1942), and Erdmanflya in Is
fjorden
and
Kongsfjorden
Ny-Ålesund
(Frisvoll
and
Gluudneset
1981a).
The
in
minute
species is always sterile and probably widespread.
Athalamia hyalina (Sommerf.) Hatt.
First reported from Bjørnøya by the author of the
name (Sommerfelt 1833, as Marchantia) and later
by Berggren (1875, as Cleuea), who also listed it
from Nordfjorden (see below) and Lomfjorden.
Aplodon wormskioldii (Hornem.) Kindb.
Widespread. Not previously reported from Bjørn
øya (cf. Berggren 1875, as Splachnum:
"Auf
Beeren Eiland nicht aufgefunden. "). Collected
there by S. Dunfjell, T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte
in 1983 (TROM). See also Bryum algouicum.
Lindberg (1867, as Sauteria) reported it from
Kongsfjorden. However, these Svalbard reports
were disregarded by Lindberg (1877; see als o
Arnell 1900: 99; Rejment-Grochowska 1967: 531)
who referred them to Sauteria alpina and stated
that that species (Frisvoll, transl.) " . . . . is not
at all rare on Spitsbergen, where it, besides Mar
chantia polymorpha, is the only observed Mar
chantiacea
(!),
at least as far as we know." The
statement about the Bjørnøya and Spitsbergen
Arctoa anderssonii Wich.
reports of A. hyalina was repeated by Lindberg
Reported from Krossfjorden and Bockfjorden
(1882, in comment on Sauteria alpina). According
(Frisvoll
to Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) the
1978d), and collected at Bjørndalen
near
report of Mannia pilosa from Nordfjorden by
Longyearbyen and Hallwylfjellet (900 m a.s.l.) in
(Pilarberget)
and
Sverdruphamaren
Berggren (1875) refers to A. hyalina (as Cleuea).
Adventdalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). An interesting
Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel &
arctic species which in Fennoscandia is recorded
Olech 1990:
only from N Sweden and C Norway (Nyholm
between
1987).
Dicksonfjorden (Frisvoll 1981a: 95, in comment
Tab.
12, as Cleuea), the valley
Trollfuglfjella and
Tolmodryggen
in
on Lophozia hyperarctica), and Kongsfjorden
(Arnell in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Cleuea;
Arctoa fulvella (Dicks.) Bruch & Schimp.
Reported from Linnedalen (Frahm 1977) and the
NW and N parts of Svalbard (Kongsfjorden,
Danskøya, Amsterdamøya, Brennevinsfjorden ,
Castrenøya, Parryøya) (Berggren 1875, as Diera
referred many specimens to his new f. rufescens,
which differs from f. hyalina by having purple
ventraI scales). Collected at Billefjorden (by
Svenskehuset), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta and
Coraholmen) and Idodalen in Dicksonfjorden
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
num; Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Recently col
lected
at Bjørndalen,
Adventdalen
(Hallwyl
fjellet), Krossfjorden (Signehamna), Bockfjor
den (Trolltindane 1100 m a.s.l.) (Frisvoll unpubl.)
and
Brennevinsfjorden
at
Nordaustlandet
(O, leg. A.H. Neilson). The species is not listed
Aulacomnium palustre (Hedw.) Schwaegr.
One of the commonest mosses on Svalbard. Var.
imbricatum Bruch &
Schimp.
has obtuse to
rounded and entire apex, as opposed to the acute
from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). See also Dip
and dentate apex of var. palustre. The former is
lophyllumalbicans.
reported without locality by Theriot (1907), and
A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
75
from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a) and Linnedalen and
Kuc 1963a). We are in favour of recognising the
Russekeila (Hagen 1952). At Hornsund var.
closely related B. breviseta Lindb. as a species
imbricatum was stated to be common and var.
(see als o Frisvoll 1983a). It was reported from
palustre very rare or doubtful. Var. imbricatum
Bockfjorden by Frisvoll (1978d), but the studied
is probably com mon also in other areas. Because
material has few sporophytes, and more finds
of its obtuse apex it is more like A. turgidum,
should be made to confirm its occurrence there.
but the leaf form alone, ovate-lanceolate in var.
Perhaps Berggren (1875, in comment on B. ithy
phylla) alludes to that taxon when stating: "Der
imbricatum and elongate-obovate in A. turgidum,
Fruchtstiel mitunter sehr kurz, das Peristom ...
will distinguish them.
schlecht entwickelt und die Zåhne wie verstiim
melt."
Barbilophozia barbata (Schreb.) Loeske
Reported from
Linnedalen (Hagen 1952,
as
'Lophozia barbata var.'), Nordfjorden (by Kon
gressfjellet), and Blomstrandhalvøya in Kongs
fjorden (Frisvoll 1981a). This is the northernmost
localities in the world for this non-arctic species
(see Schuster 1969).
Blasia pusilla L.
First reported from near Svenskehuset in Bille
fjorden (Frisvoll 1978d), the oldest building on
Spitsbergen and a centre of human activity in the
second half of the nineteenth century, and later
collected at Foxdalen in Adventdalen by S. Sivert
Barbilophozia hateheri (Evans) Loeske
sen in 1986 (TRH, unpubl.) and at Ny-Ålesund
by T. Prestø (pers. comm.) in 1992. Introduced
See °B. floerkei and B. lycopodioides.
by man?
Barbilophozia lycopodioides (Wallr.)
Loeske
Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum.
Typical plants of B. lycopodioides possess broad,
One of the commonest hepatics on Svalbard (see
Cephaloziella aretiea). Amell (in Amell & Mår
bordered and mucronate leaf lobes, and ventral
tensson 1959) and Rejment-Grochowska (1967)
leaf bases and amphigastria with many cilia.How
consider that all Svalbard material belongs to var.
ever, Svalbard plants are often small, and there
brevirete. However, Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b,
sometimes seems to be difficult to draw a sound
1993) report both var. triehophyllum and var.
distinction between it and B. hateheri. Old records
may refer to B. hateheri (see Amell & Mårtensson
brevirete from Bellsund S and Chamberlindalen
in Recherchefjorden: uSsp. brevirete is an exclus
1959). The only Bjørnøya report is by Berggren
ively Arctic taxon ... [but] the situation ...
(1875, as Jungermannia), who did not distinguish
is . . . complex, with a broad zone of inter
well between this species and B. hatcheri (as J.
gradation geographicalJy and (in part) seasonally,
lycopodioides var. cauifoUa).
between
and
'triehophyllum'
'brevirete'
characters.... As a matter of praetieality, we
Barbilophozia quadriloba (Lindb. ) Loeske
A frequent species in ca1careous districts. Accord
refer all plants having elongated leaf lobes with
,
elongated cells to ssp. triehophyllum. (Sehuster
.
& Damsholt 1974).
ing to Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as
Orthocaulis) it is "commonest as var. glareosa" .
"L.fophoziaj quadriloba is a baffiing and complex
Brachythecium collinum
typus polymorphus in the Arctic." (Schuster &
Correctly
Damsholt 1974).
reported
from
(C.
MOll.) Schimp.
Hornsund
by
Kue
(1963a, as var. subjulaceum); but the material
(KRAM) belongs to the typical variety. The
Bartramia ithyphylla Brid.
Widespread and of ten common .Listed from Sval
bard both as var. ithyphylla and var. strigosa (see
report
from
Russøyane
in
Murchisonfjorden
(Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum) is based on robust
dense-growing plants of Amblystegium serpens
(H-SOL).
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
76
based on a specimen of Eurhynehium pulchellum
Brachythecium coruscum I. Hag.
Mårtensson (in AmelI & Mårtensson 1959) dis
(rev.det. Frisvoll).
eussed the problematie status of B. lurgidum s.l.
He found it difficult to accept more than that
speeies in the albicansj5alebrosum group on Sval
Brachythecium reflexum (Starke) Schimp.
bard. It is especially the slender plants from dry
Reported as a dominant speeies in a Salix her
habitats that are difficult to interpret. Most of
baeea community at Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn
them obviously represent habitat modifications
(1986). We have seen three mixed specimens of
of the same genotype as the more turgid plants
B. reflexum and the dosely related and more
growing in neighbouring more humid habitats:
arctic B. glacia/e from there (TROM). Frisvoll
"Associated mosses such as Drepanoc/adus unci
(1978d) reported B. glaciale from the hot springs
natus. Hylocomium sp lendens and Orthothecium
Trollkjeldene in Bockfjorden. But B. reflexum
chryseum are also much more slender than usual
grows also there: A reinvestigation of the material
in these habitats (e.g. exposed flat rock and earth
collected in 1974 revealed that of ten specimens
slopes). And why should not B. turgidum behave
are two B. glaciale, two B. reflexum, and six a
similarly?" (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959:
160).
mixture of both. When compared with B. glaciale,
However, there are similar plants which are not
B. reflexum is less robust, less glossy and more
habitat modifications of B. wrgidum. They are,
regularly (subpinnately or pinnately) branched;
inter aHa, more branched and have more broadly
Hs stem leaves are less concave, less ovate, less
and longly decurrent leaves; they belong to B.
imbricate and have a longer costa; the branch
coruscum. So far the species is known with cer
leaves are less ovate and have also a longer costa.
tainty only from Bockfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.,
The difference in branching ha bit seems to be
det. conf.R.Ochyra who compared two Svalbard
an important and easily recognised taxonomic
specimens with the type of the name).The taxon
characteristic between the two.
has been reported from Barentsøya S (Hofmann
1968, as 8. groenlandicum) and Edgeøya NW
(Heinemeijer 1979, as B. groenlandicum). Brass
ard
(1971 b)
gives
differential
characteristics
between B. turgidum and B. coruscum (as B.
groenlandicwn) in Ellesmere Island. but not all
the mentioned differences seem to fit the Svalbard
matrial well.According to R. Ochyra (in litt.) B.
coruscum is a soft and irregularly branched plant
Brachythecium trachypodium (Brid.)
Schimp.
Widespread but scattered. Also reported as B.
payotianum Boul. (Philippi 1973), a taxon which
is treated as B. traehypodium var. payotianum by
Wijk et al. (1959).
with leaf margin rather narrowly recurved below
and in the apex otten flat, and B. turgidum is
otten a rigid plant with cIosely imbricate leaves
Brachythecium turgidum (Hartm.) Kindb.
whose margin is usually distinctly recurved at the
Common. Some authors (e.g. Berggren 1875, as
apex.
B. salebrosum var. arclieum; Amell & Mår
tensson 1959) comment on the dose similarity
between Svalbard ecads of this species and Cir
riphyllum cirrosum. Brassard (1971b) comments
Brachythecium glaciale Schimp.
Reported from Bjørnøya where it forrned large
stands (Berggren 1875; Engelskjøn 1986: 87 and
Figure 3: "The first 10 m of the transect are uni
form
Drepanocladus
on the same problem in Ellesmere Island. See
also B. coruseum, °B. albieans, °B. j"rigidum, °B.
rutabu.lum,
salebrosum,
08.
°B.
udwn
and
°Cirriphyllum piliferum.
uncinatus-Brachythecium
glaciale carpets.... "), from Kiærstranda at the
S side of Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977), and from
Breidleria pratensis (Spruce) Loeske
the area near the hot springs of Bockfjorden
"This
(Frisvoll 1978d). A specimen from Bockfjorden
unbranched, pale green type with almost ortho
species
possesses two sporophytes. The report from Stup
phyllous,
hallet in Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992) is
Arnell
&
is
represented
appressed
leaves.'·
Mårtensson
1959,
by
an
almost
(Mårtensson
as
in
Hypnum).
A
catalogue ot Svalbard plm1ls. tungi. algae and cyanobacteria
Reported
(as
from
Hypnum)
Bellsund
S
(Karczmarz & Swil;!s 1988: 233). 'Sassen Quarter'
(Hadac 1946), Billefjorden (Acock 1940), Kongs
fjorden (Lindberg 1867, first report; Berggren
77
or as a supposed synonym (Lindberg 1867 and
Berggren 1875, as
B. inclinatum var. gracile;
B. inclinatum intumesc.[ensj, B.
graejianum. B. kaurinianum), see also Kue (1969,
Hadac 1946, as
1875; Amell & Mårtensson 1959) and Barentsøya
1973a). Podpera (1973b) cited Svalbard loealities
S and Edgeøya N (Philippi 1973). Collected at
for the following names:
Adventfjorden
Nordfjorden
(Kapp
(Advent
(Kapp
Smith),
City),
Wijk),
Adventdalen,
Dicksonfjorden
Ekmanfjorden
(Blomesletta).
Kiærstranda at Brøggerhalvøya S, and Reinsdyr
flya (Dvergkilen and Reinstrandodden) (Frisvoll
unpubL).
Bryobrittonia longipes (Mitt.) Horton
Reported from two nearby sites in the Kapp Wijk
area and one in Wijdefjorden (Vestfjorddalen)
(FrisvOll 1981a). The species has not been found
in Fennoscandia. It has a distinct arctic dis
tribution area (Horton 1983), and its occurrence
in North America and Svalbard is therefore of
particular phytogeographieal interest.
B. inclinatum ssp.
inclinatum var. intumescens (p. 33), var. graeile
Lindb. (p. 38), var. alpestre (p. 38), var. haemo
chroodes (p. 46), var. graefianum (p. 51), var.
haematostomum (p. 60), ssp. spitzbergense
(AmeIl) Podp. (p. 147) [see B. salinum], and ssp.
kaurinianum (p. 157).We doubt that sueh a host
of subordinate taxa of B. amblyodon grows on
Svalbard. Later reported by Gugnaeka-Fiedor &
Noryskiewicz (1982: Table 8: same as in Boinska
& Gugnaeka-Fiedor 1986, as B. inclinatum),
RZl;!tkowska (1988a, b, as
B. imbricatum), Dubiel
& Oleeh (1990: Tab. 26, 1992: Tab. l, as B.
inclinatum). Karezmarz & Swi s (1990b, as B.
inc!inatum), and Swil;!s & Karezmarz ( l 991b,
1993, as B. inclinatum). The name B. inclinatum
has probably been used in a colleetive sense, and
the status of the speeies on Svalbard is not dear.
It may have been confused with
Bryum algovicum C. Midl.
Frequent and often fertile:
"Kaum habe ieh
irgendwo einen solchen Reichthum an Fruehtem
eines Bryum gesehen wie hier an geeigneten Stel
len." (Berggren 1875, as
B. salinum and
other taxa. The reported speeimens should be
B. pendulum). Seems to
be especially vigorous on old dung, when the
restudied, but this is, however, not always easy:
"Since [Lindberg's (1867) speeimen of var.
gracile
(S, syntype) l has no fruits, I have not been able
to re-determine it." (Mårtensson in Arnell &
Mårtensson 1959, as
B. inclinatum).
first nitrophilous eolonisers (of Splaehnaeeae) are
disappearing: "It seems possible to demonstrate
a suecession heTe [on muskox droppings], with
Haplodon wormskjoldii [sic] as the first invader,
Tetraplodon mnioides and
Voitia hyperborea, which finally more and more
will be replaeed by species of Bryum (especially
B. pendulum)." (Holmen 1955). Bryum pau
peridens has only been reported from the type
this is followed by
loeality at Brucebyen in Billefjorden (Acock
1940; Jones 1951). Aceording to the protologue
(Jones 1951: see also Corley et al. 1981; Nyholm
Bryum argenteum Hedw.
Known from scattered localities in bird c1iffs
where it probably is eommon. It is widespread on
Edgeøya, at " ... Kiiste sowie an VogelfeIsen,
hier okologisch durch salzhaltige Nahrungsreste
und Exkremente der Gryllteiste
(Cepphus grylle)
bedingt. ... " (Philippi 1973). "It is eonsidered
to have been introdueed by the sea-birds them
selves." (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 277; see
also Berggren 1875).
1993) it is very dose to and perhaps eonspecifie
with B. algolJicum. Berggren (1875: 15. as B.
pendulum) noted that the eapsules of this and
other mosses are preferred as food by the snow
bunting
(Plectrophenax nilJalis). See also °B.
knowltonii.
Bryum bimum (Schreb.) Turn.
Reported without loeality (SommerfeIt 1833), as
frequent at Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), and from
Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swil;!s 1990b: Swil;!s
& Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Adventdalen with a
question mark (Hadac 1946:
Bryum amblyodon C. Miill.
Mostly reported as a taxon within
144),
and For
landsundet (Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz
B. inclinatum
1982:
TabLe 5;
Boinska
&
Gugnaeka-Fiedor
A. A. FRlSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
78
1986). It was not reported by Amell & Mår
Svalbard this beautiful moss was first deseribed
tensson (cf.Kue 1973a). Arnell's (1900) B. ven
as B. obtusifolium (Lindberg 1867). Typieal along
Iricosllm var. synoicum deseribed from Svenskøya
streamlets and in pereolation arcas on siliceous
is probably the same. There is also a subfossil
substrates, " ... and sometimes the entire veg
report by Sehimper (1870). The species may be
etation is eoloured blood red by Bryum cryophi
similar to, and is often treated within B. pseudo
lum." (Barkman 1987: 125). This arctic/subaretie
triquetrum. ::-.lo authors (exeept ArneIl) mention
speeies is bicentric in Fennoseandia (Mårtensson
sporophytes or a synoieous eondition of their
1949).
plants, and the eorreetness of sueh reports may
be questioned until this has been verified. See
also B. nitidulum.
Bryum nitidulum Lindb.
Deseribed on the basis of material from Bellsund,
Raudfjorden and Brennevinsfjorden (Lindberg
Bryum calophyllum R. Brown
Reported without loeality by Heuglin (1874), but as
he included 'B. obtusifolium Ldbg.·
cryo
philum) as a synonym, the reeord is unreliable.
Reported from the::-.l side (Kue 1963a; Dubiel &
Oleeh 1992) and from Sergeijevfjellet at the S
side of Hornsund (Dubiel & Oleeh 1990: 70),
from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1989a,
1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), Reeherehe
fjorden (Karezmarz & Swi s ] 990a; Swi s &
Karezmarz 1991b), the W side of Adventfjorden
and Nordfjorden (Berggren 1875), and from Kaf
fiøyra by Forlandsundet (Gugnaeka-Fiedor &
Noryskiewiez 1982: Table 1 ,6; Boinska & Gugn
aeka-Fiedor
(TROM,
1986).
leg. S.
Colleeted
at
Sørkapp
Kristoffersen 1930),
Berze
liusdalen in Van Mijenfjorden (TRH, leg. O.L
Rønning), Kapp Linne, Kongsfjorden and Boek
fjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.).
1867), and later reported many times (see Kue
1973a; Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982;
Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986: "The most
frequent speeies, oeeurring on the moraines of all
glaciers, is B. nitidulum."). But many or most of
the reeords may refer to other speeies. Mar
tensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) did not
find it in the Kongsfjorden area, and eonsidered
the Kongsfjorden material reported by Berggren
(1875) to belong to B. pallescens. Berggren's
speeimens from Bjørnøya and Grønfjorden seen
by us (LD) are B. bimum: the segments of the
inner peristome are widely perforated, the eilia
appendiculate, and the spores in the former 16
] 9 ,um and in the latter about 16 !tm. Engelskjøn
(1986: 91) also reports it from Bjørnøya. Before
all the reported specimens are revised the status
of B. nitidulum on Svalbard remains uneertain;
we think the name has served as a pigeonhole for
depauperate material of many speeies. The type
Bryum creberrimum TayL
material is in a bad state and the interpretation
of its eharaeteristies are therefore problematie
Reported by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959, as B.
(AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Sec also B. palle
cuspidatum; det. E. Nyholm) on the basis of a
scens.
specimen from "mossy tundra" at Ny-Ålesund
previously published as B. inclinatum (Arrnitage
1937). It has also been reported in vegetation
tables from Bohemanflya by Kobayashi et al.
(1990: 56, as B. lisae var. cuspidatum). (See B.
pallescens regarding a Bryum taxon from Ny
Ålesund resembling B.
creberrimum; for the
present we are not quite eonvineed that the
aeeepted report of B. creberrimum from there is
based on a speeimen different from this taxon,
but wc have not seen the speeimcn.)
Bryum pallens Anon.
Reported a fcw times (see Kue 1973a, and below),
but its status on Svalbard is uneertain. It may have
been confused with other red Brya, especially B.
rutdans and B. arcticum. However, the former is
almost never fertile while the latter is synoieous,
and the report of male and fruiting plants from
Kongsfjordcn by Lindberg (1867) seems convine
ing. But Amell & Mårtensson (1959) eonsidered
that the aetual speeimcn (H-SOL) was "too poor
Bryum cryophilum Mårt.
Common. On the basis of speeimens from NW
to permit a eomplete re-examination". It is odd
that the B. æneum
B. rutilans) reported by
Berggren (1875) is stated to be
50
fertile, and if
A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
not quite erroneously interpreted it may in part
refer to B. pallens. Podpera (1973a, as B. pallens
and f. abbreviata, f. microphylla) reported a few
79
(B. cirrhatum), and if
50,
this may be well
founded.
localities from the Isfjorden area. Dubiel & Olech
(1990: Tab. l, 13) listed B. pallens in six com
munities and regarded it a differential species of
their Polygonum viviparum community; but since
they do not include B. arcticum in their tables we
doubt that (all) the material is correctly named.
Hadac (1989) listed B. pallens in a vegetation
table from Barentsburg, Karczmarz & Swi s
(1990b) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, 1993)
from Bellsund S, and Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b)
from
Chamberlindalen
in
Recherchefjorden.
There is also a subfossil report by Schimper
(1870). It has not been reported from Bjørnøya,
but a dioicous specimen (archegonia only) col
lected there by S. Dunfjell, T.Engelskjøn and O.
Skifte in 1983 (TROM), is probably this species.
Bryum pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Gaertn.
et al.
"One of the commoner bryophytes in Spitsbergen
[= Svalbard)" (Kue 1973a). "Sehr formenreieh:
an nassen Stellen zarte, entfernt bebllitterte,
kaum wurzelfilzige Sprosse, an trockenen Stellen
kraftige. stark wurzelfilzige Formen, an den
trockensten Stellen sehlieBlieh stark gerotete,
kurzstengelige Formen. Dazwisehen zahlreiche
Ubergange." (Philippi 1973). The reports of B.
crispulum are induded here [regarding important
deseriptions and comments on the taxon, see
Hagen 1899-1904 (as species), Jensen 1939 (as B.
pseudotriquetrum ssp.) and Mårtensson (1956:
165, as doubtful species)]. Berggren's (1875)
reports of B. pseudotriquetrum var. cavi/otium
and var. compactum were referred to B. cris
Bryum pallescens Schwaegr.
Reported many times (see Kuc 1973a). "Most of
the fruiting Bryum material from perpendicular
rock surfaees of bird cliffs is fairly typical B.
pallescens. In all probability the non-fruiting
cushions of various form and size whieh are so
abundant in these localities also belong to this
speeies." (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). Bryum
teres Lindb., whose type is from Raudfjorden
and Russøyane, is alternately plaeed dose to B.
pallescens (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), B. niti
dulum (Berggren 1875: Kue 1973a) or treated as
a speeies (Anderson et al. 1990). The reports of
B. lonchocaulon (B. cirrhatum), B. subglobosum
pulum by Hagen (1899-1904): "Aus Spitzbergen
besitzte ich Exemplare von mehreren Standorten
ohne Lokalangabe (leg. et eomm. Berggren)."
The taxon was also reported by Hagen (1908),
Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 205), Hadac (1946:
157, as B. ventricosum crispulllm). Kue (1963a),
Podpera (1973a, as B. pselldotriquetrum ssp. cris
pulum), Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b) and Swi s
& Karezmarz (1991b, 1993). There are evident
taxonomical problems within B. pseudotrique
tmm s.l.: "On the whole arctic types as well as
alpine-montane ones of this speeies seem to be
very difficult to survey." (Mårtensson in Amell
& Mårtensson 1959). See also B. subneodamense.
and B. subrotundum (see Kue 1973a; Dubiel &
Oleeh 1990; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a, 1993) are
also included here. Thus treated, B. pal/escens is
very variable, and, aceording to Anderson et al.
(1990), includes three speeies (B. lonchocaulon,
B. pallescens and B. teres). Sinee the type area of
Bryum purpurascens (R. Brown) Bruch &
Schimp.
Induded in a bryophyte list from subfossil sedi
ments by Sehimper (1870). Reponed from NW
B. nitidulum and B. teres is Svalbard, a special
Sørkapp
study of their taxonomic status should be made
Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s
there. Mårtensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959,
in comment on B. pallescens) deseribes plants of a
Land
(Dubiel &
Olech
1990:
64),
& Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlindalen in
Reeherehefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b),
common Bryum from sand y soil in Ny-Ålesund,
Moskushamn in Adventfjorden (liadac 1946:
which "have something of B. cuspidatum in their
151, as 'var. grapeanum'; quoted also by Podpera
general appearanee", see B. creberrimum. We
1973b, as var. grapeanum Podp., with the fol
have eolleeted and studied the same taxon and
lowing comment [Frisvoll, transl.]: "To this taxon
can confirm Mårtensson's observations, and in
belongs apparently small specimens I have seen
addition state that it is synoicous. Perhaps some
from . .. Moskushamn ..., leg.E. Hadac; they
authors have named such plants B. lonchocaulon
are gracile, with setae only 1.5 cm long, but the
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
80
peristome has nevertheless prominent lamellae
quent (Kue 1963a, 1994b, as B. ovatum), Bellsund
and are not transversely striolate dorsally."), and
S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, as B. ovatum), Edge
SW Spitsbergen and Sorgfjorden (Lindberg 1862,
øya (Heinemeijer 1979, as B. ovatum), and Kong
1867). It appears that no speeimen of quite typical
Karls Land (ArnelI 1900, as B. neodamense var.
B. purpurascens has been commented on in the
ovatum, first report). Hornsund material was dis
literature, and therefore the reports may need
tributed in an exsiccatum by Bednarek-Ochyra
confirmation. Some of the cited authors do not
et al. (1987; see also Bednarek-Ochyra 1993, a
arcticwn
speeimen in the TRH set belongs to B. cryophi
(which has cross-walls between its basal peri
lum). Part of the material described as B. pseu
stome lamellae).
dotriquetrum var. cavifolium by Berggren (1875),
include the frequent and similar B.
and alluded to as such by Mårtensson (in ArnelI
& Mårtensson 1959, in comment on B. pseu
Bryum ru ti/ans Brid.
dotriquetrum), probably belongs to the present
By Berggren (1875, as B. æneum) reported from
Bjørnøya, several localities at the W and N side
of Spitsbergen and Nordaustlandet (Grønfjorden ,
Adventfjorden,
Nordfjorden,
Smeerenburg,
Kongsfjorden ,
Liefdefjorden,
Lomfjorden,
Parryøya), and from Kvalpynten at Edgeøya SW.
The speeimen from Parryøya is convincingly
characterised: "Eine grosse Menge Faden, .
sind in den Blattwinkeln vorhanden ...." Mår
tensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959) apparently
saw and confirmed severai of Berggren's speei
mens, but some of his reports may not be rehable
(see B. pallens). Further reported as "rather not
frequent"
at
Hornsund
(Kue
1963a,
as
B.
oeneum), from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
1990b;
Swi s
&
Karczmarz
1991a,
1991b),
Tempelfjorden
(Summer
hayes & Elton 1923: 279), with some uncertainty
from Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959),
and from Klovningen (Wulff 1902; speeimen stud
ied by Podpera 1973a). Collected at Nordfjorden
(Kapp
Wijk),
Ekmanfjorden
Dicksonfjorden
fjorden,
and
(Flintholmen),
(Heimenfjellet
Bockfjorden
SW).
strange appearance compared with normal ones,
but they appear always to be connected with these
by intermediate types. Characters such as form
and concavity of the leaves, length and strength
of the nerve, distinctness of the revolute margins,
and size and form of the cells do not seem to give
any clear picture of the variation but show that it
is very great. " It is possible that some reports of
B. crispulllln and B. subneodamense consider ane
and the same taxon (cf. B. pseudotriquetrum).
We treat the Svalbard material here referred to
B. subneodamense, and that reported as °B. neo
damen e. as one speeies, but the problem needs
more study.
1993),
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
Karczmarz
taxon: "The extremely turgid types have a very
Kongs
(Germaniahøgdene
SE) (Frisvoll unpubl. ).
Bryum weigelii Spreng.
Reported from Bellsund by Berggren (1875, as
B. duva/U) based on a specimen with dubious
provenance (see °Chiloscyphus polyanthos), from
Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a), and
from Hopen by Jørgensen (1929, as B. duvalii).
According
to
Philippi
(1973)
erroneously
reported from Edgeøya by Hofmann (1968). Dis
tributed in an exsiccatum by Bednarek-Ochyra e t
al. (1987). W e have seen a n exsiccate speeimen
Bryum salinum Limpr.
Reported from Kongsfjorden by ArnelI & Mår
tensson (1959) and Thannheiser & Hofmann
(1977). Bryum spitsbergense, based on material
from the E side of Spitsbergen by Storfjorden
(ArneIl 1900), is perhaps a synonym. See also B.
(TRH) from Ariedalen at Hornsund; it is made
up of reddish, densely crowded weak stems with
short leaves (1.2-1.6 mm including the typically
broadly and longly decurrent part). It is stated to
have grown "on banks of melt water channel
in wet situation". Not listed from Svalbard by
yholm (1993).
amblyodol1.
Bryum wrightii Sull. & Lesq.
Brywn subneodamense Kindb.
Reported from Hornsund where it was quite fre-
An arctic moss reported from Bjørnøya (Dixon
1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 221, as B.
A
catalogue of Svalbard planIs. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
81
globosum), the W side of Spitsbergen from
C. polygamum) from Svalbard. Srodon (1960: 10)
Hornsund to Kongsfjorden (many authors, see
called it C. chrysophyllum var. zemliae. Duell
Kuc 1973a; Podpera 1973b; Karczmarc & Swi s
(1985) listed C. chrysophyllum because of the
1990a, 1993), Reinsdyrflya (Rønning 1965: Table
supposed synonym C. zemliae, but the status of
2, 3) and Sorgfjorden (Wulff 1902, as B. mam
the latter needs more study. Recently, C. chry
illatum var. globosum; specimen confirmed by
sophyllum has been confirmed from Svalbard by
Podpera 1973b, as B. globosum). Collected at
L. Hedenas (pers. comm.),
Bockfjorden (Trollkjeldene) and Liefdefjorden
(Wulffberget SW) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Bryum glo
bosum Lindb, based on material from Kongs
fjorden, is a synonym. "The fruiting plants are
very beautiful. . .. " (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959).
Campylium lOllgicuspis (Lindb.
& H.
Am.)
Hedenås
"Dixon (1922) was so impressed by the bright
An
rosy capsule color of recently collected specimens
Amblystegium and at present only known from
arctic
species
previously
treated
within
from Spitzbergen that he proposed an unnecess
arctic E Siberia and one locality ne ar Gluudneset
ary new variety, Bryum globosum var.
E of Ny-Alesund, leg. S.Amell & O. Mårtensson
ru
ber
rimum, apparently not realizing at the time that
1956 (Heden as 1988a; see also Amell & Mår
this was the normal condition of living capsules
tensson 1959, in comment on Drepanoc/adus lyco
of the current year's growth." (Steere & Murray
podioides) .
1974). Typical of dry limestone ridges and similar
sites.
Campylium polygamum (Schimp.)
Calliergon richardsonii (Mitt.) Kindb.
Common in suitable habitats. Calliergon obtusi
folium Karcz. was described on the basis of
material from Kapp Thordsen (Karczmarz 1966;
see also Karczmarz 1971), and later reported by
Frahm (1977), Brossard et al. (1984: Table
l),
Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor (1986), Karczmarz
& Swi s (1990b), Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, b),
and mapped on Svalbard by Karczmarz & Swi s
(1989a). However, the type material of C. obtu
sifotium belongs to C.
J. Lange
& C. Jens.
"Bliithenstand, Blattbasis und Nerv variirt, so
dass nach den arktischen Exemplaren zu urtheilen
kaum genug Grund vorhanden ist diese Art und
die vorige [C. stellatum l zu trennen." (Berggren
1875). The Campylium species were previously
confused, and L. Hedenas (pers. comm.) recog
nises three common and three rare (C. chry
sophyllum, C. protensum, C. longicuspis) species
on Svalbard.
richardsonii (Hedenas
1993). See also cc. cordifolium, cc. giganteum
and cc. orbiculari-cordatum. Only the three last
mentioned species
have been reported from
Bjørnøya, but the reports probably refer to C.
Campylium protensum (Brid.) Kindb.
See C. polygamum .
richardsonii; we have seen many specimens from
there
collected
by
T.
Engelskjøn
in
1983
(TROM).
Campylopus schimperi Milde
A southem species which is recorded only from
Campylium arcticum Williams
Ossian Sarsfjellet at the head of Kongsfjorden
The species has been found to be frequent on
don at the nearby Blomstrandhalvøya (Polunin
Svalbard by L. Hedenas (pers. comm.).
(Frisvoll 1978d). A taxon reported from Ny-Lon
1945: 93, as Campylopus n.sp.) may belong here;
it grew in closely compacted Dryas tussocks:
Campylium chrysophyllum (Brid.)
J. Lange
"Indeed, mosses occurred mostly as mere scraps
that needed a lot of picking out, but nevertheless
SeveraI authors have reported C. zemliae (see
included an apparently undescribed species of
Kue 1973a; Frahm 1977; Swi s & Karczmarz
Campylopus. "This material could not be located
1991a, b, 1993
in the last paper also report of
by Amell & Mårtensson (1959: 132).
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
82
Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Cephalozia ambigua Mass.
See also C. lunulifolia.
See C. bieuspidata.
Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dum.
Cephaloziella arctiea Bryhn & Douin
Reported a few times, but the name has often
"After Blepharostoma triehophyllum the com
been used in a collective sense; the reports by
Lindberg (1867, as Jungermannia bieu.\pidata B*
gracillima) and ArnelI (1900) refer to C. ambigua
(AmelI
&
Mårtensson
1959).
Rejment-Gro
chowska (1967) pointed out differences between
the two and reported both from .Hornsund: "The
stems [of C. bieuspidata]are sterile and similar to
C. ambigua, but the leaf cells are larger, the cell
monest hepatic in the [ Kongsfjorden] district."
(ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). "Hier [on moist
dayey sand by Smeerenburg on Amsterdamøya]
wachsen
weiten
Strecken
llypnum
und Jungermannia
diuarieata
E
ineuTIJa,
die
beiden letzteren in tief schwarzroten Rasen weit
und breit den Boden bedeckend ... ." (Berggren
walls thinner and the leaf lobes longer than in C.
1875:
ambigua." Both taxa were also reported from
seyphus
Bellsund S and Chamberlindalen in Recherche
auf
sarmentosum, Sareoseyphus Ehrhartivar. arctieus
30).
=
(Hypnum
Warnstorfia,
Sarco
Marsupella arctiea, Jungermannia
=
Cephaloziella arctiea. ) See also cC. diuaricata.
fjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a; Swi s &
Karczmarz 1991b). The common Svalbard taxon
is C. ambigua. Their chromosome number is dif
ferent: n
9 in C. ambigua, n = 18 in C. bicus
pidata. "When chromosome counts ... are not
available, identification of much material remains
highly subjective." (Schuster 1988). Therefore,
the presence on Svalbard of C. bieuspidata is
perhaps not yet absolutely certain. Because of the
identification problems. C. ambigua is frequently
treated as a subspecies of C. bieuspidata.
Cephaloziella uncinata Schust.
Reported
from
between
Moskushamn
and
Advent City in Adventfjorden by Crundwell
(1978), who also renamed specimens from one
)ocality in Longyearbyen and many in Kongs
fjorden reported by Amell (in ArnelI & Mår
tensson 1959, as C. subdentata), and supposed
that the 'Sassen Quarter' report of Hadac (1946,
as Cephalozia striatula) belongs here. Collected
from severai stations in the Kapp Wijk area (Fris
Cephalozia lunulifolia (Dum.) Dum.
Reported
from
Fugleberget
at
Hornsund
(Rejment-Grochowska 1967, as C. media) and
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a, as C.
media). "The problem of separating sterile plants
of C. lunutifoUa and C. plenieeps in the Arctic is
critkal. . .. Evidently L. [= C. l]lunulifolia. in
voIl unpubl.). The reports of Cephaloziella sub
dentata from Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska
1967) and of C. striatula from DeItaneset between
Adventfjorden and Sassenfjorden (Persson 1942)
probably also are this species. It has not been
reported from the European mainland (Duell
1983).
the Arctic, is able to produce vigorous phenotypes
which in vegetative criteria totally bridge the gap
between temperate zone lunulifolia and tem
perate zone pleniceps. Criteria of sterile plants
thus besome of dubious value .... " (Schuster
1988: 182f).See al50 Schuster & Damsholt (1974).
Ceratodon antarcticus Card.
This name has been mentioned in the Svalbard
literature once befme,
when Theriot (1907)
reported C. areticus 'Kindb.' without locality
[actually (Kindb.) Card. in Ther. eomb. nov.,
Cephalozia pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb.
Reported from near Longyearbyen (Eurola 1968:
predating '(Kindb.) Roth' 1913 of Wijk et al.
(1959) and Burley & Pritchard (1990)] (Frisvoll,
trans!.): "The author [i.e. Kindberg] regards this
27), Adventfjorden (Crundwell 1978), 'Sassen
as a subspecies of C. purpureus. It is remarkable
Quarter' (Hadac 1946), Bohemanflya (Kobayashi
by its compact, tomentose tufts and its small
et al. 1990: 56), Kongsfjorden (Persson 1942),
leaves with wider and less chlorophyllose areo
and collected at Adventdalen (Bolternosa) and
lation than in the type. Mr. Cardot whom I owe
A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
this determination, remarks that its areolation
resembles C. antaretieus Card. and C. gross/retis
Card. from the Antarctic which, however, are
different in other characters." In their taxonomic
revision of Ceratodon Burley & Pritchard (1990)
found that C. purpureus ssp. aretieus Kindb.
(Kindberg 1898), whose type is from Kobbe
fjorden at Danskøya and collected by Berggren
in 1868, is indistinguishable from material of C.
antaretieus. The oldest name of the taxon is actu
ally C. purpureus ssp. aret/eus, whereas C. ant
aretieus and its synonym C. gross/retis date from
1900 and 1906, respectively! The southern dis
tribution comprises the Antarctic mainland (Ant
arctic Peninsula, Victoria Land, Enderby Land).
S. Georgia, S. Orkney Is., S. Shetland Is. and
Bouvetøya; in the north it is known from the
type of C. purpureus ssp.aretieus and with so
uncertainty
from
specimens ";
that
the
h •
•
•
two
conspecific...."
•
"other
e
arctlc-alpme
there i s n o evidence to suggest
populations
(Burley &
are
other
than
Pritchard 1990).
Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 231) reported both
C. purpur us and C. aretieus from the isolated
Isispynten at Nordaustlandet E. The species has
never been found with sporophytes, which is the
reason why its relationship and occurrence are
somewhat obscure. The width of the mid-leaf
cells is 8-12 11m in C. purpureus and 13-22 11m
in C. antaretieus, and this is the main practical
difference between them. Three species of Cer
atodon are now known from Svalbard, and the
previously so-called weedy and dull genus has
become interesting. A revision of all Svalbard
specimens will probably show that the three
species partly grow in different habitats and have
different frequency and distribution there. The
habitat of C. antaretieus is said to be "'Terrestrial
on bare soil, rock crevices and ledges; aften
associated with bird colonies." (Burley & Prit
chard 1990). It was (probably) described for the
first time by Berggren (1875, in comment on C.
purpureus): "Auf Parry's Insel bei 80°40' n.Br.
auf den
83
Ceratodon heterophyllus
Kindb.
Berggren (1875) described C.
purpureus var.
rotundifolius based on material from Advent
fjorden
(Burley
Pritchard
&
1990;
their
'Adventborg' is an error of 'Adventbai'; they state
that the type is Berggren 30b, this number is not
mentioned by Berggren but is included in the
survey of his exsiccate in Appendix 2).Berggren's
variety is a synonym of C. heterophyllus dating
from 1892.From Hornsund Kuc (1963a) reported
C. purpureus f. obtusifolius which refers to the
same taxon. Amell (1900, in comment on C.
purpureus) described a specimen from whale
bone at Svenskøya as " ... eine arktische Form
mit
eif6rmigen,
am
haufigsten
abgerundet
stumpfen Blattem, deren Rippe unter der Spitze
aufhort...." This accurate description probably
refers to C. heterophyllus. See a180 comments on
the taxon by Amell (1918, as C. purpureus var.
rotundifolius), Kuc (1973b, as c. purpureus var.
rotundifolius) and Ireland (1980).The spore size
is the best distinguishing characteristic between
C. heterophyllus (18-21 11m) and C. purpureus
(10-17
!lID), but sporophytes have only been
found in Alaska and Taymyr. "Collection of fer
tile
material
of
Ceratodon
purpureus
var.
rotundifolius from Spitsbergen ... is required
to confirm the distribution of C. heterophyllus."
(Burley & Pritchard 1990).The next best charac
teristic is the mid-leaf cell width: 12-16(22) 11m
in C. heterophyllus and 9-12(14) 11m in C. pur
pureus. The leaves of C. heterophyllus are entire
at apex and concave and obtuse and often cucul
late, but sterile alpine (not mentioning arctic)
morphs of C. purpureus with entire margin cannot
be separated from C. heterophyllus (Burley &
Pritchard 1990). Field work and revision of her
barium material will show whether they always
can be separated on Svalbard. The study of mixed
material may solve the problem. The species has
an arctic circumpolar distribution and is also
known from the Alps (Burley & Pritchard 1990).
Guanolagen der Vogelberge wachst
eine .. .Form, die sich durch ihre breit en Blatter
mit aussergewohnlich starkem Nerv auszeichnet,
der entweder unter der Spitze endet oder zu einer
Ceratodon purpureus
(Hedw.) Brid.
See C. antaretieus and C. heterophyllus.
kurzen Spitze auslauft. Die Zellen des Blattes
sind gross
Ill
. .. Am Nordkap auf den F lsen
der Brandewijne und Kobbe Bai [type locahty of
ssp. aretieusJ auf gleichartigem Boden kom
en
Cinclidium arcticum
(Bruch
&
Schimp.)
Schimp.
Formen vor, die ... doch etwas schlanker smd
Common in calcareous areas.The species is easily
und schmalere Blatter haben."
modified by the habitat.Its great morphological
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
84
variation is surveyed by Mårtensson (in Arnell &
Hopen
Mårtensson 1959) including eomments on ssp.
areticum). Colleeted at Bjørndalen, Nordfjorden
(Jørgensen
1929,
als o
report
of
polare Kindb. and f. gracillima Berggr. with type
(Kapp Wijk), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) and
C.
material from Svalbard. The latter was deseribed
Liefdefjorden (Sørdalsodden) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
as follows: "Eine forma gracillima, deren Blatter
Dixon (1922), Summerhayes &
kaum ein Viertel der gewohnliehen Grosse haben,
speeimens named by Dixon), Aeock (1940) and
waehst an der Westkiiste gegeniiber Charles'
Wall (1979) do not report the ubiquitous C.
Elton (1923,
aret/eum, and their reports are therefore less reli
Foreland." (Berggren 1875: 68).
able. There is also a subfossil report by Schimper
(1870). When a synoicous inflorescence cannot be
demonstrated (noted by Arnell & Mårtensson
Cinclidium latifolium Lindb.
This beautiful moss has been reported from the N
side of Hornsund (Bednarek-Oehyra et al. 1987,
specimen in TRH is C. subrofundum), Bellsund
S (Karezmarz & Swi,.s 1989b: Swi,.s & Karezmarz
1991a),
Swi,.s
Recherchefjorden
1990a),
W
Isfjordflya.
(Karezmarz
Adventdalen
1959),
the best distinguishing character
with
regard to C. aretieum is the structure of the upper
leaves with their apiculus. See also °Mnillm stel
lare.
&
and
Brøggerhalvøya W (Frahm 1977), '·the Isfjorden
Cinclidium subrotundum Lindb.
district" and Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson
Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel &
1959, first report). Stuphallet west of NY-Ålesund
(Wall 1979). and Edgeøya NW (Heinemeijer
1979:
Barkman 1987).
According
to Phihppi
(1973) the report of this speeies from Barentsøya
by Hofmann (1968, det. K. Holmen Il, cf. Holmen
1957b) was based on Cyrtomnium hymenophyl
lum.
Also
collected
asodden),
at Sassenfjorden
Sauriedalen.
:"lordfjorden
(Diab
(Kapp
Wijk), Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta), Diekson
fjorden (Kapp Smith), Bockfjorden (by Wat
neliøyra),
and
Liefdefjorden
(SØrdalsodden)
(Frisvoll unpubl.). See also °Mnium stellare.
Olech 1990: 64). Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1994b).
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi,.s 1988. 1989b;
Swi,.s & Karczmarz 1993). Chamberlindalen in
Recherchefjorden (Swi\!s & Karczmarz 199Ib).
Storrnyra at Van Mijenfjorden N (Eurola 1971a:
Table
I),
Isfjord Radio (Hagen 1952). Kon
gressdalen (Hadac 1989: 153). Colesbukta (Arnell
1900, tlrst report), 'Sassen Quarter' (Hadac 1946),
Prins Karls Forland (Hagen 1908), and Agardh
bukta and Barents,?ya SW (Philippi 1973). Col
lected at Bjørndalen and Adventdalen (from
Dammyra to Janssonhaugen) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
See al50 C. lalifolium.
Cinclidium stygium Sw.
Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton
1923:
228),
Hornsund
(Kuc
1963a,
1994b),
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi,.s 1989b, 1990b;
Swi,.s & Karczmarz 1993), Chamberlindalen in
Recherchefjorden (Swi,.s & Karezmarz 1991b),
Isfjord R adio (Hagen 1952), Todalen in Advent
dalen (Eurola ]971a: 98), Bohemanneset, Bille
fjorden and Tempelfjorden (Summerhayes &
Elton 1923: 254. 260, 279), Billefjorden (Acock
1940: Table 2), Gipsdalen (Dixon 1922: "Berg
gren [1875] records only C. aretieum B. & S., but
the present plant cannot be that, as the cells are
Cirriphyllum cirrosum (Schwaegr.) Grout
Scattered
but
widespread.
Lindberg
(1867)
reported Hypnum herjedalielIIn from Wahlen
bergfjorden: "Although this name is commonly
used as a synonym of C. eirrosum. Lindberg's
Spitsbergen material, which Dr. [H.] Persson
kindly loaned me, is not the same." (Kue 1973a:
444). But he did not refer it to another speeies.
Regarding material of Braehythecium turgidum
S.1. resembling Cirriphyllum, see cC. piliferum
and o Braehytheeium frigidum.
distinctly in divergent rows."), Brøggerhalvøya
(Frahm 1977: "viel seltener als C. aretieum."),
Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959; Wall
1979), Reinsdyrflya (Dahle 1983a), Heclahamna
in Sorgfjorden (Hooker 1828, is more probably
C. aret/eum which was described in 1846), and
Cladopodiella francisei (Hook.) Jørg.
Only reported once from moist soil at Zep
pelinfjellet near Ny-Ålesund
tensson 1959).
(Arnell &
Mår
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Climacium dendroides
(Hedw.) Web. &
85
Cnestrum glaucescens
Mohr
(Lindb. & H.
Am.)
Mogensen & Steere
Reported from Bjørnøya (Dixon 1922; Summer
See also C. alpestre. Cnestrum glaucescens is an
hayes & Elton 1923: 223; Engelskjøn 1986), Spits
interesting arctic speeies also known from a few
bergen
without
loeality
(Sommerfelt
1833),
Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1994b; Bednarek-Oehyra
localities in northern Fennoscandia
(Nyholm
1987).
et al. 1987), Isbjørnhamna in Hornsund and
Trygghamna in Isfjorden (Eurola 1968: Tab. 4,
6; from the latter loeality also by Dahl & Hadac
1946), Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b;
Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a, 1993), Midterhuken
at Bellsund (Euro la & Hakala 1977: Table 2),
Isfjordflya and Brøggerhalvøya W (Frahm 1977),
W of Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989: 147), Kaffiøyra
by Forlandsundet (Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor
1986), Kongsfjorden (Brown 1820, as Hypnum,
Coscinodon cribrosus
(Hedw.) Spruce
Collected in rock crevices of a bird diff at Kolfjel
let near Camp Morton in Van Mijenfjorden
(Elvebakk et al. 1987, leg. A. Elvebakk 1986,
TRaM), and from a bird manured rock at
Aretowskifjellet in Adventdalen (Frisvoll & Blom
1993, leg. A.A. Frisvoll, det. E. Nyholm, TRH).
first report; Lindberg 1867; ArnelI & Mårtensson
1959), 'northern Spitsbergen' (Bailey & Halliday
pers. eomm. to Kue 1973a), Floraberget at the
head of Murehisonfjorden on Nordaustlandet
(Eurola & Hakala 1977: Table 8), Barentsøya N
(Hjelmstad 1981: Tabell 7), and Barentsøya SW/
Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). Not reported by
Hadac (1946, see Kue 1973a). Colleeted at Bille
fjorden (Svenskehuset and Skansbukta, TRH
leg. O.l. Rønning), Nordfjorden (Tsehermakfjel
let), Dieksonfjorden (Heimenfjellet SW), Kross
fjorden (Ole Hansenkammen) and Boekfjorden
(Germaniahøgdene
SE)
(Frisvoll
Sometimes it is less dendroid
(d.
unpubl.).
Kue 1963a:
Figure 23). Its eeology on Svalbard is interesting,
(Hedw.) Spruce
Cratoneuron filicinum
A variable taxon whose arctic expressions have
caused much confusion. Many have reported on
var. curvicaule (see Kue 1973a), and it is still
uncertain how this Svalbard material shall be
interpreted or named. It is described by Berggren
(1875, as Hypnum filicinum var. curvicaule):
"Weicht von der Hauptform ab durch Fehlen
der Paraphyllien, durch die pl6tzlich zugespitzten
Blatter,
deren
versehwindet ... ."
Rippe
See
unter
also
der
Spitze
Drepanocladus
aduncus and °Callialaria curvicaulis.
as it always groWS at manured sites and usually
below bird difts (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). A
similar restricted eeology is noted for some weedy
speeies widely distributed in temperate regions
(e.g. Bryum argenteum, Marchantia polymorpha
5.1., Pleurozium schreberi, and Rhytidiadelphus
squarrosus).
Cryptocolea imbricata
Schust.
OnJy found on ealcareous substrates in Vestfjord
dalen in
Wijdefjorden
(Frisvoll 1981a).
The
species was previously known from N Sweden in
mainland Europe (Schuster & Mårtensson 1978).
Hs distribution pattern is correlated with unglaci
ated areas in N Ameriea, and the Svalbard locality
is therefore interesting phytogeographically.
Cnestrum alpestre
(Hiib.) Mogensen
Published as new to Svalbard by Frisvoll (1978d),
who pointed out that some of the speeimens might
Cynodontium strumiferum
(Hedw.) Lindb.
Reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karczmarz
Cnestrum) glaucescens.
1993), Linnevatnet (Hagen 1952), Bohemanftya
A reexamination by Mogensen & Steere (1979)
(Kobayashi et al. 1990), Dyrevika in Kongs
belong to Oncophorus
(=
eoncluded that 7 speeimens from Kongsfjorden
and Bockfjorden belong to
C.
alpestre;
the
remaining 22 specimens were referred to C. glau
cescens.
Reported from Dyrevika in Kongs
fjorden by Wegener et al. (1992).
fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992, cont. det. Frisvoll),
and Krossfjordcn (Ebeltofthamna) and Boek
fjorden
(Germaniahøgdene)
(Frisvoll
1981a).
Collected at Dicksonfjorden (Lyckholmdalen)
(Frisvoll unpubl.). It grows mainly in habitats
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
86
influenced
by bird manuring
like
rocks and
Wijk 1973), and also at Krossfjorden (Camp Zoe)
(Frisvoll 1981b: Fig. 81). Otherwise, sporophytes
mounds used as bird perches.
are only known from Greenland and Yukon
Cynodontium tenellum (Bruch & Schimp.)
(Koponen in Nyholm 1993).
Limpr.
Reported
from
Hornsund
(Kue
1963a),
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
Karezmarz 1991b, also report of cc. polycarpon)
and Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959).
Collected at Bjørndalen, Todalen in Advent
dalen, severai sites in Krossfjorden, and Boek
fjorden (Germaniahøgdene) (Frisvoll unpubl. ).
See also cc. polycarpon.
Dichodontium pe/lucidum (Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported
from
Bjørnøya
(Berggren
1875),
Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b;
Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), Reeherehefjorden
(Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz
1991b),
Isfjord Radio
(Hagen
1952),
Bohe
manflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), Adventfjorden
(Persson 1942), and Trollkjeldene in Boekfjorden
(Frisvoll
CyrlOmnium hymenophylloides (Hob.) T.
Kop.
1978d).
Sassenfjorden
Billefjorden,
Nordfjorden,
Ekmanfjorden
Reported without loeality by Theriot (1907, as
Mnium: "En petite quantite et en melange."),
Colleeted
Adventdalen,
(Blomesletta),
at
Bjørndalen,
(Diabasodden),
Dicksonfjorden,
Kongsfjorden,
Kollerfjorden, Vestfjorddalen and Reinsdyrflya
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
and from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund S
(Karczmarz
Swi s
&
1988,
1989b;
Swi s
&
Karczmarz 1993), and Linnedalen (Hagen 1952,
as Mniwn). Not reported from Kongsfjorden by
Arnell & Mårtensson (1959, as Mnium)who men
tioned dwarf speeimens resembling it, whieh were
interpreted
as
young
C.
hymenophyllum.
However, we have aseertained that C. hymeno
phylloides is frequent in Kongsfjorden as well as
in other ealcareous areas. We have specimens
also
from
the
Isfjorden
area
[Adventdalen
(Bolterdalen, Foxdalen), Sassenfjorden (Diaba
sodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Dickson
fjorden
(Heimenfjellet),
Ekmanfjorden
(Blomesletta )], Krossfjorden (Fanciullipynten),
Boekfjorden
(Trollkjeldene,
Jotunkjeldene),
Dieranella crispa (Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported from SW Spitsbergen (Lindberg 1862),
Bellsund S (Swit;:s & Karczmarz 1991a, as Arli
sothecium).
Chamberlindalen
in
Reeherehe
fjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b, as Aniso
thedum), Grønfjorden and Adventfjorden (Berg
gren 1875, but a specimen from the last loeality
was eonsidered to belong to D. grevilleana by
Kue 1973a), and Longyeardalen and
Kongs
fjorden (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Also eol
leeted
in
Bjørndalen,
Longyearbyen,
Adventdalen (many plaees), and Kongsfjorden
(Frisvoll unpubl.). See also D. varia.
Liefdefjorden (Næssøpynten) and Reinsdyrftya
(Reinstrandodden and Dvergkilen). A short leaf
apiculus never fails to oecur in C.
hymeno
phylloides, whereas an apiculus is absent in C.
hymenophyllum,
and
this key charaeter will
always distinguish the two, even if studied with a
hand lense. The common habitat of C. hymeno
phylloides is within frost eraeks in the soil. See
also OM. stellare.
Dieranella grevil!eana (Brid.) Schimp.
Reported from one locality at the N side of
Hornsund (Kue 1963a), from near Longyearbyen
(Frahm 1977). Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet (Gugn
aeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewiez 1982; Boinska &
Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986). and Sorgfjorden (Lind
berg 1867, as Dicranum grevillei ) . Colleeted at
Billefjorden,
Kongsfjorden
CyrlOmnium hymenophyllum (Bruch &
Nordfjorden (Kapp
and
Wijk
Reinsdyrflya
area),
(Frisvoll
unpubl.). See also D. crispa.
Schimp.) Holmen
Common (see Kue 1973a). The speeies is almost
never fertile (Holmen 1957a). It has been found
with abundant sporophytes at Nordfjorden (Kapp
Dieranella palustris (Dicks.) E. Warb.
Reported from "a plane terraee at foot of Arie
87
A catalogue of Svalbard plarus, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
kammen and Fugleberget" in Hornsund, and dis
tributed in an exsieeatum by Bednarek-Oehyra et
al, (1987; see also Bednarek-Oehyra 1993), and
from Bohemanftya by Kobayashi et al, (1990).
We have seen an exsieeate speeimen (TRH) , and
it is made up of typically robust plants. Dicranella
palustris was not listed from Svalbard by Nyholm
(1987).
Dieranella subulata
(Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund
S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz
1993), and Smeerenburg at Amsterdamøya and
Kobbefjorden at Danskøya (Berggren 1875).
Also eolleeted at Bjørndalen, Adventdalen and
Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll unpubL).
Dieranella varia
(Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982; Boinska
Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986) and Kongsfjorden
(ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, as D. muehlenbeckii
var.; Wegener et al.1992). The upper leaf cells
are always irregular , and the taxon appears to
inelude all previous eorreetly named reports of
D. muehlenbeckii sensu Nyholm (1954) from the
arehipelago (cf.Kue 1973a), see also OD. muehlen·
beckii and OD. brevifoliwn. It is apparently wide
spread but probably not eommon.
&
(Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton
1923: 223), the Adventfjorden area without exact
locality (Berggren 1875, as var. obtusifolia nov.
var.), Adventdalen by Innerhytta (Frahm 1971),
at delta in front of Helvetiadalen (Frisvoll 1981a,
as Anisothecium, mixed with the rare Pohlia atro
purpurea and other minute speeies colonizing
banks of a glaeier river), and below a bird eliff
at Tschermakfjellet in Nordfjorden (Frisvoll &
Blom 1993: 44).A report from Kongsfjorden by
Armitage (1937) refers to D. crispa (ArnelI &
Mårtensson 1959). Var. obtusifolia has been
reported only from Svalbard; it may be of liUle
taxonomic importance .
Dicranoweisia crispula
(Hedw.) Milde
A dominant species on siliceous boulders in snow
beds (Elvebakk 1984), but also common in more
exposed habitats. Loose eushions (moss-balls)
grow on loamy soil with frost activity. "... auf
dem Erdboden waehsend, vorzugsweise im Sand
steingebiet auf hartem steinigen Boden eine 2
Zoll hohe Form in lockeren Rasen, mit sich
elfOrmig gekriimmten BUittern und selten
fruchtend.... " (Berggren 1875, as Weissia).
Dicranum acutifolium
(Lindb. & H.
Am.)
Weim.
Reported from two localities at Forlandsundet
Dicranum angustum
Lindb.
First reported by Bryhn (1909), and in the last
deeades it has been frequently reported from
Svalbard. Nyholm (1987) distinguishes between
D. angustum and D. laevidens, which for a long
time have been treated as synonyms by most
authors. A differentiation between them may not
be unproblematic with regard to arctic material.
The bulk of the Svalbard material possesses elon
gate, thick-walled and porose cells throughout
the whole leaf. Aeeording to Nyholm (1987) these
characteristics are typical of D. laevidens. Dicra
num angus(um has shorter, more thin-walled and
less porose cells throughout the leaf. We have
seen a few speeimens with rather short, thin
walled and non-porose leaf cells; they have ten
tatively been referred to D. angus(wn 5.Str. The
problem is in need of more study.Arnell & Mår
tensson's (1959) material is D. laevidens: "The
leaf cells are long and have thick porose walls."
Many ofKuc's (1963a) specimens (KRAM) ofoD.
groenlandicum belong to D. angus(um!laevidens.
On the other hand, five speeimens (KRAM)
named D. angustum by Kue (1963a) belong to D.
elongatum and
Kiaeria
spadiceum (3), D.
glacialis.
Dicranum elongatum
Schwaegr.
The cushions of D. elongatum are normally very
dense with red-brown rhizoid felt, and they usu
ally inelude plants of Anastrophyllum minutum;
according to Hagen (1908: 327) the moss and
liverwort "are woven together into eompact,
almost woody tufts". However, dense-growing
ecads of D. fuscescens, with erect non-ftexuose
leaves and quite thick-walled leaf cells, may be
very similar in appearance (see D. fuscescens).
The broad costa and even more thiek-walled
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
88
non-papillose cells (also in young leaves) are
lamina and costa, may be more important as
diagnostic characteristics of D. elongatum. It is
differentiating characteristics than subtle dis
Svalbard than generally believed.
(stressed e.g. by Nyholm 1987; J6hannsson 1991:
certainly frequent, but may be less common on
similarities in the structure of cells and papillae
119). Typical boreal D. fuscescens is doubtfully
present on Svalbard, and the relationship between
this lowland and the arctic and alpine ecads needs
Dicranum flexicaule Brid.
The taxon is frequently present as large deep
cushions (to 10 cm); the shoots are robust with
falcate leaves along the whole stem and especially
at the top. The leaves are large, the upper margin
denticulate, and the costa usually not or sHghtly
excurrent.
There are usually few papiUae on
upper leaf ceUs and margin; but sometimes there
are more fairly high papillae, and the back of the
nerve is sometimes quite papillose in its upper
part. This is surprising because the Svalbard D.
fuscescens is so Httle papillose . The ceU structure
of the upper part of the leaves vades much.Some
times the cells are strongly irregular (as it is stated
to be in the floras), but they may also be more
regular. However, the robustness and structure
of the falcate shoots, and the appearance of the
broad !eaves with shortly or not excurrent costa
place these plants in D. flexicaule (sensu Nyholm
1987). Kuc's (1963a) D. fuscescens var. fuscescens
f. falcifolium is this species (KRAM, 5 speci
mens).
Dicranum fuscescens Sm.
The possible specific distinction between D. fus
cescells and D. flexicaule is disputed. However,
they seem to represent different genotypes or
genotype goups. and sometimes grow together in
mixed stands. A Berggren specimen from Grøn
fjorden (LD) is made up of two tufts; one is D.
flexicaule and the other D. fuscescens mixed with
a Httle D. flexicaule. The orientation and size of
the upper leaves of intimately mixed plants of the
further studies. The Svalbard plants frequently
grow in very dense cushions of about the same
appearance as D. elollgatum, and some speeimens
may not be easily separated from that species (see
also Berggren 1875: 25: "Dicrallum elollgatum,
formenreich wie sonst nirgends, oft 3-4 Zoll tiefe
kompakte Rasen bildene, oft von den Formen
des D. fuscescells kaum zu unterscheiden.... ).
"
Dicrallum fuscescells is usually known by its rela
tively broader leaf lamina and narrower costa, its
less incrassate leaf cells, and its more or less
papillose upper leaf cells and costa. The top of
exposed cushions are made up of very dense
growing plants with modified, non-papillose short
leaves whose subula is strongly reduced. Plants
growing in less dense cushions possess more of
the
well-known
characteristics
of
non-arctic
plants, but such specimens are not common.
These plants have erect-flexuose leaves with a
long--excurrent and
papillose costa. Dicranum
fuscescens was reviewed as frequent on Svalbard
by Kuc (1973a), but has usually been treated
collectively inc\uding D. flexicaule.
Dicranum laeuidens Williams
This is the common taxon of D. angustum $.1. on
Svalbard, see D. angustum. The taxon is arctic
and known from Svalbard, N Fennoscandia, arctic
Russia, Greenland and North America (Nyholm
1987). Most Svalbard specimens of D. angustum
s.l. will now key out as D. laevidens. Also col
lected at Bjørnøya (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell and
T. Engelskjøn 1983).
two are markedly different, in D. flexicaule falcate
and about 3-3.4 mm long and 0.65-0.75 mm
broad, in D. fuScescells erect-flexuose and about
1.8--2.0 mm long and 0.45-0.50 mm broad. It is
Dicranum majus Sm.
The Svalbard D.
majus is frequently ortho
the relative difference which is of interest here,
phyllous, but otherwise it principally agrees with
paratively small. Mixed stands are also known
the subula are usually somewhat reduced but still
because the tuft is compact and both taxa com
from C and E Norway (Frisvoll unpubl.; see also
Kellomaki et al. 1977). The general appearance
inc!uding size of plants and orientation of leaves,
and the reiative length and dentation of the upper
boreal material. The teeth and dorsal papillae of
present, and leaf transverse sections show the
typical structure of the costa and the rectangular
lumen of the lamina cells. Dicrallum scoparium
has quadratic lamina cells in cross section. Wide
A calalogue of SlJalbard p/anis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
89
spread in the less calcareous districts, especially
leaves are made up of an ovate basailamina which
where there is much Sphagnum. In calcareous
rapidly narrowg into a channelIed subula. When
areas it has been frequently confused with D.
dry, the subula is typically erect-Hexuose. There
spadiceum (q.v.). Not reported from Bjørnøya
are few or no marginal teeth at the subula. When
but recently collected there (TROM, leg. S.
known, the macroscopical characteristics makes
Dunfjell, T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte 1983).
this a rather easily recognised species both in the
field and laboratory. Some orthophyJlous plants
of D. majus may look like D. spadiceum, but
Dicranum scoparium
Hedw.
possess, inter alia, a less channelled leaf apex with
LittJe reported and probably also scattered in
reality. The Svalbard material of D. scoparium
marginal teeth and more elongate and thin-walled
upper leaf cells.
s.l. is variable, but does not include specimens of
OD. bonjeanii or OD. leioneuron. These species
have been thought to occur there (see Kuc 1973a),
because the dorsal leat lameJlae and marginal
teeth of the Svalbard D.
scoparium may be
strongly reduced and sometimes entirely absent,
and the leaf apex sometimes quite obtuse (Kuc
1963a: Fig 12). But the costa is strong in the lower
half of the leaves, and transverse sections reveal
that it is distinctly dorsaJly convex and includes
many stereid bands. In D. bonjeanii s.l. the costa
is Hat and weak. This difference is very pro
nounced in mixed stands from the Norwegian
mainland, and there is no important variation in
the structure of this part of the costa of the Sval
bard D. scoparium. In our opinion this charac
teristic is much more important than the variation
in the easily modified leaf ape x with its lamellae
and teeth. We have seen six D. scoparium speci
mens (KRAM) named D. bonjeanii var. ano
malum
and
two
named
D.
latifolium/D.
leioneuron by Kuc (1963a, 1973a), and in addition
studied specimens from many parts of Svalbard.
One specimen of Sphagnum squarrosum (TROM,
leg. T. Engelskjøn BB 003.2) from Bjørnøya
includes a shoot of D. scoparium, and it is new
to the island. The D. bonjeanii of some authors
(e.g. Berggren 1875, specimens in LD) refers at
least in part to D. laeuidens. The variation of D.
scoparium s.l. excIuding D. bonjeanii s.l. is still
great, and it is possible that the arctic ecad should
be recognised as a separate taxon.
Dicranum spadiceum
Zett.
The only common Dicranum species in calcareous
Dicranum tauricum
Sapehin
Reported from SW Spitsbergen, Magdalene
fjorden and Kobbefjorden by Lindberg (1867, as
D. strictum), who aIso summarised the differences
between this species and his own <>D. fragilifolium.
Previously, he had reported the latter on the basis
of the SW Spitsbergen specimen (Lindberg 1862).
Berggren (1875: 39, as D. strictum) indicated a
locality of D. tauricum at Miseryfjellet, Bjørnøya.
The reports of D. tauricum were considered
erroneous
by
Kue
(1973a,
as
D.
strictum),
whereas he accepted the report of D. fragilifolium
(as did Nyholm 1987). However, we have seen a
speeimen from each of Lindberg's three localities
(H-SOL), and they belong, surprisingly, to D.
tauricum. The cells are thin-walled in the whole
leaf; the costa is fairly narrow, and in transverse
section it has no stereids and only one to rarely
two layers of cells ventrai to the guide cells. In
D. fragilifolium the leaf cells are more thick
waIled; the costa is slightly wider and in transverse
section it possesses poorly differentiated stereid
bands towards the base, and two to three layers
of cells ventrai to the guide cells (Lawton 1971;
Hegewald 1992,
and
comparative
herbarium
material from Scandinavia). In Fennoscandia it is
mostly corticolous (Nyholm 1987), the north
ernmost confirmed locality from there is in Alta
in Northern Norway (Hegewald 1992).
Didymodon acutus
(Brid. )
K.
Saito
A bird eliff species which has been overlooked
areas. Rønning (1965) incIudes only one Dicra
and which is probably widespread in suitable habi
num species, viz. D. majus, in his vegetation
tats; it has been reported from nine localities in
tables from Dryas vegetation on Svalbard; most
Kongsfjorden,
of the records certainly refer to D. spadiceum.
Liefdefjorden
The species is usually shiny yellowish brown; its
1978d). Collected at BjØrnØya in 1983 (TROM,
Krossfjorden,
and
at
Bockfjorden,
ReinsdyrHya
(Frisvoll
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
90
leg. T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte). See also oD.
Trollkjeldene and Jotunkjeldene at Boekfjorden,
where it was locally common (Frisvoll 1978d).
icmadophilus.
The species is essentially non-arctic and oceurs in
Didymodon asperifolius (Mitt.) Crum et al.
scattered loealities in the lowlands of Fenno
scandia.
Reported from NW SØr kapp Land (Dubiel &
Olech 1990: 55, as Barbula), Hornsund (Kuc
1963a, as Barbula), Bellsund S (Karezmarz &
Diplophyllum albicans (L.)
Swi s 1988; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993, as
Reported from Bjørnøya (Summerhayes & Elton
Barbula), Mimerdalen (Hadac 1989: 163). Bille
fjorden (Acoek 1940; Jones 1951, as D. spits
bergensis), Forlandsundet (Gugnaeka-Fiedor &
Noryskiewiez 1982; Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor
1986), Kongsfjorden (Frisvoll 1985b), Reinsdyr
flya (Dahle 1983a), Frankenhalvøya at Barents
øya
(Hjelmstad
1981),
and
Edgeøya
NW
(Heinemeijer 1979, as Barbula rufa). Collected
at Bjørnøya (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell & T. Eng
elskjøn
1983),
(Diabasodden),
Boekfjorden
Adventdalen,
Sassenfjorden
Nordfjorden ,
Krossfjorden,
and
Liefdefjorden
(Frisvoll
unpubl. ). It has sometimes been eonfused with
reddish terrestrial Schistidium species: An exsic
cate specimen (No. 32, TRH) from Hornsund
named S. apocarpum (Bednarek-Ochyra et al.
1987) is this species.
Dum.
1923: 226) and Amsterdamøya (Berggren 1875).
In the former locality it was said to grow inside
crevices
between boulders,
from
where
the
authors mentioned also 9 mosses and 12 other
liverworts. The latter locality was said to inelude
Arctoa fu/vella growing at ".... die chaotiseher
Trummerfelder
von
Gneissbloeken
an
den
Gebirgsabhangen, wo sie . .. in den dunklen
Hohlen unter den FelsenblOeken mit Grimmia
contorta in Menge auftritt und wo aueh zu tinden
sind Scapania nemorosa, . .. Jungermannia albi
cans und taxifolia, J. plicata, Andreæa papillosa,
Jungerma.
und
setiformis
Polytrichum
commune." (Berggren 1875: 31, and also p. 97 in
comment on Scapania nemorosa). (G. contorta
G.
incurva,
Scapania
bergensis, Jungermannia
bilophozia
or
nemorosa
=
=
S.
=
spits
Diplophyllum, Bar
Tetralophozia.)
Diplophyllum
albicans is a western speeies rarely found north
Didymodon fallax (Hedw.) Zand.
of Tromsø in Norway (Jørgensen 1934; Elvebakk
unpubL), and the locality in NW Svalbard is phy
Reported from near the hot springs at Bock
togeographically remarkable."Oas Vorkommen
fjorden (Frisvoll 1978d, as Barbula) and in rock
auf Spitzbergen scheint mir kaum m6glieh; viel
ereviees near Kapp Wijk at Nordfjorden (Frisvoll
leicht grundet sieh die Angabe auf eine alte,
& Blom 1993). Also reported from ridge veg
unkontrollierte Bestimmung." (Bueh 1928).The
etation at Dyrevika and Stuphallet in Kongs
identifieation of Berggrens material has been con
fjorden by Wegener et al. (1992, as Barbula). but
tirrned by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959), and we
may have been confused with Cnestrum glau
have also studied a specimen (LD). Its leaves
cescens which was sent (by L.B. Jacobsen) as a
have a distinet vitta and a smooth cuticle, and the
possible material.
stem eortex is 3-4 stratose. It is aceepted also
from Bjørnøya, but we have not seen the material;
Didymodon johansenii (Williams) Crum
it may betong to the more arctic D. taxifolium
whieh has not been reported from there.
Reported from bird eliffs and boulders us ed as
bird perehes. Four localities in Kongsfjorden,
Liefdefjorden and Bockfjorden are known at
present.Formerly it was only known from North
Ameriea and Siberia and it has been regarded as
a glacial reliet (FrisvoH 1978d).
Distichium hagenii Philib.
Almost universally overlooked and eonfused with
D. inclinatum. Reported from Hornsund [Kue
1963a; but the peristome of the eapsule of his
Figure 8 is inaccurately redrawn from Hagen
Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa
Only reported from areas elose to the hot springs
(1899-1904: Tat. 1, Fig, 2) and does not show the
erucial peristome characteristie of the speeies,
see e.g. Nyhotm (1987)]; Bellsund S (Swi s &
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Karezmarz 1991a, 1993); Chamberlindalen in
Reeherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b);
in vegetation tables from Bohemanflya (Kobay
ashi et al. 1990, but they incIude only
D. hagenii
of that genus and this is unrealistie); and from
Nordaustlandet (Mårtensson & Persson MS in
Kue 1973a). The D.
inclinatum of the salt-tolerant
bryophyte society mentioned by Frahm (1977)
from Isfjord Radio and Brøggerhalvøya SW is
probably for the most part
D. hagenii. Dahle
(1983a) used the collective designation D. hageniil
inelinatum in his tables from Reinsdyrflya. Fre
quent on sea shores and collected at Kapp Linne,
Longyearbyen,
Adventdalen,
91
Drepanocladus aduncus (Hedw.) Warnst.
Common and strongly modified by the habitat;
it is often very gracile. Sometimes it looks like
Cratoneuron filicinum and has been thought to
Pseudoleskea ehilensis and °Callialaria
euruieaulis. Hadac (1946: 143f, 151, 157) used
the names D. aduneus and D. polyearpus about
represent
o
Svalbard material. Also Nyholm (1965) recog
D. polyearpus as a separate species, but it
aduncus. According
to L. Hedenas (pers. comm.) D. aduncus is taxo
nises
is now usually included in D.
nomically unclear in arctic areas.
Sassenfjorden
(Diabasodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk area),
and Ekmanfjorden (Flintholmen) in the Isjorden
area, and from Kongsfjorden (common) and
Bockfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Par.
D. flexicaule, but
eonsidered to be a separate widespread species
by Frisvoll (1985a; see also Smith 1993), who also
listed it from Svalbard, where it is fairly common
in moist habitats: "The species
f.
Only reported once from Reinsdyrflya at N Spits
bergen (Frisvoll 1978d).
Ditrichum crispatissimum (C. Miill.)
Often regarded as a variety of
Encalypta affinis Hedw.
[D. flexicauleJ is
very variable but is generally met with as the
long-Ieaved type." (Amell & Mårtensson 1959).
Encalypta brevicollis (Bruch
Ångstr.
&
Schimp.)
Colleeted from the summit of Sherdalfjellet near
NY-Ålesund (Frisvoll 1978d). Reported from
Dyrevika at the N side of Kongsfjorden (Wegener
et al. 1992), but the material sent on loan was
sterile and (probably) erroneously named.
Reported from Stuphallet in Kongsfjorden by
Wegener et al. (1992). Not explieitly reported
from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875), but it was
probably seen also there as "der bekannten lang
blåttrigen Form". Collected at Bjørnøya by S.
Dunfjell and T. Engelskjøn in 1983 (TROM).
Encalypta brevipes Schljak.
Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993) on the basis
of a nice specimen collected at Platåberget near
Longyearbyen by A. Myrmæl in 1991. It has
mature sporophytes with short setae (about 2
Ditrichum cylindricum (Hedw.) Grout .
Reported from SW
Spitsbergen by Lindberg
(1862, as
Triehodon; 1864a, b, as Triehodon
oblongus; 1867, as Ceratodon oblongus); his fer
tile speeimen (H-SOL) has been studied. Also
reported in vegetation tables from Trygghamna
mm). smooth gymnostomous eapsules with spores
37-48 11m, and fringed ealyptrae with a short
rostrum (see Horton & Murray 1976).
Encalypta longicollis Bruch
(Eurola 1968) and Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet
A phytogeographically interesting species col
(Boinska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor 1986). Four speci
leeted at nine loealities in Kongsfjorden. Boek
mens reported by Polunin (1945, as
fjorden and Liefdefjorden, always from
Trichodon
Dryas
communities (Frisvoll 1978d). Included in vege
oblongus) from Kongsfjorden have been renamed
Distiehium capillaceum (see Arnell & Mårtensson
tation tables from Brøggerhalvøya by Brattbakk
1959). Collected at Dieksonfjorden (Idodalen),
(1986). The distribution area includes Alaska,
Lilliehookfjorden (bird cIiff at Nilsfjellet), Koller
Newfoundland, Svalbard, Arctic Siberia, one
fjorden (bird cIiff behind Speidarneset) and Bock
loeality in N Sweden, Ukraine, and the Alps
fjorden (Trolltindane ) (Frisvoll unpubL); these
(Horton 1982, 1983; Belland & Brassard 1980;
specimens are sterile.
Ignatov & Afonina 1992).
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
92
Enealypta mutiea I. Hag.
Fissidens aret/eus Bryhn
Reported from Barentsburg (Hadac 1989: 166),
The specimens previously called
and from dry limestone loealities at Nordfjorden
bryoides (Frisvoll 1981a) have been referred to
F.
arcticus/
(Kapp Wijk) and Kongsfjorden (Juttaholmen)
F. arcticus and F. uiridulus by Nyholm (1987).
(FrisvoH 1981a). The distribution map by Horton
Only two specimens from Billefjorden and Kongs
(1983) shows large gaps between three areas
fjorden were named F. arcticus by Nyholm. It is
(Alaska/W Canada, Svalbard and Fennoscandia).
known from Svalbard, Greenland
Russia NW and the Baltic countries. The species
idulus and oF. exilis.
and Ignatov & Afonina (1992) report it from
and arctic
North America (Nyholm 1987). See also F. vir
is of phytogeographical interest.
Fissidens osmundoides Hedw.
Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
Enealypta rhaptoearpa Schwaegr.
Widespread and frequent. "Die Stengel sind an
gesehiitzten humusreichen Stellen an der Baien
des Eisfjords bisweilen zollhoeh, die Kapsel hat
ihren [n]ormale Form und dasPeristom ist vollstan
dig entwiekelt; an anderen Stellen ist der Stengel
niedrig, der Fruchtstiel und die Kapsel kurz und
das Peristom unvollstandig, es ist die Var. B lep
todon Lindb ... (Berggren 1875). There are also
plants with affinity to E. rhaptocarpa, whose eap
sules lack a peristom and which therefore may be
mistaken for E. breuipes and E. mutica. The
taxonomic status of this gymnostomous taxon is
uncertain; it is, inter alia, distinguished from the
two mentioned species by the lack of a fringed
calyptra.
1990b), Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden
(Swi s
&
(Kobayashi
Karezmarz
1990:
1991b),
Table
4,
Bohemanflya
6),
Billefjorden
(Aeoek 1940: Table 2-3), Adventfjorden and
Kongsfjorden
(Berggren
1875),
Kongsfjorden
(ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959; Frisvoll 1978, in eom
ment on Campylopus schimperi and Fissidens adi
anthoides; Wegener et al. 1992), Reinsdyrflya
(Dahle 1983a), 'northem Spitsbergen' (Bailey &
Halliday pers. eomm. to Kue 1973a), and in a
speeies list from lichen or moss heath "eompiled
from many different loealities" in and on both
sides of Hinlopenstretet (Summerhayes & Elton
1928: 204).
Colleeted at Adventdalen, Nord
fjorden (Kapp Wijk), Dicksonfjorden (Heimen
fjellet SW), Krossfjorden (Camp Zoe, Regnard
neset), and Boekfjorden (N of Nygaardbreen)
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
Eurhynehium pulchellum (Hedw.) Jenn.
Reported from Grønfjorden where it was col
lected in 1868 (Berggren 1875, as E. diuersi
folium), Nordfjorden (Frisvoll 1981a: 101), and
Barentsøya and Edgeøya (Philippi 1973; Heine
meijer 1979). However, the species has been
much overlooked, and more than 30 specimens
are now known from different parts of C and N
Spitsbergen (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also Brachy
thecium glaciale.
Fissidens uiridulus (Anon.) Wahlenb.
The name is mentioned in the text by Berggren
(1875: 36, in eomment on Dieranella crispa), but
the same material is probably ealled F. incurvus
in his speeies eatalogue. Most of the specimens
referred to F. arcticus/bryoides by Frisvoll (1981a)
have been renamed F.
viridulus by Nyholm
(1987). Thus it appears to be a frequent species
known from Adventdalen, Ekmanfjorden and
Nordfjorden in the Isfjorden area, and from
Kongsfjorden, Liefdefjorden and Bockfjorden.
Its main habitat is in frost eraeks in the soil (see
Fissidens adianthoides Hedw.
Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al.
(1961).
A
southem
temperature
also Cyrtomnium hymenophylloides ) .
demanding
speeies only known from Ossian Sarsfjellet (Fris
voIl 1978d), Kapp Wijk (leg. A.A. Frisvoll) and
Funaria aretiea (Berggr.) Kindb.
Sassendalen (leg. A. Elvebakk) (Frisvoll & Blom
Described by Berggren (1875, as F. hygrometrica
1993).
var.) based on material from Adventfjorden and
A
calalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Lomfjorden.Later reported from Hornsund (Kue
1963a,
1964),
Longyearbyen
and/or
lower
Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), Longyearbyen and
Ny-Ålesund (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, as F.
hygrometriea var.), and Stuphallet in Kongs
fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992). Colleeted below
bird cliffs at Tschermakfjellet in Nordfjorden and
on
Flintholmen
in
Ekmanfjorden
(Frisvoll
unpubl.).
93
Grimmia incurua Schwaegr.
Reported from Skoddefjellet (Srodon 1960: 9, as
Grimmia cf.) and severai sites at the N side of
Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Kapp Guissez between
Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden (Arne Il & Mår
tensson 1959), Amsterdamøya and Danskøya
(Berggren 1875, as G. eontorta: "Hier massenhaft
in dunklen Hohlungen zwisehen Felsentrilmmern
auf erde oder Steinen ....", see also Diplo
phyllum albieans), and NW part of Nordaustlan
det (Mårtensson & Persson MS and Blake Jr. MS,
Grimmia affinis Hornsch.
in Kuc 1973a). Collected at seven localities in
Recorded from three localities in Bockfjorden,
Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden, five localities in
all of which are used as bird perehes (Frisvoll
Bockfjorden (e.g. Trolltindane 1l00 m a.s.I.),
1978d).
Liefdefjorden
(Siktefjellet)
and
Reinsdyrftya
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
Grimmia anodon Bruch & Schimp.
Only found in bird eliffs. Reported from Kongs
Grimmia sessitana De Not.
fjorden and Liefdefjorden (Frisvoll 1978d) and
Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993); the speci
collected at Adventdalen and Dicksonfjorden
men was collected from
(Kapp Smith and Idodalen) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Bjørndalen (leg. A.A. Frisvoll, det. E. Nyholm).
sandstone
rocks
at
Greven (1995a,b) reported it from Nybyen in
Longyearbyen.
Grimmia donniana Sm.
Polunin's (1945) report from Kongsfjorden is
doubtful,
a
specimen
(BM) consists of
Grimmia subsulcata Limpr.
Mårtensson
Lindberg (1867) deseribed G. jacquinii var. sub
1959), a curious misidentification or possibly a
imberbis from Amsterdamøya, and this taxon was
label error, as it has been eollected in the same
later treated within oG. alpestris (Berggren 1875;
ehostomum
aretieum
(Arnell
Tri·
&
area (Sherdalfjellet, Ossian Sarsfjellet) later (leg.
Kue 1973a) and oG. eaespiticia (Wijk et al. 1962;
A.A.
Frisvoll et al. 1984). The type specimen has now
Frisvoll).
It
Magdalenefjorden
was
also
(Lindberg
reported
1867,
from
as
G.
Donnii), and from Barentsøya and Edgeøya at
Freemansundet
1979). The
(Philippi
description
1973;
of
Heinemeijer
Philippi's
been revised and found to correspond to G. sub
sulcata
Nyholm pers. comm.). This name was
used by Frisvoll & Blom (1993)
(1973)
material may indicate that it is another species:
" .. .. die Haarspitzen sind kurz und konnen
teilweise
auch
fehlen,
die
Zellen
Blattgrundes . . . kurzrechteckig
des
(Verhaltnis
Lange zu Breite wie 2: 1, GraBe 24 x 12
)
,u ,
die
Zellen der oberen Blatthalfte quadratisch und
dilnnwandig, ca. 8-10 11- groB." Perhaps G. sub
suleata?
Grimmia torquata Homsch.
Reported from the N side of Hornsund (Kuc
1964a), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988;
Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Ossian Sarsfjellet in
Kongsfjorden
(ArnelI
&
Mårtensson
1959),
Kobbefjorden (Berggren 1875, locality uncertain
because he eould not remember collecting it
there), and "northem part of the Archipelago"
Grimmia elatior Bals. & De Not.
(Balley & Halliday pers. comm. to Kuc 1973a:
403, 421).Collected at Bjørndalen (Fuglefjella),
Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993); the speci
Nordfjorden
men was collected from dolerite rocks at B10
(Sherdalfjellet), Krossfjorden (Signehamna) and
(Kongressfjellet),
Kongsfjorden
mesletta in Ekmanfjorden in 1973 (leg. A.A.
Bockfjorden (top of Trolltindane and towards
Frisvoll).
Germaniahøgdene) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
A. A. FR1SVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
94
Haplomitrium hookeri (Sm.) Nees
Gymnocolea infiata (Huds.) Dum.
Reported from the Hornsund area (Rejment
Only reported from the mountain slope of Sver
Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz &
druphamaren at Longyearbyen (Arnell & Mår
Swi s 1989a), Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden
tensson 1959). A rare or very rare species in
(Hadac 1989), Barentsburg (Bednarek-Ochyra et
Central Europe and Scandinavia (Arnell 1956;
al. 1987). Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et aL 1990:
Høiland & Pedersen 1975). The nearest known
Table 8), Adventfjorden [Berggren 1875, as Jun
locality is at Vadsø in Finnmark, N Norway (Fris
germannia inflata var.
voIl & Blom 1993).
rigidiuscula,
"zwischen
Hypnen und Cinclidium arcticum" and therefore
perhaps the unreported calciphilous G. borealis
(Frisv. & Moen) Schust.?], Agardhbukta (Phi
lippi 1973; Elvebakk unpubL) and Edgeøya NW
(Heinemeijer 1979). At Agardhbukta it forrned
large carpets on strongly acidie shale deposits,
and its distribution is probably limited by the
substrate. Duell (1983) inc1uded Svalbard in the
distribution of oG. acutiloba. but we think that is
an error.
Harpanthus fiotouianus (Nees) Nees
Reported from Wijdefjorden (Wulff 1902, as H.
flotowii) and Svenskøya at Kong Karls Land
(ArnellI900: " .. . . sparlich in einem Mischrasen
mit Jungermannia quinquedentata, J. Floerkei,
Amblystegium stellaturn u.s. w. Eine fUr die Spitz
bergische
Inselgruppe
mannia
Amblystegium
neue Art. )
Tritomaria,
"
.
(Junger
Barbilophozia;
Campylium.) The reports of this
characteristic species are included here although
it is thought to be in need of confirmation (but
Gymnomitrion apiculatum (Schiffn.) K.
MillI.
what else could it be?); it is odd that it has not
been found later. The species is common in
Reported from Bohemanftya (Kobayashi et aL
1990: Table 4, 7), Danskøya (Arnell & Mar
tensson
1959),
and
by
the
lake
Finnmark county, northernmost Norway (Jør
gensen 1934).
Hajern at
Lilliehookfjorden (Frisvoll & Blom 1983).
Harpanthus scutatus (Web. & Mohr) Spruce
Reported as "present in small quantity in material
from" Bjørnøya (Watson 1922; Summerhayes &
Elton 1923: 225), Forlandsundet (Hermansen
Hamatocaulis uemicosus (Mitt.) Hedenas
Reported severai times in the old Svalbard litera
ture (see Kue 1973a, as Drepanocladus). It was
later reported (as Drepanocladus) from Bjørnøya
(Engelskjøn 1986; als o by Summerhayes & Elton
1923), NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990:
54), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b;
Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlin
dalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz
1991b), Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al.
1990:
øya), and Prins Karls Forland (Watson 1922):
"The specimens, as Mr. [D. A.l Jones remarked,
were very variable in regard to infoiding of leaves,
frequency and size of underleaves, and amount
of thickening of cell-angles, much more so than is
usual in British plants." The northernmost known
Norwegian loeality is in Rana in Nordland county
(Jørgensen 1934), and the reports may need con
firmation.
Table 7), and the Forlandsundet area (Boinska &
Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986). Severai Svalbard speci
mens have been shown to belong to Scorpidium
revo!vens s.L (see Hagen 1899-1904: 321, in com
ment on Hypnum intermedium; Arnell & Mar
Hennediella heimii (Hedw.) Zand.
"Frequent around the coast of the archipelago"
(Kuc 1973a, as Pottia). The arctic ecad, var. arc
tensson 1959 and Kuc 1973a, in comment on
ticus (Lindb.) Zand., is sometimes treated as a
Drepanocladus vemicosus). But there is one veri
species (e.g. by Steere 1978, as Pottia obtusifoiia
fied
specimen,
collected
at
the
N
side
of
Adventdalen towards Malardalen in 1954 by A.C.
Crundwell (S, L. Hedenas pers. comm.; Frisvoll
& Blom 1993).
(R. Brown) C. Miil1.), and it is the common taxon
on Svalbard. The present species has usually been
referred to the genera Pottia or Desmatodon, but
has not been a fit element in either. Zander (1993)
A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, [ungi, algae and cyanobacteria
transferred it to the essentially austrai genus
95
at Grønfjorden by Berggren (1875, as Hypnum),
Hennediella; its speeies has, i.a., "laneeolate
and from Adventdalen (west of Passhytta) by
leaves ... bordered by a band of usually elongate
Frisvoll (1981a).
thiek-walled eells, with usually serrulate to den
tate and alm ost always plane . . . upper laminal
margins... . .
"
Hylocomium sp/endens (Hedw.) Schimp.
The common Svalbard eead is made up of simple
Hygrohypnum alpestre (Hedw.) Loeske
pinnate plants, rarely it is more branehed: "Auf
Reported from Bjørnøya and Kobbefjorden at
Beeren Eiland noeh mit niederliegendem Stengel
Danskøya (Berggren 1875, as Hypnum), from
in loekeren Rasen aber je weiter nordlieh desto
two nearby sites at Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Ossian
mehr aufreeht waehsend mit diehter gedrangten,
Sarsfjellet in Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mårtensson
wenig verzweigten Stengein, kurzen aufwarts ge
1959), and from Agardhbukta and SW Barents
riehteten Aestehen und plotzlieh in eine kurze
øya (Philippi 1973). Colleeted at Adventdalen
Spitze verlaufenden Stengelblattern." (Berggren
(Todalen) and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.).
1875). The taxonomie problems presented by the
different morphologieal eeads of H. splendens s.1.
are unsettled. The Svalbard material has some
Hygrohypnum cochlearifolium (Vent.)
Broth.
times been treated as a speeies, H. alaskanum
(Lesg. & James) Aust. The taxonomy of H. alas
Reported from Isfjord Radio by Hagen (1952).
Aeeording to Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) the
reports of H. molle from Adventfjorden and
Danskøya (Kobbefjorden) by Berggren (1875, as
Hypnum) refer to this species; and they reported
it themselves from Longyearbyen. Eurola &
Hakala (1977) induded it with reservation in a
vegetation table from Hunnberget in Murehison
fjorden at Nordaustlandet. Later eolleeted in
Adventdalen (Bolterdalen and W of Passhytta)
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
kanum is diseussed by Persson (in Persson &
Gjærevoll 1961): "As far as I can see all or prac
tically all material from Arctic . . .belongs to H.
alaskanum.
"
The opposite view is held by Steere
(1978): .... H. alaskanum can be only a stunted
"
physiologieal-eeological tundra form or eeotype
of Hylocomium splendens which does not merit
nomendaturai recognition
at
any
taxonomic
level." The variation of H. splendens s.l. in Sval
bard is described and figured by Kue (1963a). See
also Muller (1892, as Hypnum alaskanum, first
report), Theriot (1907, as Hylocomium splendens
var. gracilius) and Størmer (1940, as H. splendens
var. alaskanum). A review of the taxonomic treat
Hygrohypnum luridum (Hedw.) Jenn.
ment of H. alaskanum is given by Persson &
Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), M1i.lar
Viereck (1983).
dalen in Adventfjorden (Eurola 1968: Table 6),
Tempelfjorden (Hartmann 1980: 115), Kongs
fjorden
(Polunin
1945,
as
H.
palustre
var.
julaceum; Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), Hunnber
get in Murehisonfjorden (Eurola & Hakala 1977)
and SW Barentsøya and NW Edgeøya (Philippi
1973). Colleeted in Billefjorden, Nordfjorden,
Dieksonfjorden,
Vestfjorddalen
and
Liefde
fjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). In Kongsfjorden the
spe eies "seems to prefer moist rock surfaces at
or ne ar the bases of bird diffs... ." (Arnell &
Mårtensson 1959).
Hymenostylium recurvirostre (Hedw.) Dix.
Reported from Kongsfjorden (Arnell & Mår
tensson 1959, as Gymnostomum), Liefdefjorden
(Berggren 1875, as G. curvirostre), Boekfjorden
(Frisvoll 1978d, in eomment on
Didymodon
tophaceus) and Sorgfjorden (Lindberg 1867, as
G.
curvirostre).
Sassenfjorden
at
Adventdalen,
(Diabasodden),
Collected
Billefjorden ,
Nordfjorden, Dicksonfjorden, Krossfjorden and
Vestfjorddalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). The spe eies
Hygrohypnum ochraceum (WiIs.) Loeske
Reported from three loealities on Bjørnøya and
freguently grows on soil (Berggren 1875), as weU
as on rocks as usual in more southern latitudes
(Arnell & Mårtensson 1959).
A. A. FR/SVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
96
Jungermannia confertissima Nees
Reported from the NY-Ålesund area by Vana
DunfjelL T. Engelskjøn and O. Skifte in 1983
(TROM).
(1974) based on a specimen published by Arnell
& Mårtensson (1959, as J. pusilla), see 0J. jen
seniana. The entire Svalbard material of Jun
Kiaeria starkei (Web. & Mohr) I.
Hag.
germannia ought to be restudied. It seems that it
Reported from Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875; Dixon
occurs there with one or two species from each
1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 225, all as
of three pairs of closely related taxa, viz. J. obo
Dicranum), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swit;)s 1988,
vata - J. subelliptica, J. sphaerocarpa - J. con
1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Chamberlin
J. po/aris. Their prob
dalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz
lematic status in the Arctic is thoroughly discussed
1991b), the southernmost part of Prins Karls For
by Schuster (1988).
land (Berggren 1875, as Dicranum), and EdgeØya
Jertissima, and J. pumila
and the E side of Spitsbergen at Kvalvågen (Phi
lippi 1973). We have seen two of Berggren's exsic
Jungermannia poiaris Lindb.
The type of the name was collected in Sorgfjorden
by Malmgren in 1861 (Lindberg 1867). Probably
widespread in calcareous distriets; it includes also
J. schiJJneri published as new to Svalbard by
Arnell & Mårtensson (1959). See also 0J. pumila.
cate specimens (No. 12 Dicranum starkei, LD);
the one from Bjørnøya (Mount Misery 1868) is
K. Jalcata, whereas that from Prins Karls Forland
is correctly named. The leaves of the material of
K. Jalcata have distinctly papillose subula with
short cells, and slightly widened but not inftated
alar cells; the material of K. starke! has more
elongate cells in a non-papillose subula, and
Jungermannia sphaerocarpa Hook.
Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel &
Olech 1990), Fugleberget in Hornsund (Rejment
Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karezmarz &
Swi s 1988, 1989a; Swit;)s & Karczmarz 1991a),
and
Chamberlindalen
in
Recherchefjorden
inftated thin-walled alar cells. Dixon (1922) and
Summarhayes & Elton's (1923) record of K. star
kei from Bjørnøya may also need to be reexam
ined (it was said to grow "directly on rocks" and
"have the habit of Blindia acuta"). This ubiqui
tous snow bed species in the Scandinavian moun
tains is evidently very rare on Svalbard.
(Swit;)s & Karczmarz 1991 b), all reports as Soleno
stoma sphaerocarpum var. nana. See also J. con
Jertissima.
Leptobryum pyriforme (Hedw.) WiIs.
Reported from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Bellsund
Jungermannia subelliptica (Kaal.) Levier
First reported from Grønfjorden (Berggren 1875,
as J. genthiana). Later reported by Amell &
Mårtensson (1959, as Plectocolea) from Long
yearbyen and the NY-Ålesund area where it was
common. Therefore it is probably much more
frequent than the reports indicate. See also 0J.
obovata.
S (Rzt;)tkowska 1988a, b; Karczmarz & Swit;)s
1989a: Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a), three sites
in Grønfjorden and Pyramiden in Billefjorden
(Hadac 1989: Table 2, 5, 11, 20), W side of
Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875: 57, first report),
Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), De Geerdalen and
Botneheia in Sassenfjorden (Hadac 1946: 142,
153), four sites in Kongsfjorden (Amell & Mår
tensson 1959: HA common species in Ny-Ålesund
and in the immediate surroundings of the eoal
mines .... In addition to areas inhabited by man
Kiaeria faicata (Hedw.)
I.
Hag.
Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1984), but Ihis
the species also occurs on bird perches, e.g. on
the soil on earth slopes below bird cliffs. It fruits
abundantly. "), and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973).
may eonsider Jan Mayen. Perhaps therefore it
Collected
was listed from Svalbard with a question mark by
(Tschermakfjellet
Nyholm (1987). We do not know of any primary
fjorden (Flintholmen), Liefdefjorden (Wulffber
at
Longyearbyen,
and
Kapp
Nordfjorden
Wijk),
Ekman
report from Svalbard. Colleeted at Bjørnøya by
get) and Boekfjorden (in front of Adolfbreen and
S. Berggren in 1868 (see K. s/arkei) and by S.
Trollkjeldene) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
A calalogue of Sua/bard planIs, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacleria
97
Lescuraea incurvata (Hedw.) Lawt.
Lophozia gillmanii (Aust.) Schust.
Reported from Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875, as
Pseudo/eskea atrovirens), and the hot springs at
Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d).
Reported from Nordfjorden, Ekmanfjorden,
Vestfjorddalen and Kongsfjorden by Frisvoll
(1981a, as Leioeolea),
Lescuraea plicata (Web. & Mohr) Broth.
Only reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875,
as Ptyehodium) and Summerhayes & Elton (1923:
as Braehythecium); we have seen a Berggren
speeimen (LD).Not reported from there by Eng
elskjøn (1986), but present in abundance in some
specimens of Braehythecium turgidum (TRaM)
collected by him.
Lophozia badensis (Gott.) Schiffn.
Reported from Recherchefjorden (Karczmarz &
Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b, as Leio
eolea) and three localities in Kongsfjorden
(Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Leioeolea). Sch us
ter & Damsholt (1974) state that " .... all col
lections from the [Greenland] Arctic are critical
insofar as they tend to show a mixture of
'badensis' and 'collaris' characters." Schuster
(1988) reported Lophozia collaris from S Green
land based on a single collection: "The aspect
approached L. badensis, and, initially, I felt it
should go there." However, after a detailed study
he changed his mind. He did not report L.
badensis . The Svalbard material may need to be
restudied.
o
Lophozia bicrenata (Hoffm.) Dum.
Reported from Rotjesfjellet in Hornsund
(Rejment-Grochowska 1967, as Isopaehes) and
Billefjorden (Watson 1922; Summerhayes &
Elton 1923: 260). Watson (1922) mentioned the
characteristic odor of the speeies. Kell Damsholt
(pers. comm.) considers it very unlikely that L.
bierenata occurs on Svalbard; and he suppD ses
the reports may refer to L. alboviridis Schust., a
recently described species which is known from
Greenland and which is calciphilous as opposed
to the acidophilous L. bicrenata. See Schuster
(1988) concerning a comparision between the
two. Until the Svalbard material has been restud
ied we will not change the name.
Lophozia grandiretis (Kaal.) Schiffn.
So far reported only ''from moist coal-inter
mingled soil" at Longyearbyen (Arnell & Mår
tensson 1959); we have seen a speeimen (UPS),
and it belongs to var. grandiretis.
Lophozia heterocolpos (Hartm.) Howe
Reported from six sites at Hornsund (Rejment
Grochowska 1967, as Leioeolea), Recherche
fjorden W (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a, as Leio
eolea), Kongressdalen (Hadac 1989), and three
sites in Kongsfjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959,
as Leioeolea). ane specimen from Kongsfjorden
was referred to var. arctiea (of Leioeolea het
eroeolpos), and that taxon has also been reported
from Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978, as Leioeolea
heteroeo/pos harpanthoides in comment on
Lophozia opacifolia). Swi\;s & Karczmarz ( J 991a)
probably reported it from Bellsund S [as' Lopho
zia arctica' (S. Am.) comb. ined. ?, en. eit. in
syn. pro Leioeolea are/iea S, Am., K. Miill. in
Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. 6,1: 694. 1954]. Previous
reports of Lophozia eol/aris from Bellsund (Lind
berg 1867, collected by J. Vahl in 1838) and
Linnevatnet (Hagen 1952) perhaps also belong
here, see L. collaris and Amell & Mårtensson
(1959, in comment on Leioeolea heteroeolpos).
Collected at Longyearbyen, Sassenfjorden (Dia
basodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Dickson
fjorden (Heimenfjellet), Ekmanfjorden (Blome
sletta), Bockfjorden (Jotunkjeldene and Troll
kjeldene), and Liefdefjorden (Store Måkeøya)
(Frisvoll unpubJ.). Probably overlooked, but may
be quite rare or absent from N and E Svalbard.
o
Lophozia hyperarctica Schust.
This species was described by Schuster (1961) and
has been reported from a few localities in the
Arctic including one from Svalbard (Dickson
fjorden) (Frisvoll 1981a). Bisang (1991) mon0graphed Lophozia subgen. Sehistoehilopsis, but
was not quite convinced that the Svalbard speci
men belongs to L. hyperarctiea because it was
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
98
dead and devoid of oil bodies. The same specimen
was studied by K. Damsholt (pers. comm.): "Oil
bodies ca. 14 pr. cell, relative ly large and pap
illose-segmented (made up of many small drops).
The leaf lobes possess brownish secondary pig
mentation
(never
present
in
the
L. incisa
complex), and old stems have brownish cell walls
in their lower half [Frisvoll, trans!.]." Although
it was found to differ somewhat from neoarctic
material, he referred it to L. hyperarctica.
Lophozia lati/oUa
Reported
in
Longyeardalen and
collected at Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya by
(in ArnelI
& Mårtensson 1959). But
according to GroIle (1967, see also Schuster 1969)
all European records except one from Svalbard
are
based
on
erroneous
øya and Blomstrandhalvøya in the Kongsfjorden
area (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959). The species is
rare in Fennoscandia (ArnelI 1956). It has been
reported four times from mainland Norway (Fris
voll 1983b; Frisvoll & Blom 1993), and have later
turned out to be frequent on clayey soil in
Trondheim, Sør-Trøndelag (Frisvoll unpubl.).
(Schust.) Schust. &
Damsh.
Kongsfjorden, and also presumably observed and
ArnelI
Buch & S. Am.
Reported from Haavimbfjellet, Prins Heinrich
Lophozia polaris
Schust.
as com mon
Lophozia perssonii
identifications;
Listed as questionable on Svalbard by Duell
(1983). Reported from Kongressdalen by Hadac
(1989: 153. specimen named by J. Vana). The
species is thoroughly described by Schuster &
Damsholt (1974).
the
accepted specimen has perianths and originates
from the slope of Zeppelinfjellet by Ny-Ålesund.
Lophozia rutheana
(Limpr.) Howe
The presence of the species on Svalbard should
Reported from rich fen habitats in the Kapp Wijk
be confirmed.
area in Nordfjorden (Frisvoll 1978d), and col
lected from similar sites in the lower part of
Adventdalen and Sauriedalen (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Lophozia longidens
Reported
In Fennoscandia it is a widespread indicator of
(Lindb.) Macoun
from Bjørnøya and Bohemanneset
rich fens (Moen 1985).
(Watson 1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 226,
252),
Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967),
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a), and Kong
Lophozia uentricosa
(Dicks.) Dum.
Karls Land (ArneI11900, as Jungermannia, first
First reported from Kobbefjorden (Danskøya)
report).
and Smeerenburg (Amsterdamøya) by Lindberg
Collected
at Brøggerhalvøya
(Brøg
gerfjellet) (Frisvoll unpubL).
(1867. as Jungermannia ventricosa "IG.laxa "'gem
mipara", "Il porphyroleuca A. 213. l pulehella"
,
and "Il porphyroleuca B.y. [axa *gemmipara").
Lophozia opaci/oUa
Mey\.
Reported from Ekmanfjorden, Billefjorden and
Bockfjorden by Frisvoll (1978d, 1981a). Probably
also known from Magdalenefjorden, Kvalvågen
at the E side of Spitsbergen, and Barentsøya, see
oL. incisa.
Later reported from Kong Karls Land and Prins
Karls Forland (Arnell 1900, as Jungermannia).
Watson (1922; same as in Summerhayes & Elton
1923:
226,
252) reported it from Bjørnøya,
Bohemanneset
and
Prins Karls
forland;
the
material from the latter locality was said to possess
the characteristic gemmae. The reports have to
be reconsidered according to an updated tax
Lophozia pellucida
Schust.
onomy of the group. Schuster (1969) reported L.
ventricosa as frequent in arctic N Amerka and
Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993). The material
Greenland, and its arctic ecads are probably also
was collected from moist sand at the moraine in
present on Svalbard. Lophozia ventricosa var.
front of Karlsbreen in Bockfjorden (leg. A.A.
confusa
Frisvoll, det. conf. K. Damsholt). The leaf lobes
mouth and may be confused with oL. longiflora,
Schuster
(1969) has
ciliate perianth
have masses of orange-yellow gemmae and the
previously
lobes are similarly coloured.
Lindberg's names above). It is noteworthy that
called
L.
porphyroleuca
(see
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, /ungi, algae and cyanobacteria
99
L. ventricosa was not reported by ArnelI (in
(1992) may help to solve the problem; according
Arnell & Mårtensson 1959). A useful key to the
to him M. polymorpha "appears to be lacking
arctic taxa of L ventricosa in Greenland ,together
from the Arctic". but he had apparently not stud
with descriptions, discussions and illustrations, is
ied any Svalbard material. Syn.: M. polymorpha
given by Schuster & Damsholt (1974).
Lophozia wenzelii
Probably
ssp. ruderalis Bischl. & Boisselier.
(Nees) Steph.
frequent.
Lophozia
Marsupella arctiea
groenlandiea
(Nees) Macoun was mentioned by Berggren
(1875, in comment on Jungermannia attenuata);
reported
from
Colesbukta
(Bryhn
1909);
regarded as common in Kongsfjorden and also at
Longyearbyen and Magdalenefjorden (ArnelI &
Mårtensson 1959, figured with ciliate perianth
mouth and oil bodies of L. siluieola type, cf.
comment by Schuster 1969: 592, footnote 183);
(Berggr.) Bryhn & Kaal.
An arctic species which is known from the type
localities at Smeerenburg on Amsterdamøya and
Kobbefjorden on Danskøya (Berggren 1875, as
Sarcoscyphus emarginatus var. aretieus and
in
the text pp. 11, 18,29,31 - also as S. ehrharti
var. arcticus ) , and from Bjørndalen (Fuglefjella)
and Adventdalen (Bolternosa) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
See also Cephaloziella arctiea.
and reported from Hornsund (Rejment-Gro
chowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
1988, 1989a, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a,
1993) and Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden
(Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). See also Philippi
(1973, in comment on L. wenzelii). It has been
indicated that L. groenlandiea is an American
species, while the European material belongs to
Marsupella condensata (C.
Hartm.) KaaL
Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875, as
Gymnomitrium), but no specimen from there
could be traced by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959)
who,
however,
Danskøya.
themselves
reported
it
from
oL. murmaniea (Schljakov 1976-1981; Schuster
1988; see also Schuster & Damsholt 1974: 89f).
It remains to see where the material of this pur
portedly common Svalbard taxon belongs. The
name was typified and made a synonym of L.
wenzelii by Damsholt (1994).
Meesia uliginosa
Hedw.
Probably frequent, but overlooked when sterile.
Not previously reported from Bjørnøya, but ster
ile materiale (in a specimen of Calliergon rieh
ardsonii) was collected there by T. Engelskjøn in
Marchantia alpestris
1983 (TROM, det. Frisvoll).
(Nees) Burgeff
Usually reported to be the only or common
species of the genus, which often is subdominant
below bird cliffs and characteristic of this habitat.
Syn.: M. polymorpha ssp. montivagans Bischl. &
Boisselier.
Mesoptychia sahlbergii
(Lindb.) Evans
A very conspicuous species found on calcareous
substrate near Kapp Wijk (FrisvoIl 1981a) and in
Sassendalen (Elvebakk unpubl.). Previously it
was known only from unglaciated or partially
glaciated parts of Alaska, Yukon, Ellesmere
Marchantia polymorpha L.
Severai authors have claimed that all Marchantia
from Svalbard belongs to M. alpestris (see e.g.
ArnelI
&
Mårtensson
1959).
According
to
Rejment-Grochowska (1967) some material from
Island and Siberia (Steere & Inoue 1975; Kon
stantinova et al. 1992). The presence of this
species on Svalbard is therefore of interest from
a bryogeographical point of view.
Hornsund has thalli"with very well distinguished
midrib", and she states"....that in this region
both species occur and M. polymorpha has a
larger area than M.
alpestris.
"
A good com
Mielichhoferia elongata
(Hook.) Nees &
Hornsch.
parision between the twa is given by Warncke
Only reported from the south side of Bjørndalen
(1968).
near Longyearbyen (Frisvoll 1981a).
The thorough treatment by Schuster
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
100
fjorden (Blomstrandhalvøya) and at Reinsdyrftya
Mnium blyttii Bruch & Schimp.
Reported from Grønfjorden (Berggren 1 875),
Eskerdalen (Frahm 1977), Kongsfjorden (Weg
ener et al. 1992), Bockfjorden (FrisvoIl 1978: BO,
(Frisvoll 1978d). Also collected at Bjørndalen,
Adventdalen, Kapp Wijk, and Blomesletta in the
Isfjorden area (Frisvoll unpubl. ).
in comment on Lophozia opaci[olia), Reinsdyr
ftya (Dahle 1983a), and Edgeøya (Heinemeijer
1979). Collected at Isfjorden S of Bjørndalen.
Longyearbyen, and Kapp Wijk in Nordfjorden
Mnium thomsonii Schimp.
See M. marginatum.
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
Molendoa tenuinervis Limpr.
Mnium marginatum (Dicks.) P. Beauv.
Scattered but probably somewhat overlooked.
The only Mnium species reported from Bjørnøya
is M. marginatum (Sommerfelt 1833, as Bryum);
the genus probably occurs there and the report is
therefore accepted, but it may refer to another
species. Reported from Hornsund (Kuc 1963a),
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989b), upper
Adventdalen and Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977,
points
out
differences
with
regard
to
M.
thomsonii), Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al 1992,
Reported from bird clitfs near NY-Ålesund (Fris
voIl 1978d). Collected at Bjørnøya (TROM, leg.
S. Dunfjell and T. Enge1skjøn 1983), Nordfjorden
(N side of Kongressfjellet), Ekmanfjorden (Blo
mesletta) and Dicksonfjorden (W side of Hei
menfjellet and Idodalen) (Frisvoll unpubl.). It is
a phytogeographically interesting species that is
known from central Europe, Svalbard, NE Euro
pean and arctic Siberian Russia (Ignatov & Afo
nina 1992), and North America.
no report of M. thomsonii), and Sorgfjorden
(Lindberg 1867, first report: also report of M.
thomsonii, as M. orthorrhynchum). Collected in
Kongsfjorden (Gluudneset and Blomstrandhalv
øya) (Frisvoll unpubl.). Kuc (1963a: 334 and
Table 2) had some difficulties in distinguishing
between M. thomsonii (as M. ortllOrrhynchum)
and M. marginatum at Hornsund, and he recog
nised both and in addition M. marginatum var.
riparium with intermediate characteristics. The
type of Mnium riparium Mitt. refers to dioicous
populations
of
the
usually
synoicous
M.
marginatum, but otherwise they are not different
(Crundwell 1962; Koponen et al. 1977: Anno
tation 221; Koponen 1980). A restudy of Kuc's
specimens will probably show they can be divided
between the two species in question. Kuc (1973a)
suspected that M. marginatum "may prove to be
common er than M. orthorrhynchum" in Svalbard,
Mylia taylorii (Hook.) S. Gray
A southern species collected in Kongsfjorden
"inter
Rhacomitrium
Malmgren
in
1861
germannia Taylori
lY
hypnoides"
(Lindberg
1867,
by
A.J.
as Jun
genuina; see also Arnell &
Mårtensson 1959). We have seen a specimen lab
elled "Kingsbay 1861 Malmgren" (H-SOL). The
small piece is made up of typical plants with
reddish-tinged
leaves
whose
upper
part
is
deftexed in the usual manner; microscopically,
the leaves show the diagnostically cracked cutide.
It is a remarkable occurrence which is unrecorded
in the ftoras. Muller (1954-1957) indicates that
OM. anomala is known from Svalbard (see also
Schuster 1983: 521, Fig. 25), but this must be a
confusion or an error.
but we are convinced the opposite is the case.
Teeth and spinulae are of ten reduced in the sterile
arctic M. thomsonii, and its cells are frequently
Myurella tenerrima (Brid.) Lindb.
slightly collenchymatous, and the cell size (pre
The species has not always been weU understood.
dominantly < 17 11m in M. thomsonii and> 20 J11TI
in M. marginatum) is the reliable distinguishing
characteristic there.
Mårtensson
(in
Amell
&
Mårtensson
1959)
treated it within M. julacea; he found that " ....
in addition to normal sterns, shoots or part of
shoots with non-appressed, distant, apiculate lea
Mnium spinosum (Voit) Schwaegr.
Reported from Dryas communities in Kongs
ves may occur in a specimen." Philippi (1973)
reported both species, but wondered whether M.
tenerrima was only
"ein Sumpfform" of
M.
A catalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacteria
101
julacea. But they are without doubt two good
America (Brassard et al. 1982), and is not found
species,
in the area between Svalbard and Central Europe.
and mixed
stands
are not rare on
Svalbard. Exposed plants of M. tenerrima have
often (sub)imbricate leaves in the Arctic
as
opposed to the distant leaves of non-exposed and
non-arctic plants. Probably overlooked.
Orthothecium intricatum (Hartm.) Schimp.
Much rarer than its common twin O. strictum.
Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
1988; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993), Recherche
Nardia geoscyphus (De Not.) Lindb.
Reported
from
Bratteggdalen
in
fjorden
Hornsund
(Rejment-Grochowska 1967) and in vegetation
tables from Bjørndalen (Eurola 1968) and Gluud
neset in Kongsfjorden (Brattbakk et al. 1978).
Also collected by Tredalshytta in Adventdalen
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
(Rz tkowska
1988a,
b;
Swi s
&
Karczmarz 1991b), four localities at the S side of
Isfjorden (Hagen 1952), and Dyrevika in Kongs
fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992); see also the discus
sion by Berggren (1875, in comment on O.
strictum). Collected at Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk,
Kongressfjellet) and Bockfjorden (Trollkjeldene)
(Frisvoll unpubl.). The material we have seen
possesses slightly secund, longly acuminate leaves
with plane margin.
Oncophorus virens (Hedw.) Brid.
Less common than the ubiquitous O. wahlell
bergii, but still widespread. Philippi (1973) was
unable to distinguish between the two. and he
even presented a histogram to show the medium
leaf length of his collective O. virells. Such a
quantitative approach to the taxonomy of the
two is of course impossible. The usual qualitative
differences between them are present also on
Svalbard. Their small ecads, otten called O. virens
var.
arcticum
and
O.
wahlenbergii
var.
compactum, are "parallei forms well distinguished
by the (often only a little) recurved leaf margin
of the first one" (Kuc 1963a, as Cynodontium).
Oncophorus wahlenbergii Brid.
The morphological variation of the taxon is very
large, and it is present almost everywhere in the
calcareous areas. Without much experience with
arctic material its small modifications are difficult
to know. Mårtensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson
1959: 148) found it hard to recognise Catoscopium
nigritum in the field because of "the high fre
quency of curious short-leaved Oncophorus types
resembling it in general appearance". See also O.
virens.
Orthothecium lapponicum (Schimp.) C.
Hartm.
Reported by Frisvoll & Blom (1993). The speci
men was collected in Liefdefjorden from below a
bird diff at Wulffberget above Hornbækpollen,
where it grew together with species like Aplodoll
wormskioldii, Tetraplodon pallidus and T. para
doxus (leg. A. A. Frisvoll. det. cont. L. Hedenas).
The occurrence together with these nitrophilous
species is certainly a mere coincidence. Previously
known from NE Sweden (Hedeniis 1988b) and
Alta in Finnmark, N Norway (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Orthotrichum alpestre Bruch & Schimp.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875).
but two specimens collected by him in 1868 are
labelled 'Spitzbergen', see Frisvoll & Lewinsky
(1981) who also presented distribution maps of
all Orthotrichum species on Svalbard. Reported
from Brucebyen in Billefjorden by Lewinsky &
Soldan (1994). The O. alpestre reported from
Kongsfjorden by ArnelI & Mårtensson (1959)
and from Isfjordftya and Kiærstranda by Frahm
(1977), belongs to O. pellucidum.
Oreas martiana (Hoppe & Hornsch.) Brid.
Orthotrichum obtusifolium Brid.
Reported from behind Knattodden at the N side
Restricted to bird eliffs where it may be quite
of Magdalenefjorden by Bonnot (1974). The
common.
species is phytogeographically very interesting as
fjorden(Krossfjorden and Bockfjorden (Frisvoll
it occurs in widely scattered localities in North
1978, as Nyholmiella; Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981).
Known from
Nordfjorden,
Kongs
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
102
Orthotrichum pallens
Plagiobryum zieri
Brid.
reported
(Hedw.) Lindb.
Restricted to bird eliffs or sites used as bird
Only
perches. Known from inner part of Isfjorden,
(Berggren
from
Brøggerhalvøya, Magdalenefjorden and Reins
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
dyrflya (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981).
Karczmarz 1991b). But the species is widespread
1875,
as
Bjørnøya,
Zieria
Nordfjorden
julacea),
and
and known from the following additional areas:
Adventdalen,
Orthotrichum pellucidum
Foxdalen,
Sassenfjorden
(Dia
basodden), Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk), Ekman
Lindb.
Described on the basis of material from Sorg
fjorden (Lindberg 1867), and known from C and
N Spitsbergen (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981). In
mainland Europe only known from N Sweden
(Lewinsky 1980).
fjorden (Blomesletta), Kongsfjorden (by Lov
enbreen and Ossian Sarsfjellet) and Reinsdyrflya
(Frisvoll
unpubl.).
Kuc
(1973a)
states
that
Mathey-Dupraz (1912) reported this species, but
he used the name
Bryum julaceum Schr. which is
°Anomobryum filiforme with syn
onym A. julaceum (Gaertn. et al.) Schimp. jula
ceum.
a synonym of
Orthotrichum sordidum
SulL
&
Lesq.
An arctic species not known from mainland
Europe (Duell 1985).On Svalbard it is an exclus
ive bird diff species (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981).
The statement by Berggren (1875, in comment on
Plagiomnium curvatulum
(Lindb.) Sehljak.
Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
1989b, as P.
Reported from Russekeila (Hagen 1952, as Cm
medium ssp.), Kapp Linne (Koponen
medium ssp.), Kobbefjorden at
Danskøya [Koponen 1971, as P. medium ssp.,
based on the type of Mnium medium var. inte
grifolium Lindb. (Lindberg 1868; same as in Lind
berg 1867,
as
M. medium)], Barentsøya
(Hofmann 1968, as M. medium), and Kong Karls
Land (ArnelI 1900, as Astrophyllum medium,
toneuron), and later collected from the nearby
with comment on the synoicous inflorescence of
O. breutelii) that " . .. die Zahne schmaler und
der Spitze mehr durchl6chert sind.... " may
refer to O.
sordidum.
Palustriella decipiens
(De Not.) Oehyra
Grønfjorden (Kongressdalen) by O.L Rønning
in 1958 (TRH, det. A. A.Frisvoll, cont. L. Hed
enas; Frisvoll & Blom 1993).
1977, as
P.
the material).
Also collected at
Colesbukta
(TRH, leg. O.L Rønning 1960, det. A. A.
Frisvoll), the Longyearbyen area, Kapp Wijk in
Nordfjorden, and the NY-Ålesund area (Frisvoll
Peltolepis quadrata
(Saut.)
unpubL).Wyatt et al. (1993) confirmed that the
K. Milli.
As far as we know not reported in any primary
literature.
but Iisted from Svalbard in floras
(Midler 1954-1957; Arnell 1956). Collected at
Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk) Ekmanfjorden (Blo
mesletta) and Kongsfjorden (Blomstrandhalv
øya) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
allopolyploid P.
medium s.l. is heterogeneous,
curvatulum
and the more southern P. medium S.str. have
and found that the arctic/subarctic P.
different origin and ought to be treated as dif
ferent species. ane of the parent species of P.
curvatulum is the ubiquitous P. ellipticum, and
when sterile they are "very difficult to separate"
from each other (Koponen in Nyholm 1993; see
also comments on arctic material of the two by
Philonotis tomentelIa Mol.
See Up.
Koponen 1971: 349, as P.
medium ssp.).
arnellii, 0p. caespitosa and 0p. fontana.
Plagiopus oederiana
Plagiobryum demissum
(Hook.) Lindb.
Reported from Blomesletta at Ekmanfjorden
(Frisvoll 1978d), and Sassenfjorden (Diabasod
den) (Frisvoll & Blom 1993), always sterile.
(Sw.) Crum
&
Anders.
Reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karczmarz
1993), Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875, as
Bart
ramla oederi), 'Sassen Quarter' (Hadac 1946, as
P. oederi), Ny-Ålesund (Frahm 1977, as P.
oederi), and Wahlenbergfjorden at Nordaustlan
A caralogue of Svalbard p/arm, fungi, a/gae and cyanobacleria
103
det (Lindberg 1867, as Bartramia oederi). But the
eulata; foliorum cellulae magnitudine 7-10 x 80
species is more common than the se sites indicate,
110
as it is also found in Adventdalen, Sassenfjorden
below a bird diff in Christian Miche\senfjella W,
(Diabasodden),
Nordfjorden,
Dicksonfjorden,
Kongsfjorden,
Ekmanfjorden,
Krossfjorden,
Vestfjorddalen, Bockfjorden, and Liefdefjorden
(Frisvoll unpubl.). It often grows on soil. See also
o
Bartramia pomiformis.
.um .
Holotype: Krossfjorden, Kollerfjorden,
alt. 50 m., 22 July 1974 A.A. Frisvoll (TRH),
isotypes (O,
S,
TRH).
Regarding
thorough
deseription, illustrations and relationship to 0p.
laetum,
0p.
piliferum,
P.
cavifolium
(never
reported from Svalbard), and P. denticulatum,
see Frisvoll (1981a: 98f., Fig. 3-4 in comment on
Plagiothecium berggrenianum
P. laetum s.I.). A reinvestigation of all the
Frisv.
material has made it elear that it does not fit
First accurately described as part of a colleetive
P. denticulatum by Berggren (1875: 81) and there
fore named after him: ". . . . die BHitter wie
allseitig gesteIlt, dem stengel angedriiekt, konkav,
plotzlieh zugespitzt mit zuriiekgebogener Spitze.
Diese Form, . ..
hat eine strohgelbe Farbe,
hohen Stengel und ist dem Habitus naeh Hypnum
[Straminergon] stramineum ahnlich." The speeies
was validly deseribed and reported from steep
slopes below bird eliffs in distinctly silieeous areas
at Bellsund, Krossfjorden and Parryøya (Frisvoll
1981a). It is phytogeographieally very interesting
and is otherwise known from Thule/Qanaaq in
Greenland, one loeality in arctic Canada, severaI
localities in Alaska (FrisvoIl 1984), and from seat
tered sites in the Russian (European and Siberian)
arctic (O.M. Afonina pers. eomm.; Ignatov &
Afonina 1992), and is therefore eircumarctic.
into P. laetum. The majority of the leaves of
P. svalbardense are quite or almost symmetrical
whereas most leaves of P. laetum are distinetly
asymmetrical. Their form is also otherwise dif
ferent; in P. svalbardense they are ovate and fairly
suddenly narrowed into an apiculus, while in P.
laetum they are more evenly narrowed towards a
shorter apex (Frisvoll 1981a: Fig. 4). The shoots
of P. svalbardense are frequently subjulaeeous
and rarely eomplanate, whereas P. laetum is one
of the Plagiothecium species with really com
planate shoots. The previous statements (Frisvoll
1981a) regarding this character are therefore
modified here. The areolation of the leaves of P.
svalbardense is strikingly more lax than in P.
laetum (Frisvoll 1981a).
Previously reported as
P. piliferum var. brevifolium by Kuc (1963a) and
P. laetum S.1. or 'P. laetum Svalbard plant' by
Frisvoll (1981a). Kuc's specimens (KRAM) agree
with the rest of the material. Apparently, the
Plagiothecium denticulatum
Sehimp.
Widespread
but
infrequent.
taxon oeeurs on non-calcareous substrate and is at
(Hedw.)
present known from all the three major basement
Reported
from
Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as var. obtusifolium),
Kongsfjorden, Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya
rock areas of Svalbard: Hornsund, Krossfjorden,
Bockfjorden, and Sjuøyane (N of Nordaustlan
det).
(Arneli & Mårtensson 1959, as P. denticulatum
s.str.), Kobbefjorden at Danskøya (Lindberg
1867, as Hypnum), Danskøya, Amsterdamøya
and Parryøya (Berggren 1875, see also P. berg
grenianum and 0p. laetum), Kvalvågen at Spits
bergen E (Philippi 1973), and perhaps from NW
Edgeøya (Heinemeijer 1979, as Plagiothecium
spee.). Colleeted at Fuglefjella west of Bjørn
dalen, Krossfjorden and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll
unpubl.).
Pleurocladula albescens
Reported
from
(Hook.) Grolle
Bjørnøya,
Bellsund,
Grøn
fjorden, Nordfjorden, Prins Karls Forland and
Smeerenburg (Berggren 1875, as Jungermannia
islandiea), many localities in Kongsfjorden, and
Longyearbyen and Danskøya (AmelI & Mår
tensson 1959, as Pleuroclada: "seems to be repre
sented mainly by its var. islandiea"), Kvalvågen
at the E side of Spitsbergen (Philippi 1973, as
Plagiothecium sualbardense
Frisv.
spee.
nov.
Pleuroclada), and Edgeøya (Heinemeijer 1979,
as Pleuroclada). Also collected at Billefjorden
(Frisvoll unpubl.). There are evidently two taxa
Muscus sureulimbus subjulaceis; caespitosus, pul
in Pleurocladula, but their status has been mueh
vinos densos formans; folia ovata, distincte api
disputed (see Krzakowa 1972; Szweykowski 1984:
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
104
1134 and footnote 6 [by SchusterJ). The arctic
situation is discussed by Schuster & Damsholt
(1974), and Schuster (1988): "There, if any seg
regation into two chief genotypic eIusters ...
exists it is totally masked by the obvious pheno
typic maUeability of the taxon." (Schuster 1988).
Pogonatum dentatum (Bdd.) Brid.
Reported from Hornsund where it was stated to
be common (Kue 1963a, 1973a, as P. capillare),
Reeherehefjorden W (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a,
as P. capilIare), Linm:dalen (as P. capillare) and
Barentsburg (Hadac 1989: 153, 160), Eskerdalen
(Frahm 1977,
as
P.
capillare),
Bohemanftya
(Kobayashi et al. 1990), and Dyrevika in Kongs
fjorden (Wegener et al. 1992, who, however, kept
no material). It has been looked for in vain in
Pleurozium schreberi (Brid. ) Mitt.
Sommerfelt (1833) reported Hypnum parietinum
L. from Spitsbergen and Edgeøya, and Lindblom
(1840, as H. parietinum; see also Kuc 1973a, as
Entodon) accepted this as a report of P. schre
beri
a fact which, however, may be questioned
[no report of the much more common Hylo
comium splendens: Hypnum parietinwn L. ex
With. 1801
=
Hylocomium splendens, Hypnum
parietinum L. ex Wahlenb.1812 horn. illeg.
P.
schreberi fide Wijk et al.1964]. Reported from
NW Sørkapp Land (Dublei & Olech 1990: Tab.
8), many localities at the N side of Hornsund (Kuc
1963a, as Entodon, 1994b), Bellsund S (Swi s
& Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Bellsund (Lindberg
1867, as Hypnum, leg. Vahl 1838), Chamberlin
dalen in Recherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz
1991b), Kongressdalen (Hadac 1989: 153), Isfjord
Radio and Longyearbyen (Hagen 1952, as Hylo
comium), Adventdalen and Bohemanneset (Lid
1967: Table 12 and 20, as Hylocomium; in the
same tables also H. splendens, but three speci
mens named H. schreberi by Lid are as weU H.
splendens
-
herb. O), Kapp Thordsen in Nord
fjorden (ArneIl1900, as Hylocomium pariet/num;
see comment by Arnell & Mårtensson 1959),
Fuglehuken (A. Elvebakk unpubl.), Grimaldi
fjellet between Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden
(Arnell & Mårtensson 1959; speeimen seen, herb.
O), and Kobbefjorden at Danskøya (Berggren
1875:
90,
as
Hypnum:
"mit
Hylocomium
splendens . .., hochstengelig und kraftig."; conf.
other areas (see Arnell & Mårtensson 1959), and
is evidently quite rare compared with P. urnig
erum . We have seen Kuc's specimens (KRAM).
Pohlia andrewsii Shaw
Reported from 'Spitsbergen' by Shaw (1981a),
and more precisely from Smeerenburg and Sju
øyane by Shaw [1981b, based on specimens
reported as Bryum annotinum
<? bulbilliferum by
Lindberg (1867) and Webera annotina by Berg
gren (1875); see also Czernyadjeva & Ignatov
(1991)]. Reports of 0p.
annotina (q.v.) pre
surnably refer also to this speeies : ". . .. iiberall
nur sparlieh und steril aber am meisten mit einer
Menge theils rundlicher
theils langgestreekter
probably P. andrewsii]
probably P. proligera]
Bulbillen in den Blattwinkeln" (Berggren 1875,
as Webera). Reported as common at Hornsund
by Kue (1963a, as P. grandiflora var.grandi(lora:
"Severai bulbils together in each axil, cuplike in
shape, composed of rounded cells with some
sharp teeth on the upper margin.") and from
Daudbjørnpynten at the E side of Sørkapp Land
by Kuc (1963b, as P. grandiflora: "gemmae in the
corners of the leaves. severai in each, cup-like in
shape, and terminating in severaI sharp teeth,
tufts shining."). We have much unpublished
material and P. andrewsii is probably common in
W and N Svalbard.So far the re are no reports of
P. annotina s..
1 from E Svalbard.
O. Mårtensson, cf. ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959).
Collected at Signehamna in Krossfjorden and
Germaniahøgdene SE at Bockfjorden (FrisvoI1
unpubl.). The species is therefore known only
from the whole western side of Spitsbergen. It
usually grows in bryophyte mats in favourable
Pohlia atropurpurea (Wahlenb.) H. Lindb.
A rare species only found once at Adventdalen
eolonizing ftuvial deposits
(Frisvoll 1981a, as
Mniobryum).
habitats and therefore often at bird eIiffs. "Turgid
pinnate
types
of
Hylocomium sp/endens . ..
often resemble P. schreberi very much in their
Pohlia crudoides (Sull. & Lesq.) Broth.
general appearanee ..., but have paraphyllia."
Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a), Bellsund
(ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959: 161, 163).
S (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlin
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
dalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz
105
P. elongata var. green i! (Brid.) Shaw (Anderson
1991b). and Magdalenefjorden (Arnell & Mår
et al. 1990), which is the same as var. polymorpha
tensson 1959). Collected at Bjørndalen, Kross
of Nyholm (1958) and var. minor of Nyholm
fjorden and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.).
(1993). The traditional differenees between the
taxa
are
as follows:
Plants
paroieous
(var.
elongata, var. greenii), or autoieous and at times
Pohlia drummondii (C. Miill.) Andrews
Although ArnelI (1900, as P. commutata) stated
that this was "Eine naeh Berggren auf Spitzbergen
haufige Arr', it was reported for the first time by
him from many localities at Kong Karls Land.
Berggren (1875) reported only P. ludwigii, but
the mention of "Bulbillen" may indieate that he
also studied or colleeted P. drummondii. And
when diseussing the oeeurrence of branehlets in
simultaneously paroicous (var. acuminata); eap
sule narrowly elongate with neek often longer
than the urn (var. e/ongata), capsule shorter with
neek as long as the urn (var. acuminata), or eap
sule short and ovate with neek shorter than the
urn (var. greenii) (Jensen 1939, mainly). More
over, var. greenii has the smallest leaves with the
shortest cells, and is probably the common (or
only) Svalbard taxon.
the upper leaf axils of B. rutilans (p. 62, as B.
æneum) he states: "Es erinnern diese gewis
sermassen an die Knospen der an denselben Stel
len haufig wachsenden Webera Ludwigii." As
Mårtensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) and
Philippi (1973) point out P. drummondii may not
always be easy to identify, but it is certainly
eommon in the ealcareous areas. Included from
Bjørnøya on the basis of Berggren's (1875) report
of Webera ludwigii. See also P. obtusifolia and
Pohlia filum (Schimp.) Mårt.
Reported from one or two localities at the N side
of Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as P. gracilis), Bellsund
S (Swi s & Karczmarz 1993, as P. gracilis), and
Klovningen (Wulff 1902. as P. commutata var.
gracilis). Colleeted at Nordfjorden, Kongsfjor
den, Bockfjorden and Liefdefjorden (Frisvoll
unpubl.). Probably overlooked.
0p. ludwigii.
Pohlia nutans (Hedw.) Lindb.
Pohlia elongata Hedw.
A very common speeies. Some aut hors (Lindberg
Reported from severai localities by Lindberg
(1867, as P. polymorpha), Berggren (1875, as
Webera polymorpha) and Kue (1963a, as P. acu
minata). Listed in vegetation tables from NW
Sørkapp
Land
(Dubiel
&
Oleeh 1990:
69),
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b, Swi s &
Karczmarz 1991a, as P. acuminata, 1993, as P.
polymorpha), and Recherchefjorden (Karezmarz
& Swi s 1990a, as P. polymorpha; Swi s &
Karezmarz 1991b), reported from Kaffiøyra at
Forlandsundet by Gugnacka-Fiedor &
Nory
1867; Berggren 1875; Boirlska & Gugnaeka-Fie
dor 1986; Swi s & Karczmarz 1993) reported ssp.
schimperi C. MillI. under various names (see Kue
1973a, as P. rutilans non Bryum rutilans
B.
oeneum of Kue), and this is a frequent taxon on
Svalbard. Nyholm (1993) treats P. schimperi (C.
Milli.) Andrews as a species, but the only key
eharacteristic mentioned is colour, viz. green in
P. nU/ans and red in P. schimperi. The problem
is certainly more eomplex. and needs further
studies.
skiewicz (1982: Table 8, as P. acuminata) and
Boirlska & Gugnaeka-Fiedor (1986), and eol
leeted from severaI localities in C and N Spits
bergen (Frisvoll unpubl.). The taxonomy of P.
Pohlia obtusifolia (Brid.) L. Koch
Reported by some old and recent authors (see
e/ongata s.l. is obseure, as different treatments
Kue 1973a; Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz
and synonymy are met with in different works.
1982: Table 1, 6; Boirlska & Gugnacka-Fiedor
On Svalbard it is hardly present as var. e/ongata,
1986; Karezmare & Swi s 1988, 1989a; Kobayashi
although P. acuminata is usually, and P. poly
et al. 1990: Table 7; Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a).
morpha sometimes, treated as synonymous with
Berggren (1875, as Webera cucullata) reported i t
it. The arctic-alpine taxon is sometimes eon
from Bjørnøya, Lindberg (1867, as Bryum cu
sidered a speeies, P. minor Schwaegr. (Wijk et
al. 1967): its coneet varietal name appears to be
cullatum) from Lågøya and Sjuøyane at Nord
austlandet, Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 203f, as
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
106
Webera eucullata) from Fosterøyane in
Hin
and
Pogonatum)
P.
(Hedw.)
nonvegicum
lopenstretet, and Hofmann (1968) from Barents
Sehljak., respeetively (Long 1985; S6derstr6m,
øya; the other reports are from the whole western
Hedenas & Hallingbliek 1992). Schriebl (1991. as
side of Spitsbergen. Some reports may need to be
Polytrichum) cultivated taxa within P. alpinum
eheeked, because P. obtusifoiia is similar to other
s.L: "Nach dem studium des Typusmaterials und
speeies of the genus and especially to P. drum
aehtjahrigen Kulturversuehen erwiesen sich die
mondii (see e.g. Kue 1963a, in comment on
Varietaten von p,
P. drummondii). Important differential eharac
trionale,
teristics are pointed out by Shaw (l98Ia: 32f):
eingezogen .... Es lieSen sieh keine Hinweise
alpinum: arcticum,
septen
als i.iberfli.issig und werden ab nun
"Alpine populations of P. drummondii that seem
auf genetisch fixierte Rasen tinden." He did not
to lack propagula may be confused with P.
cultivate var.fragile. The second taxonomie eom
obtusifolia . .
. When sterile, P. obtusifolia can
ment on a Svalbard bryophyte eoncerns a speci
be distinguished from P. drummondii by its subtIy
men of P. alpinum from Edgeøya (Sommerfelt
.
cucullate leaf apex, wider, laxer leaf eells (ca. 15
1833, as Polytrichum) [Frisvoll, trans!.]: "Very
wide or more) [8--11(14) {lm in P. drum
depauperate ... , so that it, by the short, almost
,um
mondii], and by its less distinet red pigmentation,
ereet leaves,
although it is sometimes pink-stemmed." Sporo
tentrionale, but folia evidenter serrata shows that
somewhat
approaches
P.
sep
phytes have been reported by Lindberg (1867)
it belongs here." Regarding the first taxonomie
and Berggren (1875).
comment, sec Tetraplodon paradoxus.
Pahlia praligera (Breidl.) H. Am.
Polytrichastrum longisetum (Brid. )
Probably reported as part of a colleetive o P. anno
Reported from one locality at Hornsund by Kuc
G.L.
Sm.
tina by Berggren (1875, as Webera), see P. and
(1963a, as Polytrichum gracile), as subfossil from
rewsii. Pohlia proligera was deseribed in 1888 (as
Semmeldalen (Serebryannyy et al. 1985, as Poly
Webera), but only recently treated as a member
trichum gracile), and from Barentsburg and dis
of the Svalbard bryoflora: It has been reported
tributed in their exsiecate by Bednarek-Ochyra et
from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as P. grandiflora
al. (1987; see also Bednarek-Oehyra 1993). We
ssp.), Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a),
have seen Kuc's specimen (KRAM) as well as
Chamberlindalen in Reeherehefjorden (Swi s &
an exsiceate speeimen (TRH). The report from
Karczmarz 1991b), and Spitsbergen N (Bailey
Adventdalen (Frisvoll & Blom 1993) was an error.
& Halliday pers. comm. to Kue 1973a, as P.
This is a
grandif/ora ssp.).Collected at Bjørndalen (Pilar
southernmost parts of the Arctic (Long 1985).
berget
N),
Longyearbyen,
boreal species which
reaches
the
Billefjorden
(Rotundafjellet), Adventdalen (five sites from
Todalen to Arnieadalen), Kongsfjorden (Wil
leberget and Ossian Sarsfjellet), Boekfjorden
(Germaniahøgdene SE) (Frisvoll unpubl.) and
Biskayerhuken (TRH, leg. O.l. Rønning). See
also 0p. ludwigii.
Polytrichastrum sexangulare (Bri d .)
G.L.
Sm.
Unless otherwise stated the species has been
named Polytrichum norvegicum. Reported from
Bjørnøya, and with reservation from Grønfjorden
and Kobbefjorden by Berggren (1875, as Poly
Palytrichastrum alpinum (Hedw.)
G.L.
Very common and variable, but plants
H•
Sm.
•
•
•
with the eharacters of var. septentrionale . .. are
trichum:
"Die Exemplare von den zwei letz
genannten Orten geh6ren vielleicht zu P. alpinum
var.
septentrionale. .. ."),
the
N
side
of
Hornsund (Kuc 1963a), Bellsund S (Swi s &
most frequent." (Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as
Karezmarz
Pogonatum). Many names have been used about
Recherehefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b),
Svalbard material (see Kue 1973a, as Polytri
Vengsletta at the N side of Van Mijenfjorden,
Of these, var. fragile and var. sep
Grønfjorden and Kongressdalen (Hadac 1 989,
chum).
1991a),
Chamberlindalen
in
tentrionale are sometimes treated as species, and
as Polytrichum), Russekeila (Hagen 1952), N of
their eorrect speeies names are Polytrichastrum
Adventfjorden (Wall 1979), Eskerdalen (Frahm
lamellosum (James) comb, ined. (originally as
1977), Bohemanneset (Lid 1967, one specimen
A
catalogue of Sualbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
107
seen is small P. alpinum, herb. O), Bohemanftya
and P. jensenii var. diminutwn L Hag. (TRH,
(Kobayashi et
syntype: "Polytr.
al. 1990), and NW Edgeøya
*
'propinqum var. diminutum'
(Heinemeijer 1979). There is also a subfossil
[separate label in Hagen's hand], [Norway, Sør
report by Schimper (1870, as Polytrichum). Col
Trøndelag, Oppdal, på vei] til Sneh.[ætt]l[ = en],
lected at Adventdalen, Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk)
25.7.1878 Kiær, ex herb. Kiaer", cf. protologue),
and Bockfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.), one speci
and find that they may not belong to the same
men from the last locality includes a sporophyte.
taxon: Var. diminutum possesses the partly hya
The end cells of the leaf lamellae are usually
line long leaf hairpoints ("Glashaaren") attri
smooth, and rarely papillose, in this speeies; both
buted to P. jensenii by Schriebl (1991), and in
conditions occur in Svalbard. Papillose plants may
addition it has a denticulate leaf margin, and
actually be the commoner there; of the own
shallowly grooved or platelike end cells of the leaf
material
mentioned above, that from Nord
fjorden has smooth and the other comparatively
lamellae. The type is depauperate
cm) as it
originates from the alpine region, but in nearby
coarsely papillose lamellae end cells. Plants with
subalpine areas it occurs as large plants. The
papillose end cells may easily be confused with
hyaline
small P. alpinum
(cf.
Berggren and Lid above).
hairpoint
of
the
uppermost
leaves
resembles that of P. hyperboreum. SchriebJ (1991:
The differences between them are summed up by
483) seems to have cultivated such plants collected
Long (1985). From Fennoscandia Nyholm (1969)
in "Lappland". Var. diminutum needs more
mentions on ly smooth end cells of lamellae. In
study. The type of P. jensenii has fairly short
Iceland the end cells are very rarely papillose:
and stout leaf hairpoints which sometimes are
"Oftast er hann slettur at) ofan en 6rsjaldan em
subhyaline (bleached), but they are not as in
par 6rsmaar v6rtur." (J6hannsson 1990, as Poly
var. diminutum. Its leaf margin is incurved and
trichum). It would have been interesting to study
without teeth, and the end cells of the leaf lamel
the taxonomic status and occurrence of the pap
Iae are usually deeply furrowed. The plants in the
illose P. sexangulare.
type is more than 20 cm long. and must have
grown in a protected moist habitat. The known
Svalbard material is much less elongate, but
Polytrichum jensenii I. Hag.
agrees with the type of P. jensenii in all important
characteristics. And any taxon of P. commune S.l.
The taxonomy of the arctic P. commune s.1. is
recognised by Schriebl (1991, presupposing that
not yet clarified, even after the removal of the
his P. jensenii does not include the type of the
distinctive P. swartzii. The Svalbard P. commune
name) is not known from Svalbard. Hagen (1914:
S.l. has, e.g., leaves with incurved margin devoid
59) supposed that the P. commune reported and
of teeth or with a few bulging cells at the upper
commented on by Berggren (1875: "Der BIaU
most part; a staut and almost smooth hairpoint;
rand ist wenig oder fast nicht gesagt.") referred
and leaf lamellae with a deep sinus of the end
to his P. jensenii. That name was also used by
cells and high, papillae-Iike thickenings on each
Jensen (1939), Abramova et al. (1961) and Flat
side (t.s.). The materai is in agreement with the
berg & Frisvoll (1984: 308, from Bockfjorden as
illustration of the arctic North American P. com
P. commune var.). The other authors reported P.
mune var. diminutum (I. Hag.) Long sensu Long
commune unless otherwise stated: Mentioned by
(1985), who states that this name is a synonym of
Phips (1774), but this is hardly reliable because
P. jensenii. Material of the same taxon from the
he did not report the more common speeies of
Chukotski peninsula is figured and named P.
the genus. Reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a,
algidum by Kue (1966), but that name refers to
1994b, as P.
another taxon, see P. swartzii. However, Schriebl
yearbyen (Eurola & Hakala 1977: Table 6),
(1991: 467,469, 473, 483, Icon 6) postulates that
Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), Smeer
P. jensenii has dentate leaves with long fragile
enburg (Lindberg 1867). Klovningen (Livesay
commune var.
humile), Long
hairpoint, and that the end cells of the leaf lameI
1870), Amsterdamøya and nearby mainland, and
lae are shallowly grooved or platelike; he culti-'
Edlundfjellet at the E side of Spitsbergen (Berg
vated taxa of P. commune 5.1., and treated P.
gren 1875). [A specimen from the last locality
commune, P. perigoniale, P. uliginosum and his
includes only elongate (to 15 cm long, both gracile
P. jensenii as different speeies. We have studied
and more robust) plants of P. alpinum var. fragile .
type material of both P. jensenii (C, holotype)
leg. Malmgren 1874 (0).1 Collected at Bjørnøya
A. A. FRlSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
108
(TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell, T. Engelskjøn and O.
Storrnyra at the N side of Van Mijenfjorden; Kue
Skifte 1983), Berzeliusdalen in Van Mijenfjorden
(1973a) was right in supposing that this referred
(OULU, leg. S. Eurola), Fuglefjella W of Bjørn
to P. algidum (OULU, 5 specimens colleeted by
dalen, Adventdalen, Idodalen in Dieksonfjorden,
Eurola). Listed from Svalbard by Long (1985)
Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.), and Kapp Wil
whose source (pers. eomm.) was Steere (1978),
liam by Svenskegattet (TRH, leg. O.l. Rønning).
but we do not know his source or any eertain
Exsieeate specimens from Hornsund (No. 16 and
70, TRIl) distributed as Polytrichastrum alpinum
(Bednarek-Ochyra et al. 1987) are P. jensenii. So
primary literary record of the species. Two her
barium speeimens collected in NordaustIandet by
A.H. Neilson in 1966 exist (O, det. Frisvoll),
far it is therefore known only from Bjørnøya and
from Duvefjorden (Godfreybukta, low wet area
the whole western part of Spitsbergen inc\uding
above river) and Rijpfjorden (Polarjomyra, well
adjacent islands.
developed bog) (Frisvoll & Blom 1993). In 1977
collected at six sites in Adventdalen, from Dam
Polytrichum juniperinum
myra at the lower part of the valley to the side
Hedw.
valley Arnicadalen; one of the specimens is a
Probably rather rare; regarding previous reports
of this (and the next) speeies prior to 1970, see
Kue ( 1973a), who thinks that ". ..
it has prob
ably
with
been
frequently
eonfused
other
speeies . .. . ".See also P. strictum.
mixture of P. swartzii and P. jensenii (Frisvoll
unpubl.).
Prasanthus suecicus ( Go tt. )
Lindb.
Reported by Rejment-Grochowska (1967) from
Polytrichum strictum
Rotjesfjellet in Hornsund, by Karczmarz & Swi s
Brid.
(1990a) from Recherchefjorden W, and by ArnelI
Common. Not found on Bjørnøya by Berggren
(1875: 74, as P. juniperillum var.), who did not
report P. juniperinum S.str. from Svalbard at all.
Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 221 ) reported P.
juniperinum from Bjørnøya and did not mention
P. strictum. The former is aecepted from there;
but the report may refer to the latter, whieh is the
commoner of the two in the arctic.
Polytrichum swartzii
(in ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959) from K ongs
fjorden
(four
sites),
Magdalenefjorden
and
Danskøya. Colleeted in Adventdalen (tap of
Hallwylfjellet), Kongsfjorden (Sherdalfjellet and
Brøggerfjellet), Bockfjorden (top of Trolltind
ane) and Liefdefjorden (in front of Albertbreen)
(Frisvoll
unpubL).
'"Certainly
overlooked
by
earlier collectors. .. ." (Arnell & Mårtensson
1959).
Hartm.
Svalbard specimens of P. swartzii S.l. are from I
lS cm long; the end cells of the leaf lamellae are
thin-walled and flat-topped or shallowly grooved,
and usually much broader than tall, many of the
end cells are paired and somewhat irregular, and
in side view they are flat or slightly crenate without
the papillae-like thickenings of P. commune s.1.
(cf. Long 1985). We have studied an isotype of
P. algidum I. Hag. & C. Jens. ("østgrønland:
Preissia quadrata (Scop.)
Nees
Schuster (1992) distinguishes between a tem
perate-boreal dioicous taxon, ssp. quadrala, and
a subarctic-arctie autoieous taxon, ssp. hyper
borea
Schust.
The
Svalbard
belongs to ssp. hyperborea. Jf
plant
50,
probably
Preissia com
mutata var. minor-arctica Berggr. described from
Nordfjorden is its only known synonym (see al50
Lindberg & ArnelI 1889).
Scoresby-Sund, Søbred paa Kobberpynten, 750
Fod o. H., 5-1892 leg. N. Harz" , TRH). which is
very similar to the Svalbard specimens. This is
Pseudocalliergon angustifoliwn
Hedenas
perhaps the correct name of the arctic taxon,
Recently deseribed and reported from Fenno
because the type of P. swartzii from the lowland
scandia and the Kola peninsula (Bedenas 1992).
in S Sweden (Stockholm) is stated to have serrate
leaves and isodiametric end eells (Ls.) of the
lamellae (Lang 1985). Eurola (197l a) reported
P.
commune
cf.
var. jensenii from
the fen
A specimen from the outlet brook of Avtjønna
at the N coast of Bjørnøya proved to be this
species (TROM, leg. S. Dunfjell. T. Engelskjøn
and O. Skifte 1983, det L. Hedenas 1994).
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
109
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (Lindb.)
Hedenas
Psilopilum cavifolium (Wils.) I. Hag.
Reported in a wide sense as Drepanocladus lyco
Kobbefjorden and Parryøya (Hagen 1914, as P.
podioides, partly as f. brevifolius, from numerous
localities on Svalbard (see Kue 1973a). The genus
Pseudocalliergon was monographed by Hedenas
(1992);
P.
brevifoiium
is
an
arctic
species
unknown from the Norwegian mainland, while P.
First reported from Isfjorden, Adventfjorden,
lschuctschicum; cf. Kuc 1973a), and later from
Hornsund (Kuc 1963a, as P. laevigatum vaL),
Bohemanftya (Kobayashi et al. 1990), and SW
Barentsøya and NW Edgeøya (Philippi 1973).
Martensson (in Arnell & Martensson 1959) ten
lycopodioides is non-arctic. Drepanocladus lati
tatively used the name about material from
folius (cf. Kuc 1973a: 440) is a synoym of P.
Kongsfjorden.
brevifolium (Hedenas 1992).
Adventdalen
Collected
and
at
Longyearbyen,
Kongsfjorden
(Frisvoll
unpubL). Both P. cavifolium and P. laevigatum
are arctic and prefer open siliceous mineral soll.
PseudoleskeelIa rupestris (Berggr.) Hedenas
& Soderstr.
First reported by Berggren (1875: 75, as Pseudo
H
They definitively behave as separate species on
Svalbard (see comments by Amell & Martensson
1959: Kuc 1963a).
leskea catenulata var. rupestris (Leskea rupestris
Berggr. )"). It has been confused with P. nervosa
o
and
o
P. catenulata. Its taxonmy was c\arified by
Wilson & Norris (1989, as P. sibirica), and its
nomenclature by Hedenas & Soderstrom (1991).
The PseudoleskeelIa species are frequent in bird
Psilopilum laevigatum (Wahlenb.) Lindb.
This is the commoner of the two Psilopi/um
species, see P. cavifolium. Berggren (1875: 23,
29-3U) also used the name P. arcticum.
eliffs and other manured sites. This species has
presurnably been reported from Russøyane in
Murchisonfjorden at Nordaustlandet, Kvalpyn
Racomitrium canescens (Hedw.) Brid.
catenulatum; Berggren 1875, as Pseudoleskea cat
sites on rather dry substrates, possibly avoiding
ten at Edgeøya SW (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum
enu!ata), Barentsøya SWjEdgeøya NW (Philippi
1973, as LeskeelIa nervosa), and otherwise from
Bjørnøya and the W and N side of Spitsbergen
(see Kuc 1973a, as Leskea catenulata and L. ner
vosa).
A common plant typical of unstable or gravelly
granitic, quartzitic and limestone rocks like its
relative R. ericoides (Elvebakk 1984). On Sval
bard it occurs only as ssp. latifolium (C. Jens.)
Frisv.. the epithet has previously been used about
material from Castrenøya by Berggren (1875: 24,
as var. latifoUum Berggr. nom. nud. which may
refer to R. panschii). The distribution of all
Racomitrium species on Svalbard was mapped by
PseudoleskeelIa fectorum (Brid.) Broth.
Berggren (1875: 76, as Pseudoleskea) probably
Frisvoll (1983c).
reported close tufts or mixed stands of this species
and P. rupestris (as Pseudoleskea catenu/ata) from
Bjørnøya and Kobbefjorden at Danskøya. Mår
tensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) treated P.
tectorum
within
his
LeskeelIa
nervosa;
he
Racomitrium fasciculare (Hedw.) Brid.
Known
from
Bjørnøya,
Sørkapp
Land
E,
Hornsund, and a few localities at Spitsbergen NW
described the great variation of the Kongsfjorden
(Krossfjorden, Danskøya. Amsterdamøya) and
material of the collective taxon, but was unwilling
Nordaustlandet N (Nordkapp, Parryøya) (Kuc
to recognise more than one species. Recent taxo
1963a. b; FrisvoIl 1983c). Recently reported from
nomic work (Wilson & Norris 1989) and more
Recherchefjorden W (Karczmarz & Swies 1990a),
specimens from the area have shown that he had
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
two species, viz. P. tectorum and P. rupestris. It
Karczmarz 1991b), and Berzeliusdalen at the N
appears that P. tectorum are reported only from
side of Van Mijenfjorden (Elvebakk et al. 1987).
Bjørnøya and the W and N side of Spitsbergen
The species is characteristic of wet surfaces of
(but see Philippi 1973, in comment on LeskeelIa
nervosa from Barentsøya SWjEdgeøya NW).
strongly acidic rocks and gravel, and the habitat
requirements probably delimit its distribution on
110
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. EL VEBAKK
Svalbard. The plants may be nearly unbranehed
roearpous
(cf. Berggren 1875).
Reported from Bjørnøya
mosses
In
favourable
localities.
(Engelskjøn 1986),
Hornsund (Kue 1963a, 1994b), Bellsund (Lind
berg 1867) and more preeisely Midterhuken at
Racomitrium lanuginosum (Hedw.) Brid.
ane of the most common bryophytes on Svalbard
forming dense carpets in humic, siliceous areas
on stable substrates. Known from all districts
Bellsund (Eurola & Hakala 1977: Table 2), Fug
lehuken (A. Elvebakk unpubl.) and Krossfjorden
(Frisvoll & Blom 1993). Evidently favoured by or
dependent on bird manuring.
including the outlying Bjørnøya, Hopen. Kong
Karls Land and Kvitøya. Frisvoll (l983c) reported
on a mixed stand between normally greyish plants
and plants where the otherwise hyaline part of
Saelania glaucescens (Hedw.) Broth.
Reported from Bellsund by Vahl in Lindblom
the !eaf was chlorophyllous. In moist habitats the
(1840, as Didymodon; regarding the locality see
leat hairpoint is often strongly reduced.
Lindberg 1867: 537. as Triehostomum) and not
found again until reported by Frisvoll (1981a)
from numerous localities in the Isfjorden area,
Racomitrium panschii (C. Mull.) Kindb.
A cireumarctic species that has not been found in
Kongsfjorden and Liefdefjorden, and by Kobay
ashi et al. (1990: Table
4)
from Bohemanflya.
mainland Europe. So far not known from Bjørn
øya. Spitsbergen south of Van Mijenfjorden. NW
Spitsbergen from north of Isfjorden to Raud
Sanionia nivalis Hedenas
fjorden, Edgeøya, or Kong Karls Land (Frisvoll
A recently described snow bed speeies reported
1983c). Its eeology is similar to that of R. eane
from Prins Karls Forland and Reinsdyrflya (Hede
seens, and they often grow together or in mixed
nas 1989a), and also known from Grønfjorden,
stands.
Breinosa
in
Adventdalen,
Danskøya,
Bock
fjorden, Fosterneset at the mouth of Sorgfjorden ,
Brennevinsfjorden and Duvefjorden (L. Hedenas
Racomitrium sudeticum (Fu nek) Brueh &
pers. comm.).
Sehimp.
Colleeted
twiee
from
temporarily
percolated
quartzitic rocks at the base of the mountain
Miseryfjellet on Bjørnøya in 1868 (Berggren
1875; see als o Frisvoll 1983c). This is the north
ernmost known localities in the world for any
species in the R. heterostichum group (Frisvoll
1988). Reported from ridge vegetation at Dyre
vika in Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992: Weg
ener 1993); the material (sent by L. B. Jacobsen)
is sparse and was, unfortunately, first thought to
be correctly named, but a reexamination revealed
Sanionia orthothecioides (Lindb.) Loeske
Widely distributed along coasts, and recently
reported and confirmed from Bjørnøya, Signe
hamna in Krossfjorden,
Danskøya (Iectotype
locality) and Parryøya (Hedenas 1989a). Also
verified from other main parts of Svalbard except
Spitsbergen E, Barentsøya, Hopen, Kong Karls
Land and Kvitøya (ca. 45 specimens studied, L.
Hedenas pers. comrn.). Previous reports of Dre
panocladus uncinatus var. subjulaeeus (see Kue
that it belongs to the genus Schistidium.
1973a) may refer to this speeies. Hagen's (1908)
Rhizomnium andrewsianum (Steere) T.
panocladus lmcinatus f. foenus
Kop.
this speeies (Hedenas 1989a; see also Dixon 1912,
Hypnum uneinatum var. faeneum (regarding pre
vious Svalbard reports see Kue 1973a, as Dre
See OR. p seudopunetatum and oR. punetatum.
!)
is probably also
in comment on Hypnum uncinatum). We have
seen a nice specimen of mixed S. orthothecioides
and S. uncinata from Sørkapp (TRaM, leg. S.
Kristoffersen 1930), and mixed stands between
Rhytidiadelphus squarrosus (Hedw.)
the two are probably frequent. They were re
Warnst.
A
rare
ported already by Berggren (1875: 25, 27, 86):
speeies
growing
among
other
pleu
"Hypnum
uncinatum
var.
orthothecioides.
A catalogue ot Sualbard planIs. tungi. algae and cyanobacteria
massenhaft, oft untermischt mit der Hauptform
von H. uncinatum .... .
111
Scapania curta (Mart.) Dum.
First mentioned by Berggren (1875) from sandy
"
soil at Adventfjorden, but this is S. cuspiduligera
according to Amell & Mårtensson (1959; see
however also ArneIl1922). Reported from Bjørn
Sanionia uncinata (Hedw.) Loeske
Common. According to Kuc (1963a, 1973a, as
Drepanocladus) eleven varieties and forms of this
species grow on Svalbard. But the ubiquitous S,
uncinata is easily modified by the habitat. and the
size of the plants and falcateness of the leaves are
given no taxonomic value by Hedenas (1989a:
407). Some very tiny plants from dry habitats may
have a weak costa and unplicate leaves. On the
basis of this morph Berggren (1875, as Hypnum)
described var, gracillimum, but the name is placed
in synonymy of the main speeies by Hedenas
(1989a). Some reports of subordinate names may
øya and Bohemanneset (Watson 1922; Sum
merhayes & Elton 1923: 226, 252), Dunøyane at
the mouth of Hornsund where it formed brown
tufts on the peat (Rejment-Grochowska 1967),
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
Karczmarz 1991 b), Ossian Sarsfjellet in Kongs
fjorden (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959), and Kong
Karls Land (AmeIl 1900, as Martinellia). Philippi
(1973) mentions S. curta in his discussion of the
variation of S. irrigua at SW Barentsøya, NW
E dgeøya and Agardhbukta. Arnell (in Arnell &
Mårtensson 1959) reported four speeies of Sect.
Curtae (sensu Arnell 1956), viz. S. calcicola, S.
refer to S, nivalis and, especially, to the common
curta, S. mucronata (as S. praetervisa) and S.
S. orthothecioides,
parvifolia,
and
Swic:s
&
Karczmarz
(1991b)
reported oS. scandica. A restudy of the Svalbard
material of these taxa is strongly needed.
Sauteria alpina (Nees) Nees
The first reports of Athalamia hyalina (as Mar
chantia or Sauteria) from Svalbard refer to S.
alpina: "Beeren Eiland (1827, M. Keilhau; 1868,
Sv. Berggren). Spitsbergia, plur. locis (1861, A.J.
Malmgren;
1868,
Sv.
Berggren),"
(Lindberg
1882). A characteristic and common speeies of
late alkaline snowbeds (Elvebakk 1985), and
often present in large quantities. See also Atha
lamla hyalina.
Scapania cuspiduligera (Nees) K. Miill.
Reported from Bjørnøya and Grønfjorden (Berg
gren 1875. as S. bartlingii). Adventfjorden (Pers
son 1942). Smeerenburg and Magdalenefjorden
(Lindberg 1867, as S. bartlingii var. elongata n,
var. and var. obtusata). and collected at Kapp
Wijk (severai sites), Kongsfjorden and Bock
fjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.). See also S. curta.
Scapania gymnostomophila Kaal.
Scapania calcicola (H. Am. & J. Perss.)
Ingham
Reported from two localities in Kongsfjorden
(Prins Heinrichøya and Blomstrandhalvøya) by
Arnell (in Amell & Mårtensson 1959). Damsholt
Reported from Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) and
Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk) in the Isfjorden area
(Frisvoll & Blom 1993), and from Kongsfjorden
(Blomstrandhalvøya)
(Arnell
1959).
&
Mårtensson
& Long (1979) made the combination S. calcicola
ssp. ligulifolia (Schust.) Damsh. & Long (based
on the neoarctic S. ligulifolia (Schust.) Schust.)
Scapania hyperborea Jørg.
and presented a distribution map of the collective
Reported from Bjørnøya, and Grønfjorden on
species. The above Svalbard report was kept in
Spitsbergen by Arnell (1922, specimens collected
ssp. calcicola as its only arctic occurrence. Duell
by Berggren in 1868). Listed from Svalbard by
(1983)
listed
ssp.
ligulifolia
from
Svalbard,
Jørgensen (1934). Reported from one locality at
whereas ssp. calcicola was included from there
Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska 1967), the fen
with a question mark. It seems that the above
Storrnyra (Eurola 1971a: Table
decisions were taken without studying the Sval
(Hadac 1989) in Van Mijenfjorden, Kongsfjorden
bard material, and this should evidently be done.
(Persson 1942; Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) and
l)
and Vassdalen
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
112
Magdalenefjorden (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959).
Many authors treat S. praetervisa as a subspecies
and
Barentsøya/Edgeøya,!
of S. mucronata. Until the Svalbard material has
Agardhbukta as a possible part of a collective
been restudied we believe that only one of the
mentioned
from
S. irrigua by Philippi (1973). In Greenland S.
two is present there. Some of the old reports of
hyperborea is "plastic and difficult to comprc
S. curta probably also belong here.
hend".
and
"for
this
reason
we
treat
speeies . . . in terms of 'helvetica',
'hyperborea',
and
the
'kaurinii',
'paludicola-degenii'
pheno
types." Schuster & Damsholt (1974). See also S.
kaurinii.
Scapania obcordata (Berggr.)
Described by Berggren (1875, as Sarcoscyphus)
based on material from Bjørnøya, Isfjorden,
Brennevinsfjorden
Reported from Bjørnøya (Watson 1922; Sum
merhayes & Elton 1923: 226), two localities at
Hornsund
1967),
(Rejment-Grochowska
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a), Vassda
len in Van Mijenfjorden (Hadac 1989), Bjørn
dalen (Eurola 1968: 27), Gluudneset in Kongs
(Brattbakk
et
al.
burg (Lindberg 1867, as y.
and
Nordkapp.
Later
reported from many sites at Hornsund (Rejment
Scapania irrigua (Nees) Nees
fjorden
S. Am.
1978),
Grochowska 1967), Bellsund S (Karczmarz &
Swi s 1989a), Recherchefjorden W (Karczmarz
& Swi s 1990a). Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden
and Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989), and Longyear
byen, Ny-Ålesund and Magdalenefjorden (Amell
& Mårtensson 1959).
Smeeren
globulifera
*pur
purascens; see also Arnell 1922), and in a wide
sense inc!uding S. curta and S. hyperborea from
Agardhbukta and many sites at Edgeøya and
Barentsøya (Philippi 1973). Subspecies rufescens
(Loeske) Schust. is not mentioned by the above
authors (see, however. Lindberg's name), but
since it is the com mon arctic taxon it may be the
most frequent or only Svalbard representative of
Scapania paludicola (K. MillI.) K. MillI.
Reported from Hornsund (Rejment-Grochowska
1967),
Storrnyra
(Eurola
1971a)
and
Vass
dalen (Hadac 1989) in Van Mijenfjorden, Bohem
anflya (Kobayashi et al. 1990: Table 8), and
Smeerenburg (Arnell 1922, first report based on
a specimen collected in 1861 by Malmgren). Co1lected from Adventdalen (Frisvoll unpubl.).
the aggregate species.
Scapania parvifolia Warnst.
Reported from Magdalenefjorden and Danskøya
Scapania kaurinii Ryan
Listed from 'Spitzbergen' by Muller (1954-1957):
his possibJe primary source is unknown. Reported
from
Dunøyane
Hornsund
from
and
Torbjørnsenfjellet
(Rejment-Grochowska
Kongsfjorden,
at
1967),
and
Magdalenefjorden
and
Danskøya (Arnell & Martensson 1959). Ecads of
by Arnell & Mårtensson (1959) as HA rather
robust somewhat atypical form", and the speci
mens should therefore be restudied.
Scapania simmonsii Bryhn
from
&
"Spitsbergen
Kaal.
S. hyperborea (its "kaurinii" phase or "kaurinii
Reported
syndrome") may sometimes be very similar to this
affirm. H. Buch)" by Buch (1933) without further
(det.
Kaalaas,
species (Schuster 1974: 493 and Fig. 404: 9-10,
geographical information. The species has an arc
1988: 149).
tic distribution, and the only record from Fenno
scandia is from the Petchenga area in the NW
part of the Kola peninsula in Russia (Buch 1933;
Scapania mucronata Buch
ArneU 1956).
Reported from Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden
(Hadac 1989) and Russekeila (Hagen 1952), and
listed from 'Spitzbergen' by Muller (1954-1957).
Scapania spitsbergensis (Lindb.) K. Milli.
Arnell (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) reported
Reported
S. praetervisa Meyl. from Kongsfjorden and dis
(Rejment-Grochowska
cussed its taxonomic status versus S. mueronata.
Kongsfjorden (Wegener et al. 1992, n o material
from
one
locality
at
1967),
Stuphallet
Hornsund
in
A
catalogue of Svalbard planIs. fungi. algae and cyanobacteria
113
kept, pers. comm. L. B. Jacobsen), Kongsfjorden
Brøggerhalvøya, Kongsfjorden and Boekfjorden
and Danskøya (AmelI & Martensson 1959), and
(Blom 1996).
Amsterdamøya (Lindberg in Lindberg & Amell
1889, as Martine/lia, described on the basis of
material collected by Berggren at Smeerenburg
in 1868). See also oS. nemorea and Diplophyllum
albicans.
Schistidium grandirete Blom
Frequent. Reported from Hornsund, Adventfjor
den,
Nordfjorden,
BrØggerhalvøya and Bar
entsøya (Blom 1996).
Scapania subalpina (Lindenb.) Dum.
Reported from "'the acidophil substratum on the
E. slopes of Rotjesfj" in Hornsund by Rejment
Groehowska (1967), and from Bellsund S by
Karezmarz & SwifYs (1989a).
Schistidium holmenianum Steere & Brassard
Rare (Blom, pers. eomm.). Frahm (1977) stated
that in Kongsfjorden the eeology of his S. strictum
was strikingly similar to that of the recently
deseribed S. holmenianum from the neoaretie
(Steere & Brassard 1976). See also oS. and
Scapania tundrae (H. Am.) Buch
reaeopsis.
Reported from NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel &
Olech 1990: 63-64), Hornsund (Rejment-Gro
chowska 1967; Eurola 1968: 30), Bellsund S
(Karezmarz & SwifYs 1989a), Russekeila (Eurola
1968: 22), Grønfjorden [Buch 1928, based on
Berggren 's Musci Spetsbergenses Exsiccati no.
171 (H, as S. undulata), specimen eolleeted in
1868;
Jørgensen
Magdalenefjorden
1934]
and
and
Kongsfjorden,
Danskøya
(Arnell
&
Mårtensson 1959).
Schistidium maritimum (Turn.) Bruch
&
Schimp.
A southern species reported from maritime c1iffs
at Bjørnøya (Berggren 1875; Engelskjøn 1986),
and from Isfjord Radio (Frahm 1977, Elvebakk
unpubl.). Engelskjøn's material from Bjørnøya
belongs to spp. maritimum and ssp. piliferum
(L
Hag.) B. Bremer (TROM, H. H. Blom pers.
eomm),
whereas
material
from
Spitsbergen
belongs to ssp. piliferum (Bremer 1980).
Scapania uliginosa (Lindenb.) Dum.
Reported from Mosselbukta at the mouth of
Wijdefjorden at 79°52'N by Ekman (1993, speci
men in S, conf. det. K. Damsholt). Until this find
was made its northem most loeality was Thule in
NW Greenland at 76°32'N (Schuster & Damsholt
1974).
Schistidium papillosum Culm.
This is the correet name of the eommon Svalbard
plant previously referred to as Grimmia gracilis
Schwaegr. or S. strictum (Turn.) T. Kop. & lsov.
(Blom 1996).
Schistidium frigidum Blom
Schistidium pulchrum Blom
Common, as shown in a recent monograph of
Rare. So far it is the only speeies of the Schis
the Schistidium apocarpum group (Blom 1996).
°Schistidium
apocarpum
(Hedw.)
Brueh
&
Sehimp. has been reported as eommon through
out the archipelago (see Kue 1973a, as Grimmia),
tidium apocarpum group known from Bjørnøya
(TROM, leg. T. Engelskjøn 1983). Also reported
from NY-Ålesund and Kollerfjorden (Blom 1996).
but it does not grow there.
Schistidium rivulare (Brid.) Podp.
Schistidium frisvollianum Blom
"Common throughout the archipelago"
1973a, as Cirimmia a/picola).
Bremer
(Kue
(1980)
Common in bird c1iffs. Reported from Hornsund,
referred the Svalbard speeimens to ssp. lalifolium
Adventdalen,
(Zett.) B. Bremer.
Nordfjorden,
Dicksonfjorden,
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
114
Scorpidium scorpioides (Hedw.) Limpr.
Schistidium submuticum Blom
Ssp. arcticum Blom is known from Stuphallet at
the south side of Kongsfjorden (leg. A. A. Frisvoll
1974).
Regarding previous reports, see Kuc (1973a). At
Storvatnet by NY-Ålesund a mixed stand between
typically falcate and julaceous straight-leaved
plants has been found (leg. A. A. Frisvoll 1974,
see Hedenas 1989b: 17).
Schistidium tenerum (Zett.) Nyh.
Widespread. It is almost never found fertile, but
plants with sporophytes have been collected at
Ole Bansenkammen in Krossfjorden (Frisvoll
unpubl.; Blom 1996, Fig. 86K).
Seligeria diversifolia Lindb.
Reported from three localities at Ekmanfjorden
and Dicksonfjorden (FrisvoIl 1981a). The species
has a disjunct occurrence in Europe and N Amer
ica, which has been explained by the distribution
Schistidium umbrosum (Zett.) Blom
of the ice sheets during the glaciations (Vitt 1976;
Bedderson & Brassard 1992).
Rare. Known from Ekmanfjorden, Krossfjorden
and Bockfjorden (Blom 1996).
Seligeria oelandica C. Jens, & Medel.
Reported
Schistidium venetum Blom
from
Dicksonfjorden
(see
S.
tristichoides ) , Kongsfjorden (Ochyra 1991, leg.
Only found at Blomesletta in Ekmanfjorden
(Blom 1996, leg. A. A. Frisvoll 1973).
Schafer 1922), and the hot springs at Bockfjorden
(Frisvoll 1978d). A phytogeographically inter
esting species otherwise known from Greenland,
NW North America (Alaska, Yukon, W part of
Scorpidium cossonii (Schimp.) Hedenas
Reported from numerous localities (see Kuc
the North West Territories), Siberia (Chukots
Peninsula), N and S Sweden, Norway (Troms:
Signaldalen,
L.
Bedenas pers.
comm;
Gud
1973a, as Drepanacladus intermedius). It is much
brandsdalen), Ireland, Slovakia and Switzerland
two species were thoroughly described and at the
1987; Ochyra 1991).
commoner on Svalbard than S. revalvens. The
same time transferred to the genus Scorpidium
(Coker 1983; Frisvoll 1978d; Gos 1993; Nyholm
by Hedenas (1989b). This placing has not been
universally accepted (see e.g. Anderson et al.
1990, as Limprichtia ) .
Seligeria polaris Berggr.
Collected in 1868 and mentioned by Berggren
(1873) as 'a new BUndia with curved seta'. When
Scorpidium revolvens (Anon.) Rubers
Probably widespread and certainly most frequent
described (Berggren 1875) reported from the type
localities in Grønfjorden, Adventfjorden, Nord
fjorden, St. Jonsfjorden and Liefdefjorden, and
in the less calcareous districts (see e. g. Boinska
characterised as "Eine der schonsten Zierden der
& Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986, as Drepanocladus ) , as
Moosfiora dieses Polarlandes" . Not found again
opposed to S.
until about 100 years later when Philippi (1973)
cossonii which is a calcareous
species (cf. the study from N Sweden by Kooijman
and Heinemeijer (1979) reported it from one
& Bedenas 1991). The status of S. revolvens on
locality at Barentsøya and Edgeøya, respectively.
Svalbard is insufficiently known, because most
At the same time (1973-1977) collected at many
authors have treated it in a collective sense. It has
localities from about sea leve! to 300 m a.s.l.,
been collected from mixed stands with S. cossonii
in
at Adventdalen (Frisvoll, unpubl.).
Dicksonfjorden
See also
Adventdalen,
Billefjorden,
(Idodalen)
report of mixed material from Canada by Persson
(Frisvoll un publ.).
& Sjørs (1960, in comment on Drepanocladus
Chamberlindalen
inte rmedius).
& Karczmarz 1991b).
and
Nordfjorden,
Kongsfjorden
The latest report is from
in
Recherchefjorden
(Swi s
A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
Seligeria tristichoides
Listed
from
Kindb.
'Spitzbergen'
115
Taymyr peninsula in Siberia (Flatberg & Frisvoll
by
Monkemeyer
(1927). According to Ochyra (1991) the report
1984b), and the species is of special phyto
geographical interest.
was based on specimens collected in Kongs
fjorden by Schafer in 1922, and the material he
saw (LE, S) was referred to S. oelandica. Mår
tensson (in Arnell & Mårtensson 1959) studied
a fertile specimen (same locality and collector,
UPS),
which
he
referred
to
S.
tristichoides
although ". . . . the plants are more slender and
less rigid than the S. tristichoides I know from the
Sphagnum balticum (Russ.)
C. Jens.
Known from Van Mijenfjorden, Colesbukta in
Isfjorden, and Hamburgbukta and Magdalene
fjorden at Spitsbergen NW (Flatberg & Frisvoll
1984a).
Scandes." (see Mårtensson 1956). Specimens with
much ripe sporophytes have been reported from
between Trollfuglfjella
Dicksonfjorden
and Tolmodryggen in
(Frisvoll
1981a,
mixed
with
Lophozia hyperarctica) and collected at Kongs
Sphagnumfimbriatum
Known
from
Van
Wils. & J. D. Hook.
Mijenfjorden,
Isfjorden,
Magdalenefjorden, Edlundfjellet at Spitsbergen
fjorden (Steinflåstupet, 1974) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
E, Edgeøya NW and Kongsøya at Kong Karls
The shoots are quite three-ranked; the caps ules
Land (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; Serebryannyy
are ovate or globular with a well-developed peri
et al. 1985). Probably also correctly reported from
storne; the spores are
j:
20 11m. In Dicksonfjorden
Barentsøya
S
(Philippi
1973).
The
Svalbard
it grew mixed with S. oelandica, which differs
material belongs to ssp. concinnum (Berggr.)
in its wide-mouthed capsule, short and obtuse
Flatb. & Frisv.
peristome teeth, and large spores (25-30 11m).
See also Philippi (1973: 11, in comment on S.
polaris) regarding notes on the spore size of Seli
geria species and on one more specimen (B) col
Sphagnum girgensohnii Russ.
Known
lected in Kongsfjorden by Schafer.
from
Van
Mijenfjorden,
S
side
of
Isfjorden, scattered localities at NW Spitsbergen
Sphagnum aongstroemii
(Kongsfjorden,
C. Hartm.
Hamburgbukta,
Magdalene
fjorden, Smeerenburg, Bockfjorden, Wijdefjor
On ly known from Nordenskiold Land (the area
or peninsula between Van Mijenfjorden and Is
fjorden) (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; Hadac 1989:
Table 6, 8, 9). Probably due to both edaphic and
den), Birddalen at Laponiahalvøya on Nordaust
landet (second northernmost Sphagnum locality
in the world), and Edgeøya NW (Flatberg & Fris
voll 1984a).
climatic reasons, the high frequency of Sphagnum
species is particularly characteristic of moss tun
dra and wet vegetation types in this area. Dis
tribution maps, descriptions, and a key to ten
Sphagnum species on Svalbard have been pre
sented by Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a). Since then,
two new species (S. olafii and S. tundrae) have
been
described,
and
S.
riparium
has
been
reported and confirmed from Bjørnøya.
Sphagnum arcticum
Sphagnum lindbergii
Lindb.
Only known from some localities on Bjørnøya
and two near-by localities on Spitsbergen (Van
Mijenfjorden:
Vengsletthytta
and
Vassdalen)
(Berggren 1875; Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a; Eng
elskjøn 1986; Hadac 1989: 141). It belongs to a
southern bryoelement on Svalbard.
Flatb. & Frisv.
Described by Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a, b), and
Sphagnum obtusum
Warnst.
only known from Nordenskiold Land. Except for
A rare species only known from Nordenskiold
Svalbard, S.
Land (two localities at the N side of Van Mijen
arcticum is reported from many
localities in Greenland (Lange 1993), Alaska
fjorden, Colesbukta at the S side of Isfjorden,
(widespread) and five sites in the Canadian arctic
and Adventdalen) (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a;
(Andrus et al. 1992: Fig 1c), and one at the
K.r. Flatberg pers. comm.).
116
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
from Grønfjorden. Colesbukta, Bjørndalen. and
Sphagnum olajii Flatb.
Described by Flatberg (1993) and reported from
the S side of Isfjorden (Colesbukta. Bjørndalen,
Longyeardalen and Bolterdalen). It seems to be
a '.!\IordenskiOld Land species' and is probably
present also at the N side of Van Mijenfjorde
It is most related to S. arcticum, and grows
?
m
tundra mire of somewhat sloping terrain, where
it forms small mats and low humrnoeks.
Reports from Colesbukta (Berggren 1875, as S.
recurIJum var. riparium) and Storrnyra in Van
Mijenfjorden (Eurola 1971a: Tab. 1) refer to S.
(Flatberg
&
Todalen and Bolterdalen) on Svalbard, and from
one locality in Alaska. Like S. olafii it seems
to be a 'Nordenskiold Land speeies' which will
probably be found also at the N side of Van
Mijenfjorden. It is most related to S. teres. It
grows in less eutrophic tundra habitats and is
favoured by a constant supply of ground water.
Sphagnum wamscorfii Russ.
Sphagnum riparium Angstr.
obtusllm
three side valleys off Adventdalen (Endalen,
Frisvoll
1984a).
Later
reported from Reindalen (Serebryannyy et. al.
Known from Van Mijenfjorden, Isfjorden and
Dyrevika in
Kongsfjorden.
"We
unlikely that other red-pigmented
consider
it
Acutifolia
species will be found in Svalbard." (Flatberg &
Frisvoll 1984a).
1985) and Bjørnøya (Engelskjøn 1986: 98, 101).
We have seen two duplicates of a correctly named
specimen
from
Bjørnøya
collected
in
1983
(TROM; det. B. Lange, conf. K. L Flatberg).
The material of the Reindalen report is in need
of confirmation.
Splachnum vasculosum Hedw.
Common (see Kuc 1973a). Frahm (1977) reported
a mixed stand from Isfjordflya, with the typical
ecad and a plant with longer and paler seta and
narrower paler apophysis. The two appeared to
be well-separated taxa. Brassard (1971b) dis
Sphagnum squarrosum Crome
tinguished between var. IJasculosum and var. het
This is the most common Sphagnum on Svalbard,
erophyllwn
and it is partly dominant in certain 'mire' types on
siliceous substrates, mainly in continental areas
(Rønning 1961; Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). The
Nordkapp locality on Chermsideøya (N of .!\Iord
austlandet), discovered by Berggren in 1868, is of
special interest as it is the northernmost Sphag
(Hook.)
Brassard,
and
most
specimens from the Canadian tundra and all from
the arctic islands were referred to the latter
variety. It was distinguished from var. vasculosum
by its shorter seta. narrower apophysis and more
pointed leaves. The Svalbard material should be
restudied in the light of these alleged differences.
num loeality in the world. There it grew. rather
surprisingly,
Han
(Berggren 1875).
feuehten
Bergabhangen."
Stegonia latifofia (Schwaegr.) Broth.
Reported from one locality at Hornsund (Kue
1963a), SW Spitsbergen and Sorgfjorden (Lind
berg
Sphagnum leres (Schimp.) Angstr.
Known from Nordenskiold Land and one locality
at Dicksonfjorden (S side of Heimenfjellet ) (FIat
berg & Frisvoll 1984a; Serebryannyy et al. 1985;
Hadac
1989:
Table
9).
Also
reported
from
Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi;;:s 1988. 1989a),
Chamberlindalen in Reeherchefjorden (Swi s &
Karczmarz 1991b) and Edgeøya .!\IW (Heine
meijer 1979. cf. Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a).
1862.
Bellsund
S
as
Pottia;
(Swi s
1867,
&
as
Anacalypta).
Karczmarz
1993),
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
Karczmarz 1991b, as Pottia). Adventfjorden and
Lomfjorden (Berggren 1875, as Pottia), Tem
pelfjellet in Tempelfjorden (Persson 1942, as var.
pili/era), Isfjordflya, upper part of Adventdalen
and NV-Ålesund (Frahm 1977), and SW Barents
øya CPhilippi 1973). Collected at Billefjorden ,
Nordfjorden,
Dieksonfjorden.
Ekmanfjorden
(Blomesletta). Krossfjorden and Liefdefjorden
Sphagnum tundrae Flatb.
Recently described (Flatberg 1994) and reported
(Frisvoll unpubl.). Var. pili/era was treated as a
species by Steere (1978, as S. pili/era (Dicks.)
Crum et al.); the taxon seems to be rare on
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Svalbard (known from Sassenfjorden, Ekman
fjorden and Kongsfjorden).
117
Tetraplodon pallidus I. Hag.
First collected at Heelahamna in Sorgfjorden dur
ing W.E. Parry's expedition in 1827, and named
Splachnum adamsianum (Hooker 1828; Frisvoll
Syntrichia norvegiea Web.
1978d: 244). Reported from Isfjordflya, Long
Reported (as Tortula) from Bjørnøya (Berggren
yearbyen and Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), and
1875; Engelskjøn 1986; see also Amell & Mår
from Bockfjorden (Frisvoll 1978c, one locality)
tensson
1959,
Hornsund
in
(Kue
comment
1963a,
as
on
T.
T.
ruralis),
and the Liefdefjorden/Reinsdyrftya area (Frisvoll
var.),
1978c, nine localities; Dahle 1983a). Collected by
rura/is
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s
Rijpelva in Rijpfjorden (O, leg. A.H. Neilson).
& Karczmarz 1991a, 1993), Chamberlindalen in
A speeimen labelIed "Kingsbay 1861, Malmgren"
Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b),
(O) is of particular interest. At that time the
Billefjorden (Dobbs 1 939: 134), Forlandsundet
reindeer was common in Kongsfjorden, but later
(Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz 1982: Table 8;
it was eradicated there, and no other herbarium
Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986), Bockfjorden
speeimen of T. pallidus from the thoroughly inves
(Frisvoll 1978d: 126), and Wijdefjorden (Sum
tigated area was known (see inter aHa Arnell &
merhayes & Elton 1928: 247).
Mårtensson 1959, in comment on T. mnioides).
In 1978 a small reindeer population was rees
tabHshed in the area as a part of the MAB project
(0ritsland & Alendal 1986), and the population
Tayloria acuminata Hornsch.
Only reported from bird eliffs in the Kongs
fjorden/Krossfjorden area (Frisvoll 1978d). Also
collected at Nordfjorden (Kapp Wijk and Tscher
makfjellet, Frisvoll unpubl.). In mainland Nor
increased to near 300 individuals in 1991 (Weg
ener et al. 1992). In 1993 T. pallidus was refound
a few places at Brøggerhalvøya on reindeer drop
pings (Elvebakk unpubl.).
way it is only known from a few localities in the
central continental parts (Frisvoll 1978b). and
from the bird e1iff Syltefjordstauren in Båtsfjord,
Tetraplodon paradoxus (R. Brown) I. Hag.
Finnmark (Sortland 1989). The arctic and sub
Also collected at Heclahamna in 1827 (see T.
arctic occurrences are usually associated with bird
pallidus): "Amongst specimens of this moss gath
cliffs, but the Kapp Wijk locality was at a hum
ered by Captain J.c. Ross, in the same tuft, ...
mock in a Hat wetland area. However, such sites
are stems upon longer stalks, bearing capsules
are often used as bird perches and therefore
without operculum
manured.
which the separation between capsule and opercu
T. paradoxusJ; others, in
lum is marked by a distinet suture; and some,
tinally, from which the operculum has fallen away,
leaving exhibited the peristome, the teeth of
Tayloria lingulata (Dicks.) Lindb.
Reported from Bohemanflya (Kobayashi et al.
1990: 56) and from seven localities in Kongs
fjorden. Liefdefjorden and at Reinsdyrflya (Fris
voIl 1978d). Also collected at Kapp Wijk in
Nordfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.).
which are united almost to the summit in fours
[=
T. pallidus]." (Hooker 1828, as Splachnum
adamsianum with synonym: 'S. paradoxum?') .
Because of this mixing he studied their relation
ship and, unfortunately. concluded as follows
regarding the value of T. paradoxus: "I should,
therefore, be disposed to consider the former
state as a variety or monstrosity, depending upon
Tetraplodon blyttii Frisv.
climate.
.
.
. I may add, that, in disseeting the
This recently discribed speeies has been reported
variety which possesses no distinet operculum, I
from Dicksonfjorden, Kongsfjorden and Kross
can tind, as may be expected, no trace whatever
fjorden (FrisvollI978c). Also collected at Bjørn
of peristome, although the capsules contain ripe
dalen (Frisvoll unpubl.). Otherwise it is known
seeds." (Actually, it has a hidden peristome, see
from
Swedish
Frisvoll 1978c: Fig.14.) This is the first taxonomic
mountains (Jonsson 1991), and Jan Mayen (Fris
comment on a Svalbard bryophyte. Berggren
voIl 1983a).
(1875: 55) reported Splachnum paradoxum R. Br.
the
Norwegian
mainland,
the
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
118
as part of a eolleetive
T. mnioides;
he noted the
Kongsfjorden by Wegener et al. (1992) is based
key eharaeters "Kapsel braungelb" and "Deekei
on
nieht leieht abfallend", and another place (p. 73)
known localities of
he ealled it
T. mnioides
var.
paradoxum.
Saviez
T. fragilis.
These are by far the northernmost
See also 0T.
T. tortuosa.
arctiea.
(1924) clarified its taxonomy and reported it from
Adventfjorden and Lomfjorden ["Lommebay,
Beeren Eiland (Berggren)"; her quotation of
'Beeren Eiland' is eonfusing here and refers pre
surnably not to Bjørnøya]. Later reported from
Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz 1993), Adventda
len (Frahm 1977), 'Sassen Quarter' (Ha dac 1946),
and Reinsdyrftya (Dahle 1983a). The previous or
this speeies may also be present at Hornsund
(see Kue 1963a, in eomment on
T. mnioides).
Colleeted at Boekfjorden (Frisvoll unpubl.), see
also Frisvoll (1978e, d).
Tortula cernua (Hiib.) Lindb.
A eharaeteristie speeies in littoral vegetation, for
a long time known only from one loeality at
Longyearbyen (Persson 1942, as
Desmatodon).
Later reported from severai similar localities at
Diekson Land, Liefdefjorden and Bockfjorden,
and from one loeality in Adventdalen away from
the sea (FrisvollI981a, as Desmatodon). In north
ern Norway (see Hagen 1929) and on Svalbard
this spe eies usually grows close to the sea. Thus
it may belong to a group of sea shore speeies with
Timmia bauarica Hessl.
See
inland loealities whieh have been thought to be
°T. megapolitana.
reliets from earlier periods with higher sea levels
(Hadac 1947).
Timmia comata Lindb. & H. Am.
Reported as frequent and widespread at the N
side of Hornsund by Kue (1963a); but only speci
mens from two sites were regarded as typieal, and
his eomments regarding identifieation problems
indieate that it may not be so frequent. An exsie
eate specimen (No. 75, TRH) from Hornsund
distributed as 1:
norvegiea var. exeurrens (= T.
comata) (Bednarek-Oehyra et al. 1987) is T. (lUS
triaea. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s &
Karezmarz (1993). Colleeted at Nordfjorden, Ido
dalen and Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta) (Frisvoll
unpubl.).
Tortula euryphylla Zand.
Reported (as
Desmatodon lati/o/ius
unless other
wise stated) from liornsund (Kue 1963a), SW
D. latifolius var.
gIacialis; the specimen was renamed D. obliquus
[= Tortula leucostomaJ var. muticus by Lindberg
Spitsbergen (Lindberg 1862, as
1867), Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz 1993),
upper part of Adventdalen (Frahm 1977), 'Sassen
Quarter' (Hadac 1946), Magdalenefjorden (Vahl
in Lindblom 1840, as
Triehostomum piliferum,
loeality aeeording to Lindberg 1867), and Kobbe
fjorden on Danskøya (Berggren 1875, eompared
with
Desmatodon systylius,
see
Tortula systylia).
Timmia sibiriea Lindb. & H. Am.
Colleeted at Krossfjorden (Willeberget S) and
Reported from Isfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Liefde
Boekfjorden (Trollkjeldene) (Frisvoll unpubl.).
fjorden, Boekfjorden and Vestfjorddalen (Fris
voll 1981a); it is not known from mainland Europe
(Brassard 1979; Duell 1985).
Tortula [aureri (Schultz) Lindb.
TortelIa tortuosa (Hedw.) Limpr.
Reported from a few sites at Hornsund (Kue
1963a, as
Desmatodon),
and from the W side of
Reported from Bellsund S (Swi s & Karezmarz
Adventfjorden (Berggren 1875, as
1991a, 1993), the Isfjord Radio area (Hagen
Colleeted
1952), and from
fjorden
Dryas
vegetation at Kongs
(Blomstrandhalvøya ),
Liefdefjorden
at
Adventdalen
Desmatodon).
(Brentskardet),
Ekmanfjorden (Blomesletta), Nordfjorden (Kon
gressfjellet), Dieksonfjorden (Kapp Smith and
(Wulffberget) and Boekfjorden (Frisvoll 1981a).
Idodalen),
The report from Dyrevika and Stuphallet in
(Frisvoll unpubl.).
and
Kongsfjorden
(Mitrahalvøya)
A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Tortula leucostoma (R.
Brown) Hook, &
119
a southem bryoelement on Svalbard. In mainland
Norway known as far north as Troms (L. Bedenas
Grev.
As pointed out (Frisvoll 1981a, as Desmatodon,
pers. comm.).
in comment on D. systylius), this is the most
frequent Svalbard taxon of the genus. Zander
(1993) found "no sharp difference between tra
32 similar
Only reported from near NY-Ålesund by Amen
& Mårtensson (1959); we have seen a specimen
•
Tortula'
with
(Breidl. ) Loeske
rami . . . and 'Desmatodon' peristomes with 16
ditional
peristomes
Tritomaria exsectiformis
teeth eIeft to near the base", and in accordance
to his treatment the genus Desmatodon is induded
in Tortula (whose type species is T. subulata
Bedw.). N yholm (1989) retained Desmatodon but
(UPS), according to K. Damsholt (pers. comm.,
based on some leaves and gemmae from a few
shoots) it probably belongs to ssp. exsectiformis
and not ssp. arctiea Schust.
referred the present species to Tortula on account
of its dose similarity to °T. muralis (see that).
Tortula norvegiea and T. ruraUs are treated in the
genus Syntrichia (whose type species is S. ruralis).
Tritomaria palita
(Nees) Jørg.
Reported from a few sites at Hornsund (Rejment
Grochowska 1967, as Saccobasis), Bellsund S
Tortula systylia
Reported
(Karczmarz & Swi s 1989a; Swi s & Karczmarz
(Schimp.) Lindb.
1991a, 1993, as Saccobasis), Chamberlindalen in
(as Desmatodon) from Bellsund S
Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karezmarz 1991b, as
(Swi s & Karezmarz 1991a), Rotundafjellet in
Saccobasis), one locality in Kongsfjorden (ArnelI
Billefjorden and Ossian Sarsfjellet in Kongs
& Mårtensson 1959, as Saccobasis), and Nord
fjorden
kapp (Berggren 1875, as Jungermannia; deter
(Frisvoll
1981a),
and
Kobbefjorden
(Berggren 1875: 27, but treated as D. latifolius
mination confirmed
[= Tortula euryphylla] in his species catalogue,
Mårtensson 1959). Also conected at Boekfjorden,
by ArnelI
in
Amen
&
p. 46). It has also been eollected from bird eliffs
and this specimen probably belongs to ssp. poly
in the Longyearbyen area (Frisvoll unpubl.).
morpha Schust. (Frisvoll unpubl.).
Trichostomum arcticum
Tritomaria quinquedentata
Kaal.
The speeies was deseribed in 1900 based on
material collected at Reeherehefjorden in 1899.
Grimmia spitsbergensis described by Bizot &
(Huds.) Buch
According to Rejment-Grochowska (1967) this
is "The most common [liverwort] species in W.
Svalbard, very variable, with a wide ecological
Theriot (1936) is the same (see also oG. ovalis).
amplitude. ... ". Watson (1922, as Lophozia)
Frisvoll (1978a) mapped its distribution on Sval
and Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 254, as Lopho
bard. Not ineIuded there are reports from NW
zia) reported f. turgida from wet and flat bogs at
Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Oleeh 1990), Bellsund
Bohemanneset, and ArnelI (in Arnell & Mår
S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz
tensson 1959) var. turgida from Kongsfjorden;
1991a, 1993), the Forlandsundet area (Boinska
the taxon is now frequently given subspecific rank
& Gugnacka-Fiedor 1986; Kuc 1994a), and Ny
(Damsholt 1982). See al50 Persson & Viereck's
Ålesund and Brøggerhalvøya (Frahm 1977, as
(1983) comments on the treatment and value of
T. cuspidatissimum). A few recent reports from
the taxon.
previously known localities are not mentioned
here.
Voitia hyperborea
Trichostomum crispulum
Grev. & Arnott
Reported from Adventfjorden (coll. Bjalynitzky
Bruch
Birula, Savicz 1924), Adventdalen and Esker
Reported from two nearby localities at Nord
dalen (Frahm 1977), Adventfjorden, Nordfjor
fjorden and Dicksonfjorden (W slope of Kon
den and Liefdefjorden (Berggren 1875), Hec1a
Frisvoll
hamna in Sorgfjorden (Booker 1828, first report),
(1981a). It is a limestone species and belongs to
Sorgfjorden and Lomfjorden (Lindberg 1867),
gressfjellet
and
Beimenfjellet)
by
A. A. FR/SVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
120
and Edgeøya NW (Philippi 1973). Mentioned
1971: 68, as Drepanocladus), with reservation
279) when
from lower Reindalen (Eurola 1971a, as Dre
deseribing vegetation in Tempelfjorden, but they
panocladus cf.), and Adventdalen (Frisvoll &
do not seem to report it from there. Collected at
Blom 1993, det. eonf. L. Hedenas).
by Summerhayes
& Elton
(1923:
Bjørndalen and Boekfjorden (inter aha Trolltin
dane 1000 m a.s.I.), and also at Adventdalen and
Liefdefjorden from where it was known before
(Frisvoll unpubl.). See al50 Bryum algouicum.
Warnstorfia tundrae
Only reported from Hornsund (Kue 1963a, as
Drepanocladus
Warnstorfia exannulata
(Schimp,) Loeske
Reported from Bjørnøya and Grønfjorden (Berg
gren ]875, as Hypnum), Hornsund (Kue 1963a;
1994b), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1988,
1990b;
Swi s
Karezmarz
&
1991a,
1993),
(H. Am.) Loeske
exannulatus
var.)
and Kongs
fjorden (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959, as Dre
panocladus). Some own eolleetions indieate that
it is frequent at W and N Spitsbergen, at least
loeally (Frisvoll unpubl.). Colleeted at Bjørnøya
by T. Engelskjøn in 1983 (TROM).
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden (Swi s &
Karczmarz
fjorden
1991b),
Stormyra in
(Eurola 1971a:
Van
Table 1),
Mijen
Reindalen
(Serebryannyy et al. 1985}, Vassdalen in Van
Comments on rejected species
Mijenfjorden and Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989),
Linnedalen (Hagen 1952, as Drepanocladus exan
nulatus
f.
(Frahm
orthophy/la),
1977,
as
upper
D.
Adventdalen
var.
exannulatus
purpurascens), from behind Richardlaguna at
Prins Karls Forland (Summerhayes & Elton]923:
243, as Hypnum), and NY-Ålesund (Arnell &
Mårtensson
1959).
(Unless
otherwise
stated
referred to Drepanocladus.) See also W. fluitans
and °W. trichophylla.
Some southern speeies that are very unlikely to
oceur on Svalbard, and which have been excluded
by previous authors, are mentioned without a
comment.
Regarding previous
comments
on
many of the names below see Kue (1973a), Arnell
&
Mårtensson
(1959),
Frisvoll
&
Lewinsky
(1981), Frisvoll (1981a, 1983e), and Flatberg &
Frisvoll (1984a). The below list includes the
accepted names of 45 hepaties and 145 mosses
rejeeted from Svalbard, in all 190 bryophyte
Warnstorfia fluitans
(Hedw.) Loeske
Reported in different genera (Amblystegium,
Drepanocladus,
dominant
Hypnum),
(Engelskjøn
(common) and
names (not counting Aulacomnium acuminatum,
Hypnum nordenskioeldii, Leskea sp. and Tri
chostomum nordenskioeldii).
from Bjørnøya as
1986),
Grønfjorden
from Bjørnøya
(Berggren 1875;
Wulff 1902), Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993),
Recherchefjorden (Karezmarz & Swi s 1990a,
1991b), Reindalen (Serebryannyy et al. 1985),
Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden and Finneset E
of Barentsburg (Hadac 1989), 'Sassen Quarter'
Amblystegium subtile
(Hedw.) Schimp.
Listed in a vegetation table from NW Sørkapp
Land by Dubiel & Oleeh (1990: 54, as Ambly
sregiella),
Karezmarz
and from Bellsund S by Swi s &
(1991a,
as
Amblystegiella).
The
reports are doubtfully correct.
(Hadac 1946), Reinsdyrflya (Summerhayes &
Elton 1928: 225, as Hypnumfluitans group Rotae,
and therefore probably another speeies), and
Kong Karls Land (Arnell 1900). There is also a
Amblystegium varium
(Hedw.) Lindb.
See °Callialaria curuicaulis.
subfossil report by Sehimper (1870).
Anastrophyllum cavifolium
Warnstorfia pseudostraminea (C. MillI.)
Tuom. & T . Kop.
Reported from Brennevinsfjorden (Karezmarz
(Buch & S.
Am.) Lammes
Reported with reservation from Kvalvågen at the
E side of Spitsbergen by Philippi (1973, as Sphen
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
121
olobus). His comments on cell size indicate that
Jungermannia), Kong Karls Land (ArnelI 1900,
this is not A. cavifolium but more probably A.
as
minutum var. minutum (syn. var. grande, see A.
Murchisonfjorden (Wulff 1902, as Jungermannia
minutum). See Schuster & Damsholt (1974: 37f)
gracilis), Prins Karls Forland (Watson 1922; Sum
Jungermannia
gracilis),
Celsiusberget
in
regarding comments on, and a list of, the so
merhayes & Elton 1928: 248, as Lophozia), and
called large-celled arctic hepatic taxa.
Isfjord Radio (Hagen 1952, as Lophozia). It is
not known from Greenland (Schuster 1988, 1969;
Andreaea a/pina
Schuster & Damsholt 1974). "AIso reported from
Hedw.
Spitsbergen and eastward to Novaya Zemlya, Sib
Reported by Brown (1820) from Kongsfjorden,
and by Vahl in Lindblom (1840) without locality.
eria (but these reports possibly refer in part to L.
binsteadii or L. at/antica." (Schuster 1969). No
species of Lophozia subgen. Orthocaulis sect.
Attenuatae (sensu Schuster 1969) is known with
certainty
Anomobryum filiforme (Dicks.) Solms
from
Svalbard,
and
the
reported
material needs to be restudied.
Reported from Magdalenefjorden by Mathey
Dupraz (1912, as Bryum julaceum Schr.) and
from near Isfjord Radio by Hagen (1952, as A.
juliforme), but the reports are considered here
Barbilophozia binsteadii
(Kaal.) Loeske
as
doubtfully correct.
The
name
is
mentioned
from
Edgeøya
by
Heinemeijer (1979, as Orthocaulis cf. binsteadii
and O. elongatusjO. cf. binsteadii).
Arctoa hyperborea
(Dicks.) Bruch &
Schimp.
"Dicranum hyperboreum, auf Gronland ziemlich
haufig, ist nicht auf Spitzbergen aufgefunden."
(Berggren 1875, in comment on Arctoa fulvella,
as Dicranum). Only reported from Hornsund by
Eurola (1968). On the basis of this report the
species was included from Svalbard by Nyholm
(1987; Nyholm pers. comm.). No specimen lab
elled A. hyperborea is available in Eurola's her
barium (OULU, M. Ohenoja pers. comm.).
Barbilophozia fioerkei
(Web. & Mohr)
Loeske
Jungermannia hatcheri, the basionym of B. hat
cheri, was described in 1898, and the early reports
of B. floerkei could therefore be expected to be
erroneous.
Reported from
Kobbefjorden
by
Lindberg (1867, as Jungermannia Florkei I den
sifolia A. major {) gemmipara), and as common
in the basement rock areas at N Svalbard by
Berggren (1875, as Jungermannia, "meisten als I
densifolia A major oder B minor, auch als ABI
Aulacomnium acuminatum
Am.) Kindb.
(Lindb, &
H.
[Not reported from Svalbard, but mentioned by
Mårtensson (ArnelI & Mårtensson 1959, in com
ment on A.
palustre).
This exclusively arctic
species is known from Siberia, Greenland and
arctic North America, and could be expected
to occur also in Svalbard (see Holmen 1957b;
Brassard 1971b; Steere 1978: 22ff).]
arcuata. ) who also referred to one locality in E
"
,
Svalbard (Edlundfjellet N of Barentsøya). Seven
specimens named Jungermannia floerkei in Berg
gren's herbarium (LD) have been studied by us,
and they belong to Barbilophozia hateheri (5)
and Tritomaria quinquedentata. The species was
reported from Prins Karls Forland and Kong
Karls Land (Svenskøya) (ArnelI 1900, as Jun
germannia), Prins Karls Forland (Hagen 1908,
as Jungermannia), Bjørnøya (the same material
reported by Watson 1922 and Summerhayes &
Barbilophozia attenuata
(Mart.) Loeske
Reported from Kobbefjorden (Lindberg 1867, as
Elton 1923, as Lophozia), from one locality in
Kongsfjorden (ArnelI in ArnelI & Mårtensson
1959, as Orthocaulis), reported "from Svalbard
Jungermannia attenuata var. laxifolia; a specimen,
for the first time" (Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor
in H-SOL, probably belongs to Tritomaria),
1986; sec also Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz
Bjørnøya, severai places along the W coast of
1982: Table 8) based on two collections from
Spitsbergen and Smeerenburg (Berggren 1875, as
Forlandsundet, and from Stuphallet in Kongs
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
122
fjorden (Wegener et al.1992). GrolIe (1960) eon
sidered that previous reports from Svalbard refer
to
other
species;
specimens
collected
by
Malmgren, ArnelI et Mårtensson, Berggren and
Eaton were renamed B. hateheri, and specimens
eolleeted
by
Berggren,
Malmgren
and
Nor
denski6ld were renamed Tritomaria sp. Due to
the obvious misidentifieations its oeeurrenee on
Svalbard should be eonfirmed. Sehuster (1983:
609, Fig. 74) includes Svalbard in the world dis
tribution of B. floerkei (as Lophozia), but his
sourees are probably those rejeeted here.
Brachythecium frigidum (C.
Miill.) Besch.
Berggren (1875) stated about his new B. sale
brosum var. arcticum: "Dem Habitus nach Bra
chyth. drrhosum [l,
=
Cirriphyllum cirrosum]
ahnlich... .". Mårtensson (in AmelI & Mår
tensson 1959) deseribed "A curious robust whitish
green type" of B. turgidum which had "very con
cave leaves with a generally distinet piliferous
apex.. ..At first glanee one believes the plants
to be Cirriphyllum cirrosum." He found that auth
entie material of Hypnum rutabulum var. cavi
folium deseribed by Lindberg (1867) "is almost
identical with some of my turgid plants .
Barbilophozia rubescens
(Schust. &
Damsholt) Kartt. & Soderstr.
Arnell (in Amell & Mårtenson 1959) reported B.
hateheri, and wrote about one of the speeimens:
"The plants . ..have fairly large leaf-eells (24
30 tlm) and approaeh var. grandiretis Bueh [ex
Lammes]." This name is a synonym of B. rubes
cens, which may well oeeur on Svalbard.Aecord
ing to Sehuster (1988, as Lophozia), B. hateheri
has marginal cells in lobes 20-24 #m and median
eells from 20-25 to 28-32 !lm wide; in B. rubescens
the cells are 30-32 and 30-35 um wide, respee
.
.
.
B.
udum Hag . .. . seems also to lie within this vari
ation amplitude." Frahm (1977) refers to Mår
tensson's deseription and to similar own plants
with "Cirriphyllum-artige Blattspitze. .. . Die
gesehilderte Form weist Ahnlichkeit mit der
Beschreibung von B. frigidum
(C.
Milli.) Beseh.
aus Kanada auf." Aeeording to Lawton (1971) B.
frigidum has, inter aHa, deltoid-ovate leaves with
fiat margin; B. turgidum has ovate-Ianceolate
leaves with reeurved margin. The deseribed Sval
bard
taxon
needs
further
studies.
See
also
°Cirriphyllum piliferum.
.
tively. The presenee on Svalbard of B. rubescens
needs to be eonfirmed.
Brachythecium glareosum
(Spruee) Schimp.
Reported from Wijdefjorden by Summerhayes
Bartramia pomiformis
Hedw.
Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karezmarz
(1991a). Also reported from Dyrevika in Kongs
fjorden by Wegener et al. (1992), but the material
& Elton (1928: 232). Duell (1992) reported B.
glareosum var. alpinum (De Not.) Limpr. without
loeality, "(leg. G.Philippi sub B. turgescens [sic,
err. pro turgidum?])". See also °B. latifolium.
(sent by L B. Jacobsen) is Plagiopus oederiana
(see also Jacobsen 1994:24).
Brachythecium latifotium Kindb.
Brachythecium albicans
merhayes & Elton (1928: 237) and from Svensk
Reported from a 'bog' in Wijdefjorden by Sum
(Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported from Kongsfjorden by Polunin (1945)
but this report has been considered to reter to
slender plants of B. turgidum (Amell & Mår
tensson
1959). Later reported from the For
øya by Hofmann (1968, as B. nelsonii). The
material may be supposed to belong to the ubiqui
tous and very modifiable B. turgidum, and needs
reexamination.
landsundet area (Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor
1986), and from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s
1988). See also B. coruscum.
Brachythecium erythrorrhizon Schimp.
The name is used by Eurola & Hakala (1977, as
B. cf. erythrorrhizon) about material from the
mountain Alkhomet at the mouth of Isfjorden.
Brachythecium mildeanum
(Schimp.) Milde
Reported from Bellsund S by Karezmarz & Swi s
(1990b). See also °B. udum.
Brachythecium plumosum
(Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported from Kobbefjorden (Lindberg 1867, as
A catalogue ot Sllalbard plants. tungi. algae and cyanobacteria
123
Hypnum); it was stated to grow among Bryo
(Hadac 1946: 135, 143, as B. mildeanum var.
erythrophyllum recurvirostre (as Trichostomum
udum and B. udum). The systematic position of
rubellum),
and
a
small
amount
of
a
Bra
the taxon is disputed. It is of ten referred to B.
chythecium is present in the reported sample of
mildeanum. Mårtensson (in ArnelI & Mårtensson
that species (H-SOL). It is so sparse that it is
1959) tended to associate it with turgid plants
difficuIt to name, but the leaves are somewhat
of B. turgidum, see a1so Cor!ey et al. (1981:
plicate and have not the homogeneous basal cells
of B. plumosum; however, they are sharply ser
Annotation 252) and DB. frigidum. It is like ly that
Hagen's (1908) material includes the ubiquitous
rate unlike the leaves of B. turgidum S.l. It was
B. turgidum because B. udum is his only reported
later reported from Linnedalen by Hagen (1952).
Brachythecium: "On Prince Charles Foreland it
The Hypnum plumosum
Huds. reported by
ArnelJ (1900. see also Lindberg 1867 pro syn.) is
a synonym of °Brachythecium salebrosum.
occurs in a smaller form markedly decumbent, in
very loose tufts, or creeping in single individuals
among grasses and other higher plants in moist
sheItered places."
Brachythecium rivulare Schimp.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875); a
specimen (UPS) is typical B. turgidum. Listed
from Bjørnøya and 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova
et al. (1961). Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s
& Karczmarz (1993). See also 0B. latifolium.
Bryum acutiforme Limpr. in Hag.
"Ein unvollstandiges Exemplar, von Berggren bei
Advent-Bay in Spitzbergen gesammelt, und von
ihm als B. calophyllum bestimmt, ziehe ich zu
dieser Art." (Hagen ]899-1904, in the protologue
of the name, and therefore to be regarded a
syntype). Listed from Svalbard by Jensen (1939).
Brachythecium r utab ulum (Hedw.) Schimp.
Lindberg (1867) described Hypnum rutabulum
var. cavifolium which belongs to B. turgidum s.l.
(see Berggren 1875: 80; ArnelI & Mårtensson
1959; Wigh 1975: 479). See also DB. frigidum.
Reported by Persson (1942, as B. acutum) from
the Van Mijenfjorden area; the specimen (S)
is annotated by E. Nyholm: "se ems to be B.
calophyllum, but bad material". Reported from
'Sassen
Quarter' by Hadac (1946) and from
Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, as B.
acutum). The reports of this species from Svalbard
Brachythecium salebrosum (Web. & Mohr)
need verification.
Schimp.
First reported from Sorgfjorden by Lindberg
(1867) and from Adventfjorden by Berggren
Bryum alpinum With .
Phips
(1774) reported two sterile species of
(1875); both authors also reported B. turgidum
Bryum, which were found to be like Dillenius'
also Kuc (1973a). Reported from Bjørnøya by
nuis oblongis1 and Bryum hypnoides pendulum
(as B. salebrosum var. and ssp., respectively), see
Engelskjøn (1986); we have seen four specimens
collected by him (TROM), and they belong to B.
turgidum. Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s &
Karczmarz (1991a). The common Svalbard taxon
is B. turgidum, and the possible occurrence there
of B. salebrosum is doubtful and needs con
firmation. Se also B. coruscum.
(1741) Bryum trkhodes læte virens, [capitulis cer
[sericeum. coma insigni atro-rubente). According
to Lindberg (1883) the Dillenian names refer to
Pohlia nutans and Bryum alpinum, respectively.
Pohlia nutans is common on Svalbard. Bryum
alpinum reaches Finnmark in Norway (Størmer
1969), and is unlikely to grow further north.Per
haps the old record refers to Pohlia nutans ssp.
schimperi whose sterile reddish cushions may be
Brachythecium udum I. Hag.
Reported from Prins Karls Forland by its author
(Hagen 1908): "I have se en his material and am
quite like those of B. alpinum.
Bryum archangelicum Bruch & Schimp.
convinced that it is a distinct species. ... " (Kuc
Reported from two localities on Spitsbergen N
1973a). Later reported from 'Sassen Quarter'
(Lindberg 1867; Berggren 1875). However, Lind
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
124
berg (1867) doubted whether his material was
Berggren (1875, in comment on B. obtusifolium).
well separated from B. algovicum (as B. pendu
The differences between them are dealt with in
lum), and Berggren's (1875) material was stated
some detail by Persson & Viereck (1983).
to have only immature sporophytes. We have
seen a Berggren specimen
(O), it is made up of a
synoicous plant with unripe capsules and can
hardly be satisfactorily named.
Bryum elegans Nees
Arnell's
(1900)
B.
var.
elegans
sanguinellm
described from Svenskøya is B. ruti/ans (type
material seen, pers. comm. E. Nyholm). Perhaps
Bryum blindii Bruch & Schimp.
Reported by Frahm (1977) from Adventdalen!
Eskerdalen,
but the material
(herb.
Frahm)
belongs to Pohlia nutans. It is made up of depau
perate paroicous plants with short capsul es as in
ssp. schimperi.
the mention of B. elegans from Svalbard by Bryhn
(1906), Podpera (1954) and Abramova et al.
(1961) originates from Arnell's report. Recently
reported from Bellsund S by Karczmarz & Swi s
(1990b).
Bryum caespiticium Hedw.
Bryum intermedium (Brid.) Bland.
Reported by Hooker (1825, 1828), Sommerfelt
Berggren (1875: 12) mentions this name; but it is
(1833) and Vahl in Lindblom (1840). but the se
not incIuded in his annotated list of species and
reports were rejected by Kuc (1973a), and from
the report is therefore considered dubious. Listed
Bellsund S by Swit;s & Karczmarz (1991a) and
from Svalbard by Nyholm (1993).
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden by Swi s
&
Karczmarz
(1991b).
'Bryum
caespitosum'
reported by Tishkov (1986) is probably meant to
be this species. Duell (1992: 91) states that the
present authors reported B.
kunzei Hornsch.
from Svalbard. This taxon belongs to B. caes
piticium s.1. No reference at all was made to B.
Bryum knowltonii Barnes
Reported
from
Bjørnøya,
Adventfjorden by
Grønfjorden
Berggren
(1875,
as
and
"eine
bemerkelseswerthe Form" of B. lacustre). Later
kunzei in a preliminary rough copy of the present
reported from Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902, as
paper seen by Duell!
B.lacustre); the speeimen (LD) has large capsules
with cross walls on outer peristome teeth and
belongs to B.
Bryum capillare Hedw.
Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz
(1991a). !ts presence on Svalbard has to be con
firmed.
Bryum cyclophyllum (Schwaegr.) Bruch &
Schimp.
In the primary literature only listed in a vegetation
algovicum.
Reported from Is
fjorden by Tishkov (1986, as B. lacustre). There
is also a subfossil report by Schimper (1870, as B.
lacustre). The uncontrolled reports need veri
fication. Listed from Svalbard by Nyholm (1993).
Bryum longisetum Schwaegr.
Mentioned in vegetation tables from Hornsund
and Bjørndalen SW of Longyearbyen by Eurola
table from Bohemanftya by Kobayashi et al.
(1968, as Bryum cf. longisetum var. labrado
(1990: Table 7, as B. tortifolium). Listed from
rense).
Svalbard by Steere (1978) and Nyholm (1993).
Some authors (e.g. Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smir
nova 1970, as B. tortifolium) place B. cryophilum
(as B. obtllsifolium) as a synonym, and the Sval
bard record probably refers to that taxon. The
Bryum mamillatum Lindb.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Berggren (1875).
two are compared for the first time in the pro
The specimen is stated to have young sporophytes
tologue of B. obtusifolium (Lindberg 1867) and by
only, and the report is in need of confirmation.
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Bryum neodamense
C
manftya by Kobayashi et al. (1990: Table 5, 7). It
Milli.
Reports of this speeies (see Kue 1973a; Barkman
1987; Kobayashi et al. 1990: Table 7, as B. pseu
dotriquetrum f.; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b - as
B.
125
is mainly a southem lowland species in Fenno
scandia (Nyholm 1993; Hallingback & Holmåsen
1985), and the report is in need of confirmation.
neodamense unless otherwise stated) are
included in B.
subneodamense. According to
Persson (in Persson & Sjørs 1960, as B. ouatum)
B. subneodamense "is an arctic-alpine species
most related to B. neodamense Itzigs. The latter
is a lowland speeies which seems to be more
Bryum ueronense
De Not.
Reported once from a dry scree at Hornsund (Kue
1963a; also in Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smirnova
1970); its usual habitat is moist sandy soil beside
or less replaced by B. ouatum to the north:'
streams
However, Karczmarz & Swi s (1988) reported
material (KRAM) consists of dense cushions
both species from Bellsund S (as B. neodamense
made up of filiform plants with reddish sterns.
be confirmed. Listed from Svalbard by Nyholm
leaves are evenly arranged along the stem. In B.
and B. ovatum), but their interpretation needs to
(1993), who does not mention B. subneodamense.
(Jensen 1939;
Nyholm
1993).
Kuc's
Also the leaf bases and costa are reddish. The
veronense the leaves are greenish and the shoot
budlike. In the most filiform plants the leaves are
Bryum schleicheri
Lam.
&
0.7 mm long and 0.55 mm broad, whereas in more
DC
robust stems they are about 1.3 mm long and 0.8
Reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993
in
the last paper both as var. schleicheri and var.
latifolium), and Chamberlindalen in Recherche
fjorden
(Swi s
& Karczmarz 1991b, as var.
schleicheri and var. latifotium), see also 0B. tur
binatum. It is hardly accepted from Fennoscandia
mm broad. The costa usually reaches the apex in
the large leaves. The specimen represents strongly
depauperate material
of Bryum
sp.
non B.
veronense. The taxonomic status of B. veronense
has been disputed (Nyholm 1958: 245, 1993), but
own fieId experience (at Driva river in Oppdal,
C Norway) indicates that it is a good species.
by Nyholm (1993). The Svalbard reports need
confirmation.
Callia/ada curuicaulis
Bryum turbinatum
The taxon has been reported many times as Cra
(Hedw.) Turn.
Reported by Hooker (1828), Vahl in Lindblom
(1840) and Berggren (1875, as B. turbinatum var.
latifolium, only from Bjørnøya). According to
Wijk et al. (1959) the variety belongs to
B.
o
schleicheri. These old reports are unreliable and
must be considered in the light of a modem
species
concept
in
Bryum.
Hooker
(Jur.) Oehyra
(1828)
reported a Bryum species from Heclahamna in
Sorgfjorden as follows: "Bryum ? follis ouato
toneuron filidnum var. eurvicaule, see summary
in Kuc (1973a). Ochyra (1989) disregarded all
Svalbard specimens he saw; Kuc's (1963a) speci
mens from Hornsund were identified as Dre
panocladus aduneus. It seems that the specimens
reported from Svalbard as Cratoneuron areticum
Steere are part of the same set of problems.
Eurola & Hakala (1977) state that their C. are
tieum is the same as C. filicinum var. eurvieaule.
We have seen eight specimens named C. aretieum
rotundatis laxe imbricatis valde eoneauis aeutis
by Eurola (OULU); they include almost nothing
insigniter retieulatis, nervo ante apicem euane
of the taxon in question but are made up of sueh
scente. There is no fruit on this plant, which has
entirely the habit of a Bryum, and will rank near
to B. turbinatum: but the structure of its leaves is
different from any that I am acquainted with." lf
the described material exists it could probably be
identified.
different speeies as Hypnum revolutum, Sanionia
uncinata
and
Philonotis
tomentelIa.
Philippi
(1973) cited localities of Cratoneuron arcticum
from widely separated areas; see also Frahm
(1977) and Barkman (1987). Ochyra (1989) made
C. arctieum a synonym of Pseudoleskea chilensis
(Lar.) Ochyra - before that known as a southern
Bryum uliginosum
(Brid.) Brueh & Sehimp.
Only reported in vegetation tables from Bohe
hemisphere species. Until the reported Svalbard
specimens have been revised according to the
cIarified taxonomy, Callialarta curvieaulis and
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
126
Pseudoleskea
chilensis
are
rejected
from
and
subfossil
from
Holocene
sediments
at
Svalbard. The reports of °Amblystegium varium
Adventdalen by Gottlich & Hornburg (1982, as
(Kuc 1963a) and A. boreale (Dixon 1933) prob
Acrocladium).
ably also reter to the same mess (see Kuc 1973a).
Campylium elodes (Lindb.) Kindb.
Calliergon cordifolium (Hedw.) Kindb.
Reported from a number of localities in the early
literature (see Kuc 1973a) and by Frahm (1977)
and Kobayashi et al. (1990). This is not an arctic
species,
and thorough determination of large
recent Calliergon collections indicates that the
reports are erroneous and refer to the variable C.
It was reported by Acock (1940, as Hypnum
elodes Spr. forma) in his vegetation analyses from
a shingle beach at Billefjorden and later by Hei
nemeijer (1979, as f.'pro stratum') from Edgeøya.
The species is southern (Nyholm 1965) and the
reports probably erroneous.
richardsonii. See also Hagen (1899-1904: 342, as
Hypnum).
Calliergon giganteum (Schimp.) Kindb.
The slender Svalbard material reported as C.
giganteum is not identical with material from more
Cephalozia catenulata (HOb.) Lindb.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Watson (1922, as C.
'
reclusa; the same material reported by Sum
merhayes & Elton 1923: 226, as C. semfolja) who
himself considered the determination as doubtful.
southem areas.The costa may be long and mostly
unbranched, but the plants belong within the
variation of C. richardsonii (L. Hedenas pers.
comm.).
Cepha/ozia leucantha Spruce
Reported from Bjørnøya (Watson 1922; Sum
merhayes & Elton 1923: 226), and listed with
reservation in a vegetation table from the large
Calliergon megalophyllum Mik.
Reported by Persson (1942); the material belongs
to C. richardsonii (Kuc 1973a).
mire area Storrnyra in Van Mijenfjorden (Eurola
1971a, as C. cf. leucantha). "It barely penetrates
,
into the Arctic..... (Schuster & Damsholt
1974), and we consider the Svalbard reports in
need of confirmation.
Calliergon orbiculari-cordatum (Ren. &
Card.) Broth.
This arctic North American taxon was reported
from Bjørnøya and four localities on Spitsbergen
by Karczmarz & Kue (1966: see also Karczmarz
1971), and mapped from Svalbard by Karczmarz
& Swi s (1989a). Further reported from NW SØr
kapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990: Tab. 22-23),
Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s
& Karczmarz 1991a), and Chamberlindalen in
Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b).
The Svalbard material called C. orbiculari-cor
datum is not identical to the American material
and belongs within the variation range of C. rich
ardsonii (Hedenas 1993, and pers. comm.).
Cephaloziella divaricata (Sm.) Schiffn.
Reported as widespread by Berggren (1875, as
Jungermannia
divaricata
var.
incIlrva),
but
according to ArnelI & Mårtensson (1959) this
refers to C. aretiea. Watson (1922, as C byssacea)
reported it from Prins Karls Forland: "The leaves
were distant. two-third bila bed into acute seg
ments; the apical leaves were eroded by the for
mation of two-lobed gemmæ; small 2-3-celled,
subulate underleaves were present at the apices
of the shoots." Under different names it is also
mentioned by other authors. In Fennoscandia C.
divaricata is supposed to be the only common
species (Hallingback & Holmåsen 1985), while
C. arctica is the common species on Svalbard
Calliergonella cuspidata (Hedw.) Loeske
(according
to
Arnell
&
Mårtensson
1959).
Erroneously listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983,
Reported by Keilhau (1831, as Hypnum) and
R. Duell pers. comm.). Material from strongly
Sommerfelt (1833, as Hypnum, same material),
acidic substrates may correspond to C. divaricata
A
catalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
or another species different from the basiphilous
C. arctiea. The problem is in need of further
studies. The most thorough recent treatment of
the genus Cephaloziella from an arctic area (S
Greenland) is presented by Schuster (1988), who
points out that C. aret/ca "shows extraordinary
malleability - so much so that its perimeters can
hardly be adequately established."
(l)
See also
Schuster & Damsholt (1974). It is probable that
more than two Cephaloziella species occur on
Svalbard.
127
Chiloscyphus polyanthos (L.) Corda
Reported by Lindberg (1867, as var. rivularis);
the same material was referred to by Schiffner
(1912, as f. luxurians. Herb. Lindenberg 4446)
when revising the genus in Europe. The actual
material was mixed with Bryum weigelii and
stated to have been collected by J . Vahl at
Bellsund in 1838 (Berggren 1875: 66, in comment
on B. duvalii). Listed from Svalbard in all floras
(Muller 1954-1957, as C. palleseens; Amell 1956
and Schuster 1980, as C. polyanthus and C. pal
lescens; Smith 1990. as C. polyanthos var. poly
Cephaloziella grimsulana (Gott. & Rabenh.)
Laeout.
Reported from Bellsund S by Swies & Karczmarz
(1991a, 1993) and Karczmarz & Swies (1990b),
and from Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden
,
by Swies & Karczmarz (1991b). This is their only
species of the genus, and that is quite unrealistic.
Berggren (1875) stated that his Jungermannia div
arieata var. ineurva
Cephaloziella arctiea) is
"Der schweizischen J. grimsulana Jack .. . sehr
ahnlich." .
Cephaloziella integerrima (Lindb.) Warnst.
Only reported from the mountain slope of Zep
pelinfjellet near Ny-Ålesund (Amell & Mår
tensson 1959). It is a rare lowland speeies in
Fennoscandia (AmelI 1956; Hallingback & Hol
måsen 1985), and listed as 'suboceanic' by Duell
(1983), and the Svalbard material is in need of
revisjon according to recent studies especially by
Schuster (1988).
anthos and var. palleseens), and all statements
probably refer to this single old report! However,
Berggren (1875: 66) considered that " . ... das
Vorkommen auf Spitzbergen von Chiloscyphus
polyanthus . . . sehr zweifelhaft scheint.... ".
and he supposed that the reported material had
been erroneously labelled and possibly originated
from the Scandinavian coast (the expedition vis
ited northernmost Norway). The presence on
Svalbard of this mainly non-arctic species needs
to be confirmed.
Cirriphyllum piliferum (Hedw.) Grout
Reported by Hagen (1952). "As pointed out
under Braehythecium turgidum, in my opinion at
!east two of Lindberg's (1867, p. 539) C. cirrosum
refer to turgid types of the former species. I think
therefore that other reports of C. eirrosum and C.
piliferum from Svalbard must be read critically."
(AmelI
& Mårtensson 1959:
161).
See also
°Braehythecium frigidum.
Cephaloziella ru beila (Nees) Warnst.
Cnestrum schisti (Web. & Mohr) I. Hag.
Reported from Svenskøya and Kongsøya at Kong
Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al.
Karls Land by Amell (1900, as 'Cephalozia bifida
(Schreb.) Lindberg' with synonym 'Jungermannia
divarieata Nees'). Reported from Raudfjorden
by Wulff (1902, as Cephalozia bifida (Schreb.)
Lindb.) and from Bohemanflya by Summerhayes
&
Elton
(1923:
254,
as Cephaloziella bifida
Schiffn. and var. erosa). The taxon is called C.
rubella var. bifida by Schuster (1980). Its presence
(1961) and from Chamberlindalen in Recherche
fjorden by Swies & Karczmarz (1991b). Dieranum
sehisti Lindb. reported by Summerhayes & Elton
(1923: 225) from Bjømøya and by Polunin (1945)
from Kongsfjorden is a synonym of Kiaeria blyttii
(but Polunins material belongs to Oncophorus
wahlenbergii according to Amell & Mårtensson
1959: 129).
on Svalbard needs confirmation.
G'ynodontium fallax Limpr.
Cephaloziella spinigera (Lindb.) Jørg.
Reported also as C. subdentata, see C. uneinata.
Reported from severaI localities at Homsund by
Kuc (1963a), but four specimens (KRAM) have
A. A. FRJSVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
128
been renamed C. tenellum (3) and Dicranoweisia
(Dubiel & Olech 1990: 46, 62), ChamberlindaJen
crispula (Frisvoll unpubl.).
in Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b)
and Barentsburg (Schurnaeher 1993, in speeimen
of the discomycete Lamprospora minuta; the
C.Ynodontium gracilescens (Web. & Mohr)
Schimp.
material is revised and is Leptobryum pyriforme.
herb. O). The lack of other, more probable
Sehimper (1870) has a subfossiJ report of "Cyno
dontium [sp.]. Dem C. gracilescens ahnlieh, aber
dureh breitere und kurzere BJatter versehieden."
The name was us ed by Berggren (1875: 34) when
Dicranella speeies in the above speeies lists and
tables indicates that the reports need to be con
tirrned. There is also a subfossil report by Schim
per (1870).
describing the variation of cC. polycarpon; he
simply states that near bird eliffs the plants
beeome more like C. gracilescens, with broader ,
more obtuse and papillose leavcs. Listed from
Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). but the report is
erroneous (E. Nyholm pers. comm.).
Dieranella heteromalla (Hedw.) Schimp.
The name is mentioned by Schimper (1870) in a
list of subfossil bryophytes: "Dicranum sp.? Eine
zu Dicrane/la heteromalla Hedw. hinneigende
Form."
Cynodontium polycarpon (Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported by Lindberg (1862) from SW Spits
bergen,
Lindberg
(1867,
as
Dicranum) from
Kobbefjorden and Sorgfjorden, and by Berggren
(1875) from Bjørnøya and severai localities in
Spitsbergen. At this time C. tenellum was not yet
distinguished as a species but usually treated as
a variety of C. polycarpon. Berggren's (1875)
material from Parryøya (O, 3 speeimens) and
Dicranoweisia cirrata (Hedw.) Milde
Listed in vegetation tables from Kongsfjorden
(Brossard et al. 1984), NW Sørkapp Land (Dubiel
& Olech 1990:
64),
and Chamberlindalen in
Recherchefjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b,
also report of D. crispula). The speeies is strongly
southern in Fennoseandia (Størmer 1969).
Kobbefjorden (O) is C. tenellum. Kuc (1973a)
stated that Berggren's material from Parryøya,
Brennevinsfjorden and Grønfjorden belongs to
C. polycarpon. but the speeimens he examined
need to be checked. All speeimens we have stud
ied possess obtuse perigonial leaves and lack an
annulus of large separating cells (see Crundwell
1960). Also reported from Wijdefjorden (Sum
Dicranum bonjeanii De Not.
The previous reports (see Kue 1973a, 1994b) are
rejected, see D. scoparium. Herbarium speci
mens named D. palustre and D. paluslre var.
juniperifolium (LD, O) by Berggren are D. lae
videns.
merhayes & Elton 1928: 230) and recently from
near Barentsburg in Grønfjorden (Hadac 1989),
Recherehefjorden (Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a;
Swi s
&
Karczmarz
1991b),
and
Bellsund S
(Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz
1991a, 1993). Although we have seen no material
of the Bjørnøya C. polycarpon, we think also this
refers to C. tenellum.
Dicranum brevifolium (Lindb.) Lindb.
This is the correct name of D. muehlenbeckii
in the sense of previous Fennoscandian authors
(Nyholm 1987). The related D. acutifolium is
widespread on Svalbard. Both are, inter alia,
known by their leaf transverse sections which
are like a pair of tongs (Nyholm 1987), but D.
flexicaule has a slight tendency to show a similar
Dieranella cerviculata (Hedw.) Schimp.
Reported as very rare,
and
type of transverse section. We have seen no typi
associated with
cal Svalbard speeimens of D. brevifolium, with
°Calliergon giganteum, on Hermansenøya in For
the cells in the upper part of the leaf lamina
landsundet (Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz
regularly or roundedly quadrate and arranged in
1982:
1986).
Table
Later
6;
Boinska
reported
&
Gugnacka-Fiedor
from
Bellsund
rows. Although it was listed from Svalbard by
S
Podpera (1954, as D. muehlenbeckii var. cirra
(Karczmarz & Swi s 1988), NW Sørkapp Land
tum) and Nyholm (1987), and reported from
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
129
Forlandsundet by Boifiska & Gugnacka-Fiedor
ible.
(1986, as D. muehlenbeckii vaL), we think this
(1987) has, inter alia, more slender shoots and
needs confirmation. Kuc's (1973a) statement that
relatively narrower leaves than the mentioned
D. breuifolium was reported by Bryhn (1909) is
species
erroneous as the only Dicranum included by him
(1991) D. groenlandicum appears to be D. lae
Dicranum groenlandicum sensu Nyholm
(except D.
fuscescens).
J6hannsson's
is D. angustum. But it was reported from 'Spits
uidens sensu the present interpretation. The types
bergen' by Bryhn (1906).
of the names may need to be checked.
Dicranum fragilifolium Lindb.
Dicranum leioneuron Kindb.
Reported by Lindberg (1862) and Heuglin (1874)
Reported by
without locality information. The reports were
(1970) and Kuc (1973a), see D. scoparium.
Savicz-Ljubitzkaya
&
Smirnova
considered to be doubtful by Frisvoll (1981a),
but the species was later listed from Bellsund S
(Karczmarz
&
Karczmarz
1991a,
Swi s
1988,
1993),
1990b;
Swit;:s
&
Recherchefjorden
(Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a; Swi s & Karczmarz
1991b), and in four vegetation tables from NW
Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990). It was also
listed from Svalbard by Nyholm (1987). Until
more specific morphological characteristics are
attributed to Svalbard material the reports should
be rejected, sec D. tauricum.
Dicranum muehlenbeckii Bruch & Schimp.
In Fennoscandia this name has been erroneously
used for D. breuifolium. The true D. muehlen
beckii is known from only one Fennoscandian
locality (Nyholm 1987), and is certainly absent
from Svalbard. The correctly interpreted reports
of D. muehlenbeckU sensu Nyholm (1954) from
Svalbard refer to D. acutifolium. But Gugnacka
Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982: Table 1, 3, 7)
reported both D. acutifolium and D. muehlen
Dicranum groenlandicum Brid.
beckii from Kaffiøyra at Forlandsundet; the latter
was probably reported as var. brevifolium by
" ....von Spitzbergen besitze ich auch vom ProL
Boinska &
Berggren gesammelte Exemplare von derselben
breuifolium.
Gugnacka-Fiedor
(1986), see OD.
Art." (Arnell in Lindberg & Arnell 1890).Also
reported, as "Spetsbergen: Berggren" , by Kind
berg (1898). A review of the previous reports in
the Svalbard literature is given by Kuc (1973a).
Kuc (1963a) reported this species to be "One of
the commonest species of the dry tundra." at
the N side of Hornsund. All Kuc's specimens
(KRAM) have been revised by us and they belong
to D. acutifolium (1), D. angustumllaeuidens (10),
D. fuscescens (3), and D. spadiceum (6). Recently
it has been reported from Recherchefjorden and
Dicranum scottianum Turn.
Kindberg (1900: 84) reported this species in the
following way: "D. Scottii, Turner. Spitzbergen:
com.Mr. K. Johansson". Also listed from Sval
bard by Podpera (1954, as Orthodicranum scot
tianum ssp.
anglicum).
The
Norwegian
and
European distribution of this southern and west
ern species is presented by Størmer (1969).
Bellsund S (Rz tkowska 1988a, b; Karczmarz &
Swi s 1988, 1989a, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz
1991a, b, 1993), Forlandsundet (Gugnacka-Fie
dor & Noryskiewicz 1982; Boifiska & Gugnacka
Fiedor 1986) and HornsundjNW Sørkapp Land
Didymodon icmadophilus (C. Mull.) K.
Saito
Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1984) and Nyholm
(Dublel & Olech 1990, 1992). Dicranum groen
(1989). However, we have seen no primary
landicum is absent from our large collections of
report, and Nyholm's report is an error (E.
Dicranum from Isfjorden, Kongsfjorden, Liefde
Nyholm pers. comm.).As the species is closely
fjorden and Bockfjorden, and is excluded here
related to D. acutus, a taxonomic reevaluation
from the Svalbard flora (sec also Arnell & Mår
(see Frisvoll 1978d, in comment on D. acutus)
tensson 1959). The thick-walled leaf cells of other
is perhaps needed. Steere (1978) and Brassard
species (especially D. laeuidens and D. spadi
(1971b) report D. icmadophilus (as Rarbula) from
ceum) have made these misinterpretations poss
Alaska and Ellesmere Island, respectively, and
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
130
their plants are probably the same as the Svalbard
taxon. But we cannot see that the taxon reported
here is identieal to D. icmadophilus from 'cIassi
ea!' localities in Central Norway (e.g. the Driva
river in Oppdal, Sør-Trøndelag).
Encalypta stre ptocarpa Hedw.
Reported from SW Spitsbergen (Lindberg 1862),
Trygghamna in Isfjorden (Eurola 1968:
14),
Bellsund S (Swit;;s & Karczmarz 1991a, 1993) and
Chamberlindalen in Recherehefjorden (Swit;;s &
Karczmarz 1991b). It is probabIe that the reports
refer to E. procera whieh sometimes is very similar
to the more southern E. streptocarpa (see Horton
Didymodon luridus Hornsch.
Reported by Dobbs (1939): "Dark brown patehes
1983).
of moss on shingle bank near the wet 'tundra'
consisting ehiefly of Barbula lurida Lindb. and
Tortula [= Syntrichia] ruralis Ehrh." Supposed to
refer to Didymodon asperifolius by Kue (1973a,
sub nom. Barbula lurida).
Encalypta vulgaris Hedw.
This southern species is doubtfully present on
Svalbard. It was reported from Hornsund by Kue
(1963a, as var. mutiGa).
Drepanocladus sendtneri (H. Milll.) Warnst.
Cited from a few older dubious referenees by Kue
(1973a; see also Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, in
comment on D. lycopodioides and D. interme
dius)
,
and later reported from Forlandsundet
Eremonotus myriocarpus (Carring.) Pears.
Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983), but the
reference is erroneous (Duell pers. comm.). It
was not reeorded from Svalbard by Urmi (1978).
(Gugnaeka-Fiedor & Noryskiewiez 1982: Table
6;
Boinska
&
Gugnaeka-Fiedor
1986)
and
Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b), but
interpreted by us as in ne ed of confirmation. It
was reported as a high temperature indicator in
Holoeene deposits at Semmeldalen by Sere
bryannyy et. al (1985).
Fissidens bryoides Hedw.
Reported in a eoJleetive sense by Frisvoll (1981a),
the specimens belong to F.
viridulus and F.
arcticus. Also reported by Dahle (1983a: Tab. 7).
Fissidens exilis Hedw.
Encalypta eiliata Hedw.
Reported by Berggren (1875) based on "nur ein
The reports (see Kue 1973a) are doubtful, because
paar Individuen" from Adventfjorden. But he
sinee then severai Encalypta species with fringed
ealyptra have been reported. An Eurola (197lb)
speeimen (OULU) from Sveagruva is made up
was uncertain about the determination: "Sollte
wohl diese spitzbergisehe Pflanze eine eigene
Species sein?" Perhaps it refers to F. arcticus?
of a sterile Encalypta with long yellowish leaf
hairpoint (E. ciliata has praetieally no hairpoint),
and
fertile
Tortula
mucronifolia.
Reeently
reported from Bellsund S (Swit;;s & Karezmarz
1993) and Ny-Ålesund (Schurnaeher 1993, in
Fissidens incurvus R6hl.
Reported by Berggren (1875), see F. viridulus.
specimen of the discomycete Lamprospora seav
eri; the bad material is revised and is probably E.
procera, herb. O).
Grimmia alpestris (Web. & Mohr) Hornsch.
Grimmia jacquinii var. subimberbis deseribed
from Amsterdamøya by Lindberg (1867) was
Encalypta spathulata C. Milli.
transferred to G. alpestris by Berggren (1875; see
also Kue 1973a), but the type speeimen has proved
Reported in vegetation tables from Russekeila by
to be G.
Eurola (1968: 14, as E. rhaptocarpa var.). The
comm.; Frisvoll & Blom 1993). See also oG. cae
report is in need of confirmation, see °E. ciliata.
spiticia (below).
subsulcata (rev. E.
Nyholm, pers.
A catalogue o[ Svalbard plants. [ungi. algae and cyanobacteria
131
hyalodermis and 1-2 inflated alar cells. They
Grimmia caespiticia (Brid.) Jur.
The Lindberg (1867) report of Grimmia jaequinii
var. subimberbis was interpreted as G. eaespiticia
by Wijk et al. (1962) and, accordingly, Iisted from
belong to Scorpidium revolvens.Hedenas (1989b)
did not include any report of H. lapponicus from
Svalbard.
Svalbard by Frisvoll et al. (1984). Also Iisted from
there by Savicz-Ljubitzkaya & Smirnova (1970).
See also G. subsuleata.
llerzogiella adscendens (Lindb.) Iwats. &
Schof.
Grimmia ovalis (Hedw.) Lindb.
source of the report is doubtful (R. Duell pers.
Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1985), but the
Reported by Dixon (1922) and Summerhayes &
comm.).
Elton (1923: 263) as G. eommutata. Curiously
enough the speeimen belongs to Triehostomum
aretieum (Frisvoll 1978a). Grimmia ovalis ssp.
llomalothecium lutescens (Hedw.) Robins.
spitsbergensis (Biz. & Ther.) Podp., based on G.
Reported by Polunin (1945, as Camptothecium).
spitsbergensis, is also a synonym of T. aretieum
Probably Tomenrypnum nitens.
(AmelI &
Mårtensson 1959,
as
T.
euspida
tissimum).
llygrohypnum duriusculum (De Not.)
Jamieson
Grimmia plagiopodia Hedw.
Only reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz &
Only reported from 'Sassen Quarter' by Hadac
Swics 1988; Swics & Karczmarz 1993, as H. di/a
(1946) and possibly confused with the similar G.
tatum). The report is in need of confirmation.
anodon, which has proved to be frequent and is
known from the area. We consider that this very
interesting report needs confirmation.
llygrohypnum molle (Hedw.) Loeske
Reported by Berggren (1875, as Hypnum), see
H. cochlearifolium, and as subfossil by Schimper
Grimmia pulvinata (Hedw.) Sm.
(1870, as Hypnum: "Zehr kleine Form. Ziemlich
Reported by Vahl in Lindblom (1840)."Thus we
haufig.").
find, e.g., in Lindblom's inventory of Spitsber
gen's plants, published in Bot. Not. 1840, inter
aha Hypnum eupressiforme, Grimmia pulvinata.
Tortula muralis, Orthotriehum affine etc., which
certainly never have been and never will be found
there [Frisvoll, trans!.]." (Lindberg 1867: 535)
Hypnum cupressiforme Hedw.
Reported by Hooker (1828), by Sommerfelt
(1833) "from all places" (see Introduction), and
by Swics & Karczmarz (1991a) from Bellsund S;
the name probably refers to different Hypnum
Gymnocolea acutiloba (Schiffn.) K. MiilI.
species. See also °Grimmia pulvinata.
See G. inflata.
llypnum hamulosum Schimp.
llamatocaulis lapponicus (Norrl.) Hedenas
Published
from
lower
Reindalen
by
Eurola
Reported from Lomfjorden based on material
collected by Malmgren in 1861 (Lindberg 1867).
The speeimen (H-SOL) is made up of a few pale
(1971a, as 'Drepanocladus cf.lapponieus' and 'D.
elongate stems of H. revolutum with somewhat
lapponieus (inel. D. vernicosus)') . We have seen
weakly recurved leaf margin; however, the mar
eight speeimens (OULU) labelled D. cf. lap
gin is denticulate as in that species, and there
ponieus and 'D. revolvens (stem without central
is a large group of small incrassate alar cells.
strand)'. Three of the four examined specimens
Reported from Kong Karls Land (Svenskøya)
have a central strand, and they all possess a stem
by Amell (1900, as Stereodon). Two specimens
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
132
(KRAM)
from
Hornsund
reported
by
Kuc
(1963a) belong to H. callichroum and H. reuo
lutum, respectively. It was also reported from
Adventdalen by Frahm (1977), but his material
Jungermannia exsertifolia Steph.
Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983), but the
reference is erroneous (R. Duell pers. comm.).
(herb. Frahm, 3 specimens) belongs to H. revo
lutum. Reported from Dyrevika in Kongsfjorden
by Wegener et aL (1992), original material (sent
by L.B. Jacobsen) is H.
uaucheri. The only
material which has not been revised is Amell's,
Jungermannia gracillima Sm.
Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz
(1991a, as Solenostoma crenulatum var. nana).
and we doubt that it is correctly named. There is
also a subfossil report of "Hypnum hamulatum"
by Schimper (1870); the name is not listed by
Wijk et aL (1964. 1969) and may be a misprint
for H. hamulosum.
Jungermannia jenseniana GroIle
Reported by Amell & Mårtensson (1959, as J.
pusilla), but this specimen has been renamed 1.
confertissima by Vana (1974). Duell (1983) also
reported 1. jenseniana from Svalbard based on an
Hypnum nordenskioeldii Schimp.
Described
from subfossil
material
unpublished reference which may not be correct
(Schimper
(R. Duell pers. comm.).
1870) and referred to Hypnum subgen. Lim
nobium which is a synonym of Hygrohypnllln.
The diagnosis emphasises the differences with
Jungermannia obovata Nees
regard to H. luridum: "Differt ab Hypno palustri,
Only reported from the Longyearbyen and Ny
foliis omnibus multo minoribus, acutioribus."
Ålesund areas (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959, as
Plectocolea). The specimens were rcnamedJ. sub
elliptica by Vana (1975). Schuster (1988) found it
difficult to distinguish bctween South Greenland
JamesonielIa sp.
Reported in vegetation tables from Bohemanftya
material of J. obovata and J. subelliptica.
by Kobayashi et al. (1990: Table 6). The most
northerly of the JamesonielIa species is J. undu
lifolia (Nees) K. Milli., which is reported from
W Greenland north to Disco, and from Thu\e
(77°48'N, see e.g. Schuster 1983: 605, Fig. 72). It
could therefore well occur on Svalbard, but we
suppose that the genus is erroneously reported.
Jungermannia pumila With.
Only reportcd from two sites in the Ny-Ålesund
area (AmelI & Mårtensson 1959). Later, the tax
onomy of J. pumilajpolaris has been revised and
thoroughly diseussed by Vana (1973), Schuster
& Damsholt (1974) and Schuster (1988). The
possible difference between the two taxa is found
in the form of the leaves, while the form of the
Jungermannia atrovirens Dum.
perianth is less reliable. The common arctic taxon
Reported with reservation by Philippi (1973, as
is J. polaris. and we consider that the presenee of
Solenostoma) from Barentsøya, Edgeøya and
J. pumila should be confirmed aecording to the
Agardhbukta, but the cited material has been
mentioned treatments.
renamedJ. polaris by Vana (1973). See also Pers
son (1942) and Amell & Mårtensson (1959, in
comment on J. polaris).
Leskea sp.
See °Pterogonium sp.
Jungermannia borealis Damsh. & Vana
Only reported from Longyearbyen by Amell &
Mårtensson
(1959,
as J.
Lophozia bantriensis (Hook.) Steph.
The
Listed from Svalbard by Muller (1954-1957) and
material has been referred to J. po/aris by Vana
Amell (1956), but we have not seen any primary
(1973).
reports.
oblongifolia).
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
points out that his material is L. incisa s. str., the
Lophozia collaris (Nees) Dum.
Reported by Lindberg (1867, as Jungermannia
mulleri Il acuta
a
133
major gonidUfera) and Hagen
speeimens most likely belong to L. opacifolia
(Frisvoll 1981a).
(1952, as Leiocolea mueIleri). The reports prob
ably refer to Lophozia heteracaipas or its var.
arctiea whieh both are frequent (see Arnell &
Mårtensson 1959,
in comment on Leiacalea
Lophozia longiflora (Nees) Schiffn.
Reported from rock ereviees at Bjørnøya (Watson
heterocolpos). See also Lophozia badensis and
1922; Summerhayes & Elton 1923. as L. por
L. heterocolpos.
phyroleuca). The L. longiflora reported by Wat
son (1922) from Bjørnøya is probably ment to be
the taxon treated as L. uentricosa var. longiflora
Lophozia elongata Steph.
by Smith (1990) (and whose eorreet varietal epi
Reported from Longyearbyen (Arnell & Mår
tensson 1959, as Orthocaulis) and Hornsund
(Rejment-Grochowska 1967,
as
Orthocaulis).
Sehuster (1988) pointed out that gemmae are
laeking in this speeies. but both reports were
based
on
gemmiferous
material. See
also
°Barbilophozia binsteadii. Lophozia is one of the
least known bryophyte genera on Svalbard, and
may include severai unpublished and poorly
understood
speeies.
Important
thet appears to be var. uliginosa Schiffn., cf.
S6derstrom, Karttunen & Hedenas 1992). "...
Muller
[1954-1957] ... report[s]
the
species
from . .. Spitsbergen. Since Lophozia porphy
roleuca is
50
nearly
uniform ly
restricted
to
xylicolous sites, the report . .. (based on Watson,
1922 [Bjørnøya only!]) is surely erroneous.. .."
(Schuster 1969: 551, footnote 159). See also L.
ventricosa.
monographic
studies on the genus have been done after the
above reports, including descriptions of many
Lophozia murmaniea Kaal.
new arctic taxa (e.g.by Schuster 1969, 1988). A
The name is mentioned from Svalbard by Duell
monographie treatment of the Svalbard Lopho
ziae is strongly needed.
(1983, as L. groenlandica with synonym L. mur
manica). Lophozia murmaniea (syn. L. hetero
morpha Sehust. & Damsh.) is a species of its own,
while L. groenlandiea is a synonym of L. wenzelii
Lophozia excisa (Dicks.) Dum.
(Damsholt 1994 and pers. comm.).
ArneII & Mårtensson (1959) reported L. kiaeri
Jørg. from Longyearbyen and Ossian Sarsfjellet
at Kongsfjorden.The type of L. kiaeri belongs to
L. excisa (Frisvoll 1982), but the identity of the
Svalbard L. kiaeri is unknown. Reported with
reservation from Bjørnøya by Watson (1922, as
var. cylindracea). It is reported in a vegetation
Lophozia obtusa (Lindb.) Evans
Listed from Svalbard by Bisang (1991), but not
reported in any primary literature known to us
and therefore considered erroneous.
table from Bjørndalen by Eurola (1968) and listed
from Svalbard by Duell (1983, as L. excisa var.
excisa). The species may occur there, but its pres
ence on Svalbard needs confirmation. Some of
the 27 Svalbard speeimens rejected as L. latifolia
by GrolIe (1967) may belong to L. excisa, but he
does not state that.
Mannia pi/osa (Hornem.) Frye & Clark
Reported by Berggren (1875), but the specimen
was referred to Athalamia hyalina by Amell (in
Arnell & Mårtensson 1959, as Cle!)ea). Recently
reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz
(1993).
Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dum.
Reported from
Magdalenefjorden
(ArnelI &
Marsupella sprucei (Lim pr.) H. Bern.
Mårtensson 1959), Kvalvågen at the E side of
The name is mentioned from Amieadalen near
Spitsbergen and Barentsøya SW (Philippi 1973).
Adventdalen by Hadac (1946: 147, as Marsu
Although Amell (in Amell & Mårtensson 1959)
pella ? sprucei). The genus is very rare on
134
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Svalbard, but Elvebakk et al. (1987) reported
Marsupella spp. from Berzeliusdalen.
Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dum.
Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz
(199la).
Meesia longiseta Hedw.
Previously listed from Svalbard in severai fioras
Odontoschisma elongatum (Lindb.) Evans
(Jensen 1939; Podpera 1954; Abramova et al.
Reported from Vassdalen and Vengsletta in Van
1961), but Kuc (1973a) could not tind any primary
Mijenfjorden by Hadac (1989: 141). Schuster &
sources and did not accept this species. Recently
reported from Bellsund S (Karczmarz & Swi s
Damsholt (1974) stated that the species was
1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz 1991a), NW
their report i s unknown. An old name of Odon
Sørkapp Land (Dubiel & Olech 1990:
reported from 'Spitsbergen', but the source o f
64) and
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden ( Swi s &
and, of Odontoschisma macounii, Sphagnoecetis
Karczmarz 1991b). We have in vain asked the
communis
authors to see their reported material, and think
described from Kongsfjorden. Perhaps there has
the reports should be contirrned.
been some confusion regarding these names.
Mnium stellare Hedw.
Odontoschisma sphagni (Dicks.) Dum.
Listed from Svalbard by Koponen in Nyholm
(1993). But we have seen no primary report, and
the record is regarded as an error. (Otherwise,
he forgot to treat Cinclidium latifolium and did
not include Svalbard in the distribution of C.
stygium and Cyrtomnium hymenophylloides.)
Mylia anomala (Hook.)
S.
Gray
Listed from Svalbard by Muller (1954-1957), see
M. taylorii.
toschisma elongatum is Sphagnoecetis communis,
var.
tessellata
Berggren
(1875)
Reported from Bohemanftya by Summerhayes &
Elton (1923: 254). The reports of three dark
coloured Odontoschisma species from Svalbard
are enigmatic, and the specimens have to be
restudied before we know their identity. May
Marsupella arctiea be involved?
Oreoweisia torquescens (Brid.) Wijk &
Marg.
Reported from Kongsfjorden by Lindberg (1867,
as Weissia serrulata), see also comment by AmeH
& Mårtensson (1959, as O. serrulata) who were
not able to trace Lindberg's specimen. The similar
Myurella sibiriea (C. Miill.) Reim.
Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al.
(1961) and Steere (1978), but according to Ochyra
Dichodontium pellucidum (q.v.) has later been
found in Kongsfjorden, and the report of O.
torquescens needs confirmation.
& Bednarek-Ochyra (1991) these reports "cannot
be contirrned by the corresponding voucher speci
mens." Reported from Bellsund S by Karcmarcz
& Swi s (1988) and Swi s & Karczmarz (1993).
If correct this is a most interesting member of the
bryoftora of Svalbard. However, we think the
reports need to be contirrned.
Orthothecium rufescens (Brid.) Schimp.
Reported from Kongsfjorden with a question
mark by Brown (1820, as Hypnum), and without
locality by Lindberg (1862); this probably refers
to O. strictum (which was described in 1864).
Hagen (1952) reported O. rufescens from Is
fjorden SW and Murchisonfjorden, and at the
Nardia scalaris S. Gray
same time gave localities of O. chryseon, O. intri
catum and O. strictum. Kuc (1963a) reported and
Reported by Hooker (1828, as Jungermannia)
figured
from Waldenøya, and by Acock (1940: 97, as
Hornsund. Material from Hornsund was included
Alicularia) from manured sites in a mire at Bille
in an exsiccate by Bednarek-Ochyra et al. (1987),
fjorden. The reports should be confirmed.
but a specimen (TRH) is reddish golden O. chry
var.
binervulum
(Mol.)
Kuc
from
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
seon
(cf.
Berggren
1875
p. 78:
....
auf
Kalkgrund . . . die Farbe mehr ins Rothliche
spielend.... ").
Reported
from
Bellsund
S
(Karczmarz & Swi s 1990b; Swi s & Karczmarz
135
Land by Dubiel & Olech (1990: 41, as Dicranum).
This is not an arctic species, and the report needs
confirmation.
1991a, 1993) and Chamberlindalen in Recherche
fjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). We think
the presence of O. rufescens in Svalbard needs to
be confirmed.
Philonotis amellii Husn.
Reported from the Isfjord Radio area by Hagen
(1952). It is probably erroneously determined and
may refer to filiform P. tomentelIa .
Orthotrichum affine Brid.
Reported with a question mark by Vahl in Lind
blom (1840), see Frisvoll & Lewinsky (1981). See
also °Grimmia pulvinata.
Philonotis caespitosa Jur.
Only reported from Moskushamn in Advent
fjorden and Deltaneset between Adventfjorden
Orthotrichum rupestre
and Sassenfjorden by Hadac (1946: 143, 149) who
Schwaegr.
considered it to be locally common. He even
Reported by Dixon (1922), the specimen belongs
to O. speciosum (Frisvoll & Lewinsky 1981).
described a separate spring community,
Phi
lonotidetum caespitosae. We suggest that the fre
quency report by Hadac (1946) indicates a
possible confusion with the ubiquitous and modi
Palustriella commutata
fiable P. tomenteIla. See also 0p. fontana (below).
(Hedw.) Ochyra
Reported from Linnedalen by Hagen (1952, as
Cratoneuron), see also 0p' falcata (below).
Palustriella falcata
Philonotis fontana
Frequently cited from Svalbard in the older litera
(Brid.) Hedenas
ture, see the survey by Kuc (1973a). Most or all
In the Isfjorden area reported from Advent
fjorden (Berggren 1875: 86, as Hypnum com
mutatum var. sulcatum: "spiirlich zwischen Hyp
num pellucidum [= Hamatocaulis vernicosus]")
and Billefjorden (Dobbs 1939: 134, as Cra
toneuron falcatum: "found only on the drier part
of the wet 'tundra"'), and otherwise from Lom
fjorden (Lindberg 1867, as Hypnum commutatum
var. sulcatum f. tenuis) and Edgeøya (Heine
meijer 1979, as Cratoneuron commutatum f. sul·
catum:
found in his
'Dicranum
elongatum
-
Vegetatie') . All material is in need of reexami
nation; some reports are from rather dry habitats.
A
Lindberg
specimen
(H-SOL)
labelled
"Lomme-bay 1861, leg. Malmgren", and a Berg
gren specimen (S) labelled "Adventbav 1868"
d
do not include any Palustriella (pers. c mm. L.
Hedeniis) but probably material referable to Dre
panocladus sJ.
Paraleucobryum longifolium
(Hedw.) Brid.
(Hedw.)
Loeske
Reported in a vegetation table from NW Sørkapp
of these reports certainly refer to the collective
species.Jørgensen (1929) reported P. fontana and
P. tomentelIa from Hopen.Hadac (1946) reported
P. caespitosa, P. fontana and P. tomenteIla from
'Sassen Quarter', but we do not think his deter
mina!ions are reliable. Karczmarz & Swi\!s (1988)
and Swi s & Karczmarz (1993) reported P. fon
tana and P. tomenteIla from Bellsund S; both grew
at their locality 21 and P. tomentella was assigned
to cover class 3 (21-50
% cover of 100 m2) and
%). Swi s & Karczmarz
P. fontana to class 2 (6-20
(1991b)
reported
also
both
species
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden.
from
Philo
notis fontana was reported from Forlandsundet
by Boinska & Gugnacka-Fiedor (1986), and from
Bjørnøya by Engelskjøn (1986), but these authors
did not report the common P. tomenteIla. We
believe that the presence of P. fontana s.str. on
Svalbard needs confirmation.
Plagiochila porelloides
(Nees) Lindenb.
Listed from Svalbard by Duell (1983), but to our
knowledge it has not been reported from there.
A, A, FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
136
Bryum ligulatum: the synonymy is according to
Plagiochila spinulosa (Dicks. ) Dum.
Phips (1774) reported a sterile species of
Jun
germannia which was said to be not very different
from Dillenius' (1741) Lichenastrum ramosius,
folUs trifidis. According to Lindberg (1883) this
name refers to Plagiochila spinulosa. No P/a
giochila is known from Svalbard, not even P.
asplenioides 5, 1.. and p, spinulosa is definitely
Koponen 1980).
Plagiothecium laetum Schimp.
Mentioned by Berggren (1875) as part of a eol
1eetive
fjorden
P. denticulatum. Reported from Boek
and
Sjuøyane
(Frisvoll 1981a).
The
out of the question.
material belongs to
Plagiomnium affine (Bland.) T. Kop.
Plagiothecium piliferum (Hartm.) Schimp.
Kuc (1973a, as
Reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as var.
Mnium) states to have examined
specimens from Hornsund and Kobbefjorden col
lected by Malmgren and Berggren, respectively,
P. ellipticum (as M,
affine var. rugicum). All reports (see Kuc 1973a;
P. svalbardense.
brevipilum); his specimens (KRAM) belong to P.
svalbardense.
and he referred them to
Rz tkowska 1988b) are certainly based on a eol
Pleurochaete squarrosa (Brid.) Lindb.
leetive treatment of the species. The six
Reported by Dobbs (1939). Supposed to refer to
Pla
giomnium species rejeeted from Svalbard here
were mostly reported before the family and genus
were taxonomically revised by Koponen (many
Trichostomum arcticum by Kue (1973a, as T.
cuspidatissimum).
papers, e.g. Koponen 1980; Koponen in Nyholm
1993).
Pohlia annotina (Hedw.) Lindb.
The
Plagiomnium cuspidatum (Hedw.) T. Kop.
Reported by Sommerfelt (1833, as
also
Lindblom 1840, as
Bryum; see
Mnium). The Astro
phyllum cuspidatum (L., Neck,) Lindb. of ArnelI
(1900) and Wulff (1902) is a synonym of P. affine.
Plagiomnium elatum (Bruch & Schimp.) T.
Kop.
Reported from BiIlefjorden by Dobbs (1939, as
Mnium affine var.).
Pohlia species with many propagula in each
(P. andrewsii and P. pro
ligera) have been reported in a collective sense
by Lindberg (1867, as Bryum annotinum « bul
billiferum) and Berggren (1875: 59, as Webera).
The identity of Kuc's (1963a) P. annotina "with
leaf axil from Svalbard
single ovate bulbils in the axils" is obseure,
because he at the same time reported P. drum
mondii and P. filum (as P. gracilis) which have
such bulbills. Berggren (1875, as Webera annot
ina) reported specimens from Smeerenburg and
Kobbefjorden with brown-red spherical gemmae
on the rhizoids ("auf den WurzelfJiden braun
rothe kugelf6rmige Bulbillen"); the identity of
Plagiomnium medium (Bruch & Schimp.) T.
this material is obscure. See also
P. andrewsii.
Kop.
The Svalbard meterial of
to
P. medium s. l. belongs
P. curvatulum.
Pohlia bulbifera (Warnst.) Warnst.
Reported from Chamberlindalen in Reeherche
fjorden (Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b) and Long
Plagiomnium rostratum (Schrad.) T. Kop.
Reported by Hagen (1952, as
Mnium longirostre),
yearbyen (Schurnaeher 1993, in specimen of the
discomycete
Lamprospora miniata; the material
P. drummondii, herb. O).
is revised and is
Plagiomnium undulatum (Hedw,) T. Kop.
Pohlia ludwigii (Schwaegr.) Broth.
Listed with a question mark by Brown (1820, as
Reported from Smeerenburg (Lindberg 1867, as
A catalogue ot Svalbard plants, tungi, algae and cyanobacteria
137
Bryum) and from Bjørnøya and many localities
and the name is also used in recent papers (e.g.
throughout Svalbard (Berggren 1875, as Webera).
by Karczmarz & Swi s 1988, 1990b; Swi s &
Berggren (1875) stated that "Bulbillen" were usu
Karczmarz 1991b). However, the dioicous P.
ally at hand, and the reports presumably refer 10
or inelude the frequent P. drummondii which he
did not mention. (Bryum drummondii C. Mi.ill.
sphagnicola has been widely confused with gracile
plants of the paroicous P. nutans (see also Amell
& Mårtensson 1959, in comment on P. nutans).
was described in 1862 and its commonly used
The former is a southem lowland species in Scan
synonym Webera commutata Schimp. in 1876.)
dinavia. Lindberg (1862,1867) and Amell (1900)
One specimen from Berggren's exsiccate (No 65.
reter to male and female plants, respectively, but
Webera
Ludwigii,
Nordkapp
1868
Berggren,
herb. O) possesses many elongate gemmae in
we still think their observations and concIusion
should be confirmed.
each leaf axil; they are not unlike those of P.
proligera, but have laminate and not peglike leaf
primordia (cf. Shaw 1981a). The material does
not fit into any described taxon, and J. Shaw
(pers. comm. 1994) thinks "this plant could be an
offspring from a P. drummondii
cross".
Berggren
(1875)
also
Polytrichum commune Hedw.
See P. jensenii.
P. proligera
described
and
reported Webera ludwigii var. subcarnosa from
six localities in bird eIiffs at NW and N Svalbard.
Type material is No. 65b in Berggren's exsiccate,
and two speeimens have been available; they were
sent to J. Shaw who kindly studied and named
them p, wahlenbergii (Brennevinsfjorden 1868
Berggren, herb. O) and P. nutans (Parryøya 1868
Pseudobryum cinclidioides (Hi.i.b.) T. Kop.
Reported by Srodon (1960, as Mnium); according
to Kuc (1973a) the specimen belongs to Pla
giomnium ellipticum. Recently reported from
Chamberlindalen in Recherchefjorden by Swi s
& Karczmarz (1991b).
Berggren, herb. O). All Berggren's speeimens
must be studied before a lectotype can be selected
for the name. Later reports of P. ludwigii are also
less reliable: Karczmarz & Swi s (1990b) and
Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a, list also P. drum
mondii) reported it from Bellsund S, Swi s &
Karczmarz (1991b, no report of P. drummondii)
from
Chamberlindalen
in
Recherchefjorden,
Pseudocalliergon lycopodioides (Brid.)
Hedenas
A southern species confused with the arctic P.
brevtfotium (see Hedenas 1992) and perhaps with
P. angustifolium which may be more common
than known today.
Hagen (1952, as Webera)from near Isfjord Radio,
Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 278, as Webera
ludwigii var.
subcarnosa) from bird eliffs in
Tempelfjorden, and Frahm (1977, no mention of
P. drummondii) from Isfjord Radio and Kiær
Pseudoleskea chilensis (Lor.) Oehyra
See °Callialaria curuicautis.
stranda. There is also a subfossil report by Schim
per (1870, as Webera ludwigii var. angustifolia).
All speeimens of P.
ludwigii s.1. need to be
revised.
PseudoleskeelIa catenulata (Schrad. ) Kindb.
The Svalbard material has probably been con
fused with modifications of P. rupestris and P.
Pohlia lutescens (Limpr.) H. Lindb.
Reported from Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz
(1993). In Scandinavia known only from a few
lowland localities in the south (Floravårdskom
mitten fOr mossor 1988; Frisvoll & Blom 1993).
Pohlia sphagnicola (Brueh & Schimp.)
Broth.
A few old references were cited by Kuc (1973a),
tectorum forming dense cushions made up of
plants with short leaves and incrassate cells.
Regarding most previous reports, see Kue (1973a,
as Leskea). Summerhayes & Elton (1923: 223, as
Pseudoleskea)reported P. catenulata, P. tectorum
and 'P. tectorum formas' from Bjørnøya. Frahm
(1977) report ed P. catenulata, P. nervosa and P.
tectorum, and diseussed the differences between
them, but we still think his determinations need
to be checked.
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
138
PseudoleskeelIa nervosa
Racomitrium microcarpon
(Brid.) Nyh.
(Hedw.) Brid.
Material reported as P. nervosa from the Arctic
Reported by Berggren (1875); the herbarium
is now considered to belong to a separate species,
speeimens
P. rupestris.
1983c).
Pterogonium
to
R.
Racomitrium pruinosum
sp.
Subfossil material was reported as "Pterogonium
oder Leskea" by Schimper (1870) and described
as follows:
belong
"Foliis ovato-Ianceolatis,
margine
revolutis, papillosis, costa valida, in cuspidem
fascieulare
(FrisvoIl
(Wils.) C. MuelI.
"One of the gatherings ...showed the very long,
white hair-points characteristic of the austrai
.
. .
R. pruinosum... . "(Dixon 1924). It is certainly
R. lanuginosum.
excurrente." We have no good idea as to the
identity of the reported material.
Rhizomnium pseudopunctatum
(Bruch &
Schimp.) T. Kop.
Ptilidium pulcherrimum (G.
Web.) Vainio
Reported from a few localities in western Sval
Reported from Prins Karls Forland (Watson
1922), Kongsfjorden (Polunin 1945) and Lin
nedalen (Hagen 1952). Polunin's speeimen was
renamed P.
ei/iare
by Amell &
Mårtensson
(1959), and the other reports are certainly also
based on incorrectly named material.
bard (see Kue 1973a, as Mnlum). The old reports
probably refer to R. andrewsianum which at that
time was undescribed, and until they are con
firmed we consider also the recent reports to
be erroneous (e.g. in the separate treatment of
Mniaceae at Bellsund S by Karczmarz & Swi s
1989b; see also Karczmarz & Swi s 1990a, 1990b;
Swi s & Karczmarz 1991b). There is also a subfos
Pti/ium crista-castrensis
sil report by Schimper (1870, as Mnium subglo
(Hedw.) De Not.
bosum).
Reported by Hagen (1952). It is challenging to
speculate about the identity of the reported
material.Perhaps Sanionia?
Rhizomnium punctatum
(Hedw.) T. Kop.
Reported from Kongsfjorden and Longyearbyen
Racomitrium affine
(Web. & Mohr) Lindb.
Cited from Svalbard by Duell (1984). His report
refers
to
R.
sudeticum
which erroneously
is
treated as a synonym (see Frisvoll 1983c, 1988).
by ArnelI & Martensson (1959, as Mnium). Their
description makes it eIear that they had collected
R. andrewsianum which was described at about
the same time (Steere 1958). Later reported from
Midterhuken by Eurola & Hakala (1977) and
Vassdalen in Van Mijenfjorden by Hadac (1989).
We believe that also this material belongs to R.
Racomitrium aquaticum
(Schrad.) Brid.
andrewsianum.
Reported from near Isfjord radio by Hagen
(1952). We have no idea as to the identity of the
reported material.
Rhytidium rugosum
(Hedw.) Kindb.
Reported from Bjørnøya with a question mark
by SommerleIt (1833, as Hypnum) and from Spits
Racomitrium heterostichum
(Hedw.) Brid.
Not reported in his species catalogue but men
bergen by Vahl in Lindblom (1840, as Hypnum).
Listed from 'Spitsbergen' by Abramova et al.
(1961). "This speeies has a wide distribution in
tioned in the text (Berggren 1875: 8) as an
the Arctic and it could quite conceivably occur
example of epilithic species which "auf Spitz
on Spitsbergen." (Kue 1973a). It may possibly
bergen genothigt, sich auf dem Erdboden zu
have been confused with robust plants of Sanionia
halten." Certainly the same as his R. sudeticum.
orthothecioides.
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Scapania helvetica
Gott.
139
Schistidium apocarpum (Hedw.)
Reported from Bohemanneset by Watson (1922,
Brueh. &
Sehimp.
as S. eurta var. genieulata). Not known from
Reported
northern Europe.
Grimmia), but the species does not oceur on
many
times
(see
Kue
1973a,
as
Svalbard (Blom 1996, cf. p. 141). See also Didy
modon asperifolius.
Scapania nemorea (L.)
GroIle
Reported from Klovningen by Livesay (1870, as
Jungermannia nemorosa) and from Smeerenburg,
Kobbefjorden and Nordkapp by Berggren (1875,
as S. nemorosa, partly as j3 purpuraseens). The
southern species is unlikely to grow on Svalbard.
The reports refer to S. spitsbergensis; the holotype
Schistidium confertum
(Funek) Brueh &
Sehimp.
Reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as
Grimmia). The speeies is unlikely to grow on
Svalbard
(H. H.
Blom pers. comm.).
og that name is Berggren's Musci Spetsbergenses
exsiceati no. 170 named S. nemorosa (Lindberg
& Arne Il 1889: 31. 'n. 70' err. pro n. 170; GroIle
1976).
Regarding
the
habitat
of
Berggrens
material from Amsterdamøya, see Diplophyllum
albieans.
Schistidium flaccidum
(De Not.) Oehyra
Reported from Hornsund by Kue (1963a, as
Grimmia). The single specimen (KRAM) is ster
ile and the determination is erroneous, it may
belong to S. frigidum (H. H. Blom pers. eomm.).
Scapania scandica (H. Am.
& Bueh) Maev.
Reported from Chamberlindalen in Reeherehe
fjorden (Swi\!s & Karezmarz 1991b). See also S.
Schistidium strictum (Turn.)
T. Kop. & Isov.
See S. papillosum.
eurta.
Sphagnum capillifo/ium
Scapania undulata (L.)
Dum.
Reported from Bjørnøya, the W eoast of Spits
1 gemmipara; Berggren 1875). "Das Vorkommen
auf Spitzbergen ist unsicher, da die einzigen
gesammelten
Hedw.
Listed in vegetation tables from Bohemanftya by
bergen and Smeerenburg (Lindberg 1867, as B. B
dort
(Ehrh.)
angebliehen
Se.
Kobayashi et al. (1990. as S. nemoreum). The
species has previously been excluded from Sval
bard (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). See also S.
warnstorfii.
undulata
exemplare, diejenigen Berggrens, teils zu Se. tun
drae
.
..
und
teils
zu
Se.
hyperborea . . .
gehoren." (Bueh 1928: 144). See also S. tundrae.
Schistidium andreaeopsis (C.
Mi.ilL)
Laz.
Reported from Hornsund by Ochyra & Afonina
(1986). However, the type of the name has frag
mentary or no leaf hairpoints (Frisvoll 1986),
whereas the leaves illustrated by Ochyra & Afo
Sphagnum condensatum
Brid.
See Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a).
Sphagnum contortum
K.F. Sehultz
Reported from Longyearbyen (Dixon 1922; Sum
merhayes & Elton 1923: 255, as S. subseeundum
var.).
nina (1986) have quite long point. We are there
fore sceptical to the report, and it needs to be
verified. Aecording to H. H. Blom (pers. comm.)
S. andreaeopsis is not a synonym of S. holmen
ianum.
Sphagnum fal/ax
(Klinggr.) Klinggr.
Reported by Wall (1979), the specimen is S.
squarrosum (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a).
140
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Sphagnum fuscum (Schimp.) Klinggr.
Tetraplodon urceolatus Bruch & Schimp.
Reported by Polunin (1945) and Rønning (1961),
Kue (1973a. as T. urceolatus BSG.. syn. Splach
their speeimens are S. jimbriatum and S. arcticum,
num urceolatum Brid.) stated that this taxon was
respeetively (Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a).
reported by Sommerfelt (1833) and Vahl in Lind
blom (1840). However. they reported Splachnum
urceolatum Hedw. beeause the genus Tetraplodon
Sphagnum majus (Russ.) C. Jens.
Reported by Bryhn (1909, as S. dusenii), the
speeimen is S. balticum (Flatberg & Frisvoll
1984a). Reeentiy reported from Vassdalen in Van
Mijenfjorden by Hadac (1989: 141), the speeimen
should be restudied.
and T. urceolatus were deseribed severai years
later (Brueh et al. 1844), and Splachnum urceo
latum Hedw. is not the basionym (and therefore
not a nomenclatural synonym) of T. urceolatus
Brueh & Sehimp. (but probably a taxonomie
synonym of T. mnioides, see Frisvoll 1978e). The
taxonomie relationship between T. mnioides and
T. urceolatus is not clarified; the latter hardly
oeeurs on Svalbard. But the eompaet plants with
Sphagnum recurvum P. Beauv.
short eapsules ealled T. mnioides var. cauifolius
Reported by Paris (1905), see Flatberg & Frisvoll
need further studies.
(1984a).
Tetrodontium ovatum (Funek) Schwaegr.
Sphagnum rubellum Wils.
The report of this speeies from Svalbard by Duell
Excluded from Svalbard and regarded as too ther
mophilous to possibly oeeur there; some speei
mens named S. rubellum belong to S. warnstorjii
(Flatberg
&
Frisvoll 1984a).
(1984) was an error (Duell 1992: Sb denoting
Svalbard is stated to be a misprint for Su denoting
Sweden).
Reported from
Colesbukta (p. 315), with a question mark from
Reindalen (Table 1), and in Holoeene deposits
from Semmeldalen by Serebryannyy et al. (1985).
Timmia megapolitana Hedw.
Reported from Bellsund S (Karezmarz & Swi s
1988, 1990b; Swi s & Karezmarz 1993) and
Chamberlindalen in Reeherehefjorden (Swi s &
Karezmarz 1991b). There is also a subfossil report
Sphagnum subfulvum Sjors
A report from Reindalen by Eurola (1971a) was
based on S. arcticum (Flatberg & FrisvoIl 1984a).
Duell (1984) included it as he had not seen the
latter study.
by Sehimper (1870). See also Amell & Mår
tensson (1959, in comment on T. bauariea). We
assurne that the name is used in a eollective sense,
and that it refers to the rather widespread T.
bauarica, which some authors treat as a subspecies
of T. megapolitana.
Sphagnum subnitens Russ. & Wamst.
Reported by Dixon (1922; same as in Sum
TortelIa arctiea (H. Am.) Crundw. & Nyh.
merhayes & Elton 1923: 255, as S. acutifolium
Listed
var.) and Hadac (1946, as S. plumulosum), see
Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a) and Flatberg (1993).
erroneously
from
Svalbard
by
Duell
(1984); his report refers to Trichostomum arc
ticum (Duell pers. eomm.), The species has been
looked for in the field, but so far all possible
speeimens have proved to belong to T. tortuosa.
Splachnum ampullaceum Hedw.
It ought to be found there (see Crundwell &
Reported by Eurola & Hakala (1977. as S. cf.
ampullaceum).
Also
included in
the habitat
deseription of the fungus Scutellinia minor from
Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987). The reports
are eertainly erroneous.
Nyholm 1963: Figure 6).
Tortula lanceola Zand.
Reported from Nordaustlandet hy Dixon (1924)
A
calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
141
and hence listed by Podpera (1954), and from
actually never report ed from Svalbard proper.
Bellsund S by Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a), all
See also Watson (1964) and Frisvoll (1983a).
as Pottia lanceolata. In Fennoscandia this is a
Duell (1992) treated Jan Mayen with Iceland and
southern lowland plant (Nyholm 1989, as P. lan
made some corrections, but there are still some
eeo/ata).
errors in the paper.
Atrichum undulatum (Hedw.) P. Beauv.
Tortu/a mura lis Hedw.
Campylium sommerfeltii (Myr.) J. Lange (Re
Reported by Vahl in Lindblom (1840). "It
is
difficult to know to what Lindblom was referring. "
(Kue 1973a). We think he referred to T. leu
eostoma
(see
that). See also °Grimmia pulvinata.
jected from Jan Mayen by Watson (1964».
Diphyscium foliosum (Hedw.) Mohr
Ditrichum heteromallum (Hedw.) Britt.
Funaria hygromefriea Hedw.
Heterocladium dimorphum (Brid.) Schimp.
Lescuraea patens (Lindb.) H. Arn. &
C.
Trichostomum nordenskioeldii Schimp.
Leseuraea radicosa (Mitt.) Mank.
Described
Plagiothecium eavlfolium (Brid.) Iwats.
from
subfossil
material (Schimper
1870). It may belong to Didymodon because of
the following information in the diagnosis: "Dif
fert a Trich.
Didymodonj tophaeeo proximo
Jens.
Philonotis seriata MitL
Pohlia andalusiea (Hahnel) Broth.
Sehistidium agassizii SulL & Lesq.
foliorum costa triplo latiore."
Warnstorfia trichophylla (Warnst.) Tuom. &
T. Kop.
List of selected synonyms
Reported from near Sveagruva and lower Rein
dalen (Stormyra) by Eurola (1971a, as Dre
panocladus). in the latter locality also as subfossiL
and from Kvadehuken west of NY-Ålesund by
Frahm (1977, as Drepanocladus). Three sped
mens (OULU) collected by Eurola belong to W.
exannulata. The speeimen cited by Frahm (1977,
as Drepanocladus, herb. Frahm) has also been
renamed W. exannulaw by us.
Amblystegium jungermannioides A .J.E. Sm.
Platydielya jungermannioides
Amblystegium longieuspis Lindb. & H. Arn.
Campylium longicuspis
Andreaea papillosa Lindb.
Anoectangium
This name is used by Livesay (1870: 338) about
material from Tusenøyane. It may refer to Die
ranoweisia crispula.
(Lim pr.)
Par.
(Gaertn.
et
Molendoa tenuineruis
Anomobryum
Schimp.
Weissia sp.
A. sparsifolia
=
tenuinerve
=
julaceum
Bartramia breviseta Lindb.
Braehythecium
Schljak.
=
=
B. ithyphylla
Bryum erispulum Hampe
=
Bryum inelinatum auet.
B. pseudotriquetrum
B. amblyodon
=
B. amblyodon
B. subneodamense
Bryum pauperidens Dix. ex Jones
Bryum stenotriehum
C.
Milli.
Bryum subglobosum Schlieph.
Bryum subrotundum Brid.
Bryum teres Lindb.
=
geographieal obscurity. We therefore give a list
of 12 Jan Mayen speeies reported by him but
=
B. algovieum
B. amblyodon
B. pallescens
B. pallescens
B. pallescens
Calliergon obtusifolium Karcz.
Svalbard. This unfortunate deeision led to bryo
Jens.)
B. coruscum
Bryum ovatum Jur.
Duell (1983,1984,1985) included Jan Mayen in
(C.
groenlandicum
Bryum kaurinianum Warnst.
Jan Mayen species reported from
'Svalbard'
al.)
A. filiforme
=
C. richardsonii
Calliergon sarmentosum (Wah1enb.) Kindb.
Warnstorfia sarmentosa
Calliergon stramineum (Brid.) Kindb.
minergon stramineum
==
Stra
142
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Calliergon trifarium (Web. & Mohr) Kindb.
'=
Pseudocalliergon trifarium
nitens
(Hedw.)
Robins.
'='
Herzo
Hypnum pratense Spruee
Breidleria pratensis
Jsopterygium pulchellum (Hedw.) Jaeg.
giella adscendens
Cratoneuron arcticum Steere
-
Tomentypnum nitens
Campylium adscendens (Lindb. ) Perss.
Pseudoleskea
=
==
Palus
Jsop
terygiopsis pulehella
L. wen
Lophozia groenlandica (Nees) Maeoun
chilensis
Cratoneuron decipiens (De Not.) Loeske
zelii
Lophozia incisa (Schrad.) Dum. ssp. opacifolia
trielIa decipiens
Palustriella
Cratoneuron falcatum (Brid.) Roth
Cratoneuron filicinum (Hedw.) Spruee var. curvi
caule (Jur.) Moenk.
Callialaria curvicaulis
L. excisa
Plagiopus oederi (Brid.) Limpr.
=
P. oederiana
Pleurocladula islandka (Nees) GroIle
=
P. albes
cens
Desmatodon cernuus (Hiib.) Brueh & Schimp.
Polytrichum p.p.
Tortula cernua
Desmatodon heimii (Hedw.) Mitt.
L. opacifolia
(Culm.) Sehust. & Damsh.
Lophozia kiaeri Jørg.
falcata
Hennediella
Polytrichastrum
Pottia lanceolata (Hedw.) C. Miill.
Tortula
lanceola
heimii
Desmatodon latifolius (Hedw.) Brid.
==
Tortula
Desmatodon laureri
==
Pseudoleskea incurvata (Hedw.) Loeske
==
Les
curaea incurvata
euryphylla
Schimp.
Homalothecium
(K.F. Sehultz) Brueh &
Desmatodon leucostoma (R. Brown) Berggr. Tortula leucostoma
Tortula systylia
Desmatodon systylius Schimp.
Didymodon spitzbergensis Dix.
=
D. asperifolius
Drepanocladus badius (Hartm.) G. Roth.
==
Loe
skypnum badium
(Schimp.)
Loeske
-
Scorpidium cossonii
Schistidium pulvinatum auet.
Scorpidium
turgescens
(C.
S. mucronata
S. flaccidum
Jens.)
Loeske
Pseudocalliergon turgescens
Abi
Tortula norvegica (Web.) Lindb.
Syntrichia
norvegica
==
Syn
trichia ruralis
Warnstorfia exannulata
(Hedw.)
Scapania praetervisa Meyl.
Tortula ruralis (Hedw.) Gaertn. et al.
Drepanocladus exannulatus (Sehimp.) G. Roth
fluitans
==
Lescuraea plicata
etinella abietina
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium
Drepanocladus
P. rupestris
Ptychodium plicatum (Web. & Mohr) Sehimp.
Thuidium abietinum (Hedw.) Sehimp.
Drepanocladus brevjfolius (Lindb.) Warnst.
Drepanocladus cossonii
PseudoleskeeIla sibirica (H. Am.) P. Wils. &
Norris
Tortula laureri
Warnst.
Warnstorfia fluitans
Drepanocladus lapponicus (NorrI.) Z. Smirn.
-
Hamatocaulis lapponicus
Drepanocladus latifolius (Lindb. & H. Arn.)
Warnst.
=
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium
Acknowledgements
Drepanocladus lycopodioides (Brid. ) Warnst.
Pseudocalliergon lycopodioides
Drepanocladus pseudostramineus (C. Milli.) G.
Roth
Warnstorfia pseudostraminea
Drepanocladus revolvens (Anon.) Warnst.
Many bryologists and cumtors have hclpcd with loan of her
-
Scorpidium revolvens
taxonomy and oeeurrence of Svalbard bryophytes. We arC grate·
Drepanocladus trichophyllus (Warnst.) Podp.
ful for hclp and information from O. M. Afonina. St. Peters·
burg; H. H. Blom. Trondheim; I. Brattbakk. Trondheim; A.
Warnstorfia trichophylla
Drepanocladus tundrae H. Arn.
:=
Warnstorfia
tundrae
Drepanocladus uncinatus (Hedw.) Warnst.
Sanionia uncinata
Drepanocladus vernicosus (Lindb.) Warnst.
Hamatocaulis vernicosus
barium material and/or given personal information about the
C. Crundwcll. Glasgow: K. Damsholt. København;
Flatberg. Trondheim; J.·P. Frahm. Duisburg;
=
R.
Duell.
Duisburg; T. Engclskjøn. Tromsø; S. Eurola. Oulu; K . I.
Stockholm;
L.
L.
Heden;;s.
B. Jacobsen. Oslo: D. Long. Edinburgh; E.
Nyholm, Lund: R. Oehyra. Krakow; M. Ohenoja. Oulu; S.
Piippo, Helsinki; T.H. Schumachcr. O slo; J. Shaw. Ithaca; and
C. Wegener. Tromsø. S. Sivertsen. Trondheim. prepared the
Latin diagnosis of
Plagiotheciwll svalbardense.
A
calalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
143
Schistochilopsis (Hepaticae). Bryophyt. Bibl. 43,1- 18 7,Tafel
References
1-17.
BilOt, M.
& Theriot,l. 1936: Grimmia spitsbergensis Biz. &
Ther. Spee. nov. Bull. Sei. Bourgogne 5,70-71.
Abramova, A. L" Savicz-Ljubickaya,L.
l. & Smirnova,Z. N.
1961: Opredelitel' listostebe/'nych mchov Arktiki SSSR (Field
guide of mosses of the Arctic USSR). Akad. Nauk SSSR,
Moscow, Leningrad. 715 pp.
Acock, A. M. 1940: Vegetation of a calcareous inner fjord
region in Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 28, 8 1-106.
Anderson, L. E" Crum, H.
& Buck, W. R. 1990: List of the
mosses of North Ameriea north of Mexico. Bryologist 93,
448--499.
Andersson,G. 1910: Die jetzige und fossile Quartarflora Spitz
bergens als Zeugnis von Klimaanderungen. Pp. 409--417 in
Die Veriinderungen des Klimas seit dem Maximum der letzten
Eiszeit. Il internat. Geologenkongress. Stockholm.
Andrus, R. E., Karlin, E. F.
& Talbot, S. S. 1992: Rare
and endangered Sphagnum spe eies in North Ameriea. Biol.
Conserv. 59, 247-254.
Armitage, E. 1937: Some Spitsbergen mosses. Bryologist 40,
74-78.
ArnelI,H. W. 1900: Beitrage zur Moosflora der Spitzbergischen
Inselgruppe. OJvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. 57, 99-130.
AmeIl, H. W. 1918: Die Moose der Vega-Expedition. Ark.
Bot. 15(5), 1-111.
ArnelI, H. W. 1922: Die schwedischen Arten der Gattung
Diplophyllum und Martinellia. Goteborgs K. Vetensk.- och
Vitterhets-samhiilles Handl. Pp. 1-80.
ArnelI,S. 1956: 1/lustrated moss flora oJ Fennoscandia.
1. Hepa
tieae. Lund. 308 pp.
ArnelI,S.
& Mårtensson,0. 1959: A contribution to the know
ledge of the bryophyte flora of W. Spitsbergen,and Kongs
fjorden (King's Bay, 79°N.) in particular. Ark. Bot. 4,105-
164.
Barkman, J. J. 1987: Preliminary investigations on the texture
of high arctic tundra vegetation. Pp. 120-132 in Huiskes, A.
H. L., Blom, C. W. P. M.
& Rozema, J. (eds.): Vegetation
between land and sea. Junk Publ" Dordrecht/Boston/Lancas
ter.
Barkman, J. J., Moravec, J.
& Rauschert, S. 1986: Code of
phytosociological nomenclature. 2nd ed. Vegetatio 67, 145
195.
Bednarek-Ochyra, H. 1993: Three speeies of mosses [Bryum
subneodamense, Dicranella palustris, Polytrichastrum long;
setum] new to Svalbard. Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 38, 322-323.
Bednarek-Ochyra, H., Godzik, B.
& Grodzinska, K. 1987:
Bryophyta svalbardensia exsiccata. Fase. I: 1-13 (No. 1-20),
Il: 1-13 (No. 21-40), I I I : 1-11 (No. 41-60), IV: 1-11 (No.
61-80). Polish Acad. Sei., Krak6w.
BeiIschmied, C. T. 1842: Flora von Spitzbergen,hauptsachlich
nach Lindblom's Zusammenstellung. Flora 25, 481-493.
Belland,R. J.
& Brassard,G. R. 1980: A major range extention
for Encalypta longicolla. Bryologist 83, 563.
Berggren,S. in Anonymo 1873: Smarre notiser. Larda sallskaps
sammantraden. Fysiografiska sallskapet. Den 31 Apri!. Doc.
S. Berggren redogjorde fOr Spetsbergens mossvegetation med
ledning af 1868 års samIingar. Bot. Not. 1873, 90-96.
Berggren, S. 1875: Musci et Hepaticæ Spetsbergenses. Bericht
Blom, H. H. 1996: A revision of the Schistidium apocarpum
complex in Norway and Sweden. Bryophyt. Bibl. 49, 1-333.
Boiriska, U.
& Gugnacka-Fiedor, W. 1986: Bryophytes and
their distribution in the tundra communities of the Kaffii:iyra
Plain (NW Spitsbergen).Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 29, 401-413.
Bonnot,E.-J. 1974: Oreas martiana (Hopp. et Hornsch.) Brid.
au Spitzberg, genre monotypique nouveau pour l'Arctique
europeen. In "Les probiernes modernes de la bryologie."
Colloque organise
il Lille les 15,16 et 17 december 1972. Soc.
Bot. France, Coll. Bryol. 1974, 339--345.
Brandshaug, R. 1982: Deschampsia-mark på Svalbard. En
vegetasjonsøkologisk undersøkelse på
Lågnesflya og
på
Brøggerhalvøya. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ. Trondheim
(unpub!.). 274 pp.
Brassard, G. R. 1971a: The mosses of northern Ellesmere
Island. Arctic Canada. l. Ecology and phytogeography,with
an analysis for the Queen Elizabeth Islands. Bryologist 74,
233-281.
Brassard, G. R. 1971b: The mosses of northern Ellesmere
Island, Arctic Canada. Il. Annotated list of taxa. Bryologist
74,282-311.
Brassard,G. R. 1976: The moss es of northem Ellesmere Island
Arctic Canada. Ill. New or additional records. Bryologist 79
480-487.
:
Brassard,G.R. 1979: The moss genus Timmia. 1.lntroduction,
and revision of T. norvegica and allied taxa. Lindbergia 5,
39--5 3.
Brassard, G. R., Belland, R. J.
& Bridgland,J. 1982: Two
rare arctic or montane mosses [Oreas martiana, Tetraplodon
paradoxus] new to the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Bry
ologist 85, 139--141.
Brattbakk,l. 1979: Strandeng på Svalbard. Thesis (cand. rea!.),
Univ. Trondheim (unpub!.). 268 pp.
Brattbakk, l. 1981: Vegetasjonskart 1:10000, Brøggerhalvøya,
Svalbard.
[8 map sheets:] l.
Kvadehuksletta.
2.
Bran
dalpynten. 3. Kiærfjellet. 4. NY-Ålesund. 5. Lovenøyane. 6.
Leinstranda. 7. Steenfjellet. 8. Engelskbukta. K. Norske
Vidensk. Selsk. Mus. Bot. Avd. Trondheim.
Brattbakk, l. 1984: Adventdalen,
Svalbard, vegetas;onskart
1:50000. [1 map sheet]- K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Mus.
Bot. Avd. Trondheim.
Brattbakk, l.
1985a:
Laponiahalvøya,
Svalbard,
vegeta
sjonskart 1:20000. [l map sheet]- Univ. Trondheim, Mus.
Bot. Avd. Trondheim.
Brattbakk, I. 1985b:
Vegetasjonskart Lågnesflya,
Svalbard,
1:20000. [2 map sheets:]! . Eungane. 2. Vårsolbukta. Univ.
Trondheim,Mus. Bot. Avd. Trondheim.
Brattbakk, I. 1985c: Vegetasjonskart Reinsdyrflya, Svalbard,
1:20000.
[4 map sheets:] 1. Sven Olssonodden. 2. Vel
komstpynten. 3.
Kollebekken. 4.
Worsleyhamna.
Univ.
Trondheim, Mus. Bol. Avd. Trondheim.
Brattbakk, l. 1986: Flora og vegetasjon. Pp.15--32 in Øritsland,
N.A. (ed.): Svalbardreinen og dens livsgrunnlag. Univer
sitetsforlaget,Oslo - Bergen - Stavanger - Tromsø.
Brattbakk,I" Rønning,O.
l. & Sendstad,E. 1978: Økologiske
iiber die Untersuchung der Moosflora Spitzbergens und
studier på Svalbard. l. Økologiske effekter og nedbrytning
Beeren-Eilands wahrend der Schwedischen Expeditionen
av et simulert råoljeutslipp i strandsonen på Svalbard, 1976
1864 und 1868, und Verzeichniss der dort gesammelten
Arten. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 13(7), 1-103.
Bisang,l. 1991: Biosystematische Studien an Lophozia subgen.
1977. SlNTEF Rapp. STF21 A78064, 1-31.
Bremer, B. 1980: A taxonomic revision of Schistidium (Grim
miaceae, Bryophyta) 1. Lindbergia 6, 1-16.
A. A. FR/SVOLL & A ELVEBAKK
144
Brossard,T.. Deruelle. S.. Simis, P. L. & Petit. P. 1984: An
interdisciplinary approach to vegetation mapping on liehcn
dominated systems in high-arctic environment,Ny Ålesund
relalionship to Scapania ligulifolia (Schust.) Schust. Lind
bergia 5, 73--76.
Dillenius, J. J. 1741: Historia museor"m. Oxonii. XVI + 576
pp., 85 PL
(Svalbard). PhYlocoenologia 12. 433--453.
Brown, R. 1820: Catalogue of plants found in Spitzbergen. Pp.
Dixon, H. ;-.;. 1912: Supplemenlary note on mOsses of Prince
75-76 in Scoresby, W. (ed.): An accoullI of the arctic regiom,
Charles Forcland. Spitzbergcn. Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc Edin
with a history and deseriplion of the nOr/hem whale-fishery.
burgh 24, 93-94.
VoL l , Appendix V. Edinburgh. [Also as 'Verzeichniss in
Spitzbergen gefundencr Pilanzen. Pp. 364-366 in Nees von
Dixon. H. N. 1922: The mosses of the Oxford University
cxpcdition to Spitzbergen, 1921. Bry%
gist 25. 8&-89.
Esenbeck. C G. (cd.): Robert Brown's uermischlebolanische
Dixon, H. N. 1924: Spilzbcrgcn mosses. Bryologist 27,69.
Sehriflen. Erster Band. Leipzig 1825.]
Dixon, H. N. 1933: Amblystegium boreale Dix. sp. nov. Brv
Bruch. P .. Schimper, W. P. & Gumbcl, T. 1844: Bryologia
Europaea seu genera muscoru.m Europaeorum monographica
illuslrala. Fase. 23-24 Mon Splachnum 1-8. pl. 1-3. Stuttgar
.
tiae.
Bryhn,
ologi.1I 36, 4.
Dobbs. C. G. 1939: The vegetation of Cape Napier, Spits·
bergen. J. Ecol. 27, 12&-148
Dubiel. E. & Oleeh, M. 1985: Vegetation map of the NW part
N.
1906:
Bryophyta in itinere polari
seeundo eolleeta. Rep.
norvagorum
Second Norwegian Arclic Exped.
'Fram' 1898-1902. 2(11). 1-260.
Bryhn. N. 1909: Bryophyta pro Ilora Spitzbergensi nova. Nyt
,"'lag. NalurVidensk. 47. 207-208.
of Sørkappland (Spitsbergen), Zesz. Nauk, Uniw. Jaglell.
Prate Geogr, 63. 57-67,
Dubiel. E. & Oleeh. M. 1990: Plant communities of NW S6r
kapp Land (Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk, Uni,,'. Jagiell, Prace
Bot. 21. 35-74.
Buch,H. 1928: Die Scapanien Sordcuropas und Sibiriens. IL
Dubie!. E. & Olcch. M. 1992: Ornithoeoprophilous plant eom
Systematiseher TeiL Soc. Sei. Fenn .. Comm. Bio/. J(l J. 1
munities on the southern slope of Ariekammen (Hornsund
177.
region, Spitsbergen). Pp. 167.. 175 in Opalinski. K. W. &
Buch. H. 1933: Scapania simmonsii Bryhn et KaaL. cin fUr das
Klckowski. R. Z. (eds.): Spitsbergen '84. Landscape. /ife
Festland Europas ncucs Lebermnns. Me",. Soc. F. Fl. Fenn.
world and man ill high arctic. Inst. of ecology, Polish Acad.
9,142.
Sei., Warszawa.
Bmley. J. S. & Pritehard. N. M. 1990: Revision of the genu:,
Ceratodon (Bryophyta), Harvard Popers in Botany 2,17·76.
Coker,P. D. 1983: Seligeria camlolira (Breid!. & Beek) Nyh.
and S. oelandica C, Jens. & Med.: two mosses new to Norway.
Lindbergia 9, 81-85.
Corley, M. F. V
& CrundwelL A. e. 1991: Addilions and
amendments to the mosses of Europe and the Azores. J.
Bryol. 16, 337-356.
Corley. M. F. V" Crundwell, A. e.. Dull. R" Hill. M. O. &
Smith, A. ,L E. 1981: Mosses of Europe and the Azores: an
annotated list of spedes. with synonyms from thc recent
!iteralure. J. Bryor Il, 609-689.
Crundwell. A. C. 1960: Notes on the British speeies of Cyno
dom!um. Trans. Brit. Bryo/. Soc. 3, 706-712.
Crundwcll, A. C. 1962: The status and nomenclature of Mniurn
riparium. Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc. 4.334-335.
Crundwell, A. e. 1978: Ceph aloziellu uncinata Schust. in Spits
bergen. Lindberg!a 4. 297-298
Crundwell, A. C. & Nyholm, E. 1963: Notes on the genus
TortelIa Il. TOr/elia arctiea. Bryologist 06. 184-191.
Czernyadjeva. l. V. & Ignatov,M. S. 1991: Poh/ia andrewsi!
J. Shaw in the U.S.S.R.
1. Bryo/. 16,581-588.
Dahl. E. & Hadac. E. 1946: Et bidrag til Spitsbergens llora.
Duell, R. 1983: Distribution of the European and Macaronesian
hvcrworts (Hepaticophytina). Bryo/' Beilr. 2, 1·IlS.
Duell, R. 19,,4: Distribution of the European and Maearonesian
mosses (Bryophytina). Part I. Brya/. Beilr. 4, 1··113.
Duell. R. 19S5: Di>tribntion of the European and Macaronesian
mosses (Bryophytina). Part Il. Bryol. Beilr. 5. 1 l0-232,
Duell. R. 1992: Distrihut;on of the European and Macaroncsian
mosscs (Bryophytina). Annotations and progress.
Bryo/.
Beitr. 8/9, 1-223.
Eberle, J
.•
Thannhciscr. D. & Wcber. L 1993: Untersuehungcn
zur Bodenbildung und Vegetation auf basaltischen Aus
gangssubstraten in cinem
hoeharktischen Geoilkosystem
(BoekfjordcnjNordwestspitzbergen). Norden 9, 1-29.
Ekman. J. 1993: Mossor. Meddelande av Joakim Ekman,Oden
gatan 35A, 633 52 Eskilstuna. P. 106 in Karlsson, T. (ed.):
Floristiska notiser. Svensk Bal. Tidskr. 87: 104-106.
Elvebakk. A. 1979: P/tll!lesosiologi og -fellologi i eit urktisk
omrJde: Sluphallet Brøg/(erhalvøYIl, Svalbard. Undersøking
,
gjort i samband med det norske MAS-program,med drøfting
av nokre arktiske vegetasjonstypar. Thesis (cand. real.),
Univ. Trondheim (unpubL). 233 pp .. Tab. I - I l .
Elvebakk. A. 1984: Vegetation pattern and eeology of siheeous
Medd. Norges Svalbard- og lshavsunder,'økelser 63. 1-15.
bouldcr snow beds on Svalbard. Polarforsclllmg 54, 9-20.
Dahle, O. 1983a: Snøleiepreget vegetasjon på Rcinsdyrflya:
Elvebakk, A. 1985: Higher phytosociologieal syntaxa on Sval·
Svalbard. Pp. 17-32 in Baadsvik. K. & Rønning,O. l. (eds.):
bard and their use in suhdivision of the Arctic. Nord. J. BOl.
Fagmøte i vegetasjonsøkologi på Kongsvoll 7.-8.3. 1983. K.
Norske VideIlsk. Selsk. Mus. Rapp. BOl. Ser. i983(7). 1-131.
Dahle, O. 19S3b: Snøleiepreget vegetasjon pa Reinsdyrjlya.
Svalbard. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ. Trondheim (unpubl. ).
IR8 pp.
5,273-284.
Elvcbakk. A. 1994: A survey of plant associations and allianees
from Svalbard. J, Veg. Sei. 5, 791-R02.
Elvebakk, A., Engelskiøn, T.
& Hodin, L
19R7:
Vege
tasjonsskader i Berzehusdalen. In Prestrud. P, & 0ritsland,
Damsholt, K. 19R2: The perianth of Tritomaria quinquedentolll
N. A. (eds.): Miljøundersøkelser i tilknytning til seismisk
var. lurgida (Lindb.) Weim. (Hepaticae). Bryoiogis! 85.96
virksomhet på Svalbard 1986, Norsk Polarinsl. Rapp, 34.
98.
161-194,
Damsholt. K. 1994: On lhe identity of Jungermannia groell
landica Nees. J. Hallori Bol. Lab. 75, 173--1 78.
Damsholt, K. & Long, D,G. 1979: The perianth of Scapania
ca/dcola (Arn. et Perss.)
lngham (Hepaticae) and the
Elven,R.. Eriksen, M.-B .. Elvebakk. A .. Johansen. B. E. &
Engelskiøn. T 1990: Gipsdalen. Central Svalbard: flora,
vegetation, and botanical values, Possible consequences of
planned mining activities.
Pp.
27-66 in Brekke, B. &
A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
Hansson,
R.
(eds.):
Environmental
Atlas
Gipsdalen,
Svalbard. Vol. Il. Norsk Polarlns!. Rapp. 6I.
145
Frisvoll.A. A. & Blom, H. H. 1993: Trua moser i Norge med
Svalbard; raud liste. N/NA U/redn. 42. 1-55.
Engelskjøn, T. 1986: Eco-geographical relations of the Bjørn
øya vascular flora, Svalbard. Polar Res. n. s. 5, 79-127.
Eurola,S. 1968: Uber die Fj eldheidevegctation in den Gebi eten
von Isfjorden und Hornsund in Westspitzbergen. Aquilo. Ser.
Bo!. 7, l -56.
Frisvoll, A. A. & Lewinsky, J. 1981: [Revisjon of Svalbard
bryophytes. I.l The genus Ortho/richum in Svalbard. Lind
bergia7, 2-9.
Frisvoll, A. A., Elvebakk. A., F1atberg, K. 1., Halvorsen, R.
& Skogen, A. 1984: Norske navn på moser. Po/arf/okke"8,
Eurola, S. 1971a: The middlc arctic mire vcgetation in Spits
bergen. Acta Agr. Fenn. /23.87-107.
1-59.
Frisvoll, A. A., Elvebakk, A., Flatberg. K. I. & Økland. R.
Eurola, S. 1971b: Die Vegetation einer Sturzhalde (Sveagruva.
Spitzbergen, 77°53' n.Br.). Aquilo. Ser. Bo!. 10. &-28.
Eurola, S. & Hakala,A. V. K. 1977: The bird e1iff vegetation
of Svalbard. Aquilo, Ser. Bot. 15 , 1-18.
H. 1995: Sjekkliste over norske mosar. Vitskapleg og norsk
namnevcrk. NINA Temahefte4. 1-104.
Gos. L. 1993: Se/igeria oelandica (Musei,Seligeriaceae) in Swit
zerland. Fragrn. Flor. Geobol. 38, 323-324.
Flatberg. K. l. 1993: Sphagnum o/afii (Sect. Acutifolia), a new
Gottlich, K. & Homburg, P. 1982: Ein Zeuge warmezcitlicher
Moore im Adventdalen auf Spitzbergen (Svalbard-Archipel).
peal-moss from Svalbard. J. Bryol. 17,613-620.
Flatberg. K. I. 1994: Sphagnum /undrae, a new speeies of Sect.
Telma12. 253-260.
Gottsche. C. 11.1.. I.indenberg, J. B. G. & Nees von Esenbcck.
Squarrosa from lhe Arctic. Lindbergia19,3-10.
Flatberg, K. I. & Frisvoll, A. A. 19H4a: Revision of Svalbard
C.G. 1844-1847: Synopsis Hepaticarllm. Hamburg. 834 pp.
bryophytes. m. The genus Sphagnurn. J. Hal/ori Bot. Lab.
Greven, H. C. 1995a: Grimmia sessitana De Not. in Scotland.
J. Bryol. 1 8 , 499-502.
56.287-319.
Flatberg, K. I. & Frisvoll, A. A. 1984b: Sphagnurn are/icurn
in Ellrope. Backhuys Publ., Leiden. 158 pp.
sp. nov. Bryologis/8 7,143-148.
Floravardskommitten fOr mossor 1988: Preliminiir lista over
hotade mossor i Sverige. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 8 2.423-445.
Frahm, J.-P. 1977: Ein Beitrag zur Laubmoosflora von Spitz
Frisvoll, A. A. 1978a: Nomenclatural note on TricilOs/omurn
gist8 1 , IS&-159,
Fri,voll, A. A. 1978b: Oversikt over norske moser. I. Møkk
mosefamilien
Splachnaceae. Blyttia 36.3-16.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1978c: The genus Tetraplodon in Norway. A
taxonomic revision. Undbergia4. 225-246.
Frisvoll, A.
A. 1978d:
Twenty-eight bryophytes new to
Svalbard. Bryologis/81, 122-136.
FrisvolL A. A. 19H1a: Fiftcen bryophyles new lo Svalbard,
including notes on some rare or interesting speeies. Lind
bergia 7. 91-102.
Frisvoll.A. A. 1981b: Oversikt over norske moser. Il. Fager
mosefamilien - Mniaceae. Blytlia 39. 165-188.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1982: The status of Lophozia kiaerii Jørg.
Bryologis/85,142·144.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1983a: Bryophytes from Jan Mayen. including
twenty-five speeies new to the island. Bryologis/8 6,332-341.
Frisvoll. A. A. 1983b: Registrerte moser i Sanddøladalen. Pp.
13-18 in Holten,J. I.: Flora- og vegetasjonsundersøkelser i
nedbørsfeltene for Sanddøla og Luru i Nord-Trøndelag.
K.
Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Mus. Rapp. BOl. Ser. 198 3(2).
1 148.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1983c: Revision of Svalbard bryophytes. Il. The
genus Raeomitrium. Lindbergia 9. 4 1 -52
GroIle. R. 1960: Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Barbilophozia.
insbesondcre B. f/oerkei und B. ha/cheri. Nova Hedwigia 2 ,
555-566.
GroIle. R. 1967: Miscellanea hepaticologia (71-80). Trans. Bri/.
bergen. Herzogia 4, 249-264.
cuspidatissimum. Bry%
Greven, H. C. 1995b: Grimmia Hedw. (Grirnmiaceae,Musci)
.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1984: The distribution of P/agio/hedum berg
grenianull1 Frisv. Bryologisl87, 167.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1985a: Lectotypitications including nomen
c1atural and laxonomieal notes on Di/riehum fe
1 xicaule sensu
lato. Bryologist 88, 31-40.
benachbarter Gebiete. Feddes Reperwriurn87, 171-279.
GroIle, R. 1983: Hepatics of Europe ineluding the Azores: an
annotated list of species, with synonyms from the recent
litcrature. J. Bryol. 12,403-459.
Gugnacka-Fiedor. W. & Noryskicwicz, B. 1982: The vegetation
of Kaftiøyra. Oscar I l l.and, NW Spitsbergen. Art. Univ. N.
Copemici 51. Geogr. 16, 203-238.
Hadac, E. 1944:
Die Gefiisspllanzen des "Sassengcbietes"
Vestspitsbergen. Norges Svalbard- og lshavsundersøkelser.
Skrifter 87,1-71, Tafel l-XIV.
Hadac. E. 1946: The plant-communities of Sassen Ouarter,
Vestspitsbergen. Studia Bo/. Cechosl. 7. 127-164.
Hadac. E. 1947: Strandplanter og landhevning på Spitsbergen.
Blyltia 5.67-71.
Hadac. E. 1989: Notes on plant communities of Spitsbergen.
FoUa Geobol. Phytotux. 24,131-169.
Hagen, A. 1952: Plants collected in Vestspitsbergen in the
summer of 1933. Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70, 1-14.
Hagen, I. 1899-1904: Musei Norvegiæ Borealis. Tromsø Mus.
Aarsh. 21-2 2. I-XXIII. 1-382.
Hagen. I. 1908: The mosses and hepatics of Prince Charles
Foreland, Spitsbergen. Trans. Proc. Bo/. Soe. Edinburgh 2 3,
32&-330.
Hagen, I. 1914: Forarbejder til en norsk løvmosllora. XIX.
Polytrichaceæ. K . Norske Videns/c Selsk. Skr 1913(1),1-77.
Hagen, I. 1929 (cd. Printz, H.): Forarbeider til en norsk lØvmos
flora.
XXI. Pottiaceae.
K.
Norske
Vidensk.
Selsk.
SÆr.
19 28 (3), 1-96.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1985b: The identity of Didymodon arcticus
Broth. of Index Muscorum. J. Bryol. 13,435.
Hallingback, T. & Holmasen, I. 19H5: Mossor. En fiilthandbok.
2nd ed. Interpublishing.Stockholm. 288 pp.
Frisvoll, A. A. 1986: The status of Sehislidium andreaeopsis.
with notes on the Krause collection from the Chuek Penin
sula. Bryologis/89, 27&-278.
Hartmann. H.
1980:
Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der Pflanzen
gesellschaftcn Spitzbergens. Phylocoenologia8 ,65-147.
Hedderson, T. A. & Bras-sard,G. R. 1992: Tetrodon/ium repan
Frisvoll,A. A. 1988: A laxonomic revision of the Ra cornitrium
he/erostiehum group (Bryophyta, Grimmiales) in N. and C.
Ameriea, N. Africa. Europe and Asia. Gunneria 59
Bryol. Soc. 5,271-282.
GroIle. R. 1976: Verzeichnis der Lebermoose Europas und
,
1-289.
dum and Seligeria diversifolia discovered in Arctic Canada.
Bryologist 9 5. 443-444.
Hedcniis. L. 1988a: Arnblystegium 10ngicll.spis Undb. & H.
146
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Arn,. its status and taxonomic position, Lindbergia 14 . 142Hedenas. L. 1988b: The status of Ortholhecium lapponicum
and O, complanalUm (Musei, Plagiotheciaceac), Ann, Bal,
Europe, a taxonomic revision, Ann, Bal, Fem!. 26, 399-·419,
Hedenas, L. 1989b: The genera Scorpidium and Hamaloraulis.
gen, nov" in northern Europe, Lindbergia 15. S-36,
Heden;;s, L. 1993: A generie revision of the Warnslorjia-Callier
gon group, l, Bryo/, 17, 447-479,
& Siiderstrom, L. 1991: Leskea rupeslris, an older
Hegewald, E, 1992: Oie Verbreitung von Dicranum lauricum
0, 1979: Oe vegetatie van het westelijk
gedeelte van Rosenbergdalen, EdgeØya, Svalbard, Results
Reindecr Environment Expedition Svalbard (REES '77).
Researell
groep
Oecologie
/Jan Cor
Thesis
Soa/bard,
(cand,
reaL).
Univ,
Trondheim (unpubl. ), 139 pp .. Tab, 1-4,
p, 1981: Vegetasjon og produksjonsforhold i Boller·
Svalbard, Thesis (cand, reaL), Univ, Trondheim
(unpubL), 193 pp .. vedl. 1-2,
Hcuglin. M, T. 1874: Reisen nacll dem Nordpolarmeer in den
lahren 1870 und 1871, 2, Beitriige zur Fauna, Flora und
Geologie, IL B()tanik, Pp, 265-285, Braunschweig,
Bjclmstad, R. 1981: Flora- og vegetasjonsundersøkelser på
Barcntsøya, MAB i Norge
Svalbardprosjeklel, Rapp, 8. 1-
46,
Høiland, K,
& Pedersen. A. 1975: En ny lokalitet for Haplo
milrium 110okeri, dens Økologi og utbredelse i Norge, BlYl/ia
33,53--59.
Hofmann, W, 1968: Gcobotanische Untersuchungen in Sudost
Spitzbcrgen 1960, In Budd, J, & Wirthmann. A, (eds,):
Ergebn, Stauferland-Exped, 1959/60 (8;, 1-83, Abb, l-IS,
Nuten,
Holm, T, 1896, The carliest rccord of Arctic plants, PraL Bio/,
SoC. Washington 10. 103-107,
Holmen. K, 1955: Notes on the bryophyte vegetation of Peary
Land. :srorth Greenland, Mitt, Th"ringLscllen BOl, Ges,
l: %-
106,
Holmen. K. 1957a: The sporophytc of Mnium hymenophyllum,
Bry%
gist 60. 135-138,
Holmen, K, 1957b: Three west arctic moss speeies in Greenland,
On the occurrence of eine/idium lalifolium, Aulacomnium
acuminatum and
G, A" Ammirati. J, F, & Redead, S, C. (eds.): Arctic and
& Afonina, 0, M, (eds,) 1992, Cheek-list of
Ignatov, M, S,
lreland. R, R, 1980: The taxonomie status of CeralOdon helero
phyllus, Bryologisl 8 3 . 234-237,
Jacobsen,
L. B, 1994: Re-analyse av pennanente prøveflater i
Trichoslomum cuspidalissimum,
Medd,
Grøn/and 156(3;, 1-16,
Hooker, W, J, 1825: Some account of a colleetion of arctic
plants forrned by Edward Sabine, Esg"
ved
Kongsfjorden,
Svalbard,
1994 ,
Norsk Polarinsl, Rapp, 87, 1-29,
Jensen. C. 1939: Skandinavlens bladmossfiora, København, 535
pp,
Jørgensen. E. 1929: Mosses, In Iversen. T, (ed, j: Hopen (Hope
Island). Svalbard, ResuIts of a reeonnaissanee in the summer
mopllyla en Vegelallekunde, 1ntern Rapp, 67, 1 63,
Hermansen, J, E, 1979: Vegetasjonsøkologi i el arklisk område,
Brøggerhalvøya,
E. mU/iea. gymnostomous spedes new to North Arnerica.
Bryologisl 79. 321-331.
overvåkingsområdet
in :srordeuropa , Lindbergia 17: 83-85,
UnIV, Amslerdam,
l, Hattori Bot, Lab, 54,353--532,
0, G, & Murray. M, 1976; Enca/ypla brevipes and
Horton,
mos$Cs of the former USSR, A rctoa J, 1-85,
name for PseudoleskeelIa sibirica, Lindbergia 17. 64-66,
Heinemeijer, H.
0, G, 1983: A revision of the Encalyptaceae (Muscil.
with particular reference to the North American taxa, Part
alpine mycology Il, Plenum Press. New York & London,
Europc, Lindbergia 16. 80-99.
dalen,
0, G, 1982: Enealyptl/ longicolla Bruch in northern
Huhtinen, S, 1987: New Svalbard fungi, Pp, 123-151 in Laursen.
Heden;;s, L. 1992: The genus Pseudocalliergon in northern
Hedenas, L.
Horton,
Il,
Fenn, 25, 153-157,
Hedenas. L. 1989a: The genus Sanionia (Museil in northwestern
Herstad.
Horton,
Swedcn, Lindbergia 8, 93, 95,
146,
F.R,S, and L.S"
captain in the Royal Artillery, during a voyagc in the Polar
Seas in the year 1823, Trans, Unn, Soc. London 14, 360394, (Spitzbergen plants, pp, 385-388, )
1924, Res, Norske Slalsundersl, Spilsbergeneksp, 1( 10),29
30.
Jørgensen. E, 1934: Norges levermoser, Bergens Mus, Skr, 16.
1-343, PL l-XXV.
J6hannsson, B. 1990: islenskir mosar. S6tmosaætt og haddmo
saæll, fiO/rit Nlitturufræ6istofnunar 13, 1-7L
J6hannsson, B, 1991: islenskir mosar, Bruskmosaæt!, Fjijlril
Nallurufræ6istofnunar 19,1-119,
Jones, E. W, 1951: Didymodon spitsbergensis and Bryum pau
peridens. two new mosses from Spitsbergen, Rev, Bryol.
Lichenol, 20. 122-125,
Jonsson. B. G, 199\: Tetraplodon blyttii, tjockskaftad lam
melmossa - ny art for Sverige bland herbarie materiaL Myrinia
1,8-10,
Karezmarz, K, 1966: Cal/iergon Oblusifotium sp, nov,
Cne
espece nouvelle du genre Calliergon (SulL) Kindb, Reu,
Bryol, Ucll"nol, 34, 762 ·764,
Karczmarz. K, 1971: A monograph of the genus Calliergon
(Sull,) Kindb, Monogr, BOl, 34,1-209, PL 1-20, Warszawa,
Karczmarz. K,
& Kue, M, 1906:
otcs on Calliergon orbiculari
cordatum from Spitsbergen, Bryologisl 69 , 373--376,
Karczmarz, K,
& Swi s. F. 1988: Brioflora poludniowego
wybrzeza Bcllsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni), Pp, 229-235 in
Repelewska-Pekalowa. J"
(eds,):
Sesja
Pekala. K,
& Harasimiuk, M,
Polarna, Badania Srodowiska Naluralnego,
Rejonu Bellsundu, Spitsbergen, Wyprawy Geograliczne na
Spitsbergen, Maria Curie-Sklodowska Univ"
Karezmarz, K,
Lublin,
& Swi\!s, F, 1989a: Mszaki (Bryophyta) rejon6w
Lognedalsflya. Dyrstadflya i p61nocncj czesel Chamberlin
dalen na poludniowo-wschodnim wybrzezu Bellsundu (Spits
bergen Zachodni), Pp, 89-96 in Repelewska-Pekalowa, J,
&
Pekala, K, (eds,): Sesja Po/ama, Wyprawy Geograficzne no
Spilsbergen 1986-1988, Maria Curie-Sklodowska Univ" Lub
lin,
Karczmarz K,
& Swi s, F, 1989b: Udzial gatunkow rodziny
Mniaccae w zbiorowiskach tundry na poludniowo-wschod
Booker, W, J, 1828; Botanical appendix, Pp, 207-220 in W, E,
nim wybrzezu Bellsundu (Spitsbergen Zachodni), Pp, 217-
Parry; Narratioe of an allempl to reaeh Ille North Pole, in
220 in Kwiecinska, F, (ed,): XVI Sympozjum Polarne, Doro
boals fil/ed for the purpose, and allaciled lo His Majesty's ship
bek i perspektywy Polskirh badan polamych, Torun. 19-20
Hec/a, in Ihe year MDCCCXXVlJ., under tile command of
wrzesnia 1989, Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika.
Captain William Edward Parry, R,N" F,R,S"
and Ilonorary
members of Ille imperial arademy of sciences al SI, Pelersburg,
Karczmarz, K,
& Swi s, F. 1990a: Bryophytes collected in arctic
tundra of the castern slopes of Activekammen (Western
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
147
Spitsbergen) in 1987-1988. Pp. 175-183 in Repelewska-Peka
Kue, M. 1994b: High-arctic peat-belt of the northern eoast of
Iowa,J. & Pekala,K. (ed,.): Polar session. Periglacial pheno
Hornsund (SW Svalbard): Plant diversity, constituents and
April 1990.
dynamics. Pp. 271-286 in Zalewski, S.M. (ed.): XXI Polar
Wyprawy Geograficzne na Spitsbergen. Maria Curie-Sklo
Symposium. 60 years of Polish research on Spitsbergen.
mena of western Spitsbergen. Lublin, Poland
Vw' arszawa.
dowska Univ., Lublin.
Karczmarz, K. & Swi s, F. 1990b: Bryophytes collected in arctic
Lange, B. 1993: Distribution of Sphagnum arclieum and S.
tundra of Dyrstad region (Western Spitsbergen) in 1988.
subfulvum in Greenland and on Svalbard. Lindbergia 18. :>
Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie-Sklodowska. sectio C 45,127-139.
Keilhau,B. M. 1831: Reise i øst- og Vest-Finmarken saml til
Beeren-Eiland og Spitsbergen.
i
aarene
1827
og 1828.
(Beeren-Eiland pp. 108-133, Spitsbergen pp. 134-170).
Christiania.
in
Bol. Lab. ,Nichinan. 362 pp.. 195 PI.
Lewinsky, J. 1980: Orthotriehum pellucidum Lindb. new to
Sweden. Lindbergia 5,129-130.
Kellomaki,S.,Hari,P. & Koponen, T.1977: Ecology of photo
synthesis
6.
Lawton,E. 1971: Moss Flora of the Pacific Northwest. Hattori
Dicranum
and
its
taxonomic
signineaner.
BryophYI. Bibl 13,485-507.
Lewinsky, J. & Soldån,Z. 1994: Miscellaneous notes on Ortho·
trichum 4. Orlhotrichum alpestre B .S.G. confirmed from Sval
bard. Lindbergia 18,121-122.
Kindberg,N. C.1898: Speeies of European and Northamerican
Bryineæ (mosses) synoptically described. Part 2. Acrocar
pous. Link6ping. Pp. 15:>-410.
Lid, J. 1967: Synedria of twenty vascular plants from Svalbard.
Bot. Jahrb. 86. 481-493.
Lindberg,S. O. 1862: Mossor år 1858 på Spitsbergen insamlade
Kindberg,N. C. 1900: Additions to the North American and
European bryology (Moss-Flora). Ottawa Nat. 14,77-88.
Kobayashi,K .. Kashiwadani. H. & Deguchi. H. 1990: Vege
af professor A.E. Nordenski6ld. Ofvers. K. Vetensk.- Akad.
Fdrh. 18. 189-190.
Lindberg, S. O. 1864a: De Tortulis et ceteris Trichostomeis
tation of Bohemanflya in Spitsbergen. Pp. 29-70 in Tatsumi.
europæis.Ofvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrh. 21,21:>-254.
T. (ed.): The Japanese scientific expeditions lo Svalbard 1983
Lindberg. S. O. 1864b: Om de europeiska Trichoslomeæ. Aka
1988. Kyoikusha, Tokyo.
demisk afhandling. som med den vidtberomda Filosofiska
Kooijman,A. & Hedenas,L. 1991: Differentiation in habitat
requirements
within
the
genus Scorpidium.
especially
between S. rwolvem' and S. cossonii. J. Bryol. 16,619-627.
Konstantinova,N. A.. Potemkin,A. D. & Schljakov. R.
.
1 992 : Check-list of the Hepatieae and Anthocerotae of the
former USSR. Arctoa 1,87-127.
Koponen,T. 1971: A monograph of Plagiomnium sect. Rosu
lata (Mniaceael. Ann. Bol. Fenn. 8. 305-367.
Koponen, T. 1977: Miscellaneous notes on Mniaceae (Bryo
phyta). 11. 2. Confirmation of the presenee of Plagiomnium
medium (B.S.G.l T. Kop. ssp. eurvalulum (Lindb.) T. Kop.
in Spitsbergen. Ann. BOL. Fenn. 14. 62-64.
Koponen, T. 1980: A synopsis of Mniaceae (Bryophyta). IV.
Taxa in Europe,Macaronesia. NW Afriea and the Near East.
Ann. Bot. Fenn. 17.125-162.
Koponen, T., Isoviita. P. & Lammes, T, 1977: The bryophytes
Fakulteten vid Kejserliga Alexanders Universitet i Finland
tillstånd till offentlig granskning framstiilles ..
uti historisk
filosofiska lårosalen den 26 Oktober 1864. Helsingfors. 48 pp.
Lindberg, S. O. 1867: F6rteckning 6fver mossor, insamlade
under de svenska expeditionerna till Spitsbergen 1858 och
1861. Ofvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forh. 23,535-561.
Lilldberg, S. O. 1868: Observatlones de Mnlaceis europæls.
Not. Siillsk. F. f1. Fenn. Forh. 9,41-88.
Lindberg.S. O. 1877: Utredning af de under namn af Sauteria
alpina sammanblandade former. Bot. Not. 1877,73-78.
Lindberg,S. O. 1882: Monographia præcursoria Peltolepidis.
Sauteriæ et Cleveæ. Act. SOG. F. Fl. Penn. 2(3). :>-9.
Lindberg.S. O. 1883: Kritisk granskning afmossorna uti DiIlenii
Historia muscorum. Helsingfors. 59 pp.
Lindberg, S.O. & ArneIl, H. W. 1889: Musci Asiae Borealis.
Beschreibung der von den schwedisehen Expeditionen nach
of Finland: An annotated checklist. Flora Fenniea 6, 1-77.
Sibirien in den Jahren 1H75 und 1876 gesammelten Moose
Krzakowa, M. 1972: Variability of Polish speeies of the genus
mit beriicksichtigung aller frUheren bryologisehen Allgaben
Pleuroclada (Hepaticae, Hygrobiellaceae). Bull. Soe. Amis
fUr das russischen Nord-Asien. Erstcr TheiJ. Lebermoose.
Sei. de Poznan, ser. D, 12-13. 13-71.
K. S"enska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 23(5).1-69.
Kue, M. 1963a: Flora of mosses and their distribution on the
north eoast of Hornsund (S.W.-Svalbard). Fragm. Flor. Geo
bot. 9, 291-366,Fig. 37-87.
Kue, M. 1963b: Bryophytes from the northeast of Sørkapp
Land, Vestspitsbergen. Norsk Polarinst. Arbok 1962,140145.
Kue. M. 1964: Deglaeiation of Treskelen-Treskelodden in
Hornsund,Vestspitsbergen. as shown by vegetation. Studia
Geo/. Polon. 11, 197-205.
Kue, M. 1969: Plants from the nunataks of TorelI Land,Vest
spitsbergen. Norsk Polarinst. Arbok 1967.7:>-78.
Kue, M. 1973a: A review of the mosses of Svalbard. Rev. Bryol.
Lichenol. 39, 401-472.
Kue,M. 1973b: Additions to the aretic moss flora. VII. Alti
tudinal differentiations of the moss cover at Purehase Bay,
Melville Island. N.W.T. Rev. Bryol. Lichenol. 39,539-553.
Kue, M. 1994a: Trichostomum arclicum Kaal. in the forgotten
collection ofS. Bernadzikiewicz from Kaffiøyra (Central Sval
bard). P. 2H7 in Za1ewski. S.M. (ed.): XXI Polar Symposium.
60 years of Polish researeh on Spitsbergen. Warszawa.
Lindberg. S. O. & Arne!!. H. W. 1890: Musci Asiae Borealis.
Beschreibung der von den schwedischen Expeditionen naeb
Sibir!en
in
Moose. . ..
den
Jahren
Zweiter
1875
Thei!.
und
1876
Laubmoose.
gesammelten
K.
Svenska
Verensk.-Akad. Handl. 23(10),1-163.
Lindblom. A. E. 1840: F6rteckning 6fver de på Spetsbergen
och Beeren Eiland anmarkta vexter. Bot. Not. 1840, IS:>
158.
Livesay,W. 1870: Notice of plants collected in Spitzbergen and
Nova Zembla in the summer of 1869. Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc.
Edinburgh 10. 33:>-341.
Long, D. G. 1985: Po1ytrichaeeae. In Mogensen. G.S. (ed.):
I1\ustrated moss flora of arctic North Ameriea and Greenland.
l . Medd. Grønland, Biosci. 17. 9-57.
Lund,
N.
1979:
Luzula-mark
på
Soalbard.
En
vege
tasjonsøkologisk undersøkelse i Adoentdalen og på Brøgger
halvøya. Thesis (cand. real.), Univ. Trondheim (unpubl.).
158 pp.
Martens. F. 1675: Spilzbergisehe oder Groenlandische Reise
Beschreibung gethan im Jahr 1671. Dritter Theil. Von den
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
148
Pllanzen
so
ich
in
Spitsbergen
gcfunden.
Pp.
41-51.
Hamburg. Translated in Martens, F. 1855: Voyage to Spitz
bergen. Part the third. Of the plants of Spitzbergen. Pp.
interesting moss newly recorded from Central Europe. Folla
Geobol. Phytotax. 26, 181-191.
Oehyra, R. & Afonina, O. !v!. 1986; The taxonomie position
45--65 in White. A. (ed.): A eollection of doeumcnts on
and geographica] distribution of Grimmia andreaeopsis C.
Spitzbergen and Greenland. comprising a translation from F.
Miill. (Grimmiaceae, Muse;). Polish Polar Res. 7,319-332.
Martens' voyage to Spitzbergen. Work issued by the Haklylll
Oehyra, R. & Bednarek·Ochyra, H. 1991: Notes on Polish
mosses: l. Myurella. Fragm. Flor. Geobol. 35, 65-70.
Society 18. London.
Martensson. O. 1949: Brywn oblusifolium Lindb. -en forbisedd
0rits1and, N. A, 1986: MAB-Svalbardprosjektet; bibliografi
1975-/985. Pp. 174-179 in 0ritsland, N. A. (cd.): Sval·
fjållmossa. Svensk Bol. Tidskr. 43, 460-467.
Månensson, O. 1956: Bryophytes of the Tornetrask area, north
cro Swedish Lappland. Il Musei. K. Svenska Velenskapsakad.
Avhandl. Naturskyddsiirenden 14. 1-321.
bardreinen og dellS livsgrunnlag. Universitetsforlaget. Oslo
Bergen
Stavanger- Tromsø.
0ritsland, :-.r. A. & Alendal, E. 1986: Svalbardreinen. Bestan
Mathey-Dupraz, A. 1912: Notes sur la Hore du Spitzberg. Bull.
dens størrelse og livshistorie. Pp. 52-60 in 0ritsland. N. A.
(ed.): Svalbardreinen og dens livsgrunnlag.
Soc. Neuchateloise Sei. Nat. 38. 49-63.
Milde, C. A. J. 1868; Forteekning Mver mossor, insamlade
forlaget, Oslo
Bergen
Stavanger
Universitets·
Tromsø.
under de svenska cxpcditioncrna till Spitsbergen 1858 oeh
Olsen. J. K. 1982: Mosetundra og "å/mark ved lngeborgf;e/let
1861. S.O. Lindberg. (Meddelad, 12. Dec 1866.). Hedwigia
og på Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard. Thesis (cand. scient.), Univ.
Trondheim (unpubl. l. 203 pp.
7. 108-110.
Moen, A. 1985; Classifieation of mires for conservation pur·
poses in Norway. Aquilo, Ser. Bot. 21. 95-100.
Paris, E. G. 1905: Index bryologicus. Ed. 2, Vol. 4. Paris.
Persson. H. 1942: Arctic hryophytes mainly colleeted by the
Mogensen, G. S. & Steere, W. C. 1979: The taxonomic position
of G}nodontium glaucescens (Lindh. et Arn.) Kindb. (Die·
Rev. j. Lagerkranz. Spcnsk Bol. Tidskr. 36, 444-450.
Persson, H. & Gjærevoll, O. ]961: New rccords of Alaskan
bryophytes. K. Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 1961(2}, 1-26.
ranaeeac, Musei). Lindbergia 5. 19-24.
Monkemeyer, W. 1927: Die Laubmoose Europas. In Dr. L.
Rabenl!orsl's Kryptogamen-Flora von Deutschland,
Dster·
reich und der Schweiz. IV (4), (Ergiinzungsband). Leipz.ig.
X + 990 pp.
Pers'<lIl, H. & Sjørs, H. 1%0: Sorne bryophytes from the
Hudson Bay lowland of Ontario. Svensk Bot.
Tidskr. 54,
247-26H.
Persson. H. & Viereck, L.A. ]983: Collcctions and discussions
Muller, C. ('K.') 1892. Bryophyten. P. 72 in Cremer, L.: Ein
Ausflug nacl! Spilzbergen, Berlin.
of somc bryophytes from Alaska. Lilldbergia 9, 5-20.
Philippi, G. 1973: Moosftora und Moosvegetation des Freeman
Muller, K. 1954-1957: Die Lebermoose Europas. In Dr. L.
Rab enhorst's Kryplogamen-Flora vOn Deutschland, DSler·
reieh u",i der Schweiz. VI (l -2) . Leipz.ig. 1365 pp.
Sund-Gebietcs
(Siidost-Spitzbcrgcn).
In
Budel.
J.
&
Wirthmann, A. (cds.): Ergehn. Srauferland-Exped. 1959/60
(7), 1-83.
Murray, B. M. 1987: Andreaeobryaccae - Tctraphidaceae. In
Phips, C. I. [1774, ed. not seenl!777: Reise naell dem Nordpol.
Mogensen, G.S. (ed.): Illustrated moss flora of arctic North
Auf Befell/ lhm Konigl. GrossbrittOlUlischen MajesliU. Unter·
America and Greenland. 3. iHedd. Grønland. Blosci. 23, 1-
nommen im lahr 1773. Bern.
Podpcra.1. ] 95 4 : ConspecllI.I' mUscorum Europaeorum. Praha.
36.
Murray, B. M. 1988: The genus Andreaea in Britain and lreland.
1. Bryol. 15. 17-82,
Nilsen, L. 1992: Phylosociological and rcmOie sensing .Hudies of
changes
in
vegelation
697 pp.
Podpera. J. 1973a: Brvum generis monographiac prodromus I.
pauern
on
a
glaeier
forefield
al
Uversøyra, north-west Spilsbergen. Thesis (cand. scient.),
Univ. Tromsø (unpubl.). 91 pp.
Pa" 16. systematica.
Podpera. J. 1'!73b: Brvum generis monographiae prodromus
Il. 1. Speeies Eurasiae scptentrionalis. Pars 17. systematiea.
Norges Svalbard- og Ishavsundersøkelser 1942; The place
names of Svalbard. Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavel 80, 1-
47fl pp.
Polunin, N. 1'!45: Plant life in Kongsfjord, West Spitsbergen.
J. Ecol. 33,82--108.
539.
Nyholm, E. ]954: I/luslrated moss flora of Fellnoscandia. l I.
Musci. Fase. I. Pp. 1-87, Lund.
Mw·ei . Fase. 3. Pp. 189-288. Lund.
Nyholm, E. 1965: Illustraled mo.'" flora of Fennoscandia. Il.
Musei. Fase. 5. Pp. 407-647. Lund.
Nyholm, E. 1969: lIIuslraled moss flora of Fennoscantiia. Il.
Musci, Fase. 6. Pp. 647-799. Lund.
Nyholm, E. 1987: llIustraled flora of Nordic mosses. Fase. I.
Fissidentaceae - Seligeriaceae. Nordie Bryo!. Soc. 72 pp.
Nyholm. E. 1989: IIIustraled flora of Nordie mosses. riISe. 2.
SchislOstegaceae. Nordie Bryo!'
Soe. Pp. 75-140.
BOl. Polon. 36, 531-544.
Rønning. O. I. 1961: Svalbards Sphagnum -art cr. Blyl/ia 19.
41-53.
Rønning, O. I. 1965: Studies in Dryadion of Svalbard. Norsk
Polarinst. Skr. 134. I-52.
RZl,;tkowska, A. 1988a: Contribution to the moss flora of
CalYPsosIranda in Wedel-jarlsberg Land, Spitsbergen. Pol·
ish Polar Res. 9, 485--495.
Rz tkowska, A. 1988b: Wystepowanie niekt6ryeh gatunk6w
mch6w w rejonie Ca]ypsostranda /Wedel. Jarlsberg Land,
Spitsbergen/o Pp. 305-309 in jahn, A. & Szczepankiewicz
Nyholm, E. 1993: II/uslraled flora of Nordic mosses. Fase.
3. Bryaceae - Rhodobryaceae
Rejment·Grochowska, I. 1967: Contribution to the hepatic Hora
of the north coasl of Hornsund (S.W. Svalbard). Au. Soe.
Nyholm. E. 1958: IIIuslra/ed moss floru of FennosCGndia. Il.
Pottiaceae - Splachnaceae
I. Speeies Eurasiae septcntrionalis
Subscctio 8. Pscwiolriquelra Amann. 257 pp.
Mniareae - Cinc/idiaceae -
Plagiomniaceae. Nordic Bryol. Soe. Pp. 145-244.
Oehyra, R. 19i19: Animadversions on the moss genus Cra·
lonel/ron (Sull.) Spruee. J. Hattori Bal. Lab. 67, 203-242.
Oehyra, R. 1991: Seligeria oelandiea. a phytogeographieally
Szmyrka, A. (eds.): XV Sympozjum polarne, Wroclaw 1988.
Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Wroc\awskiego.
Sanio, C. 1883: Additamentum secundum in Harpidiocum cog·
nitionem. Bol. Cen/ralhl. /3,425-440.
Sanio, C. 1887: Bryo]ogisehe Fragmente Il . Hedwigia 1887:
129-169.
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, [ung;, algae and cyanobacteria
Savicz, L 1924: De Te/rap/odontis paradoxi (R. Br.) Hag,
origine hybrida, No/. Sys/. 1ns/. Crypt, Hort. Bo/. Reip, Ross.
3,65-78,
149
arctic-alpine propaguliferous spedes from North America .
Bryologist84, 65-74.
Smith, A. J. E. 1990: Tite liverworts of Britain and lreland.
Savicz-Ljubitzkaya, L I. & Smirnova, Z. N. 1970: Opredeli/el'
lis/os/ebel'nych SSSR. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Leningrad. 825 pp.
(Also copy of translation to German lent by E. Nyholm.)
Cambridge. 362 pp.
Smith, A. J. E. 1993: DitrieltamflexieauleandD. crispatissimum
in Great Britain. Bull. Bril. Bryo/. Soc. 61, 45-54.
Sayre, G, 1971: Cryptogamae Exsiccatae - An annotated bib
Siiderstriim, L. 1995: Preliminary distribu/ion maps of bryo
Iiography of published exsiccatae of Algae, Lichenes, Hepa
phytes in Norden. Vol l Hepatieae and An/hoeero/ae. Mos
tieae, and MuseL IV. Bryophyta. Mem. New York Bo/,
Garden 19(2), 175-276.
Schiffner, V. 1912: Kritik der europaischen Formen der Gattung
Cltiloscyphus auf phylogenetischer Grundlage. Beih. Bol.
Cen/ra/bl. 29, 74-116.
Schimper,
W. P . 1860.
sornas Vanner, Trondheim.
Siiderstriim, L., Hedenas. L. & Hallingbåck, T. 1992: Check
lista over Sveriges mossor. Myrinia 2, 13-56.
S6derstr(im, L" Karttunen, K. & Hedenas, L 1992: Nomen
c1atural notes on Fennoscandian bryophytes. Ann. Bot. Fenn.
Synopsis Muscorum europaeorum.
Stuttgartiae.
Schimper, W. p, 1870. [Die Pflanzen und Thiere des Myti
lusbettes.]11. Moose. Pp. 88-89 in Heer, O. (cd.): Fl. Foss.
Aret. 2(3).
Schljakov, R. N. 1976-1981: Pershenotshnye mchi severa SSSR.
Vol. 1-4. Leningrad.
Scholander, P. F. 1934: Vaseular plants from northem Svalbard.
With remarks on the vegetation in North-East Land. Norges
Svalbard- og Ishavs-undersøkelser. Skrifler om Svalbard og
Ishavet 62, 1-153.
Sehriebl, A. 1991: Experimentelle Studien tiber die Laub
moosgattung Polylrichum. C.arinthia 11 181/101, 461-506.
Schurnaeher, T. K. 1993: Studies in arctic and alpine Lam
prospora spede,. Sydowia 45 , 307-337.
Schuster, R. M. 1961: Sotes on Searctic hepaticae. XVIII.
New Lophoziaceae from the arctic archipelago of Canada.
Can. J. Bot. 39. 965-972.
29, 1 19--1 22.
Sommerfelt, S. C. 1833: Bidrag til Spitsbergens og Beeren
Eilands fiora. efter herbarier, medbragte al M. Keilhau, Mag.
Naturvidensk. I l , 232-245.
Sortland, A. 1989: Fuglefjellsvegelasjon på Varangerhalvøya,
Øst-Finnmark.
Thesis
(cand.
seient.),
Univ.
Tromsø
tunpubL). 65 pp.
Srodol\, A. 1960:
Pollen spectra from Spitsbergen. Folia
Quatem. 3. 1-17.
Steere, W. C . 1958: Mniwn andrewsianum, a new subarctic and
arctic moss. Bry%
gist 61. 173-·182.
Steere, W. C. 1976: Ecology, phytogeography and floristies of
Arctic Alaskan bryophytes. J. Hallori Bot. Lab. 41,47-72.
Steere, W. C. 1978: The mosses of Arctic Alaska. Bryophyt.
Bibl. ]4, 1-508.
Steere, W. C. &
Brassard.
G.
R.
1976:
Schistidium hol
menianum sp. nov. from arctic North America. Bryalogist
79. 208-214.
Schuster, R. M. 1969: The Hepa/icae and An/hocemtae ofNorth
Steere, W, C. & Inoue, H. 1975: Contributions to our know
America east of the hundredtl! meridian. Vol. 11. XII + 1062
ledge of Mesoptychia sahlbergii. Bull. Natn. Sei. Mus" Ser.
pp.
Schuster, R. M. 1974: The Hepaticae andAnthocerotae ofNorlh
Ameriea east of the hundredlh meridian. Vol. Ill. XIV + 880
pp.
Schuster. R. M. 1<)80: The Hepatieae andAnlhocerOlae ofNorth
America east of the handredtl! meridian. Vol. IV. XVIII +
1334 pp.
Schuster. R. M. 1983: New manual of bryalogy. 1. Hattori Bot.
Lab" Sichinan. 626 pp.
Schuster, R. M. 1988: The hepaticae of South Greenland. Beil!.
Nova Hedwigia 92, 1-255.
Schuster, R. M. 1992: The Hepatieae andAnthocerotae ofNortIt
Ameriea east of Ihe hundredth meridian. Vol. VI. XVIII +
937 pp.
B (Bol.) I, 60-72. Tokyo.
Steere. W. C. & Inoue, H. 1978: The hepaticae of Arctic
Alaska. J. Hattori Bal. Lab. 44.251-345.
Steere, W. C. & Murray. B. M. 1974: The geographical dis
tribution of Bryum wrightii in arctic and boreal North
Ameriea. Bryalogist 77. 172-178.
Størmer, P. 1940: Bryophytes from Franz Josef Land and East
em Svalbard collected by Mr. Olaf Hanssen on the Norwegian
expedition in 1930.
Medd. Norges Svalbard- og Ishavs
Under!. 47,1-16.
Størmer, P. 1969: Mosses with a western and southem dis
tribU/iol! in Norway. Universitetsforlaget, Oslo
Bergen
Tromsø. 288 pp.
Summerhayes.V. S. & Elton,C. S. 1923: Contributions to the
Schuster, R. M. & Damsholt. K. 1974: The Hepaticae of West
ecology of Spitsbergen and Bear Island. J. Ecol. lI, 214-285.
Greenland from ea. 66°N to 72'N. Medd. Grønland 199(1),
Summerhayes. V. S. & Elton, C. S. 1928: Further eontributions
1-373. Map 1-80.
Schuster, R. M. & Mårtensson,O. 1978: The genus Cryptocolea
(Jungermanniales) new for Europe. Lindbergia 4, 203-205.
to the ecology of Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 26, 193-268.
Swi\!s_ F. & Karczmarz, K. 1991a: Bryophytes collected in arctic
tundra of the Logne region (Western Spitsbergen) in 1988.
Scoresby. W. 1820: An account of the arctic regions, with a
Pp. 145-162 i n Repelewska-Pekalowa. J. & Pekala, K. (eds.):
hislOry and deseription of the nor/hem whale-fishery. Vol. l .
Polar session. Arctic environment research. Lublin, Poland
Edinburgh. (See also Brown, R. 1820)
April 1991. Wyprawy Geograficzne na Spitsbergen. Maria
Serebryannyy. L P., Tishkov, A. A., Malyasova. Ve. S" Sol
Curie-Sklodowska Univ., Lublin.
omina, O. N. & Ilves, E. O. 1985: Reconstruction of the
Swi\!s, F. & Karczmarz, K. 1991b: Bryophytes collecled in arctic
development of vegetation in arctic high latitudes. Polar
tundra of the Chamberlin region (Western Spitsbergen) in
Geogr, Geol. 9, 308-320.
1987 and 1988. Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie-Sklodowska, sectio
Shaw,A. J. 1981a: A taxonomic revision of the propaguliferous
species of Pohlia (Musci) in Sorth Ameriea. J. Hattori Bot.
Lab. 50, 1-81.
Shaw, A . J. 1981b: Pohlia andrewsii and P . tundrae, two new
C 46, 29--43.
Swi s. F. & Karczmarz. K. 1993: Bryophytes collected in arctic
tundra of the Lyellstranda region (Western Spitsbergen) in
1987 and 1988. Pp. 249--2 71 in Repelewska-Pekalowa, J. &
150
A. A. f"'RISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Pekala, K, (eds.): XX Polar symposium. Man impact on polar
environment. Lublin, Poland - June 3-5, 1993.
Szweykowski,
J.
1984:
Spedes
problems
and
Vilt, O.H. 1976: The genus Seligeria in North Ameriea. Lind
bergia 3,241-275<
taxonomic
methods in bryophytes. Pp. 1130-1171 in Schuster, R.M,
(cd.): New manual of bryology. 2. The Hattori Bot. Lab.,
Wall, S. 1979: Mossor från Spetsbergen. Mossomas Viinner på
Svenska Viislkuslen 6, 3-10.
Warncke, E. 1968: Marchantia a/peslris in Ocnmark. BOl,
Tidsskr. 63, 358-368.
Nichinan.
Thannheiser, O. 1979: Pflanzensoziologische Beobachtungen
zur Ufer- und f1achmoor-Vegetation auf dem westlichen
Watson, E, V. 1964: An annotated list of the bryophytes of Jan
Mayen island, Nylt Mag. Bal. Il, 151-212.
Arktis-Archipel und auf Spitzbergen. In Muller-Wille, L. &
Watson, W. 1922: Spitzbergen liverworts. J. BOl. 60, 327-330.
Schroeder-Lanz, H. (eds.):
Wegener, C. 1993, Setergråmose (Raeomilrium sudelicum) ny
Kanada und das Nordpolar
gebiet. Trierer Symposium vom 30. Oktober bis 1. November
1976 aus Anlaf3 der Er6ffnung der Ausstellung "Oas Nord
for Spitsbergen. Polarfiokken 17, 3-6.
Wegener, C.. Hansen, M. & Jacobsen, L. B. 1992: Vege
polargebict und scine Menschen". Trierer Geogr. Studien,
tasjonsovervåking på Svalbard 1991. Effekter av reinbeite
Sonderh. 2, 207-229.
ved Kongsfjorden, Svalbard< Norsk PolarinsI, Medd. 121,1-
Thannheiser,
O.
1992:
Vegetationskartierungen
auf
der
Germaniahalvøya. StuttIlarler Geogr. Sludien 117, 141-160.
Thannheiser,
O.
1994:
Vegetalionsgeographisch-synsozio
53.
Wigh,
K. 1975:
Scandinavian species of the
ehYlhecium (Bryophyta) Il.
genlIs Bra
Morphology, taxonomy and
logische Untersuchungen am Liefdefjord (NW-Spitsbergen).
cytology in the B. rU/abu/um - B. rivulare complex. BOl. Not.
Zeilschr. Geomorph. N.F. Suppl. 97, 205-214.
128,476-496.
Thannhciser, O. 1995: Eine landschaft6kologische Fallstudie
Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant, W. O. & Florschtitz, P. A. 1959:
auf der Insel Store Måkeøy am Liefdefjord (Nordwest-Spitz
Index mUsCOrum. Vol. I (A-C). Rellnum Veg. 17, i-xxviii,
bergen). Norden 10, 19-35.
1-548.
Thannheiser, O. & Hofmann, W. 1977: Pfianzengesellschaften
am Meeresstrand im Kongs- und Krossfjord (West-Spitz
bergen). Doc. PI1YlOsocio/. n.s. l, 297-303.
Theriot, I. 1907: MOllsses du Spitzbcrg. Rev. Bryo/. 34,36-37.
Tishkov. A. A. 1986: Prima ry succcssion in arctic tundra on the
west coast of Spitsbergen (Svalbard). Pa/ar Geogr. Geo/. 10,
148-156.
Urmi. E. 1978: Monographische studien an EremonOlus myrio
carpus (Carring.) Penrs. (Hepaticae). Bol. Jahrb. Sysl< 99,
498-564.
Vana, J. 1973: Studien tiber die Jungermannioideae (Hepaticac)
2. Jungermannia subg. Jungermannia. Folia Geobol. Phylo
tax. 8, 255-309.
Vana, J. 1974: Studien iibcrdie Jungcrmannioideae (Hepaticae)
6. Jungermannia subg. So/enoslOma. Europaische und nord
amerikanische Arten. Folia Geobot. Phytolax. 9,369-423.
Vana, J. 1975: Studien iiberdie Jungcrmannioideae (Hepaticae)
7. lungermannia subg. Pleetocolea. Europaische und nord
amerikanische Arten. Folia Geobot. Phytolax. lO, 67-99.
Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant, W. O, & f!orsch(jtz, P. A. 1962:
Index muscorum. Vol. 2 (D-Hypno). Regnum Veg. 26, 1535<
Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant, W. 0< & Florschiitz, P. A. 1964:
Index muscorum. Vol. 3 (Hypnum<""O). Regnum Vell. 33, 1529.
Wijk, R.v.d., Margadant. W. O, & Florschutz, P. A. 1967:
Index muscorum. Vol. 4 (P-S). Regnum Veg. 48, 1-604.
Wijk, Kv.d., Margadant, W. O. & Florschiitz, P. A. 1969:
Index muscorum. Vol. 5 (T-Z, Appendix). Regnum Veg, 65,
i-xii, 1-922.
Wilson, P. & Norris. O.H. 1989: PseudoleskeeIla in North
America and Europc. Bryolollist 92, 387-396.
Wulff, T. 1902: BOlanische Beobachlungen aus Spitzbergen.
Akad. Abhandl., Lund. 116 pp.
Wyatt, R., Odrzykoski. l. J. & Stoneburner. A. 1993; Isozymc
evidence regarding the origins of the allopolyploid moss Pla
giomnium eurvatulum. Lindberllia 18. 49-58.
Zander. R. H. 1993: Genera of the Pottiaceae: mosses of harsh
environments.
<.
Bull. Buffa/o Soc. Nat. Sei. 32, i<vi, 1-378<
A catalogue of Svalbard planIs. ftmgi. algae and cyanabacteria
151
Appendix 1. Bryophytes with type material from Svalbard
Basionym and aeeepted synonym. The list includes 29 speeies, 3 subspecies, 70 varieties (including 12 nomina
nuda) and 11 forms, in all 113 names (97 mosses, 16 hepatics). Basionyms of 18 names of recognised species are
printed in bold. *
not validly published or iIIegitimate name.
Musci
Amblystegium bareale Dix., Bryologist 36: 4. a-do 1933.
Andreaea obavata var. acuminata Lindb.,
Andreaea papillosa Lindb.,
orv. K
Ofv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 557. 1867.
Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 557. 1867.
(
=
(
A. sparsifolia)
=
A. sparsifalia)
Andreaea papillosa var. brevifolia Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 93. 1875.
Andreaea papillosa var. gracilis Lindb.,
orv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 558.1867.
(
A. sparsifolia)
=
Andreaea papi/losa var. latifolia Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 93. 1875.
Aulacomnium palIlStre var. auriculal11m Ther., Rev. BryoL 34: 36. 1907.
Aulacomnium palustre f. gracile Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 70. 1875 ('gracilis').
Aulacomnium turgidum f. 'filiforme Berggr. , K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 28. 1875 nom. nud.
Aulacomnium I11rgidum f. tenue Berggr. , K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 70. 1875 ('tenuis').
Bartramia oederi f. microcarpa Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 71. 1875.
(
BraehYlhecium salebrosum var. arctieum Berggr., K Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 79.1875.
=
B. turgidum)
Braehythecium turgidum f. hamatum Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 354. 1963.
Bryum elegans var. sanguineum H. Am.,
o rv.
Bryum globosum Lindb. ,
Ofv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 57: 118. 1900.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 546. 1867.
Bryum glabosum var. ruberrimum Dix., Bryo\. 25: 88. 1922.
Bryum inc/inalum var. gracile Lindb.,
Bryum nitidulum
Lindb. ,
Ofv. K
Lindb.,
(
=
=
Ofv. K
Bryum spitsbergense H. Am.,
o rv.
=
B. rutilans)
B. wrightii)
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 547. 1867.
orv.
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 547. 1867.
Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 544. 1867.
(
=
Bryum pauperidens Dix. ex Jones, Rev. Bryo\. Lieh. 20: 123. 2. 1951.
Bryum teres Lindb.,
(
B. wrightii)
Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 545. 1867.
Bryum nutans var. rufescens Lindb.,
Bryum obtusifolium
orv.
(
Ofv.
B. cryophilum nom.
( B. algovicum)
nov.)
=
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 57: 119. 1900.
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 545. 1867.
Bryum ventricosum var. synoicum H. Am.,
Ofv.
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 57: 116. 1900.
Calliergon obtllSifolium Karezm., Rev. Bryol. Lieh. 34: 762. 1966.
(
C. riehardsanii)
=
Calliergon riehardsonii f. spitsbergense Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 349. 28. 1963 ('spitsbergensis').
(
=
C.
riehardsonii)
(
Ceratodon purpureIlS ssp. aretieu.! Kindb., Eur. N. Am. Bryin. 2: 269.1897.
=
C. antaretieIlS)
Ceratodon purpureIlS var. rotundifolius Berggr., K. Svensk. VeL-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 44. 1875.
Cinclidium aretieum ssp. polare Kindb., Eur. N. Am. Bryin. 2: 322. 1897.
(
(
=
C. heterophyllus)
C. aretieum)
=
Cinclidium aretteum f. graci/limum Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 68.1875 ('gracillima').
Cynodontium virens var. areticum Berggr. , K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 35. 1875.
Cynodontium virens var. fragile Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 35. 1875. ( = Triehostomum arctieum)
Desmatodon laurer! f. minor Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 324. 1963.
Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 553. 1867.
Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 553. 1867.
o rv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 537. 1867 nom.
Desmatodon obliqullS var. apiculatus Lindb.,
Desmatodon obliqullS var. muticus Lindb.,
Desmatodon abliquus var. 'pilifer Lindb.,
nud.
Dieranella varia var. obtusifolia Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 36. 1875.
Dieranum seopar!um var. integrifolium Lindb.,
orv.
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 555. 1867.
Didymodon spitsbergensis Dix. ex Jones, Rev. Bryol. Lich. 20: 1 23. 1. 1951.
Enealypta rhaptoearpa var. leptodon Lindb.,
Funaria hygrometrica
var.
arctiea Berggr.,
Ofv.
(
=
(
=
D. laevidens)
D. asperifo/ius)
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 549. 1867.
K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 57. 1875. ( = F. aretiea)
( F. aretiea)
orv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 552. 1867. ( Sehiscidium tenerum)
G. subsuleata)
Grimmia jacquinii var. subimberbis Lindb. , O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 552. 1867. (
Trichostomum areticum)
Grimmia spitsbergensis Biz. & Ther., BulL Se. Bourgogne 5: 70. 71. 1936. (
Hypnum brevifolium Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 541. 1867. ( Pseudacalliergon brevifolium)
Funaria hygrometriea var. 'glacialis Berggr., K. Svensk. VeL-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 12. 1875 nom. nud.
Grimmia apoearpa var. filiformis Lindb.,
=
=
=
=
=
Hypnum brevifolium r. gracile Berggr., K. Svensk. VeL-Ak. Hand\. 13(7): 84. 1875 ('gracilis'). - H. brevifolium
var. gracile (Berggr.) Summerh. & Elton c.nov., J. Eco!. 11: 227. 1923 ('gracilis').
Hypnum catenulatum var. *angustifolium Lindb.,
rupestris Berggr.).
(
=
PseudoleskeelIa rupestris)
O fv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 539. 1867 nom. nud. (Leskea
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
152
Hypnum commUlatum var. sulcatum Undb.,
O fv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 540. 1867 (H. sulcatum Schimp. 1860
horn. illeg.).
Hypnumfilicinum var. 'filiforme Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 87. 1875 horn. illeg.
Hypnumfilicinum var. tenue Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 87.1875.
orv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 537. 1867 (H. sendtneri Schimp. 1866).
O fv. K. Vet. Ak. Fbrh. 23: 540. 1867 (H. wilsonii Schimp. 1865 nom.
Hypnum intermedium var. robustum Lindb.,
Hypnum inlermedium var. wilsonii Lindb.,
nud.).
Hypnum kneiffii var. filif(mne Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 83. 1875.
Hypnum kneiffii var. strictum Berggr .. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 82. 1875.
llypnum lycopodioidesvar. bre vifotium Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 83.1875. (= Pseudocalliergon
brevifotium Undb.)
llypnum (Limnobium) nordenskioeldii Schimp. in Heer, Fl. Foss. Aret. 2(3): 89. XVI: 72-75. 1870 ('Norden
skialdi').
[ subfossil ]
Hypnum polare Lindb.,
o rv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 540. 1867. (= Hygrohypnwn polare)
Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 540. 1867.
O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 540. 1867.
llypnllm polare var. pselldo-straminellm Lindb..
Hypnum polygamI1m var. brevifolium Lindb.,
llypnum rutabulum var. cavifolium Lindb.,
5.1. )
O fv.
Hypnum stramineum var. *angustifolium Lindb..
K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 539. 1867. (
Braehythecium turgidum
O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 539. 1867 nom.
nud.
fl. slraminewn
K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 539.1867 nom. nud.
fl. stramineum
var. angustifolium Lindb. ex Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 13(7): 91.1875.
llypnum stramineum var. *brevifotium Lindb.,
o rv.
var. brellifolium Lindb. ex Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 91. 1875.
Hypnwn turgescens var. tenue Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 91. 1875. (= Pseudoealliergon
tllrgescens)
llypnwn turgescens var. uliginosum Lindb.,
Ofv. K.
Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 539. 1867. (= Pseudoealliergon IUrgeseens)
Hvpnum uncinatum var. faenewn I. Hag., Trans. Proc. Bot. Soe. Edinburgh 23: 329. 1908 ('fæneum'). (= Sanionia
ortholhecioides 'l)
Hypnum uneinalum var. graeillimum Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 86. 1875. (= Sanionia uneinata)
Hypnum uneinatum ssp. orthothecioides Lindb. ,
Ofv. K. Vet .-Ak. Forh. 23:
540. lR67.
Sanionia orthotheeioides)
Leptotrichum flexieaule var. brevifolium Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 45. 1875. (= Ditriehum
flexieallle)
Leskea ehrysea var. cochlearifolia Lindb.,
orv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 543.1867 ('cochlearifolium'). (= Orlho
thecium chryseon)
Mnium affine var. *integrifolium Wils. ex Lindb.,
O fv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 543. 1867 nom. nud.
Mnium
cuspidalllm Lindb. hom. illeg. var. integrifolium Lindb .. ",",ot. Sallsk. F. FL Fenn. Forh. 9: 65. 1868. (=
Plagiomnium ellipl/cum)
Mnium medium var. integrifolium I.indb.. Not. Sallsk. F. Fl. Fenn. Forh. 9: 62.1868. (= Plagiomnium curvalulwn)
Museites berggrenii Heer, K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. N.F. R(7): 31. I: 16. 1870 (·-gren!').
Orthotrichum peUucidum Lindb..
Orthotriehum polare Lindb.,
O fv.
O fv.
[ fossil ]
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 549. 1867.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 537.1867. (= O. pallens)
Plagiothecium berggrenianum Frisv., Lindbergia 7: 96. 2a-i. 1981.
Plagiothecium denliculatum var. *auriculatum Berggr. , K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 27.1875 nom. nud.
Plagiothecium svalbardense Frisv., ",",orsk PoIarinst. Skf. 198: 101. 1996.
Polytrichum a/pinum var. *edentatum E. Jbrg. ex A. Hag., Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70: 7. 1952 nom. nud.
Polylrichum alp/num var. *subdenlalum E. Jorg. ex A. Hag., Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70: 7. 1952 nom. nud.
Polytriehum alpinum var. *sublaeve E. Jbrg. ex A. Hag" Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70: 7. 1952 nom. nud.
Polytrichum piliferum var. gracile Lindb.,
O fv.
K. Vet.-Ak. F6rh. 23: 548. 1867.
Polvtrichum strictum var. *hyperboraceum C. Miil!. in eremer, Ein Ausflug nach Spitzbergen 72. 1892 nom. nud.
Pottia heimii var. an'liea Lindb.,
O fv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Fbrh. 23: 551.1867.
Racomitrium canescens var. */atifolium Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 24. 1875 nom. nud. non J.
Lange & C. Jens., Medd. GrønL 3(2): 345.1887.
Scorpidium turgeseens f. cuspidalllm Kue. Fragm. flor. Geobot. 9: 351. 1963.
Seligeria polaris Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 41. 1875.
Sphagnum areneum F1atb. & Frisv., Bryologist 87: 143. 1984.
Sphagnum olafii Flatb., J. BryoI. 17: 613.1993.
Sphagnum leres var. concinnum Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 94. 1875. ( "'" S. fimbrialllm ssp.
eoneinnum)
Sphagnum tundrae Flatb., Lindbergia 19: 3. 1994.
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
153
Thuidium abietinum f. arcticum Kue, Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 9: 341. 1963.
Timmia an'tica Kindb., Bot. Not. 1893: 258. 1893. (= T. austriaca)
Timmia austriaca var. *papillosa Philippi, Moosfl. Moosveg. Freeman-Sund-Gebietes 19. 1973 hom. il/eg. (= T.
austriaca)
Trichodon oblongus Lindb.,
Ofv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 21: 226. 1864 et Om de europeiska Trichostomeæ 15. Oet.
26, 1864. (= Ditrichum cylindricum)
Trichostomum arcticum Kaal., Bot. Not. 1900: 257. 1900.
Trichostomum nordenskioeldii Sehimp. in Heer, Fl. Foss. Aret. 2(3): 88. XVI: 76-79. 1870 C'Nordenskioldi').
[subfossil]
Webera ludwigii var. subcamosa Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 59. 1875.
Hepatieae
Clevea hyalina f. rufescens S. Am" Ark. Bot. 4: 123. 1959.
O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Fiirh. 23: 559. 1867.
Oiv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 560. 1867.
Lindb., O fv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 560. 1867. (=
Gymnomitrion corallioides var. minutum Lindb.,
Jungermannia attenuata var. laxifolia Lindb.,
Jungermannia divarieata var. incurva
Cephaloziella arctica)
Jungermannia infiata var. rigidiuscula Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 98. 1875.
Jungermannia lycopodioides var. mvifolia Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 99. 1875. (= Barbilophozia
hateheri)
Jungermannia plicata var. gracilis Berggr. , K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 98. 1875. (= Barbilophozia
kunzeana)
Jungermannia polarls Lindb.,
Oiv.
K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 23: 560. 1867.
Martinellia spitsbergensis Lindb. in Lindb. & H . Am., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 23(5): 31. 1889.
(
==
Scapania
spitsbergensis)
Preissia commutata var. minor-arctica Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 102. 1875. (= P. quadrata s.l.)
Sarcoscyphus ehrhartii var. *incurvus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 13. 1875 nom. nud. ('incurva')
( = Marsupella arctiea)
Sarcoscyphus ehrhartii var. *arcticus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 11. 1875 nom. nud. err. pro S.
emarginatus var. arctic us. ("" Marsupella arctiea)
Sarcoscyphus emarginatus var. arcticus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. HandL 13(7): 96. 1875.
(
=
Marsupella
are/iea)
Sarcoscyphus obcordatus Berggr., K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 96. 1875.
Scapania bartlingii var. elongata Lindb.,
Ofv.
K. VeL-Ak. Forh. 23: 559. 1867.
(
=
(
Scapania obcordata)
=
S. cuspiduligera)
Sphagnoecetis communis var. tessellata Berggr" K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Hand!. 13(7): 101. 1875. (= Odontoschisma
macounii)
154
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
Appendix 2. Bryophyte Exsiccatae from Svalbard
Sven Berggren. 1874. Musci Spetsbergenses Exsiccati or Plantae in itineribus Suecorum polaribus collectæ
The names and numbers are given by Berggren (1875); the first title is used in the paper. but the second on the
speeimen labeis. The list has never been printed separately before. Sayre (1971) gives some delails aboul labelling,
occurrence and publishing date (viz. 1874, laken from a reference in Index muscorum 2: 12 (Wiik et aj. 1962:
"Desmatodon leucostoma (R. Brown) Berggr., Musci Spetsb. n. 34. 1874"»
which may need verification. She
states that it is found in herb. FH, K, PC and UPS, but speeimens are certainly present also in many other herbaria.
and we have seen some from LD and O. The type of Ceratodon purpureus var. rotundij'olius was stated to occur
in LD, BM. GB. H. L and MICH (Burley & Pritchard 1990). The speeimens originate from many different places,
but most of Ihem come from the NW and N part of the archipelago, i.e. from Isfjorden northwards. Some come
from Bjørnøya. There are 199 numbers, but due to Iwenty-one b (15), c (5) or d (1) numbers, there are 220
specimens (36 hepatic and 184 moss specimens). When there is more than one taxon with the same figure, the first
usually indudes no letter, the second is called b. etc.: exceptions are 126a and 136a. The number of Hypnum
uncinatum var. graciltimum is given as 134c, but all specimens have the number 134b (Hedenas 1989a: 408). Below,
all letters are kept as in the publication.
Below are two lists with the nomenclature and taxonomy of the present paper. The first is in numerical order
which is identical to Berggren's systematieal order: "In folgende Verzeichnisse der Arten habe ich in Bezug auf
die Anordnung und Nomenklatur mit wenigen Ausnahmen Schimper's [1860] Synopsis und Synopsis Hepaticarum
[Gottsche et al. 1844-1847J benutzt." (Berggren 1875: 32). The other list is in alphabetical order. The original
name according to Berggren (1875) is always given in the numerical list, but sometimes the exsiccate labels are
slightly different (No. 161 Sphagnum recurvum var. riparium is labelled S. riparium: No. 162 S. fimbriatum var.
strictum is labelled S. fimbriatum. cf. Flatberg & Frisvoll 1984a). The known identities of material referring lo
excluded names and of the erroneously identified material of accepted names are given in the alphabetical list (as
-»
.
Some comments on exsiccate specimens are found in the literature; the Sphagnum specimens have been
revised b y Flatberg & Frisvoll (1984a). But so far only a minor part of the exsiccate specimens has be en checked,
and most of the below decisions are Iherefore based on nomenclatural considerations only. Valid names of taxa
not accepted from Svalbard are in italics.
Berggren (1875) includes no index to taxa, and his systematical order is out of date and difficult to know or
remember. In the alphabetical list we have therefore provided a reference to the actual page in his paper; his
original name can be found in the numerical list at the actual num ber. In addition to the taxa collected by himself
and distributed in the exsiccate, he listed and accepted 26 other species. Of these. all except one werc reported
by Lindberg (1867). and Berggren (1875) brings no new information. The new species not inc!uded in his exsiccate
is Sphagnum aongslroemii (treated on p. 94), which was collected by Malmgren in 1864.
Numerical order
M usci
l
Voitia hyperborea
2
Hymenostylium recurvirostrum (as Gymnostomum curvirostrum)
3
Dicranoweisia crispula (as Weissia)
3b
Dicranoweisia crispula vaL atrala (as Weissia)
4
Cynodolltium polycarpon
5
Oncophorus virens (as Cynodontium)
5b
Trichostomum arcticum (as Cynodontium virens var. fragile n. vaL)
6
Oncophorus wahlenbergii (as Cynodontium)
7
Dichodontium pellucidum
8
Dicranella crispa
9
Dicranella varia vaL obtusifolia n. var.
10
Dicranella subulata
11
Arctoa fulvella (as Dicranum)
12
Kiaeria starkei (as Dicranum Starkii)
13
Kiaeria blyttii (as Dicranum)
14
Kiaeria glacialis (as Dicranum arclicum)
15
Dicranum elongatum
16
Dicranum fuscescens
17
Dicranum muehlenbeckii
18
Dieranum scoparium var. integrifolium
A cacalogue of Svalbard plams, fungi, algae and cyanobacceria
19
Dicranum bonjeanii (as D. palustre var. juniperifolium)
20
Fissidens incurvus
21
Fissidens exilis
22
Fissidens osmundoides
23
Blindia acuta
24
Seligeria polaris n. sp.
25
Hennedielia heimii var. arctiea (as Pottia)
26
Stegonia latifolia (as Pottia)
27
Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostrum (as Didymodon rubellus)
28
Distichium capillaceum
29
Distichium inclinatum
30
Ceratodon purpureus
30b
Ceratodon heterophylius (as C. purpureus var. rotundifolius)
31
Ditrichum f1exicaule (as Leptotrichum)
32
Tortula euryphylla (as Desmatodon latifolius)
33
Tortula laureri (as Desmatodon)
34
Tortula leucostoma (as Desmatodon)
35
Aloina brevirostris (as Tortula)
36
TortelIa fragilis (as Tortula)
37
Syntrichia norvegica (as Tortula)
38
Tortula mucronifolia
39
Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula)
40
Schistidium maritimum (as Grimmia)
41
Schistidium apocarpum (as Grimmia)
41b
Schistidium tenerum (as Grimmia apocarpa var. filiformis)
4lc
Schistidium rivulare (as Grimmia apoearpa var. latifolia)
41d
Sehistidium rivulare (as Grimmia apoearpa var. alpicola)
42
Grimmia incurva (as G. eontorta)
43
Grimmia torquata
44
Raeomitrium sudeticum
45
Racomitrium microcarpon
46
Raeomitrium faseiculare
47
Raeomitrium lanuginosum (as R. hypnoides)
48
Raeomitrium canescens
49
Amphidium lapponieum (as Amphoridium)
50
Orthotrichum alpestre
51
Orthotrichum pylaisii (as O. breutelii)
52
Encalypta alpina (as E. commutata)
53
Encalypta rhaptoearpa (as E. rhabdoearpa)
54
Enealypta proeera
55
Tetraplodon mnioides
56
Aplodon wormskioldii (as Splaehnum wormskjoldii)
57
Splaehnum vasculosum
58
Funaria arctica (as F. hygrometriea var. aretica n. var.)
59
Leptobryum pyriforme
60
Pohlia nutans (as Webera)
60b
Pohlia nutans var. bicolor (as Webera)
60e
Pohlia nutans var. rufescens (as Webera)
61
Pohlia obtusifolia (as Webera eucullata)
62
Pohlia eruda (as Webera)
63
Pohlia nutans ssp. schimperi (as Webera schimperi)
64
Pohlia annotina (as Webera)
65
Pohlia ludwigii (as Webera)
65b
Pohlia ludwigii var. (as Webera ludwigii var. subcarnosa n. var.)
66
Pohlia wahlenbergii (as Webera albicans var. glacialis)
67
Bryum arcticum
68
Bryum rutilans (as B. æneum)
69
Bryum algovicum (as B . pendulum)
155
156
A. A. FRISVOLL & A ELVEBAKK
.
70
Bryum archangelicum
71
Bryum amblyodon var. (as Bryum incJinatum var. gracile)
72
Bryum knowltonii (as B. lacustre)
73
Bryum calophyllum
74
Bryum mamillatum
74b
Bryum wrightii (as B. mamillatum var. globosum)
75
Bryum pallescens var. eontextum
76
Bryum nitidulum
76b
Bryum nitidulum ssp. teres
77
Bryum argenteum
78
Bryum pseudotriquetrum
79
Bryum cryophilum (as B. obtusifolium)
80
Bryum schlekheri var. latifolium (as B. turbinatum var. latifolium)
81
Plagiobryum zieri (as Zieria julacea)
82
Plagiomnium ellipticum (as Mnium affine var. integrifolium)
83
Mnium thomsonii (as M. orthorrhynchum)
84
Mnium blyttii
85
Cyrtomnium hymenophyllum (as Mnium)
86
CincJidium arcticum
87
Catoscopium nigritum
88
Meesia uliginosa var. minor
89
Meesia triquetra
90
Paludella squarrosa
91
Aulacomnium paluslre
92
Aulacomnium turgidum
93
Bartramia ithyphylla
94
Plagiopus oederiana (as Bartramia oederi)
95
Conostomum tetragonum (as C. boreale)
96
Plzilonotis fontana
97
Timmia austriaca
98
Timmia norvegica (as T. megapolitana var.)
99
Psilopilum laevigatum (as Oligotrichum)
100
Polytrichastrum aJpinum (as Pogonatum)
101
Polytrichastrum sexangulare (as Polytrichum)
102
Polytrichum piliferum
103
Polytrichum strictum (as P. juniperinum var.)
104
Polytrichum commune
105
Myurella julacea
106
Myurella tenerrima (as M. apiculata)
107
Lescuraea incurvata (as Pseudoleskea atrovirens)
108
PseudoleskeelIa catenu/ata (as Pseudoleskea)
109
PseudoleskeelIa teclOrum (as Pseudoleskea)
110
Abietinella abietina (as Thuidium)
111
Pterigynandrum filiforme
112
Orthothecium strictum
113
Orthothecium chryseon (as O. chryseum)
114
Lescuraea plicata (as Ptychodium)
115
Tomentypnum nitens (as Camptothecium)
116
Brachythecium sa/ebrosum
116b
Brachythecium turgidum (as B. salebrosum var. arcticum n. vaL)
117
Brachythecium trachypodium
118
Brachythecium glaciale
119
Brachythecium rivu/are
120
Eurhynchium pulchellum (as E. diversifolium)
121
lsopterygiopsis pulchella (as Plagiothecium nitidulum var. suberectum)
122
Plagiothecium denticulatum
123
Platydictya jungermannioides (as Amblystegium sprucei)
124
Campylium stellatum (as Hypnum)
A eatalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
125
Campylium polygamum (as Hypnum)
126a
DrepanocJadus aduncus var. (as Hypnum kneiffii var. strictum n. vaL)
126b
DrepanocJadus aduncus var. (as Hypnum kneiffii var. filiforme n. var.)
127
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (as Hypnum lycopodioides var. brevifolium n. var.)
128
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium (as Hypnum)
129
Hamatocaulis vernicosus (as Hypnum)
130
Scorpidium cossonii (as Hypnum intermedium)
131
Scorpidium revolvens (as Hypnum)
132
Wamstorfia exannulata (as Hypnum)
133
Wamstorfia fluitans (as Hypnum)
134
Sanionia uncinata (as Hypnum)
134b
Sanionia orthothecioides (as Hypnum uncinatum vaL)
134c
Sanionia uncinala (as Hypnum uncinatum vaL gracillimum n. vaL)
135
Palustriella falcata var. suleata (as Hypnum commutatum vaL)
136a
Callialaria curvicaulis (as Hypnum filicinum var. curvicaule )
136b
Cratoneuron filicinum var. (as Hypnum filicinum var. filiforme n. var.)
136c
Cratoneuron filicinum var. (as Hypnum filicinum var. tenue n. vaL)
137
Hypnum callichroum
138
Hypnum bambcrgeri
139
Hypnum revolutum
140
Hypnum vaucheri
141
Hygrohypnum molle (as Hypnum)
142
Hygrohypnum alpestre (as Hypnum)
143
Hygrohypnum ochraceum (as Hypnum)
144
Hygrohypnum polare (as Hypnum)
145
Cal/iergon cordifolium (as Hypnum)
146
Calliergon giganteum (as Hypnum)
147
Wamstorfia sarmentosa (as Hypnum)
148
Pleurozium schreberi (as Hypnum)
149
Straminergon stramineum (as Hypnum)
150
Pseudoealliergon trifarium (as Hypnum)
151
Pseudocalliergon turgescens (as Hypnum)
151b
Pseudocalliergon turgescens (as Hypnum turgescens var. tenue n. vaL)
152
Loeskypnum badium (as Hypnum)
153
Scorpidium scorpioides (as Hypnum)
154
Hyloeomium splendens
155
Andreaea sparsifolia (as A. papillosa)
155b
Andreaea sparsifolia var. (as A. papillosa var. latifolia n. vaL)
ISSe
Andreaea sparsifolia var. (as A. papillosa var. brevifolia n. var.)
156
Andreaea obovata
157
Andreaea blyttii
158
Sphagnum squarrosum
159
Sphagnum leres
159b
Sphagnum fimbriatum ssp. concinnum (as S. teres vaL concinnum n. vaL)
160·
Sphagnum capi/lifo/ium (as S. aeutifolium)
161
Sphagnum riparium (as S. recurvum vaL riparium)
162
Sphagnum girgensohnii (as S. fimbriatum vaL strictum)
163
Sphagnum lindbergii
Hepaticae
164
Gymnomitrion concinnatum (as Gymnomitrium)
165
Gymnomitrion eorallioides (as Gymnomitrium)
166
Marsupella condensata (as Gymnomitrium)
167
Marsupella arctica (as Sarcoscyphus emarginatus var. arctieus n. vaL)
168
Scapania obcordata (as Sarcoscyphus)
169
Arnellia fennica (as Southbya)
170
Scapania nemarea (as S. nemorosa)
171
Scapania undulata
157
158
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
172
Scapania cuspiduligera (as S. bartlingii)
173
Scapania curta
174
Diplophyllum albicans (as Jungermannia)
175
Diplophyllum taxifolium (as Jungermannia)
176
Jungermannia polaris (as J. pumBa ssp.)
177
Jungermannia subelliptica (as J. genthiana)
178
Odontoschisma macounii (as Sphagnoecetis communis var. tessellata n. var.)
179
Barbilophozia kunzeana (as Jungermannia plicata var. gracilis n. var.)
180
Gymnocolea inHata var. (as Jungermannia inflata var. rigidiuscula n. var.)
181
Lophozia sudetica (as Jungermannia alpestris)
182
Anastrophyllum minutum (as Jungermannia)
183
Barbilophozia Iycopodioides (as Jungermannia)
184
Tritomaria quinquedentata (as Jungermannia)
(as Jungermannia F1orkii)
185
Barbilophozia
186
Barbilophozia allenuata (as Jungermannia)
187
Tetralophozia setiformis (as Jungermannia)
188
Tritomaria polita (as Jungermannia)
floerkei
189
Anthelia julaeea (as Jungcrmannia)
190
Blepharostoma trichophyllum (as Jungermannia)
191
Pleurocladula albescens (as Jungermannia islandiea)
192
Cephaloziella arctiea (as Jungermannia divarieata var. incurva)
193
Cephalozia bicuspidata (as Jungermannia)
194
Ptilidium ciliare
195
Aneura pinguis
1%
Marchantia polymorpha
197
Preissia quadrata (as P. commutata var. minor-arctica)
198
Mannia pi/osa (as Duvalia)
199
Athalamia hyalina (as Clevea)
Alphabetical order
Musci
(p. 76)
110
Abietinella abietina
(p. 47)
35
Aloina brevirostris
(p. 52)
49
Amphidium lapponicum
(p. 93)
157
Andreaea blyttii
(p. 93)
156
Andreaea obovata
(p. 92)
155
Andreaea sparsifolia
(p. 93)
i55e
Andreaea sparsifolia var.
(p. 93)
155b
Andreaea sparsifolia var.
(p. 56)
56
Aplodon wormskioldii
(p. 37)
11
Arctoa fulvella
(p. 70)
91
Aulacomnium palustre
(p. 70)
92
Aulacomnium lurgidum
(p. 71)
93
Bartramia ithyphylla
(p. 41)
23
Blindia acuta
(p. 80)
118
Brachythecium glaciale
(p. 81)
119
Brachythecium rivulare
(p. 79)
116
Brachythedum salebrosum
(p. 80)
117
Brachythecium trachypodium
(p. 79)
116b
Brachythecium turgidum
(p. 43)
27
Bryoerythrophyllum recurvirostrum
(p. 62)
69
Bryum algovieum
(p. 63)
71
Bryum amblyodon var.
(p. 62)
70
Bryum archangelicum
(p.
60)
67
Bryum arcticum
(p. 65)
77
Bryum argenteum
(p. 63)
73
Bryum calophyllum
(p. 65)
79
Bryum cryophilum
B. turgidum)
B. turgidum)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
(p. 63)
72
Bryum knowltonii
(p. 63)
74
Bryum mamil/atum
(p. 64)
76
Bryurn nitidulurn
(p. 64)
76b
Bryurn nitidulurn ssp. teres
(p. 63)
75
Bryurn pallescens var. contexturn
(p. 65)
78
Bryurn pseudotriquetrurn
Bryurn rutilans
(p. 61)
68
(p. 66)
80
Bryum schleicheri var. latifolium
(p. 63)
74b
Bryurn wrightii
(p. 86)
136a
Cal/ialaria curvicaulis
(p. 90)
145
Cal/iergon cordifolium
(p. 90)
146
Calliergon giganteum
(p. 82)
125
Carnpyliurn polygarnurn
(p. 82)
124
Carnpyliurn stellaturn
(
(
C. richardsonii)
C. richardsonii)
(p. 68)
87
Catoscopiurn nigriturn
(p. 44)
30b
Ceratodon heterophyllus
(p. 44)
30
Ceratodon purpureus
(p. 68)
86
Cinclidiurn arcticurn
Conostornurn tetragonurn
(p. 71)
95
(p. 87)
136b
Cratoneuron filicinurn var.
(p. 87)
136c
Cratoneuron filicinurn var.
(
(p. 34)
4
Cynodontium polycarpon
(p. 68)
85
Cyrtornniurn hyrnenophyllurn
(p. 35)
7
Dichodontiurn pellucidurn
(p. 36)
8
Dieranella crispa
(p. 37)
10
Dieranella subulata
(p. 36)
9
Dieranella varia var. obtusifolia n. var.
(p. 33)
3
Dicranoweisia crispula
(p. 34)
3b
Dicranoweisia crispula var. atrata
(
C. tenellurn)
(p. 40)
19
Dicranum bonjeanii
(p. 38)
15
Dicranurn elongaturn
(p. 39)
16
Dicranurn fuscescens
(p. 39)
17
Dicranum muehlenbeckii
(p. 39)
18
Dicranurn scopariurn var. integrifoliurn
D. laevidens)
(
(p. 43)
28
Distichiurn capillaceurn
(p. 43)
29
Distichiurn inclinaturn
(p. 45)
31
Ditrichurn flexicaule
(p. 82)
126a
Drepanocladus aduncus var.
(p. 83)
126b
Drepanocladus aduncus var.
(p. 54)
52
Encalypta alpina
D. acutifoliurn, D. spadiceurn)
(p. 54)
54
Encalypta procera
(p. 54)
53
Encalypta rhaptocarpa
(p. 81)
120
Eurhynchiurn pulchellurn
(p. 40)
21
Fissidens exilis
(p. 40)
20
Fissidens incurvus
(p. 40)
22
Fissidens osrnundoides
(p. 57)
58
Funaria arctiea
(p. 49)
42
Grirnrnia incurva
(p. 49)
43
Grirnrnia torquata
(p. 84)
129
Harnatocaulis vernicosus
(p. 42)
25
Hennediella heirnii var. arctiea
(p. 88)
142
Hygrohypnurn alpestre
(p. 88)
141
Hygrohypnum mol/e
(p. 89)
143
Hygrohypnurn ochraceurn
(p. 89)
144
Hygrohypnurn polare
(p. 92)
154
Hylocorniurn splendens
(p. 33)
2
Hyrnenostyliurn recurvirostrurn
(p. 87)
138
Hypnurn barnbergeri
(
F. arcticusjviridulus)
(
F. arcticusjviridulus)
(
(
Scorpidiurn cossonii?)
H. cochlearifoliurn)
159
160
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
(p. 87)
137
Hypnum callichroum
(p. 88)
139
Hypnum revolutum
(p. 88)
140
Hypnum vaucheri
(p. 81)
121
Isopterygiopsis pukhella
(p. 37)
13
Kiaeria blyttii
(p. 38)
14
Kiaeria glacialis
(p. 37)
12
Kiaeria starkei
(p. 57)
59
Leptobryum pyriforme
(p. 75)
107
Lescuraea incurvata
(p. 78)
114
Lescuraea plicata
(p . 91)
152
Loeskypnum badium
(p. 69)
89
Meesia triquetra
(p. 69)
88
Meesia uliginosa var. minm
(p. 67)
84
Mnium blyttii
(p. 67)
83
Mnium thomsonii
(p. 75)
105
Myurella julacea
(p. 75)
106
Myurella tenerrima
(p. 34)
5
Oncophorus virens
(p. 35)
6
Oncophorus wahlenbergii
(p. 77)
113
Orthothecium chryseon
(p. 77)
112
Orthothecium strictum
(+ K. fa1cata)
(p. 52)
50
Orthotrichum alpestre
(p. 53)
51
Orthotrichum pylaisii
(p. 69)
90
Paludella squarrosa
(p. 86)
135
(p. 71)
96
Palustriella Jalcata var. sulcata
Phi/onatis Jontana (-> P. tomentelIa)
(p. 67)
81
Plagiobryum zieri
(p. 67)
82
Plagiomnium ellipticum
(p. 71)
94
Plagiopus oederiana
(p. 81)
122
Plagiothecium denticulatum (+ P. berggrenianum. P. svalbardense)
(p. 82)
123
Platydictya jungermannioides
(p. 90)
148
Pleurozium schreberi
(p. 59)
64
Pohlia annotina (
(p. 58)
62
Pohlia cruda
(p. 59)
65
(p. 59)
65b
PohUa ludwigii
PohUa ludwigii var. (-> P. wahlenbergii, P. nutans)
Polllia nutans
-ry.
P. andrewsii)
(p. 58)
60
(p. 58)
60b
Polllia nutans var. bicolor
(p. 58)
60c
Pohlia nutans var. rufescens
Polllia nutans ssp. schimperi
(p. 59)
63
(p. 58)
61
Pohlia obtusifolia
(p. 60)
66
Pohlia wahlenbergii
(p. 73)
100
Polytrichastrum alpinum
(p. 74)
101
Polytrichastrum sexangulare
(p. 75)
104
Polytrichum commune ( -> P. jensenii)
(p. 74)
102
Polytrichum piliferum
(p. 74)
103
Polytrichum strictum
(p. 84)
128
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium
(p. 83)
127
Pseudocalliergon brevifolium
(p. 91)
150
Pseudocalliergon trifarium
(p. 91)
151
Pseudocalliergon turgescens
(p. 91)
151b
Pseudocalliergon turgescens
(p. 75)
108
PseudoleskeeIla catenulata (-> P. rupestris, P. tectorum?)
(p. 76)
109
PseudoleskeeIla tectorum
(p. 73)
99
Psilopilum laevigatum
(p. 76)
111
Pterigynandrum filiforme
(p. 51)
48
Racomitrium canescens
(p. 50)
46
Racomitrium fasciculare
A catalogue of Svalbard planIS. fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
50)
50)
(p. 50)
(p. 85)
(p. 85)
(p. 86)
(p. 48)
(p. 48)
(p. 49)
(p. 48)
(p. 48)
(p. 84)
(p. 84)
(p. 92)
(p. 41)
(p. 95)
(p. 94)
(p. 95)
(p. 95)
(p. 95)
(p. 94)
(p. 94)
(p. 56)
(p. 43)
(p. 90)
(p. 47)
(p. 48)
(p. 55)
(p. 72)
(p. 72)
(p. 78)
(p. 47)
(p. 46)
(p. 46)
(p. 46)
(p. 47)
(p. 35)
(p. 33)
(p. 85)
(p. 85)
(p. 90)
(p.
(p.
47
45
44
134b
134
134c
41
40
41d
41c
41b
130
131
153
24
160
159b
162
163
161
158
159
57
26
149
37
39
55
97
98
115
36
32
33
34
38
5b
1
132
133
147
Racomitrium lanuginosum
Racomitrium microcarpon
(->
R. fasciculare)
Racomitrium sudeticum
Sanionia orthothecioides
Sanionia uncinata
Sanionia uncinata
Schistidium apocarpum
(-+
Schistidium spp.)
(-+
S. warnstorfii)
Schistidium maritimum
Schistidium rivulare
Schistidium rivulare
Schistidium tenerum
Scorpidium cossonii
Scorpidium revolvens
Scorpidium scorpioides
Seligeria polaris n. sp.
Sphagnum capillifolium
Sphagnum fimbriatum ssp. concinnum
(-o.
Sphagnum girgensohnii
(+
S. teres)
S. teres)
Sphagnum tindbergii
(-+
Sphagnum riparium
S. obtusum)
Sphagnum squarrosum
Sphagnum teres
(+
S. fimbriatum ssp. concinnum)
Splachnum vaseulosum
Stegonia latifolia
Straminergon stramineum
Syntrichia norvegiea
Syntrichia ruralis
Tetraplodon mnioides
Timmia austriaca
Timmia norvegica
Tomentypnum nitens
TortelIa fragilis
Tortula euryphylla
Tortula laureri
Tortula leucostoma
Tortula rnucronifolia
Trichostomum arcticum
Voitia hyperborea
Warnstorfia exannulata
Warnstorfia fluitans
Warnstorfia sarmentosa
Hepaticae
99)
102)
(p. 100)
(p. 97)
(p. 103)
(p. 99)
(p. 99)
(p. 98)
(p. 99)
(p. 100)
(p. 101)
(p. 100)
(p. 97)
(p. 97)
(p. 98)
(p.
(p.
182
195
189
169
199
186
185
179
183
190
193
192
174
175
180
Anastrophyllum minutum
Aneura pinguis
Anthelia julacea
(
-->
A. juratzkana)
Arnellia fennica
Athalamia hyatina
(
-->
Sauteria alpina)
Barbilophozia aftenuata
Barbilophozia floerkei
(
-->
B. hateheri, Tritiomaria quinquedentata)
Barbilophozia kunzeana
Barbilophozia lycopodioides
B1epharostoma trichophyllum
Cephalozia bicuspidata
(-->
Cephaloziella arctiea
Diplophyllum albicans
Diplophyllum taxifolium
Gymnocolea inflata var.
C. ambigua)
161
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
162
Gymnomitrion concinnatum
(p. 96)
164
(p. 96)
165
Gymnomitrion corallioides
(p. 98)
176
Jungermannia polaris
J ungermannia subelliptica
(p. 98)
177
(p. 98)
181
Lophozia sudetica
(p. 102)
198
Mannia pilosa (-> Athalamia hyalina)
(p. 102)
196
Marchantia polymorpha
(p. 96)
167
Marsupella arctica
(p. 96)
166
Marsupella condensata
(p. 101)
178
Odontoschisma macounii
(p. 100)
191
Pleurocladula albescens
(p. 102)
197
Preissia quadrata
Cp. 102)
194
Ptilidium ciliare
Cp. 97)
(p. 97)
173
Scapania curta
172
Scapania cuspiduligera
(p. 97)
170
Scapania nemorea (...... S. spitsbergensis)
(p. 96)
168
Scapania obcordata
S. hyperborea, S. tundrae)
(p. 97)
171
Scapania undulata
(p. 99)
187
Tetralophozia setiformis
(p. 100)
188
Tritomaria polita
(p. 99)
184
Tritomaria quinquedentata
(
-,>
Halina Bednarek-Ochyra, Barbara Godzik and Krystyna Grodzinska, 1987. Bryophyta Svalbardensia Exsiccata
The content of the exsiccate is presented in four booklets with copies of specimen labels (Bednarek-Ochyra et al.
1987). It includes 80 numbers but only 51 different names. The specimens originate from Hornsund, Bellsund and
Grønfjorden, but most of them come from the north side of the Hornsund fjord. Below are two lists with the
nomenclature and taxonomy of the present paper, one in numerical and one in alphabetical order. Taxonomical
revisjons in the TRH set of the exsiccate are given in parentheses in the alphabetical list. Seven specimens are
erroneously labelled as follows: Bryum subneodamense, Cinclidium lati/otium, Dicranum elongatum, Ditrichum
fiexicaule, Orthothedum ru/escens, Polytrichastrum alpinum and Schistidium apocarpum. Eight species occur but
are named differently: Cine/idium subrotundum, Dicranum /uscescens, D. spadiceum, Didymodon asperi/olius,
Orthothecium chryseon, Polytrichumjensenii, Racomitrium canescens and Scorpidium cossonii. This makes a total
of 52 species.
Numerical order
Paludella squarrosa
2
Sanionia uncinata
3
Aulacomnium turgidum
4
Climacium dendroides
5
Aulacomnium palustre
6
Pohlia cruda
7 Hylocomium splendens
8
Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula)
9 Hypnum revolutum
10 Orthotrichum pylaisii
11
Aplodon wormskioldii
12
Warnstorfia sarmentosa (as Calliergon)
13
Racomitrium lanuginosum
14
Andreaea rupestris
15
Racomitrium panschii
16
Polytrichastrum alpinum
17 Tetralophozia setiformis
18
Bryum cryophilum
19
Bryum weigelii
20
Dicranoweisia crispula
21 Tomentypnum nitens
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
22
Plagiomnium el1ipticum
23
Straminergon stramineum (as Calliergon)
24
Oncophorus virens
25
Distichium capillaceum
26
Bryum pseudotriquetrum
27 Hygrohypnum polare
28
Dicranum elongatum
29 Ditrichum flexicaule
30 Polytrichum strictum
31 Cinclidium latifolium
32
Schistidium apocarpum
33
Gymnomitrion coral1ioides
34
Scorpidium scorpioides
35
Hylocomium splendens
36
Andreaea sparsifolia (as A. obovata var. papillosa)
37
Hypnum vaucheri
38
Aulacomnium turgidum
39
Wamstorfia sarmentosa (as Calliergon)
40 Hypnum revolutum
41
Climacium dendroides
42
Distichium capillaceum
43
Timmia austriaca
44 Aulacomnium palustfe
45
Pohlia cruda
46
Philonotis tomenteIla
47
Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula)
48
Warnstorfia sarmentosa (as Calliergon)
49
Sanionia uncinata
50 Calliergon richardsonii
51 Pseudocalliergon turgescens (as Scorpidium)
52
Racomitrium lanuginosum
53 Hylocomium splendens
54 Oncophorus wahlenbergii
55
Gymnocolea inflata
56
Sphagnum squarrosum
57 Dicranoweisia crispula
58
Trichostomum arcticum
59
Bryum cryophilum
60 Polytrichastrum longisetum
61
Warnstorfia sarmentosa (as Cal1iergon)
62
Syntrichia ruralis (as Tortula)
63
Timmia bavarica
64 Philonotis tomenteIla
65 Calliergon richardsonii
66
Bryum subneodamense
67
Plagiomnium ellipticum
68
Oncophorus wahlenbergii
69
Sphagnum squarrosum
70 Polytrichastrum alpinum
71
Andreaea rupestris
72
Racomitrium ericoides
73 Sanionia uncinata
74
Dieranella palustris
75
Timmia comata (as T. norvegiea var. excurrens)
76 Aulacomnium turgidum
77 Splachnum vaseulosum
78
Bryum pseudotriquetrum
79
Racomitrium panschii
163
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
164
80
Orthothecium rufescens
Alphabeticalorder
14
Andreaea rupestris (TRH
=
A. sparsifolia)
71
Andreaea rupestris (TRH
=
A. sparsifolia)
36
Andreaea sparsifolia (TRH
11
Aplodon wormskioldii
A. rupestris)
5 Aulacomnium palustre
44 Aulacomnium palustre
3
Aulacomnium turgidum
38 Aulacomnium turgidum
76 Aulacomnium turgidum
18
Bryum cryophilum
59
Bryum cryophilum
26
Bryum pseudotriquetrum (TRH
78
Bryum pseudotriquetrum
66
Bryum subneodamense (TRH
19
Bryum weigelii
50
Calliergon richardsonii
65
Calliergon richardsonii
B. cryophilum)
C. subrotundum)
31 Cinclidium latifolium (TRH
4
Bryum sp. non B. pseudotriquetrum)
Climacium dendroides
41 Climacium dendroides
74
Dieranella palustris
20 Dicranoweisia crispula
57
Dicranoweisia crispula
28
Dicranum elongatum (TRH
25
Distichium capillaceum
42
Distichium capillaceum
29
Ditrichum ftexicaule (TRH
55
Gymnocolea inftata
D. spadiceum)
=
Dicranum fuscescens)
33 Gymnomitrion corallioides (TRH
27
7
==
! + Prasanthus suecicus)
Hygrohypnum polare
Hylocomium splendens
35 Hylocomium splendens
53
9
Hylocomium splendens
Hypnum revolutum
40
Hypnum revolutum
37
Hypnum vaucheri
24
Oncophorus virens
54
Oncophorus wahlenbergii
68
Oncophorus wahJenbergii
80
Orthothecium rufescens (TRH
10
Orthotrichum pylaisii
1
=
O. chryseon)
Paludella squarrosa
46
Philonotis tomentelIa
64
Philonotis tomentelIa
22
Plagiomnium ellipticum
67
Plagiomnium ellipticum
6
Pohlia cruda
45
Pohlia cruda
16
Polytrichastrum alpinum (TRH
70
Polytrichastrum alpinum (TRH
60
Polytrichastrum longisetum
30
Polytrichum strieturn
51
Pseudocalliergon turgescens
72
Racomitrium ericoides
13
Racomitrium lanuginosum
=
Polytrichum jensenii)
Polytrichum jensenii)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
52
Racornitriurn lanuginosurn
15 Racornitriurn panschii (TRH
79
R. canescens)
Racornitriurn panschii
2 Sanionia uncinata
49
Sanionia uncinata
73 Sanionia uncinata (TRH
Scorpidiurn cossonii)
32
Schistidiurn apocarpurn (TRH
34
Scorpidiurn scorpioides
56
Sphagnurn squarrosurn
69
Sphagnurn squarrosurn
77
Splachnurn vaseulosum
23
Strarninergon strarnineurn
8
Syntrichia ruralis
47
Syntrichia ruralis
=
Didyrnodon asperifolius)
62 Syntrichia ruralis
17 Tetralophozia setiforrnis
43 Tirnrnia austriaca
63 Tirnrnia bavarica
75 Tirnrnia cornata (TRH
21 Tornentypnurn nitens
58 Trichostornurn arcticurn
12 Warnstorfia sarrnentosa
39
Warnstorfia sarrnentosa
48
Warnstorfia sarrnentosa
61
Warnstorfia sarrnentosa
T. austriaca)
165
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
166
Appendix 3. Bryophyte vegetation types described from Svalbard
The first description of bryophyte vegetation from Svalbard is presented by Keilhau (1831: 165f.; also quoted by
Sommerfelt 1833); the following passage considers what was later called Grunnlinesletta at Edgeøya SW, which
was visited 11-19 September 1827 (Frisvoll, transI. ) :
Large stretehes of the moist landscape of the plain ...were overgrown by a dense and soft, swelling bryophyte
cover, whose thickness in places approached 6 to 8 inches.This was namely the eonsiderable height of a moss
(Hypnum cuspidatum) especially associated with such places, which together with another (Mnium turgidum)
almost entirely constituted the whole
with regard to quantity - not insignificant vegetation in places where
the water had absolutely no outlet. The colour of these plants had to a great extent that yellowish and reddish
tinge, which gives the moss-stretches of Svalbard and Bjørnøya the unpleasant glaring light, ...Where the
moisture is able to drain somewhat away from these plains, there is at once a little more variation in the
vegetation; here one may even find a few vascular plants protruding from among the bryophytes. And if the
water finally converges to form real brooks and streams, then the bryophytes are still less important, and the
grasses, sedges and Saxifraga species become the prevailing.(Hypnum cuspidatum
Mnium turgidum
=
? Calliergon richardsonii,
Aulacomnium t.).
Philippi (1973) described bryophyte vegetation from Edgeøya NW, and the above types belong to his "Moos
gesellsehaften nasser bis feuehter Standorte" (probably the Calliergon giganteum-Drepanocladus Gesellschaft)
-
and "Moostundren" (especially the Tomenthypnum-Tundra).
Many authors have later written about bryophyte vegetation types from Svalbard in the same manner, without
giving them adequate names. Berggren's (1875) work includes comprehensive descriptions of synecological
conditions of bryophytes, and is well worth serutinizing with regard to this subject.He visited Svalbard in 1868,
and in a lecture given 31 April 1873 he presented interesting general results regarding the moss vegetation of the
Archipelago. We have only the seeretary's report entitled (Frisvoll, transl.): "Senior leeturer S.Berggren gave an
aceount of the moss vegetation of Svalbard based on the colleetions made in 1868" (Berggren 1873). The apparently
long and intcresting lecture delt with different topies, sueh as the iee age and the similarity between the alpine
and aretic floras. "The leeturer further spoke about ... the differenccs in the moss vcgetation between the north
west granite area and the western limestone and slate areas ...." We are not told what he said then, but it was
probably mueh the same as in a later written account (Berggren 1875: tlf):
Vergleichen wir naher die Kalk- und Sehiefergegenden von Spitzbergen mit den Granit- und Gneisgegenden
in Bezug auf ihre Vegetation, 50 ist es gleieh in die Augen fallend, dass in jenen die Artenzahl verhaltnissmassig
gross ist, in diesen gering. Die Zahl der Arten ist hier kaum die Halfte der dortigen....Als Beispiel dieser
Versehiedenheit will ieh nur das F1achland, das die Mitte von Danish Island zwischen der Kobbe Bai und der
Smeerenberg Bai durchzieht, im Vergleich mit jenem am Eisfjorde anfUhren. Hier Orthothecia, Hypna, Brya
mit einander verfloehten, den Boden gleiehformiger deckend, dort eine geringere Zahl von Racomitrien,
Arctoa fulvella, Polytriehen, Sarcoscyphus Ehrharti var.arcticus und Jungermannia divaricata var. incurva,
eine jede Art ihren Platz aussehliesslich einnehmend. ... Der Schiefer und Kalkboden mit seinen fein
zermalmten Bestandtheilen tragt die hauptsaehliche Menge der akrokarpisehen Moose von Spitzbergen ....
Hierher gehoren mehrere fruchttragende Bryen z.[B.J B. pendulum und intermedium, ferner die die arktische
Zone auszeiehnenden Brya, B. arcticum, oeneum, nitidulum, calophyllum, Distiehia, Desmatodon leuco·
stomus, Pottia Heimii. Anacalypta latifolia, Barbula brevirostris, Dicranella varia, Funaria hygrometrica var.
glacialis und andere.
pendulum
calypta
"
(Sarcoseyphus
B. algovieum, B. oeneum
Stegonia, Barbula
=
Marsupella aretiea, Jungermannia
=
B. rutilans, Desmatodon
Aloina, Funaria
=
=
Cephaloziella arcriea, Bryum
Tortula, Pottia
Hennediella, Ana-
F. aretiea. )
Berggren (1875: 22-31) deals especially with the bryophytes and bryophyte vegetation of six areas in the north
and northwest [Parryøya, Nordkapp (at Chermsideøya), Castn:nøya, Brennevinsfjorden (Nordaustlandet NW,
mainly at Depotodden, cf.Seholander 1934: 8), Danskøya (partieularly the Kobbefjorden area), and Amsterdam·
øya (the Smeerenburg area)]. Sometimes he presents lists which are not far from being equivalent to vegetation
tables (Berggren 1875: 28): "An der Sudseite der Kobbe Bai auf den einige Quadratklafter [lO
x
10 ml weiten
Feldem mit kleinen Hugel unter der Gebirgsvand besteht die Hauptvegetation aus folgenden Arten: ... " Then
follow the names of 28 bryophytes (22 mosses and 6 liverworts).He even described epilithic moss vegetation (by
giving species lists from sueh sites, see especially Brandewijne Bai, p. 25); the epilithic moss vegetation of Svalbard
is still not classified. Many of the vegetation types of Svalbard are mentioned for the first time by Berggren. The
main vegetation type of Castnenøya is described as follows (Berggren 1875: 24): "Die Hauptvegetation bUden
Racomitrium lanuginosum, welche Art an troekenen, steinigen, windigen Stellen vorherrschend ist, Jungermannia
alpestris, einige Weberen (Ludwigii, annotina, eruda mit dunnen Stengein in dichten tiefen spangrunen rasen),
und an feuchten stellen die genannten Racomitria." (Jungermannia
Lophozia sudetica, Webera
=
Pohlia.) This
is, inter alia, the Moss-liehen or Rhacomitrium heath of Summerhayes & Elton (1928: 231f, who fefer back to
A catalogue of SlJalbard p/anis, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
167
Berggren), the Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi spitsbergense of Hadac (1946) and the corresponding community of
many later authors, see below.
27 August 1868 Berggren (1875: 29) walked acro.s DanskØya from Kobbefjorden to Smeerenburgfjorden: "Der
Sommer war schon voriiber und der Winter gab sich durch gefrorne Siisswassersammlungen und gefrornen
Erdboden zu erkennen." He specifies the composition of the bryophyte vegetation in many habitats a10ng this
route, including irrigated, moist and dry soil; moist and dry rocks, boulders and stones; lake shores; dry and
waterfilled brooks from snowfields, etc. He certainly was an excellent field bryologist.
Also Summerhayes & Elton's (1923,1928) papers are interesting from a bryo-sociological point of view, as they
include moss lists from almost every community type they described. They were actually the first to classify and
name a majority of the vegetation types of Bjørnøya and Spitsbergen, and to give the bryophytes the attention
they deserve in the plant sociology of the Arctic. However, their types are of ten somewhat collectively treated.
But nobody should study bryophyte vegetation on Svalbard without consulting Summerhayes & Elton's (1923,
1928) treatment. They include many bryophyte lists from habitats frequently left out from general cJassifications,
as skua hummocks (Summerhayes & Elton 1923: 223, 1928: 241-243), communities of rock and boulder crevices
and cavities bctween boulders (1923: 225f, 252; 1928: 230f), erratic boulders (1928: 220f), polygon ri ms (1923:
243, 1928: 222), wet ravines (1923: 248), zonation at margin of beach pond (1923: 260), streamside communities
(1923: 228, 279; 1928: 237), and zones around a tam (1928: 225). Their few community names referring to mosses
are Iisted below.
The bryophyte vegetation types appear to have much in common throughout the Arctic. Holmen (1955)
described 21 bryophyte communities from Peary Land, northernmost Greenland. Brassard (1971a) presented a
key to and described 18 communities from northern Ellesmerc Island, Canada. See also Steere's (1976) comments
on these papers, and his own lists of typical mosses in 20 "tundra associations" or "special habitats". "Bryologically,
the relatively weU watered tundra of northernmost Alaska comcs off very favorably in comparision with the polar
deserts of northern Ellesmere Island and, especially, northernmost Greenland, in numbers of speeies, complexity
of wet tundra bryological communities, and importance in vegetation cover." (Steere 1976: 59). In this connection,
Svalbard has evidently more in common with Arctic Alaska than with Ellesmere Island or Peary Land. Relatively
much work has been done on Svalbard bryophyte vegetation. Elvebakk (1994) has arranged the vegetation types
of Svalbard in 17 alliances, and many of the below types are placed in this system.
Only plant communities whose name is based on or include bryophytes, and mainly with releve data (synoptical
tables, before 1979 also Iists according to recommendations by Barkman et al. 1986) published in internationally
available journals or books, are included here. The most thorough study of bryophyte vegetation on Svalbard is
presented by Philippi (1973).
Surnrnerhayes & Elton (1923):
Moss heath (at Bjørnøya)
Moss-mat
Moss-bog
Moss-Salix bog
Surnrnerhayes & Elton (1928):
Moss-lichen heath
=
Rhacomitrium heath
Hadae (1946):
Bryo-Dupomietum fisheri Hadac
Phi/onotidetum caespitosae ass. prov.
Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi spitsbergense Hadac
Gymnomitrietum corall[iloidis ass. prov.
Drepanoclado-Poetum alpinae ass. nov.
Distichio-Polygonetum lJilJipari ass. prov.
Tortuleto-Salicetum polaris ass. prov.
Tomentohypnetum inlJoluti ass. nov.
Hofmann (1968):
Tomenthypnum tundra (Tomenthypnetum nitentis Hadac)
Bryum cryophilum community (Ca/liergo-Bryetum cryophili ass. nov.)
Rhacomitrium (/anuginosum) lichen heath (Sphaerophoro-Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi nom. nov.
mitrietum lanuginosi Hadac)
Rhacomitrium canescens community
Drepanoc/adus uncinatus snow-bed community
Rhaco-
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
168
Eurola (1968):
Trockene Moosheiden
Frische Moosheiden
Eurola (1971a):
Ranunculus hyperboreus-R. spitsbergensis-Calliergon sarmentosum type of spring fen
Eriophorum scheuchzeri-Aulacomnium turgidum type of spring fen
Saxi/raga-Dicranum-Sphagnum type of tundra heath mi re
Philippi (1973; all subdivisions include a main type not listed here, which is called the typical subass. or var.):
1
Communities of moist to wet habitats [Ranunculo (hyperborei)-Drepanocladion (reuolventis) all. prov. J
Bryum cryophilum community
Subass. with Splachnum vasculosum
Subass. with Cratoneuron arcticum
Subass. with Cyrtomnium hymenophyllum
Subass. with Orthothecium chryseum
Meesia triquetra community
Subass. with Paludella squarrosa
Calliergon giganteum-Drepanocladus (revolvens) community
Var. with Calliergon sarmentosum
Scorpidium turgescens community
Subass. with Schistidium apocarpum
Hygrohypnum polare community
Catoscopium nigritum community
Var. with Oncophorus virens
Orthothecium chryseum community
Subass. with Calliergon giganteum
Subass. with Racomitrium canescens
2
Moss tundra
Tomenthypnum tundra
Var. with Dicranum anguslUm
Subass. with Hypnum revolutum
Subass. ",ith Paludella squarrosa
Subass. with Calliergon stramineum
Subass. with Racomitrium canescens
Dicranum angustum tundra
Subass. with Calliergon stramineum
Racomitrium canescens community
Var. with Hylocomium splendens
Stand with Dicranoweisia crispula
Drepanocladus uncinalUs snow-bed eommunity
3
Racomitrium lanuginosum community
4
Pioneer vcgetation on soil
Subass. with Barbilophozia hateheri
Kiaeria starkei-Psilopilum cavl/otium community
Gymnomitrion corallioldes community
Var. with Anthelia juratzkana
Var. with Raeomitrium lanuginosum
Stand with Psilopilum laevigatum
Anthetia juratzkana community
Pohlia drummondii snow-bed community
Barbilophozia quadriloba community
Var. with Bryum eryophilum, Orthothecium chryseum and Calliergon giganteum
5
Sphenolobus minutus community
6
Aplodon wormskioldii community
7
Hygrohypnum alpestre water moss community
A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae and cyanobacleria
169
Thannheiser & Hormann (1977):
Puccinellietum phryganodis Hadac
Subass. typicum
Var. with Drepanocladus uncinatus
Subass. with Bryum salinum
Var. with Drepanocladus uncinatus
Eurola & Hakala (1977)
Chrysosplenium tetrandrum-Plagiomnium moist bird eliff meadows
Oxyria digyna-Polytrichum dry bird eliff meadows
Thannheiser (1979):
Arctophiletum fulvae Lambert
Subass. with Scorpidium scorpioides
Heinemeijer (1979):
Racomitrium lanuginosum vegetation
Dicranum elongalum vegetation
Tomenthypnum nitens-Drepanocladus uncinatus vegetation
Orthothecium chryseum-Tomenthypnum vegetation
Salix-Polygonum-Aulacomnium turgidum vegetation
Cardamine bellidifoiia-Saxifraga faiiolosa-Paludella vegetation
Bryum cryophilum-Poa alpigena vegetation
Papaver-Phippsia algida-Rhacomitrium canescens vegetation
Drepanocladus uncinatus-Calliergan vegetation
Hartmann (1980):
Moss tundra communities (Moostundra-Gesellschaften)
Dry community with Sphagnum squarrosum and Hypnum revolulum
Moist community with Drepanacladus revolvens and Deschampsia alpina
High arctic vegetation of stone rings (Draba micropetala-Gymnomitrion corallioides community)
Racomitrium lanuginosum community
Hjelrnstad (1981):
Saxifraga oppositifolia-Drepanocladus uncinatus vegetation
Gugnacka-Fiedor & Noryskiewicz (1982):
Dry moss tundra
Fresh moss tundra
Elvebakk (1984):
Dicranoweision crispulae all. prov.
Brossard et al. (1984):
Hypnum revolulum community type
Drepanocladus badius community type
Aneura pinguis community type
Brattbakk (1981, 1984, 1985a, b, c):
Heigråmose-Iavhei (Rhacomitrietum lanuginosi spitsbergense Hadac 1946)
Bergsotmose-snøleie (Andreaea rupestris-samfunn)
Polarvierhei (Salix polaris-Polytrichum hyperboreum-samfunn)
Mosetundra med grassigd og myrfiltmose (Dicranum angustum-Aulacomnium palustre-Saxifraga hyperborea
samfunn)
Gullmose-mosetundra (Tomenthypnetum nitentis Hofmann 1968)
Gullmose-mosetundra i svakt hellande [gentiy sloping] terreng
Gullmose-mosetundra i talusskråningar
Klomose-blodmose-våtmark (Drepanocladus revolvens-Calliergon sa rmentosum-samfunn)
A. A. FRISVOLL
170
Safranlav-snøleie
(Solorina crocea-Polytrichum alpinum- samfunn)
(Anthelia juratzkana-Phippsia algida samfunn )
Krypsnømose-snøgras-snøleie
-
Elvebakk (1985):
Racomitrio lanuginosi-Luzuletum arcuatae association
Gymnomitrio corallioidis-Luzuletum arcuatae association
Sauteria alpina communities
Polytrichion norvegici Gjærevoll
Dubiel & Olecb (1985):
Rhacomitrium lanuginosum
Calliergon stramineum - Ranunculus hyperboreus
Community with Calliergon richardsonii
Community with Tetraplodon mnioides
Community witb
Community witb
Engelskjøn (1986, Bjørnøya):
Nearly non-vascular
NearJy non-vascular
Rhacomitrium lanuginosum community. montane
Drepanocladus exannulatus community
Late thawing or temporarily flooded bryophyte turf snowbeds, nearly non-vascular
Barkman (1987):
Dryas-Hypnum revolutum tundra
Tomenthypnum-Drepanocladus tundra
Cal/iergon-Ranunculus hyperboreus tundra
Hadac (1989):
Bryo-Dupontietum pelligerae Hadac 1946 corr. 1989
Drepanoclado-Ranunculetum hyperborei Hadac 1989
Alopecurus alpinus-Aulacomnium palustre community
Saxifraga cemua-Philonotis tomenteila community
Pediculari hirsutae-Gymnomitrietum corail[ijoidis Hadac 1989
Cerastium arcticum-Anthelia juratzkana community
Sphaerophoro-Racomitrietum lanuginosi (Hadac 1946) Hofmann 1968
Dubiel & Olech (1990):
Rhacomitrium lanuginosum community
Gymnomitrion corailfiJoides community
Calliergon sarmentosum community
Tetraplodon mnioides community
Elven et al. (1990):
Early snowbeds
Homalothecium nitens-Dryas type
Moss tundra
HomalOlhecium nitens-Salix polaris-Alopecurus alpinus type
Homalothedum nitens-Salix polaris-Dipontia pelligera type
Wet moss tundra
Homalothecium nitens-Carex subspathecea type
Sedimentation fiats
Homalothecium nilens-Salix polaris-Equisetum arvense type
Karczmarz & Swi s (1990a):
Mesophilous mixed tundra
Herb-moss tundra
Moss-herb tundra
Moss tundra on snowbeds
Tundra of humid moss bogs
&
A. ELVEBAKK
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
171
Kobayashi et al, (1990):
Anthelietum juratzkanae Kobayashi ass. prov.
Subass. of Oncophorus wahlenbergii
Subass. of Tritomaria scitula
Saxifragetum caespitosae Kobayashi ass. prov.
Subass. of Oncophorus wahlenbergii
Hylocomietum splendentis Kobayashi ass. prov.
Polytrichum commune community
Swi s & Karczmarz (1991a):
Dry lichen-moss tundra
Dry mossy tundra with Racomitrium lanuginosum
Form of typical tundra with Luzula sp. and bryophytes
Dry grass-moss tundra on seaside sands
Dense tundra of mesophilous moss bog on sea terraces
Nitrophilous (coprophilous) tundra of dense mossy bog on slopes
Boggy, moss-grass tundra with Deschampsia alpina
Dense, emerged [actually immersed?] moss tundra
Moss tundra of water flows
Moss tundra of lake shores
Swi s & Karczmarz (1991b):
Dry lichen-moss tundra
Moss tundra with Racomitrium lanuginosum
Mesophilous moss tundra
Moss tundra on muddy-stony drifts
Moss tundra on gravelly-stony drifts
Boggy moss-gr ass tundra with Deschampsia alpina
Tundra of flooded morasses
Moss tundra on stony river overflow-arms
Moss tundra on muddy-gravelly lake shores
Dubiel & Olech (1992):
Tetraplodon mnioides-Aplodon wormskioldii community
Swi s & Karczmarz (1993):
Dry lichen-moss tundra
Mossy tundra with Racomitrium lanuginosum
Lichen-moss tundra
Moss tundra
Wet moss tundra of snow beds
Marshy, moss-grass tundra with Deschampsia alpina
Thannheiser (1992, 1994); Eberle et al. (1993):
Salix polaris-Drepanocladus uncinatus-Gesellschaft
Tomenthypnum nitens-Orthothecium chryseum-Gesellschaft
Bryum Gesellschaft
-
Luzula confusa-Rhacomitrium lanuginosum-Gesellschaft
Festuca rubra-Dicranum elongatum-Gesellschaft
Thannheiser (1995):
Salix polaris-Drepanocladus uncinatus Gesellschaftkomplex
-
Salix polaris-Drepanocladus uncinatus-Gesellschaft
Tomenthypnum nitens-Mnium hymenophyllum-Paludella squarrosa-Gesellschaftkomplex
Tomenthypnum nitens-Mnium hymenophyllus-Paludella squarrosa-Gesellschaften
Barkman
(1987)
paid attention to some aspects of Svalbard's bryophyte vegetation not previously studied. He
recognized six tundra types at Kapp Lee (Edgeøya NW), viz. nitrophilous, dry, intermediate, moist, wet,
172
A. A. FRISVOLL & A. ELVEBAKK
and mountain tundra. "Acrocarpous mosses are most abundant here [in the nitrophilous tundra l (contrary t o
pleurocarps), and least abundant i n the dry and the mountain tundra." (p.
127).
H e distinguished between two
leaf size cIasses of bryophytes, " ...(bryophyllus under 4 mm2 and leptophyllus between 4 and
122):
20 mm2),
•
.
• "
(p.
"As to the mosses it is evident ... that high proportions of large leaved (Ieptophyllous) mosses occur only
i n the nitrophilous and in the wet tundra." (p.130). Leaf inclination was measured, and species were attributed
to inclination cIasses. "The most striking difference with temperate vegetation is the absenee in the tundra of
EdgeØya ( ...of all strongly bent) leaves in the herb layer, whereas in the moss layer these categories play a much
bigger role than in our climate.... So far I have no hypothesis that could explain this difference." (p.
129).
In
the six tundra types he distinguished the following growth forms among the bryophytes:
Marchantiids. Foliose hepatics with large rosetles and broad lobes. Only in intermediate tundra (Preissia quadrata).
Sphagnids. Large acrocarpous mosses, growing in tall turfs with many short branches, especially at the stem tip.
Only in intermediate tundra (Sphagnum squarrosum).
Polytrichids, Large acrocarpous mosses, stem erect, not or sympodially branching, in
3-15
cm tall turfs. In all
types, most common in nitrophilous and wet tundra (e.g. Bryum pseudotriquetrum. Aulacomnium turgidum).
Bryids, Ditto, but smaUer:
0.2-3
cm. In all types, most common in nitrophilous tundra (e.g. Tortula [= Syntrichia]
ruralis, Splachnum vaseulosum).
Anomodontids. Pleurocarpous mosses with creeping main stems and erect branches.In all types except nitrophilous
tundra (e.g. Tomentypnum nilens, Campylium stellaturn).
Amblystegiids. Prostrate, appressed pleurocarpous mosses in low dense mats.Almost only in dry tundra (Hypnum
revolutum).
Pleuroziids. Prostrate to ascending pleurocarps, branching monopodially. but irregularly.In loose mats.Very rare
in moist tundra (no example. but Pleurozium schreberi apparently belangs here).
Thuidiids. Ditto. but regularly pinnate or bipinnate. Almost only in nitrophilous and wet tundra (Hylocomium
alaskanum).
A.
Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano
bacteria
Part 3. Fungi I. Basidiomycota: Agaricales, Gastero
mycetales,
Aphyllophorales,
Exobasidiales,
Dacrymy
cetales and Tremellales
GRO GULDEN and ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
Gulden, G.
&
1996:
Torkelsen, A.-E.
Part
3.
Fungi I. Basidiomycota: Agaricales, Gasteromycetales,
Aphyllophorales, Exobasidiales, Dacrymycetales and Tremellales. Pp. 173-206 in Elvebakk. A.
& Prestrud ,
198.
P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plant', tungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter
All taxa of higher basidiomycetes known to oecur on Svalbard are ennumerated. This amounts to
175
(145). Gasteromycetales (10), Aphyllophorales (13),
(2) and Tremellales (2). The list includes a critieal selcetion of pertinent
speeies belonging to the orders of Agaricales
Exobasidiales
(3),
Dacrymycetales
literature records, but it is for the main part based on material collected and/or idemified by the author,
themselves. Forty-six spedes are recorded for the first time from Svalbard and one new name (Agaricus
ariswcratus) is introduced. Lists of synonyms used in the literature and rejected names are appended.
There are short comments on taxonomy. preferred habita!s, occurrence, distribution etc. for nearly all the
taxa.
In accordance with the general scope of the publication, "Ecosystem Component Values" are given for
each taxon, but in view of the early stage of the mycological exploration of the archipelago. these values
are vaguely based. Edible spedes for human beings are indicated.
Gro Gulden and Anna-Elise Torkel,en. Boranical Garden and Museum. University of Oslo, Trondheimsv.
23B, N-0562 Oslo. Norway.
Contents
Museum herbarium (O). Important collections
from Svalbard are deposited in many other her
Introduction ................................................. 173
List of speeies ... . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . .. . . . " .......... 176
.
Comments ..... . .. .. .
.
.
.
. .
. .
. . . .
. .
.
. .... ..
.
. .
.
.
.
. . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . 179
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
List of synonyms ... .
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. . . . . .
.
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
.
. . . .
. .
.
.
Agaricales part,
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
A.-E.
Torkelsen the
other
groups.
.
.
. . .
.
.
scope of this work. G. Gulden has prepared the
.
. . . .....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .. . . . ...
. 202
Acknowledgements . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . 204
Referenees . .
. ... . ... ... . . . . . . . .. ....... . . . . 204
Excluded species .
baria, but identification of these is outside the
The first to publish on macromycetes from Sval
bard was S.C. Sommerfelt
(1833),
who recorded
four agarics collected by M. Keilhau on the Sval
.
bard mainland (Spitsbergen) and Bjørnøya. Later
Lindblom
(1841)
recorded seven macromycetes
collected by J. E. VahL Karsten
Introduction
nineteen species
of
(1872)
Agaricales
and
included
Gaster
omycetales in his enumeration of fungi from Sval
This part of the catalogue includes
175
bard
species of
i.e.
145
cetales,
species of Agaricales,
13
Aphyllophorales,
Dacrymycetales, and
3
10
and
"Beeren
Eiland").
in addition records of material collected by Th.
Gasteromy
2
M. Fries, identified by E. Fries, Reviews of this
The material
initial period of macromycete investigations on
Exobasidiales,
2 Tremellales,
("Spetsbergen"
These incIuded previously recorded species and
macromycetes belonging to the Basidiomycota,
is based on published records, material collected
Svalbard are found in Dobbs
mainly by the authors, and to some extent on
(1950).
collections in the University of Oslo Botanical
mycetes
173
(1942)
and Hagen
Up to that time collections of macro·
were
made
by
non-specialists
who
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
174
brought scientific material of all kinds back from
one
arctic expeditions.
Svalbard. Hence, by 1989 a total of six Aphyl
From the 1960s there has been more regular
exploration of the macromycete flora of Svalbard
new
spe eies
lophorales were
of
Aphyllophorales
known from
Svalbard.
from
The
Aphyllophorales group is probably poor in speeies
and Japanese mycological
due to the limited number of small-sized woody
The investigation of the macro
plants. The same holds for the group of tre
mycete flora of Svalbard up to the end of the
mellaceous fungi (jelly-fungi), also mainly grow
mainly
by
expeditions.
Nordie
1960s has been reviewed by Ohenoja (1971). Her
ing on wood. The very first coJlections in this
paper contains severai new records of Svalbard
group, two in all, were made as late as 1986.
macromycetes and a map showing the places
During ISAM III in 1988, a total of 18 coJlections
where collecting had taken place up to then.
of jelly-fungi was made. The aphyllophoraceous
From the later part of the 1970s through the
and tremellaceous fungi on Svalbard are mainly
1980s a growing mycological activity was evi
found on woody remnants from the mining indus
denced on Svalbard. Severai species new to Sval
try or remnants from other constructions, or on
bard were recorded by Huhtinen (1987) and
driftwood. Of the three hitherto known jelly
expeditions
fungi on Svalbard, two are lignicolous, and the
brought home macromycete collections which
third is fungicolous. Also the Gasteromycetes,
further increased the list of known spe eies (Reid
especially
1979; Watling 1983; Watling & Watling 1988).
unidentified species; however, it is likely that
The first monographs concerning macromycete
many
genera on Svalbard appeared: the genus Galerina
rather in the genus Calvatia (Ohenoja 1971).
Gulden
(1988).
British
naturalist
the genus
records
Lycoperdon,
of Lycoperdon
has
many
species belong
Cortinarius
In this catalogue 46 basidiomycetes are rec
subgenus Dermocybe from Bjørnøya by Skifte
orded as new to Svalbard, 37 speeies belonging
(1989) and Skifte & Høiland (1993), and the
to the order Agaricales, 6 to Aphyllophorales, 2
gasteromycete genera Bovista and Calvatia by
to Dacrymycetales, and 1 to Tremellales.
by
Gulden
(1987),
Russula
and
Lange (1987, 1990). More general observations
Names used in early publications for macro
on the mycoflora of Svalbard were published by
mycetes from Svalbard are sometimes impossible
Skifte (1979) and Jalink & Nauta (1989). Volurne
to interpret; this is true, for example, with Galera
2 of the series "Arctic and Alpine Fungi" by
hypnorum, which could be almost any one of
Gulden & Jenssen (1988) was devoted to agarics
the many muscicolous Galerina species growing
of Svalbard. This volurne as weU as voL l and 3
there. In other cases it is fairly dear which species
of the series contain full descriptions and colour
is meant. Sometimes names of speeies belonging
photographs of agarics from arctic and alpine
to the temperate region have been used for what
habitats.
today is considered distinet, arctic-alpine taxa.
The growing interest in the mycoflora of Sval
For example the small, brightly coloured Lac
bard temporarily culminated with the Third Inter
tarius lanceolatus of section Russularia, originally
national Symposium of Arctic and Alpine Fungi
described as late as in 1973, was previously rec
(ISAM 1Il), which took place on Svalbard in 1988
orded as L.
and gathered 21 mycologists from 10 countries.
thejogalus, all temperate species. In many cases,
On this occasion a preliminary flora to the agarics
however, it is disputable whether the fungi occur
mitissimus,
L.
subdulcis,
or L.
of Svalbard was distributed to the participants
ring on Svalbard represent modifications of tem
(Gulden unpubL).
still
perate species or independent taxa. Following
remain to be identified on Svalbard, especially in
the Comments section the re is a list of names
Many
agaric
species
the two ectomycorrhizal genera Cortinarius and
(synonyms) used for Svalbard collections in older
Inocybe. Also the genus Entoloma has many
literature. A list of excluded taxa is appended.
unidentified species. There is rich material in the
The nomenclature of the Agaricales follows that
Oslo herbarium (O) of these and other genera
of Hansen & Knudsen (1992): "Nordic Macro
which awaits identification.
mycetes", Vol. 2.
Woldmar, who visited Svalbard in 1967 and
1968, was the first to collect aphyllophoraceous
fungi on Svalbard. He listed three speeies (Wold
Ecosystem Component Values
mar 1969). Later Arvidsson (1978), Huhtinen
(1987) and Jalink & Nauta (1989) each reported
Each species in the list has been assigned "Eco
A catalogue of Sualbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
system Component Values", which in most cases
175
species to indicate this. For local abundance
are tentative. The definitions given below apply
(ECV A) we have used the value 2 for species
to all gro ups of organisms treated in the catalogue.
growing gregariously, i.e., with many fruitbodies
The list includes vernacular Norwegian names
in
according to "Norske Soppnavn" (1996).
nance" has no meaning for macromycete fruit
Due to the fragmentary knowledge f the myco
one
site.
The
concept
of
"domi
bodies.
flora of Svalbard, the Ecosystem Component
It is well known that the reindeer on Svalbard
will certainly change for most
eat mushrooms; which species, however, is largely
species in the future. The value 3 has probably
unknown. We have used the ECV I to indicate
Value
R
(ECV
R)
been applied much too often.
togeographic importance (ECV
P)
For the phy
the value 2 is
speeies which are edible and worth collecting for
human beings.
assigned to a large group of macromycetes which
Since no flora to the macromycetes of Svalbard
is more or less confined to arctic and alpine habi
yet exists, we have made some indications in the
tats, and which probably has a circumpolar dis
Comments
tribution. A few species are hitherto recorded in
Svalbard. The more common speeies are treated
section
on
the
distribution
on
the arctic region only and have been assigned the
with summarie statements only. The preferred
value 3, but more investigations in alpine regions
type of habitat(s) is indicated for a few species.
may show their presence there also, as has lately
Some very preliminary distribution maps have
been shown for the two "northern" speeies Clito
been printed in Jalink & Nauta (1989). Dis
cybe paxillus and Lepista multiformis also occur
tribution outside Svalbard is generally not com
ring in the Alps (Gulden, unpubI.). Occurring on
Svalbard is also an element of mainly temperate
mented on, but can to some degree be understood
from the ECV section.
species still able to endure the cold climate on
Svalbard. These speeies have generally been given
the value 1, or 3 if they are highly disjunct.
Definitions
For the indicator value (ECV E) we have only
seidom used the value 3. This reflects that very
few species appear to be stenoie or specialised,
R
occurs
only
on
old
parts
of
Dryas.
2
1
Ecto
mycorrhizal speeies are usually not associated
with one single autotrophic plant or genus; how
ever, some such as Leccinum rotundifoliae appar
P
=
Strongly disjunct or described from Svalbard
Belonging to a phytogeographical element of
special interest on Svalbard
l
octopetala have very high numbers of agaric part
E
=
=
Intermediate
A Local abundance
3
sovski 1990; Våre et al. 1992). Jalink & Nauta
(1989) reported that 80% of the agaric fruitbodies
genus. Terricolous macromycetes, with their main
=
2
l
l(
=
qualities, and we have used the value 2 for most
Subdominant, 20-50% cover
Sparse
lmportance to uertebrate animals
3
=
Important as a highly preferred fodder plant, or
in the marine environment a habitat-forming
body (thallus) growing in or in intimate contact
with the soi!, tend to be sensitive indicators of soil
Dominant, in places more than 50% cover in its
habitats
on Edgeøya are ectomycorrhizal. Severai of the
agarics are muscicolous. None of them, however,
Very high (specialised, stenoic)
Low, euryoic
oppositifolia and species of Kobresia and Ped
seem to be confined to a single moss speeies or
More or less widespread
Ecological indicator value
3
2
such as Bistorta (Polygonum) vivipara, Saxifraga
icularis, form ectomycorrhizal symbioses under
Seattered or common, at least locally
Phytogeographical importance
2
partners. Apparently both Salix polaris and Dryas
arctic conditions (Hesselman 1900; Kohn & Sta
Rare, 3-15 localities known at present
and not yet known elsewhere
been done on Svalbard to single out mycorrhizal
& Nauta 1989). Even some herbaceous plants,
Very rare
=
3
ently are. Too little systematie observation has
ners, the former probably more than 100 (Jalink
Rarity on Sualbard
3
such as for example Marasmius epidryas which
speeies
2
1
=
Of secondary importance
Of no importance
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
176
List of spe eies
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
A
( =
comments)
*
Agaricales
Agaricus aristocratus Gulden
3
3
3
3
A. bitorquis (Que!.) Saee. aff. - Bysjampinjong
3
3
2
3
A. comptulus Fr.
3
3
2
3
A. macrosporus (F.H. Møller & J. Schaff.) Pil åt - Kjempesjampinjong
3
3
2
3
Agrocybe praecox (Pers. : Fr.) Fayod - Våråkersopp
3
Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) KUhner var. latispora Favre - Stilkmosekantarell
2
2
2
1
3
2
2
1
A. auriscalpium (Fr.) Fr. - Ørehatt
2
2
2
A. lilloralis (Høiland) Gulden - Fjæremosekantarell
3
2
3
l
A. lobata (Pers. : Fr.) Redhead
l
2
2
2
A.
Dvergsjampinjong
acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) KUhner var. ten elia (Kiihner) Aronsen
Stilk-
1
mosekantarell
Stor mosekantarell
3
3
2
Bolbitius uariicolor Atk.
3
3
2
Calocybe onyehlna (Fr.) Donk - Gulskivefagerhatt
3
3
2
Clitoeybe ditopus (Fr. : Fr.) Gillet - Mcltraktsopp
3
3
2
C. dryadieola (Favre) Harmaja - Polartraktsopp
2
2
2
C. faurei Kiihncr & Romagn. - Grå vårtraktsopp
3
3
2
C. festiua Favre
2
2
2
2
3
2
C. lateritla Favre - Tegltraktsopp
2
2
2
C. mortuosa (FL) Gillet
3
3
2
C. paxillus Gulden
3
3
2
2
2
2
Conoeybe blattaria (FL : Fr.) KUhner ss. Watling - Tosporet ringkjeglesopp
3
3
2
C. magnieapitata P.D. Orton
3
3
2
A. retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead
Småmosekantarell
Reinrosetraktsopp
C. inornata (Sow. : FL) Gillet
Ribbetraktsopp
Kjøttrosa traktsopp
Collybia alkaliuirens Sing. - Fjellftathatt
Coprinus cordisporus Gibbs
3
C. martinU P.D. Orton
2
2
3
3
3
2
1
2
2
2
Fjellblekksopp
C. nudiceps P.D. Orton
Cortinarius alpinus Boud.
Fjellslørsopp
3
1
Cortinarius anomalus (Fr. : Fr.) FL - Bjørkeslørsopp
2
3
2
C. cinnamomeoluteus P.D. Orton
3
2
2
C. delibutus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr. - Gul slør sopp
2
3
2
C. glandicolor Fr. var. exilis Favre
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
C. paupereulus Favre
3
2
2
C. pereavus Favre
3
2
2
C. phaeopygmaeus Favre
3
2
2
l
C. polaris Høiland - Polarslørsopp
l
2
2
2
C. pusillus F.H. Møller
3
C. helobius
Vierslørsopp
SnØleieslørsopp
C. hinnuleus (With.) Fr.
C. norvegicus Høiland
C. subtoruus Lamoure
Hjorteslørsopp
Rabbeslørsopp
Mørk snøleieslørsopp
Reinroseslørsopp
Cystoderma adnatifolium (Peck) Harmaja
Oransjebrun gryn hatt
2
2
1
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
2
Emoloma alpicola (Favre) Noordel. - Fjellrødskivesopp
3
2
2
E. fuscotomentosum F.R. Møller
3
2
2
E. juncinum (Kiihner & Romagn.) Noorde!. - Striperødskivesopp
3
2
2
C. aretieum Harmaja
Polargrynhatt
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
177
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
p
E
(
0
A
comments)
E. rhodocylix (Lasch) Moser - Stubberødskivesopp
E. sericeum (Bull.) Quel. - Beiterødskivesopp
2
Fayodia arctiea Gulden
2
3
3
Flagelloscypha kavinae (Pilåt) W.B. Cooke
3
3
3
Galerina antheliae Gulden
Polartussehatt
2
3
2
3
1
G. arctiea (Sing.) Nezdojm.
l
2
2
2
G. calyptrata P.D. Orton
3
2
2
1
G. clavata (VeIen.) Kiihner - Kølleklokkehatt
l
1
2
2
G. embolus (Fr.) P.D. Orton
3
2
2
3
3
2
G. mniophila (Lasch) Kiihner - Gråbrun klokkehatt
2
3
2
G. pseudocerina A.H. Smith & Sing.
2
2
2
3
3
2
l
2
2
3
2
2
G, stagnina (Fr.) Kiihner - Brun myrkJokkehatt
3
3
2
G. stordalii A.H. Smith - Liten torvmoseklokkehatt
3
3
2
G. terrestris Wells & Kempton
3
2
2
G. vittiformis (FL) Sing. var. vittiformis f. tetraspora A.H. Smith & Sing.
3
3
2
Snøklokkehatt
G. hypnorum (Schrank : FL) Kiihner
Moseklokkehatt
Kalkklokkehatt
G. pseudomniophila Kiihner
G. pseudomycenopsis Pilat
Fjellklokkehatt
G. pumila (Pers. : FL) Sing.
Honningklokkehatt
Melet moseklokkehatt
Hebeloma alpinum (Favre) Bruchet - Fjellreddiksopp
2
2
2
H. kuehneri Bruchet
3
2
2
Slank vierreddiksopp
3
2
2
H. minus Bruchet - Musørereddiksopp
3
3
2
1
H. polare Vesterholt
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
H. marginatulum (Favre) Bruchet
Bremreddiksopp
Polarreddiksopp
Hohenbuehelia longipes (Boud.) Moser
Stilkgelemusling
Hydropus scabripes (Murr.) Sing. - MØrk fnugghette
(A.H. Smith &
Hygrocybe citrinopallida
Hesler)
Kobayasi -
Eggegul
vokssopp
3
3
2
3
Hypholoma elongatipes (Peck) A.H. Smith - Gul myrsvovelsopp
3
2
2
1
H. myosotis (FL) Moser - Olivensvovelsopp
3
2
2
lnocybe calamistrata (Fr.) Gillet - Grønnfottrevlesopp
3
2
2
l. dulcamara (Pers.) P. Kumm. - Gulbrun trevle sopp
l
2
2
l. fuscomarginata Kiihner
3
3
2
2
H. punicea (FL) P. Kumm.
Skarlagenvokssopp
l. geophylla (Fr. : Fr.) P. Kumm. - Silketrevlesopp
3
3
l. giacomi Favre
2
2
2
3
3
2
l. lacera (Fr.) P. Kumm. vaL heterosperma Favre
l. leucoblema Kiihner
Sandtrevlesopp
2
2
2
2
l. malenfonii Heim
3
3
2
l. praetervisa Quel. - Vanlig knolltrevlesopp
3
2
2
l, r/mosa (Bull. : FL) P. Kumm. - Spisstrevlesopp
2
2
2
l. salicis-herbaceae Kiihner
2
2
2
l
Laccaria laceata (Seop. : Fr.) Berk. & Broome - Vanlig lakssopp
1
l
l
2
L. montana Sing.
2
2
2
2
2
l
2
L. pumila Fayod
Stor trevle sopp
Fjellakssopp
Lactarius dryadophilus Kiihner - Reinroseriske
2
2
L. glyciosmus (FL: Fr.) Fr. - Kokosriske
2
2
l
L. lanceolatus Miller & Laursen
2
2
2
2
L. nanus Favre
2
2
2
l
L. pseudouvidus Kiihner - Brun vierriske
2
2
2
L. robertianus Bon
2
2
2
FjelImoriske
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
178
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
E
p
(
Leccinum rGtundifoliae (Sing.) A.H. Smith, Thiets & Watling - Fjellskrubb
3
2
3
Lepista multiformis (RomelI) Gulden
Fjellridderhatt
2
2
2
Lyophyllum atratum (FL: Fr.) Sing.
Eggsporet balgråhatt
3
2
3
2
2
2
L. connatum (Schum. : Fr.) Sing.
Marasmius epidryas Kiihner
Hvit knippesopp
Reinroseseigsopp
A
comments)
*
3
2
1
1
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
1
Mycena chlorlnella (Lange) Sing. - Liten luthette
3
2
2
1
M. cinerella (P. Karst.) P. Karst.
3
3
2
.
M. kallioneus Huhtinen
Melanoleuca cognata (Fr.) Kom. & Maub!.
Vårmunkehatt
Melhette
M. citrinomarginata Gillet - Gulhette
3
3
2
M. filopes (Bull.: FL) P. Kumm.
3
2
2
2
M. hyemalis (Retz.) Oue!.
Stripehette
Blek barkhette
3
3
M. olivaceomarginata (Massee) Massee - Brunkanthette
3
2
2
M. pura (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm. - Reddikhette
3
2
2
M. septentrionalis Maas G. - Blåbærhette
3
3
2
Mycenella bryophila (Voglino) Sing.
3
3
2
M. salicina (Veien.) Sing. - Glattsporet frøkenhette
2
2
2
Naucoria tamilla Favre - Fjellbrunhatt
2
2
2
Omphaliaster asterosporus (Lange) Lamoure
Liten stjernenavlesopp
3
3
2
Omphalina chionophila Lamoure
3
3
2
1
O. ericetorum (Fr.) M. Lange - Torvnavlesopp
2
l
2
2
O. ga/ericolor (Romagn.) Bon - Okernavlesopp
3
3
2
O. hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow
3
3
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
I
2
O. onlsm! (Fr. : Fr.) Oue!. - Sotnavlesopp
3
3
2
1
O. rivulicola Lamoure
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Lavllavlesopp
O. kuehneri Lamoure
O. luteovitellina
(Pihl!
& Nannf.) M. Lange - Kantarellnavlesopp
O. obatra (Favre) P.D. Orton
O. obscurata Reid
Bekkenaviesopp
O. velutina (Oue!.) Oue!.
Dvergnavlesopp
O. velutipes P.D. Orton
Panaeolus fimicola Fr. - Grå ftekkskivesopp
P. semiovatus (Sow. : Fr.) S. Lundell & Nannf.
Psathyrella prona (Fr.) Gillet
Gjødselringsopp
Glimmersprøsopp
3
1
3
3
2
3
3
3
P. subcoprophila (Britz.) Sace. - Liten møkkfteinsopp
3
1
3
2
P. magnive/aris (Peck) Høiland - Jonsokfteinsopp
3
2
3
3
2
Rickenella fibula (Bul!. : FL) Raithelh.
3
3
2
Fiolett nålehatt
2
*
2
3
Rhodocybe cae/ata (Fr.) Maire - Væpnerhatt
R. swartzii (Fr. : FL) Kuyper
1
2
Psilocybe merdaria (Fr.) Ricken - Stor møkkfteinsopp
Gul nalehatt
3
3
2
Russula a/taica (Sing.) Sing. - Fjelltårekremle
3
2
2
1
R. chamiteae Kiihner - Snøleiesildekremle
2
2
2
2
R. de/ica Fr. - Traktkremle
2
2
2
R. macu/ata Oue!. ssp. a/pina Knudsen & Borgen - Aekkremle
3
2
2
1
R. nana Killerrn.
1
2
2
2
1
R. norvegica Reid
Fjellkremle
Skarp vierkremle
R. saliceticola (Sing.) Kiihner ex Knudsen & Borgen
Mild vierkremie
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
Stropharia semiglobata (Batsch : Fr.) Oue!. - Sitronkragesopp
3
1
Tubaria furfuracea (Pers.: Fr.) Gillet - Pinnehatt
3
3
3
2
1
Gasterornycetales
Bovista tomentosa (Vitt.) Oue!. - Kalkrøyksopp
3
3
3
179
A catalogue of Svalbard planes, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
Calvatia arctica Ferdinandsen & Winge
2
2
l
3
C. bellii (Peck) M. Lange
C. cretacea (Berk.) C. Lloyd - Polarrøyksopp
C. horrida M. Lange
C. septentrionalis M. Lange
C. turner; (Ellis & Everh.) Demoulin & M. Lange
p
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
Crucibulum laeve (Huds.) Kambly - Vanlig brødkorgsopp
Lycoperdon nwlle Pers. - Brun rØyksopp
Sphaerobolus stellatus Pers. - Slyngball
(
E
*
=
A
comments)
3
1
2
1
2
3
Aphyllophorales
Antrodia serialis (Fr.) Donk - Rekkekjuke
Columnocystis abietina (Fr.) Pouzar
Cylindrobasidium evolvens (Fr.) Jiilich - Favnvedsopp
Dacryobolus sudans (Fr.) Fr.
Gloeophyllum sepiarium (Fr.) P. Karst. - Vedmusling
Hyphoderma setigerum (Fr.) Donk
Litschauerella abietis (Bourd. & Galz.) Oberw.
Peniophora pithya (Pers.) J. Erikss.
Tjærebarksopp
Ramaria ochraceovirens (Jungh.) Donk
Grønntuppkorallsopp
Sistotrema coroniferum (Hohn. & Litsch.) Donk
Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb. & Schw. : Fr.) Fr.
Toppråtesopp
Thelephora caryophyllea Schaeff. : Fr. - Traktfrynsesopp
Typhula culmigena (Mont. & Fr.) Berthier
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
1
1
l
l
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
l
Exobasidiales
Arcticomyces warmingii (Rostr.) Savile
2
2
2
Sildreklumpblad
Exobasidium cassiopes Peck
E. hypogenum Nannf.
*
Dacrymycetales
2
2
Dacrymyces stillatus Nees : Fr. - Vanlig tåresopp
Ditiola radicata Fr. - Rottåre
2
3
Tremellales
2
3
Tremella obscura (Olive) M.P. Christ. - Tåresoppsnylter
Tremella sp.
1
3
3
3
Jenssen "Arctic and alpine fungi 2", p. 42. 1988,
Comments
non
Agaricus arcticus
Sommerf. 1826 p. 262.
Only known from the type locality, near the air
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Agaricales
field at Longyearbyen (Hotellneset, Adventfjor
den), where it was growing in large fairy rings on
Agaricus aristocratus
Syn.:
Gulden nom. nov.
Agaricus arcticus
Gulden,
Gulden
&
soil mixed with remnants of coal heaps. Agaricus
arcticus Gulden, the original name for the species,
is a later homonym of Agaricus arcticus Sommerf.
( Panellus (Panus) ringens (Fr.) Romagn. fide
=
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
180
Blytt
(1905
p.
114)
or
(Pleurotus)
rank of species by Bon & Courtecuisse (1987): A.
violaceofulvus (Batseh : Fr.) Sing. /ide Pilat (1936,
Panellus
latispora (Favre) Bon. The specimens were found
p. 180) and a new name is henee proposed. Aga
on alm ost naked mineral soil as weU as on plant
rkus aristocratus belongs in the A. campestre com
debris.
plex, but is larger and more fleshy, and has
Hotellneset, Bjørndalen in the Isfjorden area,
Collections
are
from
Adventdalen,
broader spores. A description and a colour photo
and from Gluudneset and Ossian Sarsfjellet i n
graph is found in Gulden & Jenssen (1988 sub A.
the Kongsfjorden area.
arcticus).
Already in 1868, an Agaricus species identified
as
A. campestre
was
found
in
this
area
(Adventbay) (Karsten 1872) and there are severai
later reeords of fairy rings of an Agaricus speeies
in this area (cf. Ohenoja 1971 and Skifte 1979).
Agaricus aristocratus was eolleeted at Hotellneset
also in 1960 (leg. J. Stordal, O), growing in fairy
rings. Hagen (1950) reeorded a find of A. arvensis
from Hotellneset, which probably represents the
same species. Fairy rings of a large species of
Agaricus have been observed severai times at
Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner var.
tenella (Kiihner) Aronsen
Reeorded from NY-Ålesund by Gulden & Jenssen
(1988) as Phaeotellus acerosus (Fr.) Gulden var.
tenellus (Kiihner) Gulden. This is a 2-spored var
iety of the species. By mistake the new com
binations in the genus Phaeotellus announced in
the abstract by Gulden (1988) were never printed
in the main text of the paper.
the airfield (pers. eomm., severai persons). Very
probably all these reeords and observations relate
to A. aristocratus.
Arrhenia auriscalpium (Fr.) Fr.
This tiny agaric was firstly recorded from Svalbard
(NY-Ålesund) by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Later
Agaricus bitorquis (Quel.) Saee. aff.
New to Svalbard. Known only from a single find
beneath the bird eliff Fuglenibba in Adventfjor
den. The spores are larger than in A. bitorquis,
viz., 7-8 x 6-7.5 ,um.
records are by Ohenoja (1971), Høiland (1976),
Gulden & Jenssen (1988), and Jalink & Nauta
(1989). There is a map in the latter paper showing
its presenee in
the Bellsund, Isfjorden and
Kongsfjorden areas, and on Edgeøya. The species
is probably not rare but very easy to overiook.
Agaricus comptulus Fr.
Arrhenia littoralis (Høiland) Gulden
Reeorded from Hotellneset near Longyearbyen
by Woldmar (1969); identification uncertain.
The species was originally described as Lep
toglossum littoralis (a later homonym of the asco
mycete Leptoglossum littorale Rostrup), from
Agaricus macrosporus (F.H. Møller & J.
SeMff.) Pilåt
North Norway (Finnmark) by Høiland (1976).
Recorded from Svalbard by Skifte (1979) as Lep
toglossum littoralis and by Gulden & Jenssen
Recorded from the Austfjord area among Dryas
(1988) and Jalink & Nauta (1989) as Arrhenia
on dry soil by Watling (1983).
salina (Høiland) Gulden. The latter combination,
first time accomplished by Bon & Courtecuisse
(1987), is however, incorrect, since the epithet
Agrocybe praecox (Pers. : Fr.) Fayod
Recorded
from
Longyearbyen
by
Ohenoja
(1971).
littorale has priority in all other genera than Lep
toglossum and hence must be used. The com
bination in Arrhenia was finally made in Senn
Irlet et al. (1990, p. 3). Up to now the species has
only been recorded from North Atlantic coastal
Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner var.
latispora Favre
areas and from Alaska. The species grows on
pleurocarpic mosses in wet places, generally i n
coastal marsh vegetation infiuenced b y brackish
New to Svalbard. This is one of two 4-spored
water. There is a description and colour photo in
varieties of A. acerosa. It has be en raised to the
Gulden & Jenssen (1988). Material in O is from
A
calalogue of Sualbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria
Longyearbyen, Kongressfjellet
(600
m alt.), Ny
181
etation in a bird e1iff. The species is otherwise
Ålesund, Van Mijenfjorden, and from the small,
known from boreal and montane
northwestern island Moffen.
forests.
Arrhenia lobata (Pers. : Fr.) Redhead
Clitocybe dryadicola (Favre) Harmaja
Recorded from Svalbard by severai authors,
Recorded by Gulden & Jenssen
coniferous
(1988). A species
from Bjørnøya. A
of open pioneer vegetation on calcareous ground,
characteristic species of the arctic wet tundra and
quite common in Dryas-Carex rupestris heaths.
firstly by Sommerfelt
(1833)
one of the most frequently collected and recorded
Known from Sassendalen and a few localities in
agarics from Svalbard. Muscicolous, growing in
the Kongsfjorden area, but probably widespread.
wet habitats, probably in all parts of the archi
pelago. Found up to 600 m alt. at Kapp Wijk. The
records of Dictyolus muscigenus from Edgeøya by
Michelmore
Dobbs
(1934) and from Longyearbyen
(1942) probably refer to this speeies.
by
Clitocybe ditopus (Fr.
:
Fr.) Gillet
New to Svalbard. A temperate species, which
has been collected in Endalen near Adventdalen
(Gulden, unpubl.).
Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead
First time recorded, as Cantharellus retirugis
(Bull.) Fr., by Karsten
(1872).
from Bjørnøya
growing on wet mosses, later by Summerhayes &
Elton
(1923),
and Hagen
(1950)
from the north
ernmost parts of Svalbard (as Dictyolus r. and
Leptotus r.). These early records are doubtfuL
The only collection of this fungus in O is from
Ny-Ålesund (cf. Gulden & Jenssen
1988).
1-10
Arrhenia retiruga is a tiny speeies,
mm
wide, generally whitish to pale grey brown, grow
ing in mesic to moist habitats (Høiland
Redhead
Gulden & Jenssen
1984;
1976;
1988). The
descriptions of the early Svalbard records, par
ticularly that of Hagen, indicate a greyish species
up to
2.5
cm wide growing in wet or boggy
habitats. The speeies is generally found in the
temperate forest zone, but is known also from the
Alps. See also Høiland
(1976).
Clitocybe favrei Kiihner
& Romagn.
New to Svalbard. Known from a few localities in
inner Isfjorden and in the Kongsfjorden area.
This is a species of subgen. Pseudolyophyllum
with greyish, slightly decurrent gills, non-striate,
hygrophanous cap, and without particular smell.
Clitocybe festiva Favre
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen
(1988). The
(1968) may
tentative record by Kobayasi et aL
rather belong to C. inornata, con
sidering the large spores. Material in O from
the
Isfjorden area: Bjørndalen,
Longyearbyen
and
Hotellneset,
Adventdalen,
and
from
Stuphallet, Brandalspynten, Hamnebotnen, Ny
Ålesund,
Blomstrandhalvøya,
and
Ossian
Sarsfjellet in the Kongsfjorden area; probably
rather common on Svalbard.
Bolbitius variicolor Atk.
Recorded
(1987),
from
Longyearbyen
by
Huhtinen
identification uncertain. A dull yellowish
species found among grass on manured ground.
Closely related to the bright egg yellow B. titubans
(Bull. : Fr.) Fr.
(
=
B. vitellinus (Pers. : Fr.) FL).
Clitocybe inomata (Sow. : Fr.) Gillet
Recorded by Gulden & Jenssen
at
Sassendalen,
(1988). Collected
Ny-Ålesund,
Blomstrand
halvøya, Ossian Sarsfjellet, Inner Lovenbreen
and Bohemanflya. The speeies typically grows
on unstable, periodically wet soils on calcare
Calocybe onychina (Fr.) Donk
ous ground and often forms rows or eireles. This
Known
is a temperate speeies, distinguished by particular
only from inner Kongsfjorden (Ossian Sarsfjel
spores and a characteristic smell. The smell was
let), growing in mats of moss in luxurious veg
not noticed in the Svalbard material, and the
Recorded by Gulden & Jenssen
(1988).
GRO GULDEN & ANNA·ELlSE TORKELSEN
182
fruitbody colour was darker than usual, par
Conocybe blattaria (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner ss.
ticularly on the gills.
Watling
New to Svalbard. Collected at Kapp Thordsen,
growing among Festuca sp. (Gulden, unpubl.).
Clitocybe lateritia Faure
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen
Conocybe magnicapitata P.D. Orton
(1988), also mentioned by Jalink & Nauta (1989).
Recorded
A species typical of Dryas heaths. There is
(1987),
from
Longyearbyen
by
Huhtinen
growing on dayey ground among grass.
material in O from Sassendalen and five localities
in the Kongsfjorden area.
Coprinus cordisporus Gibbs
One collection recorded from Svalbard by Ulje &
(1988)
from a single locality on Blomstrandhalvøya in
was
referred
to
C.
mortuosa
because of a strong resemblance with the speei
mens illustrated and described by Favre
(1955)
from the Swiss Alps. Gulden has later examined
the material of Favre (coll.
13642
without locality designation.
Also found in Longyearbyen, growing on geese
The species recorded by Gulden & Jenssen
Kongsfjorden,
(1993)
Noordeloos
Clitocybe mortuosa (Fr.) Gillet
in herb. G),
which turned out to belong to Rhodocybe caelata
dung, by H. Dissing and S. Sivertsen (S.S., pers.
comm.). The speeies grows on dung of severai
kinds of animals and is widespread in temperate
regions. The closely resembling Coprinus ang
ulatus Peck, as recorded by Zabawski
(1976)
in
peatland in the Hornsund area, probably belongs
to C. cordisporus and not to the carbonicolous C.
angulatus.
(Fr.) Maire. There is no material or modem
description of the Friesian speeies C. mortuosa
with which to compare our material; identification
hence uncertain. The material does not agree with
any well known species of Clit ocybe .
Coprinus martinii P.D. Orton
Recorded from
Sassendalen
Van Mijenfjorden and from
growing
in
by 0vstedal & Schwenke
Jalink & Nauta
(1989).
Dupontia-meadows
(1987) and pictured
by
Also collected in Bjørn
dalen by T. Borgen and in Gipsvika by G. Gulden.
The species grows in wet sites, on basal parts of
Clitocybe paxillus Gulden
Originally
described
from
Svalbard
(Gulden
1988) and presented with colour picture in Gulden
& Jenssen (1988). Known from the type locality at
Hotellneset, from Adventdalen, and from Ossian
Sarsfjellet. Recently collected in the Tyrolian
Alps (Gulden, unpubL).
species of Carex, Juneus, Scirpus, and Dupontia.
Probably not rare on Svalbard.
Coprinus nudiceps P.O. Orton
New to Svalbard; identification uncertain. A co p
rophilous species collected on dung together with
the moss Tayloria lingulata in Bjørndalen by M.
Lange (recognised in the field as C. miser ) . The
material has distinetly larger spores than C. miser,
Collybia alkaliuirens Sing.
Recorded from Woodfjorden by Reid
(10-)12-15
(1979)
as
x
7-8 . 4
x
12-14
f1J11, well in accord
ance with those of C. nudipes, but they have a
C. cf. obscura Favre. Also collected at Hotellne
somewhat eccentric germ pore, not a symmetric
set (leg. J. Stordal) and in a few places in inner
one, as indicated for the latter (Orton & Watling
Kongsfjorden (leg. Gulden). The species is recog
1979).
nised by its dark, more or less purplish brown
lamellae, and pigments which turn green in alka
line solutions. The material in O is very het
The genus Cortinarius (Fr.) Fr.
erogeneous with regard to size of spores and
The genus has numerous representatives on Sval
cystidia.
bard, and many of them appear to be extremely
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
common. They play a very important role in the
183
specimens growing on Svalbard independently of
arctic terrestrial ecosystem as ectomycorrhizal
Betula correspond to the form calcialpinus Bon
partners with Salix polaris, Dryas octopetala, and
described from the Alps. Collected a few places
Dryas heaths in
probably with some herbaceous plants. Unfor
in
tunately the taxa are not weU known, and only a
Blomstrandhalvøya,
the Kongsfjorden area:
small part of them has been identified up to now.
SarsfjeUet. Also collected in the alpine belt (at
Many of the older records are treated here as
Finse) in mainland Norway (Gulden, unpubl.).
Gluudneset,
and
Ossian
excluded species, since their identity and relation
to the many recently described species of Cor
tinarius from arctic-alpine habitats are uncertain.
There are representatives of the subgenera Der
mocybe, Myxacium, Sericeocybe, and Telamonia,
and the latter is by far the most common, with
regard to number of species as well as to number
Cortinarius dnnamomeoluteus P.D. Orton
Recorded from Blendadalen by Ohenoja (1971),
Isfjorden by Høiland (1984), and Bjørnøya by
Skifte & Høiland (1993).
of fruitbodies.
Cortinarius delibutus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr.
Cortinarius alpinus Boud.
Recorded from Svalbard by Watling & Watling
The species is very common on Svalbard, and
in a few localities in the Kongsfjorden district
(1988) without reference to locality. Collected
exhibits a wide variation in colours and size. Two
(Blomstrandhalvøya
very similar species have been distinguished, one
growing among Dryas in the Cassiope zone (Gul
relatively small spored, C.
favrei
D.M. Hend.,
and
Ossian
Sarsfjellet)
den, unpubl.).
and one large spored, C. alpinus, the latter known
only from a few sites in the Alps and Alps Mari
times (Moser & McKnight 1987; Trimbach 1978).
As shown by Guminska at al. (1991) the spore
variation in this complex on Svalbard covers the
full range from C.
ence of two
favrei to C.
alpinus. The exist
distinct species as described is
doubted and the material (records) treated as one
variable speeies. This has been recorded by most
authors, either as C. alpinus Boud. or as C. favrei,
and probably occurs in all parts of the archipelago.
There is a distribution map in Jalink & Nauta
Cortinarius glandicolor Fr. var. exilis Favre
Recorded by Kobayasi et al. (1968) from Long
yearbyen and tentatively from Bockfjorden by
Watling (1983). The main variety has been
recorded by Dobbs (1942) from the Billefjord
area, identification doubtful. The small brown
Telamonia speeies are difficult to identify even
for specialists on the group, and the identifications
must be taken with reservation.
(1989) showing parts of its known localities in
Isfjorden, Kongsfjorden and on Edgeøya. In
addition it is known from the Hornsund district
(SkirgieUo 1961,1968; Guminska et al. 1991), and
there is material in O from Kong Karls Land
(Svenskøya and Kongsøya, leg. J. Markussen). It
grows together with Sa/ix po/aris and Dryas and
appears to have a fairly wide pH amplitude. A
larger and paler form, probably identical with
forma
pallida
Moser
&
McKnight
(1987)
described from North America, has been col
lected at Hotellneset (Gulden, unpubl.).
Cortinarius helobius Romagn.
The complex of C.
helobius is diseussed by
Bendiksen et al. (1993) in relation to such species
aS C. pauperculus Favre, C. scotoides Favre, and
C. minutulus Favre. C. helobius is considered as
one of the most important species of Salix her
bacea snow-beds in "the arctic and alpine zones
of Scandinavia". It appears shortly after snow
melting.
Cortinarius hinnuleus (With.) Fr.
Cortinarius anomalus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr.
Recorded by Skifte (1979) from Longyearbyen;
New to Svalbard. The species is known as a tem
identification uncertain. This temperate species is
perate species growing together with Betula. The
known to occur also in alpine habitats and Favre
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
184
(1955) has described two alpine varieties of the
Records of C.
species.
yearbyen and Ny- Ålesund by Kobayasi et al.
(1968), and from Ny- Ålesund by Watling (1983),
Cortinarius norvegicus
Høiland
Recorded from Sergeijevfjellet of NW Sørkapp
Land by Guminska et al. (1991).
cinereoviolascens
from Long
and of C. simulatus from Isfjordftya, Linnevatnet,
and Ny- Ålesund by Ohenoja (1971) most prob
ably refer to C. subtorvus. This is an arctic-alpine
species, common in the western fiord districts of
Spitsbergen. Grows in heaths with Salix polaris
and Dryas, on calcareous ground.
Cortinarius pauperculus
Favre
Recorded from NY- Ålesund by Gulden & Jenssen
(1988) and from NW Sørkapp Land by Gumi nska
et al. (1991). Collected a few more places in the
Kongsfjorden area, and probably not rare. See
also below C. helobius.
Cystoderma adnatifolium
Recorded from
yearbyen
by
calcareous
(Peck) Harmaja
ground in
(1984),
Harmaja
cf.
Long
Huhtinen
(1987). Also collected by M. Lange in Bjørndalen
(Isfjorden area). The record of Lepiota granulosa
Cortinarius percavus
(Batsch) Fr. from Edgeøya by Michelmore (1934)
Favre
probably relates to C. adnatifolium.
New to Svalbard. Collected on Blomstrandhalv
øya (Gulden, unpub1.).
Cystoderma arcticum
Cortinarius phaeopygmaeus
Favre
Recorded from the Kongsfjorden area by Gulden
& Jenssen (1988).
Cortinarius polaris
Harmaja
The species was recently described on material
from Longyearbyen (Harmaja 1984). Later rec
orded from Adventdalen by Gulden et al. (1985)
and found in Colesbukta (leg. M. Lange) and
near Ny- Ålesund (leg. G. Gulden). Grows in dry
Høiland
Originally described on the basis of material from
Norway, Svalbard and Alaska (Høiland 1984). A
calcareous heaths. Probably a true arctic-alpine
species. also known from mainland Norway,
Greenland, and Alaska.
common species in the Kongsfjorden area. Also
recorded from Svalbard by Gulden et aL (1985)
and by Jalink & Nauta (1989), in the latter paper
with a distribution map showing some of its known
localities between Bellsund and Kongsfjorden.
Skifte & Høiland (1993) record it from Bjørnøya.
Grows toget her with Salix polaris, S. reticulata,
and Dryas on calcareous ground, often greg
ariously.
The genus Entoloma (Fr.) P. Kumm.
The many species of Entoloma on Svalbard are
mainly
dull
coloured,
small,
and
easily
overlooked. Noordeloos & Gulden (1989) have
described 23 species of Entoloma growing in
alpine habitats in Norway, and further given a
key to the Entoloma species growing in alpine
and arctic habitats in Northern Europe and
Cortinarius pusillus
F.H. Møller
New to Svalbard; collected near NY-Ålesund
Greenland. Many of these species occur on Sval
bard, but only few have been identified as yet.
(Gulden, unpubL). This little Telamonia, better
known as C. inops Favre, is rather easily recog
nised on its blackish brown, smooth cap and the
cheilocystidia, a rare feature in Cortinarius.
Enloloma alpicola
(Favre) Noordel.
Recorded from Svalbard by Noordeloos (1984)
and Gulden et al. (1985). A common species in
Cortinarius subtorvus
Lamoure
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden et aL (1985).
alpine habitats in mainland Norway, but to our
experience rare on Svalbard, at least in the cal
careous districts.
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi. algae, and cyanobacteria
Entoloma fuseotomentosum
F.H. Møller
Recorded from Svalbard by Noordelos
(1984).
185
Gulden
Galerina antheliae
A species described from the alpine belt in Nor
way (Gulden
1980), growing in oligotrophic, late
melting Salix herbacea snow-beds on thalli of the
Entoloma juncinum
(Kiihner & Romagn.)
Noordel.
Recorded as Rhodophyllus juneeus (Fr.) Ouel.
Iiverwort Anthelia juratzkana. A single tind on
Svalbard (Longyearbyen) reported by Gulden
(1987).
from Longyearbyen, from wet tundra, by Kobay
asi et al.
(1968).
(Sing.) Nezdojm.
Galerina aretiea
A common species on Svalbard, growing greg
Entoloma rhodoeylix
ariously on living mosses in wet sites. for instance
(Lasch) Moser
Recorded from Hornsund by SkirgieIlo
1968),
(1961,
found in a flower pot inside the station
building of the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition.
on Calliergon spp. and Drepanocladus S.l. in the
arctic wet tundra. Known from severai places on
the west coast between Bellsund and Norske
øyene, from the western fjord districts, and from
Kong Karls Land (Gulden
Jenssen
Entoloma sericeum (Bull.) Ouel.
Recorded from NY-Ålesund by Kobayasi et al.
from
(1968),
Isfjordflya,
Griegfjellet,
(1971),
and by Watling &
Watling (1988). Also found in inner Kongsfjorden
(Ossian Sarsfjellet), Gulden (unpubl.).
Fayodia aretiea
1988).
Gulden
The speeies was found among
lichens and mosses near Hotellneset and in inner
Kongsfjorden (Ossian Sarsfjellet).
The fruitbodies were in all cases associated with
moribund thalli of the lichen genus Peltigera,
often hidden among herbs and mosses and easy
to overlook.
There is a colour picture of the species in
Gulden & Jenssen
(1988).
&
1989).
Galerina ealyptrata
P.D. Orton
Specimens with distinctly calyptrate spores col
lected on Sphagnum in
Colesdalen
(Gulden
1987).
Originally described on material from Svalbard
(Gulden
(Jalink & Nauta
Gulden
1987;
Recorded also from Edgeøya
Kon
gressdalen, Blendadalen, Festningen, and Long
yearbyen by Ohenoja
1988).
Fayodia arctiea is also
Galerina clavata
(VeIen.) Kiihner
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden
Guminska et al.
(1991).
(1987)
and
A common species on
Svalbard, in wet, mossy sites. Morphologically
and ecologically quite similar to G. arctiea. They
are both described and illustrated from Svalbard
in Gulden & Jenssen
(1988).
Known from severai
places on the west coast of Spitsbergen and from
the
fjord
districts
Reinsdyrflya.
between
Hornsund
and
recorded from Edgeøya, where it is said to be
more common than on the mainland (Jalink &
Nauta
1989)
and from Bertilryggen and Bohe
manflya (Watling & Watling
1988, determination
Galerina embolus
(Fr.) P.D. Orton
Recorded from Bjørnøya by Karsten
veritied, R. Watling. pers. comm.). Collected also
tentatively by Gulden
ganzatoppen in Grønfjorden by E. Ohenoja (det.
trichum.
in
Bjørndalen
and
on
Vardåsen,
and
Bra
(1987)
(1872), later
from Hotellneset,
where the specimens were growing on Poly
G. Gulden, unpubl., material in TUR).
Flagelloseypha kavinae
Recorded
(1987),
from
(Pilat)
Blomsterdalen
W.B.
by
Cooke
Huhtinen
growing on leaves of Sa/ix polaris.
Galerina hypnorum (Schrank : Fr.)
Kiihner, not ss. A.H. Smith & Sing.
There are collections of this species from the
Isfjorden area (Nordenskioldfjell), the Kongs
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
186
fjorden area (Gerdøya), and from the north
mycenopsis. Probably the most common Galerina
western Raufjorden in the Norwegian herbaria
species on Svalbard, found in all investigated
(Gulden 1987). Older reeords of Galera hyp
parts of the archipelago. There is a distribution
norum (Lindblom 1841; Karsten 1872; Miehel
map in Jalink & Nauta (1989). Grows in moist,
more 1934; Dobbs 1942) may represent severai of
mossy sites, e.g., in arctic wet tundra, littoral
the small, muscicolus Galerina speeies so eommon
marshes, and meadows, generally gregariously
on Svalbard.
or in fairy rings and sometimes seen to cause
diseoloration of the moss (parasitic?), as for
instance reported by Ohenoja (1971).
Galerina mniophila (Lasch) Kiihner
Reeorded from Edgeøya by Miehelmore (1934).
Reeent reeords are by Reid (1979) and Gulden
(1987). Known from a few loealities in the Isfjor
Ga/erina pumila (Pers. : Fr.) Sing.
Another small, muscicolous species. Reeorded by
den area (Colesbukta, Longyearbyen, Hotellne
Reid (1979) from the Woodfjorden area and by
set,
Land
Gulden (1987) from Blomsterdalen near Long
Bjørndalen),
from
Kong
Karls
(Kiikenthalfjell on Svenskøya), and from Edge
yearbyen. Reeords of Pholiota pumila Fr. by Skir
øya. A museieolous speeies mainly found on Poly
gjello (1961, 1968) reter to G. pseudomycenopsis
trichum spp. in oligotrophie vegetation types on
Pilåt.
Svalbard.
Galerina stagnina (Fr.) Kiihner
Galerina pseudocerina Smith & Sing.
Recorded from Colesbukta and St. Jonsfjorden
Reeorded by Reid (1979), Gulden (1987), Gulden
(Gulden 1987), also collected in Adventdalen
& Jenssen (1988), and Guminska et al. (1991)
(Gulden, unpubI.). A deseription and illustration
from scattered loealities on the western eoast
is given by Gulden et al. (1985). A rare species
between Hornsund and Norskeøyene, and east
on Svalbard, growing on mosses in oligotrophic,
wards in Isfjorden to Sassendalen. Grows on moss
wet sites.
on ealcareous ground, generally in dryer habitats
than usual for Galerina species; at Kapp Wijk
found at 600 m alt.
Galerina stordalii A.H. Smith
Recorded from Breinesflya, NW Sørkapp Land,
by Guminska et al. (1991), growing among the
Galerina pseudomniophila Kiihner
mosses Calliergon richardsonii, Drepanocladus
A species eolleeted on Nordenski6ldfjellet
(400-
500 m alt.) on Dicranum (Gulden 1987). Also
reeorded by Watling & Watling (1988). The re
revolvens, and Campylium polygamum. In the
alpine beIt of Norway this species typically grows
on Sphagnum (Gulden et al. 1985).
cord of G. pseudombrophila Ktihner (a name not
existing) from Trygghamna by Watling (1983),
later eited by Huhtinen (1987), probably rep
resents this species.
Galerina terrestris Wells & Kempton
Recorded from Kulmrabben, NW SØr kapp Land
by Guminska et al. (1991). The described material
seems hardly different from the material recorded
Galerina pseudomycenopsis Pilat
The
largest
Galerina
species
on
as G. vittiformis (see below).
Svalbard.
Recorded by SkirgieHo (1961, 1968) as Pholiota
pumila Fr., by Kankainen et al. (1967) as Galerina
pumila, by Reid (1979) and Watling (1983) as G.
pseudopumila P.D. Orton, by Ohenoja (1971) as
Galerina vittiformis (Fr.) Sing. var.
vittiformis f. tetraspora A.H. Smith &
Sing.
G. moelleri Bas, and finally by Gulden et al.
Recorded from Breinesflya, NW Sørkapp Land
(1985), Gulden (1987), Jalink & Nauta (1989),
by Guminska et al. (1991). The vittiformis group
and Watling & Watling (1988) as G. pseudo-
is surprisingly rare on Svalbard. Of the more than
A catalogue of Svalbard planrs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
187
300 Galerina collections examined, Gulden (1987)
yearbyen and Isfjorden radio (Vesterholt 1989).
found only one tiny specimen belonging to stirps
Collected
Vittiformis (which could not be identified).
Gipsvika, NY-Ålesund and inner Kongsfjorden
also
at
Barentsburg,
Hotellneset,
(Gulden, unpubl.). The species belongs in section
Indusiata, and
The genus Hebeloma (F r. )
P.
Kumm.
Hebeloma species are very abundant on Svalbard
and play an important role
as
is dose
to H.
marginatulum
(Favre) Bruchet. Probably the material recorded
ectomycorrhizal
from the Krossfjorden area by Watling (1983) as
H. versipelle belongs in H. polare.
partners with Salix species and probably also with
Dryas. However, the Hebeloma species have been
difficult to identify and only few have yet been
recorded. Recent monographs of the genus (e.g.,
Bruchet 1970; Vesterholt 1989), partly dealing
with arctic and alpine taxa, will probably soon
arise a much better insight in the genus on Sval
bard.
Hohenbuehelia longipes (Boud.) Moser
Recorded for the first time in the Arctic by
Watling & WatIing (1988), from a single locality:
Bohemanfiya on Dickson Land (determination
verified by S. Elborne, Copenhagen). It was
found growing in the moss Tomenthypnum nilens
and together with Omphalina oniscus. The species
is rare everywhere and grows in mountainous peat
Hebeloma alpinum (Favre) Bruchet
bogs. Probably it is nematophagous like most
Mentioned from Svalbard by Ohenoja (1971), as
other species in the genus.
H. cf. crustuliniforme var. a/pinum Favre from
Braganzatoppen, NY-Ålesund, and Blomstrand
halvøya, and by Senn-Irlet et al. (1990). The
species has also been collected in Longyear
byen, NY-Ålesund, and at Lovenbreen (Gulden,
unpubl.).
Hydropus scabripes (Murr.) Sing.
New to Svalbard. Collected a few places among
moss
in
heath
Longyearbyen,
vegetation:
Ossian
Hotellneset
Sarsfjellet,
near
Stuphallet,
and Bayelva in the Kongsfjorden area.
Hebeloma kuehneri Bruchet
New to Svalbard.
Collections are from Ny
Ålesund and Gluudneset in the Kongsfjorden
area (Gulden, unpubl.).
Hygrocybe citrinopallida (Smith & Hesler)
Kobayasi
Recorded from Rotjesfjellet in the Hornsund
area, growing on dead moss, by SkirgieUo (1961,
Hebeloma marginatulum (Favre) Bruchet
Recorded from
Ny-Ålesund,
associated
with
Sa/ix, by Watling (1983) and from Dicksonfjorden
by Watling & Watling (1988). Collected also in
inner Kongsfjorden (Gulden, unpubl.).
1968), as Hygrophorus vitellinus Fr. sensu Møller.
According to Boertmann (1990) the arctic-alpine
Hygrocybe taxon in this group, with relatively
large, but slender spores, is H. citrinopallida. The
species has also been collected in inner Kongsfjor
den (Ossian Sarsfjellet), growing in a thick carpet
of Racomitrium (Gulden, unpubl.).
Hebeloma minus Bruchet
The species, belonging to the section Denudata,
has been tentatively recorded by WatIing &
WatIing (1988) from Ekmanfjorden and Bohe
manfiya.
Hygrocybe punicea (Fr.) P. Kumm.
Found on Svalbard (Spitsbergen) by J. Vahl
according to Lindblom (1841), Karsten (1872),
and Ohenoja (1971). There are no recent records.
The species, which typically grows in pastures, is
Hebeloma polare Vesterholt
Originally described on material from Long
easily recognised, and I am not aware of any
other species on Svalbard with which it could be
confused.
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
188
Hypholoma elongatipes
(Peck) Smith
recorded by Watling (1983) from Bockfjorden.
Recorded by Ohenoja (1971) from Longyearbyen
and Festningen, and by Skifte (1979). Known
The species has also been collected at Bayelva
near NY-Ålesund (Gulden, unpubl.).
also from Adventdalen (leg. M. Lange and K.M.
Jenssen). It grows on mosses in wet, oligotrophic
sites.
Inocybe geophylla
(Fr. : Fr.) P. Kumm.
Recorded from Adventbukta by Karsten (1872),
from Billefjorden by Dobbs (1942), and from
Hypholoma myosotis
Isfjordftya by Ohenoja (1971).
(Fr.) Moser
New to Svalbard. Collected by K.M. Jenssen in
Adventdalen. The species typically grows in peaty
soils, boggy sites and in oligotrophic heath com
munities. Hypholoma lapponicum (Fr.) Moser,
Inocybe giacomi
Favre
Found on Svalbard by K.M. Jenssen as recorded
originally described from Swedish Lappland by
by Senn-Irlet et al. (1990). lnocybe borealis M.
Laestadius (1860) as Agaricus eximius Laest. is
Lange
probably identical. Hypholoma myosotis is mainly
originally
described
from
Greenland
(Lange 1957) is the same speeies.
a temperate species occurring also in alpine habi
tats, for instance in mainland Norway and in the
Alps.1t is known also from the subantarctic region
(Horak 1982).
Inocybe lacera (Fr.) P.
heterosperma Favre
Kumm. var.
Recorded from Ekmanfjorden by Watling &
The genus Inocybe
Watling (1988).
(Fr.) Fr.
The genus has many species on Svalbard and as
an ectomycorrhizal genus it plays an important
Inocybe leucoblema
Kiihner
role in the terrestrial ecosystem. Only a small part
Recorded from the airfield area (Hotellneset ) by
of our collections has been identified.
Huhtinen (1987). There is rich material of the
species from inner Kongsfjorden, Ossian Sarsfjel
Inocybe calamistrata
let in O (Gulden, unpubl.).
(Fr.) Gillet
New to Svalbard. Known from Longyearbyen
(leg. J. Stordal) and from Blomstrandhalvøya
(leg. K.M. Jenssen).
Inocybe malenr;onii
Heim
Tentatively recorded by Reid (1979) from NW
Spitsbergen and by Watling & Watling (1988)
from Ekmanfjorden.
Inocybe dulcamara
(Pers.) P. Kumm.
A common species on Svalbard and a taxon with
many forms in arctic and alpine habitats which
Inocybe praetervisa
Oue!.
are often considered as individual taxa. Recorded
Recorded from the airfield
from Grumantbyen by Lange (1957), from Ny
Huhtinen (1987).
Ålesund
by
Kobayasi
et
al.
(1968),
(Hotellneset) by
from
Woodfjorden by Reid (1979), from Bockfjorden
by
Watling
(1983),
from
Ekmanfjorden
by
Watling & WatIing (1988), and by Skifte (1979).
It is often growing gregariously in heaths among
Sa/ix polaris and Dryas.
Inocybe rimosa
(Bull.
:
Fr . ) P. Kumm.
The species has two forms on Svalbard, f. alpina
Heim and f. alpestre Heim. Recorded from Bil
lefjorden by Dobbs (1942), from Longyearbyen
by Kobayasi et al. (1968), from Braganzatoppen
Inocybe fuscomarginata
Kiihner
A species in the dulcamara complex, tentatively
and Forlandsundet by Ohenoja (1971), and from
Ekmanfjorden by Watling & Watling (1988),
mainly as l. fastigiata. There are severaI col
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
189
lections from the Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden
Laccaria species with two-spored basidia in arctic
areas in O (Gulden, unpubl.).
alpine regions: L. pumila Fayod and L. altaka
Sing. They can be distinguished on spore shape
and ornamentation. Whether both, or only the
lnocybe salicis-herbacea Kiihner
apparent1y most common one in the northem
Recorded as l. praetervisa f. rufofusca Favre from
Kongressdalen by Ohenoja (1971). The taxon has
regions, L. altaica, are present on Svalbard, has
not yet been examined.
been collected in severai places in the Isfjorden
and Kongsfjorden area by K.M. Jenssen (pers.
comm.).
Lactarius dryadophilus Kiihner
New to Svalbard. Only known from few localities:
The genus Laccaria Berk. & Br.
Longyearbyen,
Laccaria species are very common on Svalbard.
The fruitbodies are extremely variable, especially
with regard to colours, and have either 2 or 4
spores on the basidia. After a preliminary revision
of a large material from Svalbard, only two taxa
were recognised by E. Vellinga (pers. comm.):
L. laccata (4-spored) and L. pumila (2-spored).
Blomsterdalen,
and
Ossian
Sarsfjellet (Gulden, unpubl.). The species grows
in oligotrophic and eutrophic heath vegetation,
and can be locally abundant. The violet dis
coloring of the initially white milk is generally
slow and sometimes very weak or absent. An
older name, L. groenlandicus Terkelsen, has been
used for L. dryadophilus, but the type of L.
groenlandicus is another species (Knudsen &
Lamoure 1993).
Laccaria laccata (Scop. : Fr.) Cooke
Recorded by most of the authors dealing with the
mycoflora of Svalbard. Extremely common and
very variable on Svalbard; probably present in all
parts of the archipelago.
Lactarius glyciosmus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr.
Recorded by Ohenoja (1971) from Longyear
byen. The smell was absent in one of the collec
tions. This possibly belongs in L. nanus Favre,
which is very similar , but lacks the characteristic
Laccaria montana Sing.
coconut smell. Alsømentioned from Svalbard by
Recorded by Våre et al. (1992) by citing "Gulden
Skifte (1979).
(1988)", a preliminary flora to the macromycetes
of Svalbard which has not yet been published (see
introduction). MueIler (1992) considers at least
some of the records of L. tetraspora from arctic
areas to belong to L. montana.
Lactarius lanceolatus Miller & Laursen
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen
(1988). Probably a fair ly common species on Sval
bard in dry, calcareous heaths with Salix polaris
Laccaria pumila Fayod
and Dryas. It grows gregariously and often in
Like the preceding species, this is extremely com
fairy rings. Material in O is from: Hotellneset,
mon and variable on Svalbard. Recorded by
Blomsterdalen, Nordenski6ldfjellet, Larsbreen,
Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Ohenoja (1971) as L.
Adventdalen, Endalen in the Isfjorden area and
tortilis (BoIton) Cooke, by Skifte (1979) as L.
from Ny-Ålesund, Bayelva,
G1uudneset, and
striatula
Ossian Sarsfjellet in the Kongsfjorden area. The
(Peck) Peck. Laccaria ohiensis (Mont.) Sing., as
species was described from Alaska by Miller et
altaka,
and by
Reid
(1979)
as
L.
recorded by Watling & Watling (1988), probably
al. (1973) and is up to now only recorded from
refers to L. pumila as well, since Singer in his
arctic-subarctic regions. Previous records from
later publications used this name for a two-spored
Svalbard of L.
species (MueIler & Vellinga 1986, p. 32;.Mueller
thejogalus (see excIuded species), and of the Lae
1992).
According to Sivertsen (1993) there are two
mitissimus,
L.
subdulcis,
L.
({trius sp. described by Ohenoja (1971), probably
relate to the present species.
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
190
Lactarius nanus
Favre
Recorded from Longyearbyen by Skifte
(1985).
and by Gulden et al.
(1979)
An arctic-alpine
species, typically growing in open Dryas and Salix
polaris heaths, known from Barentsburg, Bjørn
dalen,
Blomsterdalen,
Longyearbyen
and
Adventdalen in the Isfjorden area, from St.
Jonsfjorden,
and
1986), and in Endalen (leg. G. Mathiassen July
1986, N. Lundquist, Aug. 1988). Betula nana is
very rare and of ten dwarfish on Svalbard, and
well-developed specimens of the fungus may be
almost as tall as the shrub, and much more con
spicuous. Mentioned from Svalbard and illus
trated in Gulden et al.
from NY-Ålesund (Gulden,
unpubl.). Records of inodorous specimens of L.
glyciosmus Fr. by Ohenoja
(1971)
from Long
Lepista multiforrnis
den et al.
common
Lactarius pseudouvidus
Kiihner
This arctic-alpine species typically grows
in moist to wet habitats, on Svalbard together
with Salix polaris and mosses, gregariously or
Hotellneset,
Kapp
Collections
Blomsterdalen,
Wijk,
Voltelva,
St.
Bayelva,
in
O
are
Kapp
Jonsfjorden,
Gluudneset,
(1985),
speeies
(1984), Gul
(1989). A
and Jalink & Nauta
on
disturbed
ground
on
Svalbard, often seen along roads, in wheel tracks,
Recorded from Svalbard by Jalink & Nauta
subfasciculate.
(Romell) Gulden
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden
yearbyen probably refers to this species.
(1989).
(1985).
from:
Thordsen,
NY-Ålesund,
and
Ossian
construction sites, etc. In naturai vegetation it
grows on unstable soils such as soliftuction lobes,
often forming large fairy rings. Known localities:
Adventdalen, Endalen,
Blomsterdalen,
Dick
sonfjorden, Kapp Thordsen, Kapp Wijk,
Jonsfjorden,
NY-Ålesund,
St.
Blomstrandhalvøya,
and Ossian Sarsfjellet. It is an excellent edible
fungus.
Sarsfjellet.
Lyophyllum atratum
Lactarius robertianus
Bon
Recorded from Sørhamna on Bjørnøya by Kar
New to Svalbard. Material in O is from Kapp
Thordsen,
Hotellneset,
Blomsterdalen,
Long
yearbyen, and Ossian Sarsfjellet. The species has
a violet staining milk, but is darker, more red
brown and dryer than L. uvidus. The species was
originally described on material from the French
Alps (cf. Bon
1985).
little known L.
(Fr. : Fr.) Sing.
sten
(1872) as Ag.
(Collybia) atratus Fr. Without
any material it can not be verified whether the
record refers to this species or to L. anthra
cophilum (Lasch) Lange & Sivertsen, or to one
of the small dark Fayodia speeies growing on
burnt ground.
The distinction towards the
violascens (Otto : Fr.) Fr. is
unclear. Lactarius robertianus appears to prefer
oligotrophic heath vegetation. The records of
Lyophyllum connatum
(Schum. : Fr.)
Sing.
L. uvidus from Linnevatnet, Braganzatoppen,
New to Svalbard. Grows in grassy, often some
Longyearbyen,
what disturbed sites. Material from Adventdalen,
(1971)
and
NY-Ålesund
by
Ohenoja
probably relate to this species.
Endalen, NY-Ålesund, and Blomstrandhalvøya
in o.
Leccinum rotundifoliae (Sing.)
Smith, Thiers & Watling
A.H.
Marasmius epidryas
Kiihner
The species has Betula nana as ectomycorrhizal
Recorded from Kongressdalen, Braganzatoppen,
partner. An early record of Boletus scaber Fr.,
Longyearbyen,
growing together with Betula nana at Colesbukta
(1971)
(Kolesbay) by Hesselman
(1900), probably refers
to L. rotundifoliae. The species has later been
and NY-Ålesund by Ohenoja
and by Gulden et al.
(1985).
Also men
tioned by Skifte (1979) and Jalink & Nauta
(1989).
The speeies was collected at Hotellneset by Vogts
1928
collected in a few places: Nordhallet on the West
Spitsbergenexpedition in
side of Colesbukta, in lower part of Adventdalen
There are collections also from Sassendalen,
(leg. T. Engelskjøn and S. Spjelkavik, Aug.
Kapp Wijk, St. Jonsfjorden, Blomstrandhalvøya,
(material in O).
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
191
Gluudneset, Reinsdyrflya, and Bockfjorden in O.
alpine habitats in mainland Norway (Gulden &
The species grows on dead parts of Dryas. It is
Jenssen 1982, p. 194).
probably common on Svalbard, but small and not
easily seen.
Mycena citrinomarginata Gillet
Marasmius kallioneus Huhtinen
The original description of this species is based on
material from Greenland and Svalbard (Huhtinen
1985). It is recorded by him from Kongressdalen
and Blomsterdalen at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen
1985, 1987). This two-spored Marasmius is easily
Recorded
from
Blomstrandhalvøya
in
the
Kongsfjorden area by Gulden & Jenssen (1988).
Later collected also in Endalen in the Isfjorden
area (Gulden, unpubl.). The species appears to
be fairly common in alpine, arctic and subarctic
regions (Gulden & Jenssen 1982).
recognised by an onion-like smell. Collected by
J. Stordal in Longyearbyen in 1960 (O, det. G.
Gulden). The material recorded as Marasmius sp.
by Ohenoja (1971) belongs to this species. The
species has also been collected in Tyrol, Austria
(leg. T. Schumacher, det. Gulden) and could
hence be regarded as an arctic-alpine species.
Mycena jilopes (Bull. : Fr.) P. Kumm.
New to Svalbard. Found at HoteUneset, on the
bank of a small brook; 2-spored material. The
species also occurs in alpine sites in mainland
Norway (Gulden & Jenssen 1982).
Melanoleuca cognata (Fr.) Konr. &
Maubl.
Mycena hyemalis (Retz.) Ouel.
Recorded from the airfield (Hotellneset) by Huht
New to Svalbard. Found in heath vegetation at
inen (1987). Also found in Adventdalen and
Bayelva (leg. T. Borgen), Blomstrandhalvøya,
Ossian Sarsfjellet (Gulden, unpubl.).
and Ossian Sarsfjellet (leg. G. Gulden) in the
Kongsfjorden area.
The genus Mycena (Pers. : Fr.) Roussel
There are surprisingly many Mycena species
growing on Svalbard, but very few have been
recorded. They are tiny and easily overlooked,
however. None of the Mycena-species found on
Svalbard are strictly arctic-alpine; they have a
wide and mainly temperate-boreal distribution.
Mycena olivaceomarginata (Massee)
Massee
New to Svalbard. Collected at Hotellneset, in the
same type of habitat as M. citrinomarginata. It is
questionable if the two species are really different.
The material referred to M. olivaceomarginata,
is 4-spored and darker, more olivaceous, than the
Mycena chlorinella (Lange) Sing.
New to Svalbard. Found in Endalen in the Isfjor
den area and at Blomstrandhalvøya and Gluud
neset in the Kongsfjorden area, growing in deep
moss carpet. The species appears to be fairly
common in alpine, arctic and subarctic regions
2-spored collection referred to M. citrinomar
ginata. The latter species may, however, also have
4-spored basidia in arctic and alpine habitats (Gul
den & Jenssen 1982). An alcaline smell is charac
teristic of M. olivaceomarginata. Collected also
by
Stordal
at
Hotellneset
in
1960
and
in
Adventdalen by M. Lange (O).
(Gulden & Jenssen 1982).
Mycena pura (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm.
Mycena cinerella (P. Karst.) P. Karst.
New to Svalbard. Found at Ossian Sarsfjellet in
New to Svalbard. Found at Hotellneset. on the
inner Kongsfjorden, growing in deep moss. The
bank of a small brook in the Cassiope belt. This
species appears to be fairly common in arctic
temperate-boreal speeies has also been found in
alpine habitats (Gulden & Jenssen 1982).
GRO GULDEN & ANNA·ELISE TORKELSEN
192
Mycena septentrionalis Maas G.
Omphalina chionophila Lamoure
New to Svalbard. Found among small mosses
New to Svalbard. Collected by D. Lamoure (pers.
and dead leaves on bank of a small brook at
comm.).
Hotellneset. This appears to be the first record of
this boreal species from arctic-alpine regions, leg.
G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen.
Omphalina ericetorum (Fr.) M. Lange
1838-39 by J. Vahl (Lindblom
1841; Karsten 1872) and later reeorded by most
Found already in
authors
Mycenella bryophila (Voglino) Sing.
New to Svalbard. Found on Blomstrandhalvøya
in the Kongsfjorden area, growing in moist site
with Dryas, leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen.
dealing
with
macromyeetes
from
Svalbard, often as O. umbellifera (L. : FL) Oue!.
Known from many localities between Hornsund
and Kongsfjorden and reeorded from Bjørnøya
by Karsten (1872, as A. (Omphalea) umbelliferus
L. var. nivalis M. Vahl). Grows in mossy habitats,
of ten moist. on peaty soil and on turt. The dark
green,
Mycenella salicina (VeIen.) Sing.
New to Svalbard. Collected in Bolterdalen in
the Isfjorden area and at Bayelva and Ossian
Sarsfjellet in the Kongsfjorden area, leg. G.
Gulden and K.M. Jenssen.
granulose
hchen
thallus
traditionally
known as Botrydina vulgaris may be very seanty
around the stipe base, especially when the fruit
body grows on mosses; sometimes it is only seen
under a high magnification lens.
The fruitbody eolour is variable, ranging from
rather dark red-brown to milky white and eream
yellow. Also the nuclear eonditions and the num
Naucoria tantilla Favre
ber of spores per basidium vary. Severai attempts
Reeorded from Svalbard by Gulden & Jenssen
(1988) as Alnicola tantifla. Found in Sassendalen
(Isfjorden area) and at Stuphallet,
Ny-Ålesund,
and
Blomstrandhalvøya
Kongsfjorden area. Kiihner
Bayelva,
in
the
(1981) has deseribed
have been made to distinguish more speeies or
1945; Lamoure 1968;
1977; P.D. Orton 1984). Høiland (1987)
subordinate taxa (Møller
Watling
found two ehemotypes of the speeies, both occur
ring on Svalbard.
a very similar species. N. chamiteae (Kiihner),
having shorter and more almond-shaped spores.
Dur material has not been suffieiently examined
for possible presence of this speeies. The reeord
of Naucoria cf. sphagneti from Bohemanflya by
Watling & Watling
(1988) possibly relates to N.
tantilla, as it is said to have the typical slender,
nettlehair-shaped cystidia found in N. tantilla and
also larger spores than N. sphagneti.
The identity of the Naucoria sp., possibly N.
hamadryas Fr., reeorded by Michelmore (1934)
from Edgeøya is doubtful. The same holds for
a Naucoria belonging in sect. Submelinoideae
recorded by Kobayasi et al.
(1968) from Ny
Ålesund, and the two collections of a Naucoria
sp. mentioned by Hagen
(1950).
Omphalina galericolor (Romagn.) Bon
New to Svalbard. Found in Sassendalen growing
on moss in arctic wet tundra and at Stuphallet in
Kongsfjorden growing on Aulacomnium palustre
(leg. G. Gulden). Two similar, orange to ochre
Omphalina speeies have been reeognised: O.
galericolor and O. favrei Watling (syn. Omphalia
brownii Berk. & Broome ss. Favre
=
Gerronema
favrei (Watling) Clemem;on). Only O. favrei has
1955;
1977). In my opinion there is only one,
been recorded from alpine habitats (Favre
Watling
variable speeies, and mueh of the variation follows
from ageing of the fruitbodies. The epithet galer
icolor has priority. The collection recorded as
Omphalina (Gerronema) sp. by Ohenoja (1971)
pmbably belongs to O. galericolor.
Omphaliaster asterosporus (Lange)
Lamoure
New to Svalbard. Found in Rhacomitrium mat on
Blomstrandhalvøya (Gulden unpubl.).
Omphalina hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E.
Bigelow
This basidiolichen, forming the pale green thallus
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
193
scales known as Coriscium viride, seems to be
naked soil or silt among small mosses, and aften
rare on Svalbard, Elvebakk (1984) as the first,
fairly moist.
recorded finds of the lichen thallus only from
Same collections in O from Kapp Wijk and Ny
Bockfjorden, Later Høiland (1987) recorded finds
Ålesund probably belong to O. obatra. Also the
of fruitbodies from St. Jonsfjorden and inner
material recorded as O.
Kongsfjorden, G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen col
(1971), from six localities in the Isfjorden and the
lected fruitbodies of the speeies in an oligotrophic
Kongsfjorden areas, may belong to this species.
rustiea by Ohenoja
lichen heath at the top of Ossian Sarsfjellet.
Omphalina obscurata
Omphalina kuehneri
Lamoure
Reid
Recorded from Svalbard by SkirgieUo (1961,
New to Svalbard. Collected by D. Lamoure (pers.
comm.).
1968) and Kobayasi et al. (1968), but the material
has been scanty and a correct identification is
doubtful. There is material of this species from
Sassendalen, NordenskioldfjeIlet, and Ny-Åle
Omphalina luteovitellina
M,
(Pi 1M
&
Nannf.)
Lange
Recorded for the first time from Svalbard by
Heikkilli & Kallio (1969), who also diseussed its
basidiolichen nature, The phycobiont forms a
sund in O, but only very few of the many col
leetions of dark Omphalina species have yet
been identified. O. obscurata appears to be one
of the more common of the dark Omphalina
speeies on Svalbard.
thin, dark green, granulose thallus around the
stipe of the basidiocarp; this part is traditionally
known as Botrydina vulgaris. The species appears
to prefer acidic soils, and occurs mainly as a
pioneer, for instance at rocky outcrops and in soil
polygons. Fruitbodies are produced early in the
agaric season and can be locally abundant. There
are records and material from more than 1510cal
ities
in
the
western
fiord
district
Omphalina oniscus
(Fr.
: Fr.)
Oue!.
Recorded from Svalbard by Watling & Watling
(1988). There is no indication of locality in the
paper, but the collection of Hohenbuehelia lon
gipes from Bohemanfiya was growing together
with O. oniscus (indicated on the envelope).
between
Hornsund and Kongsfjorden. According to Jalink
& Nauta (1989) it probably occurs in all parts of
Svalbard.
The suggestion by Ohenoja (1971) that the
speeies recorded by Skirgietla (1961, 1968) as
Hygrophorus vitellinus belongs here, is doubted,
because the presence of a yellow Hygrocybe
species on Svalbard later has been established
(see H. citrinopallida). There is no reference to
Botrydina in the papers by SkirgieIlo (1961,1968),
as indicated by Ohenoja.
Omphalina rivulicola
Lamoure
Recorded from Blomstrandhalvøya
Kongsfjorden by Gulden &
III
Central
Jenssen
(1988).
Records of O. pyxidata. a similar speeies with
somewhat different spores, by Hagen (1950),
Kobayasi et al. (1968), Ohenoja (1971), and
Skifte (1979) probably relate to O. rivulicola.
Omphalina rivulicola is known from many places
between Isfjorden and Magdalenefjorden on the
western coast of Spitsbergen and from Svenskøya
on Kong Karls Land. Grows on various mosses,
typically in moist to wet habitats in eutrophic
Omphalina obatra
(Fa vre) P.D.
Orton
sites.
There are severai dark, blackish brown speeies of
Omphalina in arctic and alpine regions, and most
of them can not be correctly identified without
Omphalina velutina
(OueL) Ouel.
microscopic examination of spores, preferably
Recorded by Heikkilå & Kallio (1969) from a few
from spore deposits, and of cystidial hairs on the
places in and near Longyearbyen, from Kon
stipe (see Lamaure 1975; Clemen\XJn 1982). The
gressdalen and from NY-Ålesund, also by Skifte
group is weU represented on Svalbard, aften with
(1979), Gulden & Jenssen (1988, from Blom
species growing gregariously on more or less
sterdalen), and by Jalink & Nauta (1989). This
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
194
is another basidiolichen which forms Botrydina
of Pholiota cf. squarrosa by Dobbs (1942), grow
vulgaris. A typical pioneer, growing on mineral
ing on a grassy stream bank in Longyearbyen,
soils, often moist and unstable, apparently acido
probably relates to P. magnivelaris.
philic. Known also from Adventdalen, Endalen,
Bjørndalen in the Isfjorden area, Bayelva at Ny
Ålesund, and Svenskøya on Kong Karls Land
(Gulden, unpubl.).
Rhodocybe cae/ata (Fr.) Maire
New to Svalbard. Collected in Bjørndalen on
Polytrichum by H. Knudsen, det. G. Gulden (O).
Omphalina velutipes P.D. Orton
New to Svalbard. Collected a number of places
near
Ny-Ålesund
by
G.
Gulden
and K.M.
Jenssen, growing in moist sites with tiny mosses.
Rickenella fibula (Bul!. : Fr.) Raithelh.
Recorded from the airfield (Hotellneset) by Huht
inen (1987), growing on a somewhat dayey brook
bank with small mosses. Collected again by S.
Panaeolus fimicola Fr.
Huhtinen in Endalen in 1988.
New to Svalbard. Collected in Longyearbyen and
in Ny-Ålesund, in grassy habitats (leg. G. Gulden
and K.M. Jenssen).
Rickenella swartzii (Fr. : Fr.) Kuyper
New to Svalbard. Collected near Longyearbyen
and in Bolterdalen by E. Ohenoja, K.M. Jenssen,
Panaeolus semiovatus (Sow. : Fr.) S.
LundelI & Nannf.
Recorded by Skifte (1979), from dung from cattle
in Ny-Ålesund. Found also at Longyearbyen
(Sverdrupsbyen ) by J. Stordal (O).
Psathyrella prona (Fr.) Gillet
New to Svalbard. Found among Mnium and other
mosses on the bird diff Stuphallet in Kongsfjor
den by G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen.
Psilocybe merdaria (Fr.) Ricken
New to Svalbard. Found in a grassy field with
sewage from the NY-Ålesund community, leg.
K.M. Jenssen.
and A.-E. Torkelsen in 1988.
Russula altaka (Sing.) Sing.
Recorded from Ny-Ålesund by Kobayasi et al.
(1968) and from Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989).
Russula chamiteae Kiihner
Recorded
from
Bjørnøya
by
Skifte
(1989).
Further localities are Hotellneset and Ossian
Sarsfjellet (leg. G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen).
Russula delka Fr.
Recorded by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Ohenoja
(1971) from Longyearbyen and mentioned by
Jalink & Nauta (1989). Skifte (1989) recorded
it from Bjørnøya and Bockfjorden. It has also
Psilocybe subcoprophila (Britz.) Sacc.
New to Svalbard. Found on reindeer dung at
been found at Hotellneset near Longyearbyen
and at Stuphallet and Ny-Ålesund in the Kongs
fjord area by G. Gulden and K.M. Jenssen.
Hotellneset (Gulden unpubl).
Psilocybe magnivelaris (Peck) Høiland
Russula maculata Oue!. ssp. a/pina (Sing.)
Knudsen & Borgen
New to Svalbard. Found in Barentsburg in 1988
Recorded from Bjørndalen by Knudsen & Borgen
growing on grass turf of Alopecurus alpinus newly
(1992). Fellner and Landa (1993) have raised
deposited among the buildings in the town. The
the taxon to specific rank under the name R.
place of origin of the turf is unknown. The record
dryadicola.
A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
195
Russula nana Killerm.
Bovista tomentosa (Vitt.) Quel.
There are severaI records of this conspicuous little
Recently collected once near Longyear Airport
fungus from Svalbard: From Longyearbyen by
on Svalbard on co al silt (Lange 1987). It seems
Dobbs (1941, as Russula resembling emetiea) and
to be a rare species on Svalbard. It is a species of
by Kobayasi et al. (1968,
continental calcareous soils and is an interesting
as
R. alpina), from
Kongsfjorden and Ebeltoftodden by Watling
addition to the mycoflora of Svalbard.
(1983, as R. alpina), from seven localities in the
Isfjorden and Kongsfjorden areas by Ohenoja
(1971, as R. alpina), and from severai localities
on the northern part of Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989).
The species is fairly common in heath vegetation,
often growing together with Salix polaris and
Dryas oetopetala, but it has also been observed
where no ne of these plants were growing (Gulden
unpubl.). An association between R. nana and
the omnipresent herb Bistorta (Polygonum) vivi
parum probably exists (Knudsen & Borgen 1982).
Calvatia aretiea Ferdinandsen & Winge
An arctic species recorded from Blomstrandhalv
øya by Lange (1990). The distribution of this
species points to an east-arctic distribution. Old
records of this species (Kobayasi et al. 1968) are
in need of confirmation, as well as all published
records from Svalbard of Bovista and Calvatia
that have not been revised by Lange (1987,1990).
Calvatta bellii (Peck) M. Lange
Russula norvegiea Reid
A widely distributed arctic species and Lange
Recorded from Svalbard by Jalink & Nauta (1989)
(1990) indicated four collections from Svalbard.
with a distribution map showing its presence in
the Bellsund and Isfjorden areas, EdgeØya, and
Barentsøya. Skifte (1989) recorded it from severaI
localities on Bjørnøya. It has been collected in
many places in the Kongsfjorden area by G.
Gulden and K.M. Jenssen.
Calvatia eretacea (Berk.) C. Lloyd
Recorded from Svalbard by numerous authors
(Ohenoja 1971), and recorded as the most com
mon Ca/vatia at Sassendalen by Lange (1990).
Calvalla cretacea is typically confined to sunny.
exposed habitats on calcareous soils in the Arctic.
Russula saliceticola (Sing.) Kiihner ex
Knudsen & Borgen
Recorded from two sites on the northern part of
Bjørnøya by Skifte (1989). Collected by J. Stordal
at Longyearbyen (unpubl. , material in O).
Lange (1990) recorded about 25 collections from
Svalbard and Guminska et. al. (1991) reported
this species also from the Hornsund area. The
species was mentioned by Fries (1914) as C. bore
alis.
Calvatia horrida M. Lange
Stropharia semiglobata (Batsch : Fr.)
Quel.
This species was recently described as a new
New to Svalbard. Collected by J. Stordal in
and two on Svalbard: Adventdalen and Bol
Longyearbyen (unpubl. , material in O).
terdalen (type locality). The species is inter
species known from two localities on Greenland
mediate between C. cretacea and an undescribed
high arctic Lycoperdon species (Lange 1990).
Tubaria furfuracea (Pers. : Fr.) Gillet
Recorded by Dobbs (1942) from
Brucebyen
(Billefjorden) on borders of pools.
Calvatia septentrionalis M. Lange
A newly described arctic species dose to C. aretiea
(Lange 1990). It has been found on sandstone,
basalt and calcareous rocks and has been collected
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Gasteromycetales
on numerous occasions by M. Lange in the Sas
196
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-EL/SE TORKELSEN
sendalen-Adventdalen area, and it is also known
belonging to the taiga-element according to Eriks
from Greenland and Iceland.
son & Ryvarden (1973).
Calvatia turneri (Ellis & Everh.) Demoulin
Cylindrobasidium evolvens (Fr.) J iilich
& Lange
This
is
New to Svalbard. Collected once by J. Stordal in
the
most
common
Calvaria (earlier
Kapp Wijk on a barrel-lid of deciduous wood (the
described as C. tatrensis) in many arctic areas
substrate identified by Torkelsen). The species is
including Svalbard (Lange 1990). Is has earlier
common in northern Europe, growing on decidu
been reported by Ohenoja (1971), as C. tatrensis.
ous trees of all kinds, but also occurring on manu
The species is most common on basalt or on
factured coniferous wood (Eriksson & Ryvarden
sandstone and does not seem to be
1976).
50
common
as C. cretacea on limestone substrates.
Dacryobolus sudans (Fr.) Fr.
Crucibulum laeve (Huds. ) Kambly
New to Svalbard. Collected once in NY-Ålesund
Recorded from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1872) and
by
it is also known from the Isfjorden area (Skifte
material, remnants from the pits. Nowhere a fre
1979).
K.M.
Jenssen.
growing
on
old
wooden
quent species. but scattered throughout the coni
fer region. It mainly grows on Pinus sylvestris
Lycoperdon molte (Pers.) Pers.
,
and has also been found on manufactured wood
(Eriksson & Ryvarden 1975).
Only recorded once near Ny-Ålesund and ident
ified by Demoulin (Ohenoja 1971). Severai Lyco
perdon species reported from Svalbard (see
Gloeophyllum sepiarium (Fr.) Karst.
excluded species) caU for a revision (Ohenoja op.
New to Svalbard. Collected once by A.-E. Tor
eit.).
kelsen, near Bayelva in Kongsfjorden district, on
old manufactured wood of Picea. This species is
Sphaerobolus stetlatus Pers.
Recorded from Bjørnøya by Skifte (1994). The
common in mainland Norway, known from both
angiosperm and gymnosperm wood (Ryvarden
1976).
species was collected on a board from an old cow
stable constructed around 1920.
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Aphyllophorales
Hyphoderma setigerum (Fr.) Donk
New to Svalbard.
Collected twice
by
K.M.
Jenssen in Ny-Ålesund, on old manufactured
wood. According to Eriksson & Ryvarden (1975)
Antrodia serialis (Fr.) Donk
New to Svalbard. Collected once in NY-Ålesund,
the species grows on deciduous trees, less often
on conifers. Humid, deciduous forests seem to be
the most suitable biotope for this species. It is
on old wooden construetions by K.M. Jenssen.
more frequent in southern parts of Europe, but
According to Ryvarden (1976) this is the most
is regularly met within the middle boreal zone in
common resupinate polypore met on gymno
North Scandinavia.
sperms in mainland Norway.
Columnocystis abietina (Fr.) Pouz.
Litschauerella abietis (Bourd. & Galz.)
Oberw.
New to Svalbard. Collected once in NY-Ålesund,
Recorded
on old wooden material, remnants from the pits
(1969) as Litschaurella (sic!) abietis growing on
old wooden material. Arvidsson (1978) used the
name Litschauerella clematitis for the same speci
(leg. K.M. Jenssen). The species is rather com
mon
in
spruce forests of Northern Europe,
from
Longyearbyen
by
Woldmar
A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
men. However, according to Eriksson & Ryvar
den (1976) it is not clear if these two names are
synonymous.
197
Typhula culmigena (Mont. & Fr.) Berthier
Recorded
from
pseudoviviparous
Longyearbyen
on
culms
Poa pratensis ssp.
of
alpigena
(Huhtinen 1987). This is an extraordinary dis
Peniophora pithya (Pers.) J. Erikss.
covery of a southern species that has never been
found in the Arctic before.
Recorded from Ossian Sarsfjellet by Arvidsson
(1978), growing on an old planed board of Picea
abies. Peniophora pithya has also been collected
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Exobasidiales
in Longyearbyen by J. Stordal (O). The speeies
is very common in spruce forests in northern
Scandinavia. The collection by Arvidsson has
fairly large spores according to Eriksson & Ryvar
den (1978).
Arcticomyces warmingii (Rostr.) Savile
Recorded as Exobasidium warmingii from severai
localities on Svalbard by Hagen (1941). This
species is a parasite on Saxifraga oppositifolia.
Ramaria ochraceovirens (1ungh.) Dank
Reported from Bjørnøya on a moss carpet by
Skifte (1994).
Exobasidium cassiopes Peck
A common parasite on Cassiope tetragona on
Svalbard (Nannfeldt 1981) earHer reported as E.
uaccinii-myrtilli f. amphigena (Lind 1928; Hagen
Sistotrema coroniferum (Hohn. & Litsch.)
Dank
Recorded
from
Longyearbyen
by
Woldmar
(1969) growing on old wooden material. Accord
ing to Eriksson & Ryvarden (1984) this species is
not known from mainland Norway. It is not a
1941, 1950).
Exobasidium hypogenum Nannf.
Also a common parasite on Cassiope tetragona
(Nannfeldt 1981), and this is the more con
common speeies, but occurs in all parts of North
spicuous of the two Exobasidium speeies on Cas
em Europe.
siope tetragona.
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Dacrymycetales
Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb. &
Schw. : Fr ) Fr.
.
Recorded
from
Longyearbyen
by
Woldmar
(1969) growing on old wooden material. Accord
ing to Eriksson & Ryvarden (1984) the species
grows on coniferous wood. It is especially com
mon on newly dead logs and stumps of Picea, but
occurs also on living trees. Old wooden material
is an unusual kind of substrate for this species.
Dacrymyces stillatus Nees : Fr.
New to Svalbard. A single collection of D. stillatus
was made in NY-Ålesund in 1986 by K.M. Jenssen
and brought to Oslo for identification. Later, in
1988, 11 collections were made, found in Ny
Ålesund, Longyearbyen and Gipsvika. Both the
red-orange, soft anamorph and the gelatinous
often firmer teleomorph were found. Different
Thelephora caryophyllea Schaeff. : Fr.
from temperate specimens. the Svalbard material
shows altogether smaller
fruitbodies,
seldom
Jalink & Nauta (1989) recorded this species from
exceeding 3 mm in diameter, and often with a
"Vestspitsbergen" without indication of place. At
pale yellow colour. Dacrymyces stil/atus is the
O, there are four speeimens from Svalbard, col
most common Dacrymyces species, known from
lected by K.M. Jenssen and G. Gulden in the
all parts in mainland Norway. It generally grows
Ossian Sarsfjellet and in Thiisbukta (Ny-Ålesund)
on coniferous wood and causes a brown rot.
in 1986 and one collection from Ny-Ålesund by
Recently, it has also been shown to cause damage
A.-E. Torkelsen.
on panels of wooden houses in mainland Norway.
198
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
The Svalbard collections were growing on rem
nants from the pits (NY-Ålesund) and on rem
nants from the pit cable (Adventdalen) or on
driftwood (Gipsvika). The substrate shows always
Agaricus (Psalliota) campestris L.
: Fr.
Applied to material probably belonging to A.
aristocratus
Gulden.
every sign of being worn out.
Agaricus (Hebeloma) fastibilis Fr.
Ditiola radicata (Alb. & Schw. : Fr.) Fr.
Recorded
D. radicata was found for the
first time in NY-Ålesund in 1986 by K.M. Jenssen
New to Svalbard.
and rediscovered by him on the same wooden
staircase in
1988.
In addition the species has been
found in two more places in NY-Ålesund by A.
E. Torkelsen. This species generally grows on
coniferous wood and causes a brown rot. There
is
a
distinet
smell
of
xeroform
from
the
(1872).
by
(1841)
Lindblom
and
Karsten
There are no recent records or material
in O from Svalbard of this species. The epithet
fastibile has been used for widely different species.
Hebeloma fastibile (Pers. : FL) P. Kumm. sensu
Fries is a veiled species as cIearly shown in the
ilIustration in Fries
(1877-84),
similar to
In the sense of Persoon it is
H. alpina.
otherwise rather
a non-veiled species (Kuyper & Vesterholt 1990).
substratum. The species is known from all parts
in mainland Norway.
Agaricus (Hebeloma) firmus Pers.
Found by J.E. Vahl on Svalbard (Karsten 1872);
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Tremellales
identity of Persoons species uncertain.
Tremella obscura (OIive) M.P. Christ.
New to Svalbard. This speeies is fungicolous and
Dacrymyces speeies. It was found
11 speeimens of D. stillatus collected
parasitic within
in 5 of the
in
1988
by A.-E. Torkelsen. It is very surprising
that this species, which is known to be rare else
where in the world, is so frequent in the Svalbard
material of
D. stil/atus,
with a ratio of 5:11 com
pared to l: 10 in mainland Norway.
Tremella
Coprinus angulatus Peck
Recorded by Zabawski
(1976)
from peat bogs in
the Hornsund region, but further documentation
is needed. True enough,
C. angulatus
is known
to occur in arctic and alpine regions, for instance
on Greenland (Lange 1955), but the habitat cited
does not suggest a carbonicolous speeies, rather
a coprophilous species like
C. cordisporus.
obscura was found both in Longyearbyen and Ny
Ålesund, but not in Gipsvika.
Coprinus plicatilis (Fr.) Fr.
Tremella sp.
Bjørnøya. However,
Recorded by Karsten
(1993) a tiny,
Tremella species is
According to Skytte Christiansen
immature specimen of a
recorded from Hohenloheskardet. The species is
parasitic on the podetia of
Cladonia gracilis.
(1872) from goose dung on
Coprinus plicatilis is not a
coprophilous species.
Cortillarius albouiolaceus (Pers. : Fr.)
Recorded
by Dobbs
(1942)
from the
fjorden area. The species grows with
Exc1uded species
Fr.
Bille
Betula nana
in the alpine belt in Fennoscandia (Hansen &
Knudsen 1992), however, this shrub is not known
from Billefjorden. Except for an uncertain identi
fication by Ohenoja
Agaricales
(1971),
the re are to our
knowledge no recent records of this species from
Svalbard. The identification is doubted.
Agaricus aruensis Schaeff.
Applied to material probably belonging to A.
aristocratus
Gulden.
Cortlnarius brufllleus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr.-See
C. rigidus.
A
catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
199
Cortinarius cinereoviolaceus (Fr.) Lange
Cortinarius subpurpurascens Fr.
(1968) and Watling
(1983) most probably refer to the common arctic
Isfjorden area, but later tentatively named C.
alpine species C. subtorvus Lamoure, described
albovioLaceus (Ohenoja
The records by Kobayasi et al.
as late as in
Mentioned by Kankainen et al.
(1967)
from the
1971).
1969.
Cystoderma amianthinum (Scop.) Kom. &
Cortinarius cinnamomeus (L.
:
Maubl.
Fr.) S.F.
Gray
Mentioned by Skifte
(1872),
Recorded by Karsten
and Skifte
(1979).
Hagen
(1950),
The name was formerly used
for the whole C.
(Dermocybe) cinnamomeus
complex, and can not be strictly interpreted. The
record by Ohenoja
(1971)
as one of "the more
Cystoderma appears to be C. arcticum. There
are no other records of C. amianthinum from
Svalbard, neither any material in O.
from Isfjorden has
spores in the upper range for C. cinnamomeus.
Very probably it belongs to C. polaris, which is
common in many places on Svalbard. Høiland
(1984),
(1979)
central" agarics on Svalbard. The most common
revising the subgenus Dermocybe in the
Nordic countries, gave no records of C.
cin
Cystoderma granulosum (Batsch : Fr.)
Kiihner
(1934).
The recorded
material probably belongs in C.
adnatifolium
Recorded by Michelmore
(
C. granulosum var. adnati
namoneus from Svalbard, neither of the very simi
(Peck) Harmaja
lar C. croceus (Schaeff.) S.F. Gray. Both are,
folium (Peck) A.H. Smith & Sing.).
=
however, known from Greenland, the latter from
low arctic sites (Høiland
1988).
Dictyolus muscigenus (Bull.) Ouel.
Recorded by Dobbs
(1942);
(1934)
Recorded by Michelmore
Cortinarius glandicolor Fr.
correct identification
(1942). Probably Arrhenia
1971; Høiland 1976).
and Dobbs
lobata (cf. Ohenoja
doubted.
Entoloma pascuum (Pers. : Fr.) Donk
Cortinarius mucosus (Bull. : Fr.) Kickx
Recorded by Kobayasi et al.
tioned by Skifte
(1979).
(1968)
and men
The material of Kobayasi
Recorded by Hariot
(1893).
The name has been
used for at least three different species, among
them E. sericeum (Noordeloos
1987,
p.
381).
may very well belong to C. favrei f. pallida Moser
& McKnight.
Galera hypnorum (Schrank) Fr.
Records by Karsten
Cortinarius cf. rigidus (Scop.) Fr. or C.
brunneus (Pers. : Fr.) Fr.
Recorded by Michelmore
(1934) from
Edgeøya.
and Dobbs
(1942)
(1872),
Michelmore
(1934),
may represent a number of
different, small, muscicolous Galerina species.
This could be any one of the many small, dark
Galera spartea (Fr.) Oue!. cf.
brown Telamonia species occurring on Svalbard.
Recorded by Michelmore
(1934)
from Edgeøya
(det. E.H.J. Corner). The name probably refers
Cortinarius simulatus P.D. Orton
Recorded by Ohenoja
(1971)
with reference to
to a Conocybe species in stirps Mesospora (cf.
Watling
1982),
but the identity of this species
probably will rema in uncertain.
descriptions of C. cinereoviolaceus by J. Lange
(1938)
and Kobayasi et al.
(1968).
The material
appears to belong in C. subtorvus Lamoure (cp.
C. cinereoviolaceus above).
Galerina pseudombrophila Kiihner
Recorded by Watling
(1983,
and referred to by
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
200
Huhtinen
1987).
Probably an error for G. pseu
domniophila Kiihner.
lnocybe rufoalba
(1992).
Mentioned by Vare et al.
Seems to be
a mistake for l. praetervisa f. rufofusca Favre
recorded by Ohenoja
Hebeloma fastibile (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm.
(1971).
See l. salicis-her
baceae.
See Agaricus faslibilis above.
Laccaria amethystina Cooke
Recorded from Hotellneset by Woldmar
Hebeloma firmus Pers.
This is
See Agaricus firmus above.
a
temperate-boreal
speeies
(1969).
which
is
unknown in arctic and alpine habitats (MuelIer
1(92).
Its northern limit in :-:Iorway is in Central
Norway (:-:lord-Trøndelag). The colour range of
Laccaria speeies on Svalbard is very large. Both
Hebeloma mesophaeum (Pers.) Quel.
Kobayasi et al.
Ohenoja
(1971) from
(1983) from
L. laccata and L. pumila have been found in very
(1957) from Eidenbukta,
(1968) from :-:ly-Ålesund.
Recorded by Lange
by
bright and very deep red shades. The identi
by
fication is doubted.
Isfjordflya. and by Watling
Backfjorden. Representatives of the
mesophaeum complex is very abundant on Sval
bard, but it is doubtful whether the real H. meso
phaeum
grows
in
arctic-alpine
habitats
(cf.
Laccaria ohiensis (Mant. ) Sing.
The record by Watling & Watling
(1988) probably
(1968) indicates
refers to L. pumila Fayod. L. ohiensis is a four
that their material may belong to H. versipeIle
spored species which mainly oceurs in tropical
Vesterholt
1989).
Kobayasi et al.
11. marginalulum). The
var. marginalulum
newly described H. polare Vesterholt is another
to south temperate regions (MueIler
1992).
The
epithet ohiensis was used by Singer in his later
publications for a two-spored species (Mue Iler &
possibility.
Vellinga
1986,
p.
32)
which
makes
a
mis
application for L pumila understandable.
Hebeloma pusillum J. Lange
Recorded
by
SkirgieUo
(1961,
Hornsund and by Kobayasi et aL
1968)
(1968)
from
from
Ny-Ålesund. Hebeloma pusillum was originally
described from Denmark and belongs in section
Denudatae. Both authors record smooth spores
in
their
material;
correct
identifications
are
Laccaria tortilis (Bolton) Cooke
Recorded by Kobayasi et aL
(1971).
(1968) and
Ohenoja
The given spore characteristics indicate
that the material belongs in L. pumila Fayod (cf.
also MuelIer
1992.
p.
45).
doubted. The collection recorded by Ohenoja
(1971) from Festningen, Isfjorden seems to match
H. kuehneri Bruchet.
Lactarius groenlandicus Terkelsen
Recorded by Vare et al.
1988"
Hebeloma versipeIle (Fr.) Gillet ss.
(1992)
eiting "Gulden
(unpubL). The name has been misapplied
for L dryadophilus Kiihner.
Romagnesi 1965
(1983) and tentatively by
(1988). Vesterholt (1989) sug
Recorded by Watling
Watling & Watling
Lactarius mitissimus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr.
gests that H. versipeIle should be regarded a
Recorded by Skifte (1979). The material probably
nomen confusum, due to the lack of type material
belongs in L lanceolatus Miller & Laursen, which
and the many different interpretations of the
appears to be the only representative of the small,
name. Probably the material of Watling belongs
fulvous to orange brown Lactarius species on
in H. polare Vesterholt.
Svalbard.
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae. and cyanobacteria
Lactarius subdulcis (Pers, : Fr.) S.F. Gray
(1872) from Adventfjorden
(1950) from Lomfjordbotnen;
201
Omphalina eupulatoides P.D. Orton
Recorded by Karsten
Record based on poor material, examined in dry
and by Hagen
condition (Reid
1979).
probably belonging in L. laneeolatus Miller &
Laursen. see above.
Omphalina pseudomuralis Lamoure
Laetarius thejogalus (Bull.: Fr . ) S.F. Gray
Recorded by Kobayasi et al.
Tentatively determined on dry material by Reid
(1979).
(1968) and Watling
(1983) from Ny-Ålesund; probably belonging in
L. laneeolatus Miller & Laursen, see above.
Omphalina pyxidata (Pers. : Fr.) Que!.
Recorded
from
Svalbard by Hagen (1950),
(1968), and Ohenoja (1971).
Kobayasi et al.
Laetarius uvidus (Fr. : Fr.) Fr.
There is no record of this species from Svalbard
(1971) from Linnevatnet,
after Lamoure had recognised Favre's variety
Braganzatoppen and Longyearbyen in the Isfjord
rivulieola of O. pyxidata as a separate species
area and from near Ny-Ålesund in the Kongs
(Lamoure
Recorded by Ohenoja
fjordarea. Also mentioned by Skifte
1974).
(1979). The
material probably belongs in L. robertianus Bon,
a darker and dryer species, or in L. pseudouvidus
Ktihner which has a viscid cap like L. uvidus, but
with yellowish flesh more or less giving colour to
cap and gills.
Omphalina rustiea (Fr.) Quel. ss. J.E.
Lange and
M.
Lange
Recorded by Ohenoja
(1971). According to her
description, the material belongs in the group of
the small, dark Omphalina species, and has spores
Leecinum scabrum (Bull. : Fr.) S.F. Gray
Recorded by Hesselman
(1900) from Colesbukta
(Kolebay) growing together with Betula nana.
The material probably belongs in L. rotundifoliae.
in the range of O. obatra (Favre) P.D. Orton.
Pholiota squarrosa (Weig. : Fr.) P.
Kumm. cf.
Recorded by Dobbs
Lepista pseudoeetypa
(M.
Lange) Gulden
Recorded from Svalbard by Gulden
(1984). The
species was distinguished from L. multiformis on
(1942). We are not aware of
any other record of this species from arctic or
alpine habitats. The similar Psiloeybe magni
velaris, however, beJongs to cold regions and has
been found on Svalbard.
account of smaller spores and non-incrusting pig
ments. Having later seen fresh material agreeing
with L. multiformis in all respects but the spores
(which were small), the distinction between the
Psalliota arvensis (Schaeff.) Fr.-see
Agarieus arvensis .
two species is doubted. Also with regard to the
pigment, there appear to be transitions.
Psalliota campestris-see Agaricus
eampestris.
Naucoria hamadryas cf.
Recorded
by
Michelmore
(1934),
species.
doubtful
Russula integra (L.) Fr.
Recorded by Karsten
Nolanea paseua Fr .-see Entoloma
paseuum.
(1872) from Adventbukta,
as fairly common. The species does not belong to
the arctic or alpine flora and the name probably
refers to another fungus.
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
202
L. caelatum Bull.
Russula nitida (Pers. : Fr.) Fr.
Recorded from Blomstrandbreen by Reid (1979).
Published by Karsten (1872) as L. coelatum (sic!)
The identification is uncertain, based on inad
and Michelmore (1934). This is probably a Cal
equately annotated, dry material. As R. nitida is
vatia species.
regularly
associated
unknown
in
this
with
area,
Betula,
the
which
is
identification
is
L. echinatum Pers.
doubted.
Reported by Hariot (1893) and is doubtful.
Russula ochroleuca Pers.
Recorded from Longyearbyen by Dobbs (1942),
L. furfuraceum Schaeff.
from river margin. Not refound in recent times.
Reported by Pax (1893) and probably is a Calvatia
The material may betong in R. claroflava var.
species.
viridis, recently described by Knudsen & Borgen
(1992).
L. giganteum (Batsch) Pers.
Recorded by Dobbs (1942) and refers to L. bov
Russula oreina Sing.
ista as recorded by Lindblom (1841), see above.
Mentioned by Vare et al. (1992, table 3) with
reference to Ohenoja (1971) who recorded a col
lection of small specimens under the name of R.
xerampelina. The collection was later referred to
by Knudsen & Borgen (1992) as possibly belong
ing in R. oreina. The species probably occurs on
Svalbard, but reliably identified material is still
L. cf. ni veum Kreisel
Reported from Svalbard by Ohenoja (1971).
Seems to be a doubtful record based on scanty
material.
lacking.
L. umbrinum Pers.
Reported by Hagen (1950) and Kobayasi et al.
Russula xerampelina (Schaeff.) Fr.
Recorded
by
Ohenoja
(1971)
from
Bragan
zatoppen and Longyearbyen. The on ly member
(1968). According to Ohenoja (1971) there i s
uncertainty about these records.
of the xerampelina group yet identified from Sval
bard is R. chamiteae. Probably the material stud
ied by Ohenoja belongs to this species, however,
more species in the xerampelina complex may
well be present on Svalbard.
Scleroderma aurantiacum Pers.
Recorded from Svalbard by Michelmore (1934)
and Dobbs (1942). This is a doubtful record and
according to Ohenoja (1971) probably a Calvatia
species.
Gasteromycetales
Bovista plumbea Pers.
Reported by Karsten (1872) and probably is a
Calvatia species.
Lycoperdon bovista (Linn.) Fr.
Collected by J.E. Vahl and reported by Lindblom
(1841) and probably is a Calvatia species.
List of synonyms
Agaricales
Agaricus arcticlls Gulden
=
A. aristocratus GuI
den
Alnicola tamilla (Favre) Gulden
tilla Favre
=
Naucoria tan
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Anellaria
Dennis
semiovata
=
(Sow.
:
Fr.)
Pears.
&
Panaeolus semiovatus (Sow. : Fr.) S.
(Høiland) Gulden)
A. littoralis (Høiland)
=
=
Arrhenia lobata
montana (cf. MuelIer
1992,
p
Leptoglossum acerosum (Fr.
43).
: Fr.) Moser
=
Arrhenia reti
Clitocybe candicans (Pers. : Fr.) P. Kumm. var.
dryadicola (Favre) Lamoure
=
C. dryadicola
Lyophyllum atratum (Fr. :
=
=
Arrhenia lit
Leptoglossum retirugum (Bull. : Fr.) Ricken
Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead
Leptotus
(Favre) Harmaja
Fr.) Sing.
retirugis
(Bul!.: Fr.)
P.
Karst.
Arrhenia retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead
Mycena atroalboides (Peck) Sacc.
Collybia obscura Favre
C. alkalivirens Sing.
=
Cortinarius cinereoviolaceus Lange
C. simu
=
Cortinarius inops Favre
Dermocybe polaris (Høiland) Arnold
Cor
=
tinarius polaris Høiland
Dictyolus retirugus (Bull. : Fr.) Oue!.
=
Arrhenia
retiruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead
Galerina moelleri Bas
G. pseudomycenopsis
=
Pilat
Galerina pseudopumila P.D. Orton
G. pseudo
=
mycenopsis Pilat
Galerina pumila (Pers. : Fr.) Sing. ss. Kankainen
=
G. pseudomycenopsis Pilat accord
ing to Ohenoja
(1971).
Gerronema ericetorum (Pers.: Fr.) Sing.
=
Om
favrei
(Watling)
luteovitellinum
(Pilat
O. luteovitellina
O.
hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow
Hygrocybe punicea
(Fr.) P. Kumm.
Hygrophorus vitellinus Fr. ss. F.H. Møller
citrinopallida
(Hesler &
=
Smith)
I. giacomi Favre
Inocybe fastigiata (Schaeff.) Oue!.
=
I. rimosa
(Bull. : Fr.) P. Kumm.
Laccaria altaica Sing.
=
=
Rickenella
=
swartzii (Fr.) Raithelh.
Nolanea sericea (Bul!.) P.D. Orton
=
Entoloma
sericeum (Bull.) Oue!.
Omphalina alpina (Britz.) Bresinsky & StangI and
ss. Gulden et a!.
(1985)
=
luteovitellina (Pilat
& Nannf.) M. Lange
Omphalina brownii (Berk. &
Orton ss. Favre
=
Broome) P.D.
O. favrei Watling
=
O.
galericolor (Romagn.) Bon
=
O. galericolor(Rom
=
Rickenella
fibula (Bul!. : Fr.) Raithelh.
=
O. lute
ovitellina (Pilat & Nannf.) M. Lange
=
O. velu
tina (Oue!.) Oue!.
Omphalina luteolilacina (Favre) D.M. Hend.
=
O. hudsoniana (H.S. Jenn.) H.E. Bigelow
F.H. Møller et auet.
=
O. ericetorum (Pers. :
Fr.) M. Lange
Omphalina setipes (Fr. : Fr.) Oue!.
=
Rickenella
swartzii (Fr. : Fr.) Kuyper
Omphalina umbellifera (L. : Fr.) Oue!. ss. auet.
=
L. pum
Omphalina umbratilis (Fr.) Oue!. ss. Clemenc;on
L. laccata (Scop. :
Omphalina umbratilis var. minor (Fr.) Oue!. ss.
=
& Sing. p.p.
1992)
Laccaria tetraspora Sing.
Mycena
O. ericetorum (Pers. : Fr.) M. Lange
L. pumila Fayod
Laccaria striatula (Peck) Peck ss. auet.
ila Fayod (cf. MuelIer
=
Omphalina pseudoandrosaceus (Bull.) Moser ss.
=
Kobayasi
Inocybe borealis M. Lange
Mycena swartzii (Fr.) A.H. Smith
Omphalina grisella (Weinm.) Moser
=
H. alpinum (Favre) Bruchet
=
M. oli
chlorinella (Lange) Sing.
Omphalina flava (Cooke) M. Lange
=
Hebeloma crustuliniforme var. alpinum Favre
Hygrocybe
Mycena leptocephala (Pers.: Fr.) Gillet
Omphalinafibula (Bull. : Fr.) Oue!.
Nannf.)
&
Gerronema luteolilacinum (Favre) Sing.
Hygrophorus puniceus Fr.
=
agn.) Bon
Clemenc;on
Omphalina galericolor (Romagn.) Bon
Gerronema
Mycena avenacea (Fr.) Oue!. ss. auet.
Omphalina favreiWatling
phalina ericetorum (Pers. : Fr.) M. Lange
Gerronema
sep
vaceomarginata (Massee) Massee
C. pusillus F. H. Møller
=
M.
=
tentrionalis Maas G.
latus P.D. Orton, cp. C. subtorvus
1967
Leptoglossum littorale Høiland
toralis (Høiland) Gulden
ruga (Bull. : Fr.) Redhead
Collybia atratus Fr.
Leptoglossum lobatum (Pers. : Fr.) Ricken
Arrhenia lobata (Pers. : Fr.) Redhead
(Pers.: Fr.) Redhead
Cantharellus retirugis (Bul!.) Fr.
=
treats L. tetraspora as a syn
Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Kiihner
Gulden
Cantharellus lobatus (Pers.) Fr.
Sing.
(1992)
onym of L. ohiensis, but in the Arctic the name
has probably been applied for L. laccata or L.
LundelI & Nannf.
Arrhenia salina (Høiland) Bon (and A. salina
et a!.
MuelIer
203
Fr.) Cooke (cf. MuelIer & Vellinga
1986).
=
Møller, Favre
O. velutipes P.D. Orton
=
O. velutipes P.D. Orton
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
204
Phaeotellus acerosus (Fr. : Fr.) Kom. & Maubl.
=
References
Arrhenia acerosa (Fr. : Fr.) Ktihner
Pholiota pumila Fr.
SS.
auet.
Galerina pseudo
=
mycenopsis Pilåt
Rhodophyllus junceus (Fr.) Que!.
=
Entoloma
juncina (Ktihner & Romagn.) Noordel.
Rhodophyllus sericeus Quel.
=
Enloloma ser
Russula a/pina (A. Blytt) F.H. Møller & J.
R. nana Killerm.
Sehåff.
dryadicola
Fell ner
Landa
magnivelaris
=
R.
Psilocybe
Peek
&
Lindstrom,
spedal emphasis on arctic-alpine material. In: Petrini. O.
&
Laursen. G.A. (eds. l: Arctic and alpine mycology 3-4. Bibl.
Mycol. 150,3-15.
Blytt, A. 1905: Norges hymenomyceteL Skrifter Vidensk.
Selsk.
&
maculata Que!. ssp. a/pina Knudsen & Borgen.
Stropharia
Bendiksen,E.,Brandrud,T .E., Bendiksen, K.
H. 1993. A study of the Cortinarius helobius-complex, with
iceum Que!.
Russula
Arvidsson, L 1978: PeniopllOra pithya funnen på Spetsbergen.
Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 72. 29J.-294.
l.
Malh.-nalurv. Kl. 1904. 6, 1-164.
Boertmann, D. 1990: The identity of Hygrocybe vitellina and
related spedes. Nord.
J.
Bot. 10,311-317.
Bon, M. 1985: Quelques nouveaux taxon, de la flore myco·
logiquc alpine. Bull. Trim. FM. Mye. Daup hine-Savoie 97,
23-30.
magnivelaris (Peek) Høiland
Bon, M.
&
Courtecuisse, R. 1987: Especes ou combinaisons
nou velles et validations de taxons. Dac. Mye. 18 (69).37-38.
Gasteromycetales
Bruchet, G. 1970: Contribution a I'('tude du genre Hebeloma
Calvatia borealis Th.C.E. Fries
39 (sup pl. au flO. 6), 1- 132.
C1emen on. H. 1982, Kompendium der B1åtterpilze. Euro
(FL) Kummer; partie speciale. Bull. Mens, Soc. Linn. Lyon
=
C. cretacea
paische omphalinoide Tricholomataceae. Zeitschr. Myko/.
(Berk.) C. Lloyd
Calvatia tatrensis HolIGS
=
C. turneri (Ellis &
Everh.) Demoulin & Lange
48, 195-237.
Christiansen,
M.S.
1993:
Cha/ara Ilchenico/a
n.sp.
(Deu
teromycotina),a lichenicolous hyphomycetes from Svalbard.
Nord.
J.
Bol. 13.309-312.
Dobbs, e.G. 1942: Note on the larger fungi of Spitsbergen.
Aphyllophorales
J.
Bot. 80, 94-102.
Elvebakk. A. 1984: Contribution to the lichen flora and ecology
of Svalbard, Arctic Norway. Bryologist
Haemalostereum sanguinolentum (Alb. & Sehw.
ex Fr.) Pouz.
Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb.
& Schw. : Fr.) Fr.
Lilschauerella clemalitis
Eriksson, J.
87,
)08--313.
Ryvarden, L. 1973: The Corticiaceae of :>Jorth
Europe. 2. Fungiflora. Oslo.
Eriksson, J.
&
Ryvardcn. L. 1975: The Conidaceac of North
Europc. 3. Fungiflora. Oslo.
(Bourd. & Galz.) J.
Erikss. & Ryv. ss. Arvidsson 1978
Lit
Eriksson, J.
schauerella abielis (Bourd. & Galz.) Oberw.
Eriksson, J.
==
&
&
Ryvarden. L. 1976: The Corticiaecac of North
Europe. 4. Fungiflora. Oslo.
&
Ryvarden,L. 1978: The Corticiaeeae of North
Europe. 5. Fungiflora. Oslo.
Eriksson, J.
Exobasidiales
&
Ryvarden,L. 1984: The Corticiaceae of North
Europe. 1. Fungiflora. Oslo.
Favre. J. 1955: Les champignons superieurs de la zone alpine
du Pare National Suisse. Ergebn. WissCflsch. Unters. Schweiz.
Exobasidium
vaccinii-myrtilli
amphigena luel
=
(Fuek.)
luel f.
Exobasidium cassiopes Peek
Exobasidium warmingii Rostr.
Arclicomyces
warmingii (Rostr.) Savile
Nat.5 (N.F.) 33.1-212.
Fellner, R.
&
Landa.J. 1993: Some spedes of Cortinariaceae
and Russu1aceac in the alpine belt of the Belaer Tatras in Petrini, P.
&
I.
Laursen, G.A, (eds,): Arctic and Alpine
Mycology 3-4. Bib!. Mycol. 150,33--37.
Fries, T.C.E. 1914: Zur Kenntnis der Gasteromycctcnftora in
Tome Lappmark. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 8,235-243.
Frie,. E, 1877-84: Jeones seleetae hymellomyætwn nondum
Acknowledgements
delineatarum.
Il.
Holmiac et Upsaliae.
Gulden. G. 1980: Alpine Galerinas (Basidiomyeetes, Agari·
cales) with special reference to their Occurrencc in South
Norway at Finse On Hardangervidda. Norw.
Wc are indebted J. Stordal, Gjøvik, for placing hIS fairly large
collcction of Svalbard macromycctes at our disposal. We also
J.
Bot.
27,
219
253.
Gulden,G. 1984: Studies in Lepista (FL) W. G. Smith seetion
want to thank K.M. Jenssen,Oslo. who has contributed with
Lepista (Basidiomycetes, Agaricales). Sydowia 36,59-74.
collections of Aphyllophorales and of tremellaceous fungi, L
Gulden, G. 1987: The genus Galerina on Svalbard. Pp. 177-
&
Ryvarden, University of Oslo, for identification of some of the
204 in Laursen, G.A., Ammirati, l.F.
former, and T. Engelskjøn and G. Mathiassen, University of
(eds.): Arctic and alpine myco/agy. 11. Plenum Press. N.Y.
Tromsø, for valuable information on Leccinum rotundifoliae on
Svalbard.
Redhead, S.A.
and London.
Gulden, G. 1988: Studies in the agarics of Svalbard. 1. New
A catalogue of Svalbard plants. fungi. algae. and cyanobacteria
spedes and combinations (Tricholomataceael. Sydowia
40
(1987),51-59.
Gulden, G.
& Jenssen, K.M. 1982: Mycena and related genera
& Ammirati, J.F. (ed•. ) : Arctic and alpine mycology.
& Jenssen. K.M. 1988: Arctic and alpine /ungi 2.
Soppkonsulenten. Oslo.
Gulden, G., Jenssen, K.M.
& Stordal,J. 1985: Arctic and alpine
& Laursen, G.A. (eds.): Arctic and alpine mycology 3-
4. Bibl. Mycol. 150,147-154.
Kobayasi. Y., Tubaki. K.
417.
Sei. Mus. Tokyo I l , 33-76.
Hagen, A. 1941: Micromycetes from Vestspitsbergen collected
by Dr. Emil Hadac in 1939. Medd. Norges Svalbard Ishavs
49, 1-11.
KUhner, R. 1981: Alnicola. Trav. Sei. Pare Nat. Vanoise I l ,
l lJ-134.
& Vesterholt, J. 1990: The typification of Agaricus
/astibilis Pers. : Fr. the type speeies of the genus Hebeloma
(Fr.) P. Kumm. Persoonia
/4, 189-192.
Laestadius, P. 1860: Bidrag till kannedomen om vaxtligheten i
Hagen, A. 1950: Notes on Arctic fungi. Norsk Polarinst. Skr.
93,1-25.
Torne Lappmark. Akad, a/ho Upsala, Enquist
& K. 46 pp.
Lamoure, D. 1968: Parthenogenese chez Omphalina ericelOrum
L. & Knudsen, H. (eds.) 1992: Nardie macramycetes.
Hariot, P. 1893: Note sur les collectiones cryptogamiques rap
portees par La Manche. In: Bienaime, M. (ed.): Voyage du
:
"La Manche" 11 1 le Jan Mayen ct aU Spitsberg (juillet-aout
1892). Nauvelles Arch. Missions. Sei. Lill. 5,235-254.
& Kallio, P. 1969: On the problem of subarctic
basidiolichens. Il. Ann. Univ. Turku. A, 1I:40 (Rep. Kevo
Subarclic Res. Stat. 4). 90-97.
Genre
5,
149-164.
Omphalina (2' partie). Trav. Sei. Pare Na/. Vanoise
6. ISJ-
Lange. J.E. 1938: Flara agaricina danica
lIl. Ki:ibenhavn.
Lange. M. 1957: Macromycetes. Part I l l . Greenland Agaricales
(pars) Macromycetes caeteri. Il. Ecological and plant geo
Hesselman, H. 1900: Om mykorrhizabildningar hos arktiska
vaxter. K. Svenska Vetcnsk.- Akad. Handl. Bihang 26 A/d.
graphic studies. Medd. Grønland [48, 21,1-125.
Lange, M. 1987: Arctic Gastromycetes. The genus Bovisla in
Greenland and Svalbard. Pp. 261-271 in Laurscn, G.A..
III (2). 1-46.
1976:
The
genera
Leploglossum. Arrhenia,
Phaeatellus, and Cyphelloslereum in Norway and Svalbard.
Ammirati, J.F.
& Redhead, S.A (eds.}: Arctic and alpine
myeolog}' Il. Plenum Press. N. Y. and London.
Lange, M. 1990: Arctic Gastromycetes Il. Calvalia i n Green
Norw. J. Bot. 23, 201-212.
Høiland, K. 1984: Cortinarius subgenus Dermocybe. Opera
land, Svalbard and lceland. Nord. J. Bal. 9,535-546.
Lind. J. 1928: The micromycetcs of Svalbard. Skr. Svalbard
Bal. 71,5-113.
Høiland, K. 1987: The basidiolichens of Norway and Svalbard.
Høiland. K. 1988: Cortinarius subgenus Dermocybe in Green·
13, 1-61.
Horak, E. 1982: Agarkales in Antaretica and Subantarctica:
and
taxonomy.
Beeren Eiland anmiirkta vaxter. Bot.
Nal. 1840 (9).153-158.
Michelmore. A.P.G. 1934: Botany ofthe Cambridge expedition
J. Bot. 8. 409-4\3.
ecology,
Ishavet
Lindblom, AE. 1841: Forteckning ofver de på Spetsbergen och
Graph/s Ser/pla I. 81-90.
Distribution,
Agaricales de la zone alpine.
Omphalina (lere partic). Trav. Sei. Pare Nal. Vanoise
166.
n. sp. in Spitzbergen. Karstenia 24,31-32.
land. Nord.
D, 26 6. 1499-1500.
Lamoure. D. 1974:
Lamoure. D. 1975: Agaricales de la zonc alpine. Genre
Harmaja. H. 1984: CyslOderma adnati/olium and C. arcticum
K.
(Pers. ex Fr.) M. Lange et deux especes affines. C. R. Acad.
Sei. Paris. Serie
2. C.openhagen, 474 pp.
Høiland.
& Stasovski. E. 1990: The mycorrhizal status of
plants at Alexandra Fiord, Ellcsmcre Island, Canada, a high
Kuyper, T.
Heikkila, H.
& Soneda. M. 1968: Enumeration of
arctic sitc. Mycologia 82, 2J-35.
Z. & Olech. M. 1991. Macromycetes
of the Sorkapp Land, Spitzbergen. Polish Polar Res. [2,407
Hansen,
O.
Kohn. L.M.
/ungi l. Soppkonsulenten, Oslo.
Guminska. B .. Heirich.
Unders.
& Lamoure, D. 1993: Notes on l actarius drya
the higher fungi, moulds and yeasts of Spitsbergen. Bull. Nal.
University of Washington Press. Seattle and London.
Gulden, G.
Knudsen, H.
dophilus KUhn. and L. groenlalldicus Terkelsen. In: Petrini,
in alpine habitats of South Norway. Pp. 164-197 in Laursen,
G.A.
205
Pp.
164-197
in
t o Edge Island, S. E. Spitsbergen, in
1927. Part I . Kew Bull.
Miscell. In/arm. Appendix 1934. Pp. 30-39.
& Ammirati, J.F. (ed,.): Arctic and alpine
Miller, O.K.. Laursen, G.A. & Murray. B.M. 1973. Arctic and
University of Washington Press. Seattle and
alpine agarics from Alaska and Canada. Can. J. Bal. Sl. 43
Huhtinen, S. 1985: Marasmius kallioneus_ a new arctic speeies.
Møller, F.H. 1945: FWlgi a/ the Faeraes. Part l. Basidiomyeetes.
Laursen. G.A.
myeology.
49.
London.
Myc. Heiv.
Copenhagen, 295 pp.
l, 341-351.
Huhtinen. S. 1987: New Svalbard fungi. Pp. 123-151in Laursen,
G.A., Ammirati, J.F.
& Redhead, S.A (ed,.): Arctic and
alpine mycology Il. Plenum Press. N.Y. and London.
Jalink, L.M.
& Nauta, M.M. 1989: Paddestoelen op Spits
bergen. Cireumpolar J. 4, 1-17.
Kankainen. E., Karlstrom, P.
& Heikkilii. H. 1967: Kevolaisten
Moser, M.
& McKnight, K.H. 1987: Fungi (Agaricales. Rus·
sulaIes) from the alpine zone of Yellowstone National Park
and the Beartooth Mountains with spedal emphasis on Cor
linarius. Pp. 299-317 in Laursen, G.A., Ammirati, J.F.
&
Redhead, S.A. (eds. j: Arc/ic and alpine mycology Il. Plenum
Press. N.Y. and London.
retki Huippuvuorille v. 1966. Luonnon Tutkija 7[,118--123.
MuelIer. G.M. 1992: Systematies of Daccaria (Agaricalesl in
Karsten, P.A. 1872: Fungi in insulis Spetsbergen et Beeren
the continental United States and Canada, with discussions
Eiland colleeti. O/vers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. (1872) 2,
on extralimital taxa and descriptions of extant types. Fieldiana
91-108.
Bot., n.s. no. 30. 1-158.
Knudsen,
li. & Borgen, T. 1982: Russulaceae in Greenland.
Pp. 216--244 in Laursen, G .A. & Ammirati, J.F. (eds.):Arclic
MuelIer, G.M.
& Vellinga. E.e. 1986: Taxonomic and nomen·
& Br. Laccaria amethyslea. L.
c1atural notes on Laccaria B.
and alpine mycology. University of Washington Press. Seattle
/raterna. L. laccata, L. pumila,and their synonyms. Persoonia
and London.
[3,27-43.
Knudsen, H.
& Borgen, T. 1992: New and rare taxa of Russula
from Greenland. Persoonia 14, 509-517.
Nannfeldt. J.A. 1981: Exobasidium,a taxonomic reassessment
applied to the European speeies. Sym. BOl. Upsal. 23. 1-
n.
GRO GULDEN & ANNA-ELISE TORKELSEN
206
Noordeloos, M.E. 1984: Entolomalaceae (Agaricales, Basidio
mycetes) in Greenland-l. The genus Entoloma. Persoonia
Noordeloos, M,E, 1987: Enroloma (Agaricales) in Europe.
Beih. Nova Hedw. 91. 1-419,
Noordeloos, M.E. & Gulden, G, 1989: Entoloma (Basidio·
Agaricales)
Svalbard. Opera Bot. 100,233-239,
Skifte, O. 1994: Records of Ramaria ochraceo-virens (Jungh,)
12, 263-305.
mycetes,
Skifte, O. 1989: Russula of the island Bjørnøya (Bear Island),
of alpine
habitals
on
the
Hard·
angervidda near Finse. Norway, with a key inc\uding species
from Northern Europe and Greenland, Can, J, Bot, 67, 17271738,
Norske Soppnavn 1996: Den norske soppnavnkomiteen, Oslo,
3, ed,
0vstedal, 0.0, & Schwenke, J,·T. 1987: Coprinus martinU
(Favre ex Orton) on Svalbard. Agarica 16, 5
61.
Ohenoja. E, 1971: The larger fungi of Svalbard and their
ecology, Rep, Kroo Subarctic Res. Stat. 8, 122-147,
Orton, P,D, 1984: Notes on British agarics. VIII. Notes Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinb, 41, 565-624.
Orton. P,D. & Watling, R. 1979: British fungus flora 2. Coprina·
eeae. Part l: Coprinus, Edinburgh, 149 pp,
Pax, F. 1892: Ueber die Flora und die Vegetation Spitzbergens,
In: Cremer, L.: Ein Au flug nach Spilzbergen, Berlin, 80 pp,
PiIM, A. 1936: Atlas des ehampignons de I'Europe, Pleurolus
Fries. Fase. 16, 177-193.
Redhead, S.A. 1984: Arrhenia and Rimbachia, expanded gen
erie concepts, and a reevaluation of Leptoglossum with
emphasis on museicolous North American taxa, Can, 1. Bot.
5, 865-892,
Reid, D.A. 1979: Some iungi from Spitsbergen. Rep, Kevo
Subarctic Res, Sta/. 15,41·47.
Romagnesi, H, 1965: Etudes sur le genre Hebeloma. Bull. Trim,
Soc. Mycol. France 81,321-344.
Ryvarden, L. 1976: The Polyporaceae of North Europc. I,
Fungiflora. Oslo.
Senn·Irlet, B" Jenssen, K,M, & Gulden, G. 1990: Arctic and
alpine funKi 3. Soppkonsulenten. Oslo.
Sivertsen. S. 1993: Laccaria pumila Fayod and L. altaica Sing.
are they really synonyms? Polarflokken 17. 331-338,
Skifte. O, 1979: Storsopp på Svalbard, Ottar 1l0--lJ2, 29-39,
Donk and Sphaerobolus stella/US Pers. from the Arctic island
Bjørnøya (Bear Island), Mycol, Hel", 2, 101-106,
Skifte, O. & HØiland, K. 1993: Cortinarius subgen, Dermocybe
on Bear Island. B/yttia 51,151-153.
SkirgieIlo, A, 1961: De quelques champignons superieurs recol
tes par M. Kue au Spitsbergen 1958. Bull. Res. Counci/lsrael,
Sec/. D: Bot. July 1961, lOD, 287-293.
SkirgieIlo, A, 1968: Higherfungi collected in 1958 at Hornsund,
Vestspitsbergen. Pp, 113-116 in Birkenmajer, K.: Polish
Spitsbergen Expeditions 1957-1960. Botany, Pol. Acad. Sei"
III 1. G . Yil,G,C. Comm, Warszawa,
Sommerfelt, S,c. 1833: Bidrag til Spitsbergens og Beeren·
Eilands fl o ra, efter herbarier, medbragte at H, Keilhau. Mag.
Natur". 2. Rekke, l, 232-245,
Summerhayes, VS & Elton, C.S, 1923: Contribution to the
ecology of Spitsbergen and Bear Island. J. Eco/. 11,214-286,
Trimbach. J. 1978: Materiel pour une "check-list" des Alpes
Maritimes (suite). Dac, Mycol. 8 (29), 39-53.
Ulje, C.B, &
oordeloos. M,E, 1993: Studies in Coprinus III
Coprinus scction veliformis. Persoonia 15,257-301.
Vare. H" Vestberg, M. & Eurola, S, 1992: Mycorrhiza and
root·associated fungi in Spitsbergen. Mycorrhiza 1 ,9.3-104.
Vestcrholt, J, 1989: A revision of Hebeloma sec!. Indusiata in
the Nordic countries. Nord. J. BOl, 9,289-319.
Watling, R. 1977: Larger fungi from Greenland, Astarle 10, 6171.
Watling. R. 1982: British fungus flora3. Bolbitiaeeae: Agrocybe,
Bolbitius & Conocybe, Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
139 pp.
Watling. R. 1983: Larger cold-climate fungi. Sv
, dowia36 (1983),
308-325,
Watling, C. & Watling. R. 1988: Svalbard fungi. British School,'
Exploration Soc. Rep. 1987-1988.
Woldmar, S. 1969: Svalbards storsvampar i litteratur och natur.
Friesia 9, 282·287
Zabawski. J, 1976: SoU fungi isolated from peat bogs in
Hornsund region
(West
Spitsbergen).
Proceed. 5 [ntem. Peal Congr. Poznan. 2.
Pp. 158-170 in:
A. Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano
bacteria
Part
Fungi
4.
diomycota,
Myxomycota,
Il.
Oomycota,
Chytri
Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Deuteromycota,
Basidiontycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM and SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Elvebakk, A., Gjærum, H.B.
&
Sivertsen, S.
1996:
Part 4. Fungi 11. Myxomycota, Oomycota, Chy
tridiomycota, Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Deuteromycota, Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginalcs.
Pp.
207-259
in Elvebakk, A.
&
Prestrud, P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi. algae and
cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198.
The Svalbard species of Myxomycota, Oomycota, Chytridiomycota, Zygomycota, Ascomycota (excluding
Iichenised and lichenicolous spedes), Deuteromycota and the Uredinales and Ustilaginales within Bas
idiomycota are reviewed and include 389 accepted species, whereas 57 species are rejected. The mycological
exploration of Svalbard is very incomplete, and the real number of species is much larger. Information on
distribution, rarity, ecology, and taxonomy is included, and the intention has been to cover the Svalbard
literature completely. The following eight species are reported here as new to Svalbard: Fuligo intermedia,
Ascobolus albidus, Cheilymenia pseudohumarioides, Lasiobolus diversisporus, Neottiella aphanodictyon,
Onygena corvina, Taphrina carnea, and Thelebolus crustaceus.
Arve Elvebakk, Institute of Biology and Geology, University of Tromsø, N-903l Tromsø, Norway; Halvor
B. Gjærum, Planteforsk, Plant Protection Centre, Fellesbygget, N-I432
ÅS,
Norway; Sigmund Sivertsen,
Museum of Natural History and Archaeology, NTNU, Institute of Natural History, N-lOO4 Trondheim,
Norway.
those by Lind (1928,1934),Hagen (1941,1950),
Contents
Kobayasi et al. (1968), and Zabawski (1976). As a
Introduction ....
........... 207
210
Comments .................................................... 217
Rejected speeies . .... , ..................................... 249
List of synomyms........................................... 253
Anamorphs ..... ........ ........ .
.................. 257
Acknowledgements .. .......... ............................ 257
Referenees ................................................... 257
. . .
.......
. .
..........
. . . . . . . .
...
.
List of speeies ... ............... .... ...................
. .
. .
. .
.
. .
. .
.
. . . . .
result of these papers the microfungi on Svalbard
remained better known than the macrofungi for
a very long period. Discomycetes and other mac
rofungi were studied by Kobayasi et al. (1968),
Ohenoja (1971) and Huhtinen (1987), and all
these authors included reviews of at least parts
of the Svalbard mycological literature. Recently,
monographs have appeared for the Svalbard
species of Lamprospora (Schumacher 1993) and
Pleospora s,l. (Holm & Holm 1993b), and Holm
& Holm (1993a) studied ascomycetes growing
Introduction
on Dryas on Svalbard. Holm & Holm (1994)
presented an annotated checklist of Svalbard pyr
enomycetes and loculoascomycetes (the latter
The mycological exploration of Svalbard began
treated as bitunicate pyrenomycetes). This study
with the studies of Karsten (1872), although a
included 31 species new to Svalbard (determined
few species had been collected before. Karsten
to species level with certainty) and also indicated
reported nine discomycetes, six smuts and rust
erroneous
fungi,
reported by Lind (1928). These recent studies
and
no
less
than
28
pyrenomycetes/
or
doubtful
species
among
those
loculoascomycetes in addition to homobasidio
were mostly based on collections from a 1988
mycetes. Important papers on microfungi include
International Symposium on Arctic and Alpine
207
208
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Mycology in Svalbard, the third in a series of
omitted
symposia dealing with arctic and alpine fungi. A
spores of 9 species of unicellular parasites on
number of important contributions are also found
mites (Acarina) in Svalbard. One of these has
in studies not focusing on Svalbard.
later been recombined
Some of the groups of fungi were reported
here.
Thor
(1930)
described
within a
resting
zygomycete
genus, whereas the others remain as species in
very late from the Svalbard archipelago. The first
genera of dubious systematic position (Hawks
myxomycete was reported in a thesis by Elvebakk
worth et al. 1983), and they have been listed
(1979), and the first zygomycetes and the first
here among the rejected speeies.
hemiascomycete by Kobayasi et al. (1968). Other
The species of fungi previously called Fungi
gro ups are published for the first time from Sval
Imperfecti have
bard in Part 3 of this Catalogue.
teromycota
been treated he re
with
the
cIasses
as
Deu
Coelomycetes,
The mycofiora of Svalbard has only been frag
Hyphomycetes and Agonomycetes (indicated by
mentarily studied and the list of species of the
letter symbols) as far as their anamorphs (asexual
groups treated here only represent a very Iimited
stages) are concerned. Same of these anamorph
part of the real mycoftora. As an example, it
species have been related to teleomorphs (sexual
can be mentioned that field work specifically on
stages). These species have been removed from
Pezizales by Dissing and Sivertsen in Svalbard has
the Deuteromycota and Iisted as their teleomorph
resulted in material of about 85 species. This
name among the ascomycetes, even when the
contrasts with the 34 speeies included in this cata
only reference in the Svalbard literature is of an
logue. and many of the remaining unpublished
anamorph. A reference list of anamorphs listed
speeies are evidently new to science. Among these
with their corresponding teleomorphs is included.
species Dissing & Sivertsen (1988) indicated the
The list of Ascomycota also has abbreviations
presence of the genera Mareelleina and Para
indicating discomycetes, hemiascomycetes. loc
seutellinia on Svalbard. Huhtinen (1993) also
uloascomycetes
reported on the presence of unnamed Svalbard
authors (e.g. Eriksson 1992 and Holm & Holm
and
pyrenomycetes.
Some
species of the genera Cistella and Pezizella, Holm
1994) treat the loculoascomycetes among the pyr
& Holm (1993a) on an unnamed speeies of the
enomycetes.
genus Stietis, and Holm & Holm (1994) on un
A list of rejected taxa and a list of synonyms is
named species within the genera Capronia, Clath
included. although we suspect that there are also
rospora,
misidentifications among the accepted species.
Didymosphaeria.
Myeosphaerella,
Sehizothyrion, Selenophoma, Triehothyrina, and
Common Norwegian names have been included
Venturia. These taxa are not further commented
for speeies where such names have been published
in this catalogue.
(Eckblad 19R5).
Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski (1976,
This part of the catalogue includes 3R9 accepted
1981, 1982a, b) listed a number of soil fungi
speeies. Eight species are reported here as new to
(mainly zygomycetes and hyphomycetes) that
Svalbard: Fuligo intermedia, Ascobolus albidus,
were isolated from soil samples experimentally.
Cheilymenia
Soil flora is maybe the least studied aspect of
diversispo rus, Neottiella aphanodietyon, Onygena
arctic biology, and an important missing link in
eorvina, Taphrina earnea, and Thelebolus eru
pseudohumarioides,
Lasiobolus
our understanding of arctic ecosystems. Only
staceus. A separate section treats 57 species as
brief comments are included on the species here.
rejected.
Material only determined to genus by Kobayasi
All species are first listed in a List of Species
et al. (1968) (Beauveria, Catinula, Cryptoeoeeus,
table and commented in the following section.
and Sap ro
As a synopsis most species are given Ecosystem
Cylindroearpon,
Hysteropezizella,
legnia) and Zabawski (1976) (40 species within 30
Component Values in the table. These are values
genera) has not be en included in the list. Most of
on a l to 3 scale according to "Rarity" , "Phy
the species reported by Zabawski (1976) were
togeographical
republished later (Zabawski 1982b), including
Indicator Value" as defined below. As values on
Importance" ,
and
"Ecological
Mueorales, in two additional papers (Zabawski
"Local Abundance"
1981, 1982a), but only the first report is cited in
tebrates" which are used in some other parts of
this study.
and "Importance to Ver
Some material determined only to
the Catalogue are impossible to assess or not
generic level in a recent study on Svalbard
very meaningful, they have been omitted here. It
mykorrhiza (Vare et al. 1992) has also been
should be underlined that the values used here
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
209
are very tentatively set in most cases, and because
(1992)
of the low degree of mycological exploration of
monograph by Holm & Holm
Svalbard many will change. No values are added
consulted to bring systematies and nomenclature
for the soil fungi.
up to date as much as possible. However, as
and the recent Svalbard pyrenomycete
(1994)
have been
Based on their known distribution, a large pro
many arctic species have not been incIuded in the
portion of the species are at present considered
reference books which cover areas further to the
to be very rare, although their frequence and
south, it has not been possible to trace all impor
Ecosystem Component Value R in most cases
tant sources on nomencIature and taxonomy.
will certainly change with increased mycological
Some species may, therefore, have deserved a
exploration. Because of their present rarity status
more modem name than we have been able to
on Svalbard, their phytogeography is also of inter
find in the literature. In addition, some literature
est, resulting in a high value of Ecosystem Com
has certainly been overlooked. We welcome all
ponent
Svalbard fungi
comments which can be included in a possible
inproves in the future, these values will probably
future supplement to the catalogue. This part of
also generally decrease. Many of the speeies are
the Catalogue represents a state-of-the-art over
P.
As knowledge of
stenoichous, growing on dung and on specific host
view of these groups on Svalbard, and the infor
plants etc., and as a rule the Ecological Indicator
mation given here will undoubtedly be outdated
Values are also high.
earHer than for the other groups covered by the
Many tungi have wider distribution areas than
Catalogue. Nevertheless, it is our intention that
vascular plants. This is especially the case with
this paper will facilitate orientation among the
soil microfungi where most of the determined
present literature and stimulate further myco
speeies are cosmopolitan or widely distributed
logical exploration of Svalbard.
speeies. Ascomycetes that grow on soil can have
wide distribution patterns. To be identified, time
consuming studies are often required of material
Ecosystem Indicator Values
from very large geographical areas, even from
the Southem Hemisphere. Coprophilous species
(growing on dung) and plant saprophytes and
Definitions
parasites, on the other hand, generally have more
limited distribution patterns; these groups incIude
many exclusively arctic species.
R
Rarity
3
A number of lichenicolous tungi, primarily
2
=
ascomycetes but al50 a few hyphomycetes and
l
=
coelomycetes, have been reported from Svalbard.
Although these fungi systematically belong to this
p
Phytogeographicallmportance
3
part of the Catalogue, they have in many cases
been included in checklists of lichens. We have
=
2
chosen to treat the lichenicolous fungi in a sep
arate part of this Catalogue.
Most author names have been abbreviated
according to Kirk & Ansell
(1980),
(1985), Farr
(1992).
Handbooks
E
3
=
2
=
(1989) and Eriksson
l
Ellis & Ellis
non et aJ.
et al.
(1985),
Only known from Svalbard/endemic or highly
disjuncI
Belonging lo a phytogeographical element of
spedel interest on Svalbard
More or less widespread
Ecological Indicator Value
Can
such as Sutton
Very rare. 1·-2 Ioc ali ties known at present
Rare, 2-15 localities known at present
Scattered or common, at least locally
Very high (specialised, stenoie)
Inlermediate
Low (euryoic)
210
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
List of Species
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
p
E
Myxomycota
Diderma trevelyani (Grev.) Fr.
3
3
Fuligo imermedia T. Macbr.
3
3
Lycogala epidendron (P. Micheli) Fr. - Ulvemjølk
3
3
Oomycota
Peronaspora a/sinearum Casp.
2
3
P. parasitica (Pers.:FL) Fr.
2
3
Chytridiomycota
Olpidium brassicae (Woronin) P.A. Oang.
Synchytrium groenlandicum Allesch.
2
2
3
S. potenti//ae
3
3
3
(l.
Schr6t.) Lagerh.
Zygomycota
Absidia glauca Hagem
Haplosporangium bisporale Thaxt.
Mortiere//a alpina Peyronel
M. antarctica Linnem.
M. humicola Oudem.
M. humilis Linnem. ex W. Gams
M. hyalina (Han) W. Gams
M. hygrophila Linnem.
M. jenkinii (A.L Sm.) Naumov
M. minutissima Tiegh.
M. parvispora Linnem.
M. pulche/{a Unnem.
M. spinosa Linnem.
M. turficola Y. Ung
M. verticillata Linnem.
Mucor abundans Povah
M. circinelloides Tiegh.
M. fragilis Bainier
M. griseo-cyanus Hagem
M. hiema!is Wehmer
M. microsporus NamysL
M. mucedo P. Micheli ex St.-Amans
M. plumbeus Bonord.
M. saturninus Hagem
SpinaUa tenuis (Thaxt.) Zycha
Syncephalis nodosa Tiegh.
Tarichium svalbardense (Thor) Balazy & Wisniewski
Zygorhynchus moel/eri Vuill.
Ascomycota
(O
Oiscomycetes, H
Hemiascomycetes. L
Loculoascomycetes, P
=
Pyrenomycetes)
Acrospermum erikssonii Nograsek
3
3
2
L
Amhostoma po/arts K. & L Holm
3
3
3
P
211
A cata/ogue of Sva/bard p/ants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
Arachnopeziza monoseptata (Galån & Raitv.) Huhtinen
3
3
3
D
Arwidssonia empetri (Rehm) B. Erikss.
2
3
3
P
Ascobolus a/bidus Crouan
3
3
3
D
A. brantophilus Dissing
1
3
3
D
3
3
3
D
A. groen/andicus Dissing
2
3
3
D
Atopospora betulina (Fr.:Fr) Petro
2
3
3
L
2
P
A. furfuraeeus Pers.:Fr.
Gulgrønt prikkbeger
B/umeria graminis (De.) Speer
2
l
Botryotinia fuckeliana (de Bary) Whetzel
2
2
D
Bricookea sepa/orum (Vleugel) Barr
3
3
L
Bryochiton microscopicus Dobbeler & Poelt
2
2
3
L
B. monaseus Dobbeler & Poelt
3
3
2
L
B. perpusilius Dobbeler
2
2
2
L
2
2
2
D
3
3
P
Bryoglossum gradle (P, KarsL) Redhead
Moseklubbemorkel
Cainiella borealis Barr
C. johansonii (Rehm) E. Milli.
3
3
3
P
Capronia pi/osella (P. Karst.) E. Milli. et al.
3
3
3
L
Capronia setosa (Barr) E, MiilI. et al.
3
3
3
L
P
Chaetomium crispatum Fuckel
C. e/atum J, e. Schmidt & Kunze: Fr.
P
C. g/obosum Kunze: Fr,
P
Chamaeascus arcticus L. Holm, K. Holm & M. Barr
3
Cheilymenia coprinaria (Pers.) Boud.
2
C. /iskae J. Moravec, Fellner & Landa
3
3
3
P
3
D
3
D
C. pseudohumarioides D issing, J. Moravec & Sivertsen
l
3
3
D
Ciboria aschersoniana (Henn. & Plottn. in Henn.) Whetzel
3
3
3
D
C. po/ygoni-uiuipari Eckblad - Harerugbeger
2
3
3
D
Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl:FL) T. Schumach. & Kohn
l
2
3
D
1
L
Ci/iop/ea coronata (Nkssl) Munk
2
Clathrospora deflectens (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss.
1
l
C. heterospora (De Not.) Wehm.
2
2
2
e. planispora (Ellis) Berl.
3
3
3
L
e. uerruculosa Q, E, Erikss.
3
3
3
L
Crocicreas culmicola (Desm.) S.E, Carp,
3
3
3
D
C. cyathoideum (Bull.:Fr) S.E. Carp.
3
3
3
D
D
L
L
P
Coniochaeta ligniaria (Grev.) Cooke
C. gramineum (Fr.:Fr,) Fr.
l
l
3
Cudonie/la clavus (Alb. & Schwein. ex FL) Dennis - Vassklubbe
3
3
3
D
Didyme/la glacialis Rehm
3
3
3
L
Didymosphaeria futilis (Berk. & Broome) Rehm
2
2
l
L
Diplocarpon polygoni E. MUIL
3
3
3
D
Diplonaevia circinata (Lib.) Hein
2
2
3
D
D. hyperborea Nannf.
2
2
3
D
3
D
D, saui/ei Nannf.
l
l
Dipodascus aggregatus Francke-Grosm,
3
3
Discostroma hyperborea (P, Karst.) Q,E. Erikss.
I
2
3
P
Duplicaria empetri (Wrangel ex FL) Fuckel
2
2
3
D
DureIla macrospora Fuckel
3
3
J
D
Epibryon diaphanum Dobbeler
3
3
3
L
3
II
L
E. polysporum Dobbeler
3
3
Epipolaeum absconditum (Johanson) L. Holm
2
2
L
2
2
D
Geopora arenosa (Fuckel) Ahmad
Sandbeger
212
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
3
3
3
GlomereIla amenti (Rostr.) Arx & E. Milli.
2
3
3
Gnomonia dryadis Auersw.
3
3
3
P
Gnomoniella hyparctica (Lind) Barr
2
3
3
P
G. vagans Johanson
3
3
Graphyl/ium pentamerum (P. Karst.) Barr
1
l
l
L
Guignardia graminicola (Rostr.) P. Larsen
3
3
2
L
Gibbera barriae L. & K. Holm
G. latispora (Barr) L. Holm
L
L
P
P
Hamatocamhoscypha uncipila (Le Gal) Huhtinen
3
3
1
O
HeivelIa aestivalis (R. Heim & Remy) Dissing & Raitv.
3
3
3
O
H. aretoalpina Harmaja
3
3
l
2
3
3
Mørk haustmorkel
3
3
H. pocillum Harmaja
3
3
3
O
Hyaloseypha albohyalina (P. KarsL) Boud.
2
2
2
D
H. aureliella (Nyl.) Huhtinen
1
1
3
D
H. britannica Huhtinen
3
3
2
O
Hymenoseyphus herbarum (Pers.) Dennis
2
l
2
D
H. rhodoleueus (Fr.) W. Phillips
2
2
3
D
Hypocopra aviaria P. Karst.
3
3
3
P
H. corium (Weberb.) Mass.
Svart begermorkel
H. dryadophila Harmaja
H. laeunosa Afzel.:Fr.
O
2
O
l
O
O
Hypoderma degenerans (P. Karst.) Nannf.
3
3
3
D
Hysleronaevia advena (P. Karst.) Nannf.
2
2
3
D
H. c/avulifera Nannf.
3
3
3
D
H. kobayasii Nannf.
2
3
3
D
H. luzulieola Nannf.
l
2
3
D
H. lyngei (Lind) Nannf.
3
3
3
D
Hysteropezizella diminuens (P. Karst.) Nannf.
l
2
2
D
H. fuscella P. Karst.
2
Isothea rhytismoides (Bab. ex Berk.) Fr.
2
Kalmusia coniolhyrium (Fuckel) L. Hunndorf
3
Lachnellula calyciformis (Willd. : Fr.) Oharne
3
Lachnum palearum (Desm.) Korf
3
2
D
1
3
P
3
2
P
3
2
O
3
D
3
D
D
Laetinaevia erylhrostigma (Rehm) Nannf. ex B. Hein
L. sleIlariae (Rostr.) Lind
2
Lamprospora carbonicola Boud.
3
3
3
O
L. hanffii Benkert
3
3
3
D
L. miniata De Not.
2
L. minuta (Veien.) Svrcek
3
L. norvegica Benkert, Aas & Kristiansen
3
L. rugensis Benkert
D
D
3
D
l
3
D
L. seaveri Benkert
3
2
D
L. spitsbergensis T. Schumach.
3
3
O
D
3
3
Lasiobolus diversisporus (Fuckel) Sacc.
3
3
3
Lathraeodiscus arcticus Dissing & Sivertsen
2
3
2
Leptosphaeria brachyasca Rostr.
3
3
L. monotis Rehm
3
3
3
L
Leptotrochila cerastiorum (Wallr.) Schfiepp
3
3
3
D
Leucoscypha hetieri (Boud.) Rifai
3
3
D
Lophiosloma winteri (Sacc. ) G. Winter
1
1
L
Lophiotrema vagabundum (Sacc.) Sacc.
3
3
3
L
Lophodermium caricinum (Rob. ex Desm.) Ouby
3
3
3
D
2
D
L. culmigenum (Fr.:Fr.) De Not.
D
L
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae. and cyanobacteria
Scientific and Norwegian names
213
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
L. svalbardense Lind
3
3
3
Massarina balnei-ursi (Rehm) K. & L. Holm
2
Massariopsis wulffii (Lind) Lind
2
Melanomma dryadis Johanson
1
Melaspilea hyparctica K. & L. Holm
2
M. lecideopsida (Rehm) K. & L. Holm
2
Microthyrium holmiae Nograsek
D
L
L
3
L
3
3
L
2
2
L
3
3
3
L
M. microscopicum Desm.
3
3
3
L
Mol/isla graminis ( D esm.) P. Karst.
2
2
D
Montagnula spinosella (Rehm) Crivelli
2
2
Mycosphaerella arthopyrenoides (Auersw.) Lindau
3
2
M. cassiopes Barr
M. confinis (P. Karst.) Dearn.
2
L
L
3
3
L
2
L
M. densa (Rostr.) Lind
1
2
L
M. equiseti (FuekeI) J. Sch rot.
3
3
3
L
M. equiseticola Bond.-Mont.
3
3
3
L
M. halophila (J. Bommer., Roussel & Sacc.) Q.E. Erikss.
3
3
3
L
M. lycopodii (Peck) House
3
3
3
L
M. maculiformis J. Schrot.
3
3
L
1
L
M. minor (P. Karst.) Johanson
M. octopetalae (Qudem.) Lind
1
3
M. pachyasca (Rostr.) Vestergr.
3
3
M. pedicularidis (P. Karst.) Lind
1
M. perexigua (P. Karst.) Johanson
3
M. polaris (P. Karst.) Lindau
2
M. pusilla (Auersw.) Johanson
2
M. ranunculi (P. Karst.) Lind
2
L
2
L
3
L
2
L
3
L
2
3
L
1
3
L
L
M. recutita (Fr.) Johanson
1
1
1
M. salicicola (FL) Johanson ex Qudem.
3
2
3
L
2
L
M. taraxaci (P. Karst.) Lind
2
M. tassiana (De No!.) Johanson
M. vivipari
L
3
(G. Winter) Lind
L
Naemacyclus lambertii Rehm
l
1
D
Naeviopsis primulae (Rehm) B. Hein
3
3
D
2
D
2
D
3
3
D
3
3
D
3
3
3
D
Onygena corvina Alb. & Schwein.: Fr.
3
3
3
Ouhia dryadis K. Holm, L. Holm & Nograsek
2
2
2
Neottiella aphanodictyon (Kobayasi) Dissing, Korf & Sivertsen
Nimbomollisia eriophori (Kirchn.) Nannf.
2
Octospora melina (Veien.) Dennis & ltzerott
3
O. moravecii K.B. Khare
3
Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm
D
L
Phacidium polygoni Rostr.
2
2
3
D
Phaeosphaeria caricinella (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss.
2
2
2
L
P. consobrina (P. Karse) Q.E. Erikss.
2
2
3
L
P. culmorum (Auersw.) Leuchtm.
3
3
3
L
P. equiseti (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm
3
3
3
L
P. herpotrichoides (De No!.) L. Holm
2
2
2
L
2
2
L
P. juncina (Auersw.) L. Holm
3
3
3
L
P. lindii (L. & K. Holm) Leuchtm.
2
2
1
L
P. marcyensis (Peek) L. & K. Holm
3
3
3
L
P. microscopica (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss.
1
2
L
P. nigrans (Roberge ex Desm.) L. Holm
3
3
L
P. insignis (P. Karse) L. Holm
3
214
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Scientific and Norwegian names
Eoosystem Component Values
R
p
E
P. silenes-aeaulis (De Not.) L. Holm
3
2
L
P. stellariae (Rostr.) Leuehtm.
2
2
3
L
P. vagans (Niessl) Q.E. Erikss.
3
2
2
L
P. weberi (Qudem.) L. & K. Holm
2
2
3
L
Phomatospora dinemasporium J. Wehster
3
3
2
P
Phyllaehora junei (Fr.:Fr.) Fuckel
3
3
3
P
Physalospora alpestris Niessl
3
3
3
P
P. empetri Rostr.
2
3
3
P
2
3
P
3
L
P. hyperborea Biiumler
Pleospora androsaces Fuckel
P. are/iea P. Karst.
1
l
2
L
P. aseodedieata K. Holm. L. Holm & Nograsek
3
3
3
L
2
L
P. eomata Niessl
P. glacialis Niessl ex Rehm
2
2
L
P. helvetica Niessl
l
2
L
P. herbarum (Pers.:Fr.) Rabenh.
3
L
P. penicillus (Schmidt: Fr.) Fuekei
l
l
2
L
P. spetsbergensis K. Holm & L. Holm
2
3
3
L
P. wulffii Lind
3
3
3
L
2
3
P
3
3
D
Pleuroceras helvetieum (Rehm) Barr
Podospora vestleola (Berk. & Broome) Mirza & Cain
p
Polaroscyphus spetsbergianus Huht.
3
Potriphila navicularis Dobbeler
2
I
3
O
Pseudomassaria inconspicua (Johanson) Barr
2
2
1
P
O
Pseudopeziza drabae (Nannf.) Nannf.
2
3
3
P. svalbardensis (Lind) Nannf.
2
3
3
O
Pseudorhytisma bislorlae (Lib.) luel
:2
3
D
Psilachnum aeutum (Veien.) Svrcek
3
3
3
O
P. inquilinum (P. Karst.) Dennis
3
3
3
O
Psiloeistella obsoleta (Veien.) Svreek
3
l
O
2
3
O
2
L
3
L
2
L
Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) Fuekei
Pyrenophora raeliea (Muller) Crivelli
2
2
P. schroeteri Barr
3
3
P. subalpina (MtiIler) Crivelli
l
Rhylisma salicina Fr.
I
I
3
O
Ronnigeria arctica (Qudem.) Petro
3
3
3
L
Saecobolus ehenocoprieus Dissing
3
3
3
S. quadrisporus Mass. & E.S. Salmon
3
3
Scleropleella hyperborea (Fuekei) L. Holm
D
D
3
Seutellinia hyperborea T. Schumach.
L
O
S. minor (Veien.) Svrcek
2
3
2
O
Sphaerotheca erigeronis-eanadensis (SchJtdl.: Fr.) L JuneH
:2
3
3
P
Sporormiella amerieana (Griffiths) S. Ahmed & Cain
3
3
3
L
S. heptamera (Auersw.) S. Ahmed & Cain
3
3
3
L
S. polymera (Ca in) S. Ahmed & Cain
L
S. leretispora S. Ahmed & Cain
L
Stomiopeltis dryadis (Rehm) L Holm
l
Sydowiella dryadis Lar. N. Vassiljeva
2
Taphrina earnea Johanson
Taphrophila argyllensis Scheuer
3
L
:2
3
P
3
3
3
H
3
3
3
L
Tarzetfa cupularis (L.) Lambotte
3
3
Thelebolus erustaceus (Fuekei) Kimbr.
3
3
3
O
Triehopezizella nidulus (Schmidt & Kuntze ex Fr.) Raitv.
3
3
3
O
O
215
A catalogue of Svalbard planEs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
Trichothyrina saliris J.P. Ellis
3
3
3
L
Venturta oxyriae (Rostr.) Sacc.
2
2
3
L
V. polygoni-vivipari Arx
1
1
3
L
V. potentillae (Wallr.:Fr.) Cooke
2
2
3
L
V. subcutanea Dearn.
1
1
3
L
Wentiomyces dryadis K. & L. Holm
3
3
3
L
3
L
2
3
L
L
Wettsteinina distincta (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm
l
W. dryadis (Rostr.) Petr.
2
W. eucarpa (P. Karst.) E. Milli. & Arx
1
1
2
W. junci Shoemaker & C.E. Babc.
3
3
3
W. macrotheca (Rostr.) E. Milli.
2
2
W. salicicola Nograsek
3
3
3
L
W. savilei Shoemaker & C.E. Babc.
3
3
3
L
2
H
2
L
L
Deuteromycota
(C
=
Coelomycetes, H
Hyphomycetes, A
=
Agonomycetes)
Arthrinium puccinioides (DC.) Kunze
3
Ascochyta arctiea (Lind) Punith.
2
2
A. dianthi (Alb. & Schwein.) Lib.
3
3
A. graminieola Sacc.
2
2
C
C
C
Aspergillus ochraceus K. Wilh.
H
A. oryzae (Ahlb.) Cohn
H
A. sulphureus (Fresen.) Wehmer
H
A. ustus (Bainier) Thom & Church
H
H
A. versicolor (Vuill.) Tirab.
Asteroma cacaliae Desm.
3
C
3
Cephalosporium mycophilum (Corda) Tubaki
H
Chrysosporium pannorum (Link) Hughes
H
Cladosporium cladosporioides (Fresen.) de Vries
H
Cryptococcus albidus (Saito) Skinner
H
C. diffiuens (Zach) Lodder & Kreger
H
C. laurentii (Kuff.) Skinner
H
H
Dendryphion fumosum Fr.
3
3
Diplodia bessimanyii Lind
3
3
C
D. simmonsii Rostr.
3
3
C
Diplodina euphrasiae (Oudem.) Allesch.
3
D. papaveris (Oudem.) Lind
D. pedicularidis (Fuekei) Lind
3
C
3
1
2
3
3
C
C
H
Doratomyces microsporus (Sacc.) Morton & Smith
H
D. nanus Ehrenb. ex Link
Eriospora leucostoma Berk. & Br.
3
3
Gloeosporium roaldii Lind
3
3
Hendersonia arabidis Rostr.
2
H. arundinacea (Desm. ) Sacc.
C
3
C
2
3
C
1
2
C
H. gigantea Lind
2
3
2
C
H. rostrupii Lind
2
2
2
C
H. stefansonii Rostr.
3
3
Heteropatella umbilicata (Pers.) Jaap
2
2
2
Leptothyrium arcticum (Fuekei) Lind
C
C
3
C
3
C
C
L. palustre Fautrey
3
3
Marssonina obscura (RomelI) Magn.
2
2
Mastigiosporium album Riess
2
2
H
Microdiplodia perpusilla (Desm.) Allesch .
3
3
C
216
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
3
3
E
Microdochium bolleyi (R. Sprague) de Hoog & Herm.-Nijh.
Microsphaeropsis olivacea (Bonord.) Hahn.
H
C
Oidiodendron cerealis (Thiim.) G.L. Barron
H
Pachybasium hamatum Sacc.
Il
Penicillium brevicompactum Dierckx
H
P. chrysogenum Thom
Il
P. daviforme Bainier
Il
P. crustosum Thom
Il
P. cyanofulvum Biourge
Il
P. diversum Raper & Fennell
H
P. feIlutanum Biourge
H
P. funiculosum Thom
Il
P. glabrum (Wehmer) Westling
Il
P. granulatum Bainier
H
P. herquei Bainier & Sartori
H
P. islandieum Sopp
H
P. janthinellum Biourge
H
P. lanoso-eoeruleum Thom
H
P. lividum Westling
H
P. puberulum Bainier
H
P. roquefortii Thom
H
P. thomii Maire
H
P. viridieatum Westling
Il
P. waksmannii Zalesky
H
Phaeoseploria rostrup!i (Lind) Jørst.
C
Phialophora cinerescens (Wollenw.) J.F.B. Beyma
H
P. fastigiala (Lagerb. & Melin) Conant
H
P. lagerbergii (Melin & Nannf.) Conant
H
P. verrueosa Medlar
Il
Phoma alpina Speg.
1
l
2
P. earieis (FL) Sacc.
3
3
3
P. eomplanata (Tode: FL) Desm.
3
3
C
C
C
P. graminis Westend.
3
3
3
P. herbarum Westend.
l
l
l
C
P. nebulosa (Pers.: Fr.) Berk.
3
2
2
C
C
P. oudemansii Berl. & Voglino
3
3
3
P. ranuneuli P. Karst.
2
2
3
P. seeplri P. Karst.
3
3
C
C
C
Phyllostiela saxifragarum Allesch .
3
Plenodomus svalbardensis Lind
3
3
3
Ramularia alborosella (Desm.) Gjærum
1
1
3
H
Rhabdospora campanulae Fautrey
3
3
3
C
C
C
R. pleosporoides Sacc.
C
Rhizoctonia solani J.G. Kiihn
A
Rhodotorula rubra (Demme) Lodder
Sclerolium fulvum Fr.
H
3
3
Seimalosporium eassiopes (RostL) B. Sutton
3
3
Selenophoma drabae (Fuekei) Petro
1
1
Septoria eaudala P. Karst.
3
3
S. eriophori Oudem.
2
2
3
C
S. lychnidis Desm.
3
3
2
C
S. polaris P. Karst.
3
3
3
C
A
Seopulariopsis brevieau/is (Sacc.) Bainier
Il
3
C
C
C
217
A calalogue of Svalbard plants, fung;, algae, and cyanobacleria
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
p
E
S. punctoidea P. Karst.
1
1
2
C
S. saxifragae Pass.
3
3
3
C
Sphaeronaema foliicolum (FuekeI) Lind
3
3
C
H
Spicaria cephalospora Kamyschko
H
Stachybotrys chartarum (Ehrcnb.) S. Hughes
Stagonospora culmicola (Sacc.) E. Castell. & Germano
2
l
2
C
S. eriophorella (Sacc. ) Lind
3
3
2
C
Trichocladium asperum Harz
H
Trichoderma album Preuss
H
T. inflatum Gams
H
T. koningi Oudem.
H
T. polysporum (Link ex Pers.) Rifai
H
Basidiomycota: Uredinales and Ustilaginales
(Us
=
Ustilaginales)
Anthracoidea altera Nannf.
3
3
3
Us
A. elynae (Syd.) Kukkonen
3
3
3
Us
A. lindebergiae (Kukkonen) Kukkonen
3
3
3
Us
A. misandrae Kukkonen
3
Us
Emyloma dactylidis (Pass.) Gf. - Flekksot
3
Us
Melampsora epitea Thiim.
1
3
3
3
Puccinia arenariae (Schumach.) G. Wint.
3
P. bistortae (F. Strauss) De.
l
P. cruciferarum F. Rudolphi
2
2
3
P. drabae F. Rudolphi
2
2
3
P. eutremae Lindr.
2
2
3
P. gibberulosa J. Schrot.
3
3
3
3
3
P. heucherae (Schwein.) Dietel
P. hieracii (Rohl.) Mart.
3
3
3
P. oxyriae Fuckel
3
3
3
P. pazschkei Dietel
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Us
3
Us
1
3
3
Us
3
Us
3
3
Us
3
Us
3
3
Us
Schizonella melanogramma (De.) J. Schrot.
(1.
Ustilago bistortarum (DC.) Kbm.
3
1
U. hyperborea A. B1ytt
3
U. niva/is Liro
2
U. picacea Lagerh. & Liro
3
2
3
U. striiformis (Westend.) Niessl- Stråsot
3
3
Tolyposporium junci
Schrbt.) Woronin
U. vinosa TuI. & e. TuI.
U. violaeea (Pers.:Pers.) Roussel- Nelliksot
Comments
Us
Us
(Elvebakk 1979). The material was very scarce
and was found among mosses in moss tundra
below a bird diff.
MYXOMYCOTA
Fuligo intermedia T. Macbr.
Diderma treve/yani (Grev.) Fr.
Only recorded once from the Ny-Ålesund area
New to Svalbard. Collected in a Dryas community
at Fredheim in the lower part of Sassendalen in
218
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Aug. 1986 by U. Søchting and determined by H.
ZYGOMYCOTA
Gøtzsche (Søchting pers. comm.).
Absidia glauca Hagem
Lycogala epidendron (Mich.) Fr.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
This cosmopolite has been found only once grow
(1982b).
ing on the isolation material near the basis of a
wall of the famous house Svenskhuset in Dickson
Land, central Isfjorden (Elvebakk 1981). This
house is more than hundred years old and is the
HapLosporangium bisporale Thaxt.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
oldest building on Spitsbergen.
(1982a).
OOMYCOTA
MortierelIa alpina Peyronel
Peronospora alsinearum Casp.
et al. (1968) based on soil samples brought from
Cultivated experimentally in Japan by Kobayasi
Reported on Cerastium alpinum aggr. from sev
eral localities on central Spitsbergen by Hagen
(1941). The species is critical and restricted to
host genera within Caryophyllaceae (Farr et al.
1989).
Svalbard. The same is the case with the other
zygomycetes reported by these authors. This
species was also reported from many peat samples
from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976) like most of
the other soi! fungi published by Zabawski (1981,
1982a, bl.
Peronospora parasitiea (Pers. :Fr.) Fr.
MortierelIa antaretiea Linnem.
Reported on Cochlearia groenlandiea L. from
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
severaI localities at Bellsund and Isfjorden by
Hagen (1941). The species is cosmopolitan on
(1982b).
members of Brassicaceae.
MortierelIa humieola Oudem.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
CHYTRIDIOMYCOTA
(1982b).
Olpidium brasskae (Woronin) P.A. Dang.
Reported as an endophytic fungus from roots of
Saxifraga by Vare et al. (1992).
Synehytrium groenlandieum Allesch.
Reported on Saxifraga cernua from Colesbukta
and S. rivularis from Sørkapp Land (Lind 1928).
MortierelIa humilis Linnem. ex W. Gams
Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1976).
Mortierella hyalina (Harz) W. Gams
Reported by Zabawski (1976), but not included
by Zabawski (1982a, bl.
The species is circumpolar (Lind 1934).
MortierelLa hygrophila Linnem.
Synehytrium potentillae
(J.
Schrot.)
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Lagerh.
Only reported from Moskushavn at Adventfjor
den by Hagen (1941). Farr et al. (1989) only listed
Potentilla as host.
MortierelIa jenkinii (A.L. Sm.) Naumov
Reported by Zabawski (1976).
A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria
219
MortierelIa minutissima Tiegh.
Mucor microsporus Namysl.
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
(1976).
Mucor mucedo P. Micheli ex St.-Amans
MortierelIa parvispora Linnem.
A
cosmopolite
reported
from
Hornsund
by
Zabawski (1976).
Reported by Zabawski (1976).
Mucor plumbeus Bonord.
MortierelIa pulehella Linnem.
Reported from Hornsund as M.
Reported by Zabawski (1976).
spinosus
by
Zabawski (1976) and as M. spinosus and plum
beus by Zabawski (1982b).
MortierelIa spinosa Linnem.
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski
(1976).
Mucor saturninus Hagem
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
MortierelIa turficola Y. Ling
Spinalia tenuis (Thaxter) Zycha
Reported by Zabawski (1976).
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976) as Syncephalis tenuis and by Zabawski
(1982b) as Spinalia tenuis.
MortierelIa verticillata Linnem.
Reported
as
M.
marburgensis
by
Zabawski
Syncephalis nodosa Tiegh.
(1976).
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1982a, b).
Mucor abundans Povah
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Tarichium svalbardense (Thor) Balazy &
Wisniewski
Mucor circinellioides Tiegh.
A
cosmopolite
reported
from
Described as a parasite on the mite Ragidia gelida
Hornsund
by
Zabawski (1976).
at Adventfjorden as Rhagidiasporium svalbar
dense Thor by Thor (1930). Later shown to be
resting spores of a widely defined zygomycete
species
Mucor fragilis Bainier
Reported by Zabawski (1976).
Mucor griseo-cyanus Hagem
of
the
genus
Tarichium
(Balazy
&
Wisniewski 1978).
Zygorhynchus moe/leri Vuill.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Reported by Zabawski (1976).
ASCOMYCOTA
Mucor hiemalis Wehmer
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski
(1976).
Acrospermum erikssonii Nograsek
Reported from dead leaves and stems of Papaver
220
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
dahlianum from Adventdalen (Holm & Holm
near Grønfjorden (Ohenoja 1971) and reported
1994). The species is elsewhere only known from
from peat at Hornsund as Ascobolus stercorarius
Austria.
by Zabawski (1976).
Ascobolus groenlandicus Dissing
Anthostoma polaris K. & L. Holm
Described by Holm & Holm (1993a) from north
emmost Sweden and from three localities on
Svalbard (NY-Ålesund and two localities ne ar
Longyearbyen).
The species grows on Dryas
octopetala.
This species was also recently described from
Greenland by Dissing (1989). On Greenland it
was collected on musk ox dung, and on Svalbard
it was collected twice from Adventdalen, and
the species may, according to Dissing (1989), be
common on dung of reindeer on Svalbard. It has
also been found on sheep dung in the Dovre
Arachnopeziza monoseptata (Galan &
Raitv.) Huhtinen
mountains, central Norway.
Reported from an old coniferous board from an
Atopospora betulina (Fr.: Fr.) Petr.
old mining area in the vicinity of NY-Ålesund
(Huhtinen 1993). The species is only known with
four collections, from North Norway and North
Finland, both on boards, and from Spain, on
coniferous wood.
Recorded from Svalbard as Dothidella betulina
on Betula nana at CoJesbukta and Adventdalen
(Lind 1928). The dark spots on the leaves makes
this species easy to discover also by non-mycol
ogists. The species is common and widely dis
tributed on Betula species.
Arwidssonia empetri (Rehm) B. Erikss.
Reported
on dead leaves of Empetrum her
Blumeria graminis (De.) Speer
maphroditum from Bellsund, Grønfjorden and
Reported on Poa and Phippsia algida from three
Colesbukta as Sphaeropeziza empetri by Lind
Jocalities at Isfjorden and from Wijdefjorden by
(1928).
Lind (1928), and from Longyearbyen by Hagen
(1952).
Ascobolus albidus Crouan
New to Svalbard. Collected in moss tundra on
reindeer dung at Kiærstranda near NY-Ålesund
by D.O. 0vstedal in 1981 and determined by O.
Aas (0vstedal pers. comm.).
land by Dissing (1989) who also incIuded localities
and
Ellesmere
Pers.
by
as
its
Lind
anamorph
(1928)
Island,
Botrytis
from
cinerea
Raudfjorden
and Adventfjorden on dead stems of Papaver
sa.
Bricookea sepalorum (Vleugel) Barr
This species was recently described from Green
Svalbard
Reported
dahlianum and Saxifraga foli%
Ascobolus brantophilus Dissing
from
Botryotinia fuckeliana (de Bary) Whetze1
arctic
Canada. This small (0.4-1 mm) arctic species
grows on goose dung, and was reported to be very
common on dung of bamacle goose on Svalbard.
It was collected at Adventdalen, Gipsdalen and
near NY-Ålesund.
Only reported as Metasphaeria sepalorum from
Gråhuken on Luzula arctiea by Lind (1928), who
also first described its anamorph Phoma sepa
lorum from Raudfjorden. Only found on the glu
mes and Iisted by Lind (1934) from Svalbard,
Sweden and Iceland with Juneus species as its
most common hosts.
Ascobolus furfuraceus Per s. : Fr.
Bryochiton microscopicus Dobbeler &
Poelt
Collected from reindeer dung at Kongressdalen
This species was described by Dobbeler (1978).
A calalogue of Svalbard planis, [ungi, algae, and cyanobacleria
221
It grows on hepatics of the genus Gymnomitrion
has been published from arctic Canada, north
and is widespread. Dobbeler (1978) reported four
ernmost Sweden, where it is rather common, and
localities
from Longyearbyen (Holm 1975). Holm & Holm
from
Svalbard:
Amsterdamøya,
Barentsøya, Edgeøya and Kvalhovden (eastern
(1994) added Kongsfjorden and stated that the
Spitsbergen). The hosts incIuded G. corallioides
species may not be uncommon on Svalbard.
and coneinnatum.
Cainiella johansonU (Re hm) E. Mull.
Bryochiton monaseus Dobbeler & Poelt
The species is one of the most common and con
A widespread muscicolous species described by
spicuous microfungi on Dryas in Fennoscandia
Dobbeler (1978). The only collection reported
according to Holm (1979) who Iisted one locality
from Svalbard is from Amsterdamøya on Raco
from Grønfjorden on Svalbard. Holm & Holm
mitrium lanuginosum.
(1993a) added one locality near Longyearbyen.
Bryochiton perpusillus Dobbeler
Capronia piloselIa (P. Karst.) E. Mull. et
al.
A widely distributed species on musci and hep
atics recorded by Dobbeler (1978) with four col
Reported from Grønsteinfjellet west of Sassen
lections from Amsterdamøya and Longyearbyen.
dalen by Holm & Holm (1993a). The speeies was
The hosts were Polytrichastrum alpinum, Poly
collected on Dryas.
trichum hyperboreum and Ptilidium eiliare. These
bryophyte genera are the most frequent hosts also
e1sewhere.
Capronia setosa (Barr) E. Miill. et al.
Previously only known from arctic Canada, and
Bryoglossum gracile (P. Karst.) Redhead
First reported from Hornsund by SkirgieUo (1961,
1968)
as
Gymnomitrula
graeilis
P.
the illustration might indicate another species.
Kankainen
(1969)
Holm (1994). The species is only known from
Saxifraga oppositifolia.
Karst.,
although Eckblad (1963) was of the opinion that
However,
reported from the NY-Ålesund area by Holm &
confirmed
the
reports by SkirgieBo (1961, 1968), and added
seven more collections from the area east of
Chaetomium crispatum Fuckel
Reported from peat at Hornsund as C.
cri
spatoideum by Zabawski (1976).
Isfjord Radio. Guminska et al. (1991) reported
the species from Sør kapp Land. Later collected at
NY-Ålesund by Elvebakk (unpubl.). The species
was transferred from Mitrula by Redhead (1977).
The species grows on peat forming mosses such
as Drepanocladus s.l., Calliergon, Aulacomnium,
Chaetomium elatum J. C. Schmidt &
Kunze: Fr.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Scorpidium, and Tomenthypnum nilens, and has
not been observed on Paludella squarrosa which
is the most common host further south. It forms
Chaetomium globosum Kunze: Fr.
nice small fairy rings on dead mosses which was
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
illustrated from Svalbard by Kankainen et al.
(1976).
(1967). The species is northern, and was not
mapped from southern Fennoscandia by Kan
kainen (1969).
Chamaeascus arcticus L. Holm, K. Holm
& M. Barr
Cainiella borealis Barr
A small species growing on Cassiope tetragona. It
Described as a new species and a new genus
from Svalbard and arctic Canada (Holm & Holm
1993c). The speeies is only known from leaves of
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B, GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
222
Carex misandra and C. rupestris and was listed
with four collections from the Kongsfjorden area,
two from Gipsvika and two from arctic Canada,
According to Holm & Holm (1994) it is "probably
widespread but easily overlooked on Svalbard".
Ciboria polygoni-vivipari Eckblad
First reported from Svalbard by Elvebakk &
Spjelkavik (1981) based on an occurrence near
the hot springs at Bockfjorden. Later it was found
to be common near the airport at Longyearbyen
(Huhtinen 1987). This very small species grows
on bulbils of Bistorta vivipara that have been
Cheilymenia coprinaria (Cooke) Boud.
deposited in soi!. It was described from mainland
First reported from reindeer dung at Reinsdyrflya
on Svalbard by Summerhayes & Elton (1928).
Also collected near NY-Ålesund by 0vstedal in
1981 (Herb. BG).
Norway (Eckblad 1969) and has a northern dis
tribution. It has definitely been overlooked both
on Svalbard and in other arctic areas, and it has
been collected by us both at Adventdalen and
Sassendalen (Elvebakk, Sivertsen unpub!.).
Cheilymenia liskae J. Moravec, R. Fellner
& Landa
Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl:Fr.) T.
Schumach. & L.M. Kohn
This species was recently described from Svalbard
First erroneously reported as Sclerotinia tuberosa
and is at present only known from the type locality
(a parasite on Anemone nemorosa) by SkirgieHo
(Moravec 1989). The species was collected on
(1961,1968) from Hornsund. Later reported from
dung (probably reindeer) in 1988 by Liska and
Van Mijenfjorden by Ohenoja (1971), from
Soldån at "Kongress" on western Spitsbergen,
Bockfjorden by Elvebakk & Spjelkavik (1981),
which probably corresponds to Kongressdalen
and from Brøggerhalvøya by Schumacher & Kohn
near Grønfjorden.
(1985) who changed its name from Myrio
sclerotinia vahliana. It has later been observed as
a
Cheilymenia pseudohumarioides Dissing,
J. Moravec & Sivertsen
common
spring
species
on
Eriophorum,
especially E. scheuchzeri, in practically all areas
visited on Svalbard (Elvebakk unpub!.). It is also
known from E. angustifolium ssp. triste on Sval
New to Svalbard. This is the most common orange
bard and has on a few occasions been reported
discomycete
from Carex aquatilis S.!. on Greenland and in
on
goose
dung
and
has
been
observed all over Svalbard on areas visited by us.
Canada.
It has earlier been reported erroneously as C.
ciliata
C. stercorea) by Karsten (1872) and
Lind (1928) and as C. rubra by Dobbs (1942).
Cheilymenia rubra is a non-arctic taxon on plant
debris and not recorded from goose dung (Mora
vec 1989). Cheilymenia ciliata, which is not known
from Svalbard, is a species from dung of musk
Cilioplea coronata (Niessl) Munk
Reported with seven collections from scattered
localities on Spitsbergen and from four different
host species (Holm & Holm 1993b).
ox, sheep, reindeer, cow, etc. and not known
from goose dung so far. Cheilymenia pseudo
humarioides has recently been described from
Greenland (Moravec 1989), but has not yet been
reported from other arctic areas.
Clathrospora deflectens (P. Karst.) O.E.
Erikss.
Reported from two localities at Liefdefjorden by
Karsten (1872) on Poa pratensis and Trisetum
spicatum. The collection on Poa is the type speci
Ciboria aschersoniana (Henn. & Pl6ttn. in
Henn.) Whetzel
men and a variety described by Karsten (1872)
was reduced to synonomy by Eriksson (1967b).
Lind (1928) recorded it from 14 host species from
Recorded from fruits of Carex subspathacea at
many localities on Svalbard, but his reports from
Kapp Wijk, Svalbard by Schumacher & Kohn
dicotyledonous hosts probably refer to another
(1985). The species is a parasite on Carex fruits.
species (Holm & Holm 1994). In Fennoscandia it
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
is only known from high mountains in northern
Sweden (Eriksson 1967b, 1992),
223
Crocicreas gramineum
(Fr.) Fr.
Recorded from leaves and culms of Poa species
from Grønfjorden, from several places on north
western Spitsbergen, from Brennevinsfjorden on
Clathrospora heterospora
(De Not.)
Wehm.
Nordaustlandet and even from the northernmost
Sjuøyane archipelago (800 N) (Karsten 1872) as
Reported by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928), as C.
elynae Rabenh., and by Holm & Holm (1994)
espeeially on Carex nardina as frequent, but also
recorded from other graminoids.
Crumenula pusiola Karst. Lind (1928) confirmed
that it is very common on Svalbard, especially
on Poa arctiea. Carpenter (1981) recorded it as
Crocicreas
gramineum
var.
gramineum
and
included localities from Adventdalen and Rein
dalen. It has a northern circumpolar distribution
(Lind 1934).
Clathrospora planispora
Reported on
(Ellis) Berl.
Puccinellia angustata and Erio
phorum scheuchzeri from Gipsvika by Holm &
Cudoniella clavus
Holm (1994). The spores were remarkably vari
Fr.) Dennis
able, and characters were partly overlapping with
C. arctiea Shoemaker & C.E. Babc.
(Alb. & Schwein. ex
Found three places near Longyearbyen on wet
Carex litter (Huhtinen 1987). The genus is in need
of a monographical treatment.
Clathrospora verruculosa
O.E. Erikss.
Described by Eriksson (1967b) who listed two
localities from Fennoscandia and one from Sval
bard. The Svalbard locality was at BiHefjorden
on Poa glauca, and the material was part of a
collection labelled C. pentamera by Lind (1928).
Coniochaeta ligniaria
(Grev.) Cooke
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Didymella glacialis
Rehm
Only reported from Billefjorden on a Poa species
(prabably erroneously determined as P. alpigena
x
alpina) by Lind (1928). An arctic-alpine species
(Lind 1934).
Didym'osphaeria futilis
(Berk. & Broome)
Rehm
A polyphagous cosmopolitan species reported on
Dryas from Blomstrandhalvøya at Kongsfjorden
Crocicreas culmicola
(Desm.) S.E. Carp.
and Grønsteinfjellet W of Sassendalen (Holm &
Holm 1993a).
Reported (as Belonioscypha vexata) as new to the
Arctic based on a collection from Carex saxatifis
near Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). Recently
reported from grass culms at Longyearbyen by
Diplocarpon polygoni
E. MillI.
Reported as its anamorph stage Bostrichonema
Huhtinen (1987).
polygoni (Unger) J. Schrot. from leaves of Bis
torta vivipara at Isfjorden by Lind (1928).
Crocicreas cyathoideum
(BulL : Fr.) S.F.
Carp.
Reported as var. cacaliae (Pers.) Carpenter from
culms of pseudoviviparous Poa pratensis ssp. alpi
Diplonaevia circinata (Ub.)
Hein
Reported on Juneus biglumis from Bellsund as
gena at Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987). The
Belonidium juneisedum (Lind 1928). The species
species is cosmopolitan (Farr et al. 1989).
was treated by Nannfeldt (1984b).
224
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
DurelIa macrospora Fuekei
Diplonaevia hyperborea Nannf.
Listed from four locali ties by Nannfeldt (1984b),
Only collected on driftwood at Bjørnøya (Lind
including reports by Lind (1928) from Sørkapp
1928). This collection was made by Th.M. Fries
Land (as Naeuia pusilla) and Longyeardalen (as
in 1868. Lynge (1926) als o mentioned a DurelIa
Belonidium juncisedum). The latter collection
species (D. lecideola (Fr.) Rehm var. eoeruleo
was from Juneus eastaneus, the others from J.
uiridis Keissl.) collected on driftwood on Bjørn
biglumis.
øya by Th.M. Fries in 1868 (cfr. Hagen 1950).
This record was not cited by Lind (1928), but it is
here considered to be based on the same material,
Diplonaevia savilei Nannf.
and only D. macrospora is included here.
Reported on Luzula aretiea from Grønfjorden
and Bellsund by Nannfeldt (1984b). Although
only two localities were cited from Svalbard by
Nannfeldt (1984b), he noted that the species
Epibryon diaphanum Dobbeler
Described as a new species (D6bbeler 1979) of
"seems to attack L. aretiea only but to be rather
a new genus (D6bbeler 1978). The species is
common on it and to follow it everywhere."
widespread, and is known from a number of
bryophytes. On Svalbard it was reported from
Amsterdamøya on Ptilidium eiliare.
Dipodascus aggregatus Francke-Grosm.
Isolated in Japan from a soil sample taken at Ny
Ålesund by using small pieces of dried cuttlefish
as bait (Kobayasi et al. 1968). This cultivated
fungus was described as a new variety, var. spits
bergensis
Kobayasi.
It
was
the
first
hemia
scomycete reported from Svalbard.
Epibryon polysporum Dobbeler
Described as a new species based on one col
lection from northernmost Sweden (typus) and
one from Amsterdamøya, Svalbard (D6bbeler
1978). The species was found twice on Ptilidium
eiliare and in both cases associated with Bryo
Discostroma hyperborea
Erikss.
First
described
on
(P.
Cassiope
Karst.) O.E.
tetragona
from
Grønfjorden by Karsten (1872) as Sphaeria hyper
borea. Later published from severai places at
Isfjorden
as
Didymella
hyperborea
by
Lind
(1928), and it was treated as Griphosphaeria
hyperborea by Holm (1975). Holm & Holm (1994)
reported
it
as
probably
common
from
the
ehiton perpusillus.
Epipolaeum absconditum (Johanson) L.
Holm
Reported on Dryas leaves from Ny-Ålesund and
Carolinedalen N of Adventfjorden by Holm &
Holm (1993a). According to Holm & Holm (1994)
"probably rather frequent but easily overlooked".
Kongsfjorden and Longyearbyen areas.
Geopora arenosa (Fuekei) Ahmad
Duplicaria empetri (Wrangel ex Fr.)
Recorded from Braganzatoppen at Isfjorden and
Fuekei
Blomstrandhalvøya near Ny-Ålesund by Ohenoja
Reported
from
dry
Empetrum
leaves
from
Grønfjorden by Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928).
(1971). Some own Geopora collections have not
been determined to species.
Lind (1928) searched in vain for this fungus on
other Empetrum collections from Svalbard, but
reported its anamorph stage (Melasmia empetri
P. Magn.
Gibbera barriae L. & K. Holm
Hysterodiseula empetri (White) Petr.)
A small parasitic fungus on Cassiope hypnoides
from Co lesbukta and Bohemanneset. It has been
described by Holm & Holm (1980). The species
=
reported from scattered localities in Europe with
is very easily overlooked and it is probably not
the highest frequency in northernmost parts of
very rare although at present it is only known
Fennoscandia (Lind 1934).
from Fennoscandia, Novaja Zemlja, Greenland
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
225
and Svalbard. The type locality is from Grønfjor
by Karsten (1872) who listed collections from
den, Svalbard, and this is the only known Svalbard
severai graminoid spedes from several localities.
locality. The host is a rare coastal spedes on
Lind (1928) identified no less than 190 collections
Svalbard (Elvebakk 1989).
on more than 50 host species from Svalbard of
this distinet spedes. The type collection is from
Adventdalen (Eriksson 1967b), and the speeies is
Gibbera latispora (Barr) L. Holm
arctic-alpine (Lind 1934). Holm & Holm (1993a)
Collected from one Dryas leaf at NY-Ålesund
(Holm
&
Holm
1993a).
Also
reported
on
Cassiope tetragona from the NY-Ålesund and
Longyearbyen areas (Holm & Holm 1994).
GlomerelIa amenti (Rostr.) Arx
MiiH.
&
merum. Holm & Holm (1994) confirm ed that it
is very common on monocotyledons.
Guignardia graminieola (Rostr.)
E.
P.
Larsen
Reported as rather common on various grasses
A striking spedes reported on catkins of Salix
polaris from Longyeardalen and Kapp Thordsen
(Lind 1928), and from
added Dryas as host on Svalbard which is the first
report of a wooden host species for G. penta
from Kongsfjorden, Gipsvika and the Long
yearbyen area by Holm & Holm (1994).
Endalen near Long
yearbyen by Holm & Holm (1994).
Hamatocanthoscypha uncipila (Le Gal)
Huhtinen
Gnomonia dryadis Auersw.
Reported from coniferous construetion tim ber at
Reported
from
Dryas
octopetala
strandhalvøya near Ny-Ålesund
at
Blom
by Holm
&
Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1990). The species
has possibly been introduced.
Holm (1993a), and from Endalen near Long
yearbyen by Holm & Holm (1994).
Gnomoniella hyparctica (Lind) Barr
A fungus with a very specialised ecology as it has
only been found on dead sepals and peduncles of
Cassiope tetragona. It is known from Greenland,
Canada and Svalbard and has been looked for in
vain on Scandinavian Cassiope (Holm 1975). Lind
(1928) reported on two collections from Grønfjor
den and Skansbukta, Holm (1975) on another one
from Grønfjorden and one from Isfjorden without
HeivelIa aestivalis
Dissing & Raitv.
(R.
Heim & L. Remy)
A species of dry calcareous habitats, often associ
ated with Dryas octopetala, and reported from
alpine/subalpine localities in mainland Norway,
Asia and Switzerland and from arctic localities in
Canada, Greenland and Svalbard (Dissing 1983).
The Svalbard locality (coll. by Heikkili:i in 1966) is
represented by the Blomstrandhalvøya collection
earlier published as H. acetabulum by Ohenoja
(1971).
further geographical information, and Holm &
Holm (1994) reported on one collection from
Gluudneset near Ny-Ålesund.
HeiveIla arctoalpina Harmaja
Reported from Bockfjorden by Harmaja (1977)
who described it as a new spe eies known from
Gnomoniella vagans Johanson
Norway and Sweden. This collection had earlier
been published as H. acetabulum (Dissing 1966).
Reported on peduncles of Dryas octopetala from
Blomstrandhalvøya and Endalen near Long
yearbyen by Holm & Holm (1993a).
HeiveIla corium (B. Weberb.) Mass.
Already
Graphyllium pentamerum
(P.
Karst.) Barr
Described from Svalbard as Pleospora pentamera
reported
by
Karsten
(1872)
from
Adventdalen as Helvella pezizoides Afz. which
later was revised to H. arctica by Nannfeldt
(1937). Dissing (1966) added one locaIity from
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
226
Boekfjorden, Kankainen et al. (1967) and Kobay
asi et al. (1968) reported it from the NY-Ålesund
area, and Ohenoja (1971) added seven eolleetions
from the NY-Ålesund area and from the area
between Grønfjorden and Isfjord Radio. Reid
(1979) also included eollections of this speeies
from the southern tip of Woodfjorden, with rein
Huhtinen
Hyaloscypha britanniea
Huhtinen (1990) deseribed H. britanniea from
Western Europe and a new var. roseoguttata
Huht. only known from the type loeality at
Longyearbyen where it was colleeted from the
underside of a wooden box Iying on the tundra.
de er dung as an unexpected substrate.
Hymenoscyphus herbarum
HeivelIa dryadophila
(Pers.) Dennis
Reported from four localities on different hosts
Harmaja
(Lind 1928).
Harmaja (1977) revised the HeiveIla acetabulum
group into H. acetabulum s. str., H. arctoalpina
and a third new species, H. dryadophila. Of the
Hymenoscyphus rhodoleucus
two Skifte collections of H. acetabulum s. 1. from
Phillips
Bockfjorden (Dissing 1966) one was revised as
H. arctoalpina and one as H. dryadophila.
(Fr.)
W.
Reported from Bohemanflya on Equisetum var
iegatum and from Longyeardalen on Equisetum
arvense as Phialea rhodoleuea (Fr.) Sace. (Lind
1928). The identity of this fungus is uneertain,
Helvella lacunosa
Afzel.:Fr.
and colleetions on Equisetum spp. might belong
A widespread species reported once from Sval
to the genus Stamnaria (Carpenter 1981).
bard from the area between Hotellneset and
Longyearbyen (Dissing 1966).
Hypocopra aviaria
P. Karst.
Described as a new speeies by Karsten (1872)
HeivelIa pocillum
based on material eolleeted on goose dung at
Harmaja
Bjørnøya. The spores are different from the
near Ny
c\osely related species H. stereoraria. The species
Ålesund by Huhtinen (1987). This is the third
was not included by Krug & Cain (1974) in their
Reported
colleetion
from
Blomstrandhalvøya
whieh earlier was
study on Hypoeopra, and the taxon is best con
deseribed by Harmaja (1976) from its type locality
sidered as eriticaL As far as we know this speeies
in northernmost Sweden and later added from
has only been reported from its type locality.
Oppland
of this speeies,
in
Norway
(Harmaja
1977).
The
relationship between this taxon and H. aestivalis
Hypoderma degenerans
needs further studies.
(P. Karst.) Nannf.
Only eolleeted on the rare Vaccinium uliginosum
at Colesbukta and published as Pseudophaeidium
Hyaloscypha albohyalina
(P. Karst.)
Boud.
degenerans (Lind 1928), but later transferred to
Hypoderma (Nannfeldt 1932; Lind 1934). The
Reported as rare on imported coniferous wood,
both as var. albohyalina (at Ny-Ålesund and
Longyearbyen) and var. spiralis (VeL) Huhtinen
speeies seems to belong to a southern mycoflora
element on Svalbard and is widely distributed in
northern and alpine parts of Europe (Lind 1934).
(at NY-Ålesund) (Huhtinen 1990).
Hysteronaevia advena
Hyaloscypha aurelieIla
(Nyl.) Huhtinen
(P. Karst.) Nannf.
First deseribed as a new speeies (Mollisia advena)
by Karsten (1872) based on eolleetions from
Reported as common on old boards and other
leaves of Eriophorum angusti/olium spp. triste,
mining timber at Longyearbyen and Ny-Ålesund
Luzula arctiea and L. areuata ssp. con/usa at
(Huhtinen 1990, 1993).
Adventdalen and Ekmanfjorden. Reported as
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
227
Niptera advena on Eriophorum angustifolium
Hysteropezizella diminuens (P.
spp. triste from Isfjorden and on Festuca rubra
Nannf.
from Krossfjorden by Lind (1928). Nannfeldt
(1984a) transferred the species to a new genus,
but only listed Eriophorum as host plants. The
species has a northern boreal to arctic distribution
(Nannfeldt 1984a).
Karst.)
Reported as Trochila diminuens from Adventda
len, Grønfjorden and Liefdefjorden by Karsten
(1872). The species was growing on dead remains
of Carex glareosa, C. lachenalii, C. ursina, Hiero
chloe alpina, and Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa and
with somewhat different paraphyses on leaves
Hysteronaevia clavulifera
of Alopecurus alpinus and Phippsia algida. Lind
Nannf.
(1928) reported the species as Naevia diminuens
This is a recently described arctic-alpine species
from many hosts from different localities and
on Juneus spp. (Nannfeldt 1984a). On Svalbard it
treated the deviating form described by Karsten
has been collected once at Sassendalen on Juneus
(1872) as N. diminuens f. prominens. Stegia sub
biglumis by Asplund in 1915 (Nannfeldt 1984a).
velata reported from many localities on different
Carex species by Lind (1928) also corresponds
to H. diminuens (Lind 1934). Nannfeldt (1984)
Hysteronaevia kobayasii
Nannf.
reported this species to be common on Luzula
This is also a recently described species with a
high arctic distribution pattern (Nannfeldt 1984a).
According to Nannfeldt (1984a) it grows on
Eriophorum species, but it was published from
arcuata s.l. in Fennoscandia, but rare on this host
on Svalbard, while the opposite is the case with
Hysteronaevia luzulicola. The species is arctic
alpine according to Lind (1934).
severai hosts on Svalbard as Mollisia graminea by
Lind
(1928), and from NY-Ålesund as Hys
teropezizella sp.
by
Kobayasi et al.
(1968).
Nannfeldt (1984a) added one collection from
Wijdefjorden from 1861 in addition to one con
tirrned Lind collection from Sassendalen.
Hysteropezizella fuscella (P.
Reported on Festuca rubra from Sørkapp Land
and Edgeøya and on Luzula arctiea from Kva
dehuken near NY-Ålesund as Naevia fuscella
(Lind
Hysteronaevia luzulicola
Another
Hysteronaevia
Karst.)
Nannf.
1928),
but
later
transferred
teropezizella (Nannfeldt 1932).
Nannf.
to
Hys
A widespread
northern species according to Lind (1934).
species described
by
Nannfeldt (1984a). It grows on Luzula arcuata
s.l. and is only known from arctic Canada and
northernmost Sweden, both with only one col
lection, in addition to Svalbard and Novaja
Zemlja where it is more common. The type
locality is on Svalbard, where it has been pub
lished as Naevia pusilla by Lind (1928).
Isothea rhytismoides
(Bab. ex Berk.) Fr.
Reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) with
out information on locality, from Wijdefjorden
by Wulff (1902), and reported as Hypospila rhy
tismoides from Bellsund and Isfjorden by Lind
(1928).
Lid
(1967)
included
a locality
from
Adventdalen. Holm (1979) described it as the
Hysteronaevia lyngei
most conspicuous species on Dryas leaves where
(Lind) Nannf.
it forms shining black spots, and as common and
Known as Hysteronaevia lyngei from Sørkapp
widespread and probably coextensive with Dryas
Land on Svalbard (on Festuca rubra), Novaja
hosts. Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it from
Zemlja,
northern
four localities and considered it to be probably
Canada,
altogether
Fennoscandia
on
and
three different
arctic
grass
common on Svalbard.
species (Nannfeldt 1984a). Also reported as Hys
teropezizella lyngei (Lind) Nannf. from Kapp
Thordsen
(Nannfeldt
1932),
from
Varanger,
North Norway, and northernmost parts of Russia
Kalmusia coniothyrium
(FuckeJ) L.
Hunndorf
by Lind (1934), from Greenland (Dennis 1981),
A cosmopolitan species only reported from Sas
and from the British Isles (Cannon et al. 1985).
sendalen on leaves of Salix polaris (Lind 1928).
228
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Lachnellula calyciformis (Willd. : Fr. )
Dharne
Reported from a corticated conifer trunk near
Lamprospora minuta (VeIen.) Svrcek
Reported
from
Barentsburg
associated
with
bryophytes (Schumacher 1993).
Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1993), who discussed
problems in de fin ing boundaries to neighbouring
species and treated it in a collective sense.
Lamprospora norvegiea Benkert, Aas &
Kristiansen
Reported from
Lachnum paLearum (Desm. ) Korf
Adventdalen
by
Schurnaeher
(1993) growing in association with bryophytes.
Reported as Lachnum patens by Lind (1928) on
The species was described by Benkert et al.
Phippsia algida from the polar desert island
(1991).
Hopen.
Lamprospora rugensis Benkert
Laetinaevia erythrostigma (Rehm) Nannf.
ex B. Hein
Reported
with
two
collections
from
Long
yearbyen where it was associated with Pohlia
Reported on Cerastium spp. from many localities
bryophytes by Schumacher (1993), who stated
on Svalbard as Helotiella erythrostigma (Lind
that the species is common both in Norwegian
1928, Hagen 1941). The species was treated
mountains and on Svalbard.
as Laetinaevia erythostigmoides by Nannfeldt
(1932). The species is arctic-alpine (Lind 1934).
Lamprospora seaveri Benkert
Reported from Ny-Ålesund and Longyearbyen
Laetinaevia stellariae (Rostr.) Lind
Reported on Stellaria longipes
S.
(two eollections) by Schumacher (1993). The
l. from Bellsund,
spe eies has been found associated with severai
Colesbukta and Adventfjorden by Lind (1928) as
moss species. This and the preceding species were
Naevia stellariae, but later transferred to Lae
described by Benkert (1987).
tinaevia
(Lind 1934).
A
circumpolar species
according to Lind (1934).
Lamprospora spitsbergensis T. Schumach.
Described by Schumacher (1993) based on one
Lamprospora carbonicola Boud.
collection from Longyearbyen and another from
Reported from Ny-Ålesund where it was found
nearby Endalen. The species was growing associ
associated with bryophytes in a bumt place (Schu
ated with Pohlia in a seashore estuary of a large
macher 1993). This is the first record from the
glacial river, and it will be interesting to see
Arctic.
whether future collections will also be on saline
soils.
Lamprospora hanffii Benkert
Reported from Longyearbyen growing on soil
associated with Pohlia mosses on two sites (Schu
Lasiobolus diversisporus (FuekeI) Sacc.
New to Svalbard. Collected on dung of reindeer at
macher 1993). The species was described from
Kiærstranda near NY-Ålesund by D.a. 0vstedal
German
and determined by a. Aas.
and French mountains by
Benkert
(1987).
Lathraeodiscus arcticus Dissing &
Lamprospora miniata De Not.
Sivertsen
Reported from Longyearbyen with three eol
This species was recently described as a species
lections associated with Pohlia and Bryum mosses
in a new genus by Dissing & Sivertsen (1988). It
(Schumacher 1993).
is a soil inhabiting fungus known from Svalbard
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, [ungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
229
and Greenland. The type locality is at Advent
scheuchzeri and E. angustifolium spp. triste, both
dalen, where ane additional collection has been
collections from the Adventdalen area; the latter
made in addition to twa collections from Gips
as its anamorph Leptostroma henningsi (Lind
dalen and ane from Ny-Ålesund.
1928). Lind (1934) reported scattered occurrences
from northern Europe and ane locality in Canada.
Leptosphaeria brachyasca
Rostr.
Only reported from Bjørnøya on Saxifraga oppo
sitifolia (Lind 1928), and only known from Dovre,
mainland Norway and Greenland, on Saxifraga
(Lind 1934).
Lophodermium culmigenum (Fr. )
De Not.
Recorded from a large number of grasses all over
Svalbard by Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928).
According to Lind (1934) the species has a wide
northern distribution. Lind (1928) treated L.
Leptosphaeria monotis
Rehm
Described on Saxifraga leaves from the Alps, and
probably not reported from elsewhere, except
arundinaceum as a synonym of L. culmigenum,
but they have been treated as different species by
Cannon et aL (1985).
from the Ny-Ålesund area where it apparently is
not rare on Saxifraga oppositifolia (Holm & Holm
1994).
Lophodermium svalbardense
Lind
Described as a new species on dead peduncles
of Papaver dahlianum from Sassendalen (Lind
(WaHr.) Schiiepp
1928). It should be expected from other arctic
Only collected on Cerastium (prabably arcticum)
areas, but has as far as we know not been reported
Leptotrochila cerastiorum
at
Adventfjorden
and published as Fabraea
outside Svalbard yet.
cerastiorum (Lind 1928).
Leucoscypha hetieri
(Boud.) Rifai
Collected near Longyear Airport by Huhtinen
(1987) at an old fireplace. This is probably the
first report of this species from the Arctic. The
species may belong to a different genus.
Lophiostoma winteri
(Sacc.) G. Winter
Reported as common and discovered on most
Massarina balnei-ursi
(Rehm) K. & L.
Holm
Reported on Dryas from Ny-Ålesund, Gipsvika
and twa localities west of Sassendalen by Holm
& Holm (1993a).
Massariopsis wulffii
Reported
on
(Lind) Lind
grasses
from
Ekmanfjorden,
samples of Dryas on Svalbard by Holm & Holm
Brøggerhalvøya and Krassfjorden by Lind (1928).
(1993a).
We have not been ab1e to find any other ref
erences to this species, but the genus has been
placed in Amphisphaeria. Holm & Holm (1994)
Lophiotrema vagabundum
(Sacc.) Sacc.
Reported on Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa at Ny
stated that the species has a doubtful taxonomic
position.
Ålesund and Deschampsia alpina from Blom
strandhalvøya, both at Kongsfjorden (Holm &
Melanomma dryadis
Holm 1994).
Reported
Lophodermium caricinum
(Rob. ex
Desm.) Duby
Reported twice from Svalbard, on Eriophorum
from
Johanson
severai
colLecting
sites
at
Kongsfjorden and in the Longyearbyen area by
Holm & Holm (1993a). The species grows on
fmits and remaining parts of the previous years'
fiowers of Dryas.
230
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SlVERTSEN
Melaspilea hyparctica
K. & L. Holm
ver dahlianum as probably widespread (Holm &
Described from Svalbard on dead wood of Dryas
Holm 1994).
oetopetala by Holm & Holm (1993a). The type
locality is from Gipsvika, and the species was
also reported from NY-Ålesund, Endalen near
Mycosphaerella cassiopes
Barr
Longyearbyen and Grønsteinfjellet west of Sas
This is the most common microfungus on Cassiope
sendalen. The affiliation to Melaspilea is uncer
tetragona, constantly infesting overwintered ped
tain, but no better alternative was found by Holm
undes and fiowers, according to Holm (1975) who
& Holm (1993a).
also recorded it on Svalbard from dead leaves.
Lind (1928) recorded the species (as M. ineon
spieua) from three Svalbard localities (Tempel
(Rehm) K. & L.
Melaspilea lecideopsida
fjorden, Kapp Thordsen and Colesbukta).
Holm
Reported
from
old
Dryas
wood
from
Ny
Ålesund, Blomstrandhalvøya and Longyearbyen
by Holm & Holm (1993a).
Mycosphaerella confinis (P.
Karst.) Dearn.
Recognised from Krossfjorden, Kongsfjorden,
Adventfjorden, and Wijdefjorden by Holm &
Microthyrium holmiae
Holm (1994), but only from hosts within Bras
Nograsek
sicaceae as opposed to a wider concept used by
A recently described species that was collected
from old persistent leaf bases of Dryas at Ny
Lind (1928). According to Fan et al. (1989) M.
eonfinis is induded in the omnivorous M. tassiana.
Ålesund (Holm & Holm 1993a).
Mycosphaerella densa
Microthyrium microscopicum
Desm.
Reported as ssp. aretoalpinum Nograsek on Carex
misandra at Gluudneset near NY-Ålesund (Holm
& Holm 1992).
(Rostr.) Lind
Reported by Lind (1928) from many localities
on Svalbard on four different herbaceous host
speeies, and Hagen (1941) added one locality
from the mountains near Sassendalen. This eir
cumpolar arctic speeies is a true parasite as com
pared with most other Myeosphaerella speeies
Mollisia graminis
(Desm.)
P.
Karst.
Reported on four grass speeies from Bellsund,
Grønfjorden and Bohemannesset by Lind (1928).
Montagnula spinosella
(Rehm) Crivelli
Reported with a few collections on graminoids
from the Ny-Ålesund area by Holm & Holm
(1993b), and from Endalen near Longyearbyen
which are saprophytic (Lind 1934; Eriksson 1992).
Frequent on Arenaria pseudofrigida and perhaps
confined to this speeies according to Holm &
Holm (1994).
Mycosphaerella equiseti
(Fuekei)
l.
Schrot.
Reported on Equisetum scirpoides from Endalen
near Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994).
on Desehampsia cespitosa (a host species deter
mination that needs to be confirmed) by Holm &
Holm (1994). Holm & Holm (1993b) considered
Mycosphaerella equiseticola
Bond.-Mont.
it "hardly common" on Svalbard. See also notes
Also reported on Equisetum scirpoides from
below the rejected species Pleospora junci Pass.
Endalen near Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm
& Beltr.
1994).
(Auersw.)
Lindau
Mycosphaerella halophila (l. Bommer,
Roussel & Sacc.) O.E. Erikss.
Recorded from the Longyearbyen area on Papa
Reported from an old Nathorst collection of
Mycosphaerella arthopyrenoides
A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Honkenya
peploides
(Holm
&
Holm 1994).
The speeies has most often been included in M.
tassiana.
231
Mycosphaerella perexigua (P. Karst.)
Johanson
First described from Svalbard by Karsten (1872)
as Sphaeria perexigua. The species was reported
Mycosphaerella lycopodii (Peck) House
from dry leaves of Juneus biglumis at Adventda
len and Ekmanfjorden (="Nordfjorden") , and
Reported on Huperzia selago from Ny-Ålesund
the latter is the type locality. Lind (1928) reported
and Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994).
it from all over Svalbard on Juneus and Luzula
species and with a single occurrence on Carex
misandra. It has now been confirmed to be a
Mycosphaerella maculiformis (Pers. :Fr.)
J. Schrot.
Reported by Lind (1928) as M. maculiformis on
dead leaves of Betula nana from Colesbukta. The
species was included in the cosmopolitan M. punc
common and widespread speeies on Juncus,
Luzula and Cyperaceae by Holm & Holm (1987),
who examined one Svalbard collection, and Holm
& Holm (1994) stated that it is very common on
Juncus biglumis on Svalbard.
tiformis (Pers.) Starback by Farr et al. (1989).
Mycosphaerella polaris (P. Karst.) Lindau
Mycosphaerella minor (P. Karst.)
Johanson
Reported by Karsten (1872) from Lomfjorden
and by Lind (1928) from Bellsund, Wijdefjorden
Reported from severaI places at Isfjorden and
from Bellsund and Bjørnøya by Lind (1928). An
arctic-alpine speeies according to Lind (1934), but
it is now known to be widely distributed in Sweden
(Eriksson 1992). Reported as M. cf. minor to be
and Sørkapp Land on Salix po/aris and S. polaris
x
herbacea. Holm & Holm (1994) reported it
from the Longyearbyen area "sensu auet. non
sensu orig.", and stated that the taxonomic con
fusion will be dealt with in a separate publication.
common on old naked Dryas wood by Holm &
Holm (1993a), and as a frequent speeies on many
dicotyledons (Holm & Holm 1994).
Mycosphaerella pusilla (Auersw.)
Johanson
Mycosphaerella octopetalae (Oudem.) Lind
Reported from three Carex speeies at Isfjorden
by Lind (1928). The speeies is poorly known and,
Found everywhere on old Dryas leaves (Holm &
according to Holm & Holm (1994), it may have
Holm 1993a).
been confused with M. recUlita (Fr.) Johanson.
Mycosphaerella pachyasca (Rostr.)
Vestergr.
Mycosphaerella ranunculi (P. Karst.) Lind
Only
reported
on
Eutrema
edwardsii
from
Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902).
Mycosphaerella pedicularidis (P. Karst.)
Lind
First described by Karsten (1872) from Grønfjor
First reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872)
and later by Lind (1928). Found throughout Sval
bard on five Ranunculus speeies (Lind 1928).
Mycosphaerella salicicola (Fr.) Johanson
ex Oudem.
den on Pedicularis hirsuta, later reported by Lind
Only reported as its anamorph Septoria salidcola
(1928) to be very common on P. hirsuta, but only
on Salix polaris at Wijdefjorden and Sorgfjorden
collected once (Saurieberget) on P. lanata ssp.
by
dasyantha. An arctic-subarctic species according
relationship is not quite understood yet (Eriksson
WuIff
(1902).
Its
anamorph-teleomorph
to Lind (1934).
1992).
232
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Mycosphaerella taraxaci
(P.
Karst.) Lind
Naemacyclus lambertii Rehm
Described from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) as
Reported with numerous localities from Svalbard
Sphaerella taraxaci based on collections on dead
by Holm & Holm (1993a) as var. dryadis L. & K.
leaves of Taraxacum arcticum from Lomfjorden
Holm on Dryas octopetala.
and Kongsfjorden. Lind (1928) reported it as
common on T. arcticum and Petasites frigidus all
over the areas visited on Svalbard, and Holm &
Holm (1994) found it on most herbarium speci
mens of
Taraxacum arcticum which still had
attached dead leaves. It is a widely distributed
Naeviopsis primulae (Rehm) B. Hein
Only reported from Grønfjorden on Taraxacum
arcticum (Lind 1928). A critical species.
northern species (Lind 1934).
Neottiella aphanodictyon (Kobayasi)
Dissing, Korf & Sivertsen
Mycosphaerella tassiana (De Not)
Johanson
New to Svalbard. This is a very common fungus
on Svalbard which grows associated with bryo
Reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) on
phytes of the family Polytrichaceae, and it has
dead leaves of no less than 32 different vascular
been recorded from Alaska, Greenland and main
species. Lind (1928) reported it from another 41
land Norway (Dissing & Sivertsen 1983). Hum
vascular species on Svalbard and stat ed that it is
aria semi-immersa reported by Dobbs (1942)
the most common of all fungi on Svalbard. It
evidently refers to this species.
seems to attack all species except dwarf shrubs
and Equisetum variegatum and E. scirpoides, and
is hardly ever absent from Poa, Carex, Cerastium,
Papaver, Silene, and Stellaria species (Lind 1928).
Lind (1934) reported a wide circumpolar dis
tribution in northern areas. Karsten (1884), Lind
(1928), Kobayasi et al. (1968), and Zabawski
Nimbomollisia eriophori (Kirchn.) Nannf.
Reported as Niptera phaea from Kongsfjorden
on Carex misandra and from Adventpynten and
Bellsund on C. subspathacea (Lind 1928).
(1976) also reported its anamorph Cladosporium
herbarum.
Octospora melina (Veien.) Dennis &
Itzerott
Mycosphaerella vivipari
(G.
Winter) Lind
A northern species reported from Longyearbyen
(two collections) by Huhtinen (1987). The species
Reported from dead leaves of Bistorta vivipara
seems to be a parasite on members of the moss
along most of the western coast of Spitsbergen by
family Bryaceae.
Lind (1928). According to Holm & Holm (1994)
it is hardly common as they did not observe it in
the field on Svalbard, but it was confirmed from
two herbarium (UPS) samples from the Isfjorden
area.
Octospora moravecii K.B. Khare
A rare northern or alpine species reported from
Longyearbyen
(two collections) by
Huhtinen
(1987) as associated with the moss genus Pohlia.
Mycosphaerella recutita (Fr.) Johanson
Reported from 12 graminoid host species all over
Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm
Svalbard by Lind (1928), as M. wichuriana (J.
Recorded by Lind (1928) as Metasphaeria cas
Schri:it.) Johanson. Frequent on various mon 0-
siopes from Mimerdalen and
cotyledons according to Holm & Holm (1994),
Holm (1975) stated that this identification is
Longyeardalen.
who indicated that it may be identical to M. minor
doubtful. The species is northern and restricted
(P. Karst.) Johanson on dicotyledons.
to Cassiope tetragona.
A catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Onygena caruina Alb. & Schwein.: Fr.
New to Svalbard (Herb. TRH). Collected by I.
Brattbakk in 1973 on old remains of a felt shoe
near a trapper's cabin at Kapp Smith. This is the
first record from the Arctic, at least from northern
parts.
Otthia dryadis K. Holm, L. Holm &
Nograsek
Reported from old Dryas wood from five localities
in the Ny-Ålesund and Adventdalen areas by
Holm & Holm (1993a), and Holm & Holm (1994)
233
a southern species in Sweden confined to Juneus
effusus
and
conglomeratus,
whereas
P.
con
sobrina is the correct identity of the northern
species on Carex. Holm & Holm (1994) collected
it on Carex paralleIa at Kongsfjorden: Blom
strandhalvøya.
Phaeasphaeria culmarum (Auersw.)
Leuchtm.
Reported on 'Luzula cf. confusa' from NY-Åle
sund by Holm & Holm (1994), who stated that
their determination was tentative.
considered it to be scanty and obviously not com
mon.
Phaeasphaeria equiseti
(P.
Karst.) L. & K.
Holm
Phacidium palygani Rostr.
Leptosphaeria equiseti was first described from
Reported from dead 1eaves of Bistorta vivipara
Liefdefjorden (type locality) by Karsten (1872),
from four localities at Isfjorden (Lind 1928).
and later reported from several localities by Lind
(1928). Holm & Holm (1981) treated it as a
Phaeosphaeria and described a new var. lindii
Phaeasphaeria caricinella
(P.
Karst.) O.E.
L. & K. Holm from Iceland and Svalbard, and
Leuchtmann (1984) treated it as P. lindii. With
Erikss.
According to Lind (1928) and with some uncer
tainty affirmed by Eriksson (1967c) this species
was published by Karsten (1872) from Svalbard
as three species (Leptosphaeria caricinella, L.
junciseda and L. vagans). Lind (1928) reported it
ane exception it is not c1ear whether the reports
cited by Lind (1928) belong to P. equiseti or P.
lindii, but Holm & Holm (1994) reported it on
Equisetum arvense at Ny-Ålesund and on E. scir
poides at Longyearbyen: Endalen.
as common and widespread, but the only Svalbard
localities accepted by Shoemaker & Babcock
(1989) were two Th.M. Fries collections of Lep
tosphaeria vagans P. Karst. from Ekmanfjorden
Phaeasphaeria herpatrichaides (De Not.)
L. Holm
and Adventfjorden and further studies should
Recorded from Billefjorden and Dicksonfjorden
reveal whether this is a widespread species or
as Leptosphaeria culmifraga by Lind (1928) on
not. Holm & Holm (1994) report ed it from two
graminoids. A species with a very wide dis
localities in the Kongsfjorden area.
tribution (Lind 1934). Reported from Kongs
fjorden (Ny-Ålesund and Blomstrandhalvøya,
two samples from the latter),
Phaeasphaeria cansabrina
(P.
Karst.) O.E.
Erikss.
Reported from Ekmanfjorden by Karsten (1872)
and from severai localities in Isfjorden by Lind
Gipsvika, and
Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). Two of
the samples correspond to P. ovei Shoemaker
and C.E. Babc., which was not accepted as a
separate species by Holm & Holm (1994).
(1928) as Leptosphaeria consobrina on Carex SQX
atilis and C. paralleIa. Leuchtmann (1984) treated
L. consobrina as a synonym of Phaeosphaeria
juncina, but this was not accepted by Shoemaker
Phaeasphaeria insignis
(P.
Karst.) L. Holm
Reported from Svalbard by Karsten (1872), Lind
& Babcock (1989) who mentioned only one
(1928), Holm (1957) and Eriksson (1967c). It is a
locality from Svalbard (Ekmanfjorden, Th.M.
common species on a variety of grasses on Sval
Fries on Carex saxatilis, which is the type locality).
bard, but it is a predominantly arctic species, with
Eriksson (1967c, 1992) showed that P. juneina is
the type locality at Ny-Ålesund and with only
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
234
three localities known from northern Fenno
Phaeosphaeria silenes-acaulis
scandia (Eriksson 1967c).
Holm
(De Not.) L.
First recorded by Karsten (1872) from Silene
Phaeosphaeria juneina
(Auersw.) L. Holm
acaulis at Grønfjorden. Later recorded as com
mon by Lind (1928), who also noted Stellaria
Reported on Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa from
humifusa and S.
Ny-Ålesund by Holm & Holm (1994).
reported on Silene acaulis from Ny-Ålesund by
longipes s.l.
as hosts, and
Holm & Holm (1994). The speeies is probably
Phaeosphaeria lindii
(L. &
K.
coextensive with Silene acaulis (Eriksson 1992)
Holm)
and is also frequent on Stel/aria longipes.
Leuchtm.
See below P. equiseti. One report of P. equiseti
from Bellsund is P. lindii (Holm & Holm 1981).
Holm & Holm (1993a) reported a few ascomata
on old fruits of Dryas from the Longyearbyen
area; a remarkable host. Holm & Holm (1994)
collected the species on Equisetum arven e from
Ny-Ålesund and E. scirpoides from Longyear
Phaeosphaeria stellariae
(Rostr.) Leuchtm.
Probably common on Stellaria longipes s.l. and
reported from two localities in the Longyearbyen
area by Holm & Holm (1994). Not separated
from P. silenes-acaulis by Lind (1928).
byen.
Phaeosphaeria marcyensis
(Peck) L.
& K.
Holm
Reported on leaves of Huperzia selago from Ny
Ålesund and Longyearbyen by Holm & Holm
(1994 ).
Phaeosphaeria vagans
(Niessl) O.E.
Erikss.
Reported by Berlese (1888) but with erroneous
geographical information (Eriksson 1967b). The
species was also reported by Lind (1928) from
Phippsia algida at Brennevinsfjorden. and by
Holm & Holm (1994) from Gipsvika on Dupontia
Phaeosphaeria microscopica
(P. Kar st )
.
O.E. Erikss.
fisheri
and
Eriophorum
scheuchzeri.
Phaeo
sphaeria vagans is a very com mon species in
Fennoscandia, mainly on grasses, but occasionally
Reported by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928), Holm
also on other plants.
(1957), Eriksson (1967c). and Leuchtmann (1984)
from Svalbard. Lind (1928) recorded it (as Lep
tosphaeria microscopica) from all the localities
visited on Spitsbergen growing on a wide range
of grasses as hosts. Lind (1928) also reported
Leptosphaeria algida Rostr. on Phippsia from
some localities. but later (Lind 1934) indicated
that it may be included in P. microscopica. Phaeo
sphaeria microscopica is a widespread species
both in the Arctic and further to the south (Lind
1934).
Phaeosphaeria weberi
(Oudem.) L.
& K.
Holm
Reported on Ranunculus pygmaeus from Sørkapp
Land, Kapp Thordsen and Bohemannesset by
Lind (1928). Holm & Holm (1994) added a
locality from Grønfjorden on R. sulphureus and
another from Endalen near Longyearbyen on R.
pygmaeus, and cited collections otherwise only
from Novaja Zemlja. from where it was described
Phaeosphaeria nigrans
(Roberge ex
as Leptosphaeria
eberi and from arctic Canada.
w
,
Desm.) L. Holm
Reported from Billefjorden, on Festuca, and
Dicksonfjorden, on Carex parallela, by Lind
Phomatospora dinemasporium J.
Webster
(1928), as Leptosphaeria culmicola. Holm &
Reported on Deschampsia alpina from Blom
Holm (1992) could not find any voucher material
strandhalvøya, Kongsfjorden by Holm & Holm
in C, but considered the reports to be probable.
(1994).
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Phyllachora junci (Fr.: Fr.) Fuekei
Pleospora arctica by Karsten (1872), from 17 gra
Only reported from Dickson Land on Juneus
arcticus (Lind 1928). The host is very rare on
Svalbard. Phyllachora junci is widespread further
south and is reported to be the most common
fungus on dead stems and leaves of large Juneus
speeies like J. conglomeratus and J. effusus (Ellis
& Ellis 1985), while Eriksson (1992) reported it
from scattered provinces throughout Sweden.
Physalospora alpestris Niessl
(Lind 1928), and on C. misandra and C. paralleia
from Kongsfjorden (Holm & Holm 1994). The
arctic-alpine
minaid host species from large parts of Spits
bergen by Lind (1928) (as P. karstenii), and on
Alopecurus borealis from Bellsund (as P. lutea)
by Wehmeyer (1961). It is an arctic-alpine species
(Lind 1934) and it was treated as P. arctagrostidis
by Eriksson (1967b), who did not accept this as a
synonym of P. arctica; an opinion, however, held
by Holm & Holm (1993b). who had access to
better spore material.
Pleospora ascodedicata K. Holm, L. Holm
Reported on Carex mLmndra from Krossfjorden
speeies is
235
(Lind 1934, Eriksson
1992).
& Nograsek
A species restricted to Dryas and reported from
Lovenbreen and Blomstrandhalvøya at Kongs
fjorden by Holm & Holm (1993a, b). The species
was deseribed by Nograsek (1990) and is else
where known from Scandinavia and the Alps.
Physalospora empetri Rostr.
Reported
on
Empetrum
nigrum
ssp.
herm
aphroditum from the climatically most favourable
parts of Svalbard (Colesbukta and Mimerdalen)
by Lind (1928). A widespread species on Empe
trum (Lind 1934).
Pleospora cornata Niessl
A southern species on Anemone and Pulsatilla
and the reports from Svalbard by Lind (1928)
most probably do not belang to this species
aceording to Eriksson (1992). However, Holm &
Holm (1993b) reported three eolleetions of P.
Physalospora hyperborea Baumler
A eommon microfungus on Cassiope tetragona
and the type collection is from Svalbard (Holm
1975; Holm & Holm 1994).
Pleospora androsaces Fuekei
Reported by Karsten (1883) and Lind (1928)
listed it from 28 herbaceaus host species from
all over Svalbard. Aeeording to Holm & Holm
(1993b) this is obviously not eorrcct as the species
is mainly confined to Silene acaulis. Thcy listed
only one occurrence from Gipsvika as P. andro
saces, and revised five Lind determinations of
Svalbard material as P. comata.
Pleospora arctica P. Karst.
comata
from
Svalbard
that
eauId not
mor·
phologieally be diseriminated from the southern
typical form, and were treated within P. comata
S.1.
Pleospora glacialis Ni essl ex Rehm
Reported as P. cerastii from a wide range of host
plants but only distributed in the Inner Fjord
Zone of Spitsbergen (Lind 1928), but most of the
reports probably refer to P. helvetica (Holm &
Holm 1994). According to Lind (1934) it is a
widely distributed arctic-alpine species. Holm &
Holm (1993b) presented supplementary eollee
tions, also from cIimatieally less favourable areas
like Sørkapp and Ny-Ålesund.
Pleospora helvetica Niessl
According to Holm & Holm (1993b) this is the
Outside Svalbard a widely distributed species that
most frequent Pleospora on Svalbard grasses and
was first reported from Svalbard by Karsten
oeeurs less aften on other monocotylcdons and
(1884) and from Wijdefjorden by Wulff (1902).
on dicotyledons.
was reported from Poa
Later shown to be common all over Svalbard and
praten. is ssp. alpigena from Liefdefjorden as
reported as Pyrenophora chrysospora from 42
It
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
236
host species by Lind (1928). Lind (1928) also
yearbyen. The species is confined to Dryas.
reported it from four localities as Pyrenophora
According to Holm & Holm (1993b) the species
helvetica. Holm & Holm (1993b) reported it to
would perhaps be better accomodated in the
be very common on dicotyledons, and only listed
genus Teichospora.
four collections from other habitats. Holm &
Holm (1993a) Iisted it as probably rather common
on Dryas. Pleospora herbarum has been reported
to be com mon on Svalbard by Karsten (1872,
1884 as two other taxa) and Lind (1928), but all
examined collections proved to be forms of P.
helvetica with poorly developed setae (Holm &
Holm 1993b).
Pleospora wulfii Lind
Described from Svalbard on Stella ria longipes s.1.
collected at Wijdefjorden by T. Wulff (Lind
1928). Later reported from northern Russia and
Greenland by Lind (1934). The species is c10sely
related to P. islandica, but was still considered to
be a separate species by Holm & Holm (1993b)
who listed two more collections on Stellaria lon
Pleospora herbarum (Pers.:Fr) Rabenh.
The species was reported as an endophytic root
gipes s.1. from the Longyearbyen area.
fungus by Vare et al. (1992). The species has
previously been considered to be common on
Svalbard, but was redetermined to P. helvetica
Pleuroceras helveticum (Rehm) Barr
(see this species) by Holm & Holm (1994). It was
Reported from Salix leaves in the southern and
also lacking from herbarium collections from the
central parts of Svalbard as Linospora insularis
Alps, but it is common there as an endophyte
(
(Holm & Holm 1993b).
(Lind 1928). Holm & Holm (1994) redetermined
=
Pleuroceras insulare (Johanson) M. Monod)
a Lind (1928) report from Kongsfjorden: Kva
dehuken to P. helveticum and added a record
Pleospora penicillus (Schmidt: Fr.) Fuckel
Reported by Lind (1928) as P. media from Cera
stium
alpinum
(is
most
cases
probably
from Ny-Ålesund, and P. insulare was treated as
a doubtful species on Svalbard.
C.
arcticum) at Bellsund and as Pyrenophora hispida
(Niessi) Sacc. from Silene furcata and uralensis
at Isfjorden (Lind 1928). Pleospora penicillus is
Podospora vesticola (Berk. & Broame)
Mirza & Cain
widely distributed in temperate areas (Fan et al.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
1989). Holm & Holm (1993b) also considered
(1976) as Sporormiella vesticola and by Zabawski
it to be very widespread on a large number of
(1982b) as Podospora vesticola.
dicotyledoneous herbs, but rare on monocoty
ledons, and Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it
from Dryas, both as var. penicillus and as var.
ambigua (Berl. & Bres.) Crivelli. Lind (1928) also
reported P. infectoria Fuckel from 39 host species
throughout Svalbard. This is now a synonym of
Lewia infectoria (Fuckel) E. Simmons, but Holm
& Holm (1993b) considered the Lind (1928)
reports of P. infectoria to be "certainly P. peni
Polaroscyphus spetsbergianus Huhtinen
Recently described as a new species in a new
genus based on two collections from Bjørndalen
and Blomsterdalen at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen
1987). The species grows on \eaves of Salix
polaris.
cillus, at least in part".
Potriphila navicularis Dobbeler
Pleospora spetsbergensis K. Holm & L.
Holm
Recently described as a new species in a new
genus by Dobbeler (1996). The species grows on
Described from Svalbard with the type collection
the moss Polytrichastrum alpinum, and is widely
from Gipsdalen by Holm & Holm (1993a). They
distributed, even bipolar, and is known from
listed seven more localities from Kongsfjorden
Spitsbergen (without further geographical infor
and from areas between Sassendalen and Long
mation) and from Barentsøya.
A catalogul! of Sllalbard p/ants. fungi. a/gal!. and cyanobacteria
Pseudomassaria inconspicua (Johanson)
Barr
Reported on dead leaves of
sitifoUa
237
Psilachnum inquilinum (P. Karst.) Dennis
Collected on
Sædfraga oppo
Equisetum arvense
at Bjørndalen
near Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987).
from the Ny-Ålesund area (two collec
tions) and on
S. aizoides from Gipsvika (Holm &
Psilocistella obsoleta (VeIen.) Svrcek
Holm 1994).
Found on a board in a warm and sheltered habitat
at Longyearbyen (Huhtinen 1987). This is an
Pseudopeziza drabae (Nannf.) Nannf.
extraordinary collection of a species that has only
The species was described from northern Sweden
been found at its type locality in The Czech
Pyrenopeziza drabae by Nannfeldt (1928) and
later transferred to Pseudopeziza (Nannfeldt
Republic/Slovakia before and of a genus that has
as
never been found in the Arctic before.
1932). It is very easily observed, since attacked
leaves are fully stromatised and coaly black.
Pseu
dopeziza svalbardensis, the collections on Draba,
belong to P. drabae. This refers to a collection
from Bohemannesset on Draba lacted published
as Pyrenopeziza svalbardensis by Lind (1928).
A new collection of P. drabae has now been
discovered on Draba /actea from Kongsfjorden
Nannfeldt (1932) argued that parts of
(TRH, det. S. Sivertsen).
Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) Fuekei
Reported as
Mollisia dehnii
by Karsten (1872)
from Grønfjorden. Adventdalen and Kobbe
vågen on leaves and staiks of Potentilla hyparctica
and P. pulcheUa. Lind (1928) reported it as Mol
Iisia atrata and as a very common species on
Potentilla spp., especially P. pulchefla, from all
parts of Svalbard. An arctic-alpine species (Lind
1934).
Pseudopeziza svalbardensis (Lind) Nannf.
The species was described from Svalbard by Lind
(1928), but later recorded elsewhere, at least from
Scotland (Cannon et al. 1985). It was collected
Saxifraga hirculus
lections from Draba
on
at Adventfjorden. The col
are referred to
P. drabae,
Pyrenophora raetica (Muller) Crivelli
Reported from severai grass species from scat
tered Spitsbergen localities by Holm & Holm
(1993b). The species is otherwise only known
see comments below under the latter species.
from the Alps.
Pseudorhytisma bistortae (Lib.) luel
Pyrenophora schroeteri Barr
Reported on leaves of
Bistoria vivipara
from
Kapp Thordsen, Dicksonfjorden and Tempelfjor
Pleospora mac
Arctophila fulva at SØr
llierochloe alpina from
Reported by Lind (1928) as
rospora
Schroter from
den (Lind 1928), and two localities at Advent
kapp
dalen were added by Hagen (1941). The spedes
Colesbukta, and Lind (1934) concluded that it is
is arctic-alpine (Lind 1934).
a circumpolar high arctic species, although severai
Land
and
localities are known from northernmost Fenno
scandia. The species was not found on Svalbard
Psilachnum acutum (VeIen.) Svrcek
Recorded from culms of
by Holm & Holm (1993b) who considered the
Calamagrostis stricta
at
Blomsterdalen near Longyearbyen by Huhtinen
(1987). This is the first report of this species from
Svalbard records by Lind (1928) doubtful, but it
was included in the list of Svalbard pyrenomycetes
presented by Holm & Holm (1994).
the Arctic. Later Huhtinen (1993) considered this
to possibly belong to a distinct taxon. as he pub
lished a typical collection of
P. acutum
from
Pyrenophora subalpina (Muller) Crivelli
Longyearbyen and a deviating type from Ny
Reported as quite frequent on Svalbard (Eriksson
Ålesund, both on grass culms.
1967b; Holm & Holm 1993b), and includes also
238
ARVE ELVEBAKK. HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
the report of P/eospora magnusiana Berl. by Lind
(1928), a species that has been interpreted in
different ways, see below "Rejected species".
Scutellinia hyperborea T. Schumach.
Recently described from the Adventdalen area,
mainland Norway and possibly Greenland (Schu
macher 1990).
Rhytisma salicina (Pers. : Fr.)
Reported by Lind (1928) from all over Svalbard
on Sa/ix po/aris and S. herbacea x polaris. It has
also been reported by Hagen (1941) and Lid
(1967), and it is easily observed forming black
spots on Sa/ix leaves. Its anamorph is Melasmia
salicina Lev.
Ronnigeria arctiea (Oudem.) Petr.
Only reported from Adventdalen on Potentilla
pulehella (Lind 1928). The species was originally
described from Novaja Zemlja on P. hyparctica,
and is considered to be widespread in the Arctic
and in northern Scandinavia (Holm & Holm
1977). Holm & Holm (1994) reexamined the
Adventdalen
collection
without
finding
the
fungus, but concluded that the species is likely to
occur on Svalbard.
Scutellinia minor (Veien.) Svrcek
Reported from severaI localities near Longyear
Airport by Huhtinen (1987), on open soil or
among mosses like Splachnum ampullaceum (the
moss probably mis-identified).
Sphaerotheca erigeronis-canadensis
(SchItdI.: Fr.) L. luneH
Reported on Taraxacum arcticum from Advent
fjorden (Lind 1928) and from
(Hagen
1941),
as
S.
Helvetiadalen
fuliginea
(Schltdl.:Fr.)
Pollacci. This species has been treated in a wide
sense Le. by Farr et al. (1989) as a cosmopolite
comprising
powdery
mildew
on
Asteraceae,
Cucurbitaceae, and Scrophulariaceae, whereas it
has been referred to in a strict sense as a species
on Veronica by Eriksson (1992), and evident!y
also by Holm & Holm (1992), who treated the
Lind (1928) and Hagen (1941) records as S. erig
Saccobolus chenocopricus Dissing
eronis-canadensis .
Described recently as a new species based on
material from Greenland (Dissing 1989), but a
small collection from Gipsdalen on dung of
barnacle goose was also listed.
Sporormiella americana (Griffiths) S.
Ahmed & Cain
Recorded from Woodfjorden by Reid (1979) on
Saccobolus quadrisporus Mass. & E.S.
Salmon
A rare species on goose dung reported from
Brucebyen at Billefjorden by Eckblad (1968).
Dissing (1989) also indicated that S.
quadri
dung, probably from goose.
Sporormiella heptamera (Auersw.) S.
Ahmed & Cain
sporus was associated with S. chenocopricus at
Reported from goose dung on wet sites on Bjørn
Gipsdalen.
øya (Karsten 1872). Both Sporormiella species
were previously treated within the genus Sp 0rormia (Ahmed & Cain 1972).
Scleropleella hyperborea (Fuekei) L. Holm
Holm (1975) cited one report of this species from
Svalbard, but Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it
to be common on Cassiope. The species also
Sporormiella polymera (Cain) S. Ahmed &
Cain
grows on Dryas, and Holm & Holm (1993a) cited
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
one Svalbard collection on Dryas. See also below
(1976), but it is a dung species (Ahmed & Cain
under Wettsteinina andromedae.
1972).
A calalogue of Svalbard planis, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria
Sporormiella teretispora S. Ahmed & Cain
Another dung species isolated from peat from
Hornsund by Zabawski (1976).
239
Trichopezizella nidulus (Schmidt & Kuntze
ex Fr.) Raitv.
Collected on Carex laehenalii at Carolinedalen
north of Longyearbyen by Huhtinen (1987) as
var. hystrieula (Karst.) Haines. This variety was
Stomiopeltis dryadis (Rehm) L. Holm
Reported to be probably widespread on dead
previously only known from its type locality in
Finland (Haines 1974).
leaves of Dryas by Holm & Holm (1993a), who
cited localities from Kongsfjorden, Gipsvika, and
areas east and north of Longyearbyen.
Trichothyrina salicis J. P. Ellis
Reported on Salix retieulata from NY-Ålesund
(Holm & Holm 1994). Previously only known
Sydowiella dryadis Lar. N. Vassiljeva
from Salix atroeinerea in England.
Reported as var. maerospora Nograsek from
many collecting sites on Svalbard by Holm &
Holm (1993a). The species grows on Dryas and is
otherwise known from Scandinavia, the Austrian
Alps and easternmost Russia (Holm & Holm
Venturia oxyriae (Rostr.) Sacc.
Reported on Oxyria digyna from Ny-Ålesund and
Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994).
1993a).
Venturia potentillae (Wallr.:Fr.) Cooke
Taphrina carnea Johanson
Reported by Lind (1928) as Coleroa eireinans
New to Svalbard. The species was collected by T.
Engelskjøn on Betula nana at Colesbukta in 1986
(Herb. TROM, det. H.B. Gjærum).
from Bellsund, Adventdalen and Billefjorden on
Potentilla pulehella. It was redetermined to V.
potentillae (sensu Barr) by Holm & Holm (1994)
who added a locality from Gipsvika.
Taphrophila argyllensis Scheuer
Venturia polygoni-uiuipari Arx
Reported on Desehampsia alpina at Endalen near
Longyearbyen (Holm & Holm 1994). Previously
on ly known from the type collection on Des
ehampsia cespilosa in Scotland.
Reported from dead leaves of Bistorta vivipara
from Bellsund to Magdalenefjorden by Lind
(1928) as Myeosphaerella polygonorum (Crie)
Lind. The species is obviously common on over
wintered Bistorta vivipara on Svalbard according
to Holm & Holm (1994).
Tarzetta cupularis (L.) Lambotte
Reported as Pustularia eupularis (L.) Fuckel from
Ebbadalen at Billefjorden by Dobbs (1942). The
Venturia subcutanea Dearn.
report needs confirmation as already indicated by
Huhtinen (1987) erroneously listed this species as
Ohenoja (1971). The genus Tarzetta is not among
being reported by Watling (1983). Holm & Holm
the
species of
(1994), however, reported V. subeutanea as com
Pezizales collected on Svalbard by Dissing and
about 85
mostly
unpublished
mon on dead leaves of Salix polaris and S. reti
Sivertsen.
eulata, and one collection on Betula nana from
Longyearbyen probably also refers to this species.
Thelebolus crustaceus (Fuckel) Kimbr.
New to Svalbard. Collected on rein deer dung at
The same applies to a report by Lind (1928) of
Venturia ditrieha on Betula nana from Coles
bukta.
Kiærstranda near NY-Ålesund by D.O. 0vstedal
and
determined
by
O.
Aas
(0vstedal pers.
comm.). The species was associated with Aseo
bolus albidus.
Wentiomyces dryadis K. & L. Holm
Described from old dead leaves on Dryas from
ARVE ELVEBAKK. HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
240
Adventdalen
(type
collection)
and
from
Blomstrandhalvøya and Ny-Ålesund on Cassiope
spedes according to Lind (1934) and Farr et al.
(1989).
tetragona by Holm & Holm (1993a).
Wettsteinina andromedae (Auersw.) Barr
Reported by Karsten (1872) as Sphaerella and
romedae, and as Leptosphaeria andromedae by
Lind (1928) who considered it to be common on
Svalbard, but as shown by his listed synonyms
Lind (1928) did not distinguish between Weus
Wettsteinina junci Shoem. & C.E. Babc.
Reported on funcus biglumis at Gluudneset and
Blomstrandhalvøya. both near NY-Ålesund, by
Holm & Holm (1994), who stated that the species
was previously known only from the type locality
in Canada, where it was collected on f. castaneus.
teinina andromedae (Auersw.) Barr. and Se/ero
pleella
hyperborea
(FuckeJ) L.
Holm.
Holm
(1975) was in doubt about the taxonomical status
Wettsteinina macrotheca (Rostr.) E. Miill.
of this northern material on Cassiope tetragona,
Only
but W. andromedae was reported as common on
spathacea from Bellsund and Kongsfjorden (Lind
Cassiope tetragona by Holm & Holm (1994).
known on Carex
saxatilis and
C.
sub
1928), as Massarina macrotheca (Rostr.) Lind.
According to Lind (1934) it has an arctic-subarctic
distribution pattern.
Wettsteinina distincta (P. Karst.) L. & K.
Holm
Reported from Kapp Thordsen (type locality) on
Puccinellia vahliana by Karsten (1872) as Sphaer
elia distincta and later reported from two Phippsia
and two Puccinellia species from many localities
by Lind (1928) (as Lizonia distincta P. Karst.).
Wettsteinina salicicola Nograsek
Reported on leaves of Salix reticulata from Ny
Ålesund. and previously only known from Swed
ish Lapland and Austria (Holm & Holm 1994).
The species was transferred to Didymella by
Eriksson (1967a), and to Wettsteinina by Holm &
Holm (1994). From Fennoscandia there is only
one uncertain report from Finland
(Eriksson
1967a) and one from Kola Peninsula (Lind 1934).
Wettsteinina savilei Shoemaker & e.E.
Babc.
Reported on Carex misandra and funcus biglumis
from three localities in the NY-Ålesund area. and
the speeies was previously only known from the
Wettsteinina dryadis (Rostr.) Petr.
Reported as Didymosphaeria dryadis on dead
type locality in arctic Canada (Holm & Holm
1994),
leaves of Dryas octopetala from Bellsund, Isfjor
den. Krossfjorden. and Sorgfjorden (Lind 1928).
and considered to be a circumarctic species (Lind
DEUTEROMYCOTA
1934). According to Holm (1979) these reports
correspond to immature Wetlsteinina dryadis, and
Holm & Holm (1993a) reported it as one of the
most common fungi on Dryas, on peduncles and
leaves.
Arthrinium puccinioides (De.) Kunze
Reported from funcus triglumis and Carex mis
andra at Adventfjorden and Longyeardalen by
Lind (1928).
Wettsteinina eucarpa (P. Karst.) Muller &
Arx
Recorded from Svalbard by Karsten (1872) as
Ascochyta an'tica (Lind) Punith.
Sphaerella eucarpa and by Lind (1928) as Massaria
Reported
eucarpa. It is a common species on Svalbard,
Krossfjorden on Poa and Festuca rubra (Lind
mainly on Bistorta vivipara. It is an arctic-alpine
1928).
from
Olsokflyan,
Grønfjorden
og
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fung;, algae, and cyanobacteria
Ascochyta dianthi (Alb. & Schwein.) Lib.
Reported by Lind (1928) from Klovningen and
241
The report may refer to C. pannarum or the C.
pannorum group.
Grønfjorden on Stellaria humifusa.
Ascochyta graminieola Sacc.
Cladosporium cladosporioides (Fresen.) de
Ydes
Reported by Lind (1928) from grass speeies (A la
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968) and Zabawski
pecurus barealis . Festuca and Paa arctiea) at
(1976).
Adventfjorden and several localities in the north
west.
Cryptococcus albidus (Saito) Skinner
Aspergillus ochraceus K. Wilh.
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976), and by Zabawski (1981) as Penicillium
achraceum.
Cryptococcus diffiuens (Zach) Lodder &
Kreger
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Aspergillus oryzae (Ahlb.) Cohn
A soil fungus determined with some uncertainty
by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Cryptococcus laurentii (Kuff.) Skinner
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Aspergillus sulphureus (Fresen.) Wehmer
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Dendryphion fumosum Fr.
Aspergillus ustus (Bainier) Thom &
Church
from Dicksonfjorden.
Reported by Lind (1928) on Eutrema edwardsii
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Diplodia bessimyanii Lind
Reported from Sørkapp Land on Poa pratensis
Aspergillus versicalar (Vuill.) Tirab.
ssp. alpigena by Lind (1928).
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Diplodia simmonsii Rostr.
Asteroma cacaliae Desm.
and Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa by Lind (1928).
Reported from Billefjorden and Bjørnøya on Paa
Only known from dead leaves of Petasites frigidus
at Colesbukta (Lind 1928).
DiplodinQ euphrasiae (Oudem.) Allesch .
Cephalosporium mycophilum (Corda)
Tubaki
den by Lind (1928).
Reported on Pedicularis hirsuta from Grønfjor
A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Chrysosporium pannorum (Link) Hughes
A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Diplodina papaveris (Oudem.) Lind
A widespread arctic species reponed from 14
different dicotyledoneous host species on Sval
bard (Lind 1928).
242
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Diplodina pedicularidis (FuekeI) Lind
C. bigelowii, the latter probably a misidentified
This is a systemic species that penetrates and
C. subspathacea.
deforms the whole tissue of its host (Pedicularis
hirsuta) which no longer can produce fiowers. It
was first reported from the Adventfjorden area by
Hendersonia rostrupii Lind
Lind (1928) and later reported from the innermost
Reported on Hierochloe a/pina and Poa abbre
parts of Adventdalen by Hagen (1950).
viata from Adventfjorden, Sassenfjorden and Bil
lefjorden
by
Lind
(1928).
Severai
related
Hendersonia species were transferred to Sta
Doratomyces microsporus (Sacc. ) Morton
gonospora by Castellani & Germano (1977), who
& Smith
did not mention H. rostrupii.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Hendersonia stefansonii Rostr,
Reported by Lind (1928) on Carex misandra from
Kongsfjorden and Krossfjorden.
Doratomyces nanus Ehrenb. ex Link
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1982b). The same taxon was obviously reported
as D. fimetarius by Zabawski (1976).
Heteropatella umbilicata (Pers,) Jaap
A widespread species reported on plant debris
from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1872) and from sev
eral hosts on severaI localities on Spitsbergen by
Eriospora leucostoma Berk. & Br.
Only
reported
on
Carex
misandra
Lind (1928).
from
Adventfjorden by Lind (1928).
Leptothyrium arcticum (FuekeI) Lind
Gloeosporium roaldii Lind
A widespread species on Potentilla hyparctica and
P. nivea (Lind 1928).
Reported from Polemonium boreale at Grønfjor
den and Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). von Arx
(1957) regarded G. roaldii as a doubtful species
as he was not able to find any material in the
collections studied by Lind (1928).
H endersonia arabidis Rostr.
Hendersonia arabidis has been reported from sev
eral Draba species on severai places on Spits
bergen (Lind 1928). It was also reported from
northern Sweden and Greenland by Lind (1934).
Leptothyrium palustre Fautrey
Only reported on Pedicularis hirsuta from Sør
kapp Land by Lind (1928)
Marssonina obscura (RomelI) Magn.
Reported on Salix po/aris and S. herbacea x
po/aris from Sørkapp Land by Lind (1928). The
generic name Marssonia has replaced Marssonina
(Farr et al. 1989), but this species does not seem
to have been redisposed.
Hendersonia arundinacea (Desm.) Sacc.
A widespread fungus recorded from 15 different
monocotyledoneous host speeies by Lind (1928).
Mastigosporium album Riess
Reported on Poa from Sørkapp Land and For
landssundet (Lind 1928).
Hendersonia gigantea Lind
Reported by Lind (1928) from central parts of
Isfjorden on Juneus arcticus, Carex saxatilis and
Microdiplodia perpusilla (Desm. ) Allesch.
Reported from dead leaves of Draba subcapitata
A
catalogue of Svalbard planIs, fungi, algae, and cyanobacleria
at Kongsfjorden by Lind (1928) as
perpusilla
Desm.,
a
synonym
Diplodia
according
to
Zambettakis (1970).
243
Penicillium cyanofulvum Biourge
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Penicillium diversum Raper & Fennell
Microdochium bolleyi (R. Sprague) de
Hoog & Herm.-Nijh.
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
Reported as an endophytic fungus on roots by
(1976).
Vare et al. (1992).
Penicillium fellutanum Biourge
Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1981),
Microsphaeriopsis olivacea (Bonord. )
Hohn.
Reported on
Draba oblongata (
=
probably
but not included in his other studies (Zabawski
1976,
D.
1982b)
on
the
soil
hyphomycetes
of
Hornsund.
micropetala) from the Sassenfjorden area by Lind
(1928). The species is cosmopolitan (Farr et al.
1989).
Penicillium funiculosum Thom
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Oidiodendron cerealis (Thiim.) G.L.
Banon
A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Penicillium glabrum (Wehmer) Westling
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Pachybasium hamatum Sacc.
A soil fungus reported from Longyearbyen by
Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Penicillium granulatum Bainier
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Penicillium brevicompactum Dierckx
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Penicillium herquei Bainier & Sartory
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Penicillium chrysogenum Thom
Reported from peat at Hornsund as P.
notatum
by Zabawski (1976).
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Penicillium daviforme Bainier
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Penicillium janthinellum Biourge
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Penicillium crustosum Thom
Reported as P.
Penicillium islandicum Sopp
terrestre
by Zabawski (1976).
from peat at Hornsund
Penicillium lanoso-coeruleum Thom
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
244
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
Penicillium lividum Westling
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
Phialophora lagerbergii (Melin & Nannf.)
Conant
(1976).
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Penicillium puberulum Bainier
Phialophora verrucosa Medlar
Reported as P. lanosum and P. puberulum by
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Kobayasi et al. (1968) and as P. commune and P.
lanosum by Zabawski (1976).
Phoma alpina Speg.
Reported by Karsten (1872), and later by Lind
Penicillium roquefortii Thom
(1928) from numerous localities and host speeies.
Reported from soil et Longyearbyen by Kobayasi
et al. (1968).
Karsten (1884) also described the new ssp. plan
iuscula from Grønfjorden on Saxifraga hier
adfoUa.
Penicillium thomii Maire
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Phoma caricis (Fr.) Sacc .
Reported by Lind (1928) on Carex glareosa and C.
saxatilis from Adventfjorden and Sassenfjorden.
Penicillium viridicatum Westling
Phoma comp/anata (Tode: Fr.) Desm.
Reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968).
Only known from Kapp Thordsen on Pedicularis
hirsuta (Lind 1928).
Penicillium waksmanii Zalessky
Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski (1981),
but not included in his other papers (Zabawski
1976,
1982b)
on
the
soil
hyphomycetes
of
Hornsund.
Phaeoseptoria rostrupii (Lind) Jørst.
Jørstad (1967) cited a collection from Sassen
dalen, reported as Hendersonia rostrupii by Lind
(1928).
Phoma graminis Westend.
Reported on Festum sp. and Poa abbreviata from
Sassenfjorden (Lind 1928).
Phoma herbarum Westend.
Reported by Karsten (1884) as P. herbarum var.
thulensis obviously from Svalbard although not
explicitly stated. Later Lind (1928) reported P.
herbarum on 16 host speeies from numerous Iocal
Phialophora cinerescens (WoIlenw.) J.F.H.
Beyma
ities. Phoma herbarum has been interpreted as
the anamorph of Pleospora herbarum, but Sim
mons (1981) redefined the teleomorph-anamorph
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
connection of Pleospora herbarum, and Phoma
(1976).
herbarum is now best considered as a speeies with
unknown teleornorph.
Phialophora fastigiata (Lagerb. & Melin)
Conant
Phoma nebulosa (Pers.: Fr.) Berk.
A soil fungus reported by Kobayasi et al. (1968)
Reported by Lind (1928) from Colesbukta and
and Zabawski (1976).
Adventfjorden on Stellaria longipes.
A
245
cataiogue of Svalbard plants. fungi. algae. and cyanobacteria
Phoma oudemansii Berl. & Voglino
Rhizoctonia solani J. G. Kiihn
Only reported from Bellsund and Isfjorden on
Reported as an endophytic root fungus by Våre
Polemonium boreale (Lind 1928).
et aL (1992).
Phoma ranunculi P. Karst.
Rhodotorula rubra (Demme) Lodder
Reported from three different Rammculus species
Reported by Kobayasi et aL (1968).
at Sørkapp Land, Tempelfjorden, Krossfjorden
and Gråhuken by Lind (1928).
Sclerotium fulvum Fr.
Reported from dead leaves of Puccinellia vah
Phoma sceptri P. Karst.
liana at Bohemanneset by Lind (1928).
Wulff (1902) reported this fungus on Pediclliaris
hirsuta from Sorgfjorden. Lind (1928) added P.
lanata ssp. dasyantha from Dicksonfjorden.
Scopulariopsis brevicaulis (Sacc. ) Bainier
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976). The species is cosmopolitan on various
Phyllosticta saxifragarum AlIesch.
substrates and has been used to detect arsenic
(Farr et al. 1989).
Reported on SaxiJraga hircllills from Bellsund by
Lind (1928).
Seimatosporium cassiopes (Rostr.) B.
Sutton
Plenodomus svalbardensis Lind
Lind (1928) reported CoryneumJoliicolum Fuekei
Described as a new species from Magdalenefjor
Seimawsporium lichenicola (Corda) Shoe
den on Draba alpina by Lind (1928). Later Lind
maker & E. Miiller, an anamorph of the pyr
(1934) reported it on the same host from north
enomycete Discostroma corticola
ernmost Sweden. The genus Plenodomus is now
Brockmann)
considered to be a section of Phoma (Farr et al.
sidered it to be conspecific with Coryneum cas
1989), but Plenodomlls svalbardensis does not
siopes
seem to have been transferred. The true status of
(Rostr.) Sutton). The report is treated here as
this species is unclear.
S. cassiopes, but a study of Lind's collection is
Rostr.
from
(
=
(Fuckel) I.
Bohemannesset,
but
Seimatosporium
con
cassiopes
necessary to define its identity.
Ramularia alborosella (Desm. ) Gjærum
This species has been collected many places on
Spitsbergen and Bjørnøya on different Cerastium
species (Lind 1928), and includes also his report
of Sphaerella cerastii (Holm & Holm 1994).
Selenophoma drabae (Fuekei) Petr.
Reported from all visited localities on Svalbard
by Lind (1928). Farr et al. (1989) listed only Carex
as host genus, but Lind (1928) included severai
graminoids, Draba and four species within Car
yophyllaceae.
Rhabdospora campanulae Fautrey
Only reported from Krossfjorden on Campanula
Septoria caudata P. Karst.
llniflora by Lind (1928).
Described from Bjørnøya by Karsten (1884).
Rhabdospora pleosporoides Sacc.
Septoria eriophori Oudem.
Reported on Oxyria digyna and Draba species
Reported
from many parts of Svalbard (Lind 1928).
Ekmanfjorden and Kongsfjorden on Eriophorum
by
Lind
(1928) from
Colesbukta.
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
246
triste and E. scheuchzeri. The species is high arctic
according to Lind (1934).
Stagonospora eulmieola (Sacc. ) E. Castell.
& Germano
Lind (1928) reported this species as Hendersonia
crastophila
Septoria lyehnidis Desm.
Gnly
known
from
Silene
uralensis
at
Tem
pelfjorden (Lind 1928). The species is widely
distributed in temperate regions on genera in
Caryophyllaceae (Farr et al. 1989).
on
Ranunculus
severai
gr ass
species
from
and Sassenfjorden. Jørstad (1967) referred the
material to H. culmicola Sacc., a species later
transferred to Stagonospora (Castellani & Ger
mano 1977).
Stagonospora eriophorella (Sacc.) Lind
Septoria polaris P. Karst.
Reported
on
Bjørnbeinflya (Sørkapp Land), Adventfjorden
lapponicus
from
Adventfjorden by Karsten (1884). It is only listed
Gnly reported from the rare species Juneus arc
ticas in the Dicksonfjorden area (Lind 1928).
from central United States and Scandinavia on
Ranunculus by Farr et al. (1989).
Triehocladium asperum Harz
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
Septo ria punetoidea P. Karst.
This species was first described by Karsten (1884)
from Adventfjorden on Carex misandra. Later
Lind (1928) reported it from numerous localities
(1976).
Triehoderma album Preuss
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
on Spitsbergen on Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa
(1976). The species was left out in the table of
and L. arctica.
Zabawski (1982b) and may have been rede
termined e.g. as T. polysporum.
Septoria saxi[ragae Pass.
Gnly reported from Bjørnøya on Saxifraga ces
pitosa by Lind (1928).
Triehoderma inflatum Gams
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976).
Sphaeronaema [oliieo/um (Fuekei) Lind
Triehoderma koningi Oudem.
Gnly known from Kapp Thordsen on Salix po/aris
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(Lind 1928).
(1976).
Spiearia eepha/ospora Kamyschko
Triehoderma polysporum (Link ex. Pers.)
Rifai
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1982b).
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
(1982b).
Staehybotrys ehartarum (Ehrenb.) S.
Hughes
BASIDIOMYCOTA: Uredinales and
Ustilaginales
A cosmopolitan ubiquitous saprobe reported
from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski (1976). The
speeies
produces
mycotoxins responsible for
stachybotryotoxicosis (Farr et al. 1989).
Anthraeoidea altera Nannf.
This species is a segregate from A. misandrae
A catalogue of Svalbard planIs. fungi, algae. and cyanobacleria
Kukkonen, and was first reported by Kukkonen
247
this host alternation by inoculating aeciospores
(1963) as A. misandrae Kukkonen from Teist
from Saxifraga, probably cespitosa, from Svalbard
fjellet. It was later transferred to A. altera by
on Salix herbacea. This process produced uredinia
Nannfeldt (1979). It is uncertain whether other
and telia. This alternation has been regarded as
reports
Cintractia
of
caricis
from
Svalbard
includes this speeies.
a separate speeies Melampsora arctiea Rostr. by
severai authors (Lind 1928; Ziller 1974; Farr et
al. 1989). But other host alternations are mor
phologically indistinguishable (Hylander et al.
Anthracoidea elynae
Reported
as
var.
(Syd.) Kukkonen
nardinae
Kukkonen
1953) and the species is treated in a collective
from
sense here.
Ekmanfjorden and Blomstrandhalvøya, Kongs
fjorden by Kukkonen (1963). The host is Carex
nardina.
Pucdnia arenariae
(Schurnaeher) G.
Winter
Wulff (1902) reported this rust on Cerastium
Anthracoidea lindebergiae
(Kukkonen)
fjorden and Wijdefjorden. The species is a micro
Kukkonen
Only reported as Cintractia caricis on Kobresia
simpliciuscula from Mimerdalen by Lind (1928).
Anthracoidea misandrae
Reported
on
alpinum (is probably C. arcticum) from Advent
Carex
Kukkonen
misandra from
form and is only known with telia. The species is
widespread and occurs on Arenaria and other
members of Caryophyllaceae (Farr et al. 1989).
Pucdnia bistortae (F.
Strauss) DC.
Bohem
A rust on Bistorta vivipara that was reported to
annesset (Lind 1928) and Lomfjordbotn (Hagen
be common at Bellsund and Isfjorden by Lind
1950) as Cintractia caricis. The collections might
(1928). It was also reported from Isfjorden by
belong to Anthracoidea altera and the material
Hagen (1941) and was recently collected at Sabine
should be studied.
Land by Elven (Herb. TROM, unpubl.). Only
uredinia and telia have been found on Svalbard.
Entyloma dactylidis
(Pass.) Cif.
The aecial stage oceurs on hosts belonging to
Apiaceae, a family which is absent from Svalbard.
First reported by Karsten (1872) from grass leaves
at Adventfjorden. The host was determined as
Dupontia fisheri by Lind (1928). Lind (1928)
reported E. dactylidis to be com mon on Dupontia
Puccinia cruciferarum
F. Rudolphi
Reported on Cardamine belfidifolia from Isfjor
at Bjørnøya, Bellsund, Grønfjorden, Colesbukta
den (Lind 1928; Hagen 1941) and from Vesle
and Lomfjorden, and also reported a collection
raudfjorden (Lind 1928). The speeies is wide
on Poa from Bohemannesset.
spread on Cardamine with telial stage only .
Melampsora epitea
Thiim.
Puccinia drabae F.
Rudolphi
This heteroecious rust species was reported by
Reported by Lind (1928) from Dicksonfjorden,
Lind (1928) from Bjørnøya, Bellsund, Isfjorden,
Adventfjorden and Skansbukta on Draba mic
where it is common, and from Krossfjorden. Its
ropeta/a, D. "a/pina X oblongata", and D. arctiea,
aecial stage (called "Caeoma" by Lind) is on
and later by Hagen (1941) on D. corymbosa from
Saxifraga cespitosa while the uredinia and telia
Moskushavn at Adventfjorden. Also collected at
are on Salix polaris. Hagen (1941, 1950, 1952)
Lovenøyane, Kongsfjorden by Rønning (Herb.
reported the same speeies on Saxifraga cespitosa,
TROM, unpubl.). The species has only telia.
S.
oppositifolia and Sa/ix polaris from severai
localities at Isfjorden. Melampsora epitea is a
complex rust species including severaI different
host alternations. Klebahn (1907) demonstrated
Pucdnia eutremae
Lindr.
Another speeies only
known
with
telia and
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
248
reported from
Sassendalen (Nannfeldt
1933),
Bjørnbeinflya (Lind 1928), Bohemannesset (Lind
which has only telia, is restricted to Saxifraga and
the host on Svalbard was S. aizoides.
1928, 1934, Lid 1967), and Kapp Linne (Hagen
1942). The host is Cochlearia groenlandiea for
most collections and the speeies was previously
Schizonella melanogramma (De.) J.
referred to as P. cochleariae Lindr. except for the
Sehrat.
collection on Eutrema edwardsii from Sassen
dalen (Nannfeldt 1933).
Reported from Sorgfjorden by Wulff (1902) and
from Adventfjorden by Lind (1928). The host was
Carex rupestris.
Puccinia gibberulosa J. Sehrot.
Reported as P. blyuiana Lagh. on Ranunculus
from Bjonahamna at Tempelfjorden by Jørstad
(1950). It is microcyclic (only known with telia).
This rust was described by Blytt (1882) from
Tolyposporium junci (J. Sehrat.) Woronin
This smut has only been reported by Lind (1928)
on funcus biglumis from Adventfjorden.
Leka, northern Norway as P. ranunculi, a nomen
provisorium, but the valid description is from
the Pyrenees as P. gibberulosa. It is known with
Usti/ago bistortarum (De.) Kam.
severai localities from arctic Canada (Parrneiee
Reported from numerous localities on Bistorta
1989), and from Himalaya and Argentina.
vivipara by Karsten (1872), Lind (1928, 1934),
and Hagen (1941, 1950, 1952). The species is
Puccinia heucherae (Sehwein.) Dietel
com mon both on the inftorescence and on the
1eaves. The former was previously considered to
Reported on six Saxifraga species from most parts
be a separate species, U. inflorescentiae (Tre!.)
of Svalbard (Karsten 1872; Lind 1928; Hagen
Maire, but is now often treated as U. bistortarum
1941, 1950, 1952; Lid 1967) as P. saxifragae
var. ustilaginea (De.) B. Lindeb. The variety on
Schlechtd. which is synonymous with P. heu
the leaves, formerly U. candollei TuI. & e. TuI.,
cherae
(Schwein.)
Diet.
var.
saxifragae
is U. bistortarum var. bistortarum.
(Schlechtd.) Savile.
UstUago hyperborea A. Blytt
Puccinia hieracii (Rohl.) Mart.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Gjærum (1991). Col
Only reported from Luzula arcuata ssp. confusa
in the Adventdalen area by Lind (1928).
lected by Engelskjøn and Dunfjeld on Bjørnøya
in 1983 on Taraxacum cymbifolium. The speeies
occurs as var. hieracii. This taxon has sometimes
been recognised as a separate species, P. taraxaci
PIOWL Both uredinia and telia were present in
the collection.
Puccinia oxyriae Fuekei
Only reported from the Adventfjorden area (Lind
1928) and from easternmost Adventdalen by
Ustilago nivalis Liro
Reported on Sagina nivalis from Adventfjorden
(Lind 1928; Hagen 1941) and from Blåhuken at
Van Mijenfjorden by Hagen (1941).
Ustilago picacea Lagerh, & Liro
Only reported once from the tiny annual species
Hagen (1941) who reported both uredinia and
Koenigia islandiea in the Adventfjorden area by
telia.
Lind (1928).
Puccinia pazschkei Dietel
Ustilago striiformis (Westend. ) Niessl
Only reported from Lyckholmdalen and Myggda
Only reported on Poa an·tica from Brentskardet
len as P. jueliana by Lind (1928). The species
in easternmost Adventdalen by Hagen (1941).
A catalogue of Svalbard p/mils. fungi, algae. and cyanobacteria
Outside Svalbard the species is widespread on
grasses (Farr et al. 1989).
249
Cheilymenia rubra (Cooke ex W. Phillips)
Baud.
Published by Dobbs (1942) and is probably C.
pseudohumarioides.
Ustilago vinosa TuI. & C. TuI.
A common smut on Oxyria digyna reported from
numerous localities by Karsten (1872),
Lind
(1928) and Hagen (1941, 1952).
Cintractia caricis (Pers.:Pers.) Magnus
This species was reported from Svalbard i n a
collective sense, and the material corresponds to
severaI Anthracoidea species. Anthracoidea car
icis (Pers.:Pers.:) Bref.. the synonym of Cintractia
Usti/ago vio/acea (Pers. :Pers.) Roussel
An almost cosmopolitan species attacking the
caricis s. str.. has not been confirmed from Sval
bard.
anthers of members of the family Caryophyl
laceae. It has been reported on Silene acaulis
from
many
localities
Engelskbukta.
at
Isfjorden
Wijdefjorden and
and
from
Lomfjorden
(Wulff 1902; Lind 1928; Hagen 1941, 1950, 1952).
It was reported on Stellaria longipes s.l. from
Tempelfjorden by Lind (1928). The smut on Ste[
lada is now included in U. violacea, but has
. previously been regarded as a separate species,
U. stellariae (Sow.) Liro, or as a variety, U.
Clathrospora elynae Rabenh.
Reported by Karsten (1872) from Ekmanfjorden
and Kongsfjorden on Carex nardina, and Lind
(1928) added more localities and four additional
hosts (graminoids). The reports refer to C. het
erospora (De Not.) Wehm. according to Holm &
Holm (1994).
violacea var. stellariae (Sow.) Savile.
Clathrospora punctiformis (Niessl) Berl.
Only known on Carex
misandra from Bohe
manneset (Lind 1928). but the speeies is probably
Rejected speeies
C. deflectens (Holm & Holm 1994).
Co/eroa circinans (Moug.:Fr.) G. Winter
Arctosporidium lucidum Thor
Reported from Adventfjorden and Grønfjorden
as an endoparasite on a mite (Thor 1930). Sys
tematic position unclear.
Reported on Potentilla pulchella from Bellsund.
Adventdalen and Billefjorden by Lind (1928).
This report is probably erroneous as C. circinans
grows on Geranium (Ellis & Ellis 1985; Cannon
et al. 1985; Farr et al. 1989; Eriksson 1992). and
the report instead refers to Venturia potentillae
Capronia polyspora (Barr) E. Miill. et al.
(Holm & Holm 1994).
The species was reported from Longyearbyen by
Holm & Holm (1993a), but determined with
uncertainty as it differs from C. polyspora in
naked ascomata.
Dipleella coniothyrium (FuekeI) Barr
Reported from Sassendalen on leaves of Salix
polaris
as
Leptosphaeria
coniothyrium
(Lind
1928). According to Holm & Holm (1994) this is a
most improbable record as the species is generally
Cheilymenia ciliata (Bull.) Maas Geest.
found on canes of Rubus. No material was found
Corresponds to C. stercorea (Pers.) Boud. and
in C.
Lachnea stercorea (Fr.) Gill. as published by
Karsten (1872) and Lind (1928), and is probably
C. pseudohumarioides Dissing, J. Moravec &
Sivertsen.
Discostroma corticola (FuekeI) Brockmann
Its anamorph stage Seimatosporium lichenicola
250
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
(Corda) Shoemaker & E. Miill. was reported (as
Coryneum foliicola Fuekei) by Lind (1928). He
treated it as synonymous with Seimatosporium
cassiopes (Rostr.) B. Sutton, a view generally not
accepted (e.g. Farr et al. 1989), and only the
latter species is Iisted in this catalogue.
Leptosphaeria algida Rostr.
Lind (1928) reported L. algida on Phippsia from
some localities, but later Lind (1934) indicated
that it may be included in Phaeosphaeria micro
seopiea. Holm & Holm (1994), however, stated
that L. algida is a poorly known member of the
Phaeosphaeria eustoma complex, and no material
was found in C to substantiate the records.
DureIla lecideola (Fr.) Rehm
Published from BjørnØya (Lynge 1926; Hagen
1950), but probably corresponds to D.
mac
rospora Fuekei (Lind 1928).
Lewia infectoria (FuekeI) E. Simmons
Reported to be very cornmon (as P. infeetoria and
P. media) by Lind (1928), but Holm & Holm
Glutinisporidium compositum Thor
(1993b) considered the material to correspond to
P. penicillus with reduced bristles.
An endoparasite of unclear systematical position
described from a mite collected in the Adventda
len area by Thor (1930).
Lophiostoma myriocarpum FuekeI
Reported as L. cf. myrioearpum on Dryas from
He/vella acetabulum (L. ex. Fr.) Ouel.
the
Adventdalen
area
based
on
immature
material (fIolm & Holm 1993a).
Published by Dissing (1966) and Ohenoja (1971),
but has has been revised by Harmaja (1977) and
represents three different species: H. arctoalpina
Harmaja, H. dryadophila Harmaja and H. aes
tillalis (R. Heim & L. Remy) Dissing & Raitv.
Macrospora scirpicola
(De.:
Fr.) FuekeI
Reported from four host speeies from a few places
at Isfjorden by Lind (1928) as Pleospora scirpi
cola. Two collections in C were reexamined by
Hendersonia crastophila Sacc.
Holm & Holm (1994) who only found P. arctiea.
Referred to as Stagonospora culmicola by Jørstad
(1967).
Hermanniasporidium juvenile Thor
Massarina arundinacea (Sow.:Fr.)
Leuchtm.
Only reported from Gipsdalen on Poa abbrelliata
as Leptosphaeria arundinacea (Lind 1928). The
Described as an endoparasite on a mite at Bjørn
speeies is widespread in Europe (Lind 1934), but
øya by Thor (1930). The species couid be a
from Sweden only recorded from dead culms of
younger stage of H. magnum , and its systematic
Phragmites australis (Eriksson 1992). Holm &
position is uncIear.
Holm (1994) could not tind any material in C, and
the report was considered "highly improbable".
Hermanniasporidium magnum Thor
A resting spore of a taxon of unknown systematie
position reported as an endoparasite of a mite at
Bjørnøya (Thor 1930).
Massariosphaeria grandispora (Sacc.)
Lcuchtm.
Reported on Juneus biglumis from Blomstrand
halvøya at Kongsfjorden by Holm &
Holm
(1994), but their determination was uncertain.
Humaria semi-immersa (Karst.) Sacc.
Published from Ny-Ålesund by Dobbs (1942) but
most probably reters to Neottiella aphanodictyon
(Kobayasi) Dissing, Korf & Sivertsen.
Molgosporidium ellipticum Thor
A taxon of unknown systematie position reported
A
cala/ogue of Sualbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria
from the Adventfjorden area as an endoparasite
of a mite (Thor
1930).
251
did not list any teleomorph. Holm & Holm
(1994)
listed it below "Mycosphaerella cerastii (Rabenh.)
Magn.", but the Norskøyane material was rede
termined to Ramularia alborosella.
Murciasporidium divisum Thor
Also an endophytic resting spore of unknown
systematic position described from a mite col
The reports by Lind
(1930).
lected at Adventfjorden by Thor
Mycosphaerella polygonorum (Crie) Lind
(1928)
refer to Venturia
polygoni-uiuipari (Holm & Holm
MortierelIa pusilla Oudem.
Reported by Zabawski
(1976)
from Hornsund,
but the speeies was considered to be of "doubtful
identity" by Gams
Mycosphaerella stellarinearum (Rabenh.)
Johanson
Reported
(1977).
1994).
Sphaerella
as
stellarinearum
from
Ekmanfjorden and Gråhuken on Stellaria lon
gipes s.l. and S. humifusa by Karsten (1872), but
von Arx
MortierelIa subtilissima
Reported from Hornsund by Zabawski
(1976)
but was not among the recognised species in the
M ortiereIla monograph by Gams
A doubtful species indicated by Holm & Holm
(1994) as a synonym of Sphaerella
(1928),
reported from
cerastii Fuekei
Svalbard
by
Lind
but this species was redetermined by
Holm & Holm
(1994).
included it in M. tassiana, an
(1994).
(1977).
Mycosphaerella cerastii (Rabenh.) Magn.
previously
(1949)
alternative which was supported by Holm & Holm
Mycosphaerella wichuriana (J. Schrot. )
Johanson
Reported as common on many graminoids by
Lind
(1928),
but treated as M. recutita (Fr.:Fr.)
Johanson by Holm & Holm
(1994). These speeies
(1989).
were not treated as synonyms by Farr et al.
See also below M. isa
riophora.
Octospora humosa (Fr.:Fr.) Dennis
Mycosphaerella eriophila (Niessl) Lindau
shown to be Neottiella aphanodictyon.
Published by Huhtinen
Reported by Lind
(1928)
but has been
on Erigeron hwnilis
from Adventdalen and Alkhornet. No material
was found in C by Holm & Holm
(1994),
who
considered the report doubtful. The speeies was
included in M. tassiana by von Arx
not followed by Farr et al.
(1987),
(1949), a view
(1989).
Octospora leucoloma Hedw.
ex
Gray
Reported from NY-Ålesund by Kobayasi et al.
(1968),
but suggested by Huhtinen
respond to O.
(1987) to cor
humosa (Fr.:Fr.) Dennis. We
would suggest that this report also corresponds to
Neottiella aphanodictyon, see O ctospora humosa.
Mycosphaerella isariophora (Desm.)
Johanson
Odontotrema cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm
First reported as Sphaerella cerastii from Cera
stium leaves from Norskøyane (Karsten
Lind
(1928)
1872).
concluded that this material was
identical with the imperfect fungus Septoria stel
Probably corresponds to Scleropleella hyperborea
(Fuekei)
L.
Holm
(Wettsteinina
(Auersw.) Barr) according to Holm
andromedae
(1975).
lariae, and added collections from Minuartia and
Stellaria from Bjørnøya, Bellsund and Adventda
(1985) treated this taxon as an
isariophora, but Farr et al. (1989)
len. Cannon et al.
anamorph of M.
Pezizula cesati (Carest.) P. Karst.
The genus corresponds to Thelebolus (Eriksson
252
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
& Hawksworth 1988), but the present name and
bergen where it had been collected on 16 mono
the Bjørnøya collection has not been revised as
cotyledonous hosts. It was originally described
far as we know.
from Gotland, Sweden, but this was a mistake,
as shown by Lind (1928), as its host Puceinellia
vahliana has never been found in mainland
Phaeosphaeria graminis (Fuckel) L. Holm
Reported on Poa from Olsokflya at Sørkapp Land
by Lind (1928), as Leptosphaeria graminum. This
report is doubtful as P. graminis is only report ed
from Phragmites by Shoemaker & Babcock (1989)
and Eriksson (1992). Holm & Holm (1994) could
not tind any material of this poorly known taxon
in C.
Europe. Later Lind (1934) concluded that this
speeies has a circumpolar distribution, and this
conclusion was shared by Farr et al. (1989).
Wehmeyer (1961), however, regarded the species
as a synonym of Graphyllium pentamerum (P.
Karst.) Barr or possibly C. punctiformis (Niessl)
Berl. Eriksson (1967b) considered P. magnusiana
"sensu Lind" to be apparently synonymous with
Pyrenophora subalpina (a view followed here)
whereas Eriksson (1992) indicated (with a ques
tion mark) that Pleospora magnusiana and P.
Pleospora cerastii Oudem.
punctiformis in Sweden might be synonymous
Reported to be polyphagous and common on
with Clathrospora dejiectens (P. Karst.) O.E.
Svalbard by Lind (1928). as Pyrenophora cerastii,
Erikss.
Holm & Holm (1994) stated that the Lind (1928)
reports of Pleospora cerastii. a nomen nudum
according to Wehmeyer (1961), probably refer to
P. helvetica.
Pleospora paucitricha FuekeI
Common on dead leaves of Salix polaris and
S. reticulata all over Svalbard (Lind 1928). The
Pleospora discors (Durieu & Mont.) Ces.
& De Not.
species was not included by Holm
& Holm
(1993b) who considered the Lind (1928) records
to be doubtful. Holm & Holm (1994) examined
Recorded by Lind (1928) from a long list of mono
two C collections in vain, and the species was
cotyledonous hosts all over Svalbard. The speeies
considered to be a doubtful taxon by Wehmeyer
was referred to P. arctiea by Eriksson (1967b).
(1961).
Pleospora junci Pass. & Beitt.
Pleospora phaeocomoides (Berk. &
Broome) G. Winter
Recorded by Lind (1928) from Juncus arcticus, J.
biglumis and Luzula arctiea from Bellsund and
Reported by Lind (1928) from Isfjorden on Silene
from a few places at Isfjorden, and was treated
furcata and S. uralensis as Pleospora dianthii De
as
Not., a species included in P phaeocomoides
an
arctic-alpine
species by
Lind
(1934).
Wehmeyer (1961) considered P. junei Pass. &
(Wehmeyer 1961, Holm & Holm 1994). The iden
Beltr. to be a nom. contus. Lind (1928) Iisted P.
tity of this species is somewhat uncertain (Cannon
spinosella Rehm as a synonym. This species is
et al. 1985). The species was not included by
now Montagnula spinosella (Rehm) Crivelli, but
Holm & Holm (1993b) who considered the Lind
Crivelli (1983) did not eite P. spinosella as a
(1928) report doubtful. Two Lind (1928) col
synonym. Holm & Holm (1993b) revised two
lections in C were determined to Cilioplea cor
samples identified as P. junei by Lind as P. hel
onata and Pleospora comata by Holm & Holm
vetica and P. islandiea, and presented later co1-
(1994). Farr et al. (1989) included P. phae
lections of Montagnula spinosella.
ocomoides in P. penieillius.
Pleospora wichuriana J. Schr6t.
Pleospora magnusiana Berl.
Reported on Carex saxatilis from Adventfjorden
First published as restricted to Svalbard by Lind
by Lind (1928) as Pyrenophora wichuriana. Holm
(1928) and reported from most parts of Spits
& Holm (1994) did not find any material in C,
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
253
and suggested that the report may refer to P.
material is restudied. It was not reported from
penicillius.
Svalbard by Schumacher (1990).
Pleuroceras insulare (Johanson) M. Monod
Sphaerotheca fuliginea (Schltdl. : Fr. )
Pollacci
One Lind (1928) collection redetermined as P.
helveticum (Rehm) Barr by Holm & Holm (1994),
Reported by Lind (1928) and Hagen (1941), but
and all Svalbard reports of P. insulare should be
considered to belong to S. erigeronis-canadensis
considered as doubtful.
by Holm & Holm (1994), see also below the latter
species.
Pyrenophora filicina Lind
Reported on Cystopteris fragilis from Bellsund by
Venturia chlorospora (Ces.) P. Karst.
Lind (1928), but Wehmeyer (1961) suggested that
Common on dead leaves of Salix spp. all over
the report corresponds to Pleospora helvetica,
Svalbard according to Lind (1928), but the reports
and Holm & Holm (1994) could not find any
apparently reter to V. subcutanea (Holm & Holm
material in C.
1994).
Pyrenophora setigera (Niessl) Sacc.
Venturia ditricha (Fr.:Fr.) P. Karst.
Reported on severai herbaceous host species from
A rare southern species only reported from dead
central parts of Spitsbergen by Lind (1928). The
leaves of Betula nana collected at Colesbukta
species has an arctic-alpine distribution (Lind
(Lind 1928). Holm & Holm (1994) did not find
1934). It was not found by Holm & Holm (1993b)
any material in C, and considered the report to
who considered the Svalbard reports by Lind
refer to V. subcutanea.
(1928) to be doubtful. A sample in UPS deter
mined to P. setigera by Lind was redetermined to
Pleospora penicillius by Holm & Holm (1994).
Venturia petasitidis (Fuekei) Sacc.
Reported on Petasites frigidus from Longyear
Reticulosporidium globosum Thor
A resting spore of unknown systematic position
described from Bjørnøya by Thor (1930).
byen and Kapp Thordsen (Lind 1928), but V.
petasitidis belongs to Gibbera or Epipolaeum
(MUller & von Arx 1962). Another undetermined
Venturia species was found on Petasites on Sval
bard by Holm & Holm (1994).
Rhinotrichum curtisii Corda
Reported from peat at Hornsund by Zabawski
Zercosporidium incrassatum Thor
(1976), but later by Zabawski (1982b) changed to
Described as an endoparasite on a mite from
Rhinotrichum sp.
Bjørnøya by Thor (1930). The species is of
unknown systematic position.
Sclerotinia tuberosa (Hedw. ex Fr.) Fuekei
An erroneous report by SkirgieHo (1961, 1968)
evidently referring to Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl:
List of synonyms
Fr.) T. Schumach. & Kohn.
Allophyllaria pusiola (P. Karst.) Nannf.
Scutellinia scutellata (L.) Larnbotte
Reported in a collective sense by Lid (1967) and
should be referred to as Scutel/inia sp. until the
Cro-
cicreas gramineum (Fr.) Fr.
Ascobolus stercorarius (Bull.) J. Schrot.
furfuraceus Pers. :Fr.
Belonidium juncisedum (P.
Karst.) Rehm
A.
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
254
Diplonaevia circinata (Lib.) Hein & D. hyper
Belonioseypha vexata (De Not) Rehm
Cro
=
Belonopeziza advena (P. Karst.) Nannf.
Hys
=
Belonopsis graminea (P. Karst.) Keissl.
Hys
=
Bostriehonema alpestre
Ces.
Erysiphe graminis De.
B.
=
polygoni
Fabraea cerastiorum (FL) Rehm
=
Leptotroehila
Gnomonia
hyparetiea
Gnomoniella
Lind
Goniosporium puecinoides (Fr.) Link
=
Arthri
nium pueeinioides (DC.) Kunze.
(Unger) J. Schr6t.
Chaetomium erispatoideum Sergeeva
=
C. eri
spatum FuekeI
Griphosphaeria hyperborea (Karst.) L. Holm
=
Diseostroma hyperboreum (P. Karst.) Q.E.
Cheilymenia stereorea (Pers.) Boud.
=
C. eiliata
Erikss.
Helminthosporium flexuosum Corda
(Bull.) Maas Gees.
Cladosporium gramineum Corda
C. herbarum
alpina
Auersw.
C.
elynae
=
Gra
discophora
(Auersw.
ex
Niessl)
=
Mierosphaeropsis olivaeea (Bonord.) H6hn.
eassiopes (Rostr.) B. Sutton
=
(Corda) Shoemaker & E. Miill.
Crociereas gra
Crumenula pusiola P. Karst.
mineum (Fr.) Fr.
Isothea
rhytismoides (Bab. ex Berk.) Fr.
Hys
teronaevia lyngei (Lind) Nannf.
Hys
teronaevia luzulieola Nannf.
Isariopsis alborosella (Desm.) Sacc.
Crueibulum leve
=
Laehnea seutellata (L.) Gill.
Ramularia
Seutellinia se u
tel/ata (L.) Lambotte
(De.) Kambly
Dasyseyphus palearum (Desm.) Massee
Laeh
num palearum (Desm.) Korf
Dendryphium fumosum
=
Laehaum pale
arum (Desm.) Korf
Dendryphion
Fr.
Laehnum patens (Fr.) P. Karst.
L. stercorea (Fr.) Gill.
fumosum Fr.
Cheilymenia ciliata
=
(Bull.) Maas Gest.
Didymella distineta (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss.
=
Laetinaevia erythrostigmoides (Fr.) Nannf.
Wettsteinina distineta (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm
Didymella hyperborea (P. Karst.) Sacc.
=
Gri
Didymosphaeria eassiopes Rostr.
Scleropleel/a
Scleropleella hyperborea (FuekeI) L. Holm
L. arundinacea (Sow.) Sacc.
Wetts
L. carieinella P. Karst.
teinina dryadis (Rm;tr.) Petr.
Kalmusia
eoniothyrium (FuekeI) L. Hunndorf
Mierodiplodia per
pusilla (Desm.) Allesch.
=
Phaeosphaeria cari
L.
eoniothyrium
(FuekeI)
Sacc.
=
Dipleella
eoniothyrium (FuekeI) Barr.
L. eonsobrina P. Karst.
=
Phaeosphaeria con
sobrina (P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
Aseoehyta arctiea (Lind)
Punith.
Dothidella betulina (Fr.) Sacc.
Massarina arun
cinella (P. Karst.) Q.E. Erikss.
Dipleella eoniothyrium (FuekeI) Barr
=
=
dinacea (Sow.:FL) Leuchtm.
D. dryadis (FuekeI) Berl. & Voglino
=
L.
Leptosphaeria andromedae (Auersw.) Sacc.
hyperborea (FuekeI) L. Holm
Diplodia perpusilla Desm.
=
erythrostigma (Rehm) Nannf. ex B. Hein
phosphaeria hyperborea (P. Karst.) L. Holm
betulina (Fr.) PetL
Stagonospora eul
alborosella (Desm.) Gjærum
Cyathus erueibu/um Bull.
Diplodina arctiea Lind
=
mieola (Sacc.) Cast. & Germano
Hysteropezizella pusilla (Lib.) Nannf.
C. leve (DC.) Kambly
=
H. corium (Weberb.)
Hysteropezizella lyngei (Lind) Nannf.
Seimatosporium lichenieola
Crucibulum vulgare TuI.
=
Mass.
Hypospila rhytismoides (Bab.) Niessl
Seimatosporium
Coryneum eassiopes Rostr.
Hymenoseyphus her
=
Hendersonia eulmieola Sacc.
C. ligniaria (Grev.) Cooke
Coniothyrium olivaeeum Bonord. in FuekeI
Lae
barum (Pers.) Dennis
HeivelIa arctiea Nannf.
phyllium pentamerum (P. Karst.) Barr
=
tenaevia erythrostigmoides (FL) Nannf.
Helotium herbarum Fr.
Rabenh.
Clathrospora pentamera (P. Karst.) Berl.
Clado
=
sporium herbarum (Pers.:Fr.) Link
Helotiella erythrostigma (Rehm) Sacc.
Link ex. Fr. (anamorph)
C. foliieola FuekeI
Blumeria graminis
hyparetiea (Lind) Barr
teronaevia kobayasii Nannf.
Cain
daetylidis
cerastiorum (Wallr.) Schiiepp
teronaevia advena (P. Karst.) Nannf.
Conioehaeta
E.
=
(DC.) Speer
cicreas eulmieola (Desm.) S.E. Carp.
Clathrospora
Entyloma ambiens P. Karst.
(Pass.) Cif.
borea Nannf.
L. eulmicola Auersw.
=
Phaeosphaeria nigrans
(Roberge ex Desm.) L. Holm
=
Atopospora
L. eulmifraga (Fr.) Ces.
=
Phaeosphaeria her
potriehoides (De Not.) L. Holm
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
L. equiseti P. Karst.
=
Phaeosphaeria equiseti (P.
Karst.) L. & K. Holm
L. graminum Sacc.
(Fuckel) L. Holm
L. insignis P. Karst.
=
Phaeosphaeria insignis (P.
Phaeosphaeria caricinella
=
microscopica P.
Karst.
Phaeosphaeria
=
L. silenes-acaulis De Not.
Phaeosphaeria sil
=
L. vagans P. Karst.
Phaeosphaeria caricinella
=
Oudem.
Phaeosphaeria
=
weberi
Linospora insularis Johanson
Pleuroceras insu
=
Lizonia distincta P. Karst.
Didymella distincta
=
Lophodennium arundinaceum (Fr.) Chev.
L.
culmigenum (Fr.) De Not.
Massaria eucarpa (P. Karst.) Lind
=
Wettsteinina
eucarpa (P. Karst.) Miiller & Arx
M. macrotheca (Rostr.) Lind
=
Wettsteinina mac
rotheca (Rostr.) E. MiilI.
=
M. epitea Thiim.
Melasmia empetri P. Magnus
=
Hysterodiscula
empetri (White) Petr.
Metasphaeria eassiopes Rostr.
=
Odontotrema
cassiopes (Rostr.) L. Holm
M. sepalorum Vleugel
Bricookea sepalorum
(Vleugel) Barr
Microthyrium arcticum Oudem.
=
Ronnigeria
arctica (Oudem.) Petr.
P.
Hysteronaevia
Karst.
advena (P. Karst.) Nannf.
M. atrata (Fr.) P. Karst.
=
Pyrenopeziza atrata
(Pers.) FuekeI
M. dehnii (Rabenh.) P. Karst.
=
Pyrenopeziza
atrata (Pers.) FuekeI
M. graminea P. Karst.
Hysteronaevia kobayasii
Nannf.
Buchw.
=
(J.
inconspieua
Schrot.)
M. cassiopes Barr
Myriosclerotinia
Nimbomollisia erto
=
Orbilia primulae (Rehm) Sacc.
=
Naeviopsis pri
PatelIaria macrospora (Fuekei) W. Phillips
Penicillium commune Thom
P. frequentans Westling
=
=
P. puberulum
=
P. glabrum (Wehmer)
P. lanosum Westling
P. palitans Westling
P. puberulum Bainier
P. chrysogenum Thom
=
=
P. viridicatum Westling
P. crustosum Thom
P. terrestre eN. Jensen
(P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
Melampsora arctica Rostr.
N. phaea (Re hm) Sacc.
P. notatum Westling
lare (Johanson) M. Monod
=
Hysteronaevia
Westling
(Oudem.) L. & K. Holm
Vestergr.
=
Bainier
(P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
Myeosphaerella
Niptera advena CP. Karst.) Lind
DurelIa macrospora FuekeI
enes-acaulis (De Not.) L. Holm
advena
Laetinaevia stellariae
mulae (Rehm) B. Hein
microscopica Cp. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
Mollisia
=
phori (Kirchn.) Nannf.
CP. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
weberi
N. stellariae (Rostr.) Lind
advena (P. KarsL) Nannf.
L. juneiseda P. Karst.
L.
Hysteronaevia luzul
=
(Rostr.) Lind
Karst.) L. Holm
L.
N. pusilla (Lib.) Rehm
icola Nannf.
Phaeosphaeria graminis
=
255
vahliana
N.F.
Ciborinia ciborium (Vahl: Fr.) T.
Schumach. & Kohn
=
Hys
teropezizella diminuens (P. Karst.) Nannf.
fuscella (P. Karst.) Nannf.
Phaeosphaeria equiseti (P. Karst.) L. & K. Holm
var. lindii L. & K. Holm
P. lindii (L. & K.
=
Holm) Leuchtm.
P. eustoma (FuekeI) L. Holm
=
P. microscopica
=
Hymenoscyphus
(P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
Phialea rhodoleuca (Fr.) Sacc.
rhodoleucus (Fr.) W. Phillips
Phyllochora amenei Rostr.
=
Glomerella amenti
(Rostr.) Arx & E. MiiII.
Pleospora arctagrostidis Oudem.
=
P. aretica P.
Karst.
P. cerastii Oudem.
P. glaeialis Niessl ex Rehm
P. de/leetens P. Karst.
Clathrospora deflectens
(P. Karst.) O.E. Erikss.
P. dianthii De Not.
P. phaeocomoides (Berk.
& Broome) G. Winter
P. infectoria FuekeI
=
Lewia infectoria (Fuekei)
E. Simmons
P. karstenii Sacc.
P. lutea Wehm.
=
=
P. arctica P. Karst.
P. arctica P. Karst.
P. maerospora J. Schrot. non Fuekei
=
Pyr
enophora schroeteri Barr
P. media Niessl
=
P. penidl/us (Schm.) Fuekei
=
Graphyllium pen
tamerum (P. Karst.) Barr
P. scirpicola (De.: Fr.) P. Karst.
Macrospora
seirpicola (De.: Fr.) Fuekei
Naevia diminuens (P. Karst.) Rehm
N. fuscella (P. Karst.) Lind
eiliata
(Bull.) Maas Gees.
P. pentamera P. Karst.
(Rostr.)
Cheilymenia
Peziza stercorea Pers.
Hysteropezizella
P. vagans Niessl
=
Phaeosphaeria vagans (Niessl)
O.E. Erikss.
Pseudophacidium degenerans P. Karst.
derma degenerans (P. Karst.) Nannf.
=
Hypo
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
256
Pseudopeziza bistortae (Lib,) FuekeI
=
Pseudo
p, gibberulosa J,
Puccinia blyttiana Lagerh,
cardamines-bellidifoliae
Diet.
cruci
p,
P. cochleariae Lindr.
p, jueliana Diet.
P. pazschkei Diet.
P. bistortae (F.
P. gibberulosa J. Schrat.
p, ranunculi A. Blytt
p, heucherae (Sehwein.)
p, saxifragae Sehlchtd.
Diet.
Tarzelta cupu
Pustularia cupularis (L) FuekeI
Lambotte
Pyrenopeziza potentillae (Rostr.) Nannf.
=
P.
atrata (Pers.) Fuekei
Pseudopeziza svalbardensis
(Lind) Nannf.
Pyrenophora androsaces (Fuekei) Saee.
=
Pleo
spora androsaces Fuekei
p, chrysospora (Niessl) Saee.
=
Pleospora hel
vetica Niessl
Pleospora helvetica
Niessl
S. genufiexa Auersw. ssp. polaris P. Karst.
=
Mycosphilerellil poll1ris (P. Karst.) Lindau
S. pachyasca Rostr.
Mycosphl1erella pachyasca
=
(Rostr.) Vestergr.
S, pedicularidis P, Karst.
=
Mycosphaerella pedi
cularidis (P. Karst.) Lind
S, perexigua P. Karst.
Mycosphaerella per
=
exigua (P. Karst.) Johanson
S, ranunculi (Fr.) P. Karst.
Mycosphaerella
=
ranunculi (P. Karst.) Lind
S. stellarinearum (Rabenh,) P, Karse
=
Myco
sphaerella allicina (Fr.) Vestergr.
S. taraxaci P. Karst.
Mycosphaerella taraxaci
=
(P. Karst.) Lind
S. tassiana De Not
Mycosphaeriella tassiana
=
Sphaeria hyperborea P. Karst.
Griphosphaeria
=
hyperborea (P. Karse) L Holm
Pleospora helvetica
p, hispida (Niessl) Saec.
Niessl
Sphaeropezia empetr! (Fr.) Rehm
=
Arwidssonia
empelri (Rehm) Q,E. Erikss,
p, paucitricha (Fuekei) Berl. & Voglino
=
Pleo
spora paucilricha Fuekei
wichuriana (J. Sehrat.) Saee.
=
Pleospora
=
Fr.
Duplicaril1
empelri
Sporormiella
S. heptamem Auersw.
=
Sporonniella heptamera
S. lychnidis Desm.
=
Sepultaria I1renosa (Fuckel) Rehm
=
Geopora
arenosa (FuekeI) Ahmad
Sphaerella andromedae Auersw.
L
Stegia subvelala Rehm
=
Hysteropezizella dim
Syncephalis
ænuis
Thaxt.
SpinaUa
=
tenuis
(Thaxt.) Zyeha
(Wrangel ex Fr.) Fuekei
hyperborea (FuekeI)
=
inuens (P. Karst.) Nannf.
Selenophoma drabae (Fuekei) Petr.
Septorill melandrii Pass.
Griff.
americana
(Auersw.) S. Ahmed & Cain
Rhabdospora drabae (Fuekei) Berl. & Voglini
empetri
Sporormia
americana (Griff.) S. Ahmed & Cain
wichuriana J. Sehrat.
Rhytisma
Weltsteinina eucarpa (P,
(De Not) Johanson
p, helvetica (Niessl) Saee.
p,
Didymella distincta (P.
Karst.) Muller & Arx
Strauss) DC
p, drabae Nannf.
S, distinctl1 P. Karst.
S, eucarpa P. Karst.
p, eutremae Lindr.
p, polygoni-vivipari P, Karst.
(L)
Mycosphilerellil confinis
S, confinis P. Karst.
Karse) Q,E. Erikss.
ferarwn Rud,
laris
Mycosphaerella isariophora
(P, Karse) Lind
Sehrat.
p,
S, cerl1stii Fuekei
(Desm,) Johanson
rhytisma bistortae (Lib,) Juel
Holm
=
ScleropleeUa
Trochila diminuens P. Karst.
Hysteropezizella
=
diminuens (P. Karst.) Nannf.
Ustilago candollei TuI. & C TuI.
=
U. bistortarum
(DC) B. Lindeb. var. bistortarum
U. inflorescemiae (Tre!.) Maire
=
U. bistortarum
(DC) B. Lindeb. var. ustilaginea B. Lindeb.
A
cmalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
257
Berlese, A,N. 1888: Monografia dei generi Pleospora, Clalhro
Anamorphs
Ital. 20, 1-176,
spora e Pyrellophora, Nuovo Giom, Bol.
19J-260,
Blytt, A, 1882: Bidrag lil Kundskaben om Norges Soparter.
Deuteromycota anamorphs listed under
their
Botrytis cinerea Pers. see Botryotinia fuckeliana
(de Bary) Whetzel
Cladosporium herbarum Link ex Fr. see Myco
sphaerella tassiana (De Not.) Johanson
Alleseh.
see
empetri
(White)
Petr.
see
Duplicaria empetri (Wrangel ex Fr.) Fuekei
Phoma sepalorum Lind see Bricookea sepalorum
& Germano. G, 1977: Le Staganosporae gra
C.astellani, E,
minieole. Ann. Fae, Sei, Agr. Univ. Torino 10,1-135,
Pleospora: Vorschlag fur eine Aufleilung. Ph, D. thesis. No.
7J-18,Ziirich.
Dennis, R.W.G, 1981: The tung; of Jensen's Nunataks, Wesl
Greenland, K, Norske VideIlSk, Selsk. Skr.
3, 1-20
Dissing, H. 1966: The genus HeivelIa in Europe with special
emphasis on Ihe speeies found in Norden. Dansk
801. Arkiv
25; l. 1-172.
(Vleugel) Barr
Seimatosporium lichenieola (Corda) Shoemaker
& E. Miill. see Discostroma corticola (FuekeI)
Br oekmann
Helotiales, LeOliaceae). Mem, New York Bal. Garden33,1290,
Crivelli, P,G. 1983: Vber die helerogene Ascomyeelengattung
Lopho
dermium caricinum (Rob. & Desm.) Duby
Hysterodiscula
Commonwealth Mycological Instilule. London. 302 pp.
Carpenter, S,E. 1981: Monograph of Crodereas (Ascornyeetes,
Diplocarpon polygoni E. MillI.
henningsii
1882. 5,
& Sherwood-Pike. M.A.
1985: The British Ascomycolina, An annotated checklisl.
Bostrichonema polygonia (Unger) J. Sehrat. see
Leptostroma
Chra, Vidensk, Selsk. For!l.
Cannon. P.F .. Hawksworth. D.L
eorresponding Ascomyeota teleomorphs:
(Aseomyeota,
Pyrenomyeetes)
below "Rejeeted speeies" .
Septoria salicicola (Fr.) Saee. see Mycosphaerella
salicicola (Fr.) Johanson ex Oudem.
Septoria stellariae Rob.
& Desm. see Myco
sphaerella isariophora (Desm.) Johanson
Dissing. H. 1983: HeiveIla aeslivalis
a speeies with a true
arctic-alpine-subalpine distribution, Agariea
4 (8J. 176-182.
Dissing, H, 1989: Four new coprophilous speeies of Ascobolus
and Saccobolus from Greenland (Pezizales), Opera Bol.
1 00.
4J-SO.
Dissing, H. & Sivertsen. S. 1983. Operculate discomycetes from
Rana (Norway) 5. Rhodos cypha gen, nov, and Rhodolarzella
16. 441-460.
& S. Sivertsen. 1988: Lathrueodiscus urcticus gen.
gen. nov, Mycolaxon
Dissing. H,
nov.. sp, nov. (order Pezizales). a new discomycete from
Sorth Greenland and Svalbard. Myeologia 80, 832-836.
Debbeler. P, 1978: Moosbewohnende Ascomyceten l. Die Pyr
enocarpen, den Gametophyten besiedelnden Arten. Mitt.
Acknowledgements
Bol. Staatssamml. Munchen
14, 1-360.
Dobbeler. p, 1979: Moosbewohnende Ascomyceten Ill. Einige
neue Arten der Gattungen Neclria. Epibryon und Punclilium,
Wc are indebted to
0, Aas, University of Bergen. for allowing
us 10 include some coprophilous laJ(a he determined based on
material brought from Svalbard by D,O. 0vstedal, University
of Bergen. and to U. Søchting, University of Copenhagen. for
supplying information on a my"omycete collection, We are also
indebted to T. Engelskjøn and
0, Skifte, University of Tromsø,
for supplying some undetermined collections now deposited at
the Herb. TROM, and to L. Holm, Uppsala Cniversity, and
R. P. Kort, Cornell University, for comments on the manuscript.
Mitt. Bol. Slaatssamml, Munchen
15. 19J-221.
Debbeler. p, 1996: Potriphila navicularis gen. et sp. nov,
(Ostropales, Aseomycetes). cin bipolar verbreiteter Parasil
von Polytrichum alpinum. Nova Hedw. 62.61-77,
Dobbs. e.G, 1942: Note on the larger fung; of Spitsbergen, l.
Bol.
80 94-102.
.
Eckblad. F,-E, 1963: Contributions to the Geoglossaceae of
Norway, Ny/l Mag. Bot.
10 137-158.
,
Eckblad, F,-E, 1968: The genera of Ihe operculale disco
mycetes. A re-evaluation of their taxonomy, phyllogeny and
nomenc1alure, Nyll Mag, Bot.
15, 1-192.
EckbJad. F.-E, 1969: Contributions to Ihe ScJerotiniaceae of
Norway. Friesia
References
9, 4-9,
Eckblad. F.-E. 1985 (ed, j: Norske soppna11n 1985. Den norske
soppnavnkomiteen av 1968. Oslo.
Ems. M.B. & Ellis.l,P. 1985: Micra/ung; on land plants. Croom
Ahmed. S,L
& Cain. R,F, 1972: Revision of the genera Spo
rormia and Sporormiella, Can, l, Bor. 50,419-477.
Balazy. S,
& Wisniewski. J, 1978: Nowy dia Polski gatunek
owadomorka (Mycophyta, Entomophthoraceae) z roztocza
Ve/gara sp, Pozn, Tow. Przyj. Nauk. Prate Kom, Nauk.
Roln.
Lesn, 49, 36.
Benkert. D. 1987: Beitrage zur Taxonomie der Gattung Lam
Heim, London
& Sydney. 818 pp,
Elvebakk, A. 1979: Plartlesosiologi og -fenalogi i eil arklisk
omrdde:
Slupha/lel,
Brøggerhalvøya,
Sualbard.
UnpubL
Cand, real. thesis, Cniv. Trondheim. 233 pp.
Elvebakk, A. 1981: Ekskursjonsrapporter from 1980. Hovedek
skursjon til Svalbard (juli/august). Polarflokken 5,80--8 3.
Elvebakk. A. 1989: Biogeographical zones of Svalbard and
prospora (Pezizales). Zeilschr. Myko/. 53, 195-271.
adjacent areas baud on botanical criteria, lJnpubL Dr. scient.
& Kristiansen, R. 1991: Lamprospora
norvegiea sp. nov. Zeitschr. Mykol. 57. 195-200,
thesis. Cniv. Tromsø, 129 pp.
Benker!, D., Aas, O.
Elvebakk. A.
& Spjelkavik. S. 1981: Botanisering blant varme
258
ARVE ELVEBAKK, HALVOR B. GJÆRUM & SIGMUND SIVERTSEN
kjelder og vulkanar på Nord-Svalbard. Polarflokkert 5. 104
Holm. L. & Holm. K. 1994: Svalbard Pyrenomyeetes. An
annOlated cheeklist. Kurstenia 34,65-78.
113.
Eriksson. O.E. 1967a: On graminieolous pyrenomycetes from
Huhtinen,S. 1987:New Svalbardfungi. Pp. 123-151 in Laursen,
Fennoseandia. 3. Amerosporous and didymosporous spedes.
G.A.. J.F. Ammirati & Redhead. S.c. (eds.): Arctic and
alpine mycology Il. Plenum Press.New York and London.
Ark. Bot. Ser. 2(6).441-466.
Eriksson. O.E. 1967b: On graminicolous pyrenomycetes from
Fennoscandia. 1. Dietyosporous species. Ark. Bol. Ser. 2; 6.
33<}-379.
Fennoseandia.
2.
Phragmosporous
and
Hylander, P" Jørstad. l. & Nannfeldt, J .A. 1953: Enumeratio
The non-lichenized pyrenomyceles of
Jørstad. l. 1950: Pucci/lia blyl/eana. a new member of the east
Sweden. SBT·f6rlagel. Lund. 208 pp.
Eriksson. O.E. & Hawksworth. D.L 1988: Outline of the
aseomycetes. Sys/. Ascom. 7, 1 l<}-315.
Bills. G.F .. Chamuris. G.P. & Rossman. A.Y.
1989: Fungi 011 plants and plant products in the Uniled States.
APS Press. St. Paul. 1252 pp.
Gams.W. 1977: A key to the speeies of MortierelIa. Persoonia
167-169.
of the NW Sorkapp Land.Spitsbergen. Polish Polar Res. 11.
401-409.
in Norway.
Skr.
Norske Vidensk.·Akud.
Oslo. 1. Mal .
Naturo. Kl.. Ny Ser. 24, 1-63.
Kankainen, E. 1969: On the structure. ecology and distribution
of the spedes of Mitrula s. lat. (Ascornyeetes, Geoglo,·
saceae). Karstenia 9. 23-34.
retki Huippuvuorille v. 1966. Luonllon Tutkija 71. 11&-123.
collecti. Examinat.enumerat. Ofvers. K. Vet.- Akad. Forh.
2.91-108.
Karsten.P. 1883: Fragmenta mycologica I l . Hedwigia 22.41
Hagen, A. 1941: Micromyeetes from Vestspitsbergen collected
by dr. Emil Hadac in 1939. Medd. Norges Svalb. lshavs
Unders. 49 . I-Il.
Hagen. A. 1950: Notes on arctic fungi. Norsk Polarinst. Skr.
93, 1-25.
Hagen, A. 1952: Plants collected in Vestspitsbergen in the
summer of 1933. Norsk Polarinst. Medd. 70, 1-14.
Haines, J.H. 1974: Notes on the genus Trichopezizel/a with
dcscriptions of new taxa. Mycologia 66. 213-241.
Harmaja, H. 1976: New spedes and combinations in the genera
Gyromitra, HeivelIa and Olidea. Karstenia 15. 29-32.
Harmaja.H. 1977: A revisjon of the HeivelIa acetabulum group
(Pezizales) in Fennoscandia. Kurstenia 17. 45-58.
Ha wksworth. D.L., Sullon. B.C. & Ainsworth. G.c. 1983.
Ainsworth 's & Bisby's dictionary of Ihe fungi. Seventh edition.
Commonwcalth Myeol. Inst. Kew, Sullon. XII + 445 pp.
Holm. K. & Holm.L. 1993a: Dryadicolous ascomycetes from
Svalbard. In; Pelrini. O. & Laursen. G.A. (cds.): Arctic and
alpine mycology 3-4. Bibl. Mycol. 150,53-62.
Holm. L. 1957: Etudes taxonomiques sur les pleosporacecs.
Symb. Bot. Upsal. 14( 3). 1-188.
Holm. L. 1975: Taxonomic notes on ascomycetes. VIL \-tie·
rofungi on Cassiope telmgona. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 69.143
160.
Holm.L. 1979: Mierofungi on Dryas. Bot. Not. 132 . 77·92.
Holm. L. & Holm. K. 1977: A study of the Leptopeltidaceae.
Bot. No/. 130.215-229.
Holm. L. & Holm, K. 19R{); \-ticrofungi on Cassiope (Har
rimanella) hypnoides. Norw. J. Bol. 2 7. !7<}-184.
K.
1981: Nordie equiscticolous Pyr
enomycetes. Nord. J. Bot. l, 109-119.
L. & Holm. K. 1987: Nordic juncicolous Myeo
sphaerellae. Pp. 10<}-121 in Laurscn, G.A" Ammirati, J.F.
& Redhead. S.A. (eds.):
Arctic and alpine mycology 1 1.
Plenum Press, New York and London.
Holm. L & Holm. K. 1993b: The genus Pleospora s.l. from
Svalbard. Sydowia 45, 167-87.
Holm, L. & Holm.K. 1993c: Two new northern pyrenomycetes.
Blyttia 51.121-123.
arctic rust /lora. Bly/lia 8. 81-90.
Jørstad. l. 1967: Septoria and septorioid fungi on Gramineae
Karsten. P. 1872: Fungi in insulis Spetsbergen ct Beeren Eiland
Guminska. B ..Heinrich, Z. & Oleeh, M. 1991; Macromycetes
Holm.
Uredinearum Scandinavicarum. Opera Bot. j(l), 1-102.
Kankainen. E., Karlsson. P. & Heikkilii. H. 1967: Kevolaistcn
9.381-191.
Gjærum. H. 1991: Rust- og sotsopper på Svalbard. Blyl/ia 4 9.
Holm. L. & Holm.
and taiga. Sydowia 45. 18&-198.
scolecosporous
speeies. Ark. Bot. Ser. 2(6). 381·440.
Eriksson. O.E. 1992:
.•
genera. Karstenia 29 . 45-252.
Huhtinen, S. 1993: Some hyaloscyphaeeous fungi from tundra
Eriksson. O.E. 1967e: On graminicolous pyrenomycetes {rom
Farr. D.F
Huhtinen. S. 1990: A monograph of Hyaloscypha and allied
42.
Karsten. P. 1884: Fragmenta mycologica Xl. Hedwigia 23,37
39.
Kirk, P.M. & AnseIl. A.E. 1992: Authors offungal names. Int.
Mye. Inst.. e.A.B. International. Wallingford. 95 pp.
Klebahn. H. 1907: Kulturversuche mit Rostpilze. XIII. (Bericht
1905 und 19(6). 2eitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 17. 12<}-157.
Kobayasi. y" Tubaki. K. & Soneda,M. 1968: Enumcration of
the higher fungi. moulds and yca'ts of Spitsbergen. Bull. Nal.
Sei. Mus. Tokyo 11.34-76,4 pl.
Krug. J.e. & eain . R.F 1974: New speeies of Hypocopra
(Xylariaceac). Can. J. Bot. 52, 809-843.
Kukkoncn. l. 1963: Taxonomic studies on the genus Anthm
coidea (Ustilaginales). Ann. Soe. 2001.-BOI. Fenn. 'Vanamo'
34; 3, 1-122.
Leuchtmann. A. 1984: Ober Phaeosphaeria Miyake und andere
bitunicate Ascomyceten mit mchrfach quersepticrten Asco
sporen. Svdowia 36. 75--·194.
Lid. J. 1967: Synedria of twcnty vascular plants from Svalbard.
Bot. Jahrb. 86. 481-493.
Lind. J. 1928; The micromyceles of Svalbard. Skr. Svalbard.
Ishavet 13. 1-61.
Lind. J. 1934: Studies on the geographical distribution of arctic
circumpolar micromycetes. K.
Danske Vid.
Selsk.
Biol.
."-ledd. 11; 2.1-152.
Lynge.B. 1926: Lichens from Bear Island (Bjørnøya) collected
by Norwegian and Swedish cxpeditions, chiefly by Th.M.
Frie, during the Swedish Polar Expedition of 1868. Res.
Norske Sla/sunders. Spilsbergeneksp. 1; 9. [-78.
Moravec. J. 1989: A taKonomi, revision of the genus Chei·
lymenia-1. Speeies dose to Cheilymenia rubra. Mycotaxon
36, 169-186.
Muller. E. & von Arx. J.A. 1962: Die Gattungen der didy
mosporen Pyrenomyceten. Beitr. Kryptogamen{/ora Schweiz
11 (2), 1-922.
Nannfeldt. J.A.
1928:
Contributions to the mycoflora
of
Sweden. Svensk Bot. Tidvkr. 22. 115-139.
Nannfeldt,l.A. 1932; Studien uber die Morphologie und Sys
A catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria
tematik der nicht-lichenisierten inopcrculaten Discomyceten.
Nov. Acr. Reg. Soc. Sei. Ups. Ser.
bergen. Svensk BOl. Tidskr. 27, 116-117.
discussion of the natural affinities within Helvellaceae and
Pezizaceae trib. Acetabulae. Svensk BOL. Tidskr. 31. 47-66.
Nannfeldt. J.A. 1979: Anthracoidea (Ustilaginales) in Nordie
Cyperaceae-Caricoideae, a concluding synopsis. Symb. Bol.
Diseomycetes. Nord. J. Bol. 4,225-247.
Nannfeldt, l.A. 1984b: JSotes on Diplonaeoia (Discomycetes
inoperculati), with spedal regard to the species on Juncaceae.
J. BOL. 4. 791-815.
Nograsek, A. 1990: Ascomyceten auf Gefasspflanzen der Pol
sterseggenrasen in den Ostalpen. Bibl. Mykol. 133, 1-271.
Ohenoja, E. 1971: The larger fungi of Svalbard and their
ecology. Rep. Kevo Subarcl. Res. Stal. 8, 122-147.
Parmelee, J.A. 1989: The rusts (Uredinales) of arctic Canada.
Can. J. BOL. 67,3315-3365.
Redhead, S.A. 1977: The genus Mi/rula in North Ameriea.
Can. J. BOL. 55,307-325.
Reid, D.A. 1979: Some tungi from Spitsbergen.
Rep. Kevo
Subarcl. Res. Slal. 15, 41-47.
Schurnaeher, T. 1990: The genus Sculellinia. Opera BOL. JOl,
1-107.
Schurnaeher, T. 1993: Studies in arctic and alpine Lamprospora
spedes. Sydowia 4 5 307-337.
.
Schurnaeher, T. & Kohn, L.!V1. 1985: A monographic rcvision
of the genus Myriosc/erolinia. Can. J. Bo/. 63,1610-1640.
Shoemaker. R.A. & Babcock, e.E. 1989: Phaeosphaeria. Call.
J. Bol. 67,1500--1599.
E.G.
1981:
Perfect
states of Stemphylium.
Il.
Sydowia 38. 284-293.
SkirgieIlo, A. 1961: De quelques ehampignons superieurs reeol
tes par M. Kuc au Spitsberg en 1958. Bull. Res. COUIlC. Israel,
Secl. D,
to the ecology of Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 16. 193-268.
Sutton, B.C. 1980; The coelomyceles. Commonwealth Mye.
Inst.. Kew. 696 pp.
Thor. S. 1930; Uber einzellige Parasiten in verschiededen Aear
ina. I. Zeilschr. Parasilenk. 2, 551-570.
von Arx. l.A. 1949: Beitråge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Myco
sphaerella. Sydowia
Upsal. 22(3), 1-41.
JSannfeldt. J .A. 1984a: Hysleronaevia, a new genus of mollisioid
Simmons.
Pp. 113-116. 1 pl.
Summerhayes. V.S. & Elton, C.S. 1928: Furthcr contributions
1937: Comributions to the mycoflora of
Sweden. 4. On some spedes of He/vella, together with a
Nord.
Vestspitsbergen. In: Birkenmajer, K. (ed.). Polish Spits
bergen Expedirions 1957- 1960. Summary of scientific resuIts.
4, 8, Fase. l.
JSannfeldt, I.A. 1933: Puccinia ewremae Lindr. found in Spits
JSannfeldt. J.A.
259
BOL. JOD , 287-293.
SkirgieIlo, A. 1968: Higher fungi colleeted in 1958 at Hornsund,
3. 28-100.
von Arx. J.A. 1957: Revision der zu Gloeosporium gestelIten
Pilze.
Verh.
Na/uurk
.•
Koningl.
Nederi.
Akad.
Welenseh.,
Afd.
Tweede Reeks. Dee15I: 3,1-153.
Vare. H" Vestberg, M. & Eurola. S. 1992: Mycorrhiza and
root-associated fungi in Spitsbergen. Mykorrhiza l, 93-104.
Watling, R. 1983: Larger cold-c1imate fungi. Sydowia 36,308325.
Webrneyer. L.E. 1961: A world monograph of Ihe genus Pleo
spora and ilS aggregales. Univ. Michigan Press, Ann Arbor.
451 pp.
Wulff, T. 1902: BOlanische Beobachwngen aus Spilzbergen.
Akad. Abhandl.. Lund. 116 pp.
Zabawski, J. 1976: Soil fungi isolated from peat bogs in
Hornsund region (West Spitsbergen). In: New recognitions
of peatland and pea!, vol Il, Proc. 5th lnt. Peat Congress,
Poznan, Poland, Sept. 1976,Vol. Il. Pp. 158-170.
Zabawski, J. 1981: Grzyby z rodzaju Penicillium w niektorych
pierwotnych glebach torfowych. Zesz. Nauk. Akad. Roln.
Wroc/awiu. Roln. 36(131),37-48.
Zabawski, J. 1982a: Fungi from the Mucorales group in the
peat soils of Spitsbergen and other tundra areas. Ac/a Uniw.
Wralisl. 525,281-287.
Zabawski, J. 1982b: Soil microfungi of peats in the Hornsund
region (West Spitsbergen). Acta Uni",. Wralisl. 525,269-279.
Zambettakis. e. 1970: Recherches sur la systematique des
Sphaeropsidales-Phaeodidymae. Bull. Soc. Mycol. Franc'e
70.219-350.
Ziller, W.G. 1974: The tree rusts of western Canada. Can.
Foreslry Service Publ. No. 1329, 1-272,Dept. of the Environ
ment, Victoria, Re.
Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.)
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyano
bacteria
A.
Part 5. Fungi Ill. Lichenicolous fungi
VAGN ALSTRUP and ARVE ELVEBAKK
Aistrup,
V. & Elvebakk, A. 1996: Part 5. Fungi Ill. Lichenicolous fungi. Pp. 261-270 in Elvebakk, A. &
Prestrud, P. (eds.): A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt
Skrifter 198.
The published records on lichenicolous fungi of Svalbard are reviewed including information on hosts and
distribution. In addition live spedes (Arrhonia rufidula. Carbonea aggregatula, 1II0sporium carneum,
MueIlereIla lichenieola. and Nigropuncta rugulosa) are reported as new to Svalbard, and at present the
60.
total species number is
Vagn Als/rup. Department of Plant Ecology. Unit/ersity ofCopenhagen. øs/er Farimagsgade 2D. DK-J353
Copenhagen. Denmark; Arve Elvebakk. 1nstitute of Biology and Geology, University of TromsØ. N-9037
Tromsø. Norway.
of fayodia arctica is unconfirmed, and this species
Contents
is treated among the basidiomycetes in Part
3
of
this Catalogue.
Introduction .. , .............................................. 261
From a systematic point of view the most nat
List of species . . . " ........... , ..................... , ... , ... 262
ural treatment in checklists is an integration of
......................... , ... , ... , ... .. . . .... ..... 263
lichenised, non-lichenised and lichenicolous fungi
.
Comments
"
Exc!uded or undetermined speeies ... . . .... ..... ... .. 269
as in Cannon et al.
.
Acknowledgements . .. . . ...... ..... ..... ... ... ... ... .. 270
.
.
.
.
References . . ... .. .. .... .. .............................. ... 270
.
.
(1985).
This treatment avoids
the problem associated with species that are dif
.
.
ficult to place in one of these categories. Tra
ditionally, lichenised, lichenicolous and related
fungi have been treated by lichenologists and the
remaining fungi by mycologists. In this Catalogue
IntroducHon
we have chosen to present the Iichenised fungi,
the unlichenised lichenicolous fungi, and the
remaining fungi in four separate parts. Lichenic
olous lichens includes species which are parasitic
The species formerly known as lichen parasites
are now most commonly called lichenicolous
as juveniles but lichenised at later stages (such
fungi and include parasitic, commensalistic and
as Buellia ni/laUs, B. pull1erulenta and Epilichen
saprophytic species. The group is systematically
scabrosus) and are included among the lichens.
heterogeneous, Like the vast majority of lichens
The pioneer in the study of lichenicolous fungi
most of the species belong to the Ascomycetes,
on Svalbard was T.M. Fries who first (Fries 1860)
but
reported four species collected by A. E. Nor
many species have not been found fertile and
denskiold, and later (Fries 1867) reported another
especially
Dothideales
and
LecanoraIes,
13 species. Five species were listed from Bjørnøya
(1926) based on determinations by
KeissIer. Hafellner (1982) reported seven species
are classified as Deuteromycota (Coelomycetes or
by Lynge
Hyphomycetes). The Svalbard flora also includes
two basidiomycetes, a species of Tremella re
ported by Christiansen (1993) and Fayodia arctiea
from Bockfjorden. The flora of lichenicolous
which may be lichenicolous (Gulden & Mohn
fungi of Svalbard has been reviewed by Hagen
Jenssen
1988).
(1950)
However, the lichenicolous nature
261
and Kobayashi et al.
(1968).
262
V. ALSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK
The knowledge of the lichenicolous fungi of
the exception among the lichenicolous fungi. The
1990)
Svalbard, as well as of Greenland and other
Greenland flora (Alstrup & Hawksworth
Nordie areas, has increased strongly during the
includes about three-fourths of the speeies known
last decade. Aptroot & Aistrup
10
(1991)
reported
spedes from a small area at Edgeøya, six of
from Svalbard and has been used as a basic source
on nomenclature together with Santesson
(1993).
these were new to Svalbard. A recent treatment
A worldwide key to lichenicolous fungi was
of the lichenicolous fungi of Greenland (Alstrup
recently published by Clauzade et al.
& Hawksworth
1990)
included
124
24
(1989)
spedes,
of them previously undeseribed. Triebel
added four speeies new to Greenland and five
new to Svalbard. Four undescribed speeies and 14
(1989), and
this book has been used for the remaining speeies
unless
otherwise
stated.
Author
names
abbreviated according to Kirk & AnselI
are
(1992).
Some herbarium revisions are presented here,
spedes new to Svalbard have also been reported
and comments on other problematie reports have
1993).
been included in the commented list or in the list
from Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Oleeh
Apart from these papers there are only oceasional
of excluded or undetermined speeies.
reports of lichenicolous fungi from Svalbard, dted
It is our hope that this Catalogue will stimulate
in the list of speeies. This list attempts to give a
further research on the lichenicolous fungi of
complete survey of the literature of liehenicolous
Svalbard and that also non-experts will discover
fungi from Svalbard, and some unpublished infor
and collect these tungi which are so easily over
mation is included.
looked in the field.
The flora of lichenicolous fungi on Svalbard
now includes
to
50
60 determined speeies, as compared
speeies known from the Faroe Islands
(Alstrup et al.
1994),
and
314
spedes from
Sweden and mainland Norway (Santess on
1993).
List of species
Arthonia rufidula, Carbonea aggregantllla, Illo
sporium carneum,
MueIlereIla lichenicola and
Nigropuncta rugulosa are published here as new
to Svalbard. The total number of collections of
Iichenieolous fungi from Svalbard is still very low,
only a few hundred, and as the studies from
Greenland,
the
Faroe
Islands
and
Svalbard
Ascomycetes
Acanthonitschkea peltigericola (Alstrup & Olech)
O.E. Eriksson & R. Sant.
Arthonia demens (TuI.) Th. Fr.
A. excentrica Th. Fr.
referred to above resulted in the description and
A. glaucomaria Ny!.
new reports of many speeies, we can eonclude that
A. obscurior Triebel
Svalbard is eertainly much rieher in liehenieolous
A. rufidilla (Hue) D. Hawksw" R. Sant. &
fungi than indicated by the present list of spedes.
Some other areas are even less studied, only
78
speeies of lichenicolous fungi have been reported
from the whole of North Ameriea (Egan
1989, 1990).
1987,
Øvstedal
Carbonea aggregamula (Miill. Arg.) Diederich &
Triebel
C. uitellinaria (NyL) Hertel
Cecidonia umbonella (NyL) Triebel & Rambold
Compared to most other groups of plants and
fungi, lichenicolous fungi are stenoie, but some
Cercidospora cephalodiorum Triebel & Grube
C. epipolytropa (Mudd) Arnold
are restrieted 10 a specific genus of host Iiehens,
C. lichenieola (Zopf) Hafellner
while others to different genera. However, as the
C. soror Obermayer & Triebel
vast majority of speeies are known only from very
C. stereocaulorum (Arnold) Hafellner
few collections on Svalbard, "ecosystem com
Clypeococcum gross lim (Karb.) D. Hawksw.
ponent values"
Corticifraga peltigerae (FuekeI) D. Hawksw. &
giving information on rarity,
abundance and phytogeography etc. which are
R. Sant.
used for the lichens and other contributions in
Dacampia hookeri (Borrer) A. Massa!.
this Catalogue are not used here. Instead, a list
Dactylospora amygdalariae Triebel
of speeies is followed by comments covering all
D. cladoniicola Aistrup & Olech
the speeies, in addition to some rejected spedes
D. deminuta (Th. FL) Triebel
and speeies only determined to generic leve!.
D. purpurascens Triebel
Name change has been the rule rather than
Endococcus propinquus (Karb.) D. Hawksw.
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
E. rugulosus Ny!.
Geltingia
associata
(Th.
Fr.) Aistrup
&
D.
263
Comments
Hawksw.
G. stereocaulorum Aistrup & D. Hawksw.
Lasiosphaeriopsis christiansenii Aistrup & D.
Ascomycetes
Hawksw.
L. stereocaulicola (Linds.) O.E. Erikss. & R.
Sant.
Llimoniella neglecta (Nyt.)Triebel & Rambold
Merismalium nigritellum (Ny!.) Vouaux
MueIlereIla
lichenicola
(Sommerf.
:
Fr)
D.
Hawksw.
M. polyspora Hepp ex. Mul!. Arg.
M. pygmaea (Ki:irb.) D. Hawksw.
Phaeospora parasifica (Li:innr.) Arnold
P. peltigericola D. Hawksw.
Acanthonitschkea peltigericola (Alstrup &
Olech) O.E. Eriksson & R. Sant
Described as Hystrix peltigericola from Sørkapp
Land (Alstrup & Olech
1993).
The speeies is
only known with certainty from Palflyodden on
Peltigera scabrosa. A Greenland report of Cap
ronia peltigerae by Alstrup & Hawksworth
(1990)
is probably identkal with A. peltigericola.
Plectocarpon lichenum (Sommerf.) D. Hawksw.
Polycoccum trypethelioides (Th. Fr.) R. Sant.
Pronectria robergei (Mont. & Desm.) Lowen
Rhagadostoma lichenicola (De Not) Keiss!.
Scutula stereocaulorum (Anzi) Ki:irb.
Sphaerellothecium araneosum (Rehm ex Arnold)
Zopf
S. cladoniicola E.S. Hansen & Aistrup
Arthonia clemens (TuI.) Th. Fr.
A lichen parasite found on Rhizoplaca mel
anophthalma at Sorgfjorden (Fries
1867).
Later
reported on Candelariella uitellina and Aspicilia
sp. from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup
(1991).
Stell fraga cladoniicola Aistrup & Olech
Stigmidium atryneae (Arnold) Hafellner
S. conspurcans (Th. Fr.) Triebel & R. Sant.
Arthonia excentrica Th. Fr.
S. peltideae (Vain. ) R. Sant.
This speeies was first described from Lovenfjellet
S. schaereri (A. Massal.) Trevis.
Thelocarpon epibolum Nyl.
Weddellomyces tartaricola (Linds.) Aistrup & D.
Hawksw.
Wentiomyces peltigericola D. Hawksw.
Zwackhiomyces macrosporus Aistrup & Olech
Hyphomycetes
and Brennevinsfjorden in northeastern Svalbard
by Fries
(1867).
It has not been reported later
from Svalbard, but it is known from Greenland
and northern and central Europe, mostly in
mountains, and mostly with Leprocaulon sub
albicans and possibly Lepraria ssp. as hosts (Poelt
1969: Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990; Santesson
1993). Fries (1867) reported it as muscicolous.
Bispora christiansenii D. Hawksw.
Chalara lichenicola M.S. Christ.
Epicoccum nigrum Link
Arthonia glaucomaria (Nyl.) Nyt.
/llosporium carneum Fr.
Reported on Lecanora swartzii from Edgeøya by
Trimmatostroma lichenicola M. S. Christ. & D.
Aptroot & Aistrup
(1991).
Hawksw.
Coelomycetes
Arthonia obscurior Triebel
Lichenoconium lecanorae (Jaap) D. Hawksw.
The speeies was recently described by Triebel
L. usneae (Anzi) D. Hawksw.
(1989)
Lichenodiplis lecanorae (Vouaux) Dyko & D.
phorus dovrensis. It is recorded from Bolterdalen
Hawksw.
and was restricted to apothecia of Pila
near Longyearbyen, and the only other col
Nigropuncta rugulosa D. Hawksw.
leetions reported are from northernmost Sweden
Phaeosporobolus alpinus R. Sant., Alstrup & D.
and Norway (Finnmark) and from one locality on
Hawksw.
Greenland (Triebel
1989;
Santesson
1993).
264
V. A LSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK
Arthonia rufidula (Hue) D. Hawksw., R.
Sant. & 0vstedal.
Cercidospora epipolytropa (Mudd) Arnold
New to Svalbard. Reported on Umbilicaria rigida
cococca Sommerf. by Fries
(erroneously as Arthonia pelvetii (Hepp) Almq.)
Edgeøya on Aspicilia sp. by Aptroot & Alstrup
from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup
(1991).
Reported from Smeerenburg on Lecanora /eu
(1867) and from
(1991).
Arthonia rufidula is known from Umbilicaria ant
arctiea in Antaretiea (Hawksworth
1991).
Cercidospora lichenieola (Zopf) HafelIner
Collected on Solorina crocea in the mountains
almost 1000 m a.s.l.
1982) and on Psoroma hypnorum at
Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The
west
Carbonea aggregantula (Milli. Arg.)
Diederich & Triebel
of
Bockfjorden
(Hafellner
New to Svalbard. Reported on Lecanora po/y
tropa from Amsterdamøya (Hertel & Ullrich
1976) and four localities at Sørkapp Land (Olech
1990) as Carbonea vitellinaria, but the speeies on
Lecanora polytropa is different from Carbonea
species is rather common outside Svalbard on
Solorlna crocea (Alstrup & Hawksworth
1990),
and in Scandinavia it is found on Peltigera leu
cophlebia (Santesson
1993).
vitellinaria which grows on Candelariella (San
tesson
1993; Kiimmerling et al. 1993).
Cercidospora soror Obermayer & Triebel
Reported from Bockfjorden on Arthrorhaphis by
Hafellner & Obermayer
Carbonea vitellinaria (Ny!.) Hertel
Reported as Lecidea vitellinaria Ny!. on Can
delarieIla vitellina from western Svalbard (no
further
information
Hornsund by Fries
about
the locality)
Reported as Lecidea umbonella from Blomstrand
halvøya near Ny-Ålesund and from an area near
1981). Later also
reported from Van Mijenfjorden on Lecidea
var.
pantherina
(Hertel
1991). The
speeies was formerly thought to be lichenised,
but Triebel & Rambold
(1988) interpreted the
"thallus" as galls forrned by the host. The species
is widely distributed in northern and alpine areas
(Alstrup & Hawksworth
(Sabah).
Cercidospora stereocaulorum (Arnold)
Hafellner
Cecidonia umbonella (Ny!.) Triebel &
Rambold
lapicida
Bolivia, China (Sichuan, Tibet) and Malaysia
and
(1860. 1867).
Longyearbyen Airport (Hertel
(1995). The species is
known from Arthrorhaphis spp. also in Australia,
Collected on Stereocaulon arcticum at Sørkapp
Land (Alstrup & Olech
1993).
Clypeococcum grossum (Korb.) D.
Hawksw.
Reported from Bjørnøya on Umbiliearia eyl
indrica as Tiehothecium grossum (Lynge
1926).
A rare speeies only known from Norway, Green
land, Canada, and New Zealand (Alstrup &
Hawksworth
1990).
1990).
Corticifraga peltigerae (Fuekei) D.
Hawksw. & R. Sant.
Cercidospora cephalodiorum Triebel &
Grube
Reported on Peltigera eanina from Sørkapp Land
(Alstrup & Olech
1993).
A speeies restrkted to cephalodia of Pilophorus
dovrensis and only known from two localities
close to Ny-Ålesund and three additional localit
Dacampia hookeri (Borrer) A. MassaL
ies from Iceland. Sweden and Greenland (Triebel
The speeies was reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge
1989).
(1926), from Kongsfjorden and Liefdefjorden by
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Elvebakk (1984) as Pleospora hookeri (Borrer)
Endococcus propinquus (Korb.) D.
Keissier , and from Sørkapp Land by Alstrup &
Hawksw.
Olech (1993). It has also been observed frequently
in other parts of central and western Spitsbergen
(Elvebakk unpubl.), and is a common species in
moist calcareous snow beds on Svalbard. There
has been much confusion about the identity of its
265
Reported on severai lichen species at Hornsund
and from three localities in the north (Fries 1860,
1867). Paulson (1923) reported it on Lecidea con
fluens from Bjørnøya.
host. but it has now been settled that the hosts
are Solorina saccata and rarely S. octospora which
have been deformed by the parasite beyond re
cognition (Alstrup 1986; Alstrup & Hawksworth
1990).
Endococcus rugulosus Ny!.
Found at Bockfjorden growing on Rhizocarpon
superjiciale (HafelIner 1982), and on Aspicilia sp.
at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993).
Dactylospora amygdalariae Triebel
Reported on Amygdalaria panaeola from Ny
Ålesund by Triebel (1989). The species has a wide
Geltingia associata (Th. Fr.) Alstrup & D.
Hawksw.
northern distribution and is restricted to the host
Reported on Ochrolechia frigida from Danskøya
genus Amygdalaria (Triebel 1989).
and Lågøya by Fries (1867) and from the Ny
Ålesund area by Elvebakk (1984). The species
was described from Svalbard as Lecidea associata,
later referred to as Nesoleehia associata, and was
Dactylospora cladoniicola Alstrup &
recently transferred to the new genus Geltingia
Olech
(Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990). It is known from
Described growing on Cladonia macrophyllodes
Svalbard, Greenland, Norway, Sweden and the
from SØrkapp Land by Alstrup & Olech (1993);
British Isles.
the only collection known
50
far.
Geltingia stereocaulorum Aistrup & D.
Hawksw.
Dactylospora deminuta (Th. Fr.) Triebel
Described from Murchisonfjorden at Nordaust
landet on a muscicolous crustose lichen as Buellia
urceolata Th. Fr. var. majuscula Th. Fr. (Fries
1860, 1867). Triebel (1989) included both this
Recently described from Greenland (Alstrup &
Hawksworth 1990) and only known from the type
collection and from a locality at Sørkapp Land, on
Stereocaulon rivulorum (Alstrup & Olech 1993).
variety and lecideicolous specimens of the pre
vious D. urceolata s. 1. here, giving a broader
description of D. diminuta, also including a col
lection on Rinodina turfacea from Sorgfjorden (
=
Treurenbergbay). Dactylospora urceolata s. str.
is
growing
on
Protothelenella sphinctrinoides
(Santesson 1993). Dactylospora deminuta was col
lected on Biatora verna lis and Lecanora epibryon
at Sørkapp Land by Alstrup & Olech (1993).
Outside Svalbard the species is known from main
Lasiosphaeriopsis christiansenii Alstrup &
D. Hawksw.
Collected on Lecanora polytropa at SØrkapp Land
(Alstrup & Olech 1993). This is the second col
leetion of the species which was described from
Greenland on Porpidia tubereulosa (Alstrup &
Hawksworth 1990).
land Norway, Sweden and Austria (TriebeI1989).
Lasiosphaeriopsis stereocaulicola (Linds.)
O.E. Erikss. & R. Sant.
Dactylospora purpurascens Triebel
Reported on
Pilophorus dOlJrensis from Ny
First published as Sphaeria sp. from Hinlo
penstredet in northeastern Svalbard by Fries
Ålesund by Triebel (1989). The species has a wide
(1867), where it was collected on Stereocaulon
northern distribution (Triebel 1989).
alpinum in 1861 by Malmgren. Alstrup & Olech
V. A LSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK
266
(1993) added severai collections from Sørkapp
from Longyearbyen by Triebel (1989), and from
Land on Stereoeaulon alpinum, S. eondensatum
Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991).
and S. rivulorum. The speeies was described as
Sphaeria stereoeaulieola by Lindsay (1869) based
on the Svalbard colleetion. It was referred to as
cf. Leptosphaeria apoealypta (Rehm) Wint. by
Hagen (1950). The species was transferred to
Lasiosphaeropsis
by
Eriksson
&
Santesson
(1986), who cited localities from Argentina, Aus
tria, Sweden and Uganda in addition to the type
Phaeospora parasitiea (Lonnr.) Arnold
Reported from Billefjorden on Leeidea marginata
by Acoek (1940). The speeies has been reported
from many erustose hosts of the genera Rhi
zoearpon. Porpidia, Lecidea etc. in Europe.
10caHty on Svalbard. Alstrup & Hawksworth
(1990) added Greenland and Alaska.
Phaeospora peltigericola D. Hawksw.
Only reported on Peltigera sp. from Boekfjorden
Llimoniella neglecta (Nyl.) Triebel &
Rambold
Reported on Lepraria negleeta from Bjørnøya by
Lynge (1926) as Leeidea negleeta. The speeies
was referred to Llimonielta by Kiimmerling et al.
(Hafellner 1982) and from P. malacea in Italy.
Plectocarpon lichenum (Sommerf.) D .
Hawksw.
Colleeted on Lobaria linita at Sørkapp Land
(1993).
(Alstrup & Oleeh 1993). It is widely distributed
on Lobaria spp. in the Northern Hemisphere.
Merismatium nigritellum (Nyl.) Vouaux
Colleeted at Sørkapp Land on Pannaria pez
izoides (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The species is
widely distributed in Europe and oceurs on sev
Polycoccum trypethelioides (Th. Fr.) R.
Sant.
eral Hchen species (Triebel 1989), but has not
Collected on Stereoeaulon condensatum at Sør
been reported from Pannaria pezizoides before.
kapp Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). Common on
Steroeaulon spp. in Europe and Greenland.
MueIlereIla lichenieola (Sommerf.: Fr.) D.
Hawksw.
New to Svalbard. Reported on Xanthoria elegans
Pronectria robergei (Mont. & Desm.)
Lowen
from Sorgfjorden, and Fulgensia braeteata from
Collected on Solorina bispora at Sørkapp Land
Repøyane by Fries (1867) as Endoeoeeus pyg
(Alstrup & Oleeh 1993) and on Oehroleehia
maeus
frigida at Backfjorden (Hafellner 1982, as Nec
MuelIerelIa pygmaea), but speeimens
at UPS have been redetermined as M. liehenicola
trielIa robergei). The speeies is widely distributed
(Santesson in litt.)
in Europe and North Ameriea on Peltigera spp,
and is also known from Sweden on Ochroleehia
frigida (Santesson 1993).
MuelIerelIa polyspora Hepp ex Miill. Arg.
Reponed on Aspieilia elevata and Verruearia sp.
by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991).
Rhagadostoma lichenieola (De Not) Keissl.
Colleeted on Solorina croeea at Sørkapp Land by
Aistrup & Olech (1993).
MuelIereIla pygmaea (Korb.) D. Hawksw.
Reported from numerous localities on severai
lichen speeies in northern Svalbard by Fries (1860,
Scutula stereocaulorum (Anzi) Korb.
1867). Later it was reported from Bjørnøya (on
Published by
Leeidea lap/eida) by Paulson (1923) and Lynge
eocaulorum
(1926), from Boekfjorden by Hafellner (1982),
Wahlenbergfjorden.
Fries
Th.
Fr.
(1867) as
from
from
Biatorina ster
Lovenberget
severai
and
additional
A
catalogue of Svalbard p/ants, fung!, algae and cyanobacteria
localities in northeastern Svalbard by Hagen
(1950), by Hafellner (1982) from Bockfjorden,
and by Alstrup & Olech (1993) from Sørkapp
Land. The species is widespread in northern areas
and restricted to Stereocaulon hosts.
Sphaerellothecium araneosum (Rehm ex
Arnold) Zopf
Collected on Ochrolechia frigida and O. grimmiae
from Sørkapp Land and Edgeøya (Alstrup &
267
Stigmidium peltideae (Vain. ) R. Sant.
Known from Sørkapp Land on Peltigera rufes
cens, P. canina and Solorina crocea (Alstrup &
Olech 1993).
Stigmidium schaereri (Mass.) Trevis.
Reported on Lecidea swartzoidea from Edgeøya
by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991). This determination
may need to be confirmed.
Olech 1993). The species was described as Ech
inothecium glabrum M. S. Christ., Alstrup & D.
Hawksw. from Greenland, but the material has
Thelocarpon epibolum Nyl.
later been studied by P. Diederich (pers. comm.),
Reported on Peltigera aphthosa from Sørkapp
who found that the species is identical with S.
Land by Alstrup & Olech (1993).
araneosum.
Weddellomyces tartarieola (Linds. ) Alstrup
Sphaerellothecium cladoniicola E.S.
Hansen & Aistrup
& D. Hawksw.
Described as a common species on Cladonia arbu
Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The spe eies was
Collected on Ochrolechia frigida from Sørkapp
scula ssp. mitis and C. stellaris on Greenland by
described from Greenland (Alstrup & Hawks
Hansen & Alstrup (1995), who also reported the
worth 1990) and is known also from Scandinavia
species from Canada, Alaska and from Mitrafjel
(Santesson 1993).
let at Krossfjorden.
Wentiomyces peltigericola D. Hawksw.
Stelli/raga cladoniicola Aistrup & Olech
Collected on Peltigera aphthosa from Sørkapp
Described in a new genus from Sørkapp Land
Land (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The species is
where it was collected on Cladonia gracilis at
widespread in arctic and alpine areas (Alaska,
Hohenloheskardet (Alstrup & Olech 1993). The
Canada, Greenland, Faroe Islands, Scotland,
species is only known from its type locality.
Fennoscandia, and Austria) and is often assi
ociated with Thelocarpon epibolum (Alstrup &
Hawksworth 1990; Alstrup & Olech 1993).
Stigmidium atryneae (Arnold) Hafellner
Reported on Lecanora rupicola ssp. subplanata
from Bockfjorden by Hafellner (1982).
Zwackhiomyces macrosporus Aistrup &
Olech
The species was described on Pannaria pezizoides
Stigmidium conspureans (Th. FL) Triebel
from Lidfjellet, Sørkapp Land, and is only known
& R. Sant.
from its type loe ality (AIstrup & Olech 1993).
Described as Arthopyrenia conspureans on Psora
rubiformis by Fries (1867) from Wijdefjorden and
Sorgfjorden. Hagen (1950) erroneously listed
Pharcidia dispersa
Hyphomycetes
Stigmidium dispersum) as
a synonym, cfr. Triebel (1989) and Alstrup &
Hawksworth (1990). Stigmidium conspureans is
Bispora christiansenii D. Hawksw.
restricted to Psora rubiformis and known from
Reported on Caloplaca eastelIanea from Edgeøya
Europe, North Ameriea and Greenland.
by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991) and on Lecanora
V. ALSTRUP & A. ELVEBAKK
268
polytropa from Sørkapp Land by Alstrup & Olech
Coelomycetes
(1993).
Lichenoconium lecanorae (Jaap) D.
Hawksw.
Chalara lichenieola M. S. Christ.
Described
from
(1993).
tiansen
Hohenloheskardet by
Chris
The speeies was growing on Cla
Collected on Aretopeltis thuleana from Hornsund
(Alstrup & Olech
1993).
donia gracilis and is only known from its type
locality.
Lichenoconium usneae (Anzi) D. Hawksw.
Reported on Cladonia gracilis from SØrkapp Land
Epicoccum nigrum Link.
by Alstrup & Olech
(1993).
Reported as E. negleetum Desm. on Oehroleehia
frigida from Bjørnøya (Lynge 1926). It is a cosmo
politan saprophyte known from numerous phan
erogams (Farr et al.
1989) and is also known from
dead Peltigera spp. in Scandinavia (Santesson
1993).
Lichenodiplis lecanorae (Vouaux) Dyko &
D. Hawksw.
Reported from Bjørnøya on Leeanora hagenii
by Lynge
(1926)
and von KeissIer
(1928).
The
material was collected by T. Fries and determined
by KeissIer as Diplodia leeanorae.
Jllosporium carneum Fr.
New to Svalbard. Surprisingly this speeies has not
been reported from Svalbard before. although
Lynge
(1938)
wrote that "an Illosporium parasite
Nigropuncta rugulosa D. Hawksw.
is common on Peltigera didaetyla on Svalbard".
New to Svalbard. Found at Kobbefjorden by
This certainly refers to Illosporium earneum,
Malmgren in
which later has been collected from Liefdefjorden
eens, and determined by R. Santesson (UPS),
1861
on Bellemerea cinereorufes
(Elvebakk unpubl.). The pink aggregated gran
(Santesson in litt.). The speeies is widely dis
ules are very conspicuous. NeetrielIa robergei
tributed in mountaineous areas of Scandinavia
(Mont.
&
Desm.)
Weese,
Bockfjorden by Hafellner
reported
(1982),
from
(Santesson
1993).
has been con
sidered to represent the teleomorph of Illo
sporium earneum, but this does not seem to be
the case (Alstrup & Hawksworth
1990).
Phaeosporobolus alpinus R. Sant., Alstrup
& D. Hawksw.
The speeies was recently described from Green
Trimmatostroma lichenieola M.S. Christ.
& D. Hawksw.
Reported from Sørkapp Land by Dubiel & Olech
(1990).
land
(Alstrup
&
Hawksworth
1990).
They
reported one locality from Blomstrandhalvøya
near Ny-Ålesund in addition to other records
from other parts of the Arctic (Novaja Zemlja,
The host is not noted, but severaI speeies
Canada and Alaska), Scandinavia and Chile. The
of Candelariella, Leeanora, Toninia, Psoroma,
speeies is restricted to Oehroleehia and Pertusaria.
and Caloplaea are listed from Greenland by
Later it was also reported on Oehroleehia frigida
Alstrup & Hawksworth (1990), who only reported
from Edgeøya by Aptroot & Alstrup
it from Greenland, Norway and Spain. Santesson
from four localities at Sørkapp Land (Alstrup &
(1993)
Olech
reported it from Sweden.
1993).
(1991)
and
A
catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria
Excluded or undetermined speeies
269
(Alstrup & Hawksworth 1990), and it is therefore
possible that the Fries (1867) report refers instead
to S. aggregata.
Arthonia pelvetii (Hepp) Almqv.
Reported by Aptroot & Alstrup (1991), but here
redetermined as A. rufidula.
Tremella sp.
Reported by Christiansen (1993), but not deter
mined to speeies.
Endococcus sp.
A
specimen
on
Rhizocarpon
inarense
from
Hornsund that eould not be determined with cer
tainty (Alstrup & Oleeh 1993) is probably ident
ieal with Tichothecium macrosporum Hepp ex
Arnold, whieh seems to belong to Endococcus.
Torula lichenum Keissl.
Reported from Bjørnøya by Lynge (1926) without
substrate information. Soredia-like structures on
Cetraria and Coelocaulon species have been inter
preted as Torula infeetions, although this has
not been properly studied (Karnefelt 1979). Such
Illosporium carneum Fr. var. macrosporum
Keissl.
possibly infected individuals have been described
as varieties, forms and subspecies like Cor
nicularia odontelIa var. sorediata (Du Rietz) Du
Reported on Dermatocarpon miniatum from Nor
Rietz, Cetraria delisei ssp. sorediifera (Malme)
daustiandet by Hagen (1950). Hagen's sugges
Du Rietz, C. islandiea var. polaris Rass. and C.
tion, that it probably belongs to a different species
nivalis f. sorediifera HasseIr . (Lynge 1938; Poelt
than lllosporium carneum is supposed to be
1969). Such forms have also been interpreted as
correet, and the taxon is therefore not treated
sorediate
below the laller. It definitely needs to be restud
species and resulted in deseriptions of separate
ied.
counterparts
of
esorediate
liehen
species like Cetraria capitata Lynge and Cor
nicularia racemosa Lynge. Sorediate forms of
both Arctocetraria nivalis, Cetrariella delisei and
Leptosphaeria sp.
Fries
(1867)
Cetraria
deseribed an
tosphaeria speeies on
unidentified
Lep
Lopadium pezizoideum
from Kobbefjorden and Lågøya. The specimen
does not seem to have been identified later.
aculeata
reported
apotheeia of Biatorina fraudans Hellb.
from
(
=
Cal
oplaca sinapisperma (Lam. & De.) Maheu &
Gillet) from Nordaustlandet being destroyed by
'Torula filaments'.
Bispora
as
been
christiansenii
and
Trimmatostoma
lichenieola have probably been interpreted as
Nectria sp.
Reported
have
Svalbard (Lynge 1938). Fries (1867) also reported
'"?
Nectria
sp."
from
Murchi
sonfjorden at Nordaustlandet on Peltigera did
actyla by Hagen (1950). The eolleetion has not
been identitied. only N. lecanodes Ces. is known
from Peltigera, but it may also be a speeies of
Pronectria.
'Torula filaments' earlier, but the identity of the
thallus infeetions provoking soredia formation has
not been thoroughly studied.
The name Tomla lichenum Keissl. was rejeeted
by Hawksworth (1979) as the type eolleetion laeks
any fruiting structures. The possibly liehenieolous
struetures reported as Tomla or as soredia on
non-sorediose species from Svalbard are there
Scutula miliaris (WaUr.) Trevis.
Reported as Biatorina tubereulosa on Solorina
saccata from Lovenberget at Hinlopenstretet by
Fries (1867). Biatorina tubereulosa is a synonym
fore left unnarned here.
Zwackhiomyces sphinctrinoides (Zwackh)
Grube & Hafellner
of S. miliaris. which is known from Peltigera spp.,
Reported from Bjørnøya as Didymella sphinctri
whereas S. aggregata besides Peltigera spp. has
noides on Leptogium lichenoides (Lynge 1926),
been found on Solorina crocea in Greenland
but this determination is eertainly erroneous. An
270
V. ALSTRUP & A. EL VEBAKK
alternative is Didymellopsis pulposi (Zopf) Grube
& Hafellner which was described by Grube &
Hafellner (1990) growing on Collema, Lepro
gium, and Lempholemma.
Grube.
&
M.
Hafellncr.
J.
1990:
Studien
an
flcchten
bcwohnenden Pilzen der Sammclgattung Didymella (Asco
mycetes. Dothideales). Nova Hedwigia 51,283-360.
Gulden. G. & Mohn Jenssen. K. 1988: Arctic and alpine fungi
2. Soppkonsulenten. Oslo, 58 pp.
HafeHner.
J.
1982: Flechtcnfunde im Bockfjord, Spitzbergen
(Botanische Ergebnisse der osterrcichischen Spitzbergen
Acknowledgements
Wc
1.).
Expedition 1979.
&
Hafellner. J.
are indebtcd to H. Hertcl and P. Dicderich for supplying
Phylon 22,23-50.
U.W.
Obermayer,
1995: Cercidospora Iry
pelheliza und einige weitere hchenicole Ascomycetcn aul
information. Thanks are also due to M. Sherwood-Pike and R.
Arlhrorhaphis. Cryplogamie. Brvol., Lichenol. 16, 117-190.
Santesson for valuable comments on the manuscript. Prof.
Hagen. A. 1950: Notes on arctic fungi. Norsk Polarinsl. Skr.
Santes50n kindly also supplied information on unpublished own
dClerminations of Svalbard material.
93. 1-23.
Hansen. E.S.
&
Aistrup. V. 1995: The lichenicolous fungi on
Cladonia subgcn. Cladina in Greenland. Graphis Scripla 7,
33-38.
References
Hawksworth. D.L.
Acock, A.M. 1940: Vegetation of a calcareous inner fjord
region in Spitsbergen. J. Ecol. 28. 81-106.
Alstrup, V. 1986: Contributions to the liehen flora of Green
land. Inr. J. Mycol. Lichenologist 3. 1-16.
Alstrup. V.. Christensen. S.N.. Hansen. E.S.
& Svane. S. 1994:
The lichens of the Faroes. Fr6tJskaparrit 40,61-121.
Alstrup. V.
&.
Hawksworth. D.L. 1990: The lichenicolous fungi
of Greenland. Medd. Grønland, Biosci. 31 1-90.
.
&
AISlrup. V.
M. Olech. 1993: Lichenicolous fungi from Spits
&
Aistrup. V. 1991: Lichens from Edgeøya. Sval
1985:
&
Sherwood-Pikc. M.A.
The British Ascomycolina. An annotated checklist.
Commonwealth Mycological Institute. London. 302 pp.
Christiansen. M.S. 1993:
Chalara liehenicola n. sp. (Deu
teromycotina). a lichcnicolous hyphomyccte from Svalbard.
Nord.
1.
Clauzade, G .. Dicderich, P.
Roux. C. 1989: Nclikenigintaj
fungoj likenlogaj. Bull.
Linn. Prov. Num. Spee. l. 1
Herte\. H. 1981: Lecidea i n der Arktis Il. Milt. Bal. Slaalss.
Munchen 17, 171-184.
Herte!. H. 1991: Leddea in der Arktis I l l . Mitt. Bot. Staatss.
Munchen 30. 297-333.
Hertcl. H.
&
lJllrich. H. 1976: Flechten von Amsterdamøya
(Svalbard). Mitt. Bot. Slaatss. Munchen 12. 417-512.
Opera Bot. 46, l -ISO.
&
Ansell, A. E. 1992: Aurhors of fungal names.
C.A.B. Intern .. Wallingford. 95 pp.
Kobayashi,Y . Tubaki. K.
.
&
Soneda. M. 1968: Enumeration
of the higher fungi. moulds and yeasts of Spitsbergen. Bull.
Nat. Sei. Mus. Tokyo 11. 33-76.
Kummerling, H .. Triebel, D.
&
&
Rambold. G 1993: Lepraria
160.
Lindsay. L. 1869: Observations On new lichcnicolous micro
fungi. Trans. R. Soc. Edinb.
142.
Dubicl. E.
JO. 127
/jeg/eaa and its lichcnicolous fungi. BiM Lichenol. 53. 147·
Bal 13. 309-312.
&
50('.
lichcnicolous on Umbilicaria. Systema Ascomycetum
134.
Kirk. P. M.
bard. Graphis Scripra 3(3),73-75.
Cannon. P.F.. Hawksworth. D.L.
6, 183-300.
Hawksworth. D.L. 1991: Churotia Hue. and Arllwnia speeies
Karnefelt. I. 1979: The brown fruticose speeies of Cetraria.
bergen. Polish Polar Res. 14. 33-42.
Aptroot, A.
1979: The iichenicolous Hyphomycetes.
Bull. Bril. Mus. Nat. HisI.. Bot.
Olceh. M. 1990: Plant communities of NW SOr
25,
513-556.
Lyngc. B. 1926: Liehcns from Bear Island (Bjørnøya) eollected
kapp Land (Spitsbergen). Zesz. Nauk. Uniw. Jagiell. Praee
by Norwegian and Swedish expeditions, ehietly by Th. M.
BOl. 21. 35-74.
Fries during the Swedish Polar Expcdition of 1868. Res.
Egan. R. 1987: A tlfth checklist of the hehen-forming. liehcnic
olous and allied fungi o f the Continental United States and
Spitsbergen and the North-East Land collccted by numerous
Canada. Bryologisl 90.17-174.
Egan. R. 1989: Changes to the "Fifth eheeklist of the lichen
forming. lichenicolous and .med fungi of Continental United
States and Canada"
Edition I. Bryologist 92.68-72.
Egan. R. 1990: Changes to the "Fifth chccklist of the hehen
forming. 1ichenicolous and allied fungi of Continental United
States and Canada. Bryulogisl93, 211-219.
Eriksson, O.E.
&
87.308-313.
Oslo. 1. Mat.-Natufl'. Kl. 6. :-137.
Olech. M. 1990: Lichens of the
bergen). Zesl.
:-;W
Sorkapp Land (Spits
Nauk. Uni .... Jagiel/. Prace BOl.
21 .
197
2!O.
Poelt.
J.
1969: Bestimmunf?sschliissel europiiischen f1echten. J.
Cramcr Verlag. Vaduz. 757 pp.
Santesson. R. 1986: Lasiosphaeriupsis sler
eoeaulicola. Mvcolaxon 25.569-580.
Farr. D.F .. Bills, a.F.. Chamuris. G. P.
expeditions. I. The macroliehcns. Skr. Norske Vid.- Akad.
Paulson. R. 1923: Spitsbergen lichens. J. Bot. 61. 77-81.
Elvcbakk. A. 1984: Contribution to the hehen flora of Svalbard,
arctic Norway. Bryologist
Norske Sta/sund. Spitsbergeneksp. }(9). 1-78.
Lynge. B. 1938: Lichcns from the west and north coasts of
Santesson, R. 1993:
The lichens and lichenicolous fungi of
Sweden and Norway. Lund. 240 pp.
&
Rossman. AY,
Triebel. D. 1989: Lecideicolc Ascomycetcn. Eine Revision der
1989: Fungi on plants and plant products in the United States.
obligat lichcnicolcn Ascomyceten auf lecideoiden Fleehten.
Colllrib.
u.s.
Nat. Fungus ColI. 5. 1-1252. APS Press. St.
Paul.
Fries. T.M. 1860: Lichenes areroi: 1-298. Upsala, (Also in An.
Reg. Sot'. Sel. Ups. Ser. 3., Vol. 3,101-398. 1861).
Fries, T M. 1867: L.iehenes spitsbergenscs.
Akad. Handl.
Bibl. Lich. 35. 1-278.
Triebel. D.
7(2),
l-53.
K.
Svenska Vet.
&
Rlimbold. G. 1988: Cecidonia and Phacopsis
(Lecanorales):
zwei
lichenicole
Pilzgattungen
mit
ceci
dogenen Arten. Nova Hedwigia 4 7. 27'}-309.
von Keisslcr. K. 1928: Flechtenparasiten. Rep. Sei. Res. Norw.
Exp. Nouaya Zemlya 1921.
38.
Elvebakk & P. Prestrud (eds.}
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyano
bacteria
A.
Part 6. Lichens
ARVE ELVEBAKK and HANNES HERTEL
Elvebakk, A.
&
Herte!. H, 1996: Part 6. Lichens, Pp. 271-359 in Elvebakk, A.
&
Prestrud, P. (eds,): A
cata10gue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae and cyanobacteria. Norsk Polarinstitutt Skrifter 198.
The lichen flora of Svalbard is reviewed based on Iileralure records in addilion
lO
some herbarium revisions
and unpublished material. The known lichen flora of Svalbard consists of 597 spedes, some of them critica!.
bul a high number for such a sman arctic area, Anolher 62 speeies have been rejected as erroneous or
probably erroneous. Five spedes (Lempholemma
isidioides, Leptogium
byssinum, Placynthium tantaleum,
Rhizocarpon norvegicum, and Sarcogyne algoviae) are reported as new to Svalbard, and one new com,
bination (Lecanora atromarginata) is made. Notes on taxonomy, distribulion, rarity, abundance, ecology
and importance to vertebrates are inclllded, Many spedes only reported from a few sites are thought to
be more widespread, Certainly a relalively high number of spedes still await discovery on Svalbard, and
except for some of the mOSI conspicuous spedes, the present knowledge of Svalbard lichens is very
inSlifficient and fragmentary, Nevertheless, the lichen /lora of Svalbard is probably betler known than that
of any other comparable part of the Arctic,
Arve Elvebakk, institute of Biology and Georogy, University of Tromsø, N-9037 Tromsø, Norway: Hannes
Herle/, Botanische Staatssammlung, Menzinger Strasse 67, D-B0638 Munchen, Germany.
non-existant for more than three decades, During
Contents
this period Mattick
(1949)
reviewed the hchen
flora on Svalbard and estimated that about
Introduction . .. .,... .,.,..".,,.,., ..., ......... ,.,.,.".,... 271
List of speeies . ..,..........................,.., ..,.,,..,,.,. 273
his list of the Iichen genera of Svalbard indicated
CommenIs .......... ..... . ,." .... ,...., ......, ............... 285
only about
Rejected speeies . .,.,,.. .,,,,,. ............................. 337
Acknowledgernent .. ... ... . ... .. . .""",.",.............. 342
Referenees .... . . .. .... .. . .... .. ... . . . .. .. . .. ......""..,. .. , 343
450
species had been known to the archipelago. But
Iichen
280
species. The only other Svalbard
study during
period'
was an
this
'dark lichenological
important
Hornsund by Nowak
(1965),
contribution
from
In addition Eurola
(1968) reported five lichen species as new to Sval
Appendix: List of synonyrns ..,..............,.. ., ...... 349
bard but without indicating them as additions.
Magnusson
(1944, 1950)
also included Svalbard
material in some of his studies,
But since the mid seventies a number of studies
Introduction
have been devoted to the lichen flora of Svalbard.
In
1975
Hertel & Ullrich
(1976)
made large
The lichen flora of Svalbard has received con
collections
siderable attention compared to other areas of
Kongsfj orden and Longyearbyen areas and pub
lished
the Arctic. The process was initiated in particular
Amsterdamøya
and
from
the
11 species new to Svalbard, according to the
and Lynge
species concept and the lichenological exploration
The history of the early lichenological
history presented in this catalogue, Hertel (1977a )
through the studies by Fries
(1938).
(1867)
at
exploration on Svalbard has been thoroughly
dealt with by Lynge
(1938),
stated that at least
473
hchen species had been
published from Spitsbergen, including doubtful
Lynge regrettably
could not finish his studies on the crustose lichens
records. He also included 13 new Svalbard species
before his death in
based on collections from the Longyearbyen and
1942,
and after this period the
Ny- Ålesund areas, Hertel
lichenological research on Svalbard was almost
271
(1981b) included three
ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL
272
new species on Svalbard. HafelIner (1982) col
included in this catalogue and comprises
lected at Bockfjorden and published 13 new
species. Some of the earliest doubtful records
56
lichens in addition to several lichenicolous fungi.
were excluded already by Fries (1867) and these
Elvebakk (1984a) added 7 new speeies collected
exclusions have not been repeated in our list.
in different parts of Svalbard, and Olech (1987)
However, many more of the species included in
two new speeies from Hornsund. Søchting (1989)
this catalogue are critical and in need of rein
inc1uded 8 additional Caloplaea species in the first
vestigation.
part of his monograph of this genus on Svalbard
Each species in the list has been given Eeo
and later another seven species (Søchting & Olech
system Component Values (see definitions below)
1995). Olech & Alstrup (1989) published a list
where the present state of knowledge is con
of lichens from Sør kapp Land including 17 new
sidered to allow for such values. The values have
Svalbard species. These records were republished
been set tentatively in many cases and will be
by Olech (1990) who also reported 10 additional
changed in the future. This is especially the case
new Svalbard species. Aptroot & Alstrup (1991),
with most crustose lichens, where the present
who studied the lichen flora of a part of Edgeøya,
knowledge is very insufficient.
inc1uded 9 new Svalbard species, and finally,
Although a few taxa described from Svalbard
Elvebakk & Tønsberg (1992) included 9 new
have not yet been reported from areas outside
Svalbard, we are fully convinced that within the
species from different parts of Svalbard.
The number of recent additions to the lichen
lichens there are no speeies endemic to Svalbard.
flora of Svalbard is considerable, but the re is a
Even the number of speeies restricted to the
pronounced lack of monographic treatmen! of
Arctic is, as to our knowledge, expected to be
genera with 'special emphasis' on the Svalbard
much smaller than generally assumed. This is in
archipelago.
strong contrast to the number of bipolar species,
Literature on Iichens specifically related to
which may be much higher than actually known.
Svalbard prior to 1975 has been included in three
The worldwide distribution of lichens, especially
bibliographies by Kleppa (1973, 1979, 1989).
crustose lichens. is very poorly known, and it
However, many reports on lichens from Svalbard
would
are found in other studies.
tribution
According to the present concept, the lichen
be
extremely
patterns
careless to classify
of
inconspicuous
dis
crustose
lichens. Almost any of the modern monographs
genera richest in species are now Cladonia (40
of lichen genera demonstrate that lichens which
species), Caloplaea (40 species) and Rhizoearpon
formerly were classified as 'arctic' or 'holarctic'
(33 species). Conspicuous macrolichen genera
are in reality bipolar, and those classified as
such as Peltigera, Stereocaulon, and Umbilicaria
'endemic' are either more widespread or turn out
have increased their speeies numbers markedly
as synonyms of widespread taxa.
during the last years and now include 19, 13
The basic nomenclature adopted here is that of
and 15 species, respectively. Species included in
Santesson (1993), with the exception of the genus
'Lecidea' are not considered to belong to Leeidea
Flavocetraria
s. str., and future studies will determine their
(1994), the Cetraria eommixta complex following'
status.
Thell (1995), Alloeetraria following Karnefelt &
The number of lichen species known from Sval
which
follows
Karnefelt
et
al.
Thell (1996), Fratidella following Kalb (1995),
bard according to this catalogue totals 597 species.
Hymenelia and lonaspis following Lutzoni &
Lempholemma iSidioides, Leptogium byssinum,
BTOdo (1995), two species (Peltigera polydaetylon
Plaeynthium
and Rinodilla tephraspis) which follow Vitikainen
tantaleum,
Rhizoearpon
Ilor
vegieum, and Sareogyne algoviae are reported
(1994) and Mayrhofer et al. (1992), respectively,
here as new to Svalbard, and one new com
and Ophioparma lapponica, treated provisionally
bination (Lecanora atromarginata) is made.
The
lichenological
papers
from
as a variety by Santesson (1993). Nomenclature
Svalbard
of species not known from the area treated by
include a number of poorly known or con
Santesson (1993) follow Poelt (1969), Poelt &
troversial taxa that have not been studied sys
Vezda (1977, 1981) or some more detailed studies
tematically during the last decades. A number of
cited below the species in question.
these critical species have been omitted from the
abbreviations follow Kirk & Ansell (1992) and
European lichen flora by Poelt (1969), Poelt &
Santesson (1993) with two exceptions (E. Dahl
Vezda (1977, 1981). A list of rejected speeies is
and Mas. Inoue). Norwegian names follow Krog
Author
273
A catalogue of Svalbard planIS, fungi, a/gae, and cyanobacteria
et al. (1994), and Eckblad (1985) in the case of
Omphalina. Some Norwegian names of crustose
speeies proposed in the literature have not been
used with the exception of Caliciales which were
given Norwegian names by a name committee
Ecosystem Component Values
Definitions
R
(Holien et al. 1994). A list of synonyms from the
2
1
Svalbard literature is inc1uded.
Lichenicolous fungi have been treated in a sep
arate part of the Catalogue, whereas Iichenicolous
Rarity
3
P
speeies list, all species are commented separately.
=
Very rare on Svalbard
Rare, }-15 localities known at present
Scattered or com mon, at Ieast locally
Phytogeographical importance
3
2
lichens have been inc1uded here. Following the
==
Strongly disjunct or only known from Svalbard
=
Belonging to a phytogeographical element of
special interest on Svalbard
The task of catalogising the numerous Svalbard
l
=
More or less widespread
lichens has been demanding and we weIcome
E
information on omissions and revisions.
The literature on Svalbard lichens inc1udes a
number of old versions of geographica! names.
These
have been transferred
to the
official
Norwegian names following Norges Svalbard- og
Ecological indicator value
3
2
1
A
Intermediate
=
Low (euryoic)
Local abundance
3
Ishavsundersøkelser (1942) and Orvin (1958),
Very high (specialised, stenoie)
=
Dominant. in plaees more than 50 % cover in
its habitats
both reprinted by the Norwegian Polar Institute
2
1
in 1991.
l
=
Subdominant, 20-50 % cover
Sparsc
lmportance to vertebrate animals
3
2
l
=
Important as a much preferredjused food plant
=
Of secondary importanee
=
Of no importanee
List of speeies
Scientific and Norwegian names
Acarospora badioji.lsca (Ny!.) Th. Fr.
A. fuscata (Sehrad.) Th. Fr.
A. glaucacarpa (Aeh.) Kiirb.
A. hospitans H. Magn.
A. mo/ybdina (Wahlenb.) A. Massa!.
A. peliscypha Th. Fr.
A. persimilis H. Magn.
A. rosulata (Th. Fr.) H. Magn.
A. rugulosa Kiirb.
A. scabrida HedL ex H. Magn.
A. scyphulifera Vain.
A. sinopica (Wahlenb. ) Kiirb.
A. smaragdula (Wahlenb.) A. Massa\.
A. veronensis A. MassaL
Adelolecia kolaensis (Ny\.) Hertel & Rambold
A. pi/ati (He pp) HerteI & Hafellner
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
3
3
2
3
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
3
Alectoria nigricans (Aeh.) Ny!. - Jervskjegg
A. ochroleuca (Hoffm.) A. MassaL - Rabbeskjegg
2
A. sarmentosa (Aeh.) Ach. ssp. vexillifera (Ny!. ) D. Hawksw.
3
Allantoparmelia alpicola (Th. Fr.) Ess!. - Fjelltopplav
1
Allocetraria madreporiformis (Ach.) Karnefelt & Thell
3
3
2
2
E
A
3
l
l
2
1
3
274
ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
p
E
3
3
Amandinea eoniops (Wahlenb.) M. Choisy ex Scheid. & H. Mayrhofer
l
A, pune/ala (Horfm,) Coppins & Scheid.
l
l
Amygdalaria consentiens (Ny!.) Hertel, Brodo & Mas, Inoue
2
3
A. panaeola (Ach,) Hertel & Brodo
2
3
ArClOcelraria nigrieascens (NyL) Karncfelt & Thell
3
3
ArClOmia delieatula Th, Fr.
2
3
A, interfixa (NyL) Vain.
A
2
3
3
2
A. incurva (Pers,) Hale - Liten gulkrinslav
2
2
l
Are/opellis thuleana Poelt
3
3
2
Aretoparmelia cemrifuga (L.) Hale
Stor gulkrinslav
Arthonia lapidicola (Taylor) Branth & Rostr.
2
2
2
Arthrorhaphis alpina (Schaer,) R, Sant.
2
A, citrinella (Ach.) Poelt
Aspidlia alboradiata (H, Magn.) Oxner
3
A. aqua/iea Korb.
3
2
A. aspidlioidea (Th. Fr.) R. Sant.
3
3
A. eaesioeinerea (Ny!. ex Malbr.) Arnold
2
3
A. ealcarea (L.) Mudd
3
A, dnerea CL.) Korb.
3
3
3
3
A. circularis
(R.
Magn.) Oxner
A, disserpens (Zahlbr,) Rasanen
1
A. elevata (Lynge) J,W. Thomson
3
3
3
A. gibbosa (Ach.) Korb,
A. lesleyana Darb.
3
A. mashiginensis (Zahlbr.) Oxner
2
3
A. mastrucata (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr.
2
l
A. nikrapensis Darb.
3
3
A. obscurascens (H. Magn.) Clauzade & Rondon
3
3
A. obscura/a (Fr.) Arnold
3
3
A. pergibbosa (H, Magn,) Rasanen
3
3
'AspidUa "Lecanora" perpendicularis H. Magn,'
3
3
A. perradia/a (NyL) Hue
3
3
3
3
A. polychroma Anzi?
3
3
A. supertegens Arnold
3
Bacidia baglieltoana (A, MassaL & De NOL) Jatta
2
A. pleiocarpa
(R.
Magn.) Oxner
B. subfuscula (Ny!.) Th. Fr.
2
B, traehona (Ach.) Letlau
3
3
B. venusta Hepp ex Th. Fr.
3
Baeomyces placophyllus Ach.
3
B. rufus (Huds.) Rebent.
Bellemerea alpina (Sommerf.) Clauzade & Roux
2
B. cinerorufescens (Ach.) Clauzade & Roux
2
3
B. subsorediza (Lynge) R. Sant.
Biatora cameoalbida (Miill.Arg.) Coppins
2
B. cuprea (Sommerf.) Fr.
2
B, subduplex (Ny!.) Printzen
1
l
Brigantiaea fuscolutea (Dieks ,) R. Sant.
2
3
2
Brodoa oroarc/ica (Krog) Goward - Fjellrabbelav
2
2
3
Bryocaulon divergens (Ach,) Karnefelt
l
3
2
Fjelltagg
3
Bryonora castanea (Hepp) Poelt
2
2
3
B. curvescens (Mudd) Poel!
3
3
3
B. sep/entrionalis Holt.-Hartw.
2
2
2
3
A eatalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and eyanobaeteria
275
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
Buellia aethalea (Ach.) Th. Fr.
3
3
B. alboatra (Hoffm.) Th. Fr.
3
3
B. diseiformis (Fr.) Mudd
2
2
B. eetoleehoides (Vain.) Erichsen
2
2
B. geophila (Florke ex Sommerf.) Lynge
3
3
B. insignis "(Niigeli ex Hepp) Th. Fr."
l
Bryoria ehalybeiformis (L.) Brodo & D. Hawksw. - Flokeskjegg
2
B. malmei Lynge
3
B. papillata (Sommerf.) Tuck.
2
B. postglaeialis Hafellner
3
3
B. pulverulenta (Anzi) Jatta
B. vilis Th. Fr.
E
3
2
Calieium viride Pers. - Grønsotnål
3
3
Caloplaea alearum Poelt
2
2
3
e. ammiospila (Wahlenb.) H. Olivier
e. anehon-phoenieeon Poelt & C1auzade
e. approximata (Lynge) H. Magn.
e. arenaria (Pers.) Miill. Arg. non auet.
3
3
e. eaesiorufella (Nyt.) Zahlbr.
2
2
e. eastellana (Riisiinen) Poelt
3
3
e. eerina (Ehrh. ex Hedw.) Th. Fr.
e. eitrina (Hoffm.) Th. Fr.
3
2
e. eoneilians (Nyt.) H. Olivier
3
3
e. eonciliaseens (Nyt.) Zahlbr.
3
3
e. deeipiens (Arnold) Blomb. & ForsseIl
2
2
e. diphyodes (Nyt.) Jatta
3
3
e. epiphyta Lynge
3
3
e. exseeuta (Nyt.) Dalla Torre & Sarnth.
3
2
e. fraudans (Th. Fr.) H. Olivier
2
3
3
e. epithallina Lynge
3
e. insularis Poelt
e. invadens Lynge
e. jungermanniae (Vahl) Th. Fr.
e. leptoeheila H. Magn.
e. lithophila H. Magn.
e. magni-filii Poelt
3
e. nivalis (Korb.) Th. Fr.
2
2
3
e. noeisii Søchting ad int.
3
3
e. phaeoearpella (Nyt.) Zahlbr.
2
2
e. saxifragarum Poelt
3
3
e. seopularis (Nyt.) Lettau
3
3
3
e. pyraeea (Ach.) Th. Fr.
3
e. saxieola (Hoffm.) Nordin
e. seotoplaea (Nyt.) H. Magn.
e. sibiriea H. Magn.
3
3
e. sinapisperma (Lam. & De.) Maheu & Gillet
3
3
e. soropelta (E.S. Hansen. Poelt & Søchting) Søchting
3
3
3
e. spitsbergensis H. Magn.
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
e. tetraspora (Nyt.) H. Olivier
e. tiroliensis Zahlbr.
e. tominii Savicz
3
e. tornaensis H. Magn.
e. verrueulifera (Vain.) Zahlbr.
3
A
2
276
ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HER TEL
Ecosystern Cornponent Values
Scientific and Norwegian narnes
Candelariella aretiea (Korb.) R. Sant.
aurelIa (Hoffrn.) Zahlbr.
e. plaeodizans (Ny!.) H. Magn.
e. vitellina (Hoffm.) Mii\I. Arg.
e. xanthostigma (Ach.) Lettau
Carbonea atronivea (Arnold) Hertel
C intrusa (Th. Fr.) Rambold & Triebel
C. vortieosa (Florke) Hertel
Catapyrenium cinereum (Pers.) Korb.
e. daedaleum (Kremp.) Stein
e. laehneum (Ach.) R. Sant.
C norvegieum Breuss
Catillaria groenlandiea Lynge
C lenticularis (Ach.) Th. Fr.
Cephalophysis leucospila (Anzi) H. Kilias & Scheid.
Cetraria aeuleata (Schreb.) Fr. Groptagg
C islandiea (L.) Ach. - Islandslav
C murica/a (Ach.) Eckfeldt
Busktagg
C nigricans Nyl. - Svartskjerpe
Cetrariella deUsei (Bory ex Schaer.) Karncfelt & Thell Snøskjerpe
e. fastigiata (Delise ex NyL ) Karnefelt & Thell Brunskjerpe
ChaenOlheca furfuracea (L.) TibeH Gullnål
Chromatochlamys muscorum (Fr.) H. Mayrhofer & Poelt
Cladonia acuminata (Ach.) Norr!. Spisslav
C amaurocraea (Florke) Schaer. - Begerpigglav
C arbuseula (Wallr.) Fiol. ssp. arbuscula Lys reinlav
C arbuscula (WaHL) Flot. ssp. mitis (Sandsl.) Ruoss Fjellreinlav
C bellidifiora (Ach.) Schaer. - Blomsterlav
C borealis Stenroos
GJattraudbeger
C eariosa (Ach.) Spreng. - Småtrevlelav
C earneola (FL) Fr. Bleikbeger
C ceno/ea (Ach.) Schaer.
Mjøltraktlav
C cervicomis (Ach.) FIOL
Etasjepolster
e. ch/orophaea (Florke ex SornrnerL) Spreng. - Pulverbrunbeger
e. coceifera (L) W iIld.
Grynraudbeger
Skogsyl
C comuta (L.) Hoffm.
C erispata (Ach.) FIOL - Traktlav
Blåfotlav
e. cyanipes (Sornmerf.) NyL
C dejormis (L.) Hoffm. - Bergfausklav
C ecmocyna LeighL - Snøsyl
C fimbriata (L.) Fr. - Mjølbeger
e.fioerkeana (FL) Florke Kystraudtopp
C gracilis (L) WilId. Syllav
C luteoalba Wheldon & A.Wilson GulskjeJ
C macroceras (Delise) Hav.
C macrophylla (SchaeL) Stenh. Trevlelav
e. macrophyllodes NyL - Krittskjel
e. maxima (Asahina) Ahti
Storsyl
e. merochlorophaea Asahina - Brunbeger
C phyllophora Hoffm. SvartfotIav
e. pleurota (Florke) Schaer. - Pulverraudbeger
C pocillum (Ach.) Grognot - Kalkbeger
C pyxidata (L) Hoffm. - Kornbrunbeger
e.
R
p
E
3
l
2
2
1
2
2
A
2
l
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
l
l
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
3
1
2
l
2
2
3
3
2
l
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
2
2
l
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
I
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
l
I
2
A catalogue of Svalbard plants, fungi, algae, and cyanobacteria
277
.... _-��_....
Scientific and Norwegian names
C. rangiferina
Ecosystem Component Values
Grå reinlav
(L) Weber ex F,H, Wiggo
C. squamosa Hoffm.
Fnaslav
C. stellaris (Opiz) Pouzar & Vezda - Kvitkrull
R
p
E
A
3
2
I
2
3
3
3
3
C. strieta (Ny!.) Ny!. - Glatt svartfotlav
l
l
C. stygia (Fr.) Ruoss- Svartfotreinlav
:3
2
C. subfurcata (Ny!.) Arnold - Fjellgaffellav
(L) Weber ex F. H. Wiggo
C. subulata
C. symphycarpa (Florke) Fr.
C. turgida Hoffm.
C. undalis
Hornlav
Kalkpolster
Narreskjel
Collema bachmanianum (Fink) Degel. - Tannjordglye
C. ceraniscum Ny!.- Fjellglye
C. cristatum
1
2
2
2
2
l
3
3
(L) Weber ex F.H. Wiggo - Pigglav
l
3
3
l
2
l
3
(L) Weber ex F.H. Wigg, - Fingerglye
2
3
Skjelglye
3
C. fiaccidum (Ach,) Ach.
C. parvum DegeL
Småglye
3
C. polycarpon Hoffm. - Skålglye
2
Jordglye
C. tenax (Sw.) Ach. em. DegeL
C. undulatum Laurer ex Flot.
3
Krusglye
3
l
3
CysfOcoleus ebeneus (Dillwyn) Thwaites
3
Dactylina arctiea (M.J. R ichardson) Ny!.
2
D. ramulosa (Hook.) Tuck.
I
3
2
Dermatocarpon intestiniforme (Korb.) Hasse - Putelær
2
2
2
D. rivulorum (Arnold) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. - Brunlær
3
3
3
D. spitsbergense Lynge
2
3
3
l
Dimelaena oreina (Ach.) Norman
2
3
3
3
Eiglera fiavida (Hepp) Hafellner
2
2
3
2
3
3
l
Endocarpon pulvinatum Th. Fr.
Epilichen scabrosus (Ach.) Clem,
3
Euopsis granatina (SommerL) Ny!.
3
E. pulvinata (Schaer.) Vain.
2
3
l
l
Famoldia hypocrila (A. Massal.) Froberg
2
F. jurana (Schaer.) Hertel
2
F. micropsis (A. Massa!.) Hertel
2
2
I
I
Flavocetraria cucullara (Bellardi) Karnefelt & Thell - Gulskjerpe
l
l
3
3
I
2
3
3
F. nivalis
(L) Karnefelt & Thell- Gulskinn
Frutidella caesioatra (Schaer.) Kalb
l
l
2
2
Fulgensia bracteata (Hoffm.) Rasanen
l
l
Fuscopannaria leucophaea (Vahl) P.M. Jørg.
3
3
3
F. praetermissa (Nyl.) P.M, Jørg,
l
Gyalecra foveolaris (Ach,) Schaer.
3
G. geoiea (Wahlenb. ex Ach.) Ach.
2
G. subclausa Anzi
3
Gyalidea rivularis (Eitner) Nowak & Tobo!.
3
3
3
Halecania alpivaga (Th. Fr.) M. Mayrhofer
3
2
3
Hymenelia arctca (Lynge) Lutzoni
2
2
H. ceracea (Arnold) Poelt & Vezda
2
H. epulotica (Ach.) Lutzoni
3
H. haematina (Korb) Lutzoni
3
H. heteromorpha (Kremp) Lutzoni
H. melanocarpa (Kremp) Arnold
H. rhodopsis (SommerL) Lutzoni
Hypogymnia austerodes (NyL) Rasanen
H. physodes
(L) Nyl. - Vanleg kvistlav
Seterlav
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
3
278
ARVE ELVEBAKK & HANNES HERTEL
Ecosystem Component Values
Scientific and Norwegian names
R
p
E
A
3
H. subobscura (Vain.) Poelt
lonaspis lacustris (With.) Lutzoni
3
3
Lecania aipospila (Wahlenb.) Th. Fr.
2
2
L. erysibe (Ach.) Mudd
3
3
L. nylanderiana A. Massa!.
3
3
L. suavis (Mlill. Arg.) Mig.
3
Lecanora actophila Wedd.
3
3
3
L. argopholis (Ach.) Ach.
3
3
2
l. odora (Ach.) Th. Fr. ex Stein
l
Japewia tornoensis (Ny!.) Tønsberg
L. atromarginata
(Il.
Magn.) Hertel & Rambold
3
2
L. atrosulphurea (Wahlenb.) Ach.
l
2
L. bennetlii L ynge
2
2
L. cenisia Ach.
2
L. contraClula Ny!.
2
2
3
L. epibryon (Ach.) Ach.
1
L. fiotowiana Spreng.
2
L. fruslulosa (Dicks.) Ach.
3
L. hadacii Lynge
3
L. hagenii (Ach.) Ach.
2
3
3
L. intricala (Ach.) Ach.
3
L leptacina Sommerf.
3
L /eucophaeoides Ny!.
3
L. leucococca Sommerf.
2
1
1
L. luteovemalis Brodo
2
3
3
L micheleri (Hertel) Hertel
3
3
2
L. muralis (Schreb.) Rabenh.
3
L. nordenskioeldii Vain.
3
L. orae-frigidae R. Sant.
3
3
2
L polylropa (Ehrh. ex Hoffm.) Rabenh.
L polytrope/la Ny!.
L. rupicola
(L)
Zahlbr.
l
3
I
1
2
3
2
2
L straminea Ach.
3
3
3
L swartzii (Ach.) Ach.
3
3
3
L. torrida Vain.
2
'Lecidea' alpestri;; Sommerf.
2
L atrobrunnea (Ramond ex Lam. & DC.) Schaer.
1
3
2
2
L. auriculata Th. Fr.
I
l
2
I
'L' co/lodea (Th. Fr.) Leight.
2
3
'L' commaculans Ny!.
3
3
L. confiuens (Weber) Ach.
2
2
L. ecrustacea (Anzi ex Arnold) Arnold
3
3
3
'L' ementiens Ny!.
2
'L' epiphaea Ny!.
2
'L' i/e(formis Fr.
3
3
3
L lapicida (Ach.) Ach.
2
, L.' limosa Ach.
2
'L' lurida Ach.
3
2
'L' minutissima Lynge
3
3
'L.' miseriae Lynge
3
3
'L.' paanaensis Rasanen & M. Laurila
3
L paupercula Th. Fr.
2
I
'L,' picea Lynge
3
3
3
2
279
A catalogue of Svalbard plmus, fWlgi, algae, and cyanobacteria
Scientific and Norwegian names
Ecosystem Component Values
R
p
E
L. plana (J. Lahm) Ny!.
3
'L.' polycocca Sommerf.
3
'L.' polytrichina Hertel
3
3
3
'L'. polytrichine/la Hertel, W. Obermayer & Poelt
3
3
3
L. praenubila Ny\.
3
3
'L.' ramulosa Th. Fr.
l
2
L. rhagadiella (Ny!.) Th. Fr.
3
'L.' scrobieulata (Th. Fr.) Th. Fr.
3
'L.' septentrionalis Th. Fr.
3
L. silacea Ach.
3
L. steineri Hertel
3
L. swartzioidea Ny!.
2
L. symphycarpea Lynge
3
L. syncarpa Zahlbr.
1
A
2
2
3
3
l
3
L. tessellata Florke
2
L. umbonata (Hepp) Mudd
3
3
L. verruca Poelt
3
3
Lecidella aemulans Arnold
3
L. bullata Korb.
2
L. effugiens (Nilson) Knoph & Hertel
3
L. elaeochroma (Ach.) M. Choisy sensu lata
L. euphorea (Florke) Hertel
2
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
L. patavina (A. Massal.) Knoph & Leuckert
L. stigmatea (Ach.) Hertel & Leuckert
L. wulfenii (Hepp) Korb.
2
Lecidoma demissum (Rutstr.) Gotth. Schneid. & Hertel
2
1
2
Leciophysm